JNAFAU_CBCS for B.

Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS, COURSE STRUCTURE
AND SYLLABUS
(EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18)

SCHOOL OF PLANNING & ARCHITECTURE

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE
AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY
Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad – 500 028

1
JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

2
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

CONTENTS

S.No. Particulars Page No.

1. Academic Regulations 5

2. Course Structure 19

3. Semester I 29

4. Semester II 45

5. Semester III 59

6. Semester IV 72

7. Semester V 86

8. Semester VI 99

9. Semester VII 114

10. Semester VIII 129

11. Semester IX 144

12. Semester X 146

3
JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

4
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY

Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad – 500 028.

Academic Regulations for B.Arch. Programs

(Under the CBCS, Effective from the Academic Year 2017-2018)

Preamble :

JNAFAU’s Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) aims to provide comprehensive

learning opportunities which takes into account individual interests and abilities of
the students. Apart from the compulsory core courses, the students can choose
from the elective courses on offer in the university or also from approved online
platforms like the MHRD’s SWAYAM or MOOCs.

These regulations are subject to amendments as may be decided by the Academic

Council / Committee of the University from time to time. Any or all such amendments
will be effective from such date and to such batches of students (including those
already in the middle of the program) as may be decided by the Academic Council
/ Committee.

1. Glossary of Terms

1.1. Program : An educational program leading to award of a Degree in a

discipline.

1.2. Course : Generally referred as a ‘subject’ offered under the degree

program. Each course is identified by a unique course code and
course title. A course may be designed to comprise lectures/ studio/
tutorials/ laboratory work/ fieldwork/ outreach activities/ project
work/vocational training /seminars /term papers/ assignments/
presentations/ self-study etc. or a combination of some of these. All
courses do not carry the same credits.

1.3. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) : In addition to the

compulsory core courses in a program, CBCS provides choice
for students to select from a number of elective courses offered. The
term credit refers to the weightage given to the course and is usually
the number of periods per week allotted to it.

1.4. Re-admission : When a student is detained in a course due

to shortage of attendance or the student takes a break of study, the
student has to take re- admission to continue the program.
5
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

1.5. Re-registration : When a student has failed in a course due to

low internal assessment marks, but has satisfactory attendance, the
student can re-register to improve performance in internal assessment
as well as external evaluation.

1.6. Re-appearance/ supplementary examinations : When a student

has failed in a course and wishes to improve performance only in
end semester external examination he/she can register to reappear
for the supplementary examination.

1.7. Director of Evaluation (DE) means the Authority of the University

who is responsible for all activities of the End Semester Examinations
of the University.

1.8. Director, Academic and Planning (DAP) means the authority of

the University who is responsible for all academic activities for the
implementation of relevant rules and regulations.

2. Program Structure

2.1. Category of Courses : The program shall have a curriculum with

syllabi consisting of courses as prescribed by the Board of Studies,
and broadly categorized under:

2.1.1. Compulsory Core (C) - are courses deemed to be the core

learning required for the discipline. These courses are
part of the compulsory requirement to complete the program
of study. A core course cannot be substituted by any other
course. A core course offered in this program may be treated
as a Professional or Open Elective by other programs.

2.1.2. Professional Electives (E) are courses which are elective

courses relevant to the discipline. An Elective course is
generally a course that can be chosen from a pool of courses
on offer. Every student shall be required to opt for the electives
from the list of electives offered. Students can also opt for the
electives on offer from any of the other Programs, besides
his / her own discipline courses, or even do online courses
subject to the respective Program specific regulations.

2.1.3. Open Electives (O) are chosen generally from an unrelated

discipline/ subject, with an intention to seek exposure/ add
generic proficiency. These may include Liberal Arts courses,
Humanities and Social Science courses, etc. and essentially
facilitate the student to do courses (including Core Courses
or Professional Electives) offered by other departments/
programs / institutions or online. Open Electives need not
be specified in the course structure and the University may
approve and offer any Open Elective courses in any semester
as an option for the students.
6
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

2.1.4. Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC) or (A). These

are mandatory courses based upon content that lead to
general knowledge, ability and soft skills enhancement, such
as, Environmental Studies, Communication Skills, Value
Education, etc.

2.1.5. Non- Credit Courses / Activities mandatory for award of

Degree: There are some non-credit courses / activity such as:
1) English, 2) Co- Curricular Activity / Extension Activity (EA),
3) any other as specified in the respective course structure /
syllabus. A ‘Satisfactory’ grade in the above, is compulsory for
the award of degree.

2.1.6. Online Courses : Students may be permitted, with the prior

approval of the Department, to take online courses through
SWAYAM or MOOCs or any other approved online facility, in
lieu of the Electives (both E and O) offered in the University.

2.2. Credits: 2.2.1. Credits are indicative of the importance of the course.
In the case of core courses 1 period of direct teaching per week
(Theory / Tutorial/ Studio/ Practical) = 1 credit

2.2.2. In the case of other courses like the Electives and the AEC
courses, the credits are based on their level of importance
as decided by the Board of Studies and as described in their
respective course structures.

2.3. Pre-requisites : Some of the courses may have pre-requisites (i.e. the
student may be required to have registered and attended the course
specified as a pre- requisite.)

Types of Courses and Learning Sources

2.4.

Types of Courses Learning Sources

Compulsory Core (C) Parent Department (PD)
Professional Elective (E) PD / OD / online
Ability Enhancement Course (AEC) PD / OD / online / Univ.
Open Elective (O) PD / OD / online / Univ.
Extension Activity (EA) PD, OD, Univ.
Note: PD = Parent Department; OD = Other Departments / Institutions / Uni-
versities

7
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

3. Duration of Program

3.1. A student is normally expected to complete the Program in five academic

years (10 Semesters) but in any case not more than 10 years (including
break of study for personal reasons or suspension/ detention due to
disciplinary action, etc.).

3.2. Each semester shall normally consist of 90 working days (excluding

end semester examination days).

3.3. Gap Year: A student may be permitted to take a break of study

for one academic year for starting an enterprise or for any personal or
medical reason with prior approval. In exceptional cases, this may be
extended to another year after an appraisal process approved by the
State Govt. / University. In such cases also the student will be eligible
for award of First Class with Distinction/ other awards. Rules of re-
admission will apply to such cases.

4. Registration for choice of Electives:

4.1. Each student shall be deemed to have registered for all the compulsory
core and other mandatory (AEC) courses of every semester that he/
she is admitted to / promoted to, on the payment of the requisite fees.

4.2. However, in the case of electives (as per the course structure), students
shall submit their preferences from the list of electives on offer
(including approved online courses), and after allotment of the elective
course, register for elective courses of their choice – both professional
and open electives.

4.3. The information on the list of all the courses offered in every
department specifying the course code, course title, credits,
prerequisites, the timetable slots and the registration process with
the time schedules will be made available on the University website.
Every student is expected to go through the above information,
consult the faculty members, understand the choices and select their
choice of elective courses.

4.4. Every student shall submit their preferences from the list of electives on
offer (including approved online courses), register / re-register as per
the registration process and the schedule notified.

4.5. The departments shall put up the list of electives allotted to the students,
using their (departments’) discretion based on physical and other
capacities, with first preference given to the students from the
parent department and later, considering a first come first and/
or SGPA basis for students from other departments. However,
students who have registered for elective courses previously are
allowed to re-register for courses in which they have failed.

8
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

4.6a. In case none of the student’s preferred choices is allotted, or even

otherwise, the student may propose an alternative choice from among
the available ones after due consultation with the respective faculty.
In any case, the students shall register (which is effected only on their
choice of elective being approved) for the courses within the given
schedule/ deadline.

4.6b. After registering for a course, a student shall attend the classes, satisfy
the attendance requirements, earn Internal Assessment marks and
appear for the End Semester Examinations.

4.7 A student is permitted to cancel his/her registration for the elective

courses, within two weeks of starting of the semester.

4.8 To enable the students to choose electives from across the departments,
the DAP shall in consultation with all the departments, facilitate the
announcement of a common time-slot for the elective periods in the
individual time tables of the departments.

4.9 No elective course shall be commenced unless a minimum number

of students are registered (this number may be different for different
courses and Programs and may be decided by the Departments /
College/ University every semester).

5. Attendance Requirements

5.1 A student has to put in a minimum of 75% of attendance, in aggregate

of all the courses registered in the semester (excluding approved
online elective courses) for becoming eligible to register for the end
examinations and for acquiring credits in each semester.

5.2 Shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and above,

and below 75%) in each semester may be condoned by the College
Academic Committee on genuine and valid (including medical
grounds), based on the student’s representation with supporting
evidence.

5.3 Condonation of shortage of attendance as stipulated above, shall

not be automatic but on the merits of the case to the satisfaction of the
College Academic Committee.

5.4 A stipulated fee shall be payable along with the application for
condonation.

5.5 Shortage of attendance below 65% in aggregate (including medical

grounds) shall in no case be condoned.

5.6 A student will not be promoted to the next semester unless the

9
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

attendance requirement of the present semester is satisfied. In case of

such detention the student is not eligible to take the End Examination
of that semester and the course registration shall stand cancelled. The
student shall seek re admission for that semester when offered next.

5.7 In the case of re-registration (clauses 10.4 to 10.7) for a course/s, the
attendance requirement is not applicable.

6. Assessment

6.1 Distribution of Internal Assessment and End Exam Marks :

Performance in each course shall be evaluated as prescribed in the
respective Program’s course structure and syllabus. As a general
pattern, 50% of the marks in a course are through internal assessment
and 50% through end semester examinations. A few courses may
have 100% of the assessment purely through internal assessment.
The thesis, the internship courses and many of the studio courses
are assessed through a jury and viva-voce for the end semester
examination.

6.2 Schedule for Internal Assessment : The students shall

diligently follow the given internal assessment schedule for the
semester including submissions and tests.

6.3 The compiled cumulative internal assessment marks and attendance

of the students will be displayed periodically at least twice during the
Semester, for information to the students. 50% of the marks allotted
for the internal assessment courses shall be submitted before the 12th
week. All internal assessment marks have to be finalized and uploaded
/ submitted in the prescribed format, on or before the last day of End
Semester Examinations of the semester.

6.4 Assessment for Online Courses: In case of credits earned through

approved online modes, the credits and grades shall be assigned
by a committee consisting of Head of the Department or a teacher
nominated by the HoD and a senior faculty member nominated by the
DAP/ Principal (in case the credits or grades are not included by the
online course faculty).

6.5 Non-Credit, Mandatory Courses / Activity : Assessment in these

courses or activity will be only in terms of “Satisfactory” or “Not
Satisfactory”. A ‘Satisfactory’ grade in these listed courses/ activities
is compulsory for the award of degree. 6.5.1 English Course: A Test
will be administered to the students after admission to assess
proficiency in English. Students not passing this test of proficiency will
study English as a bridge course (without credits) during the First
Semester. They have to acquire a ”Satisfactory” grade in the course to
be considered eligible for award of a degree.

10
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

6.5.2 Co-Curricular Activity / Extension Activity (EA) (for all

round development) : Every student has to participate in
any one of the following activities like NCC/ NSS/ Sports/
FSAI University’s Pro-bono project activity/ any national or
international student camp /any other community development
activity listed by the University and acquire a ”Satisfactory”
grade to be considered eligible for award of a degree.

6.5.2.1 The student’s performance shall be examined by the faculty

in- charge of the relevant extension activity along with the
Head/ Coordinator of the Department/ activity.

6.5.2.2 Physically challenged students who are unable to participate

in any of the above activities shall be required to take an
appropriate test in the relevant area of any one of the above
activities and be graded and certified accordingly.

6.5.3 Any other course or activity as specified (including the

mode of assessment) in the respective course structure or
syllabus.

7. Award of Letter Grades

7.1 The performance of a student will be reported using letter grades, each
carrying certain points as detailed below:

S. % of Marks Letter Grade

No. Grade Points
Minimum Maximum
1. 90.00 100.00 A+ 10
2. 80.00 89.99 A 9
3. 70.00 79.99 B 8
4. 60.00 69.99 C 7
5. 50.00 59.99 D 6
6. 00.00 49.99 F 0
7. Shortage of attendance and hence SA 0
prevented from writing end semester
examination
8. Absent for End semester examination Ab 0
9. Satisfactory * Satisfactory 0
Note: * Satisfactory grade will be given only for the non-credit courses/ activity such
as mentioned in clause 6.5. A ‘Satisfactory’ grade in these listed course/ activities
is compulsory for the award of degree.

11
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Example of assignment of letter grade and grade points for marks:

Course Title Int. Marks End Exam Total Grade Grade
point (GP)
Course X1 26 25 51 D 6
Course X2 39 41 80 A 9
Course X3 37 34 71 B 8
Course X4 29 30 59 D 6
Course X5 29 34 63 C 7

7.2. A student who earns at least a D grade in a course is declared

to have successfully completed the course, and is deemed to have
earned the credits assigned to that course. A course successfully
completed cannot be repeated.

7.3. Students who fail to appear for end semester examinations will be
marked as ‘Ab’ (Absent) and should register for supplementary
examination by paying the prescribed fees.

8. Academic Requirements: The following academic requirements have to be

satisfied, in addition to the attendance requirements mentioned in clause 5.

8.1 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements

and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course, if the student
secures not less than 50% marks in the semester end examination,
and a minimum of 50% of marks in the sum total or aggregate of the
Internal Assessment and Semester End Examination taken together;
in terms of letter grades, this implies securing ‘D’ grade or above in that
subject/ course.

8.2 A student eligible to appear in the end semester examination for

any course, but absent from it or failed (thereby failing to secure ‘D’
grade or above) may reappear for that course in the supplementary
examination as and when conducted. In such cases, the internal
marks obtained earlier for that course will be retained, and added to
the marks obtained in the end semester supplementary examination
for evaluating performance in that course.

9. Promotion between Semesters:

9.1. A student shall be promoted from odd to even semester if the

minimum requirement of attendance as in clause 5 is fulfilled.

9.2. A student shall be promoted from even to odd semester, if the

minimum requirement of attendance as in clause 5 is fulfilled and
as per the other requirements specified in the following table.

12
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

9.3. Table indicating promotion requirements from even to odd semesters :

From 2nd sem. to 3rd sem. If the student does not have more than three
backlog courses in the 1st semester.

From 4th sem. to 5th sem. Secured all the credits upto 2nd semester
and does not have more than three backlog
courses in the 3rd semester

From 6th sem. to 7th sem. Secured all the credits upto 4th semester
and does not have more than three backlog
courses in the 5th semester

From 8th sem. to 9th sem. Secured all the credits upto 6th semester
and does not have more than three backlog
courses in the 7th semester

Note: Upto the 6th semester all the credits have to be secured and optional
(only for elective courses) credits are available only from the 7th
semester onwards.

10. Re-admission and Re-registration

10.1 A student may be detained in a semester either due to shortage of

attendance, or due to having more than the permissible number of
backlog courses. Students detained due to shortage of attendance
may be re-admitted when the same semester is offered in the next
academic year for fulfillment of academic requirements.

10.2 A student detained due to not having enough credits or having more
than the permissible number of backlog courses, shall be promoted
to the next academic semester only after fulfilling the requirements as
per Table 9.3.

10.3 No grade allotments or SGPA/ CGPA calculations will be done for the
entire semester in which student has been detained.

10.4 The academic regulations under which a student has been first admitted
shall be applicable in all cases of re-admission.

10.5 If a student fails in a Professional Elective or an Open Elective, the

student may re-register for the same or register afresh for any other
Professional Elective or Open Elective course respectively in the
subsequent semesters. In case of re-registration in the same courses,
attendance is not mandatory, whereas registration for any other
elective course/s requires the student to attend the classes and fulfill
the attendance requirements as per Clause 5.

10.6 A student who fails in any course may be permitted the option of re-
registering in that subject only if the internal assessment marks are
13
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

less than 50%, so as to enable him to improve/redo and resubmit

the work for internal evaluation. In such cases of re-registration,
the student’s previous performance both in the internal evaluation
and end evaluation in the particular subject/s shall stand cancelled
and he/she shall be required to appear for the end semester evaluation
again (end examination and /or external jury as the case may be).

10.7 The maximum number of courses a student may be permitted

for ‘re-registration’ in a semester, is limited to three. Re- registration of
any course should be done within 7 days from the date of declaration
of the relevant results. A stipulated fee shall be payable towards re
registration in any subject.

10.8 The student may attend classes in the case of the re-registered
courses, if the student wishes. However, the attendance requirement
is not compulsory for such courses.

11. Grade Points, SGPA and CGPA Calculation

11.1. After the results are declared, Grade Sheets will be issued to each
student which will contain the list of courses registered during the
semester and the performance in each with details of whether passing
or failing, credits earned promoted or not, letter grades, grade points,
etc.

11.2. Grade Points : The grade points obtained in a subject multiplied by

the credits for that subject will be the weighted grade points.

Weighted Grade Points (WGP) = C x GP

Where ‘C’ is the number of credits assigned for the subject and ‘GP’ is
the Grade Point obtained as per the Table in clause 7.1 above.

11.3. SGPA: The sum of the weighted grade points divided by the total
number of credits in a semester will give the Semester Grade Point
Average (SGPA).

SGPA = SC iGPi / SCi i = 1 to n

Where n is the number of courses the student registered for in the

semester, ‘C’ is the number of credits allotted to each of the courses,
and ‘GP’ is the grade-point obtained by the student in the respective
courses.

14
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

An example follows:
Course Title Credits Grade Weighted Grade
(C) (GP) Points (WGP)
Course X1 3 7 21
Course X2 8 8 64
Course X3 8 7 56
Course X4 7 7 49
Course X5 2 6 12
Course X6 2 6 12
Total 30 214
Semester Grade Point Average 7.13
(SGPA) = Total WGP/ Total credits =

11.4. CGPA: The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) will be computed
for every student after he/she has secured 283 credits, as:

CGPA = SCiGPi / SCi i = 1 to m

Where ‘m’ is the number of subjects registered for in all the semesters
from the 1st semester onwards. ‘C’ is the number of credits allotted
to each of the courses, and ‘GP’ is the grade-point obtained by the
student in the respective courses.
11.5. The CGPA and SGPA will be rounded off to the second decimal place
and recorded as such.
11.6. For the purpose of computation of the CGPA, award of degree, award
of the class as in clause 14, and other honours if any, including
medals, the performance in the best 283 credits only will be
taken into account. For calculating the ‘best’ 283 credits, the credits
secured in all the Core and AEC courses (which are compulsory)
shall be included. The choice of ‘best’ credits to be included in the
calculation shall be from only those credits secured in the Electives –
both Professional and Open Electives.
12. Eligibility for the Award of Degree : A student shall be eligible for the award
of the “B.Arch.” Degree in the specific discipline into which he/she was
admitted, if the following academic regulations are fulfilled:
12.1. Has pursued the program of study for not less than five academic
years and not more than ten academic years. Students, who fail to
fulfill all the academic requirements for the award of the degree within
ten academic years from the year of their admission, shall forfeit their
seat in the program and their seat shall stand cancelled.

12.2. Successfully secured at least 283 credits (refer clause 9.3 for details)

15
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

12.3. Successfully secured “Satisfactory” grades in all the mandatory non-

credit courses/ activity.
12.4. Has secured a minimum of 6.0 CGPA
12.5. No disciplinary action is pending against the student.
13. Withholding of the results : The results of a student may be withheld if:
13.1. He/she has not cleared any dues to the University/Institution/Hostel.
13.2. A case of disciplinary action against the student is pending disposal.

14. Classification of the Degree Awarded

After a student has satisfied the requirements prescribed for the completion of the
program and is eligible for the award of the B.Arch. Degree in the Program to which
he/she was admitted, he/she shall be placed in one of the four classes as shown
in the Table.

First Class with 1. 8.0 and above of CGPA.

Distinction
2. Should have passed the examination in all the
courses of all the eight semesters within five years,
which includes any authorized break of study of one
year (clause 3.3).

3. Should NOT have been prevented from writing end

semester examination due to lack of attendance in any
of the courses.
First Class Below 8.0 but not less than 7.0 of CGPA and
Second Class Below 7.0 CGPA but not less than 6.0

Note : In all the above cases CGPA shall be calculated from the Grade Points
secured for the best 283 credits. For calculating the ‘best’ 283 credits, the credits
secured in all the Core and AEC courses (which are compulsory) shall be included.
The choice of ‘best’ credits to be included in the calculation shall be from only those
credits secured in the Electives – both Professional and Open Electives.

15. Malpractice : If a student indulges in malpractice in any of the examinations,

he/she shall be liable for punitive action as prescribed by the University from
time to time.

16. General

16.1 In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the

academic regulations, the decision of the Vice-Chancellor is final.

16.2 The University may from time to time revise, amend or change the
Regulations, Curriculum, Syllabus and Scheme of Assessment.

16
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

TRANSITORY REGULATIONS from Academic Year 2017-18

(Approved on 6th Feb., 2018)
Preamble :
The CBSE regulations and courses referred to collectively as R-17 introduced from the academic
year 2017-18, have brought in significant changes in the course structures and academic
regulations of the programs in the University as indicated below.

Aspects Remarks
1 Course Codes All changed
2 Course Names / Titles Some changes
3 Course Structure Major changes - introduction of AEC courses ; electives
from th sem. onwards. Total No. of courses in a program
have generally increased Eg. B.Arch. from 53 to 62
4 Pass Marks Changed in BFA and B.Tech. Programs
5 Promotional Changed in all programs
Requirements
6 Award of Degree Changed in all programs
7 Performance Evaluation Changed in all programs - is now based on a system of
and Award of Class letter grades, SGPA and CGPA
8 Choice in terms of credits Changed - Now available in all programs

Considering the significant changes in all the aspects as indicated above, the following transitory
regulations have been approved.
The following regulations shall be applicable for the students from the pre CBCS programs
(referred to as pre R17) applying for ‘re-admission’:

1. Readmission into st semester of R-17: Only students readmitted into the full 1st semester
of R-17 will, for all purposes be subject to the entire provisions of R-17.

2. Readmission from 2nd semester onwards:

Students readmitted from the 2nd semester onwards will be subject to the provisions of
the pre R-17 in which they were first admitted the student will be facilitated in completing
the academic requirements by either permitting him/her to attend “equivalent” coursework
in the R-17 (as approved by the respective Boards of studies), wherever available, or if
equivalent coursework is not available, then by special arrangement for conducting the
coursework as per the regulations in which admitted.

Academic Regulations for Re-registration cases of Students admitted prior to 2017

1. Students originally admitted in the pre R17 programs, may be assigned teacher/s wherever
possible, to enable them to complete their internal assessment as per their pre R17
regulations. Student has to complete the courses whenever offered. Special arrangement
for the course/s mayh be made in case it effects the time line of the student’s academic
enegagement
17
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

2. Wherever “equivalent” courses are available in the CBCS programs, reregistered students
may be permitted to attend such courses if they choose to, but the academic regulations
(and course codes / course titles, marks, credits, etc.) shall be as per the older regulations
into which they were first admitted.
3. Wherever there is a change of syllabi, end semester examinations based on the old syllabi
will be conductged in order to enable the students to clear the backlogs.

NOTE :
1. The term “Prerequisites” implies having registered in the course/s specified as prerequisite/s
and fulfilled the attendance requirements.
2. The term “Open” mentioned in the remarks column in the courses structure indicates the courses
that are open to students from other departments or Programs. These courses which are open may
be taken by students from other programs, either as professional electives or open electives.
3. Abbrevations used in the course structure :
In the case of Periods per week:
L = Lecture S = Studio
F = Fieldwork P = Practicals
T = Tutorial O = Others (including workshops, seminars, colloquiums, etc.)
In the case of type of End Semester Examination:
W = Written / Drawing J = Jury P = Practical
4. Course /Subject codes and type:
In the 9-digit alphanumeric course code:
a. the first two characters represent the Program or Department that offers the course:
• AR = Architecture
• AA = Applied Arts and Visual Communication
• AN = Animation;
• ID = Interior Design
• PL = Planning
• DT=Digital Techniques for Design and Planning
• FS = Facilities and Services
• PA = Painting
• SC = Sculpture
• PH = Photography and Visual Communication
and in the case of common courses- FA = Fine Arts; GN = General
b. The 3rd an 4th digits denote the Academic Year of starting the course structure,
c. The 5th character denotes the level of the course (Bachelors / Masters/ Diploma),
d. The 6th digit denotes the semester number followed by a decimal and a number indicating
the serial number of the course in that semester.
e. The last alphabet in the course code indicates the type of course.
C = Core A = AEC E = Professional Elective
O = Open Elective.

18
 Course Structure for B. Arch
(Under the CBCS, Effective from the Academic Year 2017-2018)
Semester - I

End
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req

Credits
Remarks

L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/S/P

1 AR17B1.1C Basic Design Nil 1 8 - 9 9 200 200 400 S Open

Architectural Drawing and

2 AR17B1.2C Nil 1 3 - 4 4 50 50 100 S Open
Graphics-I

3 AR17B1.3C Building Constru-ction - I Nil 1 3 - 4 4 50 50 100 S -

19
4 AR17B1.4C Building Materials – I Nil 2 - - 2 2 50 50 100 W -

5 AR17B1.5C Structural Mechanics – I Nil 2 - 1 3 3 50 50 100 W -

Introduction to Art and

6 AR17B1.6C Nil 2 - - 2 2 50 50 100 W Open
Architecture
Workshop - Carpentry & Model
7 AR17B1.7C Nil - - 4 4 4 50 - 50 - -
making

8 GN17B1.2A Environmental Studies Nil 2 _ _ 2 2 50 50 100 W -

  Total 11 14 5 30 30 550 500 1050

JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18
 Semester - II

End
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req

Credits
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/S/P Remarks

1 AR17 B2.1C Architectural Design – I AR17 B1.1C 1 8 _ 9 9 200 200 400 S -

Architectural Drawing and

2 AR17 B2.2C AR17 B1. 2C 1 3 _ 4 4 50 50 100 S Open
Graphics - II

3 AR17 B2.3C Building Construction – II AR17 B1. 3C 1 3 _ 4 4 50 50 100 S -

4 AR17 B2.4C Building Materials – II AR17 B1. 4C 2 _ _ 2 2 50 50 100 W -

20
5 AR17 B2.5C Structural Mechanics – I AR17 B1. 5C 2 _ 1 3 3 50 50 100 W -

6 AR17 B2.6C History of Architecture -I Nil 3 _ _ 3 3 50 50 100 W Open

7 AR17 B2.7C Surveying and Leveling Nil 2 _ 1 3 3 50 50 100 W Open

8 GN17 B2.1A Communication Skills Nil 1 _ 1 2 2 50 50 100 W Open

  Total 13 14 3 30 30 550 550 1100

JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18
 Semester - III

End
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req

Credits
Remarks
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/S/P

1 AR17 B3.1C Architectural Design – II AR17 B2.1C 1 8 _ 9 9 200 200 400 J -

Architectural Drawing and

2 AR17 B3.2C AR17 B2.2C _ 3 _ 3 3 50 50 100 S Open
Graphics - III

3 AR17 B3.3C Building Construction – III AR17 B2.3C 1 3 _ 4 4 50 50 100 S -

4 AR17 B3.4C Structural Mechanics – III AR17 B2.5C 2 _ 1 3 3 50 50 100 W -

21
5 AR17 B3.5C History of Architecture - II Nil 3 _ _ 3 3 50 50 100 W Open

6 AR17 B3.6C Building Services - I Nil 3 _ _ 3 3 50 50 100 W -

7 AR17 B3.7C Climatology Nil 2 _ 1 3 3 50 50 100 W -

8 GN17 B2.2A Value Education Nil 2 _ _ 2 2 50 0 50 - -

  Total 14 14 2 30 30 550 500 1050

JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18
 Semester - IV

End
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req

Credits
Remarks
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/S/P

1 AR17 B4.1C Architectural Design – III AR17 B3.1C 1 8 _ 9 9 200 200 400 J -

2 AR17 B4.2C Building Construction - IV AR17 B3.3C 1 3 _ 4 4 50 50 100 S -

3 AR17 B4.3C Design of Structures - I AR17 B3.4C 2 1 3 3 50 50 100 W -

4 AR17 B4.4C History of Architecture - III AR17 B3.5C 3 _ _ 3 3 50 50 100 W Open

22
5 AR17 B4.5C Building Services - II Nil 3 _ _ 3 3 50 50 100 W -

Landscape Design and Site

6 AR17 B4.6C Nil 2 _ 1 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
Planning

7 AR17 B4.7C Computer Applications - I Nil _ _ 3 3 3 50 50 100 P -

8 GN17 B4.1A Cultural and Political Studies Nil 2 _ _ 2 2 50 0 50 _ Open

  Total 14 11 5 30 30 550 500 1050

JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18
 Semester - V

End
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req

Credits
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/S/P Remarks

1 AR17 B5.1C Architectural Design – IV AR17 B4.1C 1 8 _ 9 9 200 200 400 J -

2 AR17 B5.2C Building Construction - V AR17 B4.2C 1 3 _ 4 4 50 50 100 S -

3 AR17 B5.3C Design of Structures - II AR17 B4.3C 2 _ 1 3 3 50 50 100 W -

4 AR17 B5.4C History of Architecture - IV AR17 B4.4C 3 _ _ 3 3 50 50 100 W Open

23
5 AR17 B5.5C Computer Applications -II AR17 B4.7C _ _ 4 4 4 50 50 100 P -

Building Estimating, Costing

6 AR17 B5.6C Nil 2 _ 2 4 4 50 50 100 W -
and Specifications

AR17 B5.xE ELECTIVE - I

Workshop - Vernacular Archi-

7 AR17 B5.1E Nil 1 2 _ 3 3 50 0 50 _ Open
tecture

AR17 B5.2E Workshop - Universal Design

  Total 10 13 7 30 30 500 450 950

JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18
 Semester - VI

End
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req

Credits
Remarks
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/S/P

1 AR17 B6.1C Architectural Design – V AR17 B5.1C 1 8 _ 9 9 200 200 400 J -

AR17 B3.2C&
2 AR17 B6.2C Working Drawing and Details 1 3 _ 4 4 50 50 100 J -
AR17 B4.2C

3 AR17 B6.3C Architectural Acoustics Nil 3 _ _ 3 3 50 50 100 W -

Building Economics and

4 AR17 B6.4C Nil 4 _ _ 4 4 50 50 100 W -
Sociology

24
Human Settlements & Town
5 AR17 B6.5C Nil 4 _ _ 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
Planning
Environment Responsive
6 AR17 B6.6C AR17 B3.7C 3 3 3 50 50 100 W -
Design

AR17 B6.xE ELECTIVE - II

Theory of Design and Archi-

7 AR17 B6.1E AR17 B5.4C 3 _ _ 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
tecture
Advanced Construction Tech-
AR17 B6.2E AR17 B5.2C
nology & Structural Systems

  Total 19 11 0 30 30 500 500 1000

JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18
 Semester - VII
End
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req

Credits
Remarks
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/S/P

1 AR17 B7.1C Architectural Design –VI AR17 B6.1C 1 9 _ 10 10 200 200 400 J -

2 AR17 B7.2C Advanced Services AR17 B4.5C 3 2 _ 5 5 50 50 100 W -

Energy Conservation Building

3 AR17 B7.3C AR17 B6.6C 3 - 2 5 5 50 50 100 P -
Code

AR17 B7.xE ELECTIVE -3 Nil

AR17 B7.1E Urban Design

25
AR17 B7.2E Housing
4 4 - - 4 4 50 50 100 W -
Building Construction
AR17 B7.3E
Management
AR17 B7.4E Interior Design

AR17 B7.5E Landscape Architecture

5 Open Elective - 1 * * Open

6 GN17 B7.1A Personality Development 2 1 3 3 50 - 50 - -

  Total 13 11 3 30 30 400 350 750

JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18
 Semester - VIII
End
S. Course Periods per Week Marks
Course Title Pre Req Exam
No. Code

Credits
Remarks
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P

AR17 B8.1C Design Studio

AR17 Architectural Design - VII
B8.1.1C (Design Studio)
AR17 Building Construction
1 AR17 B7.1C 1 10 _ 11 11 200 200 400 J _
B8.1.2C Management (Design Studio)
AR17 Landscape Architecture
B8.1.3C (Design Studio)
AR17
Interior Design (Design Studio)
B8.1.4C

26
2 AR17 B8.2C Pre-Thesis Seminar AR17 B7.1C _ 2 2 4 4 100 0 100 - _
AR17 B8.xE ELECTIVE - 4
3 AR17 B8.1E Architectural Illumination AR17 B4.5C 2 2 - 4 4 50 50 100 W -
AR17 B8.2E Architectural Journalism GN17 B2.1A
AR17 B8.xE ELECTIVE - 5
4 AR17 B8.3E Structures Project AR17 B5.3C 2 2 _ 4 4 50 50 100 J -
AR17 B8.4E Workshop - Tall Buildings AR17 B7.2C W
AR17 B8.xE ELECTIVE - 6 50 50 100 J
AR17 B8.5E Furniture and Product Design AR17 B7.4E
5 2 2 _ 4 4
AR17 B8.6E Architectural Documentation Nil 100 - 100 J
AR17 B8.7E Building Information Modeling AR17 B5.5C 50 50 100 P
6 Open Elective -2 * *
  Total 7 18 2 30 30 450 350 800
Note: * indicates credits for Open Electives. It is assumed as 3 credits for the purpose of the Course Structure and will depend
JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

upon the Course opted.

 Semester - IX

End
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req

Credits
Remarks

L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/S/P

1 AR17 B9.1C Practical Training AR17 B7.1C _ _ 30 30 30 150 150 300 J -

30 30 30 150 150 300

Semester - X
End
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
Credits

27
Remarks

L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/S/P

1 AR17 B10.1C Design Thesis AR17 B8.1C 2 21 _ 23 23 300 300 600 J -

Professional Practice &
2 AR17 B10.2C Nil 4 _ _ 4 4 50 50 100 W -
Building Codes
AR17 B10.xE ELECTIVE - 7 3 _ _ 3 3 50 50 100 -
3 AR17 B10.1E Disaster Resistant Architecture Nil W -
AR17 B10.2E Intelligent Buildings AR17 B5.5C W -
  Total 9 21 0 30 30 400 400 800
300 300 4600 4250 8850
JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

LIST OF PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES

LIST OF PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE A.Y -2017-18.
BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE A.Y -2017-18
FIFTH SEMESTER
AR17B5.xE ELECTIVE - I Nil
AR17B5.1E Workshop - Vernacular 1 2 _ 3 3 50 0 50 _ Open
A hi
AR17B5.2E Workshop - Universal Design
SIXTH SEMESTER
AR17B6.xE ELECTIVE -2
AR17B6.1E Theory of Design and Architecture AR17B5.4C
3 _ _ 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
AR17B6.2E Advanced Construction
AR17B5.2C
Technology & Structural Systems
SEVENTH SEMESTER
AR17B7.xE ELECTIVE -3 Nil
AR17B7.1E Urban Design
AR17B7.2E Housing
4 - - 4 4 50 50 100 W
AR17B7.3E Building Construction
AR17B7.4E M
Interior Design
AR17B7.5E Landscape Architecture
EIGHTH SEMESTER
AR17B8.xE ELECTIVE - 4
AR17B8.1E Architectural Illumination AR17B4.5C 2 2 - 4 4 50 50 100 W
AR17B8.2E Architectural Journalism GN17B2.1A
AR17B8.xE ELECTIVE - 5
AR17B8.3E Structures Project AR17B5.3C 2 2 - 4 4 50 50 100 J
AR17B8.4E Workshop - Tall Buildings AR17B7.2C W
AR17B8.xE ELECTIVE -6
AR17B8.5E Furniture and Product Design AR17B7.4E 50 50 100 J
AR17B8.6E Architectural Documentation Nil 2 2 - 4 4 100 - 100 J
AR17B8.7E Building Information Modeling AR17B5.5C 50 50 100 P
TENTH SEMESTER
AR17B10.xE ELECTIVE - 7 _
AR17B10.1E Disaster Resistant Architecture Nil 3 _ _ 3 3 50 50 100 W
AR17B10.2E Intelligent Buildings AR17B5.5C W

28
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - I

AR17B1.1C BASIC DESIGN

L/s: 9/Wk Int: 200 End Exam: 200 Total: 400 End Exam: 5hrs Cr: 9

Course Overview:

Basic Design provides the framework for understanding design by sensitizing

students to the conceptual, visual and perceptual issues involved in the design
process, through exercises in simple two dimensional and three dimensional
compositions.

Objectives of the Course:

• To understand the elements and principles of Basic Design as the building

blocks of creative design through exercises to develop expression and
creative thinking.

• Introduction to design - problem-solving, elements of design, principles of

design, 2-D designs in different mediums, colours and textures for articulation
of abstract ideas.

• Learning in the subject to be strengthened by conducting at least two

workshops (preferably conducted by fine arts faculty), one of which should
focus on visual art.

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:

The Course prepares ground for the students to gain an understanding into the
fundamental issues in design and develop the skill to create solutions for simple
elements of building.

Course Contents:

Unit – I

Introduction to design – importance of design; Study and appreciation of design

examples from forms in nature and analysis with respect to their colour, form,
texture and structure.

Exercises involving these natural forms and various approaches to art such
as – Representation, Abstraction, and Non-Representational/ Non-Objective
compositions.

Analysis of Simple Objects: Critical analysis of simple man-made objects and

environments to understand the underlying concepts in their design. Studies to
understand function - Aesthetic Relationship, and Anthropometrics.

29
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – II

Elements of design: point, line, shape, form, space, texture, value, colour and
material; Introduction to the principles of composition: unity, balance, symmetry,
asymmetry, proportion, scale and proportion, hierarchy, rhythm, contrast, harmony,
focus, movement, direction, gradation, repetition, etc; Application of the principles
of composition in two dimensional compositions;

Unit - III

Compositions in two dimensions: shapes and patterns; use of grids in creating

repetitive patterns; Principles of composition-using grids, symmetrical /
asymmetrical, rule of thirds, center of interest etc.

Form generation through addition & subtraction, Anomaly, Positive & Negative
spaces, Solid and Voids.

Developing compositions in two dimensional designs like- logos, cover page,

collage, mural, floor patterns, grills, railings, gates etc.

Unit - IV

Concepts of geometry –different three dimensional forms, primitive forms and

understanding the behavior when combined- Transformations to three dimensional
forms; Explorative exercises in three dimensional compositions.

Making three dimensional sculptures involving the basic platonic solids and abstract
sculptures using various techniques/ materials. (Ex: POP, wire/ matchstick, soap,
clay etc.)

Unit - V

Colour theory, color wheel, primary, secondary, tertiary colors, color schemes, color
value and intensity, colour coding systems and psychological factors governing
the choice of colour schemes in architecture. Theoretical inputs to be followed by
exercises to develop the ability to translate abstract principles into two and three
dimensional compositions.

UNIT VI

Design of non-enclosed object. eg. park seat, push-cart, built-in furniture etc.
Developing compositions in of semi-enclosed spaces- entrances, gateways, portal,
compound walls etc.

Unit - VII

Study of ornament in architectural design: documentation and comparison of

different types of ornamentation in historical and contemporary buildings, to
understand their design features as studied in the previous units.

30
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Reference books:

Wucius, Wong. Principles of two Dimensional Design. Van Nostrand Reinhold

1972.

Maier Manfired Basic Principles of Design, Vol.1, 2, 3 & 4, Van Nostrand Reinhold,
NY. (1977)

Ching, Francis D.K. Architecture: Form, Space, and Order, 2nd ed. Van Nostrand
Reinhold, New York, 1996.

Hanks, A. David. Decorative Designs of Frank Lloyd Wright, Dover Publications,

Inc. New York, 1999.

Hepler, E. Donald, Wallach, I. Paul. Architecture Drafting and Design, 3rd ed.
McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1977.

Itten, Johannes. Design and Form: The basic course at the Bauhaus, Thames
and Hudson Ltd., London 1997.

Krier, Rob. Architectural Composition, Academy Editions, London, 1988.

Meiss, Pierre Von. Elements of Architecture: From form to place, E and FN Spon,
London, 1992.

Pipes, Alan. Drawing for 3-Dimensional Design. Thames and Hudson Ltd., London
1990.

Shibikawa, Ikuyoshi and Takahashi, Yumi. Designers Guide to Colour.

Smithies, K.W. Principles of Design in Architecture. Chapman and Hall, 1983.

AR17B1.2C ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING AND GRAPHICS – I

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 5hrs Cr: 4

Course Overview:

The course introduces the fundamental techniques of architectural drawing and

develops the appropriate skills for visualization and representation.

Objectives of the Course:

To introduce architectural drawing techniques and to facilitate effective visual

communication.

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: Freehand, scale drawing, conventional

architectural representations in drawings and graphics.

31
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Contents:

Unit – I

Introduction: Fundamentals of drawing and its practice, introduction to drawing

equipment, familiarization, use and handling. Drawing sheet sizes, layouts and
composition. Simple exercises in drafting, line types, line weights; dimensioning,
use of scale

Unit – II

Typography –anatomy of Type, Styles, Roman and Gothic style lettering; freehand
lettering, title panels and legends.

Unit – III

Geometrical Construction: Constructing simple and complex geometrical

shapes involving various drafting techniques; regular shapes using T-squares, set-
squares; straight lines, triangles, quadrilaterals, circles, tangents, regular polygons,
polygons inscribed in circle.

Description of Plane Curve: Ellipse, Parabola, Hyperbola and Ovals.

Unit – IV

Architectural Symbols: Representation of building elements, openings, materials,

furniture and accessories; human postures; vegetation; vehicles; terminology and
abbreviations used in architectural representation.

Unit – V

Measuring and Drawing to Scale: Scales and construction of scales, scaled

drawings of simple objects, dimensions; scaled drawings of furniture, rooms, doors
and windows etc., in plan, elevation and section. Reduction and enlargement of
drawings.

Unit – VI

Free Hand Drawings: Line strokes, light and shade techniques of simple, natural
and 3D geometric forms. Study of proportions and scale; structure and axes of
objects; Indoor and Outdoor sketching of built and natural forms: Still life, furniture,
etc.

Note: This is a studio subject and students should be made to prepare drawings
as studio exercises along with the theoretical inputs. The studio work should be
supplemented with appropriate site visits.

Reference books:

Moris, I.H. Geometrical Drawing for Art Students.

32
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Thoms, E. French. Graphic Science and Design, New York: MC Graw Hill.

Nichols, T.B. and Keep, Norman. Geometry of Construction, 3rd ed. Cleaver –
Hume Press Ltd., London, 1959.

Bhatt, N.D. and Panchal V.M. Engineering Drawing: Plane and Solid Geometry,
42nd ed. Charotar Pub., Anand, 2000.

Gill, P.S. T.B. of Geometrical Drawing, 3rd ed. Dewan Suhil Kumar Kataria,
Ludhiana, 1986.

Shah, M.G., Kale, C.M. and Patki, S.Y. Building Drawing: with an integrated
approach to built environment, 7th ed. Tata McGraw Hill Pub., Delhi, 2000.

Bies, D. John. Architectural Drafting: Structure and Environment. Bobbs –

Merrill Educational Pub., Indianapolis.

Nelson, A. John. H.B. of Architectural and Civil Drafting, Van Nostrand Reinhold,
New York, 1983.

AR17B1.3C BUILDING CONSTRUCTION- I

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 5hrs Cr: 4

Course Overview:

The course introduces to the methods and techniques of construction of basic

elements of a simple building.

Objectives of the Course:

To understand the elementary and simple construction methods, explaining basic

principles and considerations in the construction of one roomed rectilinear building
with verandah.

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:

To understand the techniques of construction of a simple load bearing structure

with simple material like brick, stone etc.

Course Contents:

Unit I

Basic building components: Cross section of a small building to understand

foundation, plinth beam flooring, sill, lintel, roof beam and slabs parapet &
weathering course

Walls: Details of walls section across the opening (door & window) Roofs: simple
configurations and details of various forms of roofs (flat, slope pyramidical & dome)

33
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – II

Brickwork: Various types of bonds, stopped ends, junctions, piers, jambs, footings,
foundations, corbelling, damp proof course, window sills, thresholds, copings,
mortar joints and pointing.

Unit – III

Stone masonry: stone walls, rubble work, ashlar work, masonry joints, window
sills, plinth, cornices, surface finishes.

Unit – IV

Composite masonry: Brick backed ashlar, rubble backed ashlar, concrete backed
masonry, ashlar faced concrete walls, marble faced masonry; tile faced concrete,
hollow block masonry.

Cladding: Cladding of various materials-marble, granite, slate, tiles, metal etc.

Unit – V

Lintels: Lintels of wood, stone, brick.

Arches: arches; terms defined; various forms of arches like segmental, semi-
circular, elliptical, three-centered, flat and relieving arch, etc.

Unit – VI

Building Foundations: Definition, safe bearing capacity of soils; brick and stone
foundations, simple, steeped, combined and cantilevered footing, RCC footing.

Basement: Damp proofing, different types of damp proof materials, their

compositions and application, Constructional details of walls, floors, foundations
etc. with respect to their damp proofing and natural ventilation.

Unit – VII

Construction techniques of the past: Ground and upper floors: solid floor, brick
flooring, floor finishing and floor coverings, Basement floor. Wooden ground and
upper floors: Terms defined, bridging joists, binding joists, binders, beams and
girders, solid and herring bone strutting, floor boards, ceiling joists, trimming floors
to accommodate fire place. Details of fire place.

Flat roofs: Madras terrace, Jack arch, elementary knowledge about R.C.C
roof and floor slabs.

This unit to be taught with the objective of giving a historical perspective. A

broad orientation may be given without preparation of drawing plates.

34
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

To give the learning in this subject a more practical orientation seminars by industry
or trade related organizations or field/site visits should be organized. At least two
exercises to be done in the construction yard. A weight age of 5% in the overall
Internal Assessment in the subject should be reserved for students attending these
seminars/site visits and maintaining the records/observations as required by the
subject faculty.

Reference books:

Barry, R. The Construction of Buildings Vol. 2, 5th ed. East-West Press. New Delhi,
1999.

Bindra,S P.and Arora, S P. Building Construction: Planning Techniques and

Methods of Construction, 19th ed. Dhanpat Rai Pub. New Delhi, 2000.

Hailey and Hancork, D.W. Brick Work and Associated Studies Vol. 2. MacMillan,
London, 1979.

Moxley, R. Mitchell’s Elementary Building Construction, Technical Press Ltd.

Rangwala, S.C. Building Construction, 22nd ed. Charotar Pub. House, Anand,
2004.

Sushil Kumar. T.B. of Building Construction, 19th ed. Standard Pub, Delhi, 2003.

AR17B1.4C BUILDING MATERIALS – I

L/s: 2/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3hrs Cr: 2

Course Overview:

The course provides information on the properties, use, installation and costs of
basic building materials.

Objectives of the Course:

To impart knowledge on the various building materials,

To highlight the current trends and innovations in the usage of building materials.

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:

Knowledge required for specifying appropriate materials for various spaces in

buildings.

35
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Contents:

Unit –I

Brick as a building material: Types, properties, uses and manufacturing methods.

Brick: Composition of earths, standard, market and ISI. size properties, as per ISI
brick manufacturing processes, requirements and tests foe good bricks. Fire clay
bricks - varieties; sand lime bricks; paving bricks; Terra-cotta-its varieties: ordinary,
glazed, porous, polished and fine; sun dried brick, Special types of bricks, uses and
properties Different uses of brick in construction.

Building Tiles: Roof, floor and wall tiles.

Unit –II

Stones: Classification of stones: granite, laterite, quartzite, marble and slates

­properties and uses; stone units - khandki, rubble, black stones, stone metal, flag
stones. method of quarrying of building stones, types of stone dressings defects
in stone, stones used in construction, uses in construction, aggregates. tool used,
Preservation of stone work.

Unit –III

Sand : Pit, river sea sand, gravel, bulk age of sand, impurities in sand their removal,
tests for silt and organic contents different grades of sand with respective to size
and their application. I.S.I. standards, use in mortar and concrete.

Unit –IV

Cement: Ingredients and properties of cement, Types of cement, Grades of

cement, Initial and final setting time, Test of cements, ISI Standards, Pozolana
material and its properties.

Unit –V

Mortars: Types, proportioning, mixing and grinding, mortar, cement mortar, lime
mortar, methods of preparing, handling and uses of mortars, Surkhi-mortar, light
weight mortars i.e. cinder, sawdust and fibrous plaster, gypsum plaster, Plaster of
Paris and application.

Concrete: Concrete and its constituents, aggregate: coarse and fine, properties of
concrete, strength, durability, etc. Effect of age on strength.

Grading: importance, fineness modulus, combined aggregate, water cement ratio.

Mixing and Curing.

Unit –VI

Timber: Building timber types and its properties, sawing of timber, shrinkage and
distortion, wastage, methods of sawing. Drying and seasoning, moisture contents,

36
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

purpose of seasoning, natural and artificial. Defects in timber. Use and application
of timber in construction.

Processed woods: Plywood and Synthetic boards properties and application. Use
of alternative materials as substitute to wood.ISI standards

Unit –VII

Ferrous Metals - Pig iron, cast iron, wrought iron, steel, manufacturing processes
and casting. Characteristics form and uses of cast iron, wrought iron and steel.
Alloys steel, stainless steel, steel-treatment, steel tempering, annealing,
normalizing, and case hardening, their objectives and effect on alloy steels.
Galvanizing, oxidation and casting of metallic products, corrosion of iron and their
prevention. Metallic protective coatings.

Non ferrous Metals: Basic idea of important ores, properties and uses of
Aluminum, Zinc, Copper, Tin and Lead

To give the learning in this subject a more practical orientation seminars by industry
or trade related organisations or field/site visits should be organized. A weightage
of 5% in the overall Internal Assessment in the subject should be reserved for
students attending these seminars/site visits and maintaining the records/
observations as required by the subject faculty.

Students should be exposed to Lab tests in the context of the listed materials.

Reference Books:

Hailey & Hancork, D.W. Brick Work & Associated Studies Vol. 2. MacMillan,
London, 1979.

Moxley, R. Mitchell’s Elementary Building Construction, Technical Press Ltd.

Rangwala, S.C. Building Construction, 22nd ed. Charotar Pub. House, Anand,
2004.

Sushil Kumar. T.B. of Building Construction, 19th ed. Standard Pub, Delhi, 2003.

AR17B1.5C STRUCTURAL MECHANICS – I

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr: 3

Course Overview:

Gives an in-depth understanding of the concepts associated with different Elements

of Structures.

37
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Objectives of the Course:

To provide knowledge of different forces, force systems, Beams types sectional

Properties behavior of different members due to applied forces.

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: Basic principles of mechanics and

behavior of elements of structures.

Course Contents:

Unit – I

Introduction: Forces, system of forces, resultant, equilibrant Parallelogram law,

Triangle law, Lamis Theorem, polygon law, resultant of coplanar, concurrent
force system, couple, characteristics of couple, moment, Equilibrium, Varignon’s
Theorem.

Unit – II

Analysis of trusses, types of stresses, Loads on trusses, 2-D truss analysis using
method of joint (Cantilever & Simply Supported)

Unit – III

Stress, Strain, type of stresses, stress-strain cure for ductile Material, Hooke’s law,
Modulus of Elasticity, Bars of Varying Section, Bars of Composite Section.

Unit – IV

Shear stress, types of Strain, poissons Ratio, Shear modulus Bulk Modulus
Relation between the three Elastic Constants members subjected to 3 mutually
perpendicular forces

Unit – V

Types of Beams, types of loads, calculation of reactions for simply supported beam
(Using Point loads & Udl’s) definition shear force & Bending Moment SFD& BMD
for Cantilever beams.

Unit – VI

Shear force & Bending Moment diagrams for simply supported & over hanging
beams for point loads & UDL, point contra flexure & its location, Relation between
loading, SF & BM

Unit – VII

Definition of centroid, line of symmetry ,centroid for some standard shapes,

calculation of centroid for shapes like L,T,C,I Sections etc., moment of inertia,
Derivation of M.I formula for Rectangle, circle, Triangle, calculation of M .I for
L,T,C,I Sections etc.,
38
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit VIII

Types of joints, lap joint & butt joint, failure of riveted joints, strength of the joint,
efficiency of joint, Unwins formula, chain riveting & Diamond Riveting

Reference Books

Khurmi. R.S. Engineering Mechanics, S. Chand and Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 1999.

Ramamrutham. S. Engineering Mechanics, 7th ed. Dhanpat Rai Pub. Co. Ltd.,
Delhi, 2004.

Timoshenko. S. and Young, D.H. Engineering Mechanics, McGraw-Hill

International Editions.

AR17B1.6C INTRODUCTION TO ART AND ARCHITECTURE

L/s:2/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr: 2

Course Overview:

Introduces fundamental ideas, methodologies and terminologies in art and

architecture, shedding light on why certain works were produced, what
meanings they communicated, and how they are important to our contemporary
society. Emphasis will be placed on styles and the unique historic contexts and
circumstances that shaped them.

Objectives of the Course:

To analyze various art forms, and understand the techniques involved in creative
thinking.

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: Understanding various art forms,

appreciate art and architecture.

Course Contents:

Unit – I

Purpose and relevance of art, Art consciousness: Aesthetics, perception,

symbolism, expression, style, fashion, appropriateness and values. Understanding
works of art.

Its role meaning and purpose in terms of basic characteristics and development as
an expression of culture

Unit – II

Development of art; A survey of history of art forms; pre-historic period to the

39
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

present times; Changing nature of art through time in terms of content; form and
material

Unit – III

Exploration of art forms - Role and meaning of art-various types of arts - fine arts,
performing arts, commercial arts, industrial arts, folk arts, abstract art, visual arts,
spatial arts, temporal arts, pop art etc.

Nature and characteristics of art forms such as Painting, Sculpture, Architecture,

Photography, Almost Art; Nature and characteristics of art forms such as Dance,
Drama, Music, The Film, Literature

Relationship between art and architecture from earliest times.¬

Unit – IV

Definitions and general understanding of architecture, role of architect in a building

project. The changing role of architects, his relation with other consultants,
contractors and client, technical knowledge and other skills required as inputs.
Various subjects to be learnt by architecture students, their relevance to practice.

Unit – V

Various factors influencing the architecture of a region, architecture as a response

to social, technological and environment forces. Evolution of shelter forms in
regions of the world and examples of vernacular architecture in the world, with
particular reference to India.

Reference Books:

Craven, C. Roy. Indian Art a Concise History.

Kumar, Raj (Ed.). Essays on Indian Art and Architecture. Discovery Pub., New
Delhi, 2003.

Fisher, E. Robert. Buddhist Art and Architecture. Thames and Hudson, London,
1993.

Ghosh, A (Ed.). Jain Art and Architecture Vol. 1-3. Bharatiya Jnanpith, New Delhi.

James C. Snyder, Introduction to Architecture, New York: Mc Graw Hill.

Christopher Alexander, Pattern Language, New York: Oxford University Press

Thomas Mitchell, Redefining Designing: From to Experience,

James snyder and Anthony Y catanse, Introduction to Architecture, Mc Graw-Hill

Book company, New York, 1979.

Rapoport, Amos, House form & Culture.

40
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR17B1.7C WORKSHOP- CARPENTRY & MODEL MAKING

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: Nil Total: 50 End Exam: Nil Cr: 4

Course Overview:

The course provides the foundation and capability to represent the concepts three
dimensionally.

Objectives of the Course:

To introduce various fabrication skills and techniques necessary to produce scale-

models and to encourage preparation of models as an essential phase in design
development and evaluation.

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: Dexterity; Knowledge of materials and

their properties; craft skills; visualization skills;

Course Contents:

Unit – I

Introduction to model-making: Need; role of scale-models in design; general

practices; Digital models.

Unit – II

Essentials of model-making: understanding of various tools and machines

employed, best practices involved in operating the tools and the techniques.

Unit – III

Survey of various materials available for model making such as papers , mount
boards , wood, plastics, films, plaster of paris, acrylic, Styrofoam, wax, metals,
glass, FRP, etc. and exploring their potential in model-making. .chamfering at 45
degrees in mountboard.

Unit – IV

Techniques of Scale-modeling: Use of different scales; templates; measuring aids;

conventions followed.

Unit – V

Techniques for preparation of presentation models, mock-ups, simulation of various

materials and textures such as wood, glass, aluminum, steel, bricks, roofing tiles,
flooring, corrugated sheets, upholsteries etc.

Unit – VI

Carpentry: Introduction to the use of different types of tools and different types

41
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

of joints used in carpentry. Joinery details which are commonly used in timber
construction. Application of surface finishes such as polish, varnish, lacquer on
wood.

Unit—VII

Photography in built models, using lighting and natural background.

Assignments.

At least three major assignments involving the individual students to fabricate

a. Scale model of a piece of furniture

b. Presentation of models

c. mock-up of an everyday object

d. Three-dimensional forms etc.

Documentation of the important phases of fabrication is must which shall become

the basis for internal evaluation.

Reference books:

Bernald, S and Copplene, Myers. History of Art.

Craven, C. Roy. Indian Art a Concise History.

Krier, Rob. Element of Architecture. Academy Editions, London, 1992.

Lang, Jon. A Concise History of Modern Architecture in India. Permanent Black,

Delhi, 2002.

Magnet, Jacque. The Asesthetic Experiences: An anthropologist looks at the

Visual Art.

Preble, Duame. Art Forms.

Snyder, C. James and Catanese, J. Anthony. Introduction to Architecture.

Tapert, Annette. Swid Powell: Objects by Architects. Rizzoli, New York,

1990. 
Thyagarajan. Basic practical photography

Ching Francis D.K: Architecture: Form, Space, and Order.

42
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

GN17B1.2A ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

L/s: 2/Wk Int:50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:2

Course Overview: A compulsory subject for all the undergraduate students of

various discipline highlights significance of maintaining balance and sustainability
of various components of the environment.
Objectives of the Course : To sensitize the students towards sustainable
environment.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Environmental studies – Introduction: - Definition, scope and importance, Measuring
and defining environmental development indicators.
Unit – II
Environmental and Natural Resources: Renewable and non-renewable
resources - Natural resources and associated problems - Forest resources - Use
and over - exploitation, deforestation, case studies - Timber extraction - Mining,
dams and other effects on forest and tribal people - Water resources - Use and over
utilization of surface and ground water - Floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-
benefits and problems - Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental
effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies. - Food resources:
World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects
of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case
studies. - Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable
energy sources use of alternate energy sources. Case studies. Land resources:
Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and
desertification. Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources. Equitable
use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.
Unit - III
Basic Principles of Ecosystems Functioning: Concept of an ecosystem. - Structure
and function of an ecosystem. - Producers, consumers and decomposers.-
Energy flow in the ecosystem Ecological succession. - Food chains, food webs
and ecological pyramids. Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and
function of the following ecosystem:
a. Forest ecosystem
b. Grassland ecosystem
c. Desert ecosystem
d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries).
Unit - IV
Biodiversity and its conservation: Introduction - Definition: genetic, species and
ecosystem diversity. Bio-geographical classification of India - Value of biodiversity:
consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values -

43
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Biodiversity at global, National and local levels. - India as a mega-diversity nation -

Hot-sports of biodiversity - Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife,
man-wildlife conflicts. - Endangered and endemic species of India - Conservation
of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.
Unit - V
Environmental Pollution: Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of:
a. Air pollution b. Water pollution c. Soil pollution d. Marine pollution e. Noise
pollution f. Thermal pollution g. Nuclear hazards
Solid waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and
industrial wastes. - Role of an individual in prevention of pollution. - Pollution case
studies. - Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
Unit - VI
Social Issues and the Environment: From unsustainable to sustainable
development -Urban problems related to energy -Water conservation, rain water
harvesting, and watershed management -Resettlement and rehabilitation of
people; its problems and concerns. Case Studies -Environmental ethics: Issues
and possible solutions. -Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer
depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case Studies. -Wasteland reclamation.
- Consumerism and waste products. -Environment Protection Act. -Air (Prevention
and Control of Pollution) Act. -Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act -
Wildlife Protection Act -Forest Conservation Act -Issues involved in enforcement of
environmental legislation. -Public awareness.
Unit - VII
Human Population and the Environment: Population growth, variation among
nations. Population explosion - Family Welfare Programme. -Environment and
human health. -Human Rights. -Value Education. -HIV/AIDS. -Women and Child
Welfare. -Role of information Technology in Environment and human health. -Case
Studies.
Unit - VIII
Field work: Visit to a local area to document environmental assets River /forest
grassland/hill/mountain -Visit to a local polluted site-Urban/Rural/industrial/
Agricultural Study of common plants, insects, birds. -Study of simple ecosystems -
pond, river, hill slopes, etc.
TEXT BOOK:
ErachBharucha, A Text Book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate
Courses, University Grants Commission.
.

44
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - II

AR 17B2.1C ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN – I

L/s: 9/Wk Int: 200 End Exam: 200 Total: 400 End Exam: 5 hrs Cr: 9

Course Overview:

This course is intended to provide framework for understanding design as a

process.

Objectives of the Course:

Simple space organization starting with single activity to multifunctional spaces.

Spaces responding to human anthropometrics

Expected Outcome:

To understand principles of design. To develop the ability to translate abstract

principles of design into architectural solutions for small problems.

Course Contents:

Unit - I

Anthropometrics: Basic -average measurements of human body in different

postures-its proportion and graphic representation, application in the design
of simple household and street furniture. Use of mannequins in defining spatial
parameter of design.

Unit - II

Study of functional spaces and the issues like clearances, lighting and ventilation,
furniture arrangements; Minimum and optimum areas for various functions; Detailed
study of spaces such as living, dining, bedrooms, kitchen, toilet, etc.

Study of the human considerations like, privacy, convenience, comfort, etc.; Case
study of a house and a critical appraisal of the spaces.

Unit - III

Introduction to design process. Pre- Design Studies: Preparation of design brief,

the user requirement and their implications, Study of the site and the context;

Design Response: Development of concept, Graphic tools like circulation diagrams,

Figure Ground studies, etc. Integration of form and function in the design of an
enclosed object/space using the materials studied. e.g. Security cabin, grocery
store, caravan, bus shelter, milk booth, traffic police kiosk, flower stall, ATM Center,
etc.

45
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – IV

Listing of important local buildings and understanding the reasons for their
importance.

Listing and Drawing silhouettes of favourite buildings or places.

Observing the built environment around and experiencing enclosures (field trips)

Local stories on architecture.

Introduction to basic development of forms: additive form, deductive form, rhythm,

contrast, balance and symmetry.

Concepts of volume and scale, width to height ratio.

Study models to explore the design principles. Multiple sectional drawings of study
models.

At least two major exercises and two minor design/time problems should be given.
The final submission shall necessarily include a model for at least one of the two
main problems.

To give the learning in this subject a more practical orientation seminars by industry
or trade related organisations or field/site visits should be organized. A weightage
of 5% in the overall Internal Assessment in the subject should be reserved for
students attending these seminars/site visits and maintaining the records/
observations as required by the subject faculty.

Reference books:

Chiara Joseph de and Others. Time Savers Standards of Building Types. McGraw
– Hill, 1980.

Kirk, Paul Hayden and Sternberg, D. Eugene. Doctors Offices and Clinics, 2nd
ed. Reinhold Pub., USA, 1960.

Neufert, Ernst. Ernst Neufert Architects Data, Granada Pub. Ltd., London,
1970. Pevsner, Nikolaus. A History of Building Types. Thames and Hudson,
London, 1976.

Shah, S. Charanjit. Architects Hand Book Ready Reckoner. Galogotia Pub. Co.,
New Delhi, 1996.

46
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR 17B2.2C ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING AND GRAPHICS – II

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 5hrs Cr: 4

Course Overview:

The course is intended to develop the techniques of architectural drawing pertaining

simple and complex solid geometrical forms of Building geometry Sciography and
Documentation.

Objectives of the Course:

To impart the skills of three dimensional visualization and presentation.

Course Contents:

Unit – I

Orthographic Projections (first angle projection): Principles of orthographic

projection; projections of points, lines, planes –all combinations; Orthographic
projection of solids; Orthographic projection of architectural built elements and built
forms: (with increasing complexity)

Building Geometry: Study of points, lines, and planes leading to simple and complex
solid geometrical forms; Representation of 3D elements in Plan and Elevations

Use of circle in mouldings and arch forms - Ovolo Covetta, Ogee, Lancet, Horse
shoe, Moorish, Stilted and Rampant, Tudor, three centered and drop. Exercises on
Ionic volute, Entasis of column etc., working with models to facilitate visualization.

Unit –II

Sciography:

Simple and composite forms, shadows on horizontal, vertical planes and on their
own surfaces. Study of shade and shadows of simple geometrical solids of various
forms and groups of forms.

Shade and shadow techniques leading to advanced practical examples: shades

and shadows on buildings or parts of buildings. Relative changes in building shades
and shadows with sun angle, time, building height. Introduction to sciography in
perspective.

Unit-III

Architectural Documentation:

Detailed measured drawing and documentation of any interesting historical or

modern building – preparation of maps, plans, elevations, sections, views etc.

47
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Reference books:

Thoms, E. French. Graphic Science and Design, New York: MC Graw Hill.

Nichols, T.B. and Keep, Norman. Geometry of Construction, 3rd ed. Cleaver –
Hume Press Ltd., London, 1959.

Bhatt, N.D. and Panchal V.M. Engineering Drawing: Plane and Solid Geometry,
42nd ed. Charotar Pub., Anand, 2000.

Gill, P.S. T.B. of Geometrical Drawing, 3rd ed. Dewan Suhil Kumar Kataria,
Ludhiana, 1986.

Shah, M.G., Kale, C.M. and Patki, S.Y. Building Drawing: with an integrated
approach to built environment, 7th ed. Tata McGraw Hill Pub., Delhi, 2000.

Claude Batley: Design Development of Indian Architecture

Ernest Burden:-Architectural Dilineation

AR 17B2.3C BUILDING CONSTRUCTION – II

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 5hrs Cr: 4

Course Overview:

The course introduces to the methods and techniques of construction of doors and
windows, stairs and partitions of a building using different materials.

Objectives of the Course:

To understand the elementary and simple construction methods like joinery details
in wood, fixing of hardware.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
To understand the techniques of constructing doors and windows, staircase and
partitions using different materials
Unit – I
Carpentry and joinery: Terms defined; mitring, ploughing, grooving, rebating,
veneering. Various forms of joints in wood work, such as lengthening joints, bearing
joints, halving, dovetailing, housing, notching, tusk and tenon etc;
Unit – II
Doors: Definition of terms, types of doors: wooden, ledged, ledged and braced,
paneled, flush door. Hinged, single and double shutters, sliding, folding, revolving,
pivoted.

48
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – III

Windows: Casement, top and bottom hung, pivoted and sliding sash, UPVC doors
and windows.

Hardware: fixtures, locks, hinges, fastenings for doors and windows.

Unit – IV

Steel: windows, rolling shutters and grills. Aluminium doors and windows.

Unit – V

Partition Walls: Various types of glazed and wooden partitions and paneling; Sound
proof and light weight partitions; Brick partition, reinforced brick partition, brick
nogged partition, lath and plaster partition, pre-cast concrete partition, glass block
and glass create partition, common wooden partition, trussed partition.

Unit – VI

Staircases: Principles of staircase construction and its elements; Terms defined,

Tread, riser, stringer, nosing, flight, landing, head room, handrail, balusters,
newel post etc., types of stairs i.e., straight, doglegged, open well, geometrical,
circular, spiral, bifurcated, wooden stairs, stone stairs, metal stairs and elementary
knowledge of R.C.C. stairs. Details of various staircases in wood, stone, steel and
RCC.

Unit – VII

Flooring & Flooring finishes: Various natural and manufactured materials: Types of
Stone flooring: Granite, Marble, Kota, Shahbad (Limestone), Flagstone, Wooden
Flooring, Ceramic and Vitrified Tiles. Concrete floors, Brick on edge, Indian patent
floor, granolithic, terrazzo, pitch mastic, Magnesium Oxide, Chloride.

To give the learning in this subject a more practical orientation seminars by industry
or trade related organisations or field/site visits should be organized. A weightage
of 5% in the overall Internal Assessment in the subject should be reserved for
students attending these seminars/site visits and maintaining the records/
observations as required by the subject faculty.

Reference Books

Barry, R. The Construction of Buildings Vol. 2, 5th ed. East-West Press. New Delhi,
1999.

Bindra, S P. and Arora, S P. Building Construction: Planning Techniques and

Methods of Construction, 19th ed. Dhanpat Rai Pub. New Delhi, 2000.

Hailey and Hancork, D.W. Brick Work and Associated Studies Vol. 2. MacMillan,
London, 1979.

49
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Moxley, R. Mitchell’s Elementary Building Construction, Technical Press Ltd.

Rangwala, S.C. Building Construction, 22nd ed. Charotar Pub. House, Anand,
2004.

Sushil Kumar. T.B. of Building Construction, 19th ed. Standard Pub, Delhi, 2003.

AR 17B2.4C BUILDING MATERIALS – II

L/s: 2/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3hrs Cr: 2

Course Overview:

The course is intended to provide information on the properties, uses, installation

and costs of building materials. The course highlights on Mechanical and physical
properties of various materials. Influence of various factors on these properties.
Causes of defects, their prevention and remedies. Testing of materials.

Objectives of the Course:

To provide knowledge on the various types of building materials used while

highlighting the current innovations and trends.

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:

Knowledge required for specifying appropriate materials for various spaces in

buildings.

Course Contents:
Unit – I
Laminates and Veneers: Resin bonded ply wood, types of laminates, laminated
wood, insulating boards and other miscellaneous boards, veneers from different
varieties of timber, their characteristics and uses MDF& HDF Boards.
Unit – II
Paints and Varnishes: Protective coating, paints, constituents of paints, their
functions, water paints, distempers, and cement based paints, emulsion paints,
selection of paints, and storage of paints.
Types varnishes (oil and spirit): characteristics and uses of varnishes. French
polish, anti-corrosive paint, damp proofing finishes.
Unit – III
Glass and glass products: Composition and fabrication of glass, types of glass,
wired glass, fiber glass, rock wool, laminated glass, glass-crete blocks, structural
glass, their properties and uses in buildings.

50
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – IV

Plastics: Polymer types, thermo setting and thermo plastics, resins, common
types of moldings, fabrication of plastics, polymerization and condensation, plastic
coatings.

Composite materials, classification, properties and uses - linoleum, plastic coated

paper, polythene sheets, reinforced plastic, plastic laminates and PVC.

Properties and architectural uses of plastics – structural plastics – Reinforced

plastics and Decorative laminates-plastic coatings, Adhesives and sealants –
Modifiers and

Primary plastic building products for walls, roof and partitions. Secondary building
products for rooms, windows, roof lights, domes, gutters and handrails.

Unit – V

Floorings: Introduction, essential requirements of a floor, factors affecting selection

of flooring material, Various natural as well as artificial flooring materials like brick,
flag stone, tiled, cement concrete, granolithic, terrazzo, marble, shahbad stones
timber flooring, timber floor supported on RSJ, flag stone floor resting on RSJ,,
vitrified tiles, ceramic tiles, , Mosaic, rubber, Linoleum, and PVC and PVA flooring

Unit – VI

Roof Coverings: Introduction, requirements of good roof, technical terms,

classification, types of roof coverings for pitched roof. : Roofing tiles and roofing
with cement products like A.C. sheet roofs, G.I. Sheets roofs, slates.

Unit – VII

Miscellaneous Materials and treatments: Properties and uses of Asbestos, cork,

felt, mica, adhesive, Bakelite, china clay, fiber glass, leather, canvass, jute, rubber,
Asphalt and Bitumen

Materials for Special Treatments: Fire resistant, waterproofing, and anti-termite

treatment. Damp proofing: Hot applied and cold applied – Emulsified asphalt,
Bentonite clay. Butyl rubber, silicones, Vinyls, Epoxy resins and metallic water
proofing materials, their properties and uses. Water proofing: waterproofing
membranes such as rag, asbestos, glass felt, plastic and synthetic rubber- vinyl,
butyl rubber, neoprene, polyvinyl chilnide – prefabricated membranes sheet lead,
asphalt their properties and uses.

Application: application of the above in basement floor, swimming pool, and

terraces.

Thermal insulation: Heat transfer heat gain/ loss by materials - vapour barriers
and rigid insulations, blanket, poured and reflective insulation – properties and
uses of spun glass foamed glass, cork, vegetable fibers Gypsum, plaster of Paris,
hydride gypsum properties and uses.
51
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Acoustics insulation: porous, baffle and perforated materials such as Acoustic

plastic, Acoustic tiles, wood, partition board, fiber board, cook, quilts and mats –
their properties and uses – current developments.

Applications: Applications of the above insulations in seminar hall, theater and cold
storage.

To give the learning in this subject a more practical orientation seminars by industry
or trade related organisations or field/site visits should be organized. A weightage
of 5% in the overall Internal Assessment in the subject should be reserved for
students attending these seminars/site visits and maintaining the records/
observations as required by the subject faculty.

Reference books:

Chowdary, K.P. Engineering Materials are used in India, 7th ed. Oxford and IBH
Pub. Ltd., New Delhi, 1990.

Moxley, R. Mitchell‟s Elementary Building Construction, Technical Press Ltd.

Rangwala, S.C. Building Construction: Materials and types of Construction, 3rd

ed. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1963.

AR 17B2.5C STRUCTURAL MECHANICS –II

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3hrs Cr: 3

Course Overview:

Gives an in-depth understanding of the concepts associated with different Elements

of Structures.

Objectives of the Course:

To provide knowledge of behavior beams, columns stress behavior due to applied

forces.

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: Basic principles of mechanics and

behavior of elements of structures.

Unit-I

Theory of simple bending Introduction, pure bending & ordinary bending,

Assumptions derivation of flexure formula section modulus Numericals on flexure
equation.

Unit-II

Shear stresses in beams Introduction, derivation of shear stress formula, shear

52
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

stress distribution for standard shapes like rectangle circle triangle I,T L, C Section
Numericals.

Unit-III

Direct & bending Stresses Introduction, stress distribution of eccentrically loaded

column, middle third rule, core or Kernal of Section, stress distribution for column
with one axis eccentricity, two axis eccentricity, Numericals.

Unit IV

Deflection-I-Introduction of slope & deflection, slopes & deflections for cantilever

beams with point load & udl’s using double integration method & moment area
methods

Unit V

Deflection-II- Introduction of Macaulay’s method, slopes & deflections simply

supported beams with point load & udl’s double integration & Macaulay’s methods

Unit-VI

Fixed beams Introduction Advantages and disadvantages of fixed beams over

simply supported beams, SFD & BMD for fixed beams with combination of point
loads & udl’s (No formula derivations)

Unit-VII

Propped Cantilevers Introduction, Reaction of a prop, Cantilevers with Udl’s, point

loads, prop at end & at intermediate positions, slope & deflection

Unit-VIII

Welded joints: Introduction, Advantages and disadvantages of welded joints, types,

strength of fillet weld, design of welded joint for plates and unsymmetrical sections
for axial loading

Reference Books:

Khurmi. R.S. Engineering Mechanics, S. Chand and Co.Ltd., New Delhi, 1999.

Ramamrutham. S. Engineering Mechanics, 7th ed. Dhanpat Rai Pub. Co. Ltd.,
Delhi, 2004.

Timoshenko. S. and Young, D.H. Engineering Mechanics, McGraw-Hill

International Editions

53
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR 17B2.6C HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE - I

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr: 3

Course Overview:

History of Architecture to be studied as development of building forms in response

to social, religious, aesthetic and environmental factors. The study should focus on
the three dimensional forms, plan forms, façade organization, structural solution,
construction methods and ornamentation. The study should focus on the general
trends and not on specific examples of buildings

Objectives of the Course :

• To expose the students to a wide spectrum of architectural styles ranging

from pre-historic to modern times.

• To explain to the students the evolution of architecture in relation to time with

special emphasis on social, religious and environmental factors.

• To make the students understand the developments in the construction

technology in different periods.

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:

1) Acquire knowledge to identify the common characteristics among the

monuments of a particular style.

2) Acquire graphic skills to present a building, analyze its elements and explain
the composition.

3) Acquire knowledge on good practices of architecture in the past.

Course Contents:

Unit – I

Architectural development in the ancient civilizations in Indus valley, Egypt and

Mesopotamia, Study of Pyramids, Temples, Mastabas, Ziggurats.

Unit – II

Architecture in the Classic Greek periods, different orders, optical correction and
appreciation of perfection.

Unit – III

Architecture in Roman period; Grand scale, application of Greek orders;

Construction of vaults; study of different typologies of buildings; development of
roads and aqueducts;

54
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – IV

Architecture in the early Christian, Byzantine, Romanesque, Gothic periods in

Europe and rest of the world excluding Asia.

Unit – V

Architecture in Renaissance and Baroque: revival in architecture, study of building

typologies.

Unit-VI

The other architecture styles preceding the advent of Industrial revolution in

Europe - Mannerist architecture, Jacobean architecture, Elizabethan architecture,
Victorian architecture and Moorish architecture.

Reference books:

Fletcher, Sir Banister. A History of Architecture, 19th ed. CBS Pub., Delhi, 1992.

Yarwood, Doreen. A Chronology of Western Architecture. B.T. Batsford Ltd.,

London, 1987.

Schulz, Christian Norberg. Meaning in Western Architecture, 2nd ed. Rizzoli Intl.
Pub., New York, 1981.

Copplistone, Trewin and Others. World Architecture: An Illustrated History, 11th

ed. Hamlyn, London, 1979.

Bindoo. D.D, History of Architecture, Milind P Lakshana, Hyderabad – 2006.

Wittkaner R Architectural Principles in the Age of Humanism, Chichester :Academy

Editions 1998

AR 17B2.7C SURVEYING AND LEVELING

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3hrs Cr: 3

Course over view

To explain the different techniques and instruments used in survey of land tracts

Objectives of the Course:

To explain the techniques and instruments used in survey of land tracts.

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:

Surveying skills and related theory.

55
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Contents:

Unit – I

Introduction – Definitions – Basic Principles of Surveying; Classification of Survey;

Uses of Survey - Scales and Symbols-Sources of errors in Survey – Linear
Measurement: accurate and approximate methods, duties of Surveyor.

Unit – II

Chain Surveying – Introduction – Types of chains and tapes. Instruments for

chaining and taping – ranging-cross staffs – offsets – obstacles in chain surveying
– errors and corrections (standardization, temperature and pull) composition of
Areas ( Trapezoidal rule – Average ordinate-Simpson rule).

Unit – III

Compass Surveying: Introduction – Prismatic Compass and Surveyors Compass

– Types of Bearings-Designation of bearings – Fore bearing and back bearing –
Types of Traverse – Temporary adjustments of prismatic compass, local attraction,
Corrections, precautions, errors.

Unit – IV

Plane Table Survey: Introduction – Types of Plane Tables and their Accessories –
Setting up the plane table – traversing – Radiation Method – Intersection Method
– Resection Method (two point problem). Three point problem

Unit – V

Leveling – Introduction –Definitions of terms used in leveling – Principle of leveling –

Classifications temporary adjustments of dumpy level, RL’s by height of Instrument
and rise and fall method, Contouring and their characteristics, uses, – errors in
leveling.

Unit – VI

Theodolite – Introduction – vernier Theodolite – uses of Theodolite - Temporary

adjustments – Traversing.

Unit – VII

Automated Surveying – Introduction to use of Digital Surveying – Instruments such

as distomat – total station, Electronic Theodolite, G.P.S.

Unit – VIII

Site Studies – Plot, site, land and regions, size and shape of site, Analysis of
accessibility, Topography, Climate, land forms, Surface Drainage, Soil, Water,
Vegetation, Ecology and Visual aspects.

56
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Reference books:

Arora, K.R. Surveying Vol. I, 6th ed. Standard Book House, Delhi, 2000.

Lynch, Kevin. Site Planning. MIT Press, Massachusetts, 1962.

Punmia, B.C. Surveying Vol. 1, 13th ed. Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
1996.

GN 17B2.1A COMMUNICATION SKILLS

L/s: 2/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: Viva-Vose Cr: 2

Course Overview: To prepare students to acquire understanding and fluency in

English for professional work

Objectives of the Course: To provide an adequate mastery of technical and

communicative English Language training primarily, reading and writing skills, and
also listening and speaking skills.

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: To prepare students for participation in

seminars, group discussions, paper presentation and general personal interaction
at the professional level.

Unit I

Communication: Importance of Communication; Elements of good individual

communication; organizing oneself; different types of communication; Barriers in
the path of Communication

Unit II

Listening skills: Listening to conversation and speeches (Formal and Informal)

Reading: Techniques of reading, skimming, Scanning, SQ3R technique

Unit III

Creative Writing: Scope of creative writing; Writing skills Signposting, Outlines,

Rephrasing

Writing a report/ format of the report; Paragraph, Letter Writing, Essay writing,
Memo, Circular, Notice, Cover Letter, Resume, Writing with a thesis, Summary,
Précis, Product description – Description of projects and features

Oral Report; Periodical Report; Progress Report; Field Report

Preparation of minutes; Video conference; Tele conference / Virtual meeting

57
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit IV

Speaking: How to converse with people, How to communicate effectively;

Language and grammar skills; Pronunciation drills, Phonetics, vowels, Diphthongs,
consonants, Stress, Rhythm and intonation, Conversational skills

Features of effective speech- practice in speaking fluently –role play – telephone

skills – etiquette.

Short Extempore speeches – facing audience – paper presentation – getting over

nervousness – Interview techniques – preparing for interviews – Mock Interview –
Body Language.

Unit V

Impact of internet on communication; communication through computers;

voice mail; broadcast messages; e-mail auto response; etc.

Reference books:

1. Krishna Mohan &Meera Banerji: Developing Communication Skills Macmillan

India

2. C S Rayudu: Principles of Public Relations, Himalaya Publishing House

3. K. Ashwathappa: Organizational Behavior, Himalaya PublishingHouse

4. Daniel Colman: Emotional Intelligence,

58
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - III

AR17B3.1C ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN – II

L/s: 9/Wk Int: 200 End Exam: 200 Total: 400 End Exam:Viva-voce Cr: 9

Course Overview :

This course is intended to provide skills for designing a single use, small span and
single-storey buildings.

Objectives of the Course :

To develop abilities in design in the context of user requirements.

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: Use of standards, handling of space, and

application of knowledge gained from other subjects in design.

Course Contents:

The design issues to be addressed:

• Various functions and their spatial implications.
• Formulations of concept.
• Anthropometry and furniture layout
• Horizontal circulation
• Interior volumes and space articulation through different materials.
• Integration of form and function.
• NBC and other relevant building codes as applicable.
• Relevant design considerations for barrier free design for the differently
abled.

The list of suggested topics to be covered as design problems:

Balwadi, Kindergarten School, Primary Health Centre, Doctor’s Clinic, small

Cafeteria, Highway Restaurant, Village Post Office, Bank extension counter, Police
Station, Architect’s Office, Departmental Store, School Gymkhana and Youth Club
etc.

Necessary theoretical inputs to be given highlighting the norms and design issues.
The topics not covered as design problems will have to be covered by the Studio
faculty members through lecture/slide show sessions and site visits.

At least two major exercises and two minor design/time problems should be given.
The final submission shall necessarily include a model for at least one of the two
main problems.

59
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Note: In end exam which is a viva-voce the students have to present the entire
semester work for assessment.

To give the learning in this subject a more practical orientation seminars by industry
or trade related organisations or field/site visits should be organized. A weightage
of 5% in the overall Internal Assessment in the subject should be reserved for
students attending these seminars/site visits and maintaining the records/
observations as required by the subject faculty.

Reference books:
Chiara Joseph de and Others. Time Savers Standards of Building Types. McGraw
– Hill, 1980.
Kirk, Paul Hayden and Sternberg, D. Eugene. Doctors Offices and Clinics, 2nd
ed. Reinhold Pub., USA, 1960.
Neufert, Ernst. Ernst Neufert Architects Data, Granada Pub. Ltd., London, 1970.
Pevsner, Nikolaus. A History of Building Types. Thames and Hudson, London,
1976.
Shah, S. Charanjit. Architects Hand Book Ready Reckoner. Galogotia Pub. Co.,
New Delhi, 1996.

AR17B3.2C ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING &GRAPHICS – III

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 5hrs Cr: 3

Course Overview:
The course is intended to develop the techniques of architectural rendering, graphic
skills required for effective presentations and documentation techniques.
Objectives of the Course:
To impart the skills of composition, rendering and documention
Course Contents:
Geometrical Drawing:Solid Geometry:Multi- view projection of solids – cube,
prism, pyramids, cones, cylinders etc. Sections of solids,true shape of solids.
Introduction to Pictorial Views:
Solid Geometry :Simple Projections – Projection of solids – Developments
Isometric & Axonometric

Isometric Views of Objects, building components suchas Steps, Canopy etc.

Diametric and Trimetric Views, Oblique View etc.
Axonometric view: Axonometric view of objects, interior view of rooms etc.

60
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit –I
Perspective:
Characteristics of perspective drawings: perspectives of simple geometric
solids and spaces and complex geometries. Advanced examples in one point or
parallel perspective, two point or angular perspective, introduction to three point
perspective.
Unit-II
Rendering techniques:
Introduction to surfaces and media, observation, recording and basic representation
techniques in different media through drawing pencil, pen, brush, charcoal, crayons
etc.
Introduction of rules of composition, color study, values, tones and general
approach to rendering, Entourage, Treatment of sky, clouds, landscape elements,
human figures, foreground and surroundings, shadow projections in renderings.
Unit-III
Graphic skills and Presentation Techniques:
Page layout and Composition grids; Illustration techniques; Portfolio design and
formats; Digital techniques in graphics
Reference books:
David E. Carter, The Big Book of Design, David E. Carter Books
Joyce Rutter Kaye, Design Basics, Rockport.
Graphics Book, Rotovision
Ellen Lopton and Jennefer Cole Phillips, Graphic Design The New Basics,
Princton Architectural Press
Atkin, William W, Corbelletti, Raniero and Firore, R. Vincent. Pencil Techniques
in Modern Design, 4th ed. Reinhold Pub. Corporation, New York, 1962.
Bellings, Lance Bowen. Perspective-Space and design.
Burden, Ernest. Architectural Delineation: A photographic approach to
presentation, 2nd ed. McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, 1982.
Conli, Claudius. Drawings by Architects.
Hagarth, Paul. Drawing Architecture.
Pranchlay, H. Perspective

61
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR17B3.3C BUILDING CONSTRUCTION-III

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 5hrs Cr:4

Course Overview:

The course focuses on understanding the potentials as well as shortcomings of

RCC as a building material.

Objectives of the Course:

To introduce and expose the students to various ways in which RCC is used in
building construction. The course intends to impart the theory of reinforced
concrete construction (in conjunction with the Theory of Structures which is a
separate course), and practical knowledge through site visits to the construction
sites.

Course Contents :

Unit I :

Introduction to RCC: Understanding the properties and characteristics of RCC. Its

advantages and disadvantages. Cast-in-situ and pre-cast constructional methods
in RCC.

Unit II :

Understanding the structural components of a typical RCC frame structure with

reference to their location, junctions, load transfer and design.

Unit III :

Substructure: RCC foundations – isolated footing (rectangular and trapezoidal

footings), pile foundation, combined footing, raft foundation.

Unit – IV

Superstructure: RCC columns – different shapes, different combinations and

loading conditions (axial, bending, non axial), slenderness factor.RCC beams -
Single and doubly reinforced beams, T and L beams, continuous beams, lintels
and brackets.RCC slabs – One way and two way slabs.

Unit - V

Miscellaneous: RCC staircases and ramp – Waist slab and folded plate staircases.
RCC Balconies, chajjas, lintels, arches etc.

Unit VI:

Advanced concepts: Flat slab, coffered slab, diaphragms, retaining walls and water
tanks.
62
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Note: This is a studio subject and students should be made to prepare construction
drawings as studio exercises along with the theoretical inputs.

To give the learning in this subject a more practical orientation seminars by industry
or trade related organisations or field/site visits should be organized. A weightage
of 5% in the overall Internal Assessment in the subject should be reserved for
students attending these seminars/site visits and maintaining the records/
observations as required by the subject faculty.

References:

Bindra and Arora. Building Construction: Planning Techniques and Methods of

Construction, 19th ed. Dhanpat Rai Pub., New Delhi, 2000.

Foster, J. Stroud. Mitchell Building Construction: Elementary and Advanced, 17th

ed. B.T. Batsford Ltd, London, 1963.

McKay, W.B. Building Construction Metric Vol. 1 – IV, 4th ed. Orient Longman,
Mumbai, 2005.

Sushil Kumar. T.B. of Building Construction, 19th ed. Standard Pub. Distributors,
Delhi, 2003.

AR17B3.4C STRUCTURAL MECHANICS –III

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3hrs Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

To impart sound knowledge of strength, behavior of various materials and

techniques in the analysis of structures.

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:

Ability to analyze the standard members in structures.

Course Contents:

Unit – I :

Continuous beams: Shear Force and Bending Moment diagrams for continuous
beams using theorem of three moments (excluding derivation and sinking of
supports).

Unit – II

Moment Distribution Method: Introduction, carryover, relative stiffness,

application of Moment Distribution Method to Continuous beams, single bay frame
without sway (excluding sinking of supports)

63
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – III

Kani’s method / Rotation Contribution Method: Introduction, rotational factors,

application of Kani’s method for beams and frames (single baywith out sinking of
supports).

Unit – IV

Columns and Struts: Buckling and crushing failures, types of end conditions,
Euler’s theory of long columns for different end conditions and equivalent length
derivations, Rankine’s equation, Derivation and application of the basic formula.

Unit-V

wind pressure on chimneys ,Maximum& Minimum intensities of stress at bottom of

chimneys Retaining walls subjected to earth pressure.

Unit – VI

Torsion of Shafts: Assumptions, Derivation of basic equation T/J = G/l = fs/R,

Power Transmitted by shafts, application of basic equation to shafts.

Unit – VII

Arches: Determination of horizontal thrust, bending moment and radial shear for
three-hinged parabolic and segmental arches with supports at same level and
different levels.

Reference books:

A.K.Jain and Punmia. Strength of Materials

Ramamrutham, S. Theory of Structures, 17th ed. Danpat Rai Pub. Co. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2005.

Reddy, C.S. Basic Structural Analysis, 18th ed. Tata McGraw Hill Pub.Co.Ltd., New
Delhi, 1991.

AR17B3.5C HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE - II

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3hrs Cr: 3

Course Overview:

History of Architecture to be studied as development of building forms in response

to social, religious, aesthetic and environmental factors. The study should focus on
the three dimensional forms, plan forms, façade organization, structural solution,
construction methods and ornamentation. The study should focus on the general
trends and not on specific examples of buildings.

64
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Objectives of the Course:

• To expose the students to a wide spectrum of architectural styles ranging
from pre historic to pre independence period in India.
• To explain the students the evolution of architecture in relation to time with
special emphasis to social, religious and environmental factors.
• To make the students understand the developments in the construction
technology in different periods.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
1) Acquire knowledge to identify the common characteristics among the
monuments of a particular style.
2) Acquire graphic skills to present a building, analyze its elements and explain
the composition.
3) Acquire knowledge on good practices of architecture in the past.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Development of Vedic Architecture, Development of architecture in India and rest
of Asia in Buddhist Architecture
Unit – II
Evolution of Hindu temple form, early rock cut examples; Early Chalukyans.
Unit – III
Development of Hindu Architecture: Nagara style in Orissa, Kahjuraho, Gujarat etc.
Unit – IV
Development of Hindu Architecture: Dravidian style in Pallava, Chola, Pandya
periods.
Unit – V
Development of Hindu Architecture under late Chalukyans, Development of Jain
Architecture.
Unit-VI
Islamic Architecture in India: Early Saracenic School in India: Imperial school at
Delhi
Unit-VII

Islamic Architecture in India: Provincial styles at Gujarat, Deccan, Bengal, Moghul

Architecture in India.
65
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Reference books:

Brown, Percy. Indian Architecture: Buddhist and Hindu Periods. D.B. Taraporevala
Sons and Co., Mumbai, 2003.

Grover, Satish. The Architecture of India. Vikas Pub. House Pvt. Ltd., Ghaziabad,
1980.

Rowl, Benjamin. Art and Architecture of India.

Tadgell, Christopher. The History of Architecture in India: from the Dawn of

Civilization to the End of the Raj. Om Book Service, New Delhi, 1990.

Vistara. The Architecture of India

AR17B3.6C BUILDING SERVICES – I

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3hrs Cr:3

Course Overview:

Understanding the significance, design and functioning of water and sewerage

systems as essential components in building design and site planning.

Objectives of the Course:

To introduce and provide information on the principles and appurtenance of water

supply and sanitation systems, and their integration with architectural design.
Expected skills and knowledge transferred: To enable students to design sanitary
and water supply systems for buildings, and prepare water supply and drainage
plans for building sites.

Course Contents:

Unit I:

Introduction to water supply: Traditional sources of water supply and sanitation.

Different sources of water supply such as wells, reservoirs, etc. Conventional water
treatment – sedimentation, coagulation, filtration and disinfection. Classification
of water based on its usage. Water and its qualities; Impurities and treatment;
Hardness of water – softening.
Demand of water for domestic, commercial, industrial and public utility purposes as
per BIS standards. Per capita demand.

Unit – II

Elements of public / private water supply system, Storage and Distribution of Water -
Different methods of water distribution; gravity and pressure distribution by storage
tanks of individual buildings. Pumping and Distribution at city level, boosting water.
66
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – III
Domestic water supply system- water meter, sump, pump, centrifugal pump, check
valves, foot valves and pressure test gauges, overhead tank; System of water
supply: Continuous, intermittent, their advantages and disadvantages Service
connections, types and sizes of pipes, Types of fittings like taps, bathtubs, showers,
jets, cocks, valves, electrical fixtures, etc. Faucets for kitchens, bathrooms and
toilets.
Unit – IV
Building service connections, cold and hot water distribution systems in buildings
and their design, materials, joints, fittings and valves (gate, flap, ball, flush valves
etc.). Direct and indirect systems, individual water supply, water supply for multistory
buildings, Fire hydrants, Hot water supply systems, solar heating systems. Simple
exercises on water supply, fire fighting and sanitary layout of residential and public
buildings.

Unit – V

Sanitation - Introduction, purpose and importance Types of refuse, collection

and disposal; Separate, combined and partially separate systems, advantages,
disadvantages; Sanitary requirements of buildings, types of pipes, sanitary fittings
Inspection chamber: sizes and construction, manhole, traps used in the plumbing
system; Septic tank, Dispersion trench and soak pits, house drainage & layout;
Ventilation of house drainage: Anti siphonage and vent pipes, single stack and
double stack system
Design of sewerage systems, Location of sewage systems, conventional
wastewater treatment, activated sludge, trickling filters etc.; septic tank and its
design, soil absorption system, alternatives, solid wastes collection and removal
from buildings. On-site processing and disposal methods. Aerobic and Anaerobic
decomposition, purifying capacity of water bodies.
Sewage treatment (outline of various processes)
Biochemical Oxygen Demand

Unit – VI
Drainage: Principles of drainage, surface drainage combined and separate system
oGf drainage, shape and sizes of drains and sewers, storm water over flow
chambers, methods of laying and construction of sewers
Design of drainage and vent pipes, system for low-rise and high-rise buildings,
building drains, sewers, gullies, connection to public sewer, cross connections.

Unit VII

Types of fixtures and materials - wash basins, water closets, urinals, bidets,
sinks etc. Conditions of flow in building drainage pipes, traps, vents and their
material specifications. Over-head and under-ground reservoirs. Detailed study of
Independent House and Apartment

67
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit –VIII
Solid Waste Disposal:Properties of Solid Wastes:Physical and chemical
composition of municipal solid wastes, waste generation rates. Management of
Solid Wastes in India:Prevalent SWM practices and deficiencies: Storage of waste
at source, segregation of wastes, primary collection of waste, transportation of
waste, disposal of wastes.
Disposal of Wastes:Sanitary landfilling, Composting, Incineration, Pyrolysis –
advantages and limitations.

Unit – IX
Roads and Pavements – Different types, water bound macadam, tar bitumen,
asphalt and Cement concrete roads, soil stabilization, types of paving-murram,
brick, and stone paving. Drainage of roads, sub-drains, culverts, ditches and
gutters.
To give the learning in this subject a more practical orientation seminars by industry
or trade related organisations or field/site visits should be organized. A weightage
of 5% in the overall Internal Assessment in the subject should be reserved for
students attending these seminars/site visits and maintaining the records/
observations as required by the subject faculty.
References :
Hussain, S.K. T.B. of Water supply and SanitaryEngineering, 3rd ed. Oxford and
IBH Pub. Ltd., New Delhi, 1994.
Kshirsagar, S.R. Water Supply Engineering, 6th ed. Roorkee Pub., Roorkee,
1980. Rangwala, S.C. Water supply and SanitaryEngineering : Environmental
Engineering, 19th ed. Charotar Pub.

AR17B3.7C CLIMATOLOGY

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3hrs Cr:3

Course Overview:
Science (tools, data, standards, methods and principles) of building design and
site planning as related to climate, particularly to tropical climates as found in India.
Objectives of the Course:
To equip the student with the basic understanding of climatic types in India, and
the impact on requirements of building design and site planning; to introduce
them to the basic science of building design and site planning for thermal comfort,
daylighting and natural ventilation; familiarize them with the data, methods,
principles, standards and tools for planning and designing for climatic comfort
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
The student should be able to ‘predict’ climatic conditions in a given building (simple
residence) and undertake redesign for given parameters

68
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Contents:
Note: The topics here to be dealt with keeping in mind Indian climatic conditions.
NBC and BIS guidelines / standards have to be introduced at all relevant contexts.
Unit – I
Introduction to Building Climatology:
Climate and built form interaction. Global Climatic factors, elements of climate,
graphic representation of climatic data, Mahoneys Tables, macro and micro climate;
challenge of rapid, extreme environmental change
Unit – II
Tropical Climates:
Definition, classification of tropical climates, characteristics of different climatic
zones, Design considerations for warm-humid, hot-dry, composite and upland
climates.
Unit – III
Thermal Comfort:
Thermal comfort factors, Physiological aspects, Body heat balance, comfort range,
comfort charts.
Unit – IV
Heat flow through Buildings:
Basic principles of heat transfer through buildings, performance of different
materials, Periodic heat flow.
Unit – V
Sun and the Design process:
Solar geometry, Solar charts, Sun angles and shadow angles, orientation for sun,
sun control, design of shading devices, building form and heat gain, basic principles
of day lighting, sunlight and glare.
Unit – VI
Natural Ventilation:
Air movement around and through buildings, Orientation for wind, stack effect,
Induced ventilation.
Unit – VII
Passive Cooling:
Passive methods of Cooling, traditional and contemporary; roof pond, desiccant
cooling, evaporative Cooling, and earth sheltered buildings etc.
Site Planning (including landscaping) and building planning and design considering
climate factors
69
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Detailed appraisal/analysis of climatological performance of an existing residence

and or a workplace; followed by redesigning or the same to improve climatological
performance.

Reference books:
Koenigsberger, O.H. and Others. Manual of Tropical Housing and Building.
Orient Longman, Chennai, 2003.
Konya, Allan. Design for Hot Climates.
Kukreja, C.P. Tropical Architecture. Tata McGraw-Hill Pub. Co. Ltd., New Delhi,
1978.
Markus, T.A. and Morris. E.N. Buildings, Climate and Energy. Pitman Pub. Ltd.,
London, 1980.
Olgyay and Olgyay. Solar Control and Shading Devices.

GN17B2.2A VALUE EDUCATION

L/s: 2/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: Nil Total: 50 End Exam: Nil Cr:2

Course Overview: To provide guiding principles and tools for the development of
the whole person, recognizing that the
individual is comprised of Physical, Intellectual, Emotional and Spiritual dimensions.
Knowledge Transfer /Expected Skills:
_ To help individuals think about and reflect on different values.
_ To deepen understanding, motivation and responsibility with regard to
making personal and social choices and the practical implications in relation
to themselves and others, the community and the world at large
_ To inspire individuals to choose their own personal, social, moral and spiritual
values and be aware of practical methods for developing and deepening
them.
Unit I
Value Education—Introduction – Definition of values – Why values? – Need for
Inculcation of values – Object of Value Education – Sources of Values – Types of
Values: i) Personal values ii) Social values iii) Professional values iv) Moral and
spiritual values) Behavioral (common) values
Unit II
Personal values – Definition of person – Self-confidence – Relative and absolute
confidence, being self-determined, swatantrata (loosely equivalent to freedom).
Self-discipline – Self Assessment – Self-restraint –Self motivation – Determination
– Ambition – Contentment
Self-respect and respect to others; expression of respect

70
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit III
Social values – Units of Society - Individual, family, different groups – Community
– Social consciousness – Equality and Brotherhood – Dialogue – Tolerance –
Sharing – Honesty-Responsibility – Cooperation; Freedom – Repentance and
Magnanimity.
Peer Pressure – Ragging - examples - making one’s own choices
Unit IV
Professional values – Definition – Competence – Confidence – Devotion to duty
–Efficiency – Accountability
– Respect for learning /learned – Willingness to learn-Open and balanced mind –
Team spirit – Professional Ethics – Willingness for Discussion; Difference between
understanding and assuming
Time Management: Issues of planning, as well as concentration (and aligning with
self-goals)
Expectations from yourself. Excellence and competition, coping with stress,
Identifying one’s interests as well as strengths.
Unit V
Behavioral values – Individual values and group values. Anger: Investigation of
reasons, watching one’s own anger; Understanding anger as: a sign of power or
helplessness, distinction between response and reaction.
Right utilization of physical facilities. Determining one’s needs, needs of the self
and of the body, cycle of nature.
Relationship with teachers. Inside the class, and outside the class, interacting with
teachers.
Unit VI
Complimentary nature of skills and values. Distinction between information &
knowledge
Goals: Short term goals and long term goals; How to set goals; How to handle
responsibilities which have to be fulfilled while working for goals.
Reference Books
Ramancharla Pradeep Kumar. Compiled Reading Material IIIT Hyderabad
Dr. S. Ignacimuthu S. J.,Values for life, Better yourself Books, Bandra Mumbai-600
050 (1999).
Values (Collection of Essays)., Published by : Sri Ramakrishna Math.,
Chennai—4.,(1996)
Prof. R.P.Dhokalia., Eternal Human ValuesNCRT –Campus Sri Aurobindo Marg.,
New Delhi
5. Swami Vivekananda., Education. Sri Ramakrishna Math., Chennai-4(1957)

71
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - IV

L/s: 9/Wk Int: 200 End Exam: 200 Total:400 End Exam: Viva-voce Cr: 9

AR17B4.1C ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN- III

Course Overview:

This course focuses on buildings for residential use.

Objectives of the Course:

To enhance the understanding of the complexities of architectural design for

residential needs and develop creative design solutions for good living environments.

Course Contents:

The design issues to be addressed:

• Organization of functional activities in relation to user requirements and the

site.

• Relating the system of horizontal and vertical circulation, open spaces,

parking etc.

• Responding to socio-economic factors such as income levels, privacy,

territoriality, interaction etc.

• Considering materials, structure and services in relation to the design

proposal.

• Integration of plan forms and three dimensional compositions.

• Detailing for the physically handicapped and the elderly.

• NBC and other relevant building codes as applicable.

• Relevant design considerations for barrier free design for the differently
abled.

The list of suggested topics to be covered as design problems:

Large guest house, students hostel, small hotel, holiday resort, motel, row houses,
block of flats and residential complexes at an small scale, housing for specific
communities in urban and rural areas such as home for the aged, fishermen’s
housing etc.

Necessary theoretical inputs to be given highlighting the norms and design issues.
The topics not covered as design problems will have to be covered by the Studio
faculty members through lecture/slide show sessions and site visits.

72
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

At least two major exercises and two minor design/time problems should be given.
The final submission shall necessarily include a model for at least one of the two
main problems.

Note: In end exam which is a viva-voce the students are to present the entire
semester work for assessment.

To give the learning in this subject a more practical orientation seminars by industry
or trade related organisations or field/site visits should be organized. A weightage
of 5% in the overall Internal Assessment in the subject should be reserved for
students attending these seminars/site visits and maintaining the records/
observations as required by the subject faculty.

Reference books:

Chiara Joseph de and Others. Time Savers Standards of Building Types. McGraw
– Hill, 1990.

Neufert, Ernst. Ernst Neufert Architects Data, Granada Pub. Ltd., London, 2000.

Peloquin, Albert. Barrier-Free Residential Design. McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York,

1994.

Pevsner, Nikolaus. A History of Building Types. Thames and Hudson, London,

1976.

Shah, S. Charanjit. Architects Hand Book Ready Reckoner. Galogotia Pub., New
Delhi, 1996.

Untermann, Richard and Snall, Robert. Site Planning for Cluster Housing.

AR17B4.2C BUILDING CONSTRUCTION-IV

L/s: 4/Wk Int:50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 5 hrs Cr:4

Course Overview:
The course work deals with principles, methods and construction practices of
structural steel work.
Objectives of the Course:
To introduce and expose students to various aspects involving use of steel for
construction activity of buildings and structures.
Course Contents:
Unit - I
Structural Steel Work: General principles and terms defined, standard sections i.e.
beams joints, angles, channels, tees, bolts, rivets and welding.
73
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – II

Steel Work Connections

Bolt Connections, Riveting and welding methods.

Unit – III

Steel Members

Columns and stanchions, stanchions or column bases, beam and girders, column
and beam connections plate girders, lattice or warren girder.

Unit - IV

Steel Roof Trusses

Steel trusses, types for various spans, tubular steel roofs, monitor roof, north light
roof truss, details of steel –roof trusses.

Unit – V

Lantern light, dome light, structural steel practice and drawings as per IS Code.

Unit – VI

Portal frame, Geodesic principles, cable net and tensile structures.

Note:A hands-on fabrication project to be taken up as part of the internal

assignments. This is a studio subject and students should be made to prepare
construction drawings as studio exercises along with the theoretical inputs. The
studio work should be supplemented with appropriate site visits.

To give the learning in this subject a more practical orientation seminars by industry
or trade related organisations or field/site visits should be organized. A weightage
of 5% in the overall Internal Assessment in the subject should be reserved for
students attending these seminars/site visits and maintaining the records/
observations as required by the subject faculty.

Reference books:

Bindera and Arora.Building Construction: Planning Techniques and Methods of

Construction, 19th ed. Dhanpat Rai Pub., New Delhi, 2000.

McKay J.K. Building Construction Metric Vol. 4, 4th ed. Orient Longman Pvt. Ltd.,
Mumbai, 2002.

Mitchell. Advanced Structures.

Rangwala, S.C. Engineering Materials: Material Science, 31st ed. Charotar Pub.
House, Anand, 2004.

74
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR17B4.3C DESIGN OF STRUCTURES -I

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3hrs Cr:3

Course Overview:

This course focuses on structural design of different elements of building in RCC.

Objectives of the Course:

To develop the structural design skills in RCC elements

Course Contents:

Unit – I

Introduction to RCC design, Design Philosophies: Working stress and limit state
method, singly reinforced beam, Analysis and Design using both working stress
and limit state methods.

Unit – II

Situations where doubly reinforced beams are used, analysis and design of doubly
reinforced beam using limit state method only.

Unit – III

T-beams: introduction, analysis and design of T-beam using Limit State method
only. Design of shear reinforcement for all types of beams with and without cranking
(Limit State method only)

Unit – IV

Slabs: Introduction, Design of One way and two way reinforced slabs (simply
supported, Restrained, continuous) by limit state method only.

Unit-V

Design of axially loaded RCC columns and columns subjected to BM about one
and two axis using limit state method only.

Unit-VI

Design of stair case (Dog-legged only) using working stress method.

Design of lintels and cantilever beams and slabs using limit state method only

Unit-VII

Design of RCC Isolated footings for columns (Square and Rectangle) - working
stress method only.

75
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit-VIII

Introduction, to prestressed concrete, Pretensing & Post tensioning methods,

Problems of beams.

Reference books:

A.K.Jain. Reinforced Concrete: Limit State Design, 5th ed. New Chand and Bros.,
Roorkee, 1999.

Ramamrutham. S. and Narayan, R. Design of RCC Structures, 12th ed. Dhanpat

Rai Pub. Co. Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 1998.

AR17B4.4C HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE- III

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 EndExam:50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3hrs Cr:3

Course Overview:

History of Architecture to be studied as development of building forms in response

to social, religious, aesthetic and environmental factors. The study should focus on
the three dimensional forms, plan forms, façade organization, structural solution,
construction methods and ornamentation. The study should focus on the general
trends and theories and not on specific examples of buildings.

Objectives of the Course:

To expose the students to a wide spectrum of architectural styles and theory.
To explain the students how architecture evolved in relation to time with special
emphasis to social, religious and environmental factors.
To make the students understand the developments in the construction technology
in different periods.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Acquire knowledge to identify the common characteristics among the monuments
of a particular style.
Acquire graphic skills to present a building, analyze its elements and explain the
composition.
Acquire knowledge on good practices of architecture in the past.

Course Contents:

Unit – I

Influence of Industrial Revolution on building materials, Construction Technology,

evolution of new building types and increasing user requirements.

76
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – II
Characteristic styles of modern architecture up to First World War. Steel structures,
Arts and crafts movement, Art Nouveau, Vienna School, Chicago School,
Monumentalism, Expressionism and beginning of RCC. Theories of John Ruskin,
William Morris, Henry Vandevelde, Otto Wagner, Peter Behrens and Louis Sullivan.
Unit – III
Contributions to Architecture and Theory made by pioneers-Le-Corbusier, Frank
Lloyd Wright, Walter Gropius, Mies Van der Rohe in the periods between the
Worlds Wars.
Unit – IV
Characteristics of modern architecture after the Second World War. Study of Alvar
Aalto, Ero Saarinen, Richard Neutra, Louis I Kahn, Phillip Johnson, etc.
Unit – V
Design theories and contributions of Engineer- architects like Pier Luigi Nervi, Felix
Candela, Buckminster Fuller, and Frei Otto.
Unit – VI
Pre-independence architecture in India: Development of secular architecture from
the end of the 18th Century to the middle of the 20th Century.
Reference books:
Benevolo, Leonardo. History of Modern Architecture: the tradition of modern
architecture Vol.1. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1971.
Frampton Kenneth Modern Architecture: A Critical History London: Thomes&
Hudson, 1980
Benevolo, Leonardo. History of Modern Architecture: the modern movement
Vol.2. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1971.
Curtis, J.R. William. Modern Architecture since 1900. Prentice-Hall, Inc., New
Jersey, 2002.
Giedion, Sigfried, Space, Time and Architecture: the growth of a new tradition, 4th
ed. Harvard Universtiy Press, Cambridge, 1962.
Hilberseimer, L. Contemporary Architecture: Its roots and trends. Paul theobald,
Chicago, 1964.
Pevsner, Nicolaus Oersonem: Pioneers of Modern Design from William Morris
to Walter Gropius-.
Sharp, Dennis. Twentieth Century Architecture: A Visual History, Facts on File.
New York, 1991
Norberg schul C., Principles of Modern Architecture, London Andreas papadakes,
2000.
77
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR17B4.5C BUILDING SERVICES – II

L/s: 3/Wk Int:50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 EndExam:3 hrs Cr: 3

Course Overview:

The study to focus on understanding basic working, principles, terms and definitions,
as well as practical aspects and solutions utilized in architecture.

Objectives of the Course:

Course Contents:

To impart knowledge and skills related to electrical services, illumination and

mechanical service and their integrationinto Architectural design.

Unit – I

Fundamental principles of Electricity: Voltage, Amperage, wattage, generation,

and transmission of power, distribution in cities, HT and LT consumers, Transformers
and load calculations, Single and three phase connections, Indian Electricity rules,
Types of Generators, UPS

Unit – II

Building Wiring System: Service wires, metering, light and power circuits.
electrical safety devices, MCB, ELCB, distribution boards, wiring methods, ISI
Codes and standard materials, Conductors, switch boards, electrical points in
general building, pipe earthing, plate earthing.

Unit – III
Electric layouts: Electrical symbols, NBC, preparation of layouts for residences,
offices, Domestic appliances their location in buildings, Types of electric motors
and pumps.
Principles of illumination – Visual tasks – Factors affecting visual tasks – Modern
theory of light and colour – synthesis of light – Additive and substractive synthesis
of colour – Luminous flux – Candle– utilization factor – Solid angles -Depreciation
factor – Laws of illumination, inverse square law, Lamber’s Cosine law, application
of laws in lighting calculations using point by point method.
Light Flux Method: Calculation of number of lamps required for achieving a
particular level of illumination.
Introduction to power and lighting circuits,

Unit – IV
Electrical load estimation:
Indian Electricity Rules- relevant codes of practice’, energy auditing

78
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Building lighting system: artificial illumination, various types of lamps, advantages

and disadvantages, method of lighting, direct, semi direct, indirect, concealed
lighting, spot lighting, task lighting, decorative lighting, rope lights, neon lights, flood
lighting, yard lighting, under water lighting.

Preparation of a lighting and electrical scheme

Unit – V

Lighting Design

Artificial light sources – Spectral energy distribution – Luminous efficiency –

Colourtemperature – Colour rendering. Design of modern lighting – Lighting for
stores, offices, schools, hospitals andhouse lighting. Elementary idea of special
features required and minimum level of illumination required forphysically
handicapped and elderly in building types.Lighting Calculation: NBC standards,
nominal illumination levels in building interiors, lux, lumen, intensity, lighting
schemes.

Unit – VI

Principles of air-conditioning: IAQ, comfort conditions, gas laws, refrigeration

cycle, a/c equipment, compressor heat exchangers, condenser, evaporators,

Unit – VII

Types of Air-conditioning: single zone, multi zone, window air conditioners,

split air conditioners, ductable air conditioners, package system and central air
conditioning, all air systems and chilled water systems. a/c plant room, AHU’s
Building ducting, diffusers and grills, FC units.
To give the learning in this subject a more practical orientation seminars by industry
or trade related organisations or field/site visits should be organized. A weightage
of 5% in the overall Internal Assessment in the subject should be reserved for
students attending these seminars/site visits and maintaining the records/
observations as required by the subject faculty.

Reference books:
Electrical wiring and Contracting (Vol.1 to Vol.4), London The New era
Publishing Company.
Dr. FrithAbnwos and others, Electrical Engineering hand Book
William. J. Guinnesss, Mechanical and electrical Equipment for Buildings, New
York: Willey
Bovay. H.E., Handbook of Mechanical and Electrical Systems for Buildings New
York: MC Graw Hill

79
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR17B4.6C LANDSCAPE DESIGN AND SITE PLANNING

L/s: 3/Wk Int:50 EndExam:50 Total:100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr: 3

Course Overview:

This course introduces students to landscape design and site planning and
relate it to design and planning of built environments. It provides an overview of
development of landscape design, site studies, plant studies and application of the
knowledge at various levels of design.

Objectives of the Course:

1. To develop a conceptual understanding of landscape design and site planning

principles.

2. To develop skills in integrating landscape design with built environments.

Course Contents:

Unit – I
Introduction and History of Landscape Architecture. Introduction to landscape
Architecture and Role of Landscape design in built environment.
A brief review of Landscape Design and garden design in history in various regions
Persian, Spanish, Italian, French, Moghul, English, Japanese Garden styles.
Changing perception of mans relationship with nature in various phases of history
and its influence on environment.
Evolution of concepts in landscape design after the industrial revolution leading to
new theories in integrating built spaces to open spaces. Increasing awareness of
ecological variables in landscape design.

Unit - II
Site Studies and Site Planning
Principles of site Planning and land use; review of definition applied in typical
landscape development situations.
Site survey and appraisal – understanding different site characteristics –topography,
vegetation, Hydrology, Access, Surroundings etc. documents, site characteristics
and establishing relationship with design / Architecture Programme requirements.
Provision of vehicular and pedestrian circulation; parking; street widths; turning
radii; street intersections; steps and ramps.
Site planning considerations in relation to surface drainage, water systems, sewage
disposal, outdoorelectrical systems.
Philosophical and design issues related to site development – sitting of buildings,
spatial and contextual relationships of built and outdoor space and circulation, site

80
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

and its relationship to surroundings. Importance of climate and social factors in

development of site.
Process of design development. Identifying functional requirements of site.
Development of site by mutual exploitation of forms and use of grading principles.

Unit -III
Plants and Design
Introduction to study of plants in relation to landscape design and architecture. An
overview of use of plants in history.
Study of Plant material – Botanical Nomenclature anatomy and physiology of plant
growth study of trees, shrubs, ground cover, indoor plants in Indian context.
Design with plants – Basic principles of designs. Plant selection criteria -The
physical attribute of plants and relation to design. Appearance, functional and
visual effects of plants in landscape design and built environment.

Selection and management of plant material in relation to built environment.

Unit -IV
Elements in Landscape Design
Use of landform, water and vegetation in landscape design.
Hard landscapes: design of paths, roadways streets, terraces etc and use of land
form effectively.
Soft landscapes: design of lawns, shrubs, hedges, trees – in relation to buildings
and other landscape elements.
Design concepts related to use of sculpture, outdoor lightings, Architectural feature,
street furniture and grouping them into meaningful compositions for visual and
functional effects.

Unit -V
Landscape Construction and Services
Study of landform its technical expression through grading plan, sections and
earthwork computations.
Irrigation systems – sprinkler trickle irrigation, drip irrigation and laying irrigation
networks.
Construction of structure in landscape circulation roads, parking, paths, level
changes – walls, steps lamps, construction of screens, trellis, wall fences gales
decks, pools etc.

Unit -VI

Contemporary concepts and concerns and design of open spaces – Urban

landscape, Parks, Rural landscape etc.
81
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Introduction to concepts of green architecture and micro climate planning. The role
of landscape components in modifying micro climate with respect to temperature,
humidity, precipitation and percolation.

Assignments
Simple exercises in using plants and landscape elements
Studio exercise emphasizing relationship between built form and outdoor areas
and site planning issues.

Reference books:
Blake, Alan. Landscape Construction and Detailing. B.T. Batsford Ltd., London,
1996.
Colvin, Brenda. Land and Landscape.
Hacheat, Brian. Planting Design.
Harris, C.W. and Dines, T. Nicholas. T.S.S for Landscape Architecture. McGraw
Hill, New York, 1995.
Laurie, Michael. An Introduction to Landscape, 2nd ed. Prentice Hall, New Jersey,
1986.
Lynch, Kevin. Site Planning. MIT Press, Massachusetts, 1962.
John l.Mutloch. Introduction to Landscape Design, 2nded.John Wiley
&Sons,Inc,New york,2001
Santapau. H. Common Trees. National Book Trust, New Delhi, 1981.
Trivedi, P. Pratibha. Beautiful Shrubs. Indian Council of Agricultural Research,
New Delhi, 1990.

AR17B4.7C COMPUTER APPLICATIONS-I

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: Practical Cr:3

Course Overview:
To orient the student to create two and three-dimensional objects in space with
special emphasis on presentation and visualization of interiors and exteriors of
building using different rendering techniques using CAD.
Objectives of the Course: To explore computer modeling techniques using CAD
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
To learn basic skills of modeling, scripting (rendering) in CAD, and to exercise
methods of interface within CAD.

82
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Contents:
Unit - I
Starting Auto CAD: Introduction to the menu, starting drawings from scratch,
Creating and using templates starting drawings with setup wizards. Saving and
closing a file.
Unit - II
Using co ordinate system: The UCS, Working with Cartesian and polar co ordinate
systems, using displays with key shortcuts.
Unit – III
Setting up the drawing environment: Setting the paper size, Setting units, setting
grid limits, drawing limits, Snap controls, Use of paper space and model space.
Unit - IV
Basic commands dealing with drawing properties: Layer control, change properties,
line weight control, etc.
Unit - V
Inquiry methods: Using database information for objects, calculating distance and
angle, areas etc.
Unit - VI
Dimensioning commands and Blocks: Dimensioning the objects in linear, angular
fashions along with quick time dimensioning etc. Creating and working with blocks,
creating symbols, use of blocks in creating a layout of a residential area one
exercise to be done as lab assignment.
Reference books:
Teyapoovan, T. Engineering Drawing with Auto CAD 2000. Vikas Pub. House Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.
Parker, Daniel and Rice, Habert. Inside Auto CAD Daniel. 1987.
Georgeomura, Auto CAD Release 2000.
AutoCAD 2010 Textbook-AutoCAD 2010: A Problem-Solving Approach-
Customizing AutoCAD 2010
Beginning AutoCAD 2007- By Bob McFarlane, Robert McFarlane

83
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

GN17B4.1A CULTURAL AND POLITICAL STUDIES

L/s: 2/Wk Int:50 Total: 50 End Exam:Nil Cr:2

Course Overview: Course aims to equip students with the skills needed to
function in their professional careers in a well-rounded manner. It supplements and
enriches core domain of technical and academic knowledge with awareness of
broader issues and challenges faced in development.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
A familiarity with contemporary issues in the global and national context covering
political ideologies and scenarios, globalization, sectoral development in the
country, transnational migration, social and cultural changes in society due to
globalization. It helps students in technical courses to understand their location in
the overall scheme and also their role and skills.
Unit I
Changing International Political Scenario: The Cold War and after – shift from
unipolar to multipolar – growth of alternative centres of power – countries with
political influence – changing economic and trade – Non- Aligned Movement, BRIC,
European Union – Environmental issues in the context of politics. Major countries,
their leaders and political ideologies. Current Indian political scenario in the last few
decades – regionalism.
Unit II
Contemporary India
Agrarian issues; industrial labour; urbanization; transnational migration; environment
and development; caste as a system and ideology; relationship between caste and
class; the middle classes and consumption; media depictions; gender identities;
education and employment; inequalities in access to resources.
Unit III
Globalisation
Globalisation as a process which links people, cities and countries - dimensions
of interconnectedness- global village - basic concepts, processes and trends;
global business organization; economic globalization; socio-cultural globalization;
global workforce; Anti-globalisation movement; Global inequalities; impacts of
globalization; the major drivers of globalization and their linkages, evaluation of
globalisation .
Unit IV
Cultural Psychology
Definition of culture – its transmission Cultural psychology as a study of
psychological and behavioral tendencies rooted in and embodied in culture.
Sociocultural perspective in psychology: impact of circumstances surrounding
individuals on their behaviours , cultural models, the four Is culture cycle, Whiting

84
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

model,; Culture and Empathy across Cultures; Criticisms – Stereotyping

Unit V
Anthropology and Popular Culture: Theoretical foundations and approaches;
founders of the discipline; methods of study
Seminars to be arranged and various professionalsto supplement the inputs by the
core teachers of the subject.
Note: A presentation at a public event: debate, skit etc. on appropriate topics to
form part of internal assignment.

85
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - V
AR17B5.1C ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN – IV
L/s: 9/Wk Int: 200 End Exam: 200 Total: 400 End Exam: Viva-voce Cr: 9

Course Overview:
This course focuses on institutional design - facilities required and detailing design
for institutions in urban context.
Objectives of the Course:
To enable the student to design institutions within the given conditions.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Detailing skills required for the design of institutions in urban contexts.
Course Contents:
The following issues relating to institutional design will be addressed to:

• Nature of contemporary institutions, correlation to urban structure.

• Development control and urban infrastructure affecting design.

• Various attitudes to building in urban context.

• Integration of function: movement, climate, acoustics, structure and services

into the group of buildings.

• Landscaping and site planning

• Institutional character from abstract to detail.

• NBC and other relevant building codes as applicable.

• Relevant design considerations for barrier free design for the differently
abled.
Necessary theoretical inputs to be given highlighting the norms and design issues.
The topics not covered as design problems may be covered by the studio faculty
members through lecture/slide shows. And site visits.
The topics to be covered as design problems may include:

• Institution of learning –colleges with its various departments such as medical,

engineering. Law, business, music and dance colleges, vocational training
institutions etc.

• Institutions of health such as hospitals, reformatories and rehabilitation

institutes for the disabled.

• Institutions of research in various disciplines.

86
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Administrative and Legal institutions such as high courts, secretariat,

development authorities, directorates etc.
At least two major exercise (one problem should be pertinent to the urban fabric)
and two minor design/time problems should be given and the final submission shall
necessarily include a model for at least one of the two main problems.
Note: For the end exam, which is a viva-voce, the students have to present the
entire semester work for assessment.
Reference books:
Chiara Joseph de and Others. Time Savers Standards of Building Types. McGraw
– Hill, 1990.
Hand Book of Planning and Design Data.
Kirk, Paul Hayden and Sternberg, D. Eugene. Doctors’ Offices and Clinics, 2nd
ed. Reinhold Pub., USA, 1960.
Konya, Allan. Libraries: A Briefing and Design Guide. The Architectural Press,
London, 1986.
Neufert, Ernst. Ernst Neufert Architects Data. Granada Pub. Ltd., London, 2000.
Pevsner, Nikolaus. A History of Building Types. Thames and Hudson, London,
1976.
Rosenfield, Isadore. Hospital Architecture and Beyond. Van Nostrand
Reinhold,New York, 1969.
Stone, G. Louis. Institutional Buildings Architecture of Controlled Environment.
Tergsone, W.R. Practical Laboratory Planning.
Wild, Friedemann, Libraries for Schools and Universities. Van Nostrand
Reinhold,New York, 1972.
To give the learning in this subject a more practical orientation seminars by industry
or trade related organisations or field/site visits should be organized. A weightage
of 5% in the overall Internal Assessment in the subject should be reserved for
students attending these seminars/site visits and maintaining the records/
observations as required by the subject faculty.

AR17B5.2C BUILDING CONSTRUCTION - V

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 5 hrs Cr:4

Course Overview:
Course focuses on issues related to failures in buildings, decay and damage,
approaches for maintenance, repairs and renovation of buildings.

87
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Objectives of the Course:

To create awareness among the students regarding problems related to old
buildings and renovations and methods to deal with them.
Course Contents:
Unit - I
Failures:
Introduction to building failures: causes of decay and damage in old buildings,
issues of maintenance and repair. Preliminary inspection and general observation,
decayed elements difference between decay and damage.
Unit - II
Timber:
Moisture content, treatment prior to installation, factors reducing strength of timber,
approach to repair and to the timber roofing system.
Unit - III
Bricks:
Strength reducing factors in brick work, effect of ageing, weathering, temperature
variation of brick-work, joints and cracks, construction defects, repair and
maintenance.
Unit - IV
R.C. Concrete:
Mixing methods at site, structural design for repairs, causes of failure in concrete
structures, pressure-grouting.
Unit - V
Methodical approach to Repairs:
Cracks over openings, sinking and sagging balconies, repairs to decayed floors
and floor joints, example: Jack arch., madras roof terrace, foundation sinking,
repairs to walls. Propping, shoring, strutting and under pinning.
Unit - VI
Unusual problems:
Repairs to large span rooms, water proofing the roof terraces, leakages from
toilets, case studies and site visits.
Note: This is a studio subject and students should be made to document the
problems in old buildings through inspections and propose remedial measures by
preparing construction drawings as studio exercise with the theoretical inputs given
through lectures.

88
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Reference books:
Feilden, M. Bernard. Conservation of Historic Buildings. Butterworth Scientific,
London, 1992.
McKay, W.B. Failures and Repair of Concrete Structures Vol. IV.
Raikar, R.N. Learning From Failures: Deficiencies in Design. Construction and
Service, R and D Centre, New Bombay, 1987.
To give the learning in this subject a more practical orientation seminars by industry
or trade related organisations or field/site visits should be organized. A weightage
of 5% in the overall Internal Assessment in the subject should be reserved for
students attending these seminars/site visits and maintaining the records/
observations as required by the subject faculty.

AR17B5.3C DESIGN OF STRUCTURES -II

L/s: 3/Wk Int:50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:3

Course Overview:
Course focus is on Structural Design of elements of Industrial Building in Steel.
Objectives of the Course:
To develop the structural design skills of the student in steel.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: Develop capability to design Steel
structures.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Design of simple beams including check for shear and deflection for laterally
supported and unsupported conditions, analysis of simple beam from strength and
stiffness considerations.
Unit – II
Design of built up beams with flange plates only, Introduction to plate girders (No
Design calculations)
Unit – III
Axially loaded tension members: introduction, net effective areas, analysis and
design of tension members including rivet and welded connections, (L-Angle and
T-section only)
Unit – IV
Columns: Analysis and design of axially loaded steel columns using single
I-section, 2 channels placed back to back and toe to toe, 4-angles etc., including
lacing system.

89
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit-V
Design of slab base and gusseted base for axial loads (with out moments) for
different columns.
Unit-VI
Design of grillage foundation for isolated columns only
Unit-VII
Purlins: Introduction, Dead load, live load and wind loads, design of angle purlin
and I-section purlin.
Unit-VIII
Bracket Connections, Riveted & Welded Connections design of Joints.
Reference books:
Ram Chandra. Design of Steel Structures Vol. I, 10th ed. Standard Book House,
Delhi, 1999.
Dayaratnam, P. Design of Steel Structures. Wheeler Pub., Allahabad, 1992.
Ramamrutham, S. and Narayanan, R. Design of Steel Structures, 4th ed.
Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi, 1995.

AR17B5.4C HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE - IV

L/s: 3/Wk Int:50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:3

Course Overview:
The course is designed to study the contemporary developments in Architecture
and its impact on built form, structure, construction methods etc.
Objectives of the Course:
To orient the students to various developments in the field of architecture for a
greater understanding of trends in contemporary architecture.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Contemporary trends in architecture of India after Independence. Influence of Le
Corbusier and. Louis.I.Khan.
Unit – II
Theory and works of Achyut Kanvinde, J.A. Stein, Habib Rehman etc.
Unit - III
Contributions made by Pioneers - Charles Correa and B.V. Doshi. Anant Raje, Raj
Rewal

90
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – IV
Design Theories and works of contemporary architects - Uttam Jain, Hasmukh
Patel, including Chandravarkar and Thacker, Jaisim, Anil Laul, Shirish Beri, Romi
Khosla, Ranjit Sabiki, Shashi Bhooshan and Sanjay Mohe.
Unit – V
Familiarisation of architecture at Auroville and Laurie Baker’s work in Kerala.
Unit – VI
Contemporary trends in the rest of the world architecture. Theory of Post Modernism.
Unit – VII
Design Theories and works of Charles Moore, Michael Graves, Richard Meyer,
Aldo Rossi, Cesar Pelli, I.M. Pei, Yamasaki, Peter Eisenmann etc.
Unit – VIII
Design Theories and works of Hassan Fathy, Geoffery Bawa, Norman Foster,
Renzo Piano, Richard Rogers, Frank Gehry, Zaha Hadid, Santiago Calatrava,
Tadao Ando etc.
Reference Books:
Bahga, S.S: Post Independent Architecture.
Bhatt, Vikram and Scriver, Peter. Contemporary Indian Architecture After the
Masters. Mapin Pub. Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad, 1990.
Curtis, J.R. William. Modern Architecture since 1900. Prentice-Hall, Inc., New
Jersey, 2002.
Jencks, Charles. The Language of Post-Modern Architecture, 4th ed. Academy
Editions, London, 1984.
Frampton, K Tad Ando- buildings, Projects Writings, New York Rizzoli, 1984.

AR17B5.5C COMPUTER APPLICATIONS – II

L/s: 4/Wk Int:50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam Practical Cr:4

Course Overview:
This subject aims to further architectural design skills through advanced computer
applications. The subject focus is in the area of computational media techniques
and technologies and their impact on architectural design and production. This
digital studio critically explores the impact of existing and emerging digital media
and software, for advanced digital visualization, simulation and communication
as well as associated theories and methods on the conceptualization and
development of architecture. Computational media is broadly defined across
three categories: digital techniques for visualization; data collection and analysis,
building information modeling (BIM) and introduction to physical model making
using computer technologies.
91
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit –I
Introduction to digital theory and this unit equips students with an understanding of
the territory of computational design through its theoretical vocabulary and relevant
histories.
Making of Architectural vector diagrams to explore design and for digital
communication using vector applications like coreldraw, illustrator etc.
Unit –II
3d modeling and different types of methods in 3 modeling like polygonal modeling ,
NURBS modeling ,subdivision surface modeling and building information modeling
etc to design and test Architectural built environments virtually.
Unit –III
Scene setup involves arranging virtual objects, lights, cameras and other entities
on a scene which will later be used to produce a still image or an animation. Image
processing and video editing to create Architectural walkthroughs.
Digital solar studies
Unit –IV
Building information modeling; using 3 dimensional, real-time, dynamic building
modeling software to increase productivity in building design and construction. The
process produces the Building Information Model (also abbreviated BIM), which
encompasses building geometry, spatial relationships, geographic information, and
quantities and properties of building components.
Design and documentation using building information modeling application like
Revit Architecture, ArchiCAD, Bentley Architecture etc
Unit –V
Introduction to Organic modeling and 3d printing to explore biomimetics and
emergent concepts in the field of architecture and design by using advanced
computational technologies
References:
Catalytic Formations: Architecture and Digital Design. Ali Rahim
BIM Handbook: A Guide to Building Information Modeling for Owners, Managers,
Designers, Engineers and Contractors- Chuck Eastman
Building Information Modeling – Willem Kymmell

92
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR17B5.6C BUILDING ESTIMATING, COSTING AND SPECIFICATIONS

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:4

Course Overview:
The course deals with various methods of quantity surveying, rate analysis of
building and valuation and specifications for different materials used.
Objectives of the Course:
To provide the student adequate knowledge to write the specifications for a
given item of work, to work out the unit cost of individual items based on their
specifications and arrive at the overall cost of the project.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Techniques of estimating and costing and writing specification related to building
construction in order to control/ monitor quality of work and project cost.
Course Contents:
Unit - I
Quantity Surveying: Introduction - Definitions and terms used, principles, units of
measurements. Methods of preparing approximate/preliminary estimates (plinth
area and cubic content method), basic differences and advantages.
Unit - II
Detailed estimate – data required, factors to be considered, methodology of
preparation, abstract of estimate, contingencies, work-charged establishment, bill
of quantities, different methods for estimating building works,
Method of obtaining detailed quantities of building items (center line method, long
wall and short wall method) PWD System to be followed.
Unit - III
Detailed estimation for load bearing structure in brick masonry and framed structure
(ground floor only)
Unit - IV
Example and exercise in obtaining all items from excavation to finishes including
arches, steps, polygonal, circular rooms, measurement of RCC work in slabs,
columns, beams, staircase etc.
Unit - V
Preparing approximate estimates for services like water supply, plumbing,
sanitation, electrical work, mechanical equipment and air conditioning. (for
residential building).
Simple earth work calculations for road work – mid sectional area, mean area,
prismoidal formula methods (no transverse slope)

93
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit - VI
Rate analysis: definition; method of preparation; quantity and labour estimate for
unit work; Cost of materials and labour for various works, data sheet for different
items of works, different methods of execution i.e. piece work, daily basis, lump
sum, labour rates and percentage etc; task or outturn work; rate analysis for:
earth work, concrete works, first class brick work, reinforced brick work, cement
plastering, DPC with cement mortar/ concrete, finishing (cement paint, distemper,
acrylic emulsion, enamel paint) to walls & ceiling.
Unit - VII
Specifications: Definition, purpose and importance of specifications, General or
brief specifications, Detailed specifications, writing of specifications for the purpose
of calling for tender types of specifications, general specifications for 1st, 2nd, 3rd
and 4th class buildings
Specifications for items like earthwork excavations, foundation, CRS masonry,
DPC, PCC, RCC, brickwork, doors and windows (wooden), steel and aluminum,
mortars, plaster, different types of painting, flooring like terrazzo flooring and tiles,
ceramic tiles, marble, granite, distemper, glazing, painting to joinery, varnishing,
French polishing; Specification, writing to include materials, tests pre and post
installation, modes of measurements.
Unit-VIII
Introduction to computer software for cost estimation; Introduction to cost
accountancy and book keeping
Reference books:
Datta, B.N. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering: Theory and Practice, 23rd
ed. UBS Pub. Distributors Ltd., New Delhi, 1993.
Bride, G.S. Estimating and Costing, 2nd ed. Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi, 1982.
Rangwala, S.C. Valuation of real Properties, 6th ed. Charotar Pub.
6 House, Anand, 2003.
Standard Specification and rates, Government of Andhra Pradesh,Government
Press, Hyderabad
Indian Standards Institution. National Building Code of India 1983. Indian
Standards Institution, New Delhi, 1984.
Lerrs, Jack. Engineering Construction Specification.
Macey, W. Frank. Specification in Detail, 5th ed. Technical Press ltd, London, 1955.
Lewis, R. Jack. Building Construction Specifications. Prentice-Hall, Inc., New
Jersey, 1975.
Govt. of Maharashtra. Standard Specifications, Government Press, Nagpur, 1972.

94
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR17B5.1E WORKSHOP - VERNACULAR ARCHITECTURE (Elective – I)

L/s: 3/Wk Int:50 End Exam: Nil Total: 50 End Exam: Nil Cr:3

Course Overview:
To expose the students to traditional architecture of various parts of the country.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Students will have knowledge of the planning aspects, materials used in
construction, constructional details and settlement planning in various parts of the
country.
Introduction to Vernacular Architecture
Approaches and concepts to the study of Vernacular architecture – A study of major
typologies in various parts of the world.
Dravidian South
Planning aspects, materials of construction, Constructional details & Settlement
Planning of

• Kerala – Nair houses (Tarawads), Kerala Muslim houses (Mappilah houses),

Temples, Palaces and theaters – Thattchushastra.

• TamilNadu – Toda Huts, Chettinad Houses (Chettiars) & Palaces

• Karnataka – Gutthu houses (land owning community), Kodava ancestral

home (Aynmane)

• Andhra Pradesh –Kaccha buildings

• Telangana – Gadhis and forts

Western Region
Planning aspects, Materials used, Constructional details, Climatic factors
influencing the planning of

• Jat houses for farming caste, Bhungas(Circular Huts) and Havelis (Pukka
houses) of Rajasthan

• Pol houses of Ahmedabad - Primitive forms, Symbolism, Colour, Folk art etc
in the architecture of the

• Desert settlements and houses of Kutch & Gujarat state.

• Vernacular architecture of Goa.

95
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Northern and Eastern India

• Kashmir – Typical Kutcha houses, mosque, Dhoongas (Boathouses), Ladakhi
houses, bridges
• Himachal Pradesh – Kinnaur houses
• Uttar Pradesh – Domestic housing of Uttar Pradesh
• Bengal – Bangla (Rural house form), Aat Chala houses – change from Bangla
to Bungalow, Kutcha & Pucca
• Architecture of Bengal. Nagaland – Naga houses & Naga village, Khasi
houses
Studies to be taken up in groups in any one of the different regions indicated above.
Field visits, documentations to be taken up and a Report to be prepared based on
literature review and field visit. Reports should include factors influencing planning
aspects, religious practices and beliefs, culture & climatic factors, materials of
construction and constructional details. Field visits may be planned in the preceding
vacation periods/clusters of holidays so as not to disturb class work.
Appropriate Materials
Study of Appropriate Materials based on Vernacular techniques of construction
from different parts of the country. A study of BMTPC technologies, Auroville Earth
Institute
Text Books
1. Traditional buildings of India, Ilay Cooper, Thames and Hudson Ltd., London
Reference Books
1. Architecture of the Indian desert, Kulbushan Jain & Meenakshi Jain, Aadi
Centre, Ahmedabad
2. The Royal Palaces of India, George Michell, Thames and Hudson Ltd.,
London
3. Chettiar Heritage, S.Muthiah, Meenakshi Meyappan, Visalakshmi
RAMASWAMY, Lokavani-Hallmark Press Pvt. Ltd., Chennai
4. Encyclopaedia of Vernacular architecture of the World, Cambridge University
Press
5. Havali – Wooden houses & mansions of Gujarat, V.S.Pramar, Mapin
Publishing Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad
6. The Tradition of Indian architecture – Continuity & Controversy – Change
since 1850, G.H.R.Tillotsum Oxford University Press, Delhi
7. VISTARA – The architecture of India, Carmen Kagal. Pub : The Festival of
India, 1986.
8. House, Form & Culture, Amos Rappoport, Prentice Hall Inc, 1969.

96
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR17B5.2E WORKSHOP - UNIVERSAL DESIGN (Elective – I)

L/s: 3/Wk Int:50 End Exam: Nil Total: 50 End Exam: Nil Cr:3

Course Overview: The objective of this course is to acquaint the students of

architecture regarding the various provisions and design issues for universal design
Knowledge Transfer /Expected Skills:
Multi sectoral collaborative approaches in design for persons with disabilities
and elderly persons / Inculcate skills required for designing for barrier free built
environments for physically challenged persons. Techniques involved in making
such provisions.
Syllabus to be covered by a ‘learning by doing’ approach and seminars by faculty
and students. It should be project oriented with a hands on approach for eg:
detailing for making a public space universally accessible etc.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Introduction to Provisions of persons with Disabilities (Equal opportunities, Protection
of Rights and Full Participation) Act, 1995, Type of disabilities - Orthopedic, Hearing,
Visual Impairments, National Policy for provisions for elderly persons, Concept of
equal opportunity, human rights, social justice and empowerment of physically
challenged persons.
Unit - II
Introduction to similar efforts in other countries. Initiatives at global and International
level for protection of rights of disabled and also elderly person. American disabilities
Act 1990 etc.
Unit - III
Information on various types of national Institutes, agencies and professional
bodies involved in disabled welfare, associated norms and standards thereof. The
role of NGO’s, professional and outreach.
Unit - IV
Principles of Universal Design; Design principles in Architecture for creating
environments friendly for various types of physically challenged persons. Barrier
free concept Educational Institutions, Hospitals, Transportation terminals such as
bus, railway stations and airports for barrier free spaces. Study of Standards as
given in TSS, TCPO, CPWD, ADA etc., and others.
Unit-V
Provisions in public spaces and site planning – parks, play grounds, public
transportation, parking lots, Details of sidewalks, road intersections, access to
public toilets.

97
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit-VI
Provisions in design of public buildings - Details in, ramps, guide rails, lifts,
dimensions of wheel chairs, accessibility in public buildings, Signage, audio visual
facilities etc. Design of Toilets and interiors spaces for use of physically challenged.
Exercises in design of user friendly spaces for physically challenged persons. Term
paper on certain type of disability and requirements thereof for making environs
barrier free or any other exercise appropriately framed by the subject faculty.
Reference books:
Micheal J. Bednar. “Barrier Free Environments”, Dowden, Hutchinson and Ross,
Ive 1977.
Ministry of Urban Affairs and Employment. Central Public Works Department,
India, “Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier Free Environment for Disabled
and Elderly Person, 1998.
Unnati. “Design Manual for a Barrier – Free Built Environment”, Handicap
International, December, 2004

98
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - VI
AR17B6.1C ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN –V
L/s: 9/Wk Int: 200 End Exam: 200 Total: 400 End Exam: Viva-voce Cr: 9

Course Overview:
Course aims at teaching the design of buildings for passive recreation and large
span buildings for public uses.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Design vocabulary, enhancement and sensitization of student in design
preparationand its relation to structural systems
Course Contents:
Design issues should address the following:
• Environmental and micro climate.
• User behavior and requirements.
• Utility and space enhancement.
• Form and function.
• Circulation: horizontal and vertical.
• Site Planning and Landscape detailing.
• Structural details such as beam framing, Building Services / HVAC etc.
• Design detailing considering the barrier free environment.
• Socio-economic profile of user group.
• Parking details and standards.
• NBC and other relevant building codes as applicable.
• Relevant design considerations for barrier free design for the differently
abled.
Topics considered for design are:
Passive Recreation buildings such as:
• Infotainment center.
• Civic Centre
• Convention Centre.
• Cultural Centre.
• Community Centre.

99
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Public Buildings - Large Span structures:

• Bus terminals.
• Multiplex.
• Auditorium Complex.
• Museum and Art Gallery.
• Kalyana Mandapam.
At least two major exercises and one minor design / time problem need to be
covered. Design proposal along with a scale model / digital model must be
submitted for the two main problems.
Sufficient theoretical inputs need to be given highlighting the norms and standards
of design parameters.
Note:For the end exam, which is a viva-voce, the students have to present the
entire semester work for assessment.
To give the learning in this subject a more practical orientation seminars by industry
or trade related organisations or field/site visits should be organized. A weightage
of 5% in the overall Internal Assessment in the subject should be reserved for
students attending these seminars/site visits and maintaining the records/
observations as required by the subject faculty.
Reference books:
Chiara Joseph de and others. Time Savers Standards of Building Types.
McGraw – Hill, 1980.
Dawes, John. Design and Planning for Swimming Pools. The Architectural Press,
London, 1979.
Ruknitein, M. Harvey. Central City Malls.

AR17B6.2C WORKING DRAWINGS & DETAILS

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: Viva-voce Cr:4

Course Overview:
The focus of the course is to impart skills related to the preparation of drawings
meant for construction work on the site and to improve the students’ ability of
detailing.
Objectives of the Course:
To impart training in the preparation of working drawings for buildings with specific
reference to code of practice as per IS Code No. 962 of 1969 and incorporating
specifications as complementary to the working drawings.
To sensitize the students in preparing finer design details required for buildings.

100
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:

To prepare working drawings for a project and resolve complex aspects in the
buildings with appropriate materials and design details.
Course Contents:
Unit - I
Preparation of working drawings: Suitable scales of drawings, methods of giving
dimensions: on plans, sections, elevations and other standards.
Unit – II
Preparation of Plans Building marking plan, excavation plan, centerline plan,
foundation plan, column centerlines drawings, floor plans, terrace floor plan.
Unit - III
Elevation and Sections
Detailed elevations, detailed sections – at least one through staircase and one
through toilet, typical wall profile sections and elevations.
Unit - IV
Details
Layout for Sanitation: and detailed plans, Electrical layout: plans and details, details
of staircases, toilets and kitchens.
UNIT – V
Detailing for walls, floors, ceilings through detail drawings to large scale in the form
of plans, sections, elevations. Surface Treatment; Cladding, texture treatment.
UNIT – VI
Detailing of architectural elements such as staircase, balcony, verandah, shading
devices vertical and horizontal components of the building.
UNIT – VII
Detailing of Doors, windows, storage shelves for frames, shutters, joinery of frame
to shutter, shutter to panelling etc. and other fixing details.
UNIT – VIII
Design details appropriate for creating Barrier Free Environment.
Note:Students shall prepare at least two working drawing sets, one for a small
residence and one for a large building.(Load Bearing and R.C.C. framed structure
with part/basement, ground floor and first floor with lift/elevator including interior
detail drawings)
To give the learning in this subject a more practical orientation seminars by industry
or trade related organisations or field/site visits should be organized. A weightage
of 5% in the overall Internal Assessment in the subject should be reserved for
101
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

students attending these seminars/site visits and maintaining the records/

observations as required by the subject faculty.
Reference books:
Lerrs, Jack. Engineering Construction Specification.
Liebing, W. Ralph and Raul, Ford Mimi. Architectural Working Drawings, 2nd ed.
John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1983.
Macey, W. Frank. Specification in Detail, 5th ed. Technical Press ltd, London, 1955.
Shah, M.G., and Others. Building Drawing: with an integrated approach to build
environment, 3rd ed. Tata McGraw Hill Pub., co. Ltd, New Delhi, 1996.
Standard Specification of Government of Andhra Pradesh State.
Lewis, R. Jack. Building Construction Specifications. Prentice-Hall, Inc., New
Jersey, 1975.
Govt. of Maharashtra. Standard Specifications, Government Press, Nagpur,
1972.
Datta, B.N. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering: Theory and Practice, 23rd
ed. UBS Pub. New Delhi, 1993.
Wakita, Osamu A. & Linde, Richard M. The professional practice of architectural
detailing, 2nd ed. New York: Wiley, 1987.
Robert, C. Mc Hugh. Working Drawing Hand Book, New York: VNR, 1977.

AR17B6.3C ARCHITECTURAL ACOUSTICS

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 Course Overview:
Course Overview:
Acoustics to be studied as a determinant of built form and understand the behavior
of sound.
Objectives of the Course:
To equip the students with tools for application of acoustical design in architecture.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
The knowledge of specific acoustic requirements of different spaces
Skills to deal with acoustic problems within buildings
Knowledge that enables to deal effectively with specialists and consultants in
acoustics

102
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Contents:
Unit – I
Need to study acoustics; pioneers and their works. Acoustics examples from the
past: methods used for good acoustics.
Unit – II
Basic theory: Generation, propagation, transmission; reception of sound;
Frequency, wavelength and velocity of sound; sound intensity; inverse–square law;
decibel scale, decibel addition, small numerical examples in intensity of sound.
Unit – III
Human ear characteristics, Binomial hearing,Loudness perception, subjective
effects, characteristics of speech, music and hearing and music,- distribution of
energy in speech andmusic frequencies, intelligibility of speech, high fidelity
reproduction of music. A-weighted sound levels.
Unit – IV
Room acoustics: Behavior of sound in enclosed spaces. resonance, reverberation,
echo, reverberation time, simple exercise using Sabine’s formula.Ray-diagrams,
sound paths, effect of geometry and shapes, sound adsorption, sound absorption
coefficients, Sound insulation, materials and resonant panels.
Unit – V
Acoustic design process and requirements of different types of buildings:
Auditoriums, concert halls, cinema halls, Seminar rooms, lecture halls, class
rooms and open offices. Exercises involving reverberation time and absorption co-
efficient.
Case study of an auditorium with a report containing drawings and calculations of
reverberation time etc. Detailed acoustic design for any one type of building.
Unit-VI
Sources and types of noise in and around buildings, characteristics and effect of
noise impact on human beings/behavior, noise curves, transmission of noise, noise
control for buildings - laws and legislation, regulations.
Legislations related to transportation, examples- airports, railway stations, railway
tracks, MRTS etc.
Noise reduction: Sound isolation, transmission loss TL, TL for walls, sound leaks
in doors, noise reduction between rooms, Construction details for noise reduction.
Noise reduction and built form, Noise reduction through landscapes elements, land
use planning for noise control.
Noise reduction from mechanical equipment, Rubber mounts, vibration isolation
guidelines, characteristics of duct system, noise in AC ducts, vibration isolation of
pumps and generators.

103
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit-VII
Acoustics in Building Design and Construction
Design: Shape, volume, treatment for interior surface, basic principles in designing
open air theatres, cinemas, broadcasting studios, concert halls, class rooms,
lecture halls, theatres, auditorium.
Construction: Constructional detailing, relation to walls/ partition, floor / ceiling/
opening/ windows/ doors.
Insulating fittings and gadgets machine mounting and installation of machinery.
Unit-VIII
Speech privacy, annoyance, background noise. Communication in open plans,
electronic sound systems, loud speaker’s layout.
Reference books:
Poella. L. Lestie. Environmental Acoustics.
Moore, J.E. Design of Good Acoustics, The Architectural press, London, 1961.
Burris, Harlod. Acoustics for the Architect.
Lord, Peter and Templetion, Duncan. The Architecture of Sound: Designing
Places of Assembly. Architectural Press Ltd., London, 1986.
Egan, David. Architectural Acoustics, MC Graw-Hill Book Company, New York,
1988

AR 17B6.4C BUILDING ECONOMICS AND SOCIOLOGY

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:4

Course Overview:
To introduce the economics and sociological aspects in architecture.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Brief introduction of general economics through an introductory survey of concepts
in micro and macroeconomics as applicable to building industry as follows.
Micro Economics: The market, budget constraint, choice, demand and supply,
uncertainties, equilibrium, technological constraints, profit maximization and cost
minimization, monopoly and oligopoly, production welfare and public good.
Macro Economics: GNP, NNP, demand and supply, inflation, interest rate,
employment, saving and investment, monitory and fiscal systems and policies.
Unit – II
General discussions on various economic issues such as public versus private
104
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

participation, equity, labour intensive versus capital intensive projects.

Unit – III
General economics of the basic inputs into building construction- land, labour,
capital and materials.Market Demand and Supply – Choice of Technique in
production – Laws of returns governing production.
Urban land values, land utilization, factors involved in development of urban land.
Cost and cost indices, preliminary for building. Concepts of life cycle costing with
reference to buildings. Time value of money-present worth and inflation.
Unit – IV
Financing for projects, sources costs and utility in financing. Agencies and
institutions directly and indirectly influencing economic aspects of project.
SOCIOLOGY:
Unit – V
Family as the basic unit of ‘Society’. Differences in lifestyles due to regional
background, religion, caste, income group, etc. and their implication in Architectural
design of the housing units.
Sociological aspects in the history of the evolution of housing / shelter forms.
Unit – VI
Urban and Rural Society: Sociological problems of interaction, isolation, privacy,
accessibility, conflict, alienation related to the planning and design of different
buildings with the references to the people of different age group/population groups.
Unit – VII
Power structures in society – local self-government, administrative structures
– structure of decision making processes related to building projects at various
government and private organizations levels.
Reference books:
Amos Rappoport, House Form and Culture
Wallis, Wilson D and Willey, M.M, Text book of Sociology, 1st ed., Khel Sahitaya
Kendra, New Delhi, 2001.
Charon, Joel M. The Meaning of Sociology, 6th ed., Prentice Hall, New Jersey,
1999.
Thio, Alex. Sociology: a brief introduction, 4th ed. Allyn and Bacon, Boston, 2000.
Schaefer, Richard T. Sociology: a brief introduction, 4th ed. McGraw Hill, Boston,
2002.
Bilton, Tony and Oth. Introductory Sociology, 3rd ed. Palgrave, New York, 1997.
Stone, P.A. Building Economy: Design Production and Organisation a synoptic
view, 2nd ed., Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1976.
105
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Koutsoyiannis, A. Modern Microeconomics, 2nd ed., ELBS with MacMillan Press,

1994.
Nobbs, Jack and Hopkins, Ian. Economics: a core text, 4th ed. McGraw-Hill,
London, 1995.
Teck, HoonHian and Oth. Economics: theory and applications, McGraw-Hill,
Taiwan, 1998.
Dewett, K.K. Modern Economic Theory, Shyam Lal Charitable trust, New Delhi,
2005.

AR 17B6.5C HUMAN SETTLEMENTS AND TOWN PLANNING

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:4

Course Overview:
This course focuses on the review of origin of Human Settlements to the level of
understanding the various Town Planning problems.
Objectives of the Course:
To make the student understand about various planning related issues.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Should be in a position to make a neighbourhood plan for 5000 people.
Course Contents:
Unit - I
Historic Evaluation: Brief review of the origin of early human settlements, factors
responsible. Development of various settlement forms. Types of settlements
(urban and rural) classification of areas within the urban settlements in terms of
types of land uses, densities, administrative division, building types etc. Land use
and factors influencing it in urban and rural settlements.
Unit - II
Sociological aspects: Essential elements of society Rural and Urban Communities,
Growth of Socio-cultural thought through the ages.
Influence of religion and culture on domestic and civil architecture.
Unit - III
Urbanization: Facts, Theories. Socio-spatial problems of migrants, slums, high
and low density housing; high rise living such as isolation, alienation, accessibility,
conflicts etc as related to planning and design of buildings in different areas of the
city. Social Survey and social research.
Unit - IV
Transportation and communication: potential and limitations of roadways, railways,
106
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

airways and waterways in the development of a settlement.

Unit - V
Principles of Ekistics: Brief introduction to the theory of “Ekistics”. Introduction to
the concepts of green belts, satellite towns, neighbourhood, roads in solving some
of the problems in urban development. Indian context: Growth pattern of urban and
rural settlements; problems and potentials.
TOWN PLANNING
Unit - VI
A brief introduction to the implication of town forms in urban planning and
development processes. National, regional, urban, rural, local etc. emphasizing
the difference and relationships among them.
Unit - VII
A general and introductory study of inputs, objectives, preparation and outputs
of Master plan for a city; land-use classification, features and relationships with
transportation. Meaning and use or implication of O-D surveys, desire line diagrams
trip generation, attraction, distribution and modal split.
Unit - VIII
Introduction to housing and community facilities; role of F.S.I, densities in housing.
Unit - IX
Basic methodology for planning of industrial areas and recreation areas.
Unit - X
Brief introduction to redevelopment schemes and urban renewal, problem of slum
and shanty areas and a review of the concepts regarding solutions: clearance,
rehabilitation and improvement.
At least one exercise related to the preparation of a layout for a residential
neighbourhood of about 5000 populations.
Reference books:
Bhagiratha Rao, E.L. Land Acquisition Manual in Andhra Pradesh.
Buch, N. Mahesh. Planning the Indian city.
Chand, Mahesh &Puri, Vinay Kumar. Regional Planning in India. Allied Pub. Ltd.,
Bombay, 1990.
Doxiadis, C.L. Ekistics: Introduction to the science of Human Settlement.
Gallion, B. Arthur & Eisner, Simon. Urban Pattern: City Planning & Design, 5th
ed. Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1986.
Hyderabad Urban Development Authority. Hyderabad Urban Development
Authority, HUDA, 1981.

107
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Khosla, R.K. Urban and Rural Development in India.

Patterson, T. William. Land-use Planning Techniques of Implementation.
Rama Reddy, Padala& Srinivas Reddy, Padala. Commentates on Hand Reforms
Laws in Andhra Pradesh.
Rame Gowda, K.S. Urban and Regional Planning. Univ. of Mysore, Mysore, 1972.
Rangwala, S.C. & Others. Town Planning, 18th ed. Charotar Pub. House, Anand,
2003.
Rappoport, Amos. House, Form and Culture.
Singh, Alok Kumar, & Others (ed). Strategies in Development Planning.

AR17B6.6C ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIVE DESIGN

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:3

Course Overview:
The course focuses on developing an understanding regarding environmental
sustainability and environmentally responsible green buildings. It address the
design concerns in architecture to develop resource-efficient buildings that have
minimum adverse impact on the natural environment.
The emphasis is to gain an understand regarding the existing concepts, ideas
and processes in Architecture and built environment and also recognize rapidly
emerging building solutions and technological initiatives that complement current
practices in order to attain human health and environmental goals.
Objectives of the Course:
Develop skills to promote eco-friendly characteristics in the area of architecture
and buildings and identify crucial technologies, facilities and applications that help
in developing green buildings.
Course Contents:
Unit - I
Introduction to Macro Environment: Elements of climate, weather, Water cycle,
Carbon cycle, Environmental quality, Deforestation, climatic change, Ozone
depletion and implications.
Unit - II
Micro-environment: Natural environment Vis a vis built environment. Living
environment Characteristics and components of Urban Ecosystem solar radiation,
heat flow, air-movement, Land use, drainage and sanitation.
Unit - III
Concepts of green field development: Brown field development, environmental

108
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

impact and ecological balance, FAR, layouts, sustainable Site development,

vegetation, landscape elements, alternative services and technologies, rain water
harvesting, on site sewerage retention, treatment, recycle and reuse
Unit - IV
Building Resources: Passive energy system design, Building envelope, orientation
and components of building fabric and Shading, High rise buildings, modular
building Construction, curtain walls, Sourcing and recycling of building materials,
alternative Calcareous, metallic and non-metallic, materials
Unit - V
Building Infrastructure: Active Energy Systems in buildings, Utilities and services,
building automation. electro-mechanical systems, lifts and transportation, captive
power plant and equipment, operation & maintenance
Unit - VI
Indoor air quality: fresh air requirements standards, Sick Building Syndrome, VOC
and pollutants.
Unit - VII
Introduction to building rating systems: building auditing, points system,
components, and weight age, agencies and institutions, GBC, TERI etc, green
buildings in the contexts of Indian sub-continent,
Reference books:
Green Building Technologies - Godrej Centre CII a Madhapur, Hyderabad.
Greening Building – Green Congress, US.(web).
HSMI. Sustainable Building Technology – HUDCO, HSMI (Human Settlement
Management Institution, New Delhi.
Koenigsberger, O.H. and Others. Manual of Tropical Housing and Building.
Orient Longman, Chennai, 2003.
Odum, P. Eugene. Ecology and Environments, 2nd ed. Oxford and IBH Pub.,
New Delhi.
TERI, The Building Energy Audit – TERI (Tata Energy Research Institute).
HMDA Hyderabad- Green building guidelines

109
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR 17B6.1E THEORY OF DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE (Elective – II)

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:3

Course Overview:
To provide the student of architecture a foundation in the conception of forms,
spatial aspects, compositions and their analysis in buildings
Expected
To develop understanding of the philosophy, basic principles of space and mass,
and architectural composition in the various periods studied in History courses in
previous semesters
Unit I
Design process –Integration of aesthetics and function - Understanding of formative
ideas, organization concepts
An understanding of design activity and how designers think; categories of design;
Design as problem solving and decision making, uncertainties in design process,
multi- faceted nature of design; as a mixture of creativity and analysis, other design
methods and processes
: Iterative design process, waterfall process, classic approach by analysis-
synthesis, evaluation;
Empathy, integrative thinking, experimentalism, collaboration, intuitive thinking,
types of reasoning
Position of design and its relation to science, art, technology
Unit II
Architectural Space and Mass: Definitions of architecture; Architecture as space,
structure and enclosure; Spatial qualities imparted by shape, density etc. size, degree
of enclosure; Materialization in terms of enclosing planes, articulation of planes,
openings, elements of structure; spatial relationship, spatial organization, Primary
forms, properties of form, transformation of forms - dimensional transformation,
subtractive, additive forms, organization of additive forms - Articulation of forms-
Interplay between physical elements and space
Understanding architecture as an expression of the primary design elements: point,
line, plane, volume; Exploration of buildings in terms of basic principles of design
and composition such as Unity, Proportion, scale,Harmony,Balance, Contrast ,
balance, rhythm, symmetry, hierarchy, axis with building examples;
Accentuation, Restraint, Definition, Repose, Vitality, Strength, fluidity, etc. etc. -
with the help of illustrations of buildings both historical as well as contemporary.
Expression of form and spatial organization in various periods and styles - Linear,
Centralized, Radial, Clustered, Grid organization; Circulation: The building

110
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

approach, the building entrance, Configuration of path, Path space relationship,

Form of circulation space
Unit III
Design and use of technology - Use of different materials and technology for
aesthetic and structural purposes.
Design to accommodate a programme: Fits between use/ user and design
Design and relation to context: site and cultural milieu
Style in architecture - basis for classification of styles - evolution of styles.
Unit IV
Use and need of ornament in architectural design- Different types of ornamentations
in buildings
Historical perspective of the use of ornament in buildings.
Unit V
Values defining traditional and modern buildings; Metaphors in Design: Order,
mystery; relation between parts and whole; Linkages between inside and outside;
Architectural theory and architectural practice
Reference books:
1. “Form Space and Order” by Francis D K Ching
2. “Design Fundamentals in Architecture” by Parmar V S

AR17B6.2E ADVANCED CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY&

STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS (Elective – II)
L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:3

Course overview:
The course supplements the previous courses on theory of construction and
structures, and introduces the advanced developments in Building Construction
and structures. . The students are expected to understand the systems of advanced
construction and structural systems but not to solve numerical problems.
Objectives of course:
To introduce the students to the latest developments in construction, building
materials and structures. Students should be able to grasp the construction
techniques andstructural forms available for adopting to architectural forms.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Gain knowledge about the recent developments and advanced concepts in
construction and structures and analyse and understand the nature of stresses
that are developed in the major elements of advanced types of structures.
111
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course contents:
Unit I
Relation between structure and architecture; Geometry of form and structural
function; Aesthetic theories of the expression of structural function in architectural
form.
Construction and form; Structure and Form
Unit II
Equilibrium under simple tension or compression; Structural elements: Beams
and slabs Arches and catenaries; vaults, domes and curved membranes; Trusses,
Portal frames and space frames.
Advanced construction methods in RCC, pre-stressed concrete beams slabs
frames, lift slab construction post tensioning, multi-storied building frames, circular
slabs and beams. Uses of rapid-hardening cement, ready mix concrete [RMC},
light weight concrete surface finishes of cement.
Pre-fabrication and Modular Construction:
A review of industrialised building: Basic principles, elements, assembly; Case
studies.
Unit III
Folded plates like prismatic, V-type, trough type, pyramidal, prismatic and RCC
folded plate and geometrical staircases, Shell structures, cyclonical shells,
hyperbolic paraboloids,
Unit IV
Space frames: Folded plates, shells, cyclonical shells, Hyperbolic paraboloids, free
forms.
Cable structures: Simply curved suspended roofs, membrane structures, cable
structures, combination of cables and struts.
Structural Systems: single and double layer grids; braced domes, ribbed domes,
plate type domes, Network domes, Lamella domes, Geodesic domes, Grid domes.
Braced and folded structures.
Unit V
Curtain walls: types of curtain walls, components, structural solutions, construction
and erection. glass wall system-glass; sheet metal wall systems sheet metal
cladding.
Unit VI
Advanced Building Materials plastic, PVC, metals, synthetic boards, fire proof/
resistant boards/tiles, acoustic materials, glass, composite panels and their
applications, non- load bearing gypsum blocks

112
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Reference books:
James Ambrose, Building Construction Enclosure System 1990
Andrea deplazes (ED), Constructing Architecture: Materials processes structures-A
hand Book Second Extended edition
Robert E Fischer, Engineering for Architecture 1989
R Barry, The construction of Buildings Volume 4 4th Edition
Schall, Rolf. Curtain Walls: Design Manual. Reinhold Pub., New York, 1962.
Sandela, Felix. Architecture and Structuralism. 1963.
Lane, Allen. Developments in Structural Form. Penguin Books ltd, London, 1975.
Macdonald, J. Angus. Structure and Architecture, 2nd ed. Architectural Press,
Oxford, 2003.
Michaels, Leonard. Contemporary Structures in Architecture. 1950.
Schall, Rolf. Curtain Walls: Design Manual. Reinhold Pub., New York, 1962.
Siegel, Curt. Structure and Form in Modern Architecture. Crosby Lockwood and
Son Ltd., London, 1962.
Subramanian, N. Principles of Space structures. Wheeler and Co., Allahabad,
1983.
Zannos, Alexander. Form and Structure in Architecture: The role of statical
function. Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York, 1987.

113
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - VII
AR17B7.1C ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN -VI
L/s: 9/Wk Int: 200 End Exam: 200 Total: 400 End Exam: Viva-voce Cr:10

Course Overview:
This Course deals with the design of large scale, multi¬storey, complex projects
and aims to develop skills for a comprehensive design approach in the areas of
Housing Design and Campus Design.
Objectives of the Course:
To develop skills for a comprehensive design in areas of housing and campus
design for making a complete design portfolio.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: To develop skills for comprehensive
understanding and dealing with Architecture of a group of buildings.
Course Contents:
I. Housing Design: Issues to be addressed for the design project pertaining to
housing design:
• Density, mixed land use, ground coverage, development controls.
• Urban systems, services and their integration with the project.
• User requirements (derived from surveys)
• Issues in appropriate technology and costs.
• Issues of hierarchy, identity of space, public and private scales of space.
Integration of community institutions etc.
• Detailing for the disabled and the elderly.
• Indian / local architectural responses to climate, culture, traditional values,
building elements, symbols motifs and special character.
• NBC and other relevant building codes as applicable.
• Relevant design considerations for barrier free design for the differently
abled.
Design exercise related to housing design for specific target groups.
II. Campus Design: Issues to be addressed for the design project pertaining to
campus design:
• Issue in preparation of Master Plan for Institutions: academic, administrative,
staff housing, student hostels etc.
• Environmental considerations.
• Phases of development.
• Scope for expansion for future developments

114
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Safe and comfortable vehicular and pedestrian movement.

• Issues of character and landscaping.
• NBC and other relevant building codes as applicable.
• Relevant design considerations for barrier free design for the differently
abled.
Students would need to undertake one of the design subjects for the studio
exercise. Students may be required to develop a brief, translate it into requirements
and design.
One Major design exercise and one Time problem/minor design exercise should
be given
The evaluation shall be through periodic internal reviews. The final submission
will include a brief report of about 1000 words explaining the concept and design
proposals for main portfolio. It will also include a model.
Note: In end exam, which is a viva-voce, the students have to present the entire
semester work for assessment.
Reference books:
Alexander, Christopher. Pattern language: Towns, Buildings, Construction. Oxford
University Press, New York.
Richard. D. Dober. Campus Architecture: Building in the Groves of Academy.
McGraw Hill, New York, 1996.
Chiara, De Joseph and Others. Timesavers standard for Housing and Residential
development, 2nd ed. McGraw Hill, Inc, New York.
Newman, Oscar and Others. Defensible space: People and Design in the Violent
City. Architectural Press, London, 1972.

AR17B7.2C ADVANCED SERVICES

L/s: 5/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:5

Course Overview:
Study of services and facilities used in special type of buildings. The emphasis is
laid on operation of services, working of different equipment employed for carrying
out building function in specific different building types
Objectives of the Course:
To develop understanding of special services, definitions and terms used, working
of equipment, installation of facility, special provisions to be made in building design.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Principles and installations of specialized services in buildings and building
complexes and NBC standards.
115
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Contents:
Unit - I
Elevators and escalators –
Types of Elevators like traction, Hydraulic etc., Double-decker, sky lobby, lift lobby,
lift interiors etc., Passenger, Capsule, Hospital bed lift; goods lift etc. Components;
Working and operation of lifts, parts of lifts; industry standards
Planning for Elevators in a building: location in building, serving floors, grouping,
size, capacity calculations. shape of passenger car, door arrangement etc.
,Provisions to be made in buildings for installation,
Service requirements: Quality of service, quantity of service, time, passenger
handling capacity, space and physical requirements, machine room spaces and
their typical layout
Escalators – Definition, Application. Location and arrangement in buildings. Space
requirement Introduction to working and design of escalator.
Escalators V/S Elevators, Conveyor belts - movement of passengers and goods
Unit - II
Electronic Systems in Buildings: Telephone and communication, networks in
buildings EPABX, Security systems, Burglar alarms, video surveillance, access
control, design of computer labs, access flooring, server rooms.
Unit - III
Fire Fighting Services: Behaviour of fire – ignition, igniter, Combustible contents,
causes of fire, Mechanism of fire spread in building and prevention – fire safety
standards – concepts in fire protection
High temperature effect and combustibility: High temperature effects and
combustibility of building materials and structure – Fire resistance of buildings
– Classification of buildings based on occupancy – fire fighting installation and
requirements .Passive and active fire precautions – site planning and fire brigade
access
– Roof covering – control of fire spread.Portable firefighting equipment, Heat
sensitive detectors – smoke detectors –Automatic water system.built in wet riser
system, dry standpipe, sprinkler system, fire hydrant Fire safety, fire & human
behaviour – Means of escape, design and planning of escape halts and corridors to
final exit. Psychological aspects – concept of panic – domestic, Multiple occupancy
and Hospital fires.
NBC standards
Cooking gas distribution in buildings, piped gas supply, bottled gas supply.

116
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit - IV
Swimming Pools: Pool and tank design, patio, finishes, Water circulation, cascades,
channels, filtration and water treatment, Water quality and disinfection, balancing
tank.
Unit - V
Hotel services: Specialty services required for hospitality industry, Laundry services,
Kitchen services, Channeled Music, Internet,
Unit – VI
Environmental services: waste generation in Industrial buildings, various types
of waste, solid, liquid, gas, treatment and disposal facilities, waste generation in
hospital buildings, design provision for its disposal,
Unit - VII
Alternative energy sources for buildings: hot water solar energy system, applications
of photo voltaic cells, biomass digesters, wind energy.
Reference books:
Faber, Oscar and Kell, J.R. Heating and Air-Conditioning of Building. Architectural
Press, Surrey, 1945.
Prasad, Manohar. Refrigeration and air-conditioning, 5thEd. New Age Intl. Pub.,
New Delhi, 1996.
Tiwari, Satish. Water and Energy resources.

AR17B7.3C ENERGY CONSERVATION BUILDING CODE

L/s: 5/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 EndExam: Practical Cr:5

Course Overview: This will give an overall understanding and importance of

Energy Conservation in built environment and will also help students to design
buildings which are ECBC compliant.
Objective of the Course: To enable students to design and evaluate code
compliant buildings.
Expected Sills/Knowledge Transferred: Basic understanding of building energy
codes, compliance methods, day lighting, and whole building energy simulations.
Course Contents:
Theoretical Sessions
Unit I
Building Physics and Energy in built environment: Physics of Heat – Heat and
temperature, Types of Heat flow, Laws of thermodynamics, thermal behaviour of
buildings – Solar control, ventilation, Steady State heat flow, Dynamic response

117
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

of buildings, Thermal Comfort – Thermal balance and comfort, factors of Comfort,

adjustment mechanisms, comfort indices, comfort zone, HVAC, Thermal properties
of materials – Glass (SHGC, VLT, U value), walls, other building materials.
Unit II
International Practices - Energy Efficiency Requirements in Building Codes,
Energy Efficiency Policies for New Buildings, General status in regions in Europe,
North America, Japan, New Zealand, Australia, China, Energy Codes in Singapore,
Malaysia, Duabi and Middle east, ASHRAE 90.1, ASHRAE 90.2 IECC, Title 24.
Unit III
ECBC Scope, Compliance and approach: Energy efficiency performance levels,
building systems, precedence, building classifications, energy performance index,
compliance approaches and requirements, approved analytical tools, administrative
requirements, compliance documents, Benchmarking and Star Labelling.
Unit IV
ECBC Building Envelope: Mandatory requirements –Fenestration, opaque
construction, daylighting, building envelope sealing, Prescriptive requirements –
roof, opaque external walls, vertical fenestration, skylights, Building Envelope trade
–off method, standard building EPF calculation.
Unit V
Comfort Systems and Controls: Mandatory requirements – ventilation, minimum
space conditioning equipment efficiencies, controls, additional controls for ECBC
+ and super ECBC, additional controls for super ECBC buildings, piping and duct
work, system balancing, condensers, Service water heating –solar water heating,
heating equipment efficiency, other water heating systems, piping insulation,
heat traps, swimming pools, Prescriptiverequirements – pumps, cooling towers,
economisers, variable flow hydronic systems, boilers, energy recovery, total system
efficiency – alternate compliance approach, low energy comfort systems.
Unit VI
ECBC Lighting and Controls: Mandatory requirements – lighting controls –automatic
lighting shut off, space control, control in daylight areas, centralised controls for
ECBC + and super ECBC buildings, Exterior lighting controls, additional controls,
exit signs, Prescriptive requirements – interior lighting power, building area method,
space function method, Installed interior lighting power, Exterior lighting power.
Unit VII
ECBC Electrical and renewable systems: Mandatory Requirements – Transformers,
energy efficient motors, Diesel generators sets, check metering and monitoring,
power factor correction, power distribution systems, uninterruptible power supply,
renewable energy systems.

118
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit VIII
Daylighting – Daylighting simulation, manual daylighting compliance method.
Unit IX
Whole building performance method and Energy Simulation- General Scope,
compliance, annual energy use, trade-off limited to building permit, documentation
requirements, Mandatory requirements, Simulation requirements – energy
simulation program, climate data, compliance calculations, calculating energy
consumption of proposed design and standard design –energy simulation model,
HVAC systems, compliance thresholds for ECBC Compliant, ECBC + and super
ECBC Buildings, maximum allowed EPI ratios, Schedules.
Practical Sessions
Unit X
How simulation software works, geometry of buildings, material and construction,
openings and shading, lighting and controls.
Recommended software for whole building: Design Builder/Open studio/Synergy.
Unit XI Heating and cooling design, Unitary HVAC Systems, Central HVAC System,
simulation parameters natural ventilation.
Unit XII Building energy code compliance, project: small office, large office, single
family residence.
Unit XIII Daylight Simulation: Recommended Software: DIVA for RHINO/DAILUX
EVO 6/Open Studio.
References:
Steven V Szokolay. Introduction to Architectural Science: The Basics of Sustainable
Design. Architectural Press, Second Edition, 2010.
Vishal Garg, JyothirmayMathur, SurekhaTatali, Aviruch Bhatia. Building Energy
Simulation: A workbook using Design Builder. CRC Press. 2017.
Energy Conservation Building Code 2017. Bureau of Energy Efficiency. New Delhi.
2017
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and air conditioning Engineers, Inc.
Standards (ANSI/ASHRAE) 90.1 –Energy Standards for Buildings except Low-rise
residential buildings.2016.
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and air conditioning Engineers, Inc.
Standards (ANSI/ASHRAE) 90.2 –Energy Standards for Low-rise residential
buildings. 2016.
Jens Lausts. Energy Efficiency Requirements in Building Codes, Energy Efficiency
Policies for New Buildings. International Energy Agency (IEA) Information paper.
March 2008.

119
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR17B7.1E URBAN DESIGN (ELECTIVE – III)

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:4

Course Overview:
The course focuses on creating awareness in students in the subject ‘Urban
Design’ as a specialization in the area of architecture and urban planning.
Objectives of the Course:
To give an overview of urban design as an interface between the fields of
architecture and urban planning.
To import the knowledge about various developments in the field of urban design.
Course Contents:
Unit - I
Discussion on Architecture, Urban design, Town Planning Interface. Urban
Morphology and Elements of Urban Design. Nature of urban design projects in
public and private developments.
Unit - II
Classical cities, medieval towns, neoclassic cities, and industrial towns.
Characteristics of towns built by Hindu and Muslim rulers in India. Colonial
inheritance, growth of post towns, civil lines, cantonments, railway and resort towns
and Design in New Delhi.
Unit - III
Modern movements in city design such as ‘city- beautiful’ and ‘Garden city’
movements, utopian model Towns in the west. Changing structure of cities: sectors,
blocks, streets, squares, buildings and open spaces.
Unit – IV
Role of planning agencies such as development authorities, Urban Arts Commission
in the design of cities. Influence of city development policies namely Master
plans, zoning regulations, on Urban Design. Built-form and space requirement in
residential, commercial industrial and recreational land uses, activities. Patterns of
subdivision and land-development.
Unit – V
Elements of urban spaces: squares and streets. Use of landscape in urban design,
such as tree avenues, street fencing, side walks etc.
Lighting and illumination of cities, methods of lighting, signage and elements of
utility services in the city.
Unit – VI
Urban conservation and its role in urban design. Past and present trends in urban
conservation. Role of architectural control in urban conservation and city character
and style.
120
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Reference books:
Bacon, N. Edmund. Design of Cities. Penguin Books, New York, 1976.
Benevolo , Leonard. History of the City.
Krier, Rob. Urban Space, 3rd ed. Academy Editions, London, 1984.
Moughtin, Cliff and Others. Urban Design: Ornament and Decoration. Butterworth-
Heinemann, London, 1995.
Moughtin, Cliff. Urban Design Street and Square.
Mumford, Lewis. City in History: Its origin transformation and its prospects.
Sprelregen, Paul. Urban Design: The Architecture of Towns and Cities.
Lynch, Kwin, the Image of the city Cambridge mass: MIT press, 1965

AR17B7.2E HOUSING (Elective – III)

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:4

Course Overview:
The course introduces the basic concepts and issues related to urban and rural
housing.
Objectives of the Course:
To give an understanding and appreciation of housing in terms of issues, problems
and directions.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Evolution of Housing:
Brief review of the historical development of housing in various contexts.
Unit – II
Housing situation in India
Housing need and Demand: Housing and Habitat policy and perspective at the
national level. Problems and Issues in urban & Rural Housing, Housing Agencies
and their role in housing development.
Unit – III
Housing Standards
Issues involved in formulating housing standards for rural and urban areas,
desirable and minimum standards. Residential Densities

121
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – IV
Housing Strategies
Review of different forms of housing globally – particularly with reference to the
third world countries.
Brief acquaintance with some strategies such as sites and services upgrading
existing shelter, stimulating private – sector production, developing building
materials and alternative technologies, improving architectural design., protecting
inner-city renters, land sharing, resettlement etc.
Unit – V
Housing Layouts and Design
Traditional pattern of housing design, Row Housing, Cluster Housing Apartment
housing, low rise versus high rise housing, Incremental housing, neighborhood
unit. Case studies of housing Projects
Unit – VI
Housing Process
Managing and financing of housing projects. People’s participation, Technology
Transfer, development control rules and environmental aspects
Reference books:
Alexander, Christopher. Pattern language: Towns, Buildings, Construction.
Oxford University Press, New York.
Chiara, De Joseph and Others. Timesavers standard for Housing and Residential
development, 2nd ed. McGraw Hill, Inc, New York.
Desai, A.R. and Pillai, Devadas. Slums and Urbanization, Popular Prakashan
Pvt. Ltd.
HUDCO. Housing for the Low Income. HUDCO.
Poulose, K. Thomas. Reading Material on Housing. Institute of Town Planners,
New Delhi.
Cedric Prgh (1990) Housing and Urbanisation, Sage Publication New Delhi

AR17B7.3E BUILDING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT (Elective – III)

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:4

Course Overview:
To introduce the importance of construction management in the field of architecture.

122
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Contents:
Unit – I
Introduction
Construction in India; its role in development, importance of Management in
Construction, role of Construction Manager, Construction team, responsibilities
and authorities of Construction Manager Organization.
Unit - II
Management Techniques:
Planning for Construction Projects: Principles, objectives, advantages of planning,
stages of planning.
Scheduling: Definition, advantages
Methods of Scheduling: Bar chart, Milestone chart, Controlling, Life cycle cures.
Job layout, work break down structure
Project Management through Networks
Introduction, objectives, advantages, terms and definitions, types of networks,
rules for drawing a network, Fulker son’s Rate of numbering the events.
Introduction to PERT, CPM, difference between PERT and CPM, finding critical
path.
Unit – III
Introduction to construction equipments, performance, characteristics and usage of
equipment used in large scale projects.
Human Resource management: manpower estimation at various stages,
recruitment, training, under and over manning.
Materials Management: Materials of construction, classification codification, ABC
analysis, estimation of materials procurement, inventory / stock control, purchase
procedure, stores management.
Quality control in Construction: Importance of quality, elements of quality,
organization for quality control, quality assurance techniques.
Unit – IV
Labour Legislations pertaining to construction industry, payment of wages act,
migration Act, Factories Act, Contract Labour Act, Labour Welfare Fund Act,
Workmen’s Compensation Act.
Construction Safety Management: Importance of safety causes of accidents, safety
measures, safety benefits to employees, employees and customers.
Unit – V
Economics of Project Management: Economic analysis of projects, economic

123
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

studies, sensitivity analysis. Cost estimating principles, parameter estimation,

detailed estimates, cost concepts, classification of costs, elements of costs, and
cost analysis for control.
Unit – VI
Budgetary Control Systems: Types of budgets, new approaches for budgeting,
responsibility of accounting, profit centre approach.
Financial Management: Meaning and scope, financial statement analysis, ratio
analysis, funds flow analysis.
Working Capital Management: Meaning, policy for working capital, estimating
working capital needs. Capital investment decision, long term financing working
of financial institutions in India and abroad, self-financing, financing mechanisms.
Value engineering: Definition, value engineering job plan, life cycle casting, value
engineering applications.
Unit – VII
Introduction to Linear programming, Transportation problem, Sensitive analysis.
Reference books:
Gupta, B.L. and Gupta, Amit. Construction Management, Machinery and
Accounts, 3rd ed. Standard Pub, 2005.
Loraine, R.K. Construction Management in Developing Countries. Thomas Telford,
London, 1993.
Srinath, L.S. PERT and CPM Principles and Applications, 3rd ed. Affiliated
East-West Press, New Delhi, 2003.
Singh, Harpal. Construction Management and Accounts 14th ed. Tata McGraw-
Hill Pub., New Delhi, 1981.
Gould, E. Frederick and Joyce, E. Nancy. Construction Project Management.
Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2000.
Shrivastava, U.K. Construction Planning and Management, 3rd ed. Galgotia Pub.,
New Delhi, 2004.

AR17B7.4E INTERIOR DESIGN(Elective – III)

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:4

Course Overview:
The course provides a frame work of the discipline by addressing to the theoretical,
social, historical, technological, professional aspects of Interior Design.

124
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Contents:
Unit - I
The profession of Interior Design; Role of an Interior Designer- past and present;
Scope of services; Interior Design Process. Interior Design and Concepts: Elements
and Principles of design- an overview and their applications in interior designing.
Unit - II
Interior Space planning and human dimensions. Focuses on physical, psychological
Behavioural and human factors, study of Proxemics, Behavioural settings.
Unit - III
Introduction to the fundamentals of Interior Design such as Lighting, Furniture,
Space, Materials, Furnishings, Art etc.
Unit – IV
Colours in interiors – Colour Theory, Effect of light on colour, various colour schemes
like analogues, complementary, triadic etc. Colour symbolism. Psychology of
colour, Industrial colour codes. International standards.
Unit – V
Introduction to Furniture and Accessories: An overview of historical perspective of
furniture and styles, accent pieces and accessories from Egyptian period to the
present. Basic Furniture vocabulary. Styles of Interiors – Italian, English, French,
Japanese styles etc.
Unit – VI
Interior lighting – direct and indirect lighting, location and light grid systems, types
of luminaries, quality of lighting. Ambient, task and accent lighting. Exposure to
eminent interior designers’ works- Indian and international
Unit – VII
Business perspectives of Interior design – an overview of practice of interior design
in India.
Reference books:
Archi World. Interior Best Collection: Residence, Commerce, Office, Restaurant
Asia I-IV. Archi World Co., Korea, 2003.
Friedmann, Arnold and Others. Interior Design: An Int. to Architectural Interiors.
Elsevier, New York, 1979.
Miller, E. William. Basic Drafting for Interior Designers. Van Nostrand Reinhold,
New York, 1981.
Kurtich, John and Eakin, Garret. Interior Architecture, Van Nostrand Reinhold,
New York, 1993.
Rao, M. Pratap. Interior Design: Principles and Practice, 3rd ed. Standard Pub.,
2004.
125
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR17B7.5E LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE (Elective – III)

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:4

Course Contents:
Unit - I
Study of landform its technical expression through grading plan, section, profiles
layout plans and earthwork computations.
Principles of soil mechanics and landscape drainage and their application to
surface and subsurface drainage of small scale projects.
Unit –II
Basic principles of outdoor lighting, types of fixtures and their use in varying
situations.
Introduction to irrigation systems – sprinkler trickle irrigation, drip irrigation and
laying irrigation networks.
Unit -III
Factors related to construction; of structures and systems.
Materials and techniques of landscape construction with emphasis on
appropriateness for intended use.
Construction of structure in landscape
Circulation roads, parking, paths; Level changes – walls, steps, ramps; Construction
of Garden, landscape feature Such as screens, trellis, wall fences gates decks;
fountains and pool construction.
Unit -IV
Planting and establishment of woody plants, installing time, covers and herbaceous
plants.
Planting principles – Bed preparation, mounding, application of fertilizers, roll
preparation, pruning and maintenance.
Reference books:
Landphair, C. Harlow. Landscape Architecture Construction, 2nd ed. Elsevier,
New York, 1988.
Motloch, L. John. Int. to Landscape Design, 2nd ed. John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,
New York, 2001.
Moorhead, Steven (Ed.). Landscape Architecture. Rockport Pub, Massachusetts,
1997.
Pregill, Philip and Volkman, Nancy. Landscapes in History: Design and Planning
in the western Tradition. Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1993

126
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

GN17B7.1A PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: Nil Total: 50 End Exam: Nil Cr:3

Course Overview:
The purpose of this course is to build confidence and inculcate various soft skills
and to help Students to identifyand achieve their personal potential.
OBJECTIVE:
To help the students achieve effectiveness in their professional activities, harness
skills anddevelop qualities suited for the profession.
Course Content:
Unit I
Personality: Nature of personality; Theories of personality- Type, Trait, Social
Learning.Determinants of personality, Personality traits.
Unit II
Attitude Building
Importance of attitude, factors that determine our attitude, types of attitude, building
positiveattitude, developing optimism and discipline.
Unit III
Group and Team Work
Group and Team dynamics, Group Structuring- Leadership, role, Tasks, effective
team work
Exercises to understand the nature of a team, team building, members and
achieving a given task. Panel discussions.
Public speaking: Planning a speech, using presentations, speech outline, research
for public speaking, language and style, analyzing audience, types of speeches,
preparing for impromptu speech.
Unit IV
Stress Management Importance, Causes, Stress relief mechanisms
Unit V:
Class room activities planned to ensure full student participation. The group and
individual activities are planned to develop the skills and talents of the students
which they will need in various occasions in their careers.
Time management; Critical Thinking; Lateral Thinking (Situational); Leadership
Qualities; Motivation
Business situation; Business plan presentation
Vocabulary games; Presentation Skills

127
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Event Management
Goal Setting; Analytical Thinking; Problem Solving;
Emotional Quotient; Assertiveness; Stress Management
Reference books:
Krishna Mohan & Meera Banerji. Developing Communication Skills, Macmillan
India
C S Rayudu. Principles of Public Relations, Himalaya Publishing House
K. Ashwathappa, Organizational Behavior, Himalaya Publishing House
Daniel Colman. Emotional Intelligence

OPEN ELECTIVE -1
Open Electives will be announced by the Department/s before start of the Semester.
If a student wishes to take any online course as Open Elective due permissions
must be taken as prescribed.

128
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - VIII
AR17B8.1C DESIGN STUDIO
AR17B8.1.1C ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN - VII (DESIGN STUDIO)
L/s: 11/Wk Int: 200 End Exam: 200 Total: 400 End Exam: Viva-voce Cr:11

Course Overview:
The course deals with the design of large, multi-storeyed complex projects.
Objectives of the Course:
To develop skills for a comprehensive design in urban context (Ex; Housing project,
Shopping Malls etc.) for making a complete design portfolio.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
To develop skills for comprehensive understanding and dealing with Architecture of
a group ofbuildings interconnected with elements of urban design.
Course Contents:
Urban Design: issues to be addressed:
• Issues of urban structure, urban space and form.
• Issues of conservation.
• Issues in zoning, land use, density, development control.
• Issues of building in context, urban infill
• Integration of diverse functional needs, access systems, parking, services
etc.
• NBC and other relevant building codes as applicable.
• Relevant design considerations for barrier free design for the differently
abled.
Design portfolio shall include (at least one example each) using
1. ‘Hi-tech’ materials / construction.
2. Conservation related materials / construction.
Students would need to undertake all of the above design subjects for the studio
exercise.
The evaluation shall be through periodic internal reviews. The final submission
will include a brief report of about 1000 words explaining the concepts and design
proposals along with the main portfolio. It will also include a model.
Note: In end exam, which is a viva-voce, the students have to present the entire
semester work for assessment.

129
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Reference books:
Alexander, Christopher. Pattern language: Towns, Buildings, Construction.
Oxford University Press, New York.
Lynch, Kevin. Image of the City
Newman, Oscar and Others. Defensible space: People and Design in the Violent
City. Architectural Press, London, 1972.
Watson, Donald & Others (Ed.) Time Saver Standards for Urban Design. McGraw
Hill, New York, 2003.

AR17B8.1.2C BUILDING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

(DESIGN STUDIO)
L/s: 11/Wk Int: 200 End Exam: 200 Total: 400 End Exam: Viva-voce Cr:11

Course Overview:
Major studio work, focusing on construction management of large scale projects for
effective and efficient implementations.
Objectives of the Course:
To equip students of Construction Management specialization with various
techniques of project implementation.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: The skills related to construction
management of large building projects.
Course Contents:
Preparation of working drawings in detail for large building project (building more
than 5000 sq. mtrs.) covering the following aspects Implementation scheduling –
Resource planning- time, labour, material, equipment and personnel requirements,
estimation-scheduling, control and procurement.
Preparation of network charts and flow charts with control mechanism in place,
including quality and cost control – sticking to budgetary estimates and foreseeing
any disturbances in scheduling, devise resilience and adaptive measures.
Report of Construction Management: Preparation of Project report on any live,
ongoing or completed-large scale project.
Reference books:
Gupta, B.L. and Gupta, Amit. Construction Management, Machinery and
Accounts, 3rd ed. Standard Pub, 2005.
Loraine, R.K. Construction Management in Developing Countries. Thomas
Telford, London, 1993.
Srinath, L.S. PERT and CPM Principles and Applications, 3rd ed. Affiliated East-
West Press, New Delhi, 2003.
130
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Singh, Harpal. Construction Management and Accounts 14th ed. Tata McGraw-
Hill Pub., New Delhi, 1981.
Gould, E. Frederick and Joyce, E. Nancy. Construction Project Management.
Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2000.
Shrivastava, U.K. Construction Planning and Management, 3rd ed. Galgotia Pub.,
New Delhi, 2004.
Chitkara, K.K. Construction Project Management: Planning, Scheduling and
Controlling. Tata McGraw-Hill Pub., New Delhi, 1999.
Sharma, S.C. Construction Equipment and its Management, 4th ed. Khanna Pub.,
New Delhi, 2004.

AR17B8.1.3C LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE (DESIGN STUDIO)

L/s: 11/Wk Int: 200 End Exam: 200 Total: 400 End Exam: Viva-voce Cr:11

Course Overview:
This course will focus on design and development of small to medium scale projects
and aims to develop skills for design of comprehensive landscape proposal for
simple residential landscape, community level open spaces and campus design.
Objectives of the Course:
To expose students to issues concerned with landscape design and site planning.
To expose students to wide range of design alternatives and preparation
comprehensive designs for landscape projects.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Basic skills in design and orientation in landscape design are prerequisites for
the students. The student is expected to obtain skills in development of concepts
based on perceptual evaluation of site and propose design alternatives. Solutions
to small and medium scale landscape design projects
Course Contents:
• Emphasis on form and spatial relationships leading to open space order and
frame work.
• Concerns for Social, Psychological considerations of the individual and large
groups of people, their interaction and resultant forms of environment.
• Issues related to functional requirement and design strategies.
• Microclimate and environmental consideration.
• Issues related to health, welfare, safety and enjoyment.
• Issues related to zoning, density and develop controls.
• Issues related to services and site development.
131
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Issues related to visual and aesthetic and contextual consideration.

Students would need to undertake one small and one medium scale designs in site
planning.
The exercises taken up shall deal the issues comprehensively from general
understanding to providing complete landscape design solutions. The exercise can
be split into different stages such as Data collection, Case studies, Synthesis and
Design development.
Reference books:
Southerland, Designing the new landscape.
Hacket, Brian. Planting Design.
Laurie, Michael. An Introduction to Landscape, 2nd ed. Prentice Hall, New Jersey,
1986.
Lynch, Kevin. Site Planning. MIT Press, Massachusetts, 1962.
Jellico, Man and Landscape.

AR17B8.1.4C INTERIOR DESIGN (DESIGN STUDIO)

L/s: 11/Wk Int: 200 End Exam: 200 Total: 400 End Exam: Viva-voce Cr:11

Objectives of the Course:

To enable the students to demonstrate design ideologies in the field of interior
design
Course Contents:
Interior requires that students have a full understanding of the interior design field
and have mastery of the design process, presentations, project administration and
business skills.
Two interior schemes of different functional types: Residential / commercial at
different scales will form the major design assignments.
Focus is on Portfolio creation by producing a complete and correct set of working
drawings, from plans through details and specifications and sample boards
Portfolio preparation
The student will create a portfolio that clearly expresses his/her ability to design
by using detailed drawing, rendering and Model Making. Usage photography and
graphic design in preparing a professional portfolio is also encouraged.
Reference books:
Archi World. Interior Best Collection: Residence, Commerce, Office, Restaurant
Asia I-IV. Archi World Co., Korea, 2003.

132
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Friedmann, Arnold and Others. Interior Design: An Int. to Architectural Interiors.

Elsevier, New York, 1979.
Miller, E. William. Basic Drafting for Interior Designers. Van Nostrand Reinhold,
New York, 1981.
Kurtich, John and Eakin, Garret. Interior Architecture, Van Nostrand Reinhold,
New York, 1993.
Rao, M. Pratap. Interior Design: Principles and Practice, 3rd ed. Standard Pub.,
2004.

AR17B8.2C PRE-THESIS SEMINAR

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 100 End Exam: 0 Total: 100 End Exam: NIL Cr:4

Course Overview:
The course provides students with a framework to understand some emerging
concepts in architecture and projects of design complexity and equip the student
with adequate architectural design research methods for the realization of thesis
concept. During the course of study, the subject of the thesis is developed and the
project articulated.
Objectives of the Course: To impart knowledge to students, on the tools and
methods needed to handle a design project of reasonable complexity individually,
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: The skills required to collect, assimilate
and synthesis data relevant to handle a design thesis project independently.
Course Contents:
UNIT - I
Introduction to architectural thesis Project: Difference between design thesis and
design studio, selection of topics for architectural design thesis, design thesis
topics based on building typologies, preparation of synopsis, Methodology of
design thesis
UNIT - II
Emerging concepts in architecture due changes in social, economic, technological
variables. Review of design projects related to real world instances and relevant to
community at large. Review of projects of design complexity, involving themes, sub
themes and architectural expression.
UNIT - III
Research in architecture: Tools and Methods required to handle a design project.
Scientific methods of research with special emphasis on architectural research
methods. Architectural enquiry visual, observations, questionnaire formats of
enquiry, Literature Review and case studies. Data analysis techniques interpretation
of data.
133
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit IV
Thesis report writing and presentation:
• Formats for presentation of data, case studies and analysis.
• Formats for presentation of thesis design- media appropriate in the
architectural profession such as two dimensional drawing, physical models,
three dimensional computer models.
• Report Writing: Techniques in report writing, presentation of contextual
information relevant to interpretation of the data collected and design;
reporting the design development from concept to design solution, explain
the relation of the design to existing knowledge on the topic in the form of
coherently written thesis report.
The inputs to the students on various design thesis topics would be in the form of
Expert /Guest Lectures
Each student in consultation with the faculty shall choose a thesis topic, collect
necessary data, review literature on the chosen topic and present a written paper
and seminar at the end of the semester.
Reference books :
Mukhi, H.R. Technical Report Writing: Specially prepared for Technical and
Competitive Examinations, New Delhi: Satya Prakashan, 2000.
Barrass, Robert. Writing At Work \b a guide to better writing in administration,
business and management, London: Routledge, 2003.
Seely, John. The Oxford guide to effective writing and speaking, 2nd ed., Oxford ;
New York : Oxford University Press, 2005.
Jo Ray McCuen, Anthony Winkler. Readings for writers, 9th ed., Fort Worth :
Harcourt Brace College Publishers, 1998.
Treece, Malra. Effective reports, 2nd ed., Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1985.

AR17B8.1E ARCHITECTURAL ILLUMINATION (Elective IV)

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:4

Objectives of the Course:

The course is intended to give an in depth understanding of the scientific and
design aspects of lighting in Architecture
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Light and vision, basic units, photometry and measurement, quality and quantity
of light of different sources of light. Daylight, incandescent lamps, halogen lamps,

134
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

electric gas discharge lamps, fluorescent lamps, high discharge lamps. A market
survey of lamps with cost and technical specifications.
Unit – II
Design of lighting; lumen method, point by print method, design tools, design
documentation, simple numerical.
Unit – III
Specific lighting design requirement of different buildings such as homes, offices,
industrial, hospital, art galleries, museums and exhibitions, case study of at least
one type of the building by each student.
Unit – IV
Outdoor lighting: road lighting, high-mast lighting, tunnel lighting, landscape
lighting, decorative lighting, facade lighting, spot lighting.
Unit – V
Lighting as determinant of form for architecture with graphic examples.
Unit – VI
Daylighting, advantages of daylighting; design tools in daylighting. Case studies
and various examples, behaviour of daylighting in an interior spaces. Potentials of
daylighting as an energy resource.
Unit – VII
Integration of daylighting with artificial lighting; lighting controls, intelligent building
systems for lighting.
Unit – VIII
Conservation of energy in lighting use of daylight, optical fiber lighting, LED in
lighting and the emerging trends in lighting.
Reference books:
Moore, Fuller.Concepts and practice of Architectural Day Lighting. Van Nostrand
Reinhold co., New York, 1985.
Valia, Anil. Designing with light: A Lighting H.B. International Lightning Academy,
Mumbai, 2002, Architecturl Physics: Lighting.
Hopkinson R.G, Her Majestrip stationery office, London.
David Egan. M, concepts in Architectural lighting Mc Grew Hill Book company,
New York, 1983

135
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR17B8.2E ARCHITECTURAL JOURNALISM (Elective IV)

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:4

Course Overview:
The Course prepares ground for the students to gain an understanding into the
fundamental issues in architectural Photography and develop the skill to create
Articles/presentation capturing the essence through the photographs.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Analysis of historical and contemporary examples of writings on architecture,
including selected writings by Indian and overseas critics;
Discursive techniques; analysis of major critical
themes, thematic categories in architectural writing from the past.
Works of Indian and international writers and critics to be presented and discussed.
Seminars on Indian
architectural writers, journalists and critics
Awards for Architectural Journalism
Unit - II
Development of writing skills: Usage of language and Vocabulary and grammar-
introduction to methodology of writing essays, news writing, precis writing, writing
in architectural blogs; listening comprehension, analyze talks and information
gathered and to edit gathered information to build an article.
Collecting clippings from articles, blogs and books.
Unit -III
INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY
Visual awareness – visual survey - General introduction to the art of photography; ;
concept of color; concepts of lighting, distance, visual angle, frames; media;
PHOTOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES
Types of camera, properties and priorities; Exposure,Aperture, Speed;EDFAT
methods in using the camera
Unit - IV
Photo Journalism in perspective - Brief History - Photographs as social
Documentaries - Birth of modernPhotojournalsim; Equipment required for Photo
Journalism; Public relations News Papers and Magazine Design elements: Page
Layouts - color scheme - Font - Blurb - Pictures - Ads etc- Other magazines
Documenting of Places - Rural- Urban.

136
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – V
People journalism and law-legal boundaries-libel and invasions of privacy – ethics-
the photo journalist on scene
Unit - VI
Production of contemporary architectural journalism; Building pictures - Instant,
Report - Editing - Editorial thinking – the picture Editor - Editing practices, creating
drama - Photo editing -Documentary-evolution of the word document-methods and
techniques.
Assignments should include an article based on ability to originate, plan, research,
present and produce a piece of architectural journalism, integrating photography.
Reference books:
Kopelow, Gerry. How to photograph buildings and interiors, 3rd ed. New York:
Princeton Architectural Press, 2002.
De Mare, Eric Samuel. Architectural photography, London: Batsford, 1975.
Busch, Akiko. The photography of architecture: twelve views, New York: Van
Nostrand Reinhold Co., 1987.
Mehta, Ashvin. Happenings: \b a journal of luminous moments, Vapi, Gujarat:
Hindustan Inks, 2003.
Mohd, Al Asad. Architectural Criticism and Journalism
Sommer, Robert. Tom Wolfe on Modern Architecture

AR17B8.3E STRUCTURES PROJECT (Elective– V)

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: Viva Cr:4

Course Overview :
To understand the structural design concept and detailing for buildings up to G +
3 Floors
Objectives of the Course :
To provide knowledge and capability in structural concepts and design of framed
RCC and steel structures
Course Contents :
Students have to design any structure, either in RCC or steel, which has been
designed by them in the previous semesters. The project should be at least G + 3
Floors. It may be either RCC framed structure or steel structure and should include
all basic structural elements.

137
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Reference Bools:
S. Ramamrutham, Design of RCC Structures, Delhi, Dhanpati Rai Publishing
Dayaratnam, Design of RCC Structures, Allahabad, Wheelers Publishers
Ramachandra, Design of Steel Structures Vols. 1 and 2, Standard Publications,
New Delhi
Vazirani and Raywani, Design of Steel Structures, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi

AR17B8.4E WORKSHOP –TALL BUILDINGS (Elective - V)

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:4

Course Overview:
To impart knowledge about the design approach to multi-storeyed buildings and
the special service requirements of tall buildings; and to create awareness about
the systems, equipment and materials commonly employed in high rise buildings.
Objectives of the Course:
Understanding the special systems required in mechanical, electrical and Fire
safety services.
The ability to design vertical transportation systems, HVAC systems and Fire
protection systems in line with the various standards, building codes and safety
requirements.
Course Contents:
Unit I
Design and Structure
Design approaches to Tall buildings; Studying some famous examples as case
studies; structural concepts of tall structures.
Vertical Transportation
Introduction to passenger elevator codes – Express & Local Elevators, Sky lobbies
etc., - Study of elevator equipments, control systems and spatial requirements –
Escalators and Capsule elevators – Stairways & Ramps
Fire Protection
Designing for fire safety – NBC – Fire alarm systems – Smoke detectors –
Firefighting support systems – Fire rating of materials - Fire escape stairs & Safety
regulations – Lightning protection.
Thermal Control Systems
Calculation of Heating and Cooling loads – Selection of suitable HVAC system –
Special equipments and systems for heating and cooling – Spatial requirements for
HVAC plants – Design of duct layouts etc.,
138
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Water Supply and Sewage Disposal

Basic planning for water supply – Calculation of capacity for sumps and water
tanks -–Skip stage pumping etc., - Rainwater harvesting methods – Sanitation
arrangements in high rise structures – Service floors – Ducts and vertical shafts –
Waste treatment etc.,
Electrical Systems
Planning transformer & generator rooms, Preparation of electrical layouts for tall
buildings – Spatial requirements of electrical rooms and ducts – Intelligent systems
for electrical and illumination.
Text Books
Stein Reynolds Mc Guinness – Mechanical and Electrical equipment for buildings
– vol 1 & 2 – John Wiley & sons
Reference Books
Francisco AsensioCerver – The architecture of Skyscrapers – Hearst Book
International - New York, 1997
Bennetts Ian & others – Tall building structural systems
Proceedings of the council for tall buildings – vol 1 & 2

AR17B8.5E FURNITURE AND PRODUCT DESIGN (Elective -VI)

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: Viva Cr:4

Course Overview:
The course provides a framework in understanding the Theoretical, historical
functional and human issues of the subject.
Objectives of the Course:
To impart a comprehensive understanding of the general theory and practice of
the subject.
To inculcate in student a natural curiosity in allied discipline of design
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Understanding of the functional and formal issues in design – study and evaluation
of popular dictums such as “Form follows function”, form and function are one”,
“Less is more”, “God is in details” etc.
Evaluation of visual design for functional objects.
Gestalt theory of design: Law of closure, law of proximity, law of continuity etc.

139
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – II
Evolution of furniture through ages till present day
Unit – III
Human factors engineering and Ergonomic considerations; Principles of Universal
Design and their application in furniture and product design.
Unit – IV
An introduction of various manufacturing processes most frequently adopted in
furniture and product design such as, Injection Moulding; investment casting, sheet
metal work, die-casting, blow-moulding , vaccum – forming etc.
Unit – V
Signage and Graphics – Environmental graphics: signage categories and materials.
Unit – VI
A detailed study involving the design aspects of any on of the following: Lifestyle
accessories, Luminaire design, a piece of furniture, Point of Purchase design,
Signage.
References:
HéctorRoqueta. Product design, London: teNeues, 2002.
Morley, John. The history of furniture: twenty-five centuries of style and design in
the Western tradition, Boston: Little, Brown and Company, 1999.
Aronson, Joseph. The Encyclopedia of Furniture, 6th printing, New York: Crown
Pub. 1944.
Saville, Laurel. Design secrets: furniture, Gloucester, Mass. : Rockport Publishers,
2006.
Datschefski, Edwin. The total beauty of sustainable products, Hove: Rotovision,
2001.
Papanek, Victor J. The green imperative: natural design for the real world, New
York: Thames and Hudson, 1995.

AR17B8.6E ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTATION (Elective -VI)

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 100 End Exam: Nil Total: 100 End Exam: Nil Cr:4

Course Overview:
To train the students in conducting detailed building measurements including the
application of surveying techniques.
Objectives of the Course:
To impart skills of planning a detailed measured drawing of an existing building/
140
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

cluster of buildings (historical /contemporary/rural) and also to understand the

background of the building design, construction, design concept.
1. Measurement of a modern building using plane table/TS
2. Village or neighbor-hood study, preparing settlement plans, socio economic
studies and conservation studies etc.
3. Documentation of any Historical/Heritage Building / Architectural landmark
Any one of the above to be taken up as group work during the Semester. The
study should include a detailed understanding of the reasons for constructing
the building, design concept, source of finance, building material and technology,
socio-economic-cultural factors affecting the design and also the environmental
factors impacting it. Wherever relevant and possible an interview with the architect
of the building is to be undertaken.
The final submission to include a written report of at least 10000 explaining all
aspects studied, Site plans, Building Floor Plans, Elevations and Sections.

AR17B8.7E BUILDING INFORMATION MODELING (Elective -VI)

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: Practical Cr:4

Aim: The course shall impart theoretical and practical knowledge on BIM for building
and infrastructure design, for preconstruction (- Estimating, Building analysis and
optimization), for construction management (clash detection, constructability,
trade coordination and scheduling), for IPD Integrated project delivery, and facility
management.
Unit - I
Introduction
- History; building design process with purely drafting & modelling software
and its limitations and disadvantages
- Difference between a purely drafting & modelling software and BIM software.
Unit - II
Basics of producing building design using BIM software.
- Introduction to Parametric 3D modelling and exploration of its advantages
(Shall include Architectural, Structural, Electrical, Mechanical and all
specialist consultant’s elements) using any of the popular BIM software,
preferably Revit 2018, Autodesk – the most popular software.
- Project Elements Planning – Creation of Project Tree. Hierarchical Identity
creation of the project elements and intelligent internationally recognisable
naming system.
- Building design – Creation of Digital Model of a building and its geo-physical
location; creation of elemental details.
141
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

- Creation of Elements’ families.

- Import of elements of all related trades. Format of digital model (IFC;
acceptable formats and its advantages)
- Preparation of Project Documentation and Rendering
- Preparation of Schedules and BOQ (quantity take-off).
- Solar Studies – Daylighting simulation
Unit - III
BIM Information Sharing
- Concept of Central Model ownership of the digital model and interoperability.
- Location of the Central Model
- Access to model for the projects various stakeholders – The Client, Architect,
Project Managers, Contractor, Structural Engineer, Electrical Engineer,
Mechanical Engineer, all specialist consultants and Vendors in some cases.
- Other ways of exchange of information, in case of non-availability of common
platform like the internet.
Unit - IV
BIM as Project Design and Management Tool
- Introduction to 4D and 5D.
- Project Estimate and Scheduling; Linking of software like MS Project,
Primavera, MS Excel to BIM. Exchange and Analysis of information
- Preconstruction study; project optimization
- BIM as tool to integrate Sustainability issues to building design and
construction process; linking of various sustainability related applications,
output and Analysis.
- Construction process and Constructibility
Unit - V
BIM Execution Plan
- Formats being used in different parts of the world to prepare a BIM execution
plan.
- Need to prepare a project specific BIM Execution plan.
- LOD (Level of Development) for project specific requirement – production of
Design Drawings, production of Working Drawings, coordination of various
trades plus Clash Detection, production Shop Drawings, as-built drawings
and compilation of information for Facility Managements (COBIE etc.).

142
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

References:
Revit 2018 Suite _ Complete Reference Series, Mc Graw Hill Publication
Mastering Revit Architecture - Demchak, Dzambazova&Krygiel
BIM Handbook / Eastman, Teicholz, Sacks, Liston / Wiley
Optional: BIM and Construction Management: Proven Tools, Methods, and
Workflows / Hardin / Sybex — A BIM reference with a focus on construction
management
BIM – WillernKymmell
OPEN ELECTIVE - II
Open Electives will be announced by the Department/s before start of the Semester.
If a student wishes to take any online course as Open Elective due permissions
must be taken as prescribed.

143
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - IX
AR17B9.1C PRACTICAL TRAINING

L/s: 30/Wk Int: 150 End Exam: 150 Total: 300 End Exam: Viva -Voce Cr:30

Course Overview:
Internship with training in an architect’s office for a period of not less than 20 weeks
excluding the examination/viva-voce etc. .
Objectives of the Course:
To provide experience in Architectural Practice.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: The skills required for an architect to
grow into a complete professional.
Course Contents:
Every student must work in an Architect’s Office as a full-time trainee for a period
of 20 calendar weeks (excluding Viva-voce) from the date of commencement of
training. The Chief Architect in the firm should be registered with the Council of
Architecture and have a minimum of five years of practical/professional experience
after her/his graduation. The student should involve herself/himself in various
aspects of work in an office like working drawings, presentation drawings, quantity
and cost estimation, site supervision, municipal drawings, etc.
Note: Detailed instructions which may be given by the University regarding the
training, the frequency of reporting to the department, etc. are to be followed strictly.
After completion of training, every student will have to submit a detailed report with
a set of drawings on at least four projects on which she/he has worked during the
practical training period.
Evaluation:
• The Internal Assessment shall be evaluated at the end/towards the end of
the training period and shall be conducted by the faculty deputed by the
department in the institute.
• The Internal Assessment shall be of 100 marks. Each college can decide on
the mode of evaluation of the work, either by deputing a faculty member of the
College to visit the architect’s office or by assessing the work at the Institute,
just preceding the External Assessment.The monthly reports, Log book
maintained, and reports from the Architect will be considered for Valuation.
Each College will follow a uniform policy for all students in the College.
• The detailed report and drawings prepared during practical Training by
students will be evaluated at a viva-voce by a jury consisting of one External
member, one Internal member (Practical Training Co-ordinator or his nominee
and Head of the Department or his nominee.

144
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

The Department shall arrange for the conduct of the viva-voce examination after
submission of the report the department will arrange.
Students who are interested in training abroad are permitted to do so. The Chief
Architect should be licensed/registered with the local appropriate authority and
should have been in practice for a minimum of five years. The faculty members may
satisfy themselves about the architect’s by checking the website but the primary
onus of the selection depends on the student. The student and Parent/Guardian
must sign an undertaking to be wholly responsible for the expenses, safety and
accommodation of the student beforehand.
Additional Information to Colleges and students for Practical training:
• A counseling session should be arranged for the students before they start
applying to architects offices for internship positions. Apart from faculty
members, practicing architects should also be invited to orient the students
and guide the students on formats and etiquette of applications, remuneration,
work and discipline expectations etc.
• Before giving final permission training abroad the college should conduct a
background check of the architect (by seeing the website, listed projects etc.)
• To ensure that students are aware of the options available to them, the
College should put up a list of all firms who are willing /interested in taking
trainees.
• An Open Day may be organized at The College with a display of students’
works and invite architects to view the works and select students for training.
• The College should compulsorily check the portfolios/profiles of the students
before submission to the architects’ offices.
• The work done at the office may also include a small component of research
related to an on-going project. The student may take up a study to give
specific inputs, or relate to a new material or product etc. However such
work should not engage the student for more than 2 (two) weeks.
• The student should submit a 1000 word report on the projects that they have
worked on which should include salient features such as design methodology,
special construction features etc.
• The letter from the College to the architect at the time of the student joining
should contain the starting and ending dates of training. The HoD/ Practical
Training Co-ordinator should inform the architect directly by email or letter the
dates when the student is expected to report at the college.
• The students may be permitted to change the office of training after only
once, with prior permission from the College and strictly only where there are
compelling reasons. Such cases may be dealt with on a case by case basis
based on the merits of the situation.

145
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - X
AR17B10.1C DESIGN THESIS

L/s: 23/Wk Int: 300 End Exam: 300 Total: 600 End Exam: Viva-voce Cr: 23
Course Overview:
Thesis should reflect the knowledge gained from all the courses undertaken by the
student in all the previous semesters.
Objectives of the Course:
To develop assimilation, synthesis and application of research in Architecture
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Student should be in a position to comprehend the design philosophy, theories,
data analysis and application in a chosen area of study.
Course Contents:
Each student is expected to prepare a design thesis based on the preliminary work
undertaken in the Pre Thesis Seminar, under an approved guide/adviser by the
department.
The design Thesis shall comprise of Architectural Design proposals, Thesis should
reflect the knowledge gained from the course learntin the previous semesters The
particulars of schedule, content, presentation, format etc., is to be decided by the
department, from time to time and shall be strictly followed.
At the end of the semester, each student is expected to submit all original drawings
prepared as per the department’s specifications. Three copies of the report in the
specified format along with a model submitted to the department, after obtaining
the approval of the respective guides / advisers.
The department shall schedule the final viva-voce, at its convenience, only after the
receipt of the thesis submission by a student. The performance sheet submitted by
the advisor and the thesis committee should be the basis for allowing the student
to appear for the final viva- -voce.
For End exam, viva-voce is to be conducted by a jury comprising of an external
examiner, one internal examiner and head of the department or his nominee.
Reference books:
Mukhi, H.R. Technical Report Writing: Specially prepared for Technical and
Competitive Examinations, New Delhi: Satya Prakashan, 2000.
Barrass, Robert. Writing At Work \b a guide to better writing in administration,
business and management, London: Routledge, 2003.
Seely, John. The Oxford guide to effective writing and speaking, 2nd ed., Oxford ;
New York : Oxford University Press, 2005.
Jo Ray McCuen, Anthony Winkler. Readings for writers, 9th ed., Fort Worth :
Harcourt Brace College Publishers, 1998.
Treece, Malra. Effective reports, 2nd ed., Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1985.

146
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR17B10.2C PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE& BUILDING CODES

L/s: 4/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:4

Course Overview:
The course provides overview and specific conditions of COA regulations, Architects
Act 1972 in Architectural practice.
Objectives of the Course:
To impart awareness and technicalities of code of conduct, and the significance of
Architects Act 1972 in Professional Practice.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: Legal, Technical and Financial aspects of
Architectural practices and management skills for professional practice.
To develop understanding of the duties and liabilities of an architect along with
knowledge of bye-laws that relate to the building and the environment in the Indian
context.
Course Contents:
Unit - I
Professional Role of an Architect: Role and responsibility of architect in society;
architectural profession as compared to others professions; difference between
profession and business;.
Architects approach to works; ways of getting works; types of works, works partly
executed by other architect; various precautions to be taken before taking up the
work; conditions of engagement between the architect and client; commencement
of work.
Architect’s Act 1972, registration of architect, COA, IIA and other organizations
related to architectural profession. Professional Practice Regulations 1989 and
Minimum Architectural Education Regulations under the Architect’s Act. IIA Code
professional conduct;
Unit - II
Architectural Services Rendered: Architect’s duties; drawings to be prepared;
Architects relation with other parties connected with works such as client, contractor,
sub-contractors, consultants, municipal and public authorities.
Architectural services - conditions of agreement - scope of work, comprehensive
architectural services and architectural competitions, remuneration, professional
fees and charges as per IIA norms.
Architectural Competitions & Legislations
Regulations governing the conduct of competitions, open & closed competitions,
appointment & duties of Assessors, instructions to participants, award of premium.
Units and mode of measurements - clerk of work and his duties; Inspection of

147
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

work during construction; certification of contractor’s bills; bill of quantities; defects

liability; Schedule of rates, tenders; public, limited and negotiated tender documents
and allied formalities.
Unit – III
Tender and Contract: Calling for Tenders, tender documents, open & closed
tenders, labour& demolition tenders, conditions of tender, submission, scrutiny,
recommendations & award of contract.
Contracts; types of contracts such as item rate, lumpsum, cost plus percentage etc.
General principles of Indian Contract Act; Building contracts, conditions and forms
of contract, study of standard contract of the Indian Institute of Architects. Articles
of Agreement. Administration of contract.
Arbitration: Principle of Arbitration, Indian Arbitration act 1940, Powers and duties
of arbitrators, revoking authority; umpire, award cost fixedfee, cost with penalty,
labour day work, piece work daily
Easements: definition; various types of easements; Dominant, and servient owners;
essential conditions for enjoyment of easement; Fire insurance’s definition, cover
note; insurance for new work and additions; insurable value of property, claim
fordamage due to fire. Insurance of completed and occupied building
Unit - IV
Preliminary knowledge of transfer of property Act; registration, stamp duty under
registration and Govt. Power. Income tax, wealth, land acquisition Acts; general
information about land acquisition procedures.
Accidents during progress of work and after completion, damage to persons and
properties affected; Workmen’s Compensation Act with regards to the affected
persons and properties.
Consumer Protection Act and related acts on architects
Unit - V
Types of Architectural firms: Architects’ Offices Proprietorship firms &Partnership
firmscombinedconcerns; Comparison between partnership and Proprietorship
firms. Staff structure; filing of records; correspondence and drawings; maintenance
of accounts; presentations in meetings, recording minutes of meeting.
A small report to be prepared by each student after visiting an architect’s office.
Role of consultants and Co-ordination between different consultants on a big
project.
Unit VI
Valuation – purpose of valuation, types of valuation- terms: market value, book
value, capital cost, capitalized cost, – salvage/scrap value- various methods of
estimating the depreciation of building properties,-

148
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

sinking fund- land valuation- mortgage and lease- Annuity- definition; problems to
calculate the value of the property by different methods.
Fixation of rent- out going- gross and net income – year’s purchase- capital cost-
standard rent- market rent –economical Rent.
Unit VII
Building Codes (National Building Code, and Local Codes):Study of building
byelaws to enable to design and prepare drawings for submission to concerned
bodies and an understanding of the administrative processes for obtaining building
permission.
General Land-use, building classifications and permissible uses; Norms for exterior
and interior open spaces, Setbacks and margins, norms for building projections in
open spaces, considerations in FAR, guidelines for open green areas.
Requirements for various parts of buildings, building height regulations, multi-storey
regulations Requirements of parking spaces and vehicular movements, Nature of
building codes in special regions like heritage zones, air funnels, environmentally
sensitive zones, disaster prone regions, coastal zones, hilly areas, etc.
Norms for Fire Protection for various building classifications, norms for fire-exit
ways and building materials, concept of fire zoning, doorways, stairways, passages
and corridors, fire escapes etc.
Reference books:
Banerjee, D.N. Principles and Practice of Valuation, 5th ed. Eastern Law House,
Calcutta, 1998.
Dalton, J. Patrick. Land Law, 4th ed. Pitman Pub., London, 1996.
Indian Institute of Architects. H.B. Professional Practice. The Architects Pub.
Bombay.
Indian Standards Institution. National Building Code of India 1983. Indian
Standards Institution, New Delhi, 1984.
Namavati, H. Roshan. Professional Practice, 8th ed. Lakshani Book Depot,
Bombay, 2001.
Namavati, H. Roshan. Theory and Practice of Valuation, 2nd ed. Lakshani Book
Depot, Bombay, 1991.
M. DedbhkthArchitectural practice in India by Prof.M.Deobhkta
V. SApte : Architectural Practice Procedures
Hyderabad Municipal Bye laws.
Indian Standards Institution. National Building Code of India 1983. Indian Standards
Institution, New Delhi, 1984.
Scott, G. James. Architectural Building Codes, New York: Vanstrand Reinhold.

149
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR17B10.1E DISASTER RESISTANT ARCHITECTURE (ELECTIVE – VII)

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:3

Course Overview:
This course introduces and explains disaster resistant methods of construction
Objectives of the Course:
To develop understanding about the nature of disasters and their effects on built
environment.
To develop understanding about the ways of building that world resist disasters.
Course Contents:
Unit - I
Building safety from Natural Hazards:
Earthquake, Fire safety in buildings, Cyclone effects: High winds, storm surge and
safety aspects in buildings, related to Cyclones, Floods, Landslides.
Elementary Seismology:
Occurrence of earthquake in the world, plate tectonics, faults, earthquake hazard
maps of India and the states.
Causes of earthquake, seismic waves; magnitude, intensity, epicenter and energy
release, characteristics of strong earthquake ground motions. Seismological
Instruments: Seismograph, Accelerograph, Seismoscope / Multi SAR.
Unit - II
Introduction to Theory of Vibrations:
Single degree undamped and damped systems, resonance, response to
earthquakes, elastic response, concepts of response spectrum. Flexibility of long
and short period structures.
Unit - III
Site Planning, Building Forms and Architectural Design Concepts for
Earthquake Resistance:
Historical experiences, Site Selection, Site Development.
Building forms: - Horizontal and vertical eccentricities, mass and stiffness distribution,
soft storey etc.; Seismic effects related to building configuration. Plan and vertical
irregularities, redundancy and setbacks, Special Aspects:- Torsion, appendages,
staircases, adjacency, pounding; Contemporary international approaches.
Unit – IV
Performances of Ground and Buildings in Past Earthquakes:
Earthquake Effects:- On ground, soil rupture, liquefaction, landslides; Behavior
of various types of buildings, structures, power plants, switch yards, equipments,

150
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

lifelines and collapse patterns; Behavior of Non Structural Elements like services,
fixtures, mountings. Social and Economic Consequences of earthquakes, Lab
simulations of models.
Seismic Design Principles:
Concept of seismic design, stiffness, strength, period, ductility, damping, hysteric
energy dissipation, center of mass, center of rigidity, torsion, design eccentricities;
Ductility based design: Design of energy absorbing devices, Seismic base isolation
and seismic active control.
Unit – V
Structural Detailing:
Innovations and Selection of appropriate materials; IS Code provisions for the
buildings:-IS:1893-2002, IS:4326-1993; Horizontal and Vertical seismic coefficients,
valuation of base shear, distribution of shear forces in multi-storey building; Seismic
Detailing Provisions: Masonry and Wooden Buildings (IS: 4326, IS: 13828), Adobe
houses (IS: 13827); Seismic Designs and Detailing of RC and Steel Buildings:IS:
1893 – 2002; IS: 13920 – 1993; IS: 456 – 2000; IS: 800 – 2004; Special reinforcing
and connection details in structural drawings.
Unit – VI
Earthquake Resistance Construction Details:
Various Types and Construction details of: Foundations, soil stabilization, retaining
walls, plinth fill, flooring, walls, openings, roofs, terraces, parapets, boundary walls,
underground and overhead tanks, staircases and isolation of structures; Local
practices: traditional regional responses.
Unit – VII
Construction Quality Control:
Sequences of Construction: Good supervision practices, Critical check points and
certification at certain stages, reporting, maintenance of records, testing.
Vulnerability Assessments and Seismic Strengthening of Buildings:
Seismic vulnerability evaluation of existing buildings; Weakness in existing
buildings, aging, weathering development of cracks; Concepts in repair, restoration
and seismic strengthening, materials and equipments for restoration of masonry
and concrete structures. Methodologies for seismic retrofitting.
Reference books:
Abbott, L. Patidc. Natural disasters.
Arhold, Christopher and others. Building configuration and Seismic Design.
Disasters and Development
National Geographic. Restless Earth: Disaster of nature.
Singh, P.P. and Sharma, Sandhir. Modern dictionary of natural disasters.

151
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

AR17B10.2E INTELLIGENT BUILDINGS (ELECTIVE – VII)

L/s: 3/Wk Int: 50 End Exam: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: 3 hrs Cr:3

Course Overview: To provide an elementary understanding of Intelligent Buildings

and the applications therein
Expected Outcome: To make the student familiar with the various applications of
IT in building services and their advantages and risks
The inputs shall be provided in the form of lectures, field visits and seminars by
various service providers. Reports and documentations to be prepared for various
aspects of IT applications in buildings.
Unit I
Definitions of Intelligent Building and different areas of emphasis in various
countries; Organisations associated with intelligent buildings; Advantages of
Intelligent Buildings; Relation between intelligent buildings and energy efficiency
and sustainability
Unit II
Intelligent buildings as: the achievement of productive and cost-effective environment
through optimization of four basic elements: structure, systems, services and
management, and the interrelationship between them. As an environment which
maximizes the effectiveness of the building’s occupants while enabling efficient
management of resources with minimum life-time costs of hardware and facilities,
Unit III
Relation between traditional Building Automation Systems (BAS) and BIoT (Building
Internet of Things) BIoT technologies and applications
Major recent shifts in building designs, operations and use. Challenges of
space optimization, energy efficiency and connectivity vs. increasing occupant
expectations ofmodern and flexible space design, improved comfort, productivity,
and pervasive connectivity.
Unit IV
Integrated communications infrastructure that supports wired and wireless networks
and applications. Person-to-person, person-to-machine and machine-to-machine
communications within the building and with the outside world using a state of
the art intelligent, flexible, wired and wireless platform. Use of wired LAN, Wi-Fi,
in-building wireless, audio/visual, sensors, lighting, cloud connections and building
management applications.
Unit V
Applications and Integration of information technology (IT) into design and
construction in HVAC, lighting and metering, Hot water system, Alarms and security

152
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Arch (Architecture) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit VI
Risks in generational skills gaps, increasing capital expenses, project delays and
rising operational and maintenance costs.
New Operational procedures: system interoperability, remote monitoring, centralized
command & control, building system analytics, unified user interfaces and other big
data tools for making data driven decisions and operational efficiency. Reliability
and security of these and failure due to skills gaps, mismanagement or malicious
intent. Cyber security implications for Building Automation Systems.

153
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY (PLANNING)

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS, COURSE STRUCTURE
AND SYLLABUS
(EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18)

SCHOOL OF PLANNING
JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE
AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY
Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad – 500 028

1
JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

2
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

CONTENTS

S.No. Particulars Page No.

1. Academic Regulations 5

2. Course Structure 19

3. Semester I 25

4. Semester II 36

5. Semester III 49

6. Semester IV 58

7. Semester V 69

8. Semester VI 81

9. Semester VII 92

10. Semester VIII 101

3
JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

4
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY

Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad – 500 028.

Academic Regulations for B.Tech. (Planning)

(Under the CBCS, Effective from the Academic Year 2017-2018)

Preamble :
JNAFAU’s Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) aims to provide comprehensive
learning opportunities which takes into account individual interests and abilities of
the students. Apart from the compulsory core courses, the students can choose
from the elective courses on offer in the university or also from approved online
platforms like the MHRD’s SWAYAM or MOOCs.
These regulations are subject to amendments as may be decided by the Academic
Council / Committee of the University from time to time. Any or all such amendments
will be effective from such date and to such batches of students (including those
already in the middle of the program) as may be decided by the Academic Council
/ Committee.
1. Glossary of Terms
Program: An educational program leading to award of a Degree in a
1.1.
discipline.
Course: Generally referred as a ‘subject’ offered under the degree
1.2.
program. Each course is identified by a unique course code and course
title. A course may be designed to comprise lectures/ studio/tutorials/
laboratory work/ fieldwork/ outreach activities/ project work/vocational
training /seminars /term papers/ assignments/ presentations/ self-
study etc. or a combination of some of these. All courses do not carry
the same credits.
Choice Based Credit System (CBCS): In addition to the compulsory
1.3.
core courses in a program, CBCS provides choice for students to select
from a number of elective courses offered. The term credit refers to the
weightage given to the course and is usually the number of periods per
week allotted to it.
Re-admission: Process required to continue the program requirement
1.4.
after a student is detained in a course due to shortage of attendance or
takes a break of study.

5
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Re-registration: Process required when the student has satisfactory

1.5.
attendance but has failed in a course and wishes to improve
performance in internal assessment as well as end semester external
examinations.
Re-appearance/ supplementary examinations: Process required
1.6.
when student has failed in a course and wishes to improve performance
only in end semester external examinations.
Director of Evaluation (DE) means the Authority of the University who
1.7.
is responsible for all activities of the End Semester Examinations of the
University Departments
Director, Academic and Planning (DAP) means the authority of
1.8.
the University who is responsible for all academic activities for the
implementation of relevant rules and regulations.

2. Program Structure
2.1. C2.1. Category of Courses: The program shall have a curriculum with
syllabi consisting of courses as prescribed by the Board of Studies,
and broadly categorized under:
Compulsory Core (CC) are courses deemed to be the core
2.1.1.
learning required for the discipline. These courses are part of
the compulsory requirement to complete the program of study.
A core course cannot be substituted by any other course.
A core course offered in this program may be treated as a
Professional or Open Elective by other programs.
Professional Electives (PE) courses which are elective
2.1.2.
courses relevant to the discipline. An Elective course is
generally a course that can be chosen from a pool of courses
on offer.
Open Electives (OE) chosen generally from an unrelated
2.1.3.
discipline/ subject, with an intention to seek exposure/ add
generic proficiency. These may include Liberal Arts courses,
Humanities and Social Science courses, etc. They may
include courses offered by other departments/ programs.
Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC). These are mandatory
2.1.4.
courses based upon content that lead to general knowledge
and soft skills enhancement, such as, Environmental Studies,
Communication Skills, Value Education, etc.
2.2. Co-Curricular Activity / Extension Activity (EA) (for all round
development) :
2.2.1. It is compulsory for every student to participate in any one of
the following programs like NCC/ NSS/ Sports/ NOSPLAN/
6
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

University’s Pro-bono project activity/ any national or

international student camp /any other community development
activity listed by the University and acquire a ”satisfactory”
grade to be considered eligible for award of a degree.
2.2.2. The above activities shall be conducted primarily outside the
regular working hours of the University (except for full days/
week camps).
2.2.3. The student’s performance shall be examined by the faculty
in-charge of the relevant extension activity along with the
Head/ Coordinator of the Department/ activity.
2.2.4. Physically challenged students who are unable to participate
in any of the above activities shall be required to take a test in
the theoretical aspects of any one of the above activity and be
graded and certified accordingly
English Language Course: A Test will be administered to the
2.3.
students after admission to assess proficiency in English. Students not
passing this test of proficiency will study English as a bridge course
(without credits) during the First Semester. They have to acquire a
”satisfactory” grade in the English language course to be considered
eligible for award of a degree.
2.4. Credit Based System:
2.4.1. Credits are indicative of the importance of the course. In the case of
core courses 1 period of direct teaching per week (Theory / Tutorial/
Studio/ Practical) = 1 credit
2.4.2. In the case of other courses like the Electives and the AEC courses,
the credits are based on their level of importance as decided by the
Board of Studies and as described in their respective course structure.
2.4.3. Every student shall be required to opt for the electives from the list of
electives offered. Students can also opt for the electives on offer from
any of the other Programs, besides his / her own discipline courses,
or even do online courses subject to the respective Program specific
regulations.
2.5. Pre-requisites: Some of the courses may have pre-requisites (i.e. the
student may be required to have registered and attended the course
specified as a pre-requisite.)
2.6. Online Courses: Students may be permitted, with the prior approval of
the Department, to take online courses through SWAYAM or MOOCs
or any other approved online facility, in lieu of the Electives (both PE
and OE) offered in the University.

7
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Types of Courses and Learning Source

2.7.

Types of Courses Learning Sources

Compulsory Core (C) Parent Department (PD)
Professional Elective (E) PD / OD / online
Ability Enhancement Course (AEC) PD / OD / online / Univ.
Open Elective (OE) PD / OD / online / Univ.
Extension Activity (EA) PD, OD, Univ.
Note: PD = Parent Department; OD = Other Departments / Institutions / Uni-
versities

3. Duration of Program
3.1. A student is normally expected to complete the Program in four
academic years (8 Semesters) but in any case not more than 8 years
(including break of study for personal reasons or suspension/ detention
due to disciplinary action, etc.).
3.2. Each semester shall normally consist of 90 working days (excluding
end semester examination days).
3.3. A student may be permitted to take a break of study for a maximum
of one academic year for any personal or medical reason with prior
approval. In such cases the student will be eligible for award of First
Class with Distinction/ other awards. Rules of re-admission will apply
to such cases.
4. Enrolment / Registration for choice of Electives:
4.1. Each student on admission shall be deemed to have registered for all
the courses prescribed in the curriculum in the student’s first Semester
of study.
4.2. Each student shall be deemed to have registered for all the compulsory
core and other mandatory (AECC) courses of every semester that he/
she is promoted to, on the payment of the requisite fees.
4.3. However, as per the course structure, whenever electives are offered,
students have to enroll and after allotment of the elective course,
register for elective courses of their choice – both professional and
open electives. Every student is expected to attend the orientation
event in their college, read the list of electives on offer, check for the
pre-requisites, consult the faculty members, understand the choices
and the process, and then select their choice of elective courses.
4.4. Every student shall submit their preferences from the list of electives
on offer (including approved online courses), as per the academic
schedule.

8
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

4.5. The departments shall put up the list of electives allotted to the students
enrolled, based on the departments’ discretion and physical capacities,
with first preference given to the students from the parent department
and later, considering a first come first and/or CGPA basis for students
from other departments. However, students who have registered for
elective courses previously are allowed to re-register for courses in
which they have failed.
4.6. In case none of the student’s enrolled choices is allotted, or even
otherwise, the student may propose an alternative choice from among
the available ones after due consultation with the respective faculty.
The students shall register (which is effected only on their choice of
elective being approved) for the courses within the given deadline.
4.7 It is mandatory for every student to register for the elective courses, in
a Registration Form, which (s)he plans to take up for the semester. The
form is prepared in triplicate: student copy; department copy and Exam
Section copy. The students shall submit the department copy and
Exam Section copy to the parent department offering the elective and
retain the student copy for their own records. The Exam Section copy
shall be forwarded by the parent department offering the elective. In
case the student is not from the same department offering the elective,
another copy shall be submitted to the student’s parent department.
4.8 After registering for a course, a student shall attend the classes, satisfy
the attendance requirements, earn Internal Assessment marks and
appear for the End Semester Examinations.
4.9 A student is permitted to cancel his/her registration for the elective
courses, within two weeks of starting of the semester.
4.10 The information on the list of all the courses offered in every department
specifying the course code, course title, credits, the prerequisites, the
instructor who is offering the course and the time slot will be made
available on the University website.
4.11 To enable the students to choose electives from across the departments,
the DAP shall in consultation with all the departments, facilitate the
announcement of a common time-slot for the elective periods in the
time tables of the departments.
4.12 No elective course shall be commenced unless a minimum of 10
students are registered
5. Attendance Requirements
5.1 A student has to put in a minimum of 75% of attendance, in aggregate
of all the courses registered in the semester (excluding approved
online elective courses) for becoming eligible to register for the end
examinations and for acquiring credits in each semester.

9
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

5.2 Shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and above,

and below 75%) in each semester may be condoned by the College
Academic Committee on genuine and valid grounds, based on the
student’s representation with supporting evidence.
5.3 Condonation of shortage of attendance as stipulated above, shall not
be automatic but on the merits of the case to the satisfaction of the
College Academic Committee.
5.4 A stipulated fee shall be payable along with the application for
condonation
5.5 Shortage of attendance below 65% in aggregate shall in no case be
condoned.
5.6 A student will not be promoted to the next semester unless the
attendance requirement of the present semester is satisfied. In case of
such detention the student is not eligible to take the End Examination
of that semester and the course registration shall stand cancelled. The
student shall seek re admission for that semester when offered next.
5.7 In the case of re-registration (clauses 10.4 to 10.7) for a course/s, the
attendance requirement is not applicable.
6. Assessment
6.1 Performance in each course shall be evaluated as prescribed in the
respective semester’s course structure and syllabus. As a general
pattern, 50% of the marks in a course are through internal assessment
and 50% through end semester examinations. A few courses may
have 100% of the assessment purely through internal assessment.
The thesis, the internship/ practical training courses and many of the
studio courses are assessed through a jury and viva-voce for the end
semester examination.
6.2 The students shall diligently follow the given internal assessment
schedule for the semester including submissions and tests.
6.3 Every teacher is required to maintain an ‘Attendance and
Assessment Record’ for every course which consists of attendance
marked in each class, and the internal assessment marks. This should
be submitted to the Head of the Department periodically (after every
four weeks of instruction in a semester).
6.4 The compiled cumulative internal assessment marks and attendance
of the students will be displayed once in every four weeks for
information to the students.
6.5 In case a student misses the assessment due to medical reasons
(hospitalization / accident / specific illness) or due to participation in the
College / University / State / National / International level sports or any
other event/s with prior permission from the Head of the Department,
an opportunity for reassessment may be given after getting approval
from the Head of the Department through the concerned course
teacher or coordinator.
10
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

6.6 Assessment for Online Course: In case of credits earned through

approved online modes, the credits and grades shall be assigned
by a committee consisting of Head of the Department or a teacher
nominated by the HoD and a senior faculty member nominated by the
DAP/ Principal (in case the credits or grades are not included by the
online course faculty).
6.7 A student can apply for revaluation of the end semester examination,
within 2 weeks from the declaration of results, on payment of a
prescribed fee along with prescribed application.
7. Award of Letter Grades
7.1 The performance of a student will be reported using letter grades, each
carrying certain points as detailed below:

S. % of Marks Letter Grade

No. Grade Points
Minimum Maximum
1. 90.00 100.00 A+ 10
2. 80.00 89.99 A 9
3. 70.00 79.99 B 8
4. 60.00 69.99 C 7
5. 50.00 59.99 D 6
6. 40.00 49.99 E 5
7. 00.00 39.99 F 0
8. Shortage of attendance and hence SA 0
prevented from writing end semester
examination
8. Absent for End semester examination Ab 0
9. Satisfactory * Satisfactory 0
Note: * Satisfactory grade will be given only for the non-credit courses/ activity such
as mentioned in clause 6.5. A ‘Satisfactory’ grade in these listed course/ activities
is compulsory for the award of degree.
Example of assignment of letter grade and grade points for marks:
Course Title Int. Marks End Exam Total Grade Grade
point (GP)
Course X1 22 25 47 E 5
Course X2 39 41 80 A 9
Course X3 37 34 71 B 8
Course X4 29 30 59 D 6
Course X5 25 24 49 E 5

11
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

7.2. A student who earns at least an E grade in a course is declared to have

successfully completed the course, and is deemed to have earned
the credits assigned to that course. A course successfully completed
cannot be repeated.
7.3. Students who fail to appear for end semester examinations will
be marked as ‘Ab’ (Absent) and should register for supplementary
examination by paying the prescribed fees.
7.4. For the Co-curricular activities as mentioned in clause 2.2.1, a
satisfactory / not satisfactory grading will appear in the mark sheet. A
satisfactory grade in the above co-curricular activities is compulsory for
the award of degree.
8. Academic Requirements: The following academic requirements have to be
satisfied, in addition to the attendance requirements mentioned in clause 7.
8.1 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course, if the student
secures not less than 40% marks in the semester end examination,
and a minimum of 40% of marks in the sum total or aggregate of the
Internal Assessment and Semester End Examination taken together;
in terms of letter grades, this implies securing ‘E’ grade or above in that
subject/ course.
8.2 A student failing in any course on the first attempt, will not be eligible
for any awards, and/or distinctions including the award of Distinction at
the end of the course.
8.3 A student eligible to appear in the end semester examination for
any course, but absent from it or failed (thereby failing to secure ‘E’
grade or above) may reappear for that course in the supplementary
examination as and when conducted. In such cases, the internal
marks obtained earlier for that course will be retained, and added to
the marks obtained in the end semester supplementary examination
for evaluating performance in that course.
9. Promotion between Semesters:
9.1. A student shall be promoted from odd to even semester if the minimum
requirement of attendance as in clause 7 is fulfilled.
9.2. A student shall be promoted from even to odd semester, if the minimum
requirement of attendance as in clause 7 is fulfilled and as per the
other requirements specified in the following table.
9.3. Table indicating promotion requirements from even to odd semesters:
From 2nd sem. to 3rd sem. If the student does not have more than
three backlog courses in the 1st semester.
From 4th sem. to 5th sem. Secured all the credits upto 2nd semester
and does not have more than three backlog
courses in the 3rd semester
12
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

From 6th sem. to 7th sem. Secured all the credits upto 4th semester
and does not have more than three backlog
courses in the 5th semester
Note: Upto the 4th semester all the credits have to be secured and optional
(only for elective courses) credits are available only from the 5th semester
onwards.
10. Re-admission and Re-registration
10.1 A student detained in a semester due to shortage of attendance,
may be re-admitted when the same semester is offered in the next
academic year for fulfillment of academic requirements. In such cases
of readmission, the student may choose to be readmitted in the same
or any other Professional Elective or Open Elective course.
10.2 The academic regulations which are in force at the time when
the student will be readmitted shall be applicable along with any
prescribed transitory regulations. No grade allotments or SGPA/ CGPA
calculations will be done for the entire semester in which student has
been detained.
10.3 A student detained due to lack of credits, shall be promoted to the next
academic year only after acquiring the required academic credits. The
academic regulations under which student has been readmitted shall
be applicable to him.
10.4 If a student fails in a Professional Elective or an Open Elective, the
student may re-register for the same or register afresh for any other
Professional Elective or Open Elective course respectively in the
subsequent semesters. In case of re-registration in the same courses,
attendance is not mandatory, whereas registration for any other
elective course/s requires the student to attend the classes and fulfill
the attendance requirements as per Clause 7.
10.5 A student who fails in any course may be permitted the option of re-
registering in that subject only if the internal assessment marks are
less than 40%, so as to enable him to improve/redo and resubmit
the work for internal evaluation. In such cases of re-registration, the
student’s previous performance both in the internal evaluation and end
evaluation in the particular subject/s shall stand cancelled and he/she
shall be required to appear for the end semester evaluation again (end
examination and /or external jury as the case may be).
10.6 The maximum number of courses a student may be permitted for ‘re-
registration’ in a semester, is limited to three. Re- registration of any
course should be done within 15 days from the date of commencement
of class work. A stipulated fee shall be payable towards re registration
in any subject.

13
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

10.7 The student may attend classes in the case of the re-registered
courses, if the student wishes. However, the attendance requirement
is not compulsory for such courses
11. Grade Points, SGPA and CGPA Calculation
11.1. After the results are declared, Grade Sheets will be issued to each
student which will contain the list of courses registered during the
semester and the performance in each with details of whether passing
or failing, credits earned in that semester and the cumulative credits,
promoted or not, grade points, the SGPA and the CGPA.
11.2. Grade Points: The grade points obtained in a subject multiplied by the
credits for that subject will be the weighted grade points.
Weighted Grade Points (W) = C x G
Where ‘C’ is the number of credits assigned for the subject and ‘GP’ is
the Grade Point obtained as per the Table in clause 9.1 above.
11.3. SGPA: The sum of the weighted grade points divided by the total
number of credits in a semester will give the Semester Grade Point
Average (SGPA).
SGPA = ∑CiGPi / ∑Ci i = 1 to n
Where n is the number of courses the student registered for in the
semester, ‘C’ is the number of credits allotted to each of the courses,
and ‘GP’ is the grade-point obtained by the student in the respective
courses.
An example follows:
Course Title Credits Grade Weighted Grade
(C) (GP) Points (WGP)
Course X1 3 7 21
Course X2 8 8 64
Course X3 8 7 56
Course X4 7 7 49
Course X5 2 6 12
Course X6 2 6 12
Total 30 214
Semester Grade Point Average 7.13
(SGPA) = Total WGP/ Total credits =

14
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

11.4. CGPA: The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) will be computed
for every student as:
CGPA = ∑CiGPi / ∑Ci i = 1 to m
Where ‘m’ is the number of subjects registered for in all the semesters
from the first semester up to and including the semester under
computation, ‘c’ is the number of credits allotted to a particular subject,
and ‘g’ is the grade-point obtained by the student as per table in clause
9.1.
11.5. The CGPA would indicate the cumulative performance of the student
from the first semester up to the end of the semester to which it refers.
The CGPA and SGPA will be rounded off to the second decimal place
and recorded as such.
11.6. When a student gets the grade ‘F’ in any subject during a semester,
the SGPA & CGPA from that semester onwards will not be calculated,
until such ‘F’ grade(s) has been substituted by better grades during a
subsequent semester.
11.8. For the purpose of computation of the final CGPA, award of degree,
award of the class as in clause 14, and other honours if any, including
medals, the performance in the best 220 credits only will be taken into
account.
12. Eligibility for the Award of Degree : A student shall be eligible for the
award of the “B.F.A.” Degree in the specific discipline into which he/she was
admitted, if the following academic regulations are fulfilled:
12.1. Has pursued the program of study for not less than four academic
years and not more than eight academic years. Students, who fail to
fulfill all the academic requirements for the award of the degree within
eight academic years from the year of their admission, shall forfeit their
seat in the program and their seat shall stand cancelled.
12.2. Successfully secured at least 220 credits.
12.3. Successfully completed the Extension Activity requirements.
12.4. Has secured a minimum of 5.0 CGPA
12.5. No disciplinary action is pending against the student
13. Withholding of the results : The results of a student may be withheld if:
13.1. He/she has not cleared any dues to the University/Institution/ Hostel.
13.2. A case of disciplinary action against the student is pending disposal.

15
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

14. Classification of the Degree Awarded

14.1. After a student has satisfied the requirements prescribed for the
completion of the program and is eligible for the award of the B.Tech.
(Planning) Degree, he/she shall be placed in one of the four classes as
shown in the Table.
First Class with 1. Have a CGPA of 8.0 and above.
Distinction 2. Should have passed the examination in all the courses of
all the eight semesters within five years, which includes any
authorized break of study of one year (clause 3.3).
3. Should NOT have been prevented from writing end semester
examination due to lack of attendance in any of the courses.
First Class Below 8.0 but not less than 7.0 of CGPA and
Second Class Below 7.0 CGPA but not less than 6.0
Pass Class Below 6.0 CGPA but not less than 5.0
Note : In all the above cases CGPA shall be calculated from the Grade Points secured for the best 283 credits. For
calculating the ‘best’ 283 credits, the credits secured in all the Core and AEC courses (which are compulsory) shall
be included. The choice of ‘best’ credits to be included in the calculation shall be from only those credits secured
in the Electives – both Professional and Open Electives.

14.2. A student who is absent in End Semester Examination in a course after

having registered for the same shall be considered to have appeared
in that examination (except in the case of approved withdrawal from
end semester examinations as per clause 15) for the purpose of
classification
15. Provision for Withdrawal from Examination:
15.1. A student may, for valid reasons, (medically unfit / unexpected
family situations / sports/ etc.) be granted permission to withdraw
from appearing for the end semester examination in any course or
courses in ANY ONE of the semester examinations during the entire
duration of the degree program. The application shall be submitted to
the Principal/ Chief Superintendent of the Examination with required
documents.
15.2. Withdrawal application shall be valid only if the student is otherwise
eligible to write the examination (Clause 5) and if it is made before
the commencement of the end semester examination in that course
or courses and also recommended by the Head of the Department
(excepting in the case of any unforeseen incident occurring after
registration for the examination, which prevents the student from
attending/writing the examination).
15.3. Withdrawal shall not be considered as an appearance for deciding the
eligibility of a student for First Class with Distinction.

16
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

15.4. Withdrawal is permitted for the end semester examinations in the final
semester only if the period of study of the student concerned does not
exceed 5 years.
16. Malpractice: If a student indulges in malpractice in any of the examinations,
he/she shall be liable for punitive action as prescribed by the University from
time to time.
17. General
17.1 In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the academic
regulations, the decision of the Vice-Chancellor is final.
17.2 The University may from time to time revise, amend or change the
Regulations, Curriculum, Syllabus and Scheme of examinations.

17
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

TRANSITORY REGULATIONS (from Academic Year 2017-18)

(Approved on 6th Feb., 2018)

Preamble:
The CBCS regulations and courses (referred to collectively as R-17) introduced from the academic
year 2017-18, have brought in significant changes in the course structures and academic regulations
of the programs in the University as indicated below.

Aspects Remarks
1 Course Codes All changed
2 Course Names / Titles Some changes
3 Course Structure Major changes – introduction of AEC courses; electives from
4th sem. onwards. Total No. of courses in a program have
generally increased (Eg. B.Arch. from 53 to 62)
4 Pass Marks Changed in BFA and BTech. programs
5 Promotional Requirements Changed in all programs
6 Award of Degree Changed in all programs
7 Performance Evaluation and Changed in all programs – is now based on a system of letter
Award of Class grades, SGPA and CGPA
8 Choice in terms of credits Changed – Now available in all programs

Considering the significant changes in all the aspects as indicated above, the following transitory
regulations have been approved.

The following regulations shall be applicable for the students from the pre CBCS programs (referred
to as pre R17) applying for ‘re-admission’:

1. Readmission into 1st semester of R-17: Only students readmitted into the full 1st
semester of R-17 will, for all purposes be subject to the entire provisions of R-17.

2. Readmission from 2nd semester onwards:

Students readmitted from the 2nd semester onwards will be subject to the provisions of the pre
R-17 in which they were first admitted The student will be facilitated in completing the academic
requirements by either permitting him/her to attend “equivalent” coursework in the R-17 (as
approved by the respective Boards of Studies), wherever available, or if equivalent coursework is
not available, then by special arrangement for conducting the coursework as per the regulations
in which admitted.

Academic Regulations for Re-registration cases of Students admitted prior to 2017

1. Students originally admitted in the pre R17 programs, may be assigned teacher/s wherever
possible, to enable them to complete their internal assessment as per their pre R17
regulations. Student has to complete the courses whenever offered. Special arrangement
for the course/s may be made in case it effects the time line of the student’s academic
engagement

2. Wherever “equivalent” courses are available in the CBCS programs, reregistered students
may be permitted to attend such courses if they choose to, but the academic regulations
(and course codes / course titles, marks, credits, etc.) shall be as per the older regulations
into which they were first admitted.

3. Wherever there is a change of syllabi, end semester examinations based on the old syllabi
will be conducted in order to enable the students to clear the backlogs.

18
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

NOTE :
1. The term “Prerequisites” implies having registered in the course/s
specified as prerequisite/s and fulfilled the attendance requirements.
2. The term “Open” mentioned in the remarks column in the courses structure
indicates the courses that are open to students from other departments or
Programs. These courses which are open may be taken by students from
other programs, either as professional electives or open electives.
3. Abbrevations used in the course structure :
In the case of Periods per week:
L = Lecture S = Studio
F = Fieldwork P = Practicals
T = Tutorial O = Others (including workshops, seminars, colloquiums, etc.)
In the case of type of End Semester Examination:
W = Written / Drawing J = Jury P = Practical
4. Course /Subject codes and type:
In the 9-digit alphanumeric course code:
a. the first two characters represent the Program or Department that offers
the course:
• AR = Architecture
• AA = Applied Arts and Visual Communication
• AN = Animation;
• ID = Interior Design
• PL = Planning
• DT=Digital Techniques for Design and Planning
• FS = Facilities and Services
• PA = Painting
• SC = Sculpture
• PH = Photography and Visual Communication
and in the case of common courses- FA = Fine Arts; GN = General
b. The 3rd an 4th digits denote the Academic Year of starting the course
structure,
c. The 5th character denotes the level of the course (Bachelors / Masters/
Diploma),
d. The 6th digit denotes the semester number followed by a decimal
and a number indicating the serial number of the course in that semester.
e. The last alphabet in the course code indicates the type of course.
C = Core A = AEC E = Professional Elective
O = Open Elective.

19
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Structure for B.Tech. Planning

(Under the CBCS, Effective from the Academic Year 2017-2018)
Semester - I
End
S. Course Course Pre-req Re-
P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total Exam
No. Code Title uisites marks*
W/J/P
PL17 Graphics & Presentation
1 _ 10 10 100 100 200 S/J _
B1.1C Techniques for Planning
PL17 Introduction to Physical
2 _ 4 4 50 50 100 W _
B1.2C Planning
PL17 Materials for Settlement
3 _ 4 4 50 50 100 W _
B1.3C Planning
PL17 Elements of Geology &
4 _ 4 4 50 50 100 W _
B1.4C Settlement Geography
PL17 Structural Systems for
5 _ 4 4 50 50 100 W _
B1.5C Settlements
GN17
6 Environmental Studies _ 2 2 50 50 100 W _
B1.2A
GN17
7 Computer Applications _ 4 2 50 50 100 P _
B1.3A
32 30 800

Note:- Practical: Where the student does a Practical work for a given problem and is evaluated
Studio Jury: Semester work Portfolio of the studio is evaluated
Semester - II
End
S. Course Course Pre-req Re-
P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total Exam
No. Code Title uisites marks*
W/J/P
Settlements
PL17 PL17
1 Mapping and Visual 8 8 100 100 200 S/J _
B2.1C B1.1C
Representation
PL17 Demography &
2 _ 4 4 50 50 100 W _
B2.2C Urbanization
PL17
3 Quantitative Methods _ 4 4 50 50 100 W _
B2.3C
PL17 Estimation &
4 _ 4 4 50 50 100 W _
B2.4C Specifications
PL17 Economics &
5 _ 4 4 50 50 100 W _
B2.5C Sociology
PL17
6 Surveying _ 4 2 100 0 100 _ _
B2.6C
GN17
7 Communication Skills _ 2 2 50 50 100 P _
B2.1A
GN17
8 Value Education _ 2 2 50 _ 50 _
B2.2A
32 30 850
20
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - III
End
S. Course Course Pre-req Re-
P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total Exam
No. Code Title uisites marks*
W/J/P
PL17 Site Planning & Built PL17
1 12 12 100 100 200 S/J _
B3.1C Environment B2.1C
PL17 Traffic &Transportation
2 _ 4 4 50 50 100 W _
B3.2C Planning
PL17
3 Planning Techniques _ 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B3.3C
PL17 Housing & Community
4 _ 2 2 50 50 100 W _
B3.4C Planning
PL17 CAD Applications in
5 _ 6 6 100 100 200 P _
B3.5C Planning
PL 17 Communication Skills for
6 _ 2 2 100 0 100 _ Open
B3.6 C Planning
30 30 800

Note:- Practical: Where the student does a Practical work for a given problem and is evaluated
Studio Jury: Semester work Portfolio of the studio is evaluated

Semester - IV
End
S. Course Course Pre-req Re-
P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total Exam
No. Code Title uisites marks*
W/J/P
PL17 Neighborhood& Area PL17
1 8 8 100 100 200 J Open
B4.1C Planning B3.1C
PL17
2 Planning Principles _ 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B4.2C
PL17
3 Infrastructure Planning _ 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B4.3C
PL17
4 Planning for Informal sector _ 2 2 50 50 100 W Open
B4.4C
PL17
5 Rural Development _ 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B4.5C
PL17
6 GIS _ 5 5 100 100 200 P/J Open
B4.6C
7 Open Elective - 1 * - - - - - - -
31 30 800

Note:- Practical: Where the student does a Practical work for a given problem and is evaluated
Studio Jury: Semester work Portfolio of the studio is evaluated
For open elective 4 periods per week and 3 credits or assumed to calculate the totals

21
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - V
End
S. Course Course Pre-req Re-
P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total Exam
No. Code Title uisites marks*
W/J/P
PL17 PL17
1 Rural Area Planning Studio 7 7 100 100 200 S/J _
B5.1C B4.1C
PL17 Urban Design &
2 _ 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B5.2C Conservation
PL17 Planning & Management
3 _ 2 2 50 50 100 W Open
B5.3C for Disasters
PL17
4 Development Planning _ 4 4 50 50 100 W _
B5.4C
PL17 Planning Workshop I
5 _ 3 3 100 100 200 J _
B5.5C (Traffic Studies)
PL17 Planning Theory and Urban
6 _ 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B5.6C Policy
PL17
7 Elective - 1 _ 4 3 50 50 100 _ _
B5.xE
8 Open Elective - 2 * - - - - - - -
31 30 800
Note:- Practical: Where the student does a Practical work for a given problem and is evaluated
Studio Jury: Semester work Portfolio of the studio is evaluated
For open elective 4 periods per week and 3 credits or assumed to calculate the totals

Semester - VI
End
S. Course Course Pre-req Re-
P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total Exam
No. Code Title uisites marks*
W/J/P
PL17 PL17
1 Urban Planning Studio 8 8 100 100 200 S/J _
B6.1C B5.1C
PL17
2 Regional Planning _ 4 3 50 50 100 W _
B6.2C
PL17 Project Formulation,
3 _ 4 3 50 50 100 W Open
B6.3C Appraisal & Management
PL17
4 Planning Legislation _ 4 4 50 50 100 W _
B6.4C
PL17 Planning Workshop II
5 _ 3 3 100 100 200 J _
B6.5C (Infrastructure Studies)
PL17 Environmental Planning &
6 _ 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B6.6C Management
PL17
7 Seminar _ 2 2 50 50 100 _ _
B6.7C
PL17
8 Practical Training-I _ _ _ _ _ _ J _
B6.8C
PL17
9 Elective - 2 _ 4 3 100 - 100 _ _
B6.xE
31 30 1000

22
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - VII
End
S. Course Course Pre-req Re-
P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total Exam
No. Code Title uisites marks*
W/J/P
PL17 Metropolitan and Regional PL17
1 8 8 100 100 200 S/J _
B7.1C Planning Studio B6.1C
PL17 Implementation and
2 _ 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B7.2C Financing of Urban projects
PL17 Urban Governance &
3 _ 4 4 50 50 100 W _
B7.3C Management
PL17
4 Professional Practice _ 2 2 50 50 100 W _
B7.4C
PL17
5 Planning Colloquium _ 4 4 100 0 100 _ _
B7.5C
PL17
6 Pre-Thesis _ 2 2 50 50 100 W _
B7.6C
PL17
7 Elective - 3 _ 3 3 50 50 100 _ _
B7.xE
8 Open Elective - 3 * - - - - - - -
31 30 800

Note:- Practical: Where the student does a Practical work for a given problem and is evaluated
Studio Jury: Semester work Portfolio of the studio is evaluated
For open elective 4 periods per week and 3 credits or assumed to calculate the totals

Semester - VIII
End
S. Course Course Pre-req Re-
P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total Exam
No. Code Title uisites marks*
W/J/P
PL17 PL17
1 Planning Thesis _ 12 200 200 400 S/J _
B8.1C B6.1C
PL17
2 Project Documentation _ 2 2 100 0 100 _ Open
B8.2C
PL17 Pass/ Pass/
3 Practical Training-II _ _ 10 50 J _
B8.3C Fail Fail
PL17
4 Elective - 4 _ 4 3 50 50 100 _ _
B8.xE
6 27 600

Note:- Core Courses will be held for 12 weeks and the Summer internship/Practical Training will
be for 6 weeks

23
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

List of Electives

Elective - 1
I PL17B5.xE Real Estate Development
II PL17B5.xE Affordable Housing
III PL17B5.xE Urban Sanitation

Elective - 2
I PL17B6.xE Seminar on Ethics, Values and Philosophy
II PL17B6.xE Seminar on Changing Context for Planning in relation
with other Disciplines.

Elective - 3
I PL17B7.xE Planning workshop III (Redevelopment)
II PL17B7.xE Planning workshop III (Industrial area planning)

Elective - 4
I PL17B8.xE Climate Change and Planning
II PL17B8.xE Technology in Managing Cities.

24
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER I
PL17B1.1C : GRAPHICS& PRESENTATION TECHNIQUES FOR PLANNING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 10 10 100 100 200 S/J

UNIT I
Introduction to drawing equipments & mediums Simple exercises in drafting, points,
types of lines, line thickness and intensities, polygons, texture, colour and tone in
materials.
UNIT II
Concepts of Scales & Proportions
Graphic and numerical scales, dimensioning of lines and planes, enlargement and
reduction of drawings, anthropometrics and the scale of man to function, lettering
for titles and annotations, freehand lettering, measuring and drawing to scale
different objects, rooms etc.
UNIT III
Freehand Drawing & Rendering Techniques
Graphical representations of trees, hedges, foliage, vehicles, human figures etc in
pen and ink, observation recordings through different mediums.
UNIT IV
Orthographic projections and views
Orthographic projections of point, lines, planes and solids, section of solids, study
of isometric, axonometric and oblique views.
UNIT V
Model Making
Exercises in model making with different materials, preparation of block models,
making building blocks & forms using different materials.
Expected Outputs & Assignments
• Scale drawings of simple objects to minimum one room building plan,
elevation, section
• Exercises in:
1. Fundamentals of 2 D compositions
2. Rendering techniques using different mediums
3. Applications of anthropometrics in design

25
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

4. Freehand sketching
5. Model making using different materials
6. Orthographic projections.
References
Robert Gill: Rendering with Pen & Ink
Kevin Forseth: Graphics for Architecture
Frank Ching: Architectural Graphics
Bhatt: Engineering Drawing

PL17B1.2C: INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL PLANNING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Evolution of Human Settlements
Evolution of human settlements through civilizations, Sumerian, Egyptian, Greek,
Roman, Baroque, Renaissance, industrial and contemporary.
History of settlements in India: Ancient, medieval, colonial and modern. Changing
form and pattern of human settlements.
UNIT II
Introduction to history of Planning Thoughts
City Beautiful movement by Daniel Burnham, F.L. Wright’s Broad Acre city, man
and machine: La Ville Radieuse, Clarence Perry’s neighborhood unit formula.
Ebenezer Howard’s Garden City of Tomorrow, Lewis Mumford’s views on new
social order, Dynapolis concept of Doxiadis. Patrick Geddes’ contributions to
evolution of planning thought and his work in India.
UNIT III
Introduction to contemporary physical planning
Meaning and need of Planning; scope and nature of planning, multidisciplinary
approach, Planning distinguished from design and management, definitions, goals
and approaches to physical planning at different levels.
UNIT IV
Growth versus Development
Meaning and concept of development, development versus growth, indicators of
development, overview of development process.
26
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Physical aspects, Zoning, landuse planning and infrastructure services;

Environmental concerns, sustainability; Socio–cultural and economical
perspective; Politics and planning; Need for legislations in planning- Municipal
Acts, development controls and regulations, etc; Aesthetics in planning, Urban
Design & Conservation; management of human settlements and built environment,
public participation, failures and success in physical planning.
Expected Outputs& Assignment
The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers, tests and presentations
on above mentioned aspects of physical planning.
References:
Clara Greed: Introducing Planning
Shamsher Singh: Urban Planning and Development Issues and Imperatives
Rangwala: Town Planning
Reading material of ITPI on Socio Economic basis for planning
Stanley D. Brown: Cities of the World.

PL17B1.3C : MATERIALS FOR SETTLEMENT PLANNING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W

UNIT I
Materials used in building construction
Study of traditional construction materials such as PCC, RCC, bricks, hollow blocks,
steel etc and emerging technologies such eco-material and their advantages.
Study of fire safety building materials.
UNIT II
Materials used in Basic Infrastructure
Comprehensive study of materials used in provision of basic infrastructure
namely-Roads (Asphalt, Concrete etc.), Electricity (types of cables, elevated and
underground, transformers, poles, earthing techniques etc.), Communication
cable, Water Supply (MS pipes, GI pipes, UPVC, PVC etc.) and Sewerage (clay/
mud pipes, MS moulded pipes, man-holes, man-hole covers etc.), Drainage and
Storm water drains.
Understanding of the cost of the materials. Study of materials used in street
infrastructure such as kerbs, street lighting, landscape, medians, traffic islands,
street furniture, distribution poles etc.

27
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT III
Area perception study
The students in a group will select a small urban area and document, using
photographs, the existing infrastructure facilities in the area. The aim of the
exercise is to gain and understanding of materials used in the roads., drains, man-
hole, electricity poles, street furniture, kerbs etc. and all other details discussed in
Unit I and Unit II.
Expected Outputs& Assignment
Students to make documentation of different built elements and their aspects
mentioned above. Structural/ study models of different structures such as arches,
truss etc. shall be made along with short notes on the same and on relevant topics
and tests on relevant topics.
References:
Rowland J. Mainstone: Development of Structural Form
Rangwala:Engineering Materials
S. P. Bindra, S. P. Arora: Building Construction
B.C. Punmia: Strength of Materials vol – I

PL17B1.4C : ELEMENTS OF GEOLOGY AND SETTLEMENT GEOGRAPHY

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Introduction
Types of geological structure, landforms, types of regions, concepts of spatial
organization and region (in India), geological structures suitable for buildings with
relevance to selection of site and foundations.
UNIT II
Study of Land Forms and Indian Stratigraphy
General considerations and overview of preliminary geological data particularly
related to Indian Stratigraphy, basic understanding of landforms- erosional,
depositional, fluvial, glacial, delta and marine with relevance to landuse planning.
UNIT III
Ground Water
Concept and role in town planning for different types of terrain, vertical distribution
of groundwater in India, water table and isometric surface, surface water reservoirs

28
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

and springs, artificial recharge and ground water mound hydrographs, geological
structure and underground passage for water supply.
UNIT IV
Thematic Mapping
Types of thematic maps, interpretation of SOI topographic sheets, conventional
signs, Indian physiographic maps, Andhra Pradesh physiographic maps, district
maps etc.
UNIT V
Introduction to Settlement Geography
Natureand scope of settlement geography, origin, setting evolution and structure of
human settlements, man, environment and society; social economic and political
consequences of geographical conditions; physical features and its effect on urban
and rural communities
UNIT VI
Classification of Settlements
Census classification, urban, rural census size classes; theories of settlement
systems, primate city settlement system, rank size rule relationship; central place
settlement systems, fundamental concepts, concepts of hierarchy, concept of
complimentary area, range of goods; dynamics of central places.
UNIT VII
Rural Settlements
Types, patterns, morphology, house types, comparative study of origin and growth
of settlements in ancient and modern times rural housing problems and policies.
UNIT VIII
Urban Settlements
Citystructure, Theories of urban structure concentric zone theory, sector theory,
multiple nuclei theory, gradient analysis, form of the pre industrial city, dual structure
of the colonial city, modern city forms, new towns and cities, environmental impact
of planned and unplanned growth, rural urban fringe.
UNIT IX
Settlements as a System (Settlement System) and Role of Urban Areas
Rural and urban continuum, city region relationships; growth pole theory, settlement
systems in a developing economy, structure of city regions, area of influences,
dominance; rural urban fringes; its structure, stages of
growth, its role in urban growth; urbanization, industrialization and urban
development; push and pull factors; migration trends and impacts on urban and
rural development.

29
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Expected Outputs& Assignment

Students to make a brief recording of the geological studies at local or regional
level in terms of the factors mentioned above. Internal assessment also to be in the
form of term papers and tests on above mentioned topics.
References:
Das Gupta: Physical Geography
Harold Carten: Urban Geography
Truman &Hartshone: Interpreting Cities – An Urban Geography
R Y Singh: Geography of settlemen

PL17B1.5C : STRUCTRURAL SYSTEMS FOR SETTLEMENTS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W

UNIT I
Fundamentals of Structures
Introduction to basic structural systems, elements of structure, their functions &
behaviour, beams, slabs, columns, walls, foundations, bearing wall systems,
trusses, rigid frames, linear and curved elements; simply supported, cantilever
and overhanging beams for various loads; effect of simple geometric forms on the
overall structural behaviour.
UNIT II
Fundamentals of Forces
Primary and secondary forces acting on structures dead loads, live load, wind,
seismic forces, distribution of loads through the elements of the system.
Basic fundamentals in force systems, stresses and strains, temperature variation
and resultant stresses, relation between E, N, and K; relation between bending
moment and shear force, BM and SF diagrams.
Moment of inertia and section modulus for various structural shapes. Theory of
simple bending, Columns and struts, failure of columns, Arches.
Expected Outputs & Assignment
Students to make documentation of different built elements and their aspects
mentioned above. Structural/ study models of different structures such as arches,
truss etc. shall be made along with short notes on the same and on relevant topics
and tests on relevant topics.
References:
Rowland J. Mainstone: Development of Structural Form
30
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Rangwala: Engineering Materials

S. P. Bindra, S. P. Arora: Building Construction
B.C. Punmia: Strength of Materials vol – I

GN17B1.2A : ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 W
Course Overview: A compulsory subject for all the undergraduate students of
various discipline highlights significance of maintaining balance and sustainability
of various components of the environment.
Objectives of the Course : To sensitize the students towards sustainable
environment.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Environmental studies – Introduction: - Definition, scope and importance, Measuring
and defining environmental development indicators.
Unit – II
Environmental and Natural Resources: Renewable and non-renewable
resources - Natural resources and associated problems - Forest resources - Use
and over - exploitation, deforestation, case studies - Timber extraction - Mining,
dams and other effects on forest and tribal people - Water resources - Use and over
utilization of surface and ground water - Floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-
benefits and problems - Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental
effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies. - Food resources:
World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects
of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case
studies. - Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable
energy sources use of alternate energy sources. Case studies. Land resources:
Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and
desertification. Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources. Equitable
use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.
Unit - III
Basic Principles of Ecosystems Functioning: Concept of an ecosystem. - Structure
and function of an ecosystem. - Producers, consumers and decomposers.-
Energy flow in the ecosystem Ecological succession. - Food chains, food webs
and ecological pyramids. Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and
function of the following ecosystem:
a. Forest ecosystem

31
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

b. Grassland ecosystem
c. Desert ecosystem
d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries).
Unit - IV
Biodiversity and its conservation: Introduction - Definition: genetic, species and
ecosystem diversity. Bio-geographical classification of India - Value of biodiversity:
consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values -
Biodiversity at global, National and local levels. - India as a mega-diversity nation -
Hot-sports of biodiversity - Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife,
man-wildlife conflicts. - Endangered and endemic species of India - Conservation
of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.
Unit - V
Environmental Pollution: Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of:
a. Air pollution b. Water pollution c. Soil pollution d. Marine pollution e. Noise
pollution f. Thermal pollution g. Nuclear hazards
Solid waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and
industrial wastes. - Role of an individual in prevention of pollution. - Pollution case
studies. - Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
Unit - VI
Social Issues and the Environment: From unsustainable to sustainable
development -Urban problems related to energy -Water conservation, rain water
harvesting, and watershed management -Resettlement and rehabilitation of
people; its problems and concerns. Case Studies -Environmental ethics: Issues
and possible solutions. -Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer
depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case Studies. -Wasteland reclamation.
- Consumerism and waste products. -Environment Protection Act. -Air (Prevention
and Control of Pollution) Act. -Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act -
Wildlife Protection Act -Forest Conservation Act -Issues involved in enforcement of
environmental legislation. -Public awareness.
Unit - VII
Human Population and the Environment: Population growth, variation among
nations. Population explosion - Family Welfare Programme. -Environment and
human health. -Human Rights. -Value Education. -HIV/AIDS. -Women and Child
Welfare. -Role of information Technology in Environment and human health. -Case
Studies.
Unit - VIII
Field work: Visit to a local area to document environmental assets River /forest
grassland/hill/mountain -Visit to a local polluted site-Urban/Rural/industrial/
Agricultural Study of common plants, insects, birds. -Study of simple ecosystems -
pond, river, hill slopes, etc.
32
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

TEXT BOOK:
ErachBharucha, A Text Book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate
Courses, University Grants Commission.

GN17B1.3A : COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 2 50 50 100 P
UNIT I
Introduction
Introduction and history of computer, software & hardware concepts - bits, bytes -
types of languages – Operating systems (windows, DOS, Linux).
Introduction to Word Processing Package (like MS office), toolbar, creating a new
document, formatting text, inserting tables, pictures, page numbers and date/time,
spelling and grammar checking, taking print outs.
UNIT II
Spread Sheets
Introduction to spread sheets (like MS Excel), creating formulae, order of operations,
borders and shading, inserting chart, taking print outs.
UNIT--III
Multi-media Presentations
Introduction to multi-media presentation (like MS Power Point), creating a
presentation, opening an existing presentation, creating a blank presentation,
different Power Point views, slide manipulation, slide animation, slide transitions,
view slide show, navigating while in slideshow, hyper linking to various other media/
application outputs, scanning of different media in different formats, setting of
options, resolution settings, management of file size, integrating partial scans of
large documents, pack up a a presentation for use on another computer, taking
print outs.
UNIT IV
Exploring Microsoft Access
Introduction, creating new and opening existing databases, creating a database
using a wizard, creating a database without using a wizard, tables - what they are
and how they work, create a table from scratch in design
view, primary keys, switching views, entering data, manipulating data, advanced
table feature examples.Relationships - how to link multiple tables together, forms -
what they are and how
33
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

they work, creating a form using a wizard, reports - what they are & how they work,
creating report & mail merge labels using a wizard.
Internet concepts
Introduction to Internet, Hyper Text Markup Language, introduction to basic features
and uses of Java, VB.
UNIT V
Graphical Concepts
Photo editing and Desktop publishing (application) software Introduction, software
& system requirements, preferences, workspace, graphics terminology, image
depth, resolution and image size, up sampling and down sampling, image sources,
straightening an image, cropping an image, basic image correction, printing photo
edited documents, selections, choosing foreground and background colors, filling
with color, options & preferences revisited, file browser,stepping back in time, use
ram efficiently, sharpening images, working with layers, painting in photo editing
software, color theory, image modes, channels, more advanced adjustment
commands, file format categories.
Import and export of photo edited files, objects in photo editing, fills, outlines,
basic toolbox of photo editing software (like Coral Draw), color management tools,
starting your page right, introduction to Flash multimedia software.
UNIT VI
Programming languages
C language, flow charts; Introduction, What is C? Structure of C program,
Variables, I/O statements, Branching and Looping, Arrays, Strings, Functions,
Pointers, Structures, files.
UNIT VII
Database management systems
SQL (structured query language), PL/SQL; Introduction, creating and inserting data
into tables, updating values, modifying tables, working with quires Basic Structure
of PL/SQL, Variables and Types, Simple PL/SQL Programs.
Expected Outputs& Assignment
The internal assessment to be in the form of tests and practicals on above
mentioned topics.
References:
Microsoft Office 2000- Leon Hard Woody, New Delhi, Prentice hall of India.
Microsoft Office for Windows –Sagman India Addison Wesley, 1999.

34
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Adobe Photoshop CS Classroom in a Book (Classroom in a Book) by Adobe

Creative Team (Paperback - December 1, 2003).
Fundamental Photoshop: A Complete Introduction by Adele Droblas-Greenberg.
SQL/PL/SQL – The Programming Language Of Oracle By Ivanbayross, Bpb
Publications
LET US C –YashwathKanitkar
Programming In ANSIC –Balaguruswamy
The C Programming Language –Karningh and others
HTML Black Book

35
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER II

PL17B2.1C : SETTLEMENTS MAPPING AND VISUAL REPRESENTATION

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PL17 B1.1C 8 8 100 100 200 S/J

UNIT I
Photography & Applications
Scope of photography and media, techniques and principles of photographic
compositions, documentations in field studies.
UNIT II
Base mapping protocols
Types and contents of maps- topographic, cadastral, landuse, administrative maps,
etc. Choice of appropriate scales (graphic and numeric); orientation of maps; title
of sheet and lettering; techniques of reducing and enlarging maps, legends items,
notations, use of monochrome and colour.
UNIT III
Techniques of base map preparation
Tracing the topographic sheets manually by identifying the regional/district
boundaries, city and municipal ward boundaries, existing settlement boundaries,
major water bodies, reserve forests, rocky formations ecologically sensitive
areas, major roads, major electric power lines, historical monuments of national
importance , and protected defence establishments; using of appropriate legend
items, standard patterns, symbols and notations.
UNIT IV
Map analysis
Superimposition of the cadastral map to identify the revenue boundaries; ground
verification of region/area for updation and modification; land suitability analysis;
layering exercises; techniques and application.
UNIT V
Preparation of thematic maps
Appreciation studies of land use classification of residential, commercial,
institutional, transportation, recreation areas small urban and/ or rural settlements;
tabulation and graphic presentation of statistical data; use of monochrome and
colour coding, black and white as presentation techniques by using internationally
accepted hatching patterns.
36
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Expected Outputs & Assignments

• Case studies to understand concepts of maps at different levels
• Exercise in preparation of maps for different scales.
• Base map preparation for a small area & documentation for the same.
• Photographic documentation of a small area.
References:
Lanse Bowen Bellings: Perspective- Space and Design
Bhatt: Engineering Drawing
Frank Ching: Architectural Graphics

PL17B2.2C : DEMOGRAPHY & URBANIZATION

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
Unit I
Introduction to Demography
Definitions, need for demographic studies, Demographic Variables, Data Sources,
Theories of Demography, Population and Development; Concepts, measures,
trends and explanations / determinants, data sources of Nuptiality, Fertility,
Mortality (with special reference to infant mortality and maternal mortality), health
and morbidity, in India (including differentials within India); biological and social
factors. Cause of Death statistics; Life Table.
Unit II
Sources of Population Data
World: Census; Registration of vital events; Demographic Surveys; Population
Registers. India: Census, Civil Registration System (CRS); Sample Registration
Scheme (SRS); National Sample Survey (NSS); Demographic surveys and other
sources;
Unit III
Population Composition and Change
Spatial and temporal changes in the size, composition & distribution of population
– global perspective with special focus on India; Composition of India’s population;
Demographic Composition; Social Composition; Economic Composition; Cultural
Composition Concept of ageing.

37
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit IV
Population Theories
Theories of Population Growth – Malthus to modern; limits to population growth;
Theory of Demographic Transition; Population and Gender – its relationship
with components of population – fertility, mortality, migration; Status of women –
social, economic, cultural and health; Women empowerment and its demographic
consequences; Population Policies and Programs; Population policies in the
context of growth, structure, distribution and quality of life; National and State
population policies in India.
Unit V
Population, Development and Environment
Concepts, definitions, relevance and measurement; Inter – relationship between
population growth, environment and sustainable development with special
reference to India; Implications of population growth on food supply, water,
sanitation, housing, employment, health, education, etc; Spatial Distribution
of Population; Measures of density and concentration; factors affecting spatial
distribution and temporal changes in density and concentration; World / India’s
pattern of population distribution.
Population Movements: Basic concepts and definitions; circulation, commutation,
mobility, migration – their environmental impact assessment; determinants and
consequences of internal / international migration; urbanization and migration in
developed and developing countries; Theories of migration, pull and push factors;
Lee’s theory of migration; Ravenstein’s Law of migration; Stouffer’s model of
intervening opportunities and
competing migrants; gravity models; Harris – Todaro Model of Migration; Direct and
indirect interrelations of population, natural resources and environment;
Unit VI
Urbanization: Introduction and Overview
Urbanization, History of urbanization, histories that shaped (post) colonial and
transition societies in the Third World; Theorizing Urbanization/Urban Typologies;
Concepts and definitions of urban; trends and patterns of urbanization in India;
Issues in urbanization and urban problems in developing countries with focus on
India; Urbanization as a global phenomenon; Urbanization and economic growth.
Unit VII
World Urbanization and Urbanization in India
Urban revolution; its preconditions; brief history of urbanization in the world leading
up to the industrial cities, related problems, concepts of urbanism and urbanization;
history of urbanization in India; Mughal and British influences of Indian cities; post-
independence urbanization; urbanization process as influenced by socio-cultural,
political, economic and administrative factors; definition of urban centers, concepts
38
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

of rural urban continuum and dichotomy; census definition of urban places-town,

cities, town groups, urban agglomerations, standard urban area metropolis,
megalopolis etc. functional classification of urban centre.
Unit VIII
Policies and Strategies for directing Urbanization Trends in India
National Urbanization policy; basic issues in urbanization policy; role of national
and state level policies; five year plans; salient features of the national commission
of urbanization. Programs / schemes such as the IDSMT, Mega-city project,
JnNURM, UIDSSMT, Satellite towns / countermagnets of million plus cities, etc.
Expected Outputs& Assignment
The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers tests and presentations
on above mentioned aspects of physical planning.
References:
Demographic and population problem by RajendraK.Sarma Publisher: Atlantic
Hand book of Urbanisation in India,Second edition by K.C.Sivarama Krishnan,
Amitabkundu, B.N.SinghOxfor University pren.
Population and sustainable development in India by EhsanulHaq,Sudhirkumar
Singh
Population of India-2001 by S.N.Dubey.
Demography and population studios O.S.Shrivartama

PL17B2.3C : QUANTITATIVE METHODS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W

Planning and Data Requirements

Importance & need of planning; Planning problems and Quantitative methods;
Need of surveys and Data required for spatial planning and Sources available;
formulation of goal and objectives – Variable identification.
UNIT II
Data Collection
Types of Data; Survey and Experiment; Survey: Sample Vs census; merits and
demerits.
Methods of data collection -Direct observation, questionnaire, schedules,
Interviews and video conference methods, Document Reviews; Advantages and
Disadvantages.
Sampling- types-Sampling frame, Sample selection –sample size calculation;
39
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT III
Data analysis and presentation Data Processing; Data Analysis- level of
measurement, Univariate analysis- central Tendency, dispersion etc; Bivariate
analysis –correlation, Regression methods, chi-square test. Methods of Graphical
representation – single and multivariables
UNIT IV
Probability Distributions
Probability- Introduction, Basic Definitions Events and types – dependent-
independent, mutually exclusive and not exclusive. Addition and multiple rules,
conditional probability, Bayes rule etc. Application of probability in Planning.
Statistical Distributions–random variable -discrete and continuous- Normal,
Binomial, Poisson; Mathematical Expectation of random variable.
UNIT V
Hypothesis Testing
Important aspects of Research, Formulation of hypothesis- Null hypothesis,
Alternate hypothesis, Type I and Type II errors, level of significance, degrees of
freedom, Critical region one and two-sample Z-Tests when population S.D is known
and not known, one and two-sample t-tests, paired t-test.
UNIT VI
Time series Analysis
Components of time series analysis, Method of semi-averages, fitting of 1st and
2nd degree polynomials for trend fitting, seasonal variation, Method of moving
averages for finding seasonal indices.
UNIT VII
Index Numbers, Sampling Methods, Non Parametric Statistics
Indexing– simple index and composite index – application of Index numbers-
planning perspective
Sampling method : Drawing a sample, simple random sampling, stratified random
sampling, cluster sampling.
Non parametric statistics : Levels of measurements, Sign test, Wilcoxon test,
Mann-Whitney test, Friedman’s test, Kruskal-Wallis test.
Expected outcome:
Students must able to list probable variables as per their objectives of a survey.
Preparation of schedules for a planning problem. Application of sampling methods
methods and observe the differences in selected samples. Exercise on Demographic
data, land use, housing, Transportation data etc., using Excel or any other basic
statistical softwares like Systat, SPSS, Minitab.

40
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

References:
SP Gupta: Statistical Methods
Ram Ahuja: Research Methods
Philip I. Good: A practical Guide to Data Analysis
Nageswara Rao G. : Research Methodology and Quantitative Methods, B.S.
Publications, Hyderabad.

PL17B2.4C: ESTIMATION & SPECIFICATIONS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Introduction to Specification & Estimation
Why the knowledge of quantity surveying and specifications is necessary for
Planners? Significance and methods of writing specifications, classifications of
specifications, sources of specifications; and Types and methods of cost estimation
rates for different components of planning projects; ISI units of measurement and
modes of payment for different items of works – prevalent rates types of estimates.
UNIT II
Specifications writing
Significance and methods of writing specifications; issues related to housing,
infrastructure, pumping et; general specifications for housing, city level infrastructure
like water supply network, pumping stations, sewerage network, power supply,
road network, street lighting etc.
UNIT III
Specifications for Infrastructure & External Work
Detailed specifications for infrastructure works like W. S. system, sewage drains,
roads, landscaping, railings, paving, pathways, and boundary walls, fencing.
UNIT IV
Estimation
Purpose of estimation, methods of estimation, types of estimates-approximate
estimates, definite estimate; levels of detailed estimate; Cost estimation and
determination of rates for different types of housing; Cost estimation and
determination of rates of works involved in the infrastructure services (roads, water
supply, sewer systems etc.);
Costing procedure for different land use categories, development works, interest on
investment, and phasing; preparation of detailed Development Costs of a Planning
Schemes for an approximate population of 5000 as per Norms and standards.
41
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT V
Valuation
Valuation, value and purpose of valuation; Definition and importance of valuation of
land and buildings; Factors affecting property and land value at a city and locality
level; fiscal and administrative measures of land value; Betterment charges,
introduction to methods of calculating depreciation value of buildings.
Expected Outputs& Assignment
Internal assessment shall be in the form of case study by taking small unit of urban
or rural area. Tutorials and tests to be conducted for estimation and valuation
taking any field problems.
References:
Rangwala: Valuation of Real Properties (Charota Publications)
Vazirani/Chandala: Estimation & Costing
B.N. Datta: Estimation & Costing
Gurucharan Singh: Building Planning, Designing and Scheduling

PL17B2.5C : ECONOMICS & SOCIOLOGY

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
ECONOMICS
Definition and scope of economics, the central problems of economics,
microeconomics and macro economic decisions.Theory of production, factors of
production, scale of production internal external economics, division of labour.
Theory of Demand, Supply and demand, the market mechanism, imperfection of
competition and economic role of Government, Theory of income, employment and
money, National income (GNP and NNP) fiscal policy and inflation. Indian financial
institutions. Problems of economic growth and development, characteristics of
under developed economics, balanced growth and industrialization, technological
change and innovations long term economic plans, economics of urbanization.
UNIT I
Introduction to Urban and Regional Economics
Nature of urban areas; scale of economies; agglomeration economies; Use
of economic concepts in urban planning, housing, transport, taxes, land use,
location, etc; use of economic concepts in regional planning; location, disparities
in development, input output techniques, sectoral development etc. Indicators of
economic development used by World Bank & UNDP and their interpretations.

42
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT II
Modern Economic Planning in India
Planning Commission, National Five Year Plans, annual budgets, National Finance
Commission, National Development Council, State Finance Commission, allocation
of resources, State Plans and budgets (particular emphasis on Telangana) etc.;
basic structure and interpretations, income groups, definition of poverty, poverty
lines, introduction to poverty alleviation programmes, income distribution,
inequalities and regional disparities, national income (GNP and NNP) fiscal policy
and inflation, Indian financial institutions- Study of relevant documents.
UNIT III
Land Economics
Economic concept of land; basic principles of land economics relevance for spatial
planning, economic rent market mechanism, land use pattern and land values;
location economics.Land and real estate market, private ownership and social
control of land, Economics and Town Planning decisions, effects of legislation on
land development and urban land economics. Land development charges and
betterment levy; land use restriction, compensation and requisition, taxation of
capital gain on land versus public ownership’s, economic aspects of land policies
at various levels of decision making.
UNIT V
URBAN SOCIOLOGY
Introduction
Definition and scope of sociology; relationship between sociology and town
planning.Introduction to the sociological concepts of Marx, Talcot Parsons, Weber,
Durkheim, Riesman, Jane Jacobs, Gans, Castells, David Harvey, etc.
UNIT VI
Sociology of India
Culture, language, religion, caste, rural community and its relationship with urban
community, social division of urban and rural poor.
UNIT VII
World Urbanization and Urbanization in India
Urbanrevolution; its preconditions brief history of urbanization in the world leading
to the industrial cities, related problems, concepts of urbanism and urbanization;
brief history of urbanization in India; Mughal and British influences of Indian cities;
post independence urbanization; urbanization process as influences by socio
cultural, political, economic and administrative factors.

43
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT VIII
Urban and Industrial Sociology
Urbanizationand urbanism; social aspects of urban rural migration; concepts of
industrial society; social aspects of industrialization; social problems of urban
community crime delinquency and violence.The Chicago school of sociological
thought, sociation, social organization and space in the city urban space
and segregation, labour markets and housing markets, suburbanization and
gentrification, changing inequalities.
Perspectives on Urban Culture
Louis Wirth and the urban way of life, Simmel and metropolitan culture, the culture
of modernity, the social construction of urban meaning, urban culture and post
modernity.
Expected Outputs& Assignment
The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers and presentations on
above mentioned aspects focusing on their applications to current planning issues.
References:
Irwin McGraw Hill: Urban Economics
Mill & Hamilton: Urban Economic
Evans: Urban Economics
B.L. Mathur: Economic Planning & Development Theory & Practice
Adams Sydie: Sociological Theory
Note:
• Both in internal assessment & external Examination weightage of marks shall
be 50% for Economics & 50% for Sociology.
• External examination paper shall have part A & part B testing the knowledge
of students in Economics & Sociology separately giving equal weightage.

PL17B2.6C : SURVEYING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 2 100 0 100 -

UNIT I
Basic Principles and Chain Surveying
Definitions, scales and symbols, measurement of distance, instruments used,
ranging of survey lines, chaining a line with examples, chaining on sloping ground,

44
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

errors in chaining, tape corrections, chain surveying, principles, off sets, field notes,
instruments, obstacles in chaining, plotting chain survey with practical examples,
introduction to total station survey.
UNIT II
Compass Surveying and Plain tables surveying
Definition of compass surveying, traversing, types of traversing, applications,
advantages and disadvantages, principles and instruments used in compass
surveying; Concept of bearings, meridian and angles, designation of bearing, fore
bearing and back bearing, local attraction;
Definition, application, advantages and disadvantages of plane table survey;
instruments used, working operation, methods of plane table survey; Preparation
of map of a small area with plane table survey.
UNIT III
Automated Surveying
Introduction to use of digital surveying – instruments such as distomat – total
station, electronic theodlite – temporary adjustments – traversing - Measurement
of horizontal and vertical angle, GPRS Technology.
UNIT IV
Computation of Areas and Leveling
Computation of areas; from field notes and from plan with examples, leveling;
instruments used, definitions, principles, reduction of levels, classifications of
leveling, errors in leveling, contouring; characteristics of contour lines, interpolation
and interpretation of contours, uses of contour lines.
Expected Outputs& Assignment
Internal assessment shall be in the form of practical by taking of small unit of urban
or rural area Tutorials and tests to be conducted for surveying and photogrammetry
taking any field problems.
Part field exercises:
Exercises using Automated surveying tools have to be given assignments.
Exercises to be given in Total station and GPRS Technology.

References:
R. Agor: Surveying and Leveling
Kanetkar: Surveying and Leveling
B.C. Punmia: Surveying and Leveling

45
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

GN17B2.1A : COMMUNICATION SKILLS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 P
Course Overview: To prepare students to acquire understanding and fluency in
English for professional work
Objectives of the Course: To provide an adequate mastery of technical and
communicative English Language training primarily, reading and writing skills, and
also listening and speaking skills.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: To prepare students for participation in
seminars, group discussions, paper presentation and general personal interaction
at the professional level.
Unit I
Communication: Importance of Communication; Elements of good individual
communication; organizing oneself; different types of communication; Barriers in
the path of Communication
Unit II
Listening skills: Listening to conversation and speeches (Formal and Informal)
Reading: Techniques of reading, skimming, Scanning, SQ3R technique
Unit III
Creative Writing: Scope of creative writing; Writing skills Signposting, Outlines,
Rephrasing
Writing a report/ format of the report; Paragraph, Letter Writing, Essay writing,
Memo, Circular, Notice, Cover Letter, Resume, Writing with a thesis, Summary,
Précis, Product description – Description of projects and features
Oral Report; Periodical Report; Progress Report; Field Report
Preparation of minutes; Video conference; Tele conference / Virtual meeting
Unit IV
Speaking: How to converse with people, How to communicate effectively;
Language and grammar skills; Pronunciation drills, Phonetics, vowels, Diphthongs,
consonants, Stress, Rhythm and intonation, Conversational skills
Features of effective speech- practice in speaking fluently –role play – telephone
skills – etiquette.
Short Extempore speeches – facing audience – paper presentation – getting over
nervousness – Interview techniques – preparing for interviews – Mock Interview –
Body Language.

46
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit V
Impact of internet on communication; communication through computers;
voice mail; broadcast messages; e-mail auto response; etc.
Reference books:
1. Krishna Mohan &Meera Banerji: Developing Communication Skills Macmillan
India
2. C S Rayudu: Principles of Public Relations, Himalaya Publishing House
3. K. Ashwathappa: Organizational Behavior, Himalaya PublishingHouse
4. Daniel Colman: Emotional Intelligence,

GN17B2.2A : VALUE EDUCATION

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 2 50 0 50 -
Course Overview: To provide guiding principles and tools for the development
of the whole person, recognizing that the individual is comprised of Physical,
Intellectual, Emotional and Spiritual dimensions.
Knowledge Transfer /Expected Skills:
To help individuals think about and reflect on different values.
To deepen understanding, motivation and responsibility with regard to making
personal and social choices and the practical implications in relation to themselves
and others, the community and the world at large to inspire individuals to choose
their own personal, social, moral and spiritual values and be aware of practical
methods for developing and deepening them.
Unit I
Value Education—Introduction – Definition of values – Why values? – Need for
Inculcation of values – Object of Value Education – Sources of Values – Types of
Values: i) Personal values ii) Social values iii) Professional values iv) Moral and
spiritual value Behavioral (common) values
Unit II
Personal values – Definition of person – Self confidence – Relative and absolute
confidence, being self-determined, swatantrata (loosely equivalent to freedom).
Self discipline – Self Assessment – Self restraint –Self motivation – Determination
– Ambition – Contentment Self-respectand respect to others; expression of respect
Unit III
Social values – Units of Society - Individual, family, different groups – Community
47
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

– Social consciousness – Equality and Brotherhood – Dialogue – Tolerance –

Sharing – Honesty-Responsibility – Cooperation; Freedom – Repentance and
Magnanimity.
Peer Pressure – Ragging - examples - making one’s own choices
Unit IV
Professional values-Definition-Competence-Confidence-Devotion to duty-
Efficiency-Accountability.
– Respect for learning /learned – Willingness to learn-Open and balanced mind –
Team spirit – Professional
Ethics – Willingness for Discussion; Difference between understanding and
assuming.
Time Management: Issues of planning, as well as concentration (and aligning with
self goals) Expectations from yourself. Excellence and competition, coping with
stress, Identifying one’s interests as well as strengths.
Unit V
Behavioural values – Individual values and group values. Anger: Investigation of
reasons, watching one’s own anger; Understanding anger as: a sign of power or
helplessness, distinction between response and reaction.
Right utilization of physical facilities. Determining one’s needs, needs of the self
and of the body, cycle of nature.
Relationship with teachers. Inside the class, and outside the class, interacting with
teachers.
Unit VI
Complimentary nature of skills and values. Distinction between information &
knowledge
Goals: Short term goals and long term goals; How to set goals; How to handle
responsibilities which have to be fulfilled while working for goals.
Reference Books
1. Ramancharla Pradeep Kumar. Compiled Reading Material IIIT Hyderabad
2. Dr. S. Ignacimuthu S. J.,Values for life, Better yourself Books, Bandra
Mumbai- 600 050 (1999).
3. Values (Collection of Essays)., Published by : Sri Ramakrishna Math.,
Chennai—(1996)
4. Prof. R.P.Dhokalia., Eternal Human ValuesNCRT –Campus Sri Aurobindo
Marg., New Delhi
5. Swami Vivekananda.,Education., Sri Ramakrishna Math., Chennai-4(1957)

48
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER III
PL17B3.1C : SITE PLANNING & BUILT ENVIRONMENT

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PL17 B2.1C 12 12 100 100 200 S/J

Case study: Detail case study of a residence, study of variousrooms (living,
dining, kitchen, bedroom, toilets etc) including furniture and generating measured
drawings of the same.
Climatology: Introduction to effects of micro and macro climates on built forms,
orientation, and ventilation, protection from excessive sun, rain, dust and insects.
Students in groups of 3-4 shall study effects of climate on buildings, open spaces,
vegetation and draft a report on protecting buildings from climatic variations of a
local campus.
Site Appraisal and Analysis:Site analysis and user analysis including
environment and quality of life. Inventory of existing features of a selected site
(minimum 10 acres) understanding contours. Cut and fill vs geomorphic approach
to site development, principles of geomorphic layout, types of soils, slopes, natural
drainage pattern, types vegetation and their implications on the development of the
site. Students in groups of 3-4 have to survey a selected site and study the natural
features. The study shall relate to layout level regulation modules of GRIHA, LEED
and HMDA Guidelines on Environment and National Building Codes
Expected outcome:
Site appraisal and analysis of a existing project - site appraisal and analysis sheets
are to be prepared.
Site plans need to assessed based on LEED, GRIHA layout stipulations/ building
regulations and submitted in the form of report
Landscape aspects in Site Planning:Study of development as a response to
constraints and opportunities offered by the site, grading in relation to existing
contours, plinth levels, road alignment and storm water drainage. Role of landscape,
its environmental benefits, functional requirements, aesthetic considerations, and
principles of organizing outdoor spaces need to be emphasized. Community
layouts containing 20-30 houses have to be analyzed.
Site planning:
One Minor studio exercise emphasizing on relationship between built form and
outdoor areas and site planning issues for any one of the areas such as institutional
campus plans, residential layouts or IT parks layouts. Exercise on understanding
and modifying land form Examples- Surface Parking Plan, Road layouts (grading
and alignment) layouts of small communities etc;
The distribution of marks in the studio subject may be as follows:
40% for individual assignment
60% for group work
49
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

References:
R Gene Brook: Site planning, environment, process and development TSS, NBC
Kevin Lynch: Site Planning
Premier on Problem Seeking
Michael Laurie: An introduction to landscape architecture
Tom Turner: Landscape Planning
S. K. Bhattarcharjee: Landscape Gardening & Design with Plants
Landscape and Land use Planning by lovJoy

PL17B3.2C : TRAFFIC & TRANSPORTATION PLANNING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W

UNIT I
Transport and Road Development
Transport systems and their types, urban road hierarchy, Characteristics and role
of various forms of transport, Historical perspective of road development in India;
criteria for road and junction improvements, arterial improvement techniques,
Economic, political and social significance and transport development, Transport
policies and programmes in India before and after independence, Scope and
content of Nagpur, Mumbai and Lucknow road development plans; Schemes for
Road development in Urban and rural areas and industries, Road development
Plan by Indian Roads Congress 2021.
UNIT II
Regional Transport Systems
Importance of accessibility in regional transport planning, role of road, rail, air
and water transport system; regional transport systems planning; road network
planning for micro regions.
UNIT III
Surveys and Studies
Demand and supply surveys and studies; traffic volume count, traffic density,
traffic flow, Origin-Destination, Speed and delay, parking and accidents surveys
,parking supply and demand, provision and layout of on street and off street parking
– their need, design of proforma, methods of conducting surveys, analysis and
interpretation, traffic regulatory measures for parking, pedestrian volume studies,
pedestrian facilities, accidents surveys.

50
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT IV
Urban Transportation planning Process (UTPS or 4 Stage modeling)
Introduction to transport planning process; trip generation, trip distribution, modal
split, trip assignment, land use transportation models. Existing organizational and
legal framework, urban transport policy planning; transport planning in developing
countries.
UNIT V
Geometric Design and Road design
Components of geometric design – Horizontal and vertical alignment, sight
distance, cross section, alignment check lateral and vertical clearance, control of
axis, design guidelines for transport infrastructure
Road hierarchies, classification, capacity and level of service, space standards for
road design, land acquisition- components, objectives and functions, intersection
types – controlled and uncontrolled and rotaries, space sharing and time sharing
junctions – their merits and demerits, design in built up areas, cycling and pedestrian
systems – design considerations and guidelines, road and transport infrastructure-
terminals, depots, bus bays, stops, fuel stations etc
UNIT VI
Urbanization Transport Problemand Traffic Management
Traffic characteristics and problems at National, regional and urban level; Public
and Intermediate Transport systems-Rationale, criteria, choices. Objectives,
principles and approach for traffic management; traffic signs and signals; type’s
signs, signs standards, location and maintenance; traffic
signals- types, advantages and disadvantages. Review of the existing traffic
management schemes in case cities
UNIT VII
Transport and Environment
Traffic noise, factors affecting noise, noise abatement measures, standards; air
pollution standards; traffic safety; accident reporting and recording systems, factors
affecting road safety,
traffic and environmental management techniques; transport planning for target
groups children adults, handicapped and women, norms and guidelines for highway
landscape; street lighting types, standards and design considerations.
UNIT VIII
Economic – Evaluation and Transport Policies
Pricing and funding of transport service and systems; economic appraisal of
highway and transport projects; techniques for estimating direct and indirect road
user costs benefits, value of time; review of national, state and local level transport

51
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

policies and their relevance in spatial and economic planning, pricing and funding
of transport systems; energy and environmental implications, National urban
transport policies (2006, 2014), Transport policies in developing countries.
Expected Outputs & Assignment
The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers/tests and presentations
on above mentioned aspects focusing on their applications to current planning
issues.

References:
Khanna& Justo: Highway Engineering
L.R. Kadiyali: Traffic and Transportation Planning Vazirani and Chandola
Transportation Engineering, New Delhi
Road Development Plan of India 2021 – Indian Road Congress
GV Rao: Principles of Transportation and Highway Engineering
VS Mahajan: Transport Planning, Policy and development
John W. Dickey: Metropolitan Transportation Planning, Tat McGrawhill Publishing
Company Ltd.
S. K. Roy: Transportation Planning for developing Countries, Prentice – Hat India,
New Delhi.
Hutchison .B.G: Principles of Urban Transport Systems Planning, McGraw Hill
Book Company
Bruton M.J: Introduction to Transportation Planning, Hutchison & Company London

PL17B3.3C : PLANNING TECHNIQUES

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Spatial Standards
Formulation of spatial standards for residential, industrial, commercial and
recreational areas, space standards for facility areas and utilities.Performance
standards.
UNIT II
Demographic Analysis
Sources of demographic data; population structure and composition age sex
composition, sex ratio, dependency ratio, child woman ratio; measures of age sex
structure, age sex pyramid, population composition; martial status, cast region,

52
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

literacy level, etc; life table techniques; techniques in preparing life tables, abridged;
basic cohorts survival model, inter regional cohorts survival model.
UNIT III
Population projection
Simplex population forecasting models – The linear model, Exponential curves,
modified exponential, Gompertz growth curve, comparative method and ratio
method. Composition population forecasting models – the cohort survival model,
Migration model.
UNIT IV
Regional Survey
Techniques for conducting regional surveys; data requirements for various types
of regional plans; direct level plans, metropolitan region plans, backward regions,
resource regions etc; regional delineation techniques, rationalization cluster and
factor analysis, input output techniques.
UNIT V
Economic Analysis
Multipliers, Input Output Analysis, Brief introduction to projection techniques
like ratio and econometric methods, Analysis of labour force; sectoral shifts and
employment.
UNIT VI
Spatial Analysis
Comparative analysis techniques – Specialization, Concentration and Independence
Systems approach to planning, Understanding structure of urban areas density
patterns, locational decisions forces of concentration, and dispersal association
Gini coefficients and Lorenz curves, Spatial distribution analysis using cartography
techniques, Rent and Gradient models, Location equilibrium of the firm transport
and labour orientation, Market and supply area analysis and thresholds. Pure gravity
models, Reilly’s law and mapping of trade areas constrained and unconstrained
gravity model methods for parameter estimation.
UNIT VII
Plan Preparation Techniques
Methods of identifying urban and regional problems, Setting of goals, objectives
priorities. Methodologies for preparation of urban/regional development plans,
master plans, structure plan and strategy plan techniques; plan implementation
techniques; public participation and plan implementation; techniques of urban
renewal and central area redevelopment.
Expected Outputs& Assignment
The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers and tutorials on above
mentioned aspects. Students shall take up any one example area at any level and
apply above analysis techniques.
53
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

References:
Martin Cadwallader: Analytical urban Geography
Lewis Keble: Principles and Practice of Town and Country Planning
Peter Hall: Urban and Regional Planning
Leslie J King: City, Space and Behaviour, the elements of Urban Geography
C. Lee: Models in Planning
A. G. Wilson: Urban and Regional Models in Geography and Planning.

PL17B3.4C:HOUSING & COMMUNITY PLANNING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Introduction
Significance of housing in National Development Goals; Equity and efficiency
parameters of housing; current issues in housing.Housing as a Basic Human
Necessity and a major land use component and integral sector of urban and
regional development.
UNIT II
Assessing Housing
Existing Housing Statistics; definitions; urban and rural housing statistics;
introduction to concepts of Housing Shortage, Housing Need, quantitative and
qualitative aspects of housing; Housing Demand – Understanding current methods
of demand assessment; knowledge of data sources and their use and interpretation;
census, NSSO and other data; Limitations of existing methods of assessments.
UNIT III
Housing Development Process
Understanding of factors affecting residential location, theoretical knowledge of
ecological, neo-classical, institutional approach to housing; Housing subsystems
and their characteristics; formal and non-formal housing; Process of Public and
private sector housing development process; policy context, actors and their
interrelationships; Inner city housing, Slums, Squatter housing, Unauthorized
Housing; Role of different institutions in housing; International agencies, NGOs,
State, Financing Organizations, Private developers, Cooperatives.
UNIT IV
Housing Standards and Design
Factors determining residential densities; Densities, costs and development control
regulations; Housing design parameters and their relationship to costs; Housing
design and climate; Housing for disaster prone areas.

54
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT V
Housing Policy Analysis
Understanding and evaluation of Housing Policy and programmes in India; five year
plans, Central government policy; Policy frame work for urban and rural housing;
Comparative policy analysis; Housing for the low income groups; Co-operative
housing, objectives and principles; management and financing of housing projects;
investment in housing in public and private sectors.
UNIT VI
Housing typologies in various contexts
Brief review of the historical development of housing typologies in various contexts
the pre urban house, Transient dwellings, Temporary dwellings, Semi permanent
and permanent dwellings, the oriental urban house. (Mesopotamia, The Indus.,
Egypt, China, The Greek and the Romans).
Evolution of housing the urban house history of modern housing typologies.
(The age of the Renaissance, The industrial revolution, Current practices various
design approaches].
Expected Outputs& Assignment
Apart from tests and assignments each student shall present a written paper and
a seminar at the end of the semester for internal assessment on a topic to be
finalized in consultation with the concerned faculty. This shall be based on extensive
literature reviews, site visits (wherever possible) and interviews with experts.
The distribution of marks for the subject may be as follows:
40% for individual assignment/tests
60% for written paper and seminar

PL17B3.5C : CAD APPLICATIONS IN PLANNING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 6 6 100 100 200 P

UNIT I
Starting AutoCAD
Introduction to the menu, starting drawings from scratch, Creating and using
templates starting drawings with setup wizards. Saving and closing a file.
UNIT II
Using co ordinate system
The UCS, Working with Cartesian and polar co ordinate systems, using displays
with key shortcuts.
55
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT III
Setting up the drawing environment
Setting the paper size, Setting units, Setting grid limits, drawing limits, Snap
controls, Use of paper space and model space.
UNIT IV
Basic 2d drawing and editing commands
Basic commands dealing with drawing properties, Layer control, change properties,
line weight control, etc.
Inquiry methods
Using database information for objects, calculating distance and angle, areas.
UNIT V
Blocks
Creating and working with blocks, creating symbols, use of blocks in creating a
layout of a residential area one exercise to be done as lab assignment.
2D & 3D conversion, perspective view, walk through of layout.
UNIT VI
Digital cartography
Use of AutoCAD Map in creating and editing maps.Scanning the primary source/
map, importing / scanned maps/ images / drawings into AutoCAD, digitizing / vector
sing and editing, creating a layout / map and printing one exercise to be done as
lab assignment.
Expected Outputs& Assignment
Students shall prepare a basemap using CAD for any given area. Practicals shall
be conducted from time to time for internal assessment.

References :
• Mastering Auto CAD-2011 and Auto CAD LT 2011.
Auto Desk official training guide.
-Wiley publishing Inc.
By George Omura.
• Learning Auto CAD-2010
Auto desk official training guide

56
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

PL17B3.6C : COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR PLANNING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 2 100 0 100 -

UNIT I Effective Written Skills

Types & classification of reports, difference between technical, scientific, legal
and other types of communication; Format and elements of reports, structuring
of preamble, contents, chapterization bibliography, footnotes, appendices and
references.
Technical Writing:
(a) Business Letters, Format of Business letters and Business letter writing
(b) E-mail writing
(c) Reports, Types of Reports and Format of Formal Reports
(d) Press Report Writing
UNIT II Formal Letters & Specifications
Business and official letters, styles and format, requests for specifications and other
types of business enquirer, conduct of meetings responsibilities of the chairman
and secretaries; agendas and minutes of meeting official records.
UNIT III Literature Survey
Use of libraries, knowledge of indexing and available reference material.
UNIT VI Use of Multimedia in Communication
Computer adaptive presentations slide shows, using the overhead projector, etc.
Style and format for the presentation of the seminar papers, technical reports, and
dissertations.
Expected Outputs& Assignment
Each student shall present a written paper and a seminar at the end of the semester
for final assessment on a topic to be finalized in consultation with the concerned
faculty. Internal assessment to be in the form of book reviews, exercises in writing
comprehensions and group discussions on any relevant topics.
References:
Roach Peter. English Phonetics and Phonology.
A.S. Hornby’s. Oxford Advanced Learners Dictionary of Current English, 7th Edition
Prasad, P. The Functional Aspects of Communication Skills, Delhi.
Sen, Leena. Communication Skills, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.

57
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER IV

PL17B4.1C : NEIGHBOURHOOD & AREA PLANNING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PL17 B3.1C 8 8 100 100 200 J

The course is oriented towards study of a neighborhood involving location, salient
features, spatial characteristics, facilities and amenities, road circulation patterns,
spatial and non-spatial linkages to surrounding areas, Comparison with standards,
building byelaws, Zoning regulations and NBC codes also shall be undertaken to
understand implications of byelaws and regulations.
Surveys: Students in groups shall study about techniques of conducting surveys
for land use, building use, land utilization and physical features of the land. Also
Questionnaire design, sampling techniques and types of socio economic surveys
need to be studied. Survey of a locality consists of
a. Identify the area/locality on map of city, study the area for its relation to
surrounding land uses
b. Prepare broad based questionnaire under heads of Land use type, building
condition, aesthetics, socio economic character and infrastructure etc ; Also
identify sample unit and type to be used
c. Field visit to study land use types, activities, boundaries of the area, circulation,
open spaces, drainage, building types, water requirement, and sanitation
d. Identify problem areas in physical, visual and environmental areas
e. Prepare land use and other maps
f. Compile socio economic data, identify planning issues, problems and
potentials of the area
Expected outcome: Presentation of data and a report with all case study details
and survey results to be submitted
Techniques of Presenting and Analysing Data:Land use classification, coding and
analysis; residential and non residential density patterns and analysis, tabulation
of data;
Expected outcome: Group presentations on Analysis of data
Role of Landscape Planning: Landscape elements like plant materials, surface
materials, outdoor fittings and structures; Role of vegetation, Environmental
benefits, functional requirements, aesthetic consideration; typical situations and
criteria for design with plants and selection of species in planning.
Expected outcome: Presentation on uses of landscape for functional, aesthetic
purposes, Street/roadside planting and Principles of organization of outdoor spaces
58
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Group Housing Design: Students shall plan individually a residential housing layout
for a selected site, accommodating at least 5000 people. Students also have to
plan and prepare alternate layouts for different residential densities and their
variations, typology of housing (row housing, Cluster housing, Apartments, low
rise vs high rise, incremental housing, neighborhood unit etc)taking into account
building bylaws, zoning regulations GRIHA, LEED rating etc. The proposals shall
address issues of Sustainability, environment, and infrastructure.
Expected outcome:
Site layout alternates, site sections showing contour differences and block heights,
circulation, patterns, basic infrastructure, block level layout, working drawings of
layout, a block model of the layout in selected medium.
• The distribution of marks in the studio subject may be as follows:
40% for individual assignment
60% for group work

PL17B4.2C : PLANNING PRINCIPLES

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Introduction
The importance and significance of study of history, human settlement as the
physical expression of a civilization; increasing urbanization and need for the higher
levels of expertise to handle the situation in future; human settlements planning as
the end result of this understanding.
UNIT II
Planning Elements and Dimensions: The concept of scale, element of settlement
planning space form and structure, the technological aspects of form through the
ages. Concepts of time as dimensions of the built form; concept of space and
scale as followed through different cultures; the elements of the town, the house,
the street, the chowk; social and cultural criteria of location of towns and activities
within it.
UNIT IV
The Meaning of Planning
Definitions, planning as a hierarchical process, systems concept, systematic
planning, planning as a problem solving process, philosophy and purpose of
planning, justification of planning, normative planning, positive planning and
ameliorative planning, ecological perspective of planning, the scope and meaning
59
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

and objectives of planning; town planning as a practice, profession and discipline;

the nature of town planning problems; development of planning thought.
UNIT V
Physical Planning
Origin of physical planning; essential features and cornerstones of physical planning,
changes within physical environment; systemic change, systems approach to
physical planning, control mechanisms, physical planning as a guidance and
control of change, contributions of physical to economic and social development,
planning in transition; dimensions of change, future directions. Process of Planning:
Definition and meaning of values, norms, goals and objectives; methodology of
goal formulation; development plans; structure plans, local plans, district plans,
action area plans, public participation, people and plans; regional planning.
UNIT VI
The Modern City
Technological advances and their effect on the town; utopian thinking and
movements about urban improvement and planning; the concept of neighborhood
planning; planning concept and city structure in typical new town design, foreign
examples; planning concept of Chandigarh. Synthesis: The concept of ring towns
and satellite towns; Delhi Master Plan and the concept of NCR, disorientation of
contemporary towns from their cultural context.
UNIT VII
Planning Practice in India
Town planning schemes, comprehensive development plans for towns and cities,
regional plans, metropolitan planning and metropolitan region development
plans; scope and content of planning practice today; role of central, state and
local governments in urban and regional planning and development; evolution of
local governments, development authorities and other planning and development
agencies and their role in planning and planning administration.
UNIT VIII
Rationale of Land Use Planning: Concepts of land, location attributes and land
uses, determinants of land use and relationship to the Planning Process, Approach
to land use planning. Land use and transportation planning. Transport Network
classification and standards, elements, etc., planning principles, land use planning
information system,
Activity systems and choice of space qualities; Systems approach and physical
planning.Plan Preparation and Implementation Agencies: Central, state and local
government agencies; management structures of agencies; development control;
regulations; importance of town and country planning acts in India.
Expected Outcomes & Assignment
Students in-group shall carry out documentation of model cities based on above

60
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

concepts and may culminate as seminar on the same. The internal assessment to
be in the form of term papers and presentations on above mentioned aspects of
physical planning.Internal assessment also to be in the form of tutorials on theories
mentioned.

PL17B4.3C : INFRASTRUCTURE PLANNING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Introduction, Basic Concepts and Theories
Role of physical planner in planning of utilities and services; objectives of utilities
and services planning and implications for public health and environmental
protection.
UNIT II
Planning for Physical Infrastructure
Basic need approach, Planning standards, spatial standards,
Water Supply System
Various sources of water supply, water requirement for different land uses,
factors affecting water demand, per capita requirement and its relationship with
population sizes, variation of water consumption, Planning of water supply system,
organizations and their jurisdictions, basic design guideline and layout of water
supply distribution system; Financing water supply system, public and private
partnership of providing water; Legal aspects and government policy for urban and
rural water supply.
Sanitation and Sewer System
Methods of sanitations, on site and off site sanitation, low cost appropriate
technologies for sanitation.
Quantity of sewage, standards for Indian cities; Sanitary sewer system, network
and layout, data needs and procedure of planning; and septic tanks. Sewage
disposal methods and their advantages and disadvantages, location criteria and
capacity.
Storm Water System
Significance of interpretation and presentation of rain fall data; Surface water run
off, hydrograph, method for estimating run off, unit hydrograph and its application,
definition of watershed; flood frequencies, flood protection measures in urban
areas.

61
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Layout and design of storm water system; general considerations, inlets, self-
cleaning velocity, non scouring velocity, physical layout-design principles, data
requirement
Solid Waste Management
Solid waste management for Indian cities, issues and data base, Methods of solid
waste management, collection and transportation, disposal of solid waste; Land
filling and composting, pre and post treatment - Area requirements, location and
cost aspects of different methods of solid waste disposal systems; Community
participation and NGOs, involvement in solid waster management.
UNIT III
Planning for Social Infrastructure
Basic need approach, Health, Education, Religion, Recreation, Cultural, planning
for fire protection Planning standards, spatial standards, Hierarchy of provision
different types of units and scales, critical issues in public and private development,
ownership, management and maintenance of the same, UIDSSMT.
UNIT IV
Other aspects of Urban Infrastructure
Integrated Infrastructure Planning, socio-cultural aspects, Decentralization,
community participation in the delivery of services and networks, problems of
operation and maintenance; Environmental issues related to quality and level
of network and services, impacts of choice of technology, system design, costs
benefits to the urban community, Effects of land use and density, City Development
Strategy.
UNIT V
Infrastructure and Regional Development
Telecommunication, cable T.V., Wireless communications, digital communications
Internet and intranet, regional poverty and basic needs; regional infrastructure
network systems, Physical (roads, irrigation system, water supply, sanitation,
drainage, watershed management, fire services, telecommunication, energy,
electricity, solid waste disposal etc), Social (Health and education) & Economics
(banking, marketing and public distribution systems), Environmental, social and
economic impacts of infrastructure network system, Role of District Planning
Committee, Case Studies in District and Regional Planning.
Expected Outcomes & Assignment
The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers and presentations on
above mentioned aspects. The class and assignment work to be supplemented
with appropriate site visits.
References:
Arora K.R: Irrigation, Water Power and water Resource Engineering, Standard
Publishers distributors, New Delhi
62
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Gurcharansingh: Water supply and Sanitary Engineering-, Standard Publishers,

Distributors, New Delhi.
AK. Chaterjee: Water Supply, Waste Disposal and Environmental Poll. Engineering
– Khanna publishers
Garge S.K: Hydrology and Water Resource Engineering, Standard Publishers
G.S. Birdie: Water supply and Sanitary Engineering
Reports and research studies by HSMI
Reader volumes by ITPI

PL17B4.4C : PLANNING FOR INFORMAL SECTOR

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 W

UNIT I
Informality and Poverty
Characteristics of informal economic activities, other types of informality; informal
sector vis-à-vis poverty;Dimensions of urban poverty, magnitude of problem, urban
poverty alleviation programs; impact of macro economic structural adjustment
policies on poor urban households.
UNIT II
Informality in the commercial sector
Formal and informal economy at the local scale; types and categories of informal
sector service providers; advantages and disadvantages in the Indian context;
statistics related to employment and turnover of informal sector market; examples
of integration between formal and informal sector market entities; dependency
factors of local economy on formal sector.
UNIT III
Slums
Slums – definitions, legislation, dimensions, causative factors, determinants,
location characteristics ofsettlements; Informal sector- growth, characteristics,
functions, linkages with formal sector.
UNIT IV
Basic Needs and Alternative Approaches for delivery of Basic Services to the
Urban Poor
Development of the concept of basic needs; identification of basic needs and
their provision for various target groups and informal sectors; standards for basic
needs, NGOs and voluntary organizations associated with provision of basic
needs, Alternative Approaches for Delivery of Basic Services to the Urban Poor-
63
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Community planning approach, low cost alternatives and institutional reforms

approach.
UNIT V
Migratory Impulses and Impact on/of Informal Sector
Development of informal sector concept, Characteristics of migrants and their
association with growth of informal sector; socio-economic deprivation and informal
sector; role of informal sector in housing stock, economy, commercial activities,
impact on Urban Development; implications in physical planning.
UNIT VI
Consequences of spontaneous Growth
Study of major aspects; spontaneous living and working, their characteristics
and functions in urban context, consequences of spontaneous growth on various
aspects of urban planning and management (land use, development control,
densities, water supply, drainage, sanitation, traffic, etc).
UNIT VII
Management of Informal Sector - Case Studies
Actions for improvement, appraisal of the role of government, private and voluntary
organizations; existing management; their organizational set up and limitations;
planning and development of urban settlements in respect of the spontaneous
growth; case studies from India and other developing countries.
UNIT VIII
Inclusive Urban Planning
Definitions and Components, Stakeholders- their role, Planning interventions-
Inclusive zoning, development and building regulations, slum development, Plans,
Policies and Programmes, Legislation- Related Acts, Five year plans, policies and
programmes at various levels. The RAY program and the AP MEPMA - Guidelines,
standards, processes and progress in ‘Slum Free City Planning’.
Expected Outputs& Assignment
The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers, tests and presentations
on above mentioned aspects of physical planning.
References:
Ravinder Singh: Sustainable Human Settlements – The Asian Experiences,
SandhuRawat publication
Penelope J. Brooke: Infrastructure for poor people – Public policy for private
Participation
UN- Habitat, The challenge of slums, London, Earthscan, 2003
Jain, A.K., Inclusive planning and social infrastructure , New Delhi, Wiley Eastern,
2010
Housing and Urban Development Corporation, HUDCO 2001 and housing the
64
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

urban poor of India

M.S. Ramanujam Employment promotion on the Urban Informal Sector - New age
international publishers
SatishTiwari: Urban Development, Anmol Publications, and New Delhi
Amitabh Kundu: On the name of Urban poor – Access to Basic Amenities, Sage
Publications.

PL17B4.5C : RURAL DEVELOPMENT

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Introduction
Village as an organic entity; physical, social and economic structure of village;
village problems related to cultivated land, cultivable land, waste land, flooding and
water logging, utilities and services, poverty and distress; rural urban relationship;
complementarities, continuation and dichotomy; problems related to rural-urban
migration.
UNIT II
Village Planning: Concepts and Institutional Framework
Trans-humane, accessibility of villages, inter village communication, delivery of
social services, improvement of rural sanitation, hygiene and drainage
UNIT III
Roots of Rural Development in India
Rural reconstruction and Sarvodayaprogramme before independence; Impact of
voluntary effort and Sarvodaya Movement on rural development; Constitutional
direction, directive principles; Panchayati Raj – beginning of planning and
community development; National extension services.
UNIT IV
Post Independence rural Development
Balwant Raj Mehta Committee – three tier system of rural local Government; Need
and scope for people’s participation and Panchayati Raj; Ashok Mehta Committee
– linkage between Panchayati Raj, participation and rural development.
UNIT V
Rural Planning in Relation to National and Regional PoliciesNorms, principle
and strategies for rural development; Five year Plans and Rural development,
Planning process at National, State, Regional and District levels; afforestation, soil
65
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

conservation and wild life preservation; planning for sustainable agriculture; rural
development programs.
UNIT VI
Resources Planning Development and Management
Endowments; types of resources, exhaustive and replenishible resources
development; utilization and conservation of national, technological and human
resources, natural resources planning and management, recycling of resources and
resources equilibrium; water resource management, waste land management; rural
industrialization and use of non conventional energy in rural development; major
resource development programs in India; case studies of resource development
projects in agriculture, forestry, minerals, water, manpower, etc.
UNIT VII
Community Development and Participation
Community development, community development and rural planning; base
principles of self help techniques and role of voluntary organizations in community
development; appropriate technologies, innovation and entrepreneurship.
UNIT VIII
Post 73rd Amendment Scenario
73rd Constitution (Amendment) Act – XI schedule, devolution of powers, functions
and finance, Panchayati Raj institutions – organizational linkages; Recent charges
in rural local planning; Gram Sabha – revitalized Panchayati Raj Institutionalization;
resource mapping, resource mobilization including social mobilization; Information
Technology and rural planning; Need for further amendments-PURA Concept.
Expected Outputs& Assignment
Internal assessment is based on seminar presentation by individual students on
a selected topic. This shall be based on extensive literature reviews, site visits
(wherever possible) and interviews with experts.
The distribution of marks for the subject may be as follows:
40% for individual assignment/tests
60% for written paper and seminar
References:
SatishTiwan: Rural Development
Ashok Kumar: New Approaches is Rural Development
D. Robins, W Tansly& K G Wills: Rural Resources Development
Vivender Singh K: Socio – Economic Planning for Rural Development

66
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

PL17B4.6C : GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 5 5 100 100 200 P/J

Unit 1 : Introducing to GIS
Definition ,concepts, components and their functions ,input and output elements,
data types , vector and raster data structures, spatial data creation, linking of
attribute data.
Unit 2 : GIS based Master plan preparation
Government Initiatives: National Urban Information System (NUIS), Atal Mission
for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation (AMRUT), Study of Design and
Standards , Smart city Mission , Urban and Regional Development Plan Formulation
and Implementation (URDPFI) guidelines , BHUVAN services, e-governance
mechanism and applications.
Geo-spatial Data Base Creation : Demarcation of planning and mapping area, data
generation through primary , secondary and GPS/DGPS Survey, data analysis,
value addition , quality check and vetting , etc.
Base Map Generation : Urban base map creation using National Design and
Standards. Formulation of master plan of cities as per State Town and Country
Planning Act which includes attribute collection, vetting of maps primary and
secondary survey , sector-wise data analysis ,demand assessment , identification
of issues , development strategies ,etc.
Unit 3: Urban Development and Management
RS and GIS in spatial planning : Urban sprawl and urban growth , modeling of
urban growth, land use change analysis , space use survey , identification of
squatters and assessment.
RS and GIS in infrastructure planning: Municipal GIS and its applications in
infrastructure and utility mapping , solid waste management.
RS and GIS in Disaster Management: Applications of GIS in pre-disaster planning,
prevention and preparedness (environmental sensitivity analysis, vulnerability
analysis ,urban hazard Mapping , seismic risk assessment , flood zoning
assessment, etc.,), post disaster damage assessment , early warning systems .
Unit 4: Applications of GIS and Remote sensing in housing
Detialed understanding of flag-ship programs like pradhan manthri awas yojana
urban(PMAY-U), slum free city plan if action(SFCPoA), Rajiv Awas Yojana(RAY),
Indra Awas Yojana(IAY) and Real Estate Regulatory Act(RERA), Swatch
Bharat,Hriday etc.

67
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Expected Outputs& Assignment

Satellite data interpretation, Interpretation of Survey of India toposheets of the district
Theme wise map preparation through satellite data, from toposheets, Identification
of secondary data, Mapping of other developed/ undeveloped villages in district,
Identification of resource utilization and future scenario. Students shall also have
to undertake a Group Project in GIS emphasizing on applications in various sectors
such as Watershed Management, District Development Plan, Urban Sustenance
Decision Support System, Environmental Monitoring and Urbanization Process A
case study of A.P. State.
References:
Roger Tomlinson: Thinking about GIS; Stephen Wise: GIS Basics
Tor Bernhardsen: Geographic Information Systems (An Introduction)
Keith C. Clarke: Getting Started with Geographic Information Systems
MapInfo Corp., Troy, New York, MapInfo Professional
MapInfo Corp., Troy, New York, MapInfo Professional (Users Guide)
Keith C. Clarke, Bradley O Parks, and Michael P Crane, Geographic Information
Systems & Environmental Modeling: Andy Mitchell, the ESRI Guide to GIS Analysis
Bob Booth: Getting Started with Arc Info – GIS by ESRI
Bruce Ellsworth Davis, Bruce Davis: GIS_ A Visual Approach
David Martin: Geographic Information Systems (Socio Economic Applications)

Open Elective - 1
Note: Subjects can be chosen across the Departments of the university. The
subject lists will be available with the Departments from where the students can
choose the Elective.

68
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER- V

PL17B5.1C : RURAL AREA PLANNING STUDIO

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PL17 B4.1C 7 7 100 100 200 S/J

Survey: The academic objective of this exercise is to get a firsthand experience
about the lifestyle of the rural people. The students are required to undertake the
study of a cluster of village ora village with a population of around 10,000s and
conduct a detailed primary survey. The villages selected should be outside the
zone of influence of any metropolis. The primary survey is also expected to give
them an exposure to research methodology and techniques of data collection. The
students will have to visit and stay at the villages for a few days to conduct the
survey. Primary survey shall be conducted for adequate households for detailed
study. As part of the secondary survey, the Provision of Urban Amenities in Rural
Areas (PURA) Regulations, a PPP Scheme of the Ministry of Rural Development
(Govt. of India) under the XII Five Year Plan are also required to be studied. Village
level information shall be collected from the Panchayat Office, Census handbook
and other secondary sources.
Expected outcome: Detail primary survey and secondary survey results and
questionnaire format along with a report.
Analysis: The students are required to study various issues like demography,
employment and asset structure, agriculture and allied activities, social and cultural
issues, livelihood patterns, community development and participation, institutions,
government programmes, village level amenities and linkage, energy utilization
pattern, resource profile and natural resources planning; and recent changes and
development in the villages and the surrounding areas.
Expected outcome: SWOT analysis of available resources and funds.
Plan preparation: The output of the studio exercise shall be in the form of preparation
of a strategy plan for the overall short and long-term development of the village.
Expected outcome:
Strategy plan report along with maps, plans, photographs and charts.
• The distribution of marks in the studio subject may be as follows:
40% for individual assignment
60% for group work

69
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

PL17B5.2C : URBAN DESIGN AND CONSERVATION

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Introduction to Urban Design Theory
Relationship between architecture, urban design and planning; city as a three
dimensional entity; study of volumes and open spaces at all levels; a brief historic
review of the development of the urban design discipline and principles.
UNIT II
Elements of Urban Design
Urban form as determined by inter play of masses, voids, building typology; scale,
harmony, symmetry, color, texture, light and shade, dominance, height, urban
signage and graphics; organization of spaces and their articulation in the form of
squares, streets, vistas and focal points, image of the city and its components such
as edges, paths, landmarks, street features, skyline, etc; urban transportation.
UNIT III
Physical and Non Physical Determinants of Urban Forms
Activity and the morphology of places; form size and structure of cities and the
related geometry co related with their determinants; case studies of urban design
characteristics of cities in India and abroad; related issues for public intervention.
UNIT IV
UrbanLandscape
Characteristics and components of open space, patterns in towns and cities
(traditional and contemporary) basic types: streets, squares, ghats and maidan,
plazas, different concepts of gardens with examples, hierarchy of open spaces
at various planning level, public parks at district, local and neighbourhood levels;
national parks, landscape design related to land use, circulation networks and
activity; street furniture and vegetation as a component of urban landscape.
UNIT V
Basic Principles of Conservation
Overview and introduction of the basic concepts of conservation values, attitudes
and principles for judging the conservation importance of sites, areas and related
typology; scope and basic techniques of urban conservation.
UNIT VI
Aspects of Urban Conservation
Legal and administrative aspects archaeological acts/charters pertaining to

70
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

conservation, development and conservation; case studies of proposals for urban

conservation of sites/areas in India and abroad.
Expected Outputs& Assignment
The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers and presentations on above
mentioned aspects of physical planning. Students shall carry out documentation of
any significant area emphasizing on its urban design and heritage conservation
aspects.
References:
Edmond Beckons: Design of cities
Rob Krier: Urban space
Kevin Lynch: Image of City
Geoffery Broadbent: Emerging Concepts in Urban Space Design
Planning for Conservation
Bernard Fielden: Technical Manual for Conservation of Buildings
A.K. Singh: Origin and Growth of Town

PL17B5.3C : PLANNING & MANAGEMENT FOR DISASTERS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Basic concepts, classification and definitions
Hazard, Risk, Vulnerability, Disaster and Disaster Management. Types of disasters;
Hazard and vulnerability profile of India.
UNIT II
Disaster Risk, Vulnerability and Capacity Assessment (concepts and methodology)
Relevance of Disaster Risk, Vulnerability & Capacity Assessment in Planning,
Concept of Hazard Assessment, Vulnerability Assessment, Risk Assessment and
Capacity Assessment, Hazard Identification and Analysis.
UNIT III
Disaster Management and Planning
Four elements of comprehensive disaster management (Preparedness, Response,
Recovery and Mitigation), Concept of Mitigation and its importance (Structural and
non-structural mitigation measures, identification of mitigation measures relating
to different types of hazards and implementing strategies).Land-use Management
tools for disaster risk reduction. (Building codes, GDCR, zoning ordinances, land
acquisition, transfer of development rights, recovery and reconstruction plan).
71
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT IV
Introduction to various Hazard Safety Legislations
National Disaster Management Act, Various state Disaster Management Acts
(Gujarat, Uttar Pradesh, Uttaranchal, Bihar) and state disaster management
policies (eg: Orissa, Gujarat, Uttaranchal, Tamil Nadu, Delhi, Uttar Pradesh).
Relevance of Rehabilitation and Resettlement Policy in recovery and reconstruction
phase of disaster management- planning process.
Coastal zoning regulation notification for construction and reconstruction phase in
the coastal areas.
UNIT V
Understanding the role of various stakeholders and Community based Disaster
Risk Management
Role of Government/Civil Society/ International Organizations/ Communities And
Approaches to Community Based Disaster Risk Management and Planning. (Local
coping mechanisms, Importance of mock drills and onsite volunteer management
in Community level disaster preparedness activities).
Expected Outputs& Assignment
Students shall carry out case studies in groups from state and undertake (a). Zonal
mapping highlighting the disaster prone/sensitive areas. (b) Indicate possibilities
of integrating Disaster management and Development planning (c) Linking up of
community development planning with community based disaster management.
(d). Formulation of hazard Mitigation Plan/Disaster management plan, The internal
assessment to be in the form of term papers and presentations on above mentioned
aspects focusing on their applications.
References:
B K Prasad: Sustainable Rural Development for disaster mitigation

PL17B5.4C : DEVELOPMENT PLANNING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Introduction
Major concepts in political economy and types of economies capitalism, socialism,
communism, etc.

72
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT II
Developed, Developing and Under Developed Economics
Concepts and definition of development.Indicators of development.Factors
influencing development.Efficiency versus equality.Broad introduction to main
stream, classical and market theories of development and under development.
Characteristics, indicators and phases of development; obstacles to development;
business cycles; levels of development; series of development and planning
relevance of economic development in physical planning.
Regional disparities in development.Surplus generation of primary sector and its
influence on development.Investment, public policy and development. Development
as defined and implied in Indian planning and related development programmes.
Development planning as distinct from other types of planning.
UNIT III
Classical Theories of Development
Introduction to Adam Smith’s theory, specialization and division of labor; Ricardian
theory of rent; and value and quasi rent.
UNIT IV
Modern Theories of Development
Keynesian revolution innovation theory, backwash and spread effect; critical
minimum effort and stages of economic growth.
UNIT V
Models of Development
Balanced vs. unbalanced dualistic approach in development; derived development;
Lewis model; Harrod Domar model; Sean’s model, etc; development models in
Indian planning first to tenth five year plan; effectiveness of the models in Indian
planning. Theories of development (Trickle down, Bottoms up) Settlements systems
/ secondary cities.Sectoral shifts- spatial implications of economic change.
UNIT VI
Issues in Growth and Development
Conditionsfor economic growth. Planning in India goals and objectives; targets and
achievements impact, types of planning regional disparities, population and poverty,
unemployment, savings, balance of trade and payments, resource transfers and
regional development, sectional priorities and development; structural reform and
its impact on growth; financing five year plans. Introduction to Marxist theories of
development.
UNIT VII
Regional Development Theories
Export base theory, Neo classical theory, Cumulative causative theory of Myrdal
73
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Kaldor, Econometric model, Input output model, Multisector development planning

model. Location theory agglomeration economics – transport sector -growth poles
cities and regional growth.Overview of regional development in India through
history.
UNIT VIII
Liberalization and Globalization
Aspects of structural adjustments in economic policies; impacts of free trade,
foreign direct investment, capital flows, migration, technology transfer on socio-
economic factors and development in the ‘third world’ (specially in India); concepts
of global cities, hierarchy of networked global cities.
Expected Outcomes & Assignment
The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers and presentations on
above mentioned aspects.
References:
S.L.Goel& S.S. Dhaliwal: Urban Development & Management
ShriBhagwanDahiya: Theoretical Foundations of Development Planning

PL17B5.5C : PLANNING WORKSHOP- I (TRAFFIC STUDIES)

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 3 3 100 100 200 J

This course is designed to expose students to hands - on, primary involvement
with those typical problems/projects existing within a neighborhood/area level that
require interaction with experts and implementing authorities/line departments in a
focused way. The main objective of this course is to enhance learning through a
combination of lectures, demonstrations and interactive practical exercise session
on topics such as traffic junctions, rotary junctions, landscape developments,
architectural & planning documentations, signage design within a neighborhood/
area level.
Following surveys related to Transportation aspects should be conducted: Traffic
volume survey, speed and delay studies, parking studies, pedestrian studies, road
geometrics and road components, rotaries and signalized intersections.
Preparation of area traffic circulation plan by studying the existing land use, existing
circulation pattern, level of service and other criteria if any.
Expected outcome:
Students either in small groups or individually have to arrive at comprehensive
traffic management plan/ traffic circulation plan for a selected locality and a detailed
element level design and DPR
74
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

PL17B5.6C :PLANNING THEORY AND URBAN POLICY

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
PLANNING THEORY
Introductionto basicandtraditionaltheoreticalframeworksestablishingtherationaleof
planningasa profession,theroleofplanners,andtheprocessofplanning.
UNIT I
Introduction to planning theory
Understanding the concept of theory in general; differentiating between theories
of planning and theories in planning and theories about planning; significance of
planning theory; definitions of planning and their critical evaluation; understanding
a paradigm and its stages of development.
Understanding rationality in planning in general; introduction to categories of
rationality and associated paradigms; introduction to synoptic, incremental,
transactive, advocacy and radical theories of planning, relating them with purpose
and process of planning; reasoning and its various forms in planning -space, place
and location.
UNIT II
Process of planning: instrumentality and communicative
Instrumental rationality and its associated schools of planning processes;
means-ends planning; systems theory of planning; the emergence of communicative
rationality and its associated schools of planning processes; participatory planning
and action planning; deductive and inductive methods; prescriptive vs inclusive
planning
UNIT III
Theories of urban growth, sustainability
Forms of cities in the developed and developing world; compact cities, global cities,
hierarchy in global cities; agglomerations of scale, economies of scale and urban
agglomeration; location theories, concentric zone theory, bid rent theory, sector
theory; cross border regions (CBRs).
Sustainable urban development – evolution of the concept, components and
processes; weak and strong sustainability; millennium development goals; equity
in planning; globalisation and cities; networked cities.
UNIT IV
Systems approach to planning and other alternatives
Understanding systems theory in general; main characteristics of Rational

75
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Comprehensive Planning; components of systems based planning; understanding

systematic change; key disadvantages with systems view of planning.
Introduction to alternative development paradigms; incremental planning and
disjointed incrementalism; transactive planning and mixed scanning; main
components and features of advocacy planning; ladders of citizens’ participation and
the art of muddling through; radical planning approaches – equity, socialmobilisation
and social change.
UNIT V
Participatory planning
Public interest and its forms, history and significance of public participation; the
role of market in planning; the hurdles in systems theory of planning; conditions
of effective communication and discourse for planning; public participation and
empowerment; fundamentals of communicative rationality in planning; models of
communicative and collaborative planning.
UNIT VI
Uncertainty in planning; New Public Management (NPM) theories
Matrix of uncertainity; agreed goals and known tools; disagreed goals and
unknown tools; leapfrogged decision making – premature programming and
premature consensus; implications of uncertainity; risk reduction; role of planners.
Role of market in development; economic planning vs physical planning; models of
NPM; efficiency and efficacy in planning, transparency, accountability, collaboration
and innovation.
URBAN POLICY
UNIT VII
Introduction to urban policy analysis
Tools for issue and policy analysis and alternate models of decision making in
urban management
The four overlapping fields of urban policy analysis: Political leadership; leaders
and political cultures, elite theories, group theory and pluralism, neo-Marxist work,
network analysis, coalition theory, NGOs and civil society. Theory of change,
Adaptive leadership, negotiation and conflict resolution. Political decision making
citizen preferences, participation, and policy options; populist spatial theories,
budget snapshots, policy responsiveness bureaucratic process and service delivery
- bureaucratic theories; incrementalism, dynamic bureau head, professionalism
and reform, population and economic location; small firms, impacts of public policy
UNIT VIII
Policies, institutions and change
The relationship between capitalism, democracy, and civil society; effecting
community change through leadership intervention- raising consciousness or
76
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

building support around an issue, implementing a program, or any initiative that

requires the mobilization of multiple stakeholders, advocacy methods, leverage
points, and resources for change.
The nature of power in its various forms (electoral power, issue framing, financial,
citizen mobilization, public opinion) Case studies exploring how power and
resources can be acquired, evaluated, mobilized, and deployed in the service of
promoting a policy agenda, leverage points for achieving social change, the studies
should promote familiarity with legislative processes, the budget cycle, the electoral
arena, the regulatory system, public interest law, labor relations,procurement, and
the various paths to influencing public opinion and decision makers. Comprehensive
strategy for conducting a campaign for issue advocacy or political change.
Expected outcome:
Internal assessment should include at least one report on urban policy:
Students are required to complete a professional, applied research and analytical
report written for a specific client, usually a policy maker or a non-profit organization
manager and shall be presented as written paper and seminar.
• The distribution of marks in the studio subject may be as follows:
40% for individual assignment/Test.
60% for seminar and Written paper and seminar.
Reference;
Modern growth theory by DipankarDasgupa
George Chadwick, ASystem view of Planning
M.Fagance,Citizen participation in Planning
Andreas Faluda,Reader in Planning Theory
Andreas Faluda, Planning Theory
Lichfield,N,….,Evaluation Planning Porcess
Ed.ElizabathA.Strom&John H.Mollenkopf.The Urban Politics Reader
Ed.Devid.T.Beito and others ,tThe voluntary City: Markets Community and Urban
Planning

77
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

PL17B5.xE : ELECTIVE 1 : I. REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 3 50 50 100 -
UNIT I
Land
Economic concepts of land, objectives, and scope of land economics; relevance
for spatial planning, economic principles of land uses; economic rent, land use and
land values, market mechanism and land use pattern.
UNIT II
Development of Land and Real Property
Process, cost of development, source of finance, and financial calculation for real
estate developer.
UNIT III
Real Property Markets
Heterogeneity and imperfections, valuation of real property – principles and
practices; private ownership and social control of land; disposal of land; land
development charges and betterment levy; land use restrictions, compensation
and requisition taxation of capital gain on land versus public ownerships, economic
aspects of land policies at various levels of decision making.
UNIT IV
Factors Influencing Locational Decisions
Analysis of location of specific uses like residential, industrial, commercial and
institutional in the light of location theories in intra-regional and inter-regional
context; Techniques of cost benefit analysis of urban development programme.
Case studies
Case studies of real estate development in public, private, partnership sectors,
Real estate as facilitator of development; Development of real estate as a tool for
controlling land and property prices; Transaction and renting of real estate, Lease
deeds/ sale deeds, sale documents, registration; Mortgage and pledging.
Expected Outcomes & Assignment
The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers and presentations on
above mentioned aspects.
References:
Irwin McGraw Hill: Urban Economics
Mill & Hamilton: Urban Economics
78
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Evans: Urban Economics

B.L. Mathur: Economic Planning & Development Theory & Practice
R.L. Nelson: Real Estate & City Planning

PL17B5.xE : ELECTIVE 1 : II. AFFORDABLE HOUSING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 3 3 50 50 100 -
UNIT I
Introduction to Affordable Housing
Urbanisation & housing shortage in India, Introduction and definition of “Affordable
Housing” in India, difference between affordable and low income housing, income
levels and housing affordability , Socio – economic implications of affordable
housing, Demand drivers and supply constraints for affordable housing in India
Unit II
Policy framework & regulations for affordable housing & Government’s Role in
Affordable Housing
Central level & state level schemes, state sponsored initiatives, Government’s role
in determining what is “affordable”, Advantages & disadvantages of government
regulation in affordable housing, Review of affordable housing Programs of
Government, Pros and cons of government-built affordable housing vs. privately
developed multi-family housing. Discussion of government as developer (public
housing), as facilitator, and as lender to public housing
Public approaches towards affordable housing globally - Strategies and policies,
subsidies, incentives and administrative streamlining, planning support
Unit III
Role of PPP in Affordable Housing & Issues in development of affordable housing
Effective use of available Government land, Land Banking, FSI, Cross Subsidization,
Redevelopment / Rehabilitation, housing finance companies, Lack of availability of
land, lack of access to home finance, rising cost of construction, entry of private
players in affordable housing segment – push & pull factors, institutional approach
to affordable housing
Unit IV
Affordable housing - a case study
Project level discussion - how does an affordable housing development begin?
Basic steps and feasibility analysis, beginning with finding land, developing a
concept, through application for funds and identification of financial partners.
79
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

PL17B5.xE : ELECTIVE 1 : III. URBAN SANITATION

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 3 3 50 50 100 -
UNIT I
Urban Sanitation, Urban Sanitation Challenges, Status of urban sanitation in Indian
Cities, Impacts of Poor Sanitation.
Unit II
Urban Sanitation Planning and Development, Guiding principles for better
sanitation planning, City Sanitation Plans, National, State and City Level Support
for Sanitation, NGO and CBO Roles in Service Delivery, Swatch Bharat Mission
for Sanitation.
Unit III
Sanitation in Developing Cities, Sustainability Criteria for Urban Sanitation,
Planning ofSustainable Sanitation for Cities, Sanitation and Sustainable Urban
Development, Innovations in Sanitation Planning, Technology Options for Urban
Sanitation in India.
Expected Outcomes & Assignment
The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers and presentations on
above mentioned aspects. The class and assignment work to be supplemented
with appropriate site visits.
References
Globalisation, Urban Reforms & Metropolitan Response: India, Darshini Mahadevia
Housing and Urbanisation: A Study of India, Cedric Pugh, SAGE Publications, 1990
Affordable Housing in the Urban Global South: Seeking Sustainable Solutions, Jan
Bredenoord, Paul Van Lindert, Peer Smets.The Affordable Housing Reader edited
by Rosie Tighe, Elizabeth Mueller

Open Elective - 2
Note: Subjects can be chosen across the Departments of the university. The
subject lists will be available with the Departments from where the students can
choose the Elective.

80
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER VI

PL17B6.1C: URBAN PLANNING STUDIO

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PL17 B5.1C 8 8 100 100 200 S/J

The objective of this studio program is to expose the student to study and establish
appropriate planning standards, techniques of population projection, Identification
of the data to be collected and the sources thereof, organizing surveys and
collecting socio economic, traffic and other data, Using selected computer software
to analyze the data, Projecting the future with different scenarios and identification
of Action Areas (i.e., specific problems related with housing, services, circulation,
etc.).
The output of this studio exercise shall be the preparation of a Comprehensive
Development Plan of a medium/small city and the proposals may include a focus
on planning for tourism or energy conservation or heritage conservation, etc. The
plan process to be evolved in terms of the following stages.
Understanding Legal Framework Review of legal framework (Urban Development
Acts) Review of Development Plans, Identification of Urban Developmental
Planning Issues Review of literature.
Selection of City for Plan Preparation Based on the geographical location,
population size, Functional category, rate of growth four cities are to be identified
and methodology for data collection is to be evolved.
A ten day visit to each of the cities by group of students visit the selected cities,
prepare existing land use (broad), collect necessary secondary information,
discuss/survey public about the problems, vision etc.
Plan preparation of a strategy plan for the overall short and long-term development
of the village
Plan preparation: Two minor exercises in Population projections, City Sanitation
Plan, CDM, Transportation plan or Environmental impacts of urbanization.Major
exercise identifies Long-term and short term goals, Objectives identified and
quantified within two time five year time frame.Converting actions into physical
plan &Projectization of the plan proposals.
Expected outcome: A report along with base maps, survey results, physical
planning proposals and recommendations has to be submitted at the end of the
semester. Also students should present their work on sheets to the external jury.
The distribution of marks in the studio subject may be as follows:
40% for individual assignment
60% for group work
81
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

PL17B6.2C:REGIONAL PLANNING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 3 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Introduction
Definition, scope and content of Regional Planning, need for Regional planning
and basis, concepts of spatial organization and region;
The nature of a region – functional regions and formal regions, regional
specialization, development and growth of regions; regionalization - inter-regional
trade and factor movements; settlements, pattern, hierarchy; rural and urban, role
of cities in regional development.
UNIT II
Regional Economics
Individual location decisions, transfer costs, locational patterns, markets, existence,
conditions and size, market locations and regional development – inter and intra
regional economic analysis
UNIT III
Regional Analysis
Techniques of delineation of regions; centrographic analysis; input-output analysis
– income and expenditure multipliers; inter and intra regional economic analysis
- multivariate analysis of industrial groupings – principal components and factor
analysis – sectoral shift analysis – rank size rule. Disparities – use of development
indicators, composite development index
UNIT IV
Regions in India
Types of regions, methods and purpose of regionalization – Delineation of regions
in India; Population growth, distribution, resource base, migration in India, causes;
Urbanization, spatial variations – reasons, factors and implications in planning,
IDSMT and metro regional approaches
UNIT V
Regional Growth Processes
Some approaches of Rostow, Hirschman, Myrdal, Concept of core and periphery,
Growth centers, growth poles, service center and agropolitan district and their
approaches in India and other countries; Spatial growth process, theories of
Christaller, Losch – Rank size rule, primary spatial innovation, diffusion etc

82
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT VI
Regional Planning and Development
Regional development; balanced and unbalanced development; under
development; models of regional development; regional planning processes;
identification of plan objectives; collection, classification and analysis of data; norms
and standards for regional planning; Planning Commision’s Manual of Integrated
District Planning, role of district planning committees (DPC) and metropolitan
planning committees (MPC); settlement pattern, population and resource allocation/
distribution; infrastructure; environmental concerns and protection; alternative
strategies; implementation and financing strategies.
Regional basis of decentralized and multi-level planning in India, National level,
state level, district planning, block level planning.
UNIT VII
Case studies
Case studies of district plans in India (Kollam, Chandrapur, etc); Case studies of
Damodar valley Corporation, National Capital Region, Narmada Command Area
Development Plan, Mumbai Metropolitan Region Development Plan, etc.
UNIT VIII
Reducing disparities and optimizing resources
Disparities and imbalances in India and its impact; Sectoral basis- integrated
rural energy planning, watershed management with respect to common property
resources, community based resource management, traditional knowledge and
institutional systems; Backward area development
References:
Mahesh Chand, Vinay Kumar Puri - Regional planning in India

PL17B6.3C:PROJECT FORMULATION, APPRAISAL & MANAGEMENT

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 3 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Introduction to Project Formulation & Appraisal
The Concept of projects, Importance of project formulation, project identification and
formulation, detailed project report, and feasibility studies; techniques of financial
appraisal, pay back period, IRR, DCF, NPV, CBR. Project formulation; definition,
objectives; Stages of project formulation their significance; input analysis, financial
cost-benefit analysis, social-cost benefit analysis; Project appraisal and report.

83
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT II
Introduction to Project Management
Definitions and meanings; importance of project management, Reasons or shortfall
in its performance, scientific management, life cycle of project.
UNIT III
Project Management
Planning and control, Human aspects, Development of project network, Critical
path, PERT & CPM, Project organization, Contracting, Procurement and
Recruitment budget and fund flow statement, stabilization and finish. Organization
of project; matrix organization, task forces, project teams; monitor and control
of project. Project Management Strategies: Tools and Techniques for project
management, classical persuasive and non persuasive strategies and techniques.
New techniques of management by objectives (MBO). Integrated reporting system,
flow diagrams, bar, charts, milestone, charts, CPM and PERT, LOB. Techniques of
monitoring of development works standard oriented costs control, turnkey system,
vertical production method, inventory cost control techniques, and unified status,
index techniques. Tecno economic analysis of the project
UNIT IV
Techniques of Project Appraisal
Technical/Financial/Organizational criteria, Appraisal Criteria (NPV/B/C. Ratio/
I.R.R. Financial Analysis Capital Costs, Financing plans, Operation costs,
Projections of costs and revenues, Financial viability, Debt servicing, Tariff and
revenues, Income and expenditure statements, Project balance sheets, Rate of
returns. Social Cost Benefits Analysis Rationale for SCBA, UNIDO Approach.
Expected Outputs& Assignment
The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers and presentations on
above mentioned aspects focusing on their applications to current projects related
to physical planning.
References:
Dr. B.C. Punmia, K.K. Khadelwal: Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd: Project Planning and
Control with PERT & CPML.S. Srinath: PERT and CPM Principles and Applications,
Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. LTd.Dr. A.N. Sachithanandan: Reading Material on
Project Formulation and Appraisal, Institute of Town Planners, India, New Delhi.

84
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

PL17B6.4C: PLANNING LEGISLATION

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Concept of Law
Sources of law (custom, legislation and precedent); meaning of the term of law,
legislation, ordinance, bill, act, regulations and bye-laws, Doctrine of separation
of powers; significance of law and its relationship to planning; benefits of statutory
backing for planning schemes; eminent domain and police powers.
UNIT II
Indian Constitution
Concepts and contents of Indian Constitution; provisions regarding property rights;
evolution of planning legislation and overview of legal tools connected with urban
planning and development; Legislative competence of State & Central Government
to enact town planning legislation; model town planning laws (Model Urban &
Regional Planning Acts, Model Municipal Corporation Act, UDPFI, Model Municipal
Law etc).
UNIT III
Laws, Acts and Regulations for Planning and Development
Introduction, scope and relevance of various laws and acts relevant to planning;
Model Town and Country Planning Acts, Development Authorities Act, 73rd and
74th Constitution (Amendment) Acts (confirming legislation of various states,
hurdles to implementation; Municipal Acts, Environmental and Pollution control
Acts, Rent control legislation, housing co-operative related legislation, slum related
legislation, legislation related to Conservation & Restoration, Repeal of Urban Land
Ceiling Act (status in various states) etc., Case studies.
Objectives, contents, procedures for preparation and implementation of master
plans, ILUPs, town planning schemes & Regional Plans; Concept of arbitration,
betterment levy, development changes & Public Participation in statutory planning
process, concept of alternatives to master plan, regulations, transfer of development
rights, other legal tools.
UNIT IV
Land Acquisition Act
Introduction to Land Acquisition Act, 1984, Historical background, need, advantages,
limitations; Relevance in today’s context; Case studies highlighting nature of
contention, parties in dispute and the decisions in specific planning dispute.

85
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT V
Organisations for plan Implementation
Special purpose bodies for plan implementation such urban/ metropolitan
development authorities, improvements trusts, water and sewerage boards,
housing boards, slum improvement/clearance boards, transport undertakings;
regional development boards, implementation agencies at state & district level.
Expected Outcomes & Assignment
The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers,tests and presentations
on above mentioned aspects.
References:
ITPI Reader Volume
UDPFI Guidelines
Master Plan Approach: Efficacy & Alternatives

PL17B6.5C: PLANNING WORKSHOP II (INFRASTRUCTURE STUDIES)

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 3 3 100 100 200 J

The course begins with a review of infrastructure systems, how they work, and
the role of planners in the provision of these services. The course then discusses
how infrastructure planning might be the best approach to managing growth,
offering a potentially more effective means of directing the timing and intensity of
development in a community.
For the purposes of the planning workshop, the following areas need to be covered:
1) Solid waste management
2) Domestic water supply
3) Sanitation and storm water drainage
4) Electrical services
5) Roads and circulation pattern
Benchmark service level parameters against standards, develop small proposals
for improvement
This is individual exercise where each student will choose one city/town and look
at all parameters for services like SWM, water supply, sanitation & storm water
drainage, roads and compare against standards to analysis the shortfalls in service
levels and finally suggest small proposals for improvements. During this study
students document the best practices if any within the specified sectors in city/town
selected. Exercise in this may be followed bySustainable Area Development Plan
86
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Sustainable Area Development Plan

Students will be divided into small groups and each group will choose one
infrastructure system to study all aspects of sustainability of that infrastructure
system and come up with proposal/recommendations for making the area self
sustainable.
Aspects of sustainability like sewerage treatment plan recycle and reuse of waste
water, rain water harvesting, SWM (vermi composting, waste to energy, etc.),
parking & predestination and electrical sub stations.
Expected outcome
Expected outcome: Students either in small groups or individually have to deal the
above aspects and arrive at infrastructure planning proposals for the selected ares.
At least two studio exercises have to be dealt.

PL17B6.6C: ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Human Population and the Environment
Population growth, variation among nations, Population explosion – Family Welfare
Programme, Environment and human health, Human Rights, Value Education, HIV/
AIDS, Women and Child Welfare, Role of Information Technology in Environment
and human health- Case Studies.
UNIT II
Resources Planningand Conservation
Definition of Resource, Resource characteristics –key factor links with the
settlement systems at broader perspective; settlement dependencies on resources;
Concepts, theories related to conservation & management of resources, resource
conservation in settlement planning, concept of common pool resources & their
management, Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources, Equitable
use of resources for sustainable lifestyles. Data needs and type of analysis required
to evolve ecological parameters for urban development.
UNIT III
Biodiversity Conservation and Management
Concept and definitions of Biodiversity - genetic, species and ecosystem diversity.
Significance of systems diversity; Bio-geographical classification of India, Valuing
biodiversity- consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option

87
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

values; Biodiversity at global, National and local levels, Significance of Urban

Biodiversity in planning process, Hot-spots of biodiversity, Issues in Biodiversity
management, Threats to biodiversity : habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-
wildlife conflicts, Endangered and endemic species of India, JFM & biodiversity
conservation in tribal areas, In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity; Broad
views of various national and international policies and instruments of biodiversity,
Biodiversity Convention, Biodiversity Act etc.
UNIT IV
Environmental Policies and Awareness
Environment Protection Act, Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Water
(Prevention and control of Pollution) Act, Wildlife Protection Act, Forest Conservation
Act, Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation, Public awareness.
Global and national policies on environment; Conventions, treaties and protocols
on environment, RAMSAR convention, Convention on Climate Change, Rio Earth
Summit, Stockholm conference, Kyoto Protocol, etc; Environmental awareness
and movements in India; Agencies involved in environment protection, Public
participation, case studies.
UNIT V
Sustainable Development & Environmental Economics
Concept and principles of sustainability, Sustainability versus Development, Role
of local knowledge systems in sustainable development; Issues in Sustainable
Development, sustainable development in developed and developing nations,
Gender and livelihood, Economic versus Environmental sustenance; concepts
of environmental economics, environmental accounting, resource pricing, green
house gases and implications on global trade etc.
UNIT VI
Environmental Impact studies
EIA – meaning, significance and framework; Methodologies – checklist, matrices,
network and social cost-benefit analysis; sources and acquisition of environmental
information; Environmental land use classification; Environment impact studies of
development projects.
Field work- Visit to a local area to document environmental assets river/forest/
grassland/hill/mountain; Visit to a local polluted site-Urban/Rural/Industrial/
Agricultural; Study of common plants, insects, birds; Study of simple ecosystems-
pond, river, hill slopes, etc.

88
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

PL17B6.7C: Seminar (Emerging Planning Contexts, Issues and Alternatives)

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 -
UNIT I:
Infrastructure
Public private partnerships, capacity building, integrated infrastructure, community
participation, land acquisition, public distribution systems and solid waste
managemen
UNIT II:
Transportation
Logistic hubs, CNG vehicles, trams, BRTS, MRTS, LRTS, MMTS, bus bays, road
safety, transportation for target groups – children, adults, handicapped and women,
pricing and funding of transport systems
UNIT III:
Environment
Carbon footprints, eco-housing, eco-city, ECOSAN, green buildings, renewable
energies, sustainability, green cities, carbon credits, utilization and conservation
of natural resources
UNIT IV:
Disaster Management
Vulnerability and capacity assessment, land use management, community based
disaster risk management, rehabilitation and resettlement
UNIT V:
Rural Development
Sustainable agriculture, waste land management, rural industrialization and use
of non-conventional energy, information technology, self help groups and non
government organizations, PURA, village clusters concept.
UNIT VI:
Information Systems
Management information systems, municipal information systems, land information
systems, intelligent transport systems, geographic information systems and
passenger information systems
Expected Outputs& Assignment
Each student shall present a written paper and a seminar at the end of the semester
for final assessment on a topic to be finalized in consultation with the concerned

89
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

faculty. This shall be based on extensive literature reviews, site visits (wherever
possible) and interviews with experts.

PL17B6.8C:PRACTICAL TRAINING-I
Practical training for four calendar weeks shall be undertaken by the student during
the summer vacation.

PL17B6.xE: ELECTIVE 2 : I. SEMINAR ON ETHICS, VALUES, PHILOSOPHY

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 3 100 0 100 -

Unit I
The value-crisis in the contemporary Indian Society; The nature of values: the
value spectrum for a good life; The Indian system of values.
UNIT II
Material development and its values; the challenge of science and technology;
Values in planning profession, research and education.
UNIT III
Psychological values; integrated personality; mental health; Societal values: the
modern search for a good society; justice, democracy, rule of law, values in the
Indian constitution; Aesthetic values: perception and enjoyment of beauty; Moral
and ethical values; nature of moral judgement; Spiritual values; different concepts;
secular spirituality; Relative and absolute values; humanism and human values;
human rights; human values as freedom, creativity, love and wisdom
UNIT IV
Canons of ethics; ethics of virtue; ethics of duty; ethics of responsibility; Work
ethics; Professional ethics; Ethics in planning profession.
Management by values: professional excellence; inter-personal relationships
at work place; leadership and team building; conflict resolution and stress
management, management of power
UNIT V
Philosophy as differentiated from science definitions of Philosophy, methods.
Major philosophical thinkers of the world and of India and their ideas from Socrates
to Mahatma Gandhi and S. Radhakrishna exploratory studies in relating these
ideas to planning, particularly planning contexts, utopian ideals, values, process,
goals, social forces, ethics and management, etc.

90
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT VI
Epistemology and its ideas as related to planning doctrine of innate ideas,
empiricism, rationalism, critical theory of knowledge, skepticism, evolutionary
theory of knowledge, genetic theory of knowledge, intuitionism, logical empiricism,
the dialectic method.
UNIT VII
Tests of truth realism, pragmatism and idealism causation idea of causality and
finality – contingency.
Naturalism, mechanism, organism views teleology creationism and other theories.
Ontology materialism and dialectic materialism.
Theories of the mind, self and freedom of the will.
Theories of value and reality.
UNIT VIII
Review of the basic tenets of the various schools of Indian philosophy and isms
and explorations of their possible relation to planning in the Indian contexts the
Vedas, Brahmanas, Upanishads, Sankya, Yoga, Nyaya, Vyseshika, Mimamsa,
Saiva Siddhanta, Tantra, Vedanta, Buddhism, Jainism, etc. Gandhi’s philosophy of
Ahimsa, Satyagraha, Swarajya and rural development as alternative paradigms
to planning in India.
Expected Outputs & Assignment
Each student shall present a written paper and a seminar at the end of the semester
for final assessment on a topic to be finalized in consultation with the concerned
faculty. This shall be based on extensive literature reviews, site visits (wherever
possible) and interviews with experts.

PL17B6.xE: ELECTIVE 2 : II. SEMINAR ON CHANGING CONTEXT FOR

PLANNING IN RELATION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES.

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 3 100 0 100 -

Current Management Studies and Practices, Financing Projects and Project
Formulation which is being encroached by other Disciplines. Where the weightage
of a Planner as a Technical expert is facing a threat to the Profession of Planning.
The challenges faced by a planner as a practioner and to cope up with the
competition across other disciplines.

91
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER VII

PL17B7.1C: METROPOLITAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING STUDIO

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PL17 B6.1C 8 8 100 100 200 S/J

Understanding the role and relevance of regional planning, critical appraisal of
district/sub-district plans, District planning in context of 73rd and 74th amendment
acts. The emphasis will be on exposing students to special regions like hill, tribal,
industrial, agro, resource, coastal, eco-sensitive, backward or city regions etc.
Study of Development Indices/Indicators:
The students should be introduced to two small exercises based on the literature
survey on Metro/Regional Planning/District Planning, Study of Development
Indices/Indicators, legislative framework for the concerned study areas selected
(metro regions, districts) which will be based on secondary data sources. This is
to create and understanding about the process of metro/regional/district planning
amongst the students.
Data collection and Surveys:The students will be divided into two or three groups
and take up the district selected based on the development criteria . The groups
will have to formulate goals, objectives, methodology, and identification of data
source, analysis of data available, survey and preparation of schedules for the
study area selected.
Fieldwork: Visit to the field study area; conducting surveys, collection of data from
secondary sources, sectoral and block/mandal wise will be undertaken.
Data Analysis and Proposals:Detailed data analysis, identification of potential thrust
areas and development issues both sectoral and block/mandal wise. Appropriate
alternate strategy planning, settlement development strategy and programs.
Pre-Project Report:
Student shall submit a formal report on any topic and this shall be based on
extensive literature survey, data collection.
The Pre-project report will form the preliminary work on which the students planning
project (VIII Semester) could be based.
Expected Outputs
Study of towns resulting in: Formulation of sectoral prioritization and financial
allocation (mandal wise): final recommendations for a district/sub district/mandal
development plan-projectization.
Note: The students are expected to work on the Pre-Project report parallel to the
main studio exercise.

92
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

The distribution marks in the studio subject may be as follows

• 40% for individual assignment
• 60% for group work

PL17B7.2C: IMPLEMENTATION AND FINANCING OF URBAN PROJECTS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Identifying urban projects for implementation & Municipal finance
Process of identifying various urban sector projects with scope for funding and
implementation, indentifying the risk mitigation during project development &
implementation
Municipal Finance
Nature and composition of income and expenditure, limitations and need for revenue
enhancements through municipal internal resource mobilization i.e, Municipal taxes
(advertisement, entertainment and stamp duty etc); Land based taxes (vacant land
tax, change of land use, development charges); user charges (parks, playgrounds,
water supply, sanitation, SWM, parking), property tax. Expenditure control methods
and mechanisms – privatization of O&M of municipal civic services.
UNIT II
Policy support and budgetary allocations for implementation & financing of urban
projects
13th finance commission recommendations and 11th five year plan; budgetary
allocations from central and state government for urban development; grants and
funding under various government schemes. Assistance from foreign donors and
multi national agencies (external aids form world bank , ADB)
UNIT III
Additional Funding Sources
FDIs, Institutional finance – HUDCO, NHB, LIC, ILFC(infrastructure lease finance
corporation), etc; PPP mechanisms - India infrastructure project development fund
by MoUD, GoI, Pooled finance development fund, National urban infrastructure
fund, scheme for financing viable infrastructure projects through SPV (Special
purpose vehicle) – India infrastructure finance company Ltd,.
UNIT IV
Resources based on achievement of urban reforms
Role of state government and ULBs; City’s challenge fund; urban reform implication
on resources, initiative fund and state level funds related to reforms.

93
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT V
Implementation of urban projects
Internal capacity building of ULBs to new concepts of financing urban projects;
role of various agencies (Urban Development Authority, ULB, Water board, etc.)
in implementation of municipal projects, challenges and opportunities for PPP in
implementation of urban projects, Creating enabling environment for implementation
of urban projects through PPP – PPP projects process management, scheme for
financial support to PPPs in infrastructure, viability gap funding (VGF) – Government
support, approval process, appraisal & monitoring, disbursement of grant.
UNIT VI
Institutional capacity enhancement
Better finance management, management process – accounting and budgeting,
asset management, receivables management, cost center approach,
computerization as tool for resource enhancement; role of management information
systems.
UNIT VII
Issues on privatization
Debates and issues on privatization Vs equity and social development – problems
of equity and impact on social development due to privatization, critics against
external and internal funding agencies for the urban projects
UNIT VIII
Plan forms and indices
Financial operating plan, city corporate plan, development of urban indicators,
infrastructure pricing and financing, impact fee, subsidies
References
Muncipal finance in India:Gokulananda Dash
Uraban Governance and Management: PSN Rao
UrabnInfrasturcture Development in Small and medium Towns:SSDhaliwal.
Urabn Development and Manageament:SLGoel. & SS Dhaliwal.
Local Government Finance and Bond Markets;Yun-HwanKim,ADB.
Uraban Property tax reform:Guidline and recomondation:WilliamR.Dillinger.
India Infrastructure reports
International Handbook on Public Private Partnerships:GraevneA.Hodge,
CarstenGreve,AnthonyE.Boardman.

94
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

PL17B7.3C:URBAN GOVERNANCE & MANAGEMENT

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
UNIT I
Introduction to Urban Governance and Development
Meaning: governance and government; Concepts, scope of governance, evolution
of concept of governance; Theories of local government; History of urban local
bodies in India, evolution of modern urban local governments during British rule;
Decentralization of local governments; Recommendations of various committees;
Politics and progress of decentralization.
Urban development in India; problems and issues, policies, programmes and
provisions in the national five year plans; processes of decision making for urban
development at national, regional, state, district and local levels.
UNIT II
Urban Management & Local governance
Definition, objectives and scope of management; Role of management in developing
economy; scope of development management at National, state & local levels.
Determinants and indicators of good governance; citizen charter, right to
information and other instruments, stake holders, their perception and role in urban
management, local governance.
UNIT III
Urbanization & Public-Private Sector
Process of urbanization, developmental conflicts, resource constraints, system
deficiencies, urban poverty and exclusion from development process.
Urban development bodies; urban development authorities, background, function,
powers, organization structure and resources; Case Studies, role of NGOs and
private organizations in Urban Development.Urban Reforms and its implications
on Urban Development
UNIT IV
Governance in post 74th Amendment Scenario
74th Constitutional Amendment-XII schedule, decentralization of powers and
functions; Local and participatory planning, bottom up, decentralized and integrated
planning processes; Planning, governance and spatial strategy; Best practices of
planning and quality of governance.
UNIT V
Political Systems, Leadership, Decision-making, & Conflicts
95
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Importance of effective communication and soft skills in management, introduction

to theories of decision making; rational theory, incremental theory, systems theory,
game theory, conflict theory, Planner’s functions as a leader, urban development
manager & role in the decision making process, Democracy and planning, Nature
and mode of resolution of conflicts; public participation in planning as an aid to
better understanding planning and implementation.
Expected Outcomes & Assignment
The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers and presentations on
above mentioned aspects.
References:
Urban Development and Management: S.L. Goel, S.S. Dhaliwal: Deep and Deep
Publications Pvt. Ltd.
Urban Infrastructure Development in Small and Medium towns: Dr. S. S. Dhaliwal;
Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd.
Urban Development, SatishTiwari; Anmol Publications Pvt Ltd, New Delhi
Reading Material on Development Management: N S Saini Institute of Town
Planners, India New Delhi.
Decentralized Governance and Planning: Acompartitve study in three south Indian
statyes @2001 by Abdul Aziz,Macmillan publication.

PL17B7.4C: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 W
UNIT I:
Scope of Professional practice
Scope of services for different scales of planning like Master plan for a city, Zonal/
District plan, sector/neighbourhood plan, layout or group housing schemes,
commercial centres, industrial estates; consultancy chares, nature of engagements,
agreements and safeguards, completion and copyrights.
UNIT II
Organization, Scope and Scale of Charges: Aims and objectives of professional
institutes, sister bodies; professional roles and responsibilities of planning
consultants; professional ethics; responsibilities towards clients, fellow
professionals and general public; scope of services for different projects like master
plan for urban area, zonal/district plan, sector/neighborhood; layout, group housing
schemes, commercial centers, industrial estates etc; constancy agreements, and
safeguards; fees and scales of professional charges, competitions and copyrights.
96
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT III
Role of Planner Planner’s input as professional at various levels and organizations,
his role in decision making processes, relevant issues; generalists vs. specialists,
professional vs. technocrats, planner as decision maker vs. advisor to decision
maker; relationship with client, developers, institutions and contractors; relationship
with other experts such a engineers, architects, sociologists, economist, lawyers,
etc. For specialized studies related to planning.
UNIT IV
Valuation Fundamentals of valuation, ownership of land, compound interest theory
calculating for present value, concepts of economic rents and social rents, property
taxes, sinking fund, annuity depreciation, valuation tables; legislative framework
rent control, land acquisition, easements and their effects on properties. Purpose
of valuation for wealth tax, income tax, capital gains tax, property tax, gift tax , etc.
UNIT V
Methods of Real Property Valuation Income capitalization methods, land and
building method and other methods of valuation.
UNIT VI
Contract Documents and Project Formulation-Tenders, contracts, arbitration,
schedule of rates for construction; materials labor and equipment for land
development, units and mode of measurements, rate analysis; formulations
of project proposals and outline; preparation of and response to Notice Inviting
Tenders, Expression of Interest, Terms of Reference, penalty clauses,etc.

PL17B7.5C: PLANNING COLLOQUIUM

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 100 0 100 -

UNIT I: Practical Training
Each student will be required to undertake minimum four weeks of compulsory
training in an approved social services / civil society organization during the
summer vacation.
Individuals to present the work/project done as a part of their practical training in a
civil society organization during the summer break after sixth semester. Students
shall also present an organization analysis of the NGO where they worked. Each
project and civil society is to be understood and critically appraised on terms of
their role and significance in the contexts of a region’s development. This unit will
comprise minimum of 40% weight age of the overall marks in the subject.

97
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT II :Colloquim
The subject essentially aims to introduce the students to the issues related
to planning as seen colloquially by the stake holders, decision makers, urban
managers and advocates all of whom may not necessarily be professionally
trained in planning.
The students will be exposed to colloquial arguments and issues raised by NGOs,
citizens, user groups, advocates, other technocrats, urbanisms, etc. Interviews
with the stakeholders have to be presented in the form of a report and presentation
The discussion will be organized on a fortnightly basis with the intervening week to
be used for a debate / seminar by the students to clarify and extend the arguments
and stances raised in the previous colloquium and also by making use of related
press reports / articles.
The students shall participate in organizing the colloquiums, organizing background
material, identifying potential participant and recording the minutes. Evaluation will
be wholly based on internal marks given on the basis of the participation of the
students in the colloquiums and in the internal seminars / debates and the reports
submitted by the students on the colloquiums.
Expected outcome:
A report with the copy of the presentation in a CD has to be submitted at the end of
the semester enclosing the minutes of the final meeting.

PL17B7.6C: PRE –THESIS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 W
In Pre-thesis, the student is expected to finalize the synopsis comprising of the aims
& objectives, scope & limitations and methodology. The pre-thesis work should
focus on the theoretical approaches to the topic based on extensive literature
review and secondary data collection. Pre-thesis would become the preliminary
work on which the students planning project in the next semester would be based.
Students will have to submit a detailed proposal on the chosen topic. The topic
has to be approved by the committee and supervisor. Periodic reviews will be
held to facilitate exchange of ideas, clarify the issues of concern and pave the
way for further study in the planning project. Emphasis will be placed on clear
understanding of the topic so that the student can work independently on the
terminal project subsequently.
Each student shall present a formal report and a seminar for final assessments.
Internal marks will be equally awarded by the subject teacher and the allotted
Supervisor.

98
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

PL17B7.xE- ELECTIVE 3 : I. PLANNING WORKSHOP III (REDEVELOPMENT)

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 3 3 50 50 100 -
This course is designed to expose students to hands - on, primary involvement
with those typical problems/projects existing within a Settlement (Urban/Rural) that
require interaction with experts and implementing authorities/line departments in a
focused way. The main objective of this course is to enhance learning through a
combination of lectures, demonstrations and interactive practical exercise session
on topics such as Redevelopment, Conservative Surgery, Repair, Restoration,
Conservation, Conservative Up-gradation, Inner city improvement, Urban renewal,
Rehabilitation, Civilisational Characteristics Retention, Traditional and Cultural
built forms Conservation as a tool/product of Urban renewal, Historic landscape
developments, Heritage (Natural/Cultural) Area developments, Archaeological
Areas Interface to the existing modern developments, Designated Traditional area
architectural & planning documentations, signage and Infrastructure design within
an existing Settlement (Urban / Rural/ Region).
Following surveys related to a Settlement (Urban/Rural) aspects should be
conducted: Listing, Cultural geography, Traditional/ Historical/Old/Rural settlement
Morphology including networks and people (Population), People, Time/Tradition/
Heritage, Place link identification and listing , usability, reuse, sensitive use,
diversion, low impact creating developments, past and present needs of the location
studies, Characteristic features like Road width, Built form to Plot relationships,
volume of streets for retaining the old / traditional/ Heritage character, studies
relating to laws of protection for Heritage (Natural/ Cultural).
Preparation of Area redevelopment Plan/any such related plans as stated above
by studying the existing land use, existing circulation pattern, level of service etc.
Expected outcome:
Students either in small groups or individually have to arrive at comprehensive
Area redevelopment Plan/any such related plans as stated above for a selected
locality.
At least two studio exercises have to be dealt.

PL17B7.xE- ELECTIVE 3 : II. PLANNING WORKSHOP III (INDUSTRIAL AREA

PLANNING)

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 3 3 50 50 100 -
Course Objective – The objective of the course is to familiarize the students to the
spatial and environmental factors that should be consideredin planning of industrial
areas.
99
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

Introduction to Industrial areas planning

Introduction to the Industrial Plans and Policies at the state and national level;
understanding of the relevant regulations under other allied public institutions such
as Environment, Town planning or Urban Municipalities; Classification of industry
types (Red, Orange, Green etc.)
Introduction to green industrial area ratings such as IGBC etc.; understanding
ofEnvironmental Impact assessment (EIA) and Environmental Management
Plans (EMP); significance of landscape in abatement of ill effects of industries,
conventional and emerging technologies and techniques for treatment of industrial
wastes.
Appraisal and analysis of Industrial area/brownfield
The students in groups are expected to select an existing industrial area or a
brownfield in the region and carry out a spatial and environmental analysis of the
site. This may include (but not limited to) – siting of the industrial area; spatial
linkages;evaluation of existing land uses and transportation network; EIA;air,
water, noise and land pollution;waste management; benchmarking of service
infrastructure;impact of industries on the health of the employees and residents etc.
Expected Outcomes
Based on the findings from the analysis, students will propose strategies to
enhance the quality of natural environment and minimize the negative externalities
of the selected industrial area/brownfield. The proposals should aim tointroduce
green and sustainable best practices. The final outcome may be in the form of an
Environmental Management Plan (EMP) or Industrial area revitalization plan for
the chosen site.

100
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER VIII

PL17B8.1C: PLANNING THESIS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PL17 B6.1C - 12 200 200 400 S/J

Each student of B.Tech Planning is required to prepare a dissertation / project on a

subject concerning urban, rural or regional development under a guide/adviser as
approved by the Head of the Department. The dissertation / project will provide aid,
opportunity to the student to synthesize the knowledge and skills acquired through
the learning of various theories and practices during the course.
The particulars of schedule, content, presentation, format, etc., as decided by
the department from time to time, shall be strictly followed. The course work is
generally divided into four stages namely Introduction/need for the study, Data
collection/ literature review, case study and analysis of data and recommendations/
proposals.
At the end of the semester, each student is expected to submit all original drawings
prepared as per the department’s specifications, copies of the report in the
specified format and in a soft copy and a physical or digital / virtual model should
be submitted to the department after obtaining the approval of the respective guide/
adviser.
The department shall schedule the final viva voce, at its convenience, only after the
receipt of the thesis submission by a student.

PL17B8.2C: PROJECT DOCUMENTATION

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 2 100 0 100 -

UNIT I
Types and classification of reports
Types of reports, difference between technical, scientific, legal and other types of
communication; specific characteristics of technical writing
UNIT II
Formats of project documentation
Introduction to different components of a project documentation; format and
elements of – notice inviting expression of interests (EoI), quotation documents,
expression of interest (EoI) reporting, tendering process, technical and financial
tender documents, evaluation of bids, request for detailed proposals (RFPs), terms
of references (ToRs), detailed feasibility reports, compliance reports; inception
reports, closure documents, etc.
101
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT III
Making of a project document
Assignment to make a project document; introducing styles and formats of official
communication and letters; request for specifications and quotations; bidding
process; recording or minutes and agenda notes for official records.

PL17B8.3C: PRACTICAL TRAINING

(Six weeks including summer vacation)

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil - 10 50 P/F 50 J
Each student will be required to undertake minimum ten weeks of compulsory
training in an approved private or public planning office (the Chief Planner in the
office should be a member of the Institute of Town Planners, India and have a
minimum of five years of practical/professional experience after her/his post
graduation) during the semester. The place of training is to be determined in
consultation with the training supervisor (internal faculty-in-charge).
Students are expected to maintain a weekly log book of tasks undertaken and get
feedback from training supervisor within one week of start of training.
The students are expected to submit a report highlighting the profile of the planning
office, its organization, key work areas, etc, tasks undertaken based on a weekly
log during the training and details of methods employed.
The students will submit relevant drawing/visuals and a report on the training. The
students will also make presentation to the External Jury.
A jury will evaluate this report at a viva voce. After submission of the report
the department at its convenience will arrange for the conduct of the viva voce
examination.
PL17B8.xE- ELECTIVE 4 - I. CLIMATE CHANGE AND PLANNING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 3 50 50 100 -
UNIT I
Introduction to climate change
Climate and weather, concept of climate change, global warming, Ozone Depletion,
global wind systems, Green house gases/emissions, Global energy balance,
surface energy balance, hydrological cycle, atmosphere and oceanic general
circulation as related to climate, changes in global mean sea level, natural and

102
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

anthropogenic variability change, Changing perspectives in man-environment

relationship, Eco-city approach.
UNIT II
Climate Change and Related Sectoral Issues
Agriculture, Health, Water and sanitation, food security, eco-system, Poverty and
shelter, Disaster,
UNIT III
Urban Climate Change
Population, Landuse planning, Urban Heat Islands, Local climatic changes
UNIT IV
Climate Change Impact Assessment
Policy issues- Key Socio-economic Impact Issues, Impacts of changing climate,
Vulnerability and coping with impacts, Environmental Impact and Strategic
Environmental Assessment, Ecological Footprint Analysis for cities, Sustainable
Lifestyle Assessment, Ecological Footprint Analysis for cities
UNIT V
Mitigation and Adaptation To Climate Change
Mechanisms and measures for mitigation and adaptation to climate change at
various levels- Carbon emissions trading, Ecological Footprints
UNIT VI
Climate Change and Governance/ Legislation
Institutional Mechanism, Plans, Policies and adaptation strategies.
UNIT VII
Climate Change And Related Case Studies
Planning in Resilient cities, sustainable spatial planning (city based exercise)
References-
• UN- Habitat, Cities and Climate Change: Global Report on Human Settlements
2011
• UN-Habitat, Planning for Climate Change , A STRATEGIC, VALUES-BASED
APPROACH FOR URBAN PLANNERS
• UN-Habitat, Local Leadership for Climate Change Action
• UNEP, Mainstreaming Climate Change Adaptation into Development
Planning: A Guide for Practitioner.

103
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (Planning) Program, effective from 2017-18

PL17B8.xE : ELECTIVE 4 - II. TECHNOLOGY IN MANAGING CITIES

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 3 3 50 50 100 -
Unit 1: Introduction to Planning and Technology
Trends of Urbanization and symbiotic relationship between Technology and Urban
Growth, Development of new urban technologies and spatial planning, Past,
Present and Future of Cities, Planning cities and local technologies, emerging
conflicts within the historical and technological context of urban policy and planning
in the present century.
Unit 2: Technology in Urban Infrastructure
Water, sanitation and technology, energy efficient technology for home, street,
neighbourhoods and city, Transportation and technology, Telecommunication –
health and education – security and safety for buildings and people in cities.
Unit 3: Smart cities
Smart cities: an emerging field, Defining smart cities, Smart cities framework,
Digital cities, virtual cities, technology parks– smart planning and development–
planning and Communication system – socio-economic and environmental impact
of Smart Cities, Risks of Intelligent Cities: Exclusion, Resilience, Security etc.
Unit 4: Technology and Local Government
Local Government and the changing role of Technology, Other Stakeholders and
communities in building smart communities, participatory planning and the role of
technology.
Unit5: Case Studies
Case Studies from India and around the World.
Suggested Readings-
1. ARUP, “Smart Cities: transforming the 21st century city via the creative use
of technology”, 2010.
2. Brkovic, M.B.(2004) Planning in the Information Age: Opportunities and
Challenges of E-Planning, CORP.
3. Komakech, D (2005) Achieving more intelligent cities, Municipal Engineer.
4. Getting Smart about Smart Cities, Institute for Sustainable communities,
USDN Resource Guide. (Sustainable Communities Leadership Academy).
OPEN ELECTIVE - 3
Note: Subjects can be chosen across the Departments of the university. The
subject lists will be available with the Departments from where the students can
choose the Elective.

104
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY
B.Tech (Facilities Services and Planning)
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS, COURSE STRUCTURE
AND SYLLABUS
(EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18)

SCHOOL OF PLANNING & ARCHITECTURE

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE
AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY
Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad – 500 028

1
JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

2
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

CONTENTS

S.No. Particulars Page No.

1. Academic Regulations 5

2. Course Structure 19

3. Semester I 29

4. Semester II 43

5. Semester III 56

6. Semester IV 76

7. Semester V 87

8. Semester VI 101

9. Semester VII 111

10. Semester VIII 125

3
JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

4
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY

Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad – 500 028.

Academic Regulations for FSP Programs

(Under the CBCS, Effective from the Academic Year 2017-2018)

Preamble :
JNAFAU’s Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) aims to provide comprehensive
learning opportunities which takes into account individual interests and abilities of
the students. Apart from the compulsory core courses, the students can choose
from the elective courses on offer in the university or also from approved online
platforms like the MHRD’s SWAYAM or MOOCs.
These regulations are subject to amendments as may be decided by the Academic
Council / Committee of the University from time to time. Any or all such amendments
will be effective from such date and to such batches of students (including those
already in the middle of the program) as may be decided by the Academic Council
/ Committee.
1. Glossary of Terms
1.1 Program: An educational program leading to award of a Degree in a
discipline.
1.2. Course: Generally referred as a ‘subject’ offered under the degree
program. Each course is identified by a unique course code and
course title. A course may be designed to comprise lectures/ studio/
tutorials/ laboratory work/ fieldwork/ outreach activities/ project
work/vocational training /seminars /term papers/ assignments/
presentations/ self-study etc. or a combination of some of these. All
courses do not carry the same credits.
1.3. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS): In addition to the
compulsory core courses in a program, CBCS provides choice
for students to select from a number of elective courses offered. The
term credit refers to the weightage given to the course and is usually
the number of periods per week allotted to it.
1.4. Re-admission : When a student is detained in a course due
to shortage of attendance or the student takes a break of study, the
student has to take re- admission to continue the program.

5
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Re-registration : When a student has failed in a course due to

1.5.
low internal assessment marks, but has satisfactory attendance, the
student can re-register to improve performance in internal assessment
as well as external evaluation.
1.6. Re-appearance/ supplementary examinations: When a student has
failed in a course and wishes to improve performance only in end
semester external examination he/she can register to reappear for the
supplementary examination.
1.7. Minimum Total Credits (MTC): These are minimum total credits to be
secured by a student to be considered eligible for award of the degree.
This may be different for different disciplines.
1.8. Director of Evaluation (DE) means the Authority of the University
who is responsible for all activities of the End Semester Examinations
of the University.
1.9. Director, Academic and Planning (DAP) means the authority of
the University who is responsible for all academic activities for the
implementation of relevant rules and regulations.
2. Program Structure
2.1. Category of Courses : The program shall have a curriculum with
syllabi consisting of courses as prescribed by the Board of Studies,
and broadly categorized under :
2.1.1. Compulsory Core (C) are courses deemed to be the core
learning required for the discipline. These courses are
part of the compulsory requirement to complete the program
of study. A core course cannot be substituted by any other
course. A core course offered in this program may be treated
as a Professional or Open Elective by other programs.
2.1.2. Professional Electives: (E) are courses which are elective
courses relevant to the discipline. An Elective course is
generally a course that can be chosen from a pool of courses
on offer. Every student shall be required to opt for the electives
from the list of electives offered. Students can also opt for the
electives on offer from any of the other Programs, besides
his / her own discipline courses, or even do online courses
subject to the respective Program specific regulations.
2.1.3. Open Electives (O) are chosen generally from an unrelated
discipline/ subject, with an intention to seek exposure/ add
generic proficiency. These may include Liberal Arts courses,
Humanities and Social Science courses, etc. and essentially
facilitate the student to do courses (including Core Courses
or Professional Electives) offered by other departments/
programs / institutions or online. Open Electives need not
be specified in the course structure and the University may
6
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

approve and offer any Open Elective courses in any semester

as an option for the students.
2.1.4. Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC) or (A). These are
mandatory courses based upon content that lead to general
knowledge, ability and soft skills enhancement, such
as, Environmental Studies, Communication Skills, Value
Education, etc.
2.1.5. Non- Credit Courses / Activities mandatory for award of
Degree: There are some non-credit courses / activity such as:
1) English, 2) Co- Curricular Activity / Extension Activity (EA),
2) Internship of 4 weeks or less, 3) any other as specified
in the respective course structure / syllabus. A ‘Satisfactory’
grade in the above, is compulsory for the award of degree.
2.1.6. Online Courses : Students may be permitted, with the prior
approval of the Department, to take online courses through
SWAYAM or MOOCs or any other approved online facility, in
lieu of the Electives (both E and O) offered in the University.
2.2. Credits:
2.2.1. Credits are indicative of the importance of the course. In the
case of core courses 1 period of direct teaching per week
(Theory / Tutorial/ Studio/ Practical) = 1 credit
2.2.2. In the case of other courses like the Electives and the AEC
courses, the credits are based on their level of importance
as decided by the Board of Studies and as described in their
respective course structures.
2.3. Pre-requisites : Some of the courses may have pre-requisites (i.e. the
student may be required to have registered and attended the course
specified as a pre- requisite.)
Types of Courses and Learning Sources
2.4.

Types of Courses Learning Sources

Compulsory Core (C) Parent Department (PD)
Professional Elective (E) PD / OD / online
Ability Enhancement Course (AEC) PD / OD / online / Univ.
Open Elective (O) PD / OD / online / Univ.
Extension Activity (EA) PD, OD, Univ.
Note: PD = Parent Department; OD = Other Departments / Institutions / Uni-
versities

7
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

3. Duration of Program
3.1. A student is normally expected to complete the Program in five
academic years (10 Semesters) but in any case not more than 10
years (including break of study for personal reasons or suspension/
detention due to disciplinary action, etc.).
3.2. Each semester shall normally consist of 90 working days (excluding
end semester examination days).
3.3. Gap Year: A student may be permitted to take a break of study
for one academic year for starting an enterprise or for any personal or
medical reason with prior approval. In exceptional cases, this may be
extended to another year after an appraisal process approved by the
State Govt. / University. In such cases also the student will be eligible
for award of First Class with Distinction/ other awards. Rules of re-
admission will apply to such cases.
4. Registration for choice of Electives:
4.1. Each student shall be deemed to have registered for all the
compulsory core and other mandatory (AEC) courses of every
semester that he/she is admitted to / promoted to, on the payment of
the requisite fees.
4.2. However, in the case of electives (as per the course structure),
students shall submit their preferences from the list of electives on
offer (including approved online courses), and after allotment of the
elective course, register for elective courses of their choice – both
professional and open electives.
4.3. The information on the list of all the courses offered in
every department specifying the course code, course title, credits,
prerequisites, the timetable slots and the registration process with
the time schedules will be made available on the University website.
Every student is expected to go through the above information,
consult the faculty members, understand the choices and select their
choice of elective courses.
4.4. Every student shall submit their preferences from the list of electives
on offer (including approved online courses), register / re-register as
per the registration process and the schedule notified.
4.5. The departments shall put up the list of electives allotted to the
students, using their (departments’) discretion based on physical and
other capacities, with first preference given to the students from the
parent department and later, considering a first come first and/
or SGPA basis for students from other departments. However,
students who have registered for elective courses previously are
allowed to re-register for courses in which they have failed.
4.6. In case none of the student’s preferred choices is allotted, or even
8
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

otherwise, the student may propose an alternative choice from among

the available ones after due consultation with the respective faculty.
In any case, the students shall register (which is effected only on their
choice of elective being approved) for the courses within the given
schedule/ deadline.
4.6 After registering for a course, a student shall attend the classes, satisfy
the attendance requirements, earn Internal Assessment marks and
appear for the End Semester Examinations.
4.7 A student is permitted to cancel his/her registration for the elective
courses, within two weeks of starting of the semester.
4.8 To enable the students to choose electives from across the departments,
the DAP shall in consultation with all the departments, facilitate the
announcement of a common time-slot for the elective periods in the
individual time tables of the departments.
4.9 No elective course shall be commenced unless a minimum number
of students are registered (this number may be different for different
courses and Programs and may be decided by the Departments /
College/ University every semester).
5. Attendance Requirements
5.1 A student has to put in a minimum of 75% of attendance, in aggregate
of all the courses registered in the semester (excluding approved
online elective courses) for becoming eligible to register for the end
examinations and for acquiring credits in each semester.
5.2 Shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and above,
and below 75%) in each semester may be condoned by the College
Academic Committee on genuine and valid (including medical
grounds), based on the student’s representation with supporting
evidence.
5.3 Condonation of shortage of attendance as stipulated above, shall
not be automatic but on the merits of the case to the satisfaction of the
College Academic Committee.
5.4 A stipulated fee shall be payable along with the application for
condonation.
5.5 Shortage of attendance below 65% in aggregate (including medical
grounds) shall in no case be condoned.
5.6 A student will not be promoted to the next semester unless the
attendance requirement of the present semester is satisfied. In case of
such detention the student is not eligible to take the End Examination
of that semester and the course registration shall stand cancelled. The
student shall seek re admission for that semester when offered next.

9
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

5.7 In the case of re-registration (clauses 10.4 to 10.7) for a course/s, the
attendance requirement is not applicable.
6. Assessment
6.1 Distribution of Internal Assessment and End Exam Marks :
Performance in each course shall be evaluated as prescribed in the
respective Program’s course structure and syllabus. As a general
pattern, 50% of the marks in a course are through internal assessment
and 50% through end semester examinations. A few courses may
have 100% of the assessment purely through internal assessment.
The thesis, the internship courses and many of the studio courses
are assessed through a jury and viva-voce for the end semester
examination.
6.2 Schedule for Internal Assessment : The students shall
diligently follow the given internal assessment schedule for the
semester including submissions and tests.
6.3 The compiled cumulative internal assessment marks and attendance
of the students will be displayed periodically at least twice during the
Semester, for information to the students. 50% of the marks allotted
for the internal assessment courses shall be submitted before the 12th
week. All internal assessment marks have to be finalized and uploaded
/ submitted in the prescribed format, on or before the last day of End
Semester Examinations of the semester.
6.4 Assessment for Online Courses: In case of credits earned through
approved online modes, the credits and grades shall be assigned
by a committee consisting of Head of the Department or a teacher
nominated by the HoD and a senior faculty member nominated by the
DAP/ Principal (in case the credits or grades are not included by the
online course faculty).
6.5 Non-Credit, Mandatory Courses / Activity : Assessment in these
courses or activity will be only in terms of “Satisfactory” or “Not
Satisfactory”. A ‘Satisfactory’ grade in these listed courses/ activities
is compulsory for the award of degree. 6.5.1 English Course: A Test
will be administered to the students after admission to assess
proficiency in English. Students not passing this test of proficiency will
study English as a bridge course (without credits) during the First
Semester. They have to acquire a ”Satisfactory” grade in the course to
be considered eligible for award of a degree.
6.5.2 Co-Curricular Activity / Extension Activity (EA) (for all
round development) : Every student has to participate in
any one of the following activities like NCC/ NSS/ Sports/
FSAI University’s Pro-bono project activity/ any national or
international student camp /any other community development
activity listed by the University and acquire a ”Satisfactory”

10
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

grade to be considered eligible for award of a degree. 6.5.2.1

The student’s performance shall be examined by the faculty
in- charge of the relevant extension activity along with the
Head/ Coordinator of the Department/ activity.
6.5.2.2 Physically challenged students who are unable to
participate in any of the above activities shall be required
to take an appropriate test in the relevant area of any one of
the above activities and be graded and certified accordingly.
6.5.3 Any other course or activity as specified (including the
mode of assessment) in the respective course structure or
syllabus.
6.5.4 Any other course or activity as specified (including the
mode of assessment) in the respective course structure or
syllabus.
7. Award of Letter Grades
7.1 The performance of a student will be reported using letter grades, each
carrying certain points as detailed below:
S. % of Marks Letter Grade
No. Grade Points
Minimum Maximum
1. 90.00 100.00 A+ 10
2. 80.00 89.99 A 9
3. 70.00 79.99 B 8
4. 60.00 69.99 C 7
5. 50.00 59.99 D 6
6. 40.00 49.99 E 5
7. 00.00 39.99 F 0
8. Shortage of attendance and hence SA 0
prevented from writing end semester
examination
8. Absent for End semester examination Ab 0
9. Satisfactory * Satisfactory 0
Note: * Satisfactory grade will be given only for the non-credit courses/ activity such
as mentioned in clause 6.5. A ‘Satisfactory’ grade in these listed course/ activities
is compulsory for the award of degree.

11
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Example of assignment of letter grade and grade points for marks:

Course Title Int. Marks End Exam Total Grade Grade
point (GP)
Course X1 22 25 47 E 5
Course X2 39 41 80 A 9
Course X3 37 34 71 B 8
Course X4 29 30 59 D 6
Course X5 25 24 49 E 5

7.2. A student who earns at least a D grade in a course is declared

to have successfully completed the course, and is deemed to have
earned the credits assigned to that course. A course successfully
completed cannot be repeated.
7.3. Students who fail to appear for end semester examinations will be
marked as ‘Ab’ (Absent) and should register for supplementary
examination by paying the prescribed fees.
8. Academic Requirements: The following academic requirements have to be
satisfied, in addition to the attendance requirements mentioned in clause 5.
8.1 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course, if the student
secures not less than 50% marks in the semester end examination,
and a minimum of 50% of marks in the sum total or aggregate of the
Internal Assessment and Semester End Examination taken together;
in terms of letter grades, this implies securing ‘D’ grade or above in that
subject/ course.
8.2 A student eligible to appear in the end semester examination for
any course, but absent from it or failed (thereby failing to secure ‘D’
grade or above) may reappear for that course in the supplementary
examination as and when conducted. In such cases, the internal
marks obtained earlier for that course will be retained, and added to
the marks obtained in the end semester supplementary examination
for evaluating performance in that course.
9. Promotion between Semesters:
9.1. A student shall be promoted from odd to even semester if the
minimum requirement of attendance as in clause 5 is fulfilled.
9.2. A student shall be promoted from even to odd semester, if the
minimum requirement of attendance as in clause 5 is fulfilled and
as per the other requirements specified in the following table.
9.3. Table indicating promotion requirements from even to odd semesters :

12
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

From 2nd sem. to 3rd sem. If the student does not have more than three
backlog courses in the 1st semester.
From 4th sem. to 5th sem. Secured all the credits upto 2nd semester
and does not have more than three backlog
courses in the 3rd semester
From 6th sem. to 7th sem. Secured all the credits upto 4th semester
and does not have more than three backlog
courses in the 5th semester
Note: Upto the 4th semester all the credits have to be secured and optional
(only for elective courses) credits are available only from the 7th
semester onwards.
10. Re-admission and Re-registration
10.1 A student may be detained in a semester either due to shortage of
attendance, or due to having more than the permissible number of
backlog courses. Students detained due to shortage of attendance
may be re-admitted when the same semester is offered in the next
academic year for fulfillment of academic requirements.
10.2 A student detained due to not having enough credits or having more
than the permissible number of backlog courses, shall be promoted
to the next academic semester only after fulfilling the requirements as
per Table 9.3.
10.3 No grade allotments or SGPA/ CGPA calculations will be done for the
entire semester in which student has been detained.
10.4 The academic regulations under which a student has been first admitted
shall be applicable in all cases of re-admission.
10.5 If a student fails in a Professional Elective or an Open Elective, the
student may re-register for the same or register afresh for any other
Professional Elective or Open Elective course respectively in the
subsequent semesters. In case of re-registration in the same courses,
attendance is not mandatory, whereas registration for any other
elective course/s requires the student to attend the classes and fulfill
the attendance requirements as per Clause 5.
10.6 A student who fails in any course may be permitted the option of re-
registering in that subject only if the internal assessment marks are
less than 40%, so as to enable him to improve/redo and resubmit
the work for internal evaluation. In such cases of re-registration,
the student’s previous performance both in the internal evaluation
and end evaluation in the particular subject/s shall stand cancelled
and he/she shall be required to appear for the end semester evaluation
again (end examination and /or external jury as the case may be).

13
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

10.7 The maximum number of courses a student may be permitted

for ‘re-registration’ in a semester, is limited to three. Re- registration of
any course should be done within 7 days from the date of declaration
of the relevant results. A stipulated fee shall be payable towards re
registration in any subject.
10.8 The student may attend classes in the case of the re-registered
courses, if the student wishes. However, the attendance requirement
is not compulsory for such courses.
11. Grade Points, SGPA and CGPA Calculation
11.1. After the results are declared, Grade Sheets will be issued to each
student which will contain the list of courses registered during the
semester and the performance in each with details of whether passing
or failing, credits earned promoted or not, letter grades, grade points,
etc.
11.2. Grade Points : The grade points obtained in a subject multiplied by
the credits for that subject will be the weighted grade points.
Weighted Grade Points (WGP) = C x GP
Where ‘C’ is the number of credits assigned for the subject and ‘GP’ is
the Grade Point obtained as per the Table in clause 7.1 above.
11.3. SGPA: The sum of the weighted grade points divided by the total
number of credits in a semester will give the Semester Grade Point
Average (SGPA).
SGPA = SC iGPi / SCi i = 1 to n
Where n is the number of courses the student registered for in the
semester, ‘C’ is the number of credits allotted to each of the courses,
and ‘GP’ is the grade-point obtained by the student in the respective
courses.
An example follows:

Course Title Credits Grade Weighted Grade

(C) (GP) Points (WGP)
Course X1 3 7 21
Course X2 8 8 64
Course X3 8 7 56
Course X4 7 7 49
Course X5 2 6 12
Course X6 2 6 12
Total 30 214
Semester Grade Point Average 7.13
(SGPA) = Total WGP/ Total credits =
14
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

11.4. CGPA: The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) will be computed
for every student after he/she has secured 283 credits, as:

CGPA = SCiGPi / SCi i = 1 to m

Where ‘m’ is the number of subjects registered for in all the semesters
from the 1st semester onwards. ‘C’ is the number of credits allotted
to each of the courses, and ‘GP’ is the grade-point obtained by the
student in the respective courses.
11.5. The CGPA and SGPA will be rounded off to the second decimal place
and recorded as such.
11.6. For the purpose of computation of the CGPA, award of degree, award
of the class as in clause 14, and other honours if any, including
medals, the performance in the best 283 credits only will be
taken into account. For calculating the ‘best’ 283 credits, the credits
secured in all the Core and AEC courses (which are compulsory)
shall be included. The choice of ‘best’ credits to be included in the
calculation shall be from only those credits secured in the Electives –
both Professional and Open Electives.
12. Eligibility for the Award of Degree : A student shall be eligible for the award
of the “B.Arch.” Degree in the specific discipline into which he/she was
admitted, if the following academic regulations are fulfilled:
12.1. Has pursued the program of study for not less than five academic
years and not more than ten academic years. Students, who fail to
fulfill all the academic requirements for the award of the degree within
ten academic years from the year of their admission, shall forfeit their
seat in the program and their seat shall stand cancelled.
12.2. Successfully secured the Minimum Total Credits required for the
respective Programs.
B.Tech. Programs and Credits
S.No. B.Tech. Program Title Total Credits Minimum Total
Credits (MTC)*
1 Planning 240 222
2 Facilities and Services Planning (FSP) 240 222
3 Digital Techniques for Design and 240 222
Planning (DTDP)
*(refer to clause 9.3 for details)
12.3. Successfully secured “Satisfactory” grades in all the mandatory non-
credit courses/ activity.
12.4. Has secured a minimum of 5.0 CGPA
12.5. No disciplinary action is pending against the student.

15
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

13. Withholding of the results : The results of a student may be withheld if:
13.1. He/she has not cleared any dues to the University/Institution/Hostel.
13.2. A case of disciplinary action against the student is pending disposal.
14. Classification of the Degree Awarded
After a student has satisfied the requirements prescribed for the completion of the
program and is eligible for the award of the B.Arch. Degree in the Program to which
he/she was admitted, he/she shall be placed in one of the four classes as shown
in the Table.

First Class with 1. 8.0 and above of CGPA.

Distinction
2. Should have passed the examination in all the
courses of all the eight semesters within five years,
which includes any authorized break of study of one
year (clause 3.3).
3. Should NOT have been prevented from writing end
semester examination due to lack of attendance in any
of the courses.
First Class Below 8.0 but not less than 7.0 of CGPA and
Second Class Below 7.0 CGPA but not less than 6.0

Note : In all the above cases CGPA shall be calculated from the Grade Points
secured for the best 283 credits. For calculating the ‘best’ 283 credits, the credits
secured in all the Core and AEC courses (which are compulsory) shall be included.
The choice of ‘best’ credits to be included in the calculation shall be from only those
credits secured in the Electives – both Professional and Open Electives.

15. Malpractice : If a student indulges in malpractice in any of the examinations,

he/she shall be liable for punitive action as prescribed by the University from
time to time.
16. General
16.1 In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the
academic regulations, the decision of the Vice-Chancellor is final.
16.2 The University may from time to time revise, amend or change the
Regulations, Curriculum, Syllabus and Scheme of Assessment.

16
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

TRANSITORY REGULATIONS (from Academic Year 2017-18)

(Approved on 6th Feb., 2018)

Preamble:
The CBCS regulations and courses (referred to collectively as R-17) introduced from the academic
year 2017-18, have brought in significant changes in the course structures and academic regulations
of the programs in the University as indicated below.

Aspects Remarks
1 Course Codes All changed
2 Course Names / Titles Some changes
3 Course Structure Major changes – introduction of AEC courses; electives from
4th sem. onwards. Total No. of courses in a program have
generally increased (Eg. B.Arch. from 53 to 62)
4 Pass Marks Changed in BFA and BTech. programs
5 Promotional Requirements Changed in all programs
6 Award of Degree Changed in all programs
7 Performance Evaluation and Changed in all programs – is now based on a system of letter
Award of Class grades, SGPA and CGPA
8 Choice in terms of credits Changed – Now available in all programs

Considering the significant changes in all the aspects as indicated above, the following transitory
regulations have been approved.

The following regulations shall be applicable for the students from the pre CBCS programs (referred
to as pre R17) applying for ‘re-admission’:

1. Readmission into 1st semester of R-17: Only students readmitted into the full 1st
semester of R-17 will, for all purposes be subject to the entire provisions of R-17.

2. Readmission from 2nd semester onwards:

Students readmitted from the 2nd semester onwards will be subject to the provisions of the pre
R-17 in which they were first admitted The student will be facilitated in completing the academic
requirements by either permitting him/her to attend “equivalent” coursework in the R-17 (as
approved by the respective Boards of Studies), wherever available, or if equivalent coursework is
not available, then by special arrangement for conducting the coursework as per the regulations
in which admitted.

Academic Regulations for Re-registration cases of Students admitted prior to 2017

1. Students originally admitted in the pre R17 programs, may be assigned teacher/s wherever
possible, to enable them to complete their internal assessment as per their pre R17
regulations. Student has to complete the courses whenever offered. Special arrangement
for the course/s may be made in case it effects the time line of the student’s academic
engagement

2. Wherever “equivalent” courses are available in the CBCS programs, reregistered students
may be permitted to attend such courses if they choose to, but the academic regulations
(and course codes / course titles, marks, credits, etc.) shall be as per the older regulations
into which they were first admitted.

3. Wherever there is a change of syllabi, end semester examinations based on the old syllabi
will be conducted in order to enable the students to clear the backlogs.

17
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

NOTE :
1. The term “Prerequisites” implies having registered in the course/s
specified as prerequisite/s and fulfilled the attendance requirements.
2. The term “Open” mentioned in the remarks column in the courses structure
indicates the courses that are open to students from other departments or
Programs. These courses which are open may be taken by students from
other programs, either as professional electives or open electives.
3. Abbrevations used in the course structure :
In the case of Periods per week:
L = Lecture S = Studio
F = Fieldwork P = Practicals
T = Tutorial O = Others (including workshops, seminars, colloquiums, etc.)
In the case of type of End Semester Examination:
W = Written / Drawing J = Jury P = Practical
4. Course /Subject codes and type:
In the 9-digit alphanumeric course code:
a. the first two characters represent the Program or Department that offers
the course:
• AR = Architecture
• AA = Applied Arts and Visual Communication
• AN = Animation;
• ID = Interior Design
• PL = Planning
• DT=Digital Techniques for Design and Planning
• FS = Facilities and Services
• PA = Painting
• SC = Sculpture
• PH = Photography and Visual Communication
and in the case of common courses- FA = Fine Arts; GN = General
b. The 3rd an 4th digits denote the Academic Year of starting the course
structure,
c. The 5th character denotes the level of the course (Bachelors / Masters/
Diploma),
d. The 6th digit denotes the semester number followed by a decimal
and a number indicating the serial number of the course in that semester.
e. The last alphabet in the course code indicates the type of course.
C = Core A = AEC E = Professional Elective
O = Open Elective.

18
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Structure for FSP

(Under the CBCS, Effective from the Academic Year 2017-2018)
Semester - I
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
Building
FS17
1 Services - 2 6 - 8 8 100 100 200 J
B1.1C
Studio-I
Graphics &
FS17
2 Presentation - 4 - - 4 4 50 50 100 J
B1.2C
Techniques
FS17 Engineering
3 - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W
B1.3C Physics
FS17 Engineering
4 - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W
B1.4C Chemistry
FS17 Surveying and
5 - 2 - 2 4 4 50 50 100 W
B1.5C Leveling
Computer
FS17
6 Applications - - - 2 2 2 50 50 100 P
B1.6C
in FSP
BT17 Engineering
7 - 4 - - 4 4 50 50 100 W
B1.1C Mathematics
GN17 Environment
8 - 2 - - 2 2 50 50 100 W
B1.2A Studies
  Total 30 30 400 400 800

* Note: W- Written, P- Practical, J-Jury (all Practical and Jury end semester exams for Facilities
Services will be followed by Viva- Voce)
* Note: L-Lecture, S-Studio, P-Practical, T-Tutorial, O-Others, F-Fieldwork.

19
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - II
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
Building
FS17
1
B2.1C
Services - 2 8 - 10 10 100 100 200 J
Studio-II
FS17 Structural
2
B2.2C Mechanics
- 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W

FS17
Fluid
FS17 B1.3C
3
B2.3C
Mechanics & 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
Hydraulics BT17
B1.1C
FS17 Building
4 - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W
B2.4C Materials
Basics of
FS17
5
B2.5C
Electrical - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W
Engineering
BT17 Mathematical
6
B2.1C Methods
- 4 - - 4 4 50 50 100 W

GN17 Communica-
7
B2.1A tion Skills
- 2 - - 2 2 50 50 100 P Open

GN17 Value Educa-

8 - 2 - - 2 2 50 - 50 -
B2.2A tion
TOTAL 30 30 400 350 850

* Note: W- Written, P- Practical, J-Jury (all Practical and Jury end semester exams for Facilities
Services will be followed by Viva- Voce)
* Note: L-Lecture, S-Studio, P-Practical, T-Tutorial, O-Others, F-Fieldwork.

20
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - III
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
Building
FS17
1 Services - 2 8 - 10 10 100 100 200 J -
B3.1C
Studio-III
FS17 Electrical FS17
2 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W -
B3.2C Systems B2.5C
Fundamentals
FS17
3 of Structural - 3 - - 4 4 50 50 100 W -
B3.3C
systems
FS17
B1.3C
FS17 Thermody- BT17
4 4 - - 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B3.4C namics B1.1C
FS17
B1.4C
FS17 Water Supply
5 - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
B3.5C Systems
FS17 Waste Water
6 - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
B3.6C Systems
FS17 W/ P/
7 Elective - I - - - - - 3 50 50 100 -
B3.xE J **
  Total 27 30 400 400 800

* Note: W- Written, P- Practical, J-Jury (all Practical and Jury end semester exams for Facilities
Services will be followed by Viva- Voce)
* Note: L-Lecture, S-Studio, P-Practical, T-Tutorial, O-Others, F-Fieldwork.

C Pro-
DT17 gramming
- - - 3 - 3 50 50 100 P Open
B1.4c and Data
Structure
7 FS17 Construction
- - - 3 - 3 50 50 100 P Open
B3.2E Workshop
Renewable
FS17
Energy - 3 - - - 3 50 50 100 W Open
B3.3E
Systems

21
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester IV

End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
Building
FS17
1 Services - 2 8 - 10 10 100 100 200 J -
B4.1C
Studio-IV
FS17 Building
2 - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W -
B4.2C Technology-I
FS17 Refrigeration FS17
3
B4.3C Systems B3.4C
4 - - 4 4 50 50 100 W -
FS17 Illumination
4 - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
B4.4C Engineering
Climatology
FS17
5 and Built - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
B4.5C
Environment
FS17 CAD And 3D
6 - - - 4 4 4 50 50 100 P Open
B4.6C Modeling
AR17
7 Open Elective-I - - - - - - - - - - -
B4.7C
  Total 27 30 350 450 800

Note:- Practical: Where the student does a Practical work for a given problem and is evaluated
Studio Jury: Semester work Portfolio of the studio is evaluated
For open elective 4 periods per week and 3 credits or assumed to calculate the totals

* Note: W- Written, P- Practical, J-Jury (all Practical and Jury end semester exams for Facilities
Services will be followed by Viva- Voce)
* Note: L-Lecture, S-Studio, P-Practical, T-Tutorial, O-Others, F-Fieldwork.

22
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - V
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
Building
FS17
1 Services - 2 8 - 10 10 100 100 200 J -
B5.1C
Studio-V
FS17
B2.3C
FS17 HVAC Systems FS17
2 4 - - 4 4 50 50 100 W -
B5.2C B3.4C
FS17
B4.3C
Building
FS17 FS17
3 Technology-II 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W -
B5.3C B4.3C
FS17 Fire Engineering
4 - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
B5.4C and Science
Building
FS17
5 Information - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 P* Open
B5.5C
Modeling
Building
FS17
6 Automations - 4 - 4 4 4 50 50 100 W -
B5.6C
and Controls
FS17 W/P
7 Elective-II - - - - - 3 50 50 100 -
B5.xE ***
  Total 27 30 400 400 800
* Note: W- Written, P- Practical, J-Jury (all Practical and Jury end semester exams for Facilities
Services will be followed by Viva- Voce)
* Note: L-Lecture, S-Studio, P-Practical, T-Tutorial, O-Others, F-Fieldwork.

Electrical Ener-
FS17
gy System and - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W
B5.1E
7 Management
FS17 Energy
- 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
B5.2E Auditing

23
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - VI
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
Building
FS17
1 Services - 2 8 2 12 12 100 100 200 J -
B6.1C
Studio-VI
FS17
2 Green Building - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
B6.2C
O & M of
FS17
3
B6.3C
Building - 4 - - 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
Services
Estimation,
FS17
4 Costing and - 4 - - 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B6.4C
Specification
FS17 Safety Health &
5 - 4 - - 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B6.5C Environment
FS17
6 Internship-1* - - - - - - - - - J -
B6.6C
FS17 W/P
7 Elective-III - - - - - 3 50 50 100 -
B6.xE ***
  Total 27 30 350 350 700

* Note: W- Written, P- Practical, J-Jury (all Practical and Jury end semester exams for Facilities
Services will be followed by Viva- Voce)
* Note: L-Lecture, S-Studio, P-Practical, T-Tutorial, O-Others, F-Fieldwork.
Computer
FS17
Applications - - - 3 3 3 50 50 100 P
B6.1E
in MEP
FS17
B2.3C
7 FS17
Advanced
FS17 B3.4C
HVAC Sys- 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 P
B6.2E FS17
tems
B4.3C
FS17
B5.2C

24
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - VII
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
Building
FS17
1 Services - 2 8 - 10 10 100 100 200 J -
B7.1C
Studio-VII
Mechanical
FS17
2 Circulation - 4 - - 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B7.2C
Systems
Contract,
FS17 Tender and
3
B7.3C Procurement
- 4 - - 4 4 50 50 100 W -
Management
FS17 Pre-Thesis
4 - 2 - - 2 2 - - - J -
B7.4C Seminar
FS17 Project
5 - 4 - - 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B7.5C Management
FS17 W/P
6 Elective-IV - - - - 3 3 50 50 100 -
B7.xE ***
Open elective
7 - - - - - - - - - - -
- II
  Total 27 30 350 350 700
Note:- Practical: Where the student does a Practical work for a given problem and is evaluated
Studio Jury: Semester work Portfolio of the studio is evaluated
For open elective 4 periods per week and 3 credits or assumed to calculate the totals
* Note: W- Written, P- Practical, J-Jury (all Practical and Jury end semester exams for Facilities
Services will be followed by Viva- Voce)
* Note: L-Lecture, S-Studio, P-Practical, T-Tutorial, O-Others, F-Fieldwork.

FS17 Work shop

- - - 3 3 3 50 50 100 P
B7.1E MEP
Building Sim-
FS17
ulation and - - - 3 3 3 50 50 100 P
6 B7.2E
Modeling
Disaster
FS17
Management - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
B7.3E
in FSP

25
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - VIII
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
FS17 FS17
1 Project - - - - 12 200 200 400 J -
B8.1C B7.4C
FS17
2 Internship-II** - - - - - 8 - 100 100 J -
B8.2C
Human
FS17
3 Behavior in - 4 - - 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B8.3C
Buildings
FS17
4 Grand Viva - - - - - - - - - J -
B8.4C
FS17 W/P
5 Elective-V - - - - - 3 50 50 100 -
B8.xE ***
Open elective
6 - - - - - - - - - - -
- III
4 30 350 450 800
Energy
FS17 FS17
Simulation and - - 3 3 3 50 50 100 P Open
B8.1E B7.2E
5 Modeling
FS17 FS17
B8.2E
Project Finance
B7.5C
3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W

Note:- Practical: Where the student does a Practical work for a given problem and is evaluated
Studio Jury: Semester work Portfolio of the studio is evaluated
For open elective 4 periods per week and 3 credits or assumed to calculate the totals

* Note: W- Written, P- Practical, J-Jury (all Practical and Jury end semester exams for Facilities
Services will be followed by Viva- Voce)
* Note: L-Lecture, S-Studio, P-Practical, T-Tutorial, O-Others, F-Fieldwork.

26
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

List Of Electives
Semester -III
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
C
DT17 Programming
1 - - - 3 3 3 50 50 100 P Open
B1.4C and Data
Structures
FS17 Construction
2 - - - 3 3 3 50 50 100 P Open
B3.2E Workshop
Renewable
FS17
3 Energy - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
B3.3E
Systems

Semester - V
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
Electrical
FS17 Energy
1 - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W
B5.1E System and
Management
FS17 Energy
2 - 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
B5.2E Auditing

Semester - VI
End
Remarks
Credits

S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks

Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
Computer
FS17
1 Applications in - - - 3 3 3 50 50 100 P
B6.1E
MEP
FS17
B2.3C
FS17
B3.4C
FS17 Advanced
2 FS17 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
B6.2E HVAC Systems
B4.3C
FS17
B5.2C

27
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - VII
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
FS17
1 Workshop MEP - - - 3 3 3 50 50 100 P
B7.1E
Building
FS17
2 Simulations - - - 3 - 3 50 50 100 P
B7.2E
and Modeling
Disaster
FS17
3 Management - 3 - - - 3 50 50 100 W Open
B7.3E
in FSP

Semester - VIII
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
Energy
FS17 FS17
1 Simulation and - - 3 3 3 50 50 100 P
B8.1E B7.2E
Modeling
FS17 FS17
2 Project Finance 3 - - 3 3 50 50 100 W
B8.2E B7.5C

28
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER – I
FS17B1.1C BUILDING SERVICES STUDIO – I

CORE/S : 10/wk Int mks: 100 Ext mks : 100 Total mks: 200 End exam: Viva-Voce Cr: 10

Objectives of the Course:

To impart an understanding of principles of composition, and to appreciate design
and design elements. Exercises complement the lectures and ensure that the
students learn to develop a series of compositions in two and three dimensions.
UNIT I
Introduction to Buildings:
Introduction to building typologies- reading building drawings like plans, sections,
elevations. Understanding how building works, various components and systems
in building-like structural systems, spatial systems, services and networks.
Components in structural systems and how components work together – footings,
columns, beams, slabs and their diagrammatic representation in a small building.
Components in spatial systems – various types of spaces designed for different
functions; small spaces like toilets, lobbies, corridors etc., Different types of rooms/
spaces and their spatial organization. Diagrammatic representation of various
spaces; circulation diagrams, connectivity diagrams and the understanding of
the functional requirements of the spaces. Introduction to building services as an
enhancement of quality of spaces.
Brief introduction to Specific requirements-ventilation, lighting, thermal comfort
for different spaces. Brief introduction to safety requirements- fire safety, security
systems etc., for different spaces.
UNIT II
Plumbing Services and Layout:
Introduction to plumbing services- Water Supply, Waste Water, Storm Water.
Identifying various components and representation of these components by symbols
in Water supply, waste water and storm water. Understanding and representing the
plumbing services for a building in the form of diagrams.
Case study of residential building; Preparation of plumbing layout for the building;
Technical terms and symbols for plumbing installations and accessories for a
residence.
UNIT III
Electrical Services and Layout:
Introduction to electrical services. Identifying various components and
representation of these components by symbols. Understanding and representing
the electrical services for a building in the form of diagrams.

29
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Case study of residential building; Preparation of electrical layout of the building;

Technical terms and symbols for electrical installations and accessories of wiring,
electrical layout for residence.
UNIT IV
Mechanical Services and Layout:
Introduction to mechanical services in a building- mechanical circulation systems
and HVAC.
Mechanical circulation systems like lift, elevators, conveyors and escalators-
Various components in each of these systems, diagrammatic representation and
location of these systems.
Case study of small commercial complex/ mall. Identification of mechanical
circulation systems in relation to the building and its diagrammatic representation.
Brief introduction to concept of HVAC, types of HVAC systems, various components
and diagrammatic representation of HVAC systems.
Case study of small commercial complex/ mall. Identification of HVAC systems in
relation to the building and its diagrammatic representation.
Expected Output & Assignment:
Suggested outcome in the form of documentation of site visits and case studies,
Assignments based on the units topics. Preparing charts displaying various kinds
of building services. Preparing schematic diagram for various types of services.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Graphic Thinking for Architects and Designers, Third Edition by Paul Laseau:
John Wiley & Sons
2. How buildings work, The Natural Order of Architecture, Third Edition by
Edward Allen: Oxford University Press

FS17B1.2C GRAPHICS AND PRESENTATION TECHNIQUES

CORE/S : 4/wk nt mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks:100 End exam: 5hrs Cr: 4

Objectives of the Course:

To introduce architectural drawing techniques to facilitate effective visual
communication.
UNIT I
Fundamentals of drawing and its practice
Introduction to drawing equipment, familiarization, use and handling simple
exercises in drafting, points, types of lines, line thickness and intensities.
30
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT II
Concepts of scale and proportions
Graphic and numerical scales, dimensioning of lines and planes, enlargement and
reduction of drawings, anthropometrics and the scale of man to function, lettering
for titles and annotations, freehand lettering, measuring and drawing to scale
different objects, rooms etc.
UNIT III
Isometric, Orthographic, Perspective projections
Isometric scale-Isometric views of lines, views of plane figures, simple and
compound solids. Orthographic projections of point, lines, planes and solids,
section of solids, study of Parallel and Angular perspective of simple objects.
UNIT IV
Freehand drawing and rendering techniques
Graphical representations of trees, hedges, foliage, vehicles, human figures etc in
pen and ink, sketching exercises.
UNIT V
Symbolic representation of building elements
Representation of building elements, openings, materials, accessories etc.,
terminology and abbreviations used in architectural presentation.
UNIT VI
Measured drawings
Scales and construction of scales. Measured drawings of simple objects, furniture,
rooms, doors and windows, room plans etc., in plan, elevation and section.
Enlargement and Reduction.
UNIT VII
Basic Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing drawings
Interpretation of existing mechanical, electrical and plumbing drawings and
introduction to drafting of MEP drawings.
UNIT VIII
Workshop
Interpretation of mechanical, electrical and plumbing drawings in three-dimensional
models.
Expected Output & Assignment:
Scale drawing of simple objects to minimum one room building plan, elevation, and
section.

31
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

This is a studio subject and students should be made to prepare drawings as studio
exercises.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Geometrical Drawing for Art Students by Thoms, E. French: New York,MC
Graw Hill
2. Engineering Drawing: Plane and Solid Geometry, 42nd ed.by Bhatt, N.D. and
Panchal V.M: Charotar Pub: Anand, 2000
3. T.B. of Geometrical Drawing, 3rd ed, by Gill, P.S: DewanSuhil Kumar Kataria,
Ludhiana, 1986
4. Building Drawing: with an integrated approach to built environment, 7th ed.
by Shah, M.G., Kale, C.M. and Patki, S.Y: Tata McGraw Hill Pub., Delhi, 2000
5. Architectural Drafting: Structure and Environment, by Bies, D. John: Bobbs –
Merrill Educational Pub., Indianapolis
6. H.B. of Architectural and Civil Drafting, by Nelson, A. John: Van Nostrand
Reinhold, New York, 1983

FS17B1.3C ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS

CORE /TH: 4/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks: 50 Total mks: 100 End exam: 3 hrs Cr: 4

Objectives of the Course:

To equip students with adequate knowledge of mathematics that will enable them
in formulating problems and solving problems analytically.
UNIT I
Differential equations of first order and first degree - exact, linear and Bernoulli.
UNIT II
Non-homogeneous linear differential equations of second and higher order with
constant coefficients with RHS term of the type e , Sin ax, cos ax, polynomials in x,
e V(x), xV(x), method of variation of parameters.
UNIT III
Rolle’s Theorem - Lagrange’s Mean Value Theorem - Cauchy’s mean value
Theorem - (all theorems without proof).
UNIT IV
Radius, Centre and Circle of Curvature – Evolutes.
UNIT V
Applications of integration to lengths, volumes and surface areas in Cartesian and
polar coordinates

32
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT VI
Vector Calculus: Gradient- Divergence- Curl and their related properties of sums-
products- Laplacian and second order operators.
UNIT VII
Vector Integration - Line integral - work done - Potential function - area- surface
and volume integrals.
UNIT VIII
Laplace transform of standard functions - Inverse transform - first shifting Theorem,
Transforms of derivatives and integrals - Unit step function - second shifting
theorem.
Expected Output & Assignment:
Assignments on given topics and periodic internal tests.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. A Text Book of Engineering Mathematics, Vol-1 ,by T. K. V. Iyengar, B. Krishna
Gandhi and Others: S. Chand & Company
2. A Text Book of Engineering Mathematics, by C. Sankaraiah:V. G. S. Book
Links
3. A Text Book of Engineering Mathematics, by Shahnaz Bathul: Right Publishers
4. A Text Book of Engineering Mathematics, by P. Nageshwara Rao, Y.
Narasimhulu & N. Prabhakar Rao:Deepthi Publications
5. A Text Book of Engineering Mathematics, by B. V. Raman:Tata Mc Graw Hill
6. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by Irvin Kreyszig: Wiley India Pvt. Ltd

FS17B1.4C ENGINEERING PHYSICS

CORE/TH : 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks:100 End exam:3 hrs Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

The objective of the Engineering physics is to acquaint the students with the
basic phenomenon/concepts of physics, the student face during course of their
study in the industry and Engineering field. The student with the knowledge of
the basic physics will understand and explain scientifically the various physics
related problems in the industry/engineering field and structures related subjects.
The student will be able to understand the new developments and breakthroughs
efficiently in engineering and technology.

33
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT I
Ultrasonic:
Introduction; Production of ultrasonic waves; Magnetostriction method; Piezo
electric method; Detection of ultrasonic waves; Properties of ultrasonic waves; Use
of ultrasonic for nondestructive testing; Applications of ultrasonic.
UNIT II
Acoustics of Buildings:
Basic requirement of acoustically good hall; Reverberation and time of reverberation;
Sabine’s formula for reverberation time; Measurement of absorption coefficient of a
material; Factors affecting the architectural acoustics and their remedy.
UNIT III
Optics:
Interference; Interference in thin films by reflection; Coherence;Diffraction; Fressnel
and Fraunhofer diffractions; Fraunhofer diffraction at a Single slit; Double slit;
Polarization; Types of Polarization; refraction.
UNIT IV
Magnetic Properties:
Permeability; Magnetization; Origin of magnetic moment; Classification of magnetic
materials; Dia, para and ferro magnetism; Hysteresis curve; Soft and hard magnetic
materials.
UNIT V
Lasers:
Introduction; Characteristics of lasers; Spontaneous and stimulated emission of
radiation; Einstein’s coefficients; Population inversion; Ruby laser; Helium; Neon
laser; CO2 laser; Semiconductor laser; Applications of lasers in industry, scientific
and medical fields.
UNIT VI
Thermal Properties:
Introduction; Specific Heat of Solids; Einstein Model; Debye Model; Lattice
Vibrations; Phonons; Thermal Conductivity.
UNIT VII
Science & Technology of Nano-material:
Introduction to Nanomaterials; Basic principles of Nanoscience & Technology;
Fabrication of nanomaterials; Physical & chemical properties of nanomaterials;
Carbon nanotubes; Applications of nanotechnology.

34
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT VIII
Introduction to modern physics:
Quantum mechanics-solutions to Schrödinger equation, applications of quantum
mechanics- Approximation Methods for Bound States, ScatteringTheory, Time-
Dependent Perturbation Theory, Electromagnetic Radiation and Quantum
Electrodynamics, relativistic quantum mechanics theory,
Expected Output & Assignment:
Suggested outcome in the form of documentation assignments based on the units
topics. Preparing charts displaying various kinds of units based on optics, lasers,
thermal properties etc. Preparing schematic diagram for various physics related
topics.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Physics Volume 2 by Halliday, Resnick and Krane: John Wiley & Son
2. Applied Physics by Dr. M. Chandra Shekar & Dr. P. Appala Naidu: V.G.S.
Book links
3. Engineering Physics by R.K.Gaur & S.L. Gupta: Dhanpat Rai and Sons
4. Nanotechnology by Mark Ratner and Daniel Ratner: Pearson Education
5. Introduction to modern physics by Paolo Amore: John Dirk Walecka
6. Materials Science and Engineering by V. Raghavan: Prentice-Hall India
7. Engineering Physics by Dr. M. Arumugam: Anuradha Agencies
8. Nanomaterials by A.K. Bandyopadhyay: New Age International Publishers
9. Engineering Physics by M.N. Avadhanulu & P.G. Kshirasagar: S. Chand &
Company Ltd.

FS17B1.5C ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY

CORE/TH : 3/wk Int mks:50 Ext mks: 50 Total mks:100 End exam:3 hrs Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

To acquire knowledge about desalination of brackish water and treatment of
municipal water.
To gain the knowledge of conducting polymers, bio-degradable polymers and fiber
reinforced plastics.
To learn significance of green chemistry and green synthesis and the synthesis of
nano materials.
To understand mechanism of corrosion and preventive methods.

35
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT I
Water Technology-I:
Introduction, effect of water on rocks and minerals, types of impurities in water,
hardness of water – temporary and permanent hardness. Units and inter
conversions of units. Estimation of hardness by EDTA methods. Problems on
temporary and permanent hardness. Analysis of water - alkalinity; chlorides and
dissolved oxygen. Disadvantages of hard water. Methods of treatment of water for
domestic purposes-sedimentation, coagulation, filtration, disinfection - sterilization,
chlorination, break – point chlorination, ozonization.
UNIT II
Water Technology-II:
Water for industrial purposes; water for steam making; boiler troubles; carry over;
priming and foaming, boiler corrosion, scales and sludges, caustic embrittlement.
Water treatment: internal treatment; colloidal, phosphate, calgon, carbonate,
sodium aluminate conditioning of water. External treatment; lime-soda process,
zeolite process, ion-exchange process; numerical problems.
UNIT III
Science of Corrosion:
Definition, examples; types of corrosion: theories of corrosion and mechanism;
dry corrosion, (direct chemical attack), wet corrosion, (electro chemical theory)
principles of corrosion, galvanic series, galvanic corrosion, concentration cell
corrosion, mechanism of wet corrosion; hydrogen evolution type, oxygen absorption
type. Factors influencing corrosion, control of corrosion; proper design, use of
pure metal and metal alloys, passivity, cathodic protection – sacrificial anode and
impressed current. Modifying the environment, use of inhibitors.
UNIT IV
Protective Coatings and their applications:
Surface preparation: (1)solvent cleaning (2)alkali cleaning (3)pickling and etching
(4)sand blasting (5)mechanical cleaning. Types of protective coatings: metallic
coatings – anodic coatings, galvanization; cathodic coatings – tinning, metal
cladding, electroplating ex: chromium plating, metal spraying, cementation –
sheradizing, colourizing, chromizing, chemical conversion coatings: (1) phosphate
(2) chromate (3) anodized coatings; organic coatings: paints – constituents and
their functions
UNIT V
Polymer Science and Technology:
Polymerization reactions: basic concepts. Types of polymerization: addition and
condensation polymerizations. Plastics: thermosetting and thermoplastics and
differences. Compounding and moulding of plastics: compression, injection, transfer,
and extrusion moulding methods. Preparation, properties and engineering uses of
36
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

the following: polyethylene, PVC, Teflon, Bakelite, nylon, polyester, polyurethanes

and silicone resins. Rubber: processing of natural rubber, vulcanization and
compounding. Elastomers: Buna S, Buna N, Thiokol.
Expected Output & Assignment:
Assignment on given topics, periodic internal tests, report on field visit (water,
sewage treatment plant)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. A text book of Engineering Chemistry by Jain & Jain: Dhanpat Rai Publishing
Company, New Delhi(15 Edition) (2006)
2. Chemistry of Engineering Materials by C.P. Murthy: C.V. Agarwal and A.
Naidu BS Publication Hyd. 2007
3. A Text book of Engineering Chemistry by S.S. Dara: S.Chand & Co, New
Delhi (2004)
4. Engineering Chemistry by J C Kuriacose and J. Rajaram: Tata McGraw-Hill
Co, New Delhi (2004)
5. Text book of Engineering Chemistry by Shashi Chawala: Dhanpat Rai
Publishing Company, 15th edition New Delhi (2004)
6. Laboratory Manual on Engineering Chemistry by S.K. Bhasin and Sudha
Rani: Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company, New Delhi (2004)
7. Engineering Chemistry by R. Gopalan, D. Venkappaya and S.Nagarajan:
Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi (2004)
8. Engineering Chemistry by R.V. Gadag A.N. Tyanand Shortly IK: International
Publishing house Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi

FS17B1.6C SURVERYING & LEVELLING

CORE/TH/L : 2/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3 hrs Cr: 2

Objectives of the Course:

To explain the techniques and instruments used in survey of land tracts.
UNIT I
Introduction – Definitions – Basic Principles of Surveying; Classification of Survey;
Uses of Survey - Scales and Symbols-Sources of errors in Survey – Linear
Measurement: accurate and approximate methods, duties of Surveyor.
UNIT II
Chain Surveying – Introduction – Types of chains and tapes. Instruments for
chaining and taping – ranging-cross staffs – offsets – obstacles in chain surveying
– errors and corrections (standardization, temperature and pull), composition of
Areas ( Trapezoidal rule – Average ordinate-Simpson rule).

37
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT III
Compass Surveying: Introduction on compass surveying –Types of Bearings-
Designation of bearings – Fore bearing and back bearing – Types of Traverse
– Temporary adjustments of compass, local attraction, Corrections, precautions,
errors.
UNIT IV
Plane Table Survey: Introduction on Plane Table and their Accessories – Setting up
the plane table – Methods of Plane Table (traversing Method – Radiation Method –
Intersection Method) – Resection Method (two point problem). Three point problem
UNIT V
Leveling – Introduction –Definitions of terms used in leveling – Principle of leveling –
Classifications temporary adjustments of dumpy level, RL’s by height of Instrument
and rise and fall method, Contouring and their characteristics, uses, – errors in
leveling.
UNIT VI
Automated Surveying – Introduction to use of Digital Surveying – Instruments such
as Total station, Electronic Theodolite, G.P.S, DGPS.
UNIT VII
Site Studies – Plot, site, land and regions, size and shape of site, Analysis of
accessibility, Topography, Climate, land forms, Surface Drainage, Soil, Water,
Vegetation, Ecology and Visual aspects.
UNIT VIII
Topographical Surveying: Concepts and Techniques: Definition, Procedure in
topographic surveying, uses of topographical maps, Applications of surveying
instruments.
Expected Output & Assignment:
Students are expected to use surveying equipment, prepare Longitudinal Section
and Cross Section, contour maps and carry out field survey. Assignments and
periodic tests to be conducted.
Note : One practical exam is compulsory as a internal assessment.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. K.R. Surveying Vol. I, 6th ed. by Arora: Standard Book House, Delhi, 2000
2. Surveying Vol. 1, 13th ed. by Punmia B.C: Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 1996
3. Surveying and Levelling, Volume 1, by S. S. Bhavikatti: I. K. International Pvt
Ltd,
4. Surveying Volume 1, by Duggal: Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2004.

38
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

FS17B1.7C COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN FSP

CORE/L :2/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks :50 Total mks:100 End exam: Practical & Viva-Voce Cr: 2

Objectives of the Course:

To enable the student to make audio-visual presentations, word processing, and
other basic Programming Language.
UNIT I
Introduction
Introduction and history of computer, software & hardware concepts - bits, bytes -
types of languages – Operating systems (windows, DOS, Linux).
UNIT II
Introduction to Word Processing Package (like MS office), toolbar, creating a new
document, formatting text, inserting tables, pictures, page numbers and date/time,
spelling and grammar checking, taking print outs.
UNIT III
Spread Sheets:
Introduction to spread sheets (like MS Excel), creating formulae, order of operations,
borders and shading, inserting chart, taking print outs.
UNIT IV
Multi-media Presentations:
Introduction to multi-media presentation (like MS Power Point), creating a
presentation, opening an existing presentation, creating a blank presentation,
different Power Point views, slide manipulation, slide animation, slide transitions,
view slide show, navigating while in slideshow, hyper linking to various other media/
application outputs, scanning of different media in different formats, setting of
options, resolution settings, management of file size, integrating partial scans of
large documents, pack up a presentation for use on another computer, taking print
outs.
UNIT V
Exploring Microsoft Access:
Introduction, creating new and opening existing databases, creating a database
using a wizard, creating a database without using a wizard, tables - what they
are and how they work, create a table from scratch in design view, primary
keys, switching views, entering data, manipulating data, advanced table feature
examples.
Relationships - how to link multiple tables together, forms - what they are and how
they work, creating a form using a wizard, reports - what they are & how they work,
creating report & mail merge labels using a wizard.

39
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT VI
Internet concepts: Introduction to Internet, use of internet, various search engines,
hyper text markup Language, e-mails.
UNIT VII
Programming languages:
C language, flow charts; Introduction, What is C? Structure of C program,
Variables, I/O statements, Branching and Looping, Arrays, Strings, Functions,
Pointers, Structures, files.
UNIT VIII
Database management systems
Introduction: SQL (structured query language), creating and inserting data into
tables, updating values, modifying tables, working with quires Basic Structure of
SQL, Variables and Types, Simple SQL Programs.
Expected Output & Assignment:
The internal assessment to be carried out through practical’s and periodic tests on
the above mentioned topics.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Microsoft Office 2000,by Leon Hard Woody :Prentice hall of India. New Delhi
2. Microsoft Office for Windows, by Steve Sagman: India Addison Wesley, 1999
3. SQL/PL/SQL – The Programming Language Of Oracle, by Ivanbayross: Bpb
Publications
4. LET US C, Fifth Edition,by Yashwath Kanitkar: Bpb Publications
5. Programming In ANSIC, by Balaguruswamy: Tata McGraw-Hill Education,
2008
6. The C Programming Language, by Karningh and others: Addison-Wesley
7. HTML Black Book, by Steven Holzner: Dreamtech Press.

GN17B1.2A ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

AECC-I/TH: 2/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 2

Course Overview: A compulsory subject for all the undergraduate students of

various discipline highlights significance of maintaining balance and sustainability
of various components of the environment.
Objectives of the Course : To sensitize the students towards sustainable
environment.

40
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Contents:
UNIT – I
Environmental studies – Introduction: - Definition, scope and importance, Measuring
and defining environmental development indicators.
UNIT – II
Environmental and Natural Resources: Renewable and non-renewable
resources - Natural resources and associated problems - Forest resources - Use
and over - exploitation, deforestation, case studies - Timber extraction - Mining,
dams and other effects on forest and tribal people - Water resources - Use and over
utilization of surface and ground water - Floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-
benefits and problems - Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental
effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies. - Food resources:
World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects
of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case
studies. - Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable
energy sources use of alternate energy sources. Case studies. Land resources:
Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and
desertification. Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources. Equitable
use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.
UNIT - III
Basic Principles of Ecosystems Functioning: Concept of an ecosystem. - Structure
and function of an ecosystem. - Producers, consumers and decomposers.-
Energy flow in the ecosystem Ecological succession. - Food chains, food webs
and ecological pyramids. Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and
function of the following ecosystem:
a. Forest ecosystem
b. Grassland ecosystem
c. Desert ecosystem
d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries).
UNIT - IV
Biodiversity and its conservation: Introduction - Definition: genetic, species and
ecosystem diversity. Bio-geographical classification of India - Value of biodiversity:
consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values -
Biodiversity at global, National and local levels. - India as a mega-diversity nation -
Hot-sports of biodiversity - Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife,
man-wildlife conflicts. - Endangered and endemic species of India - Conservation
of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.
UNIT - V
Environmental Pollution: Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of:

41
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

a. Air pollution b. Water pollution c. Soil pollution d. Marine pollution e. Noise

pollution f. Thermal pollution g. Nuclear hazards
Solid waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and
industrial wastes. - Role of an individual in prevention of pollution. - Pollution case
studies. - Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
UNIT - VI
Social Issues and the Environment: From unsustainable to sustainable
development -Urban problems related to energy -Water conservation, rain water
harvesting, and watershed management -Resettlement and rehabilitation of
people; its problems and concerns. Case Studies -Environmental ethics: Issues
and possible solutions. -Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer
depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case Studies. -Wasteland reclamation.
- Consumerism and waste products. -Environment Protection Act. -Air (Prevention
and Control of Pollution) Act. -Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act -
Wildlife Protection Act -Forest Conservation Act -Issues involved in enforcement of
environmental legislation. -Public awareness.
UNIT - VII
Human Population and the Environment: Population growth, variation among
nations. Population explosion - Family Welfare Programme. -Environment and
human health. -Human Rights. -Value Education. -HIV/AIDS. -Women and Child
Welfare. -Role of information Technology in Environment and human health. -Case
Studies.
UNIT - VIII
Field work: Visit to a local area to document environmental assets River /forest
grassland/hill/mountain -Visit to a local polluted site-Urban/Rural/industrial/
Agricultural Study of common plants, insects, birds. -Study of simple ecosystems -
pond, river, hill slopes, etc.
TEXT BOOK:
ErachBharucha, A Text Book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate
Courses, University Grants Commission.

42
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER – II

FS17B2.1C BUILDING SERVICES STUDIO II

CORE/S : 10/wk Int mks: 100 Ext mks :100 Total mks:200 End exam: Viva-Voce Cr: 10

Objectives of the Course:

To impart knowledge related to design process and introduce various problem solving
approaches. To develop abilities in design in the context of user requirements.
UNIT I:
Basic anthropometrics – average measurements of human body in different
postures – its proportion and graphic representation, application in the design
of simple household furniture. Basic human functions and their implications for
spatial planning. Minimum and optimum areas for various functions in a residence.
Reference to building norms and standards.
UNIT II
Introduction to design methodology. Detailed study of functional spaces such as
living, dining, bedrooms, kitchen, toilet etc. including the furniture layout, circulation,
clearances, lighting and ventilation, etc. Case study of existing house and analysis
of the spaces.
UNIT III
Desk study and analysis of designed spaces noted for comfort and spatial quality;
spatial design and integration of MEP services in the design.
UNIT IV
Design of a two-bed room house within a given site. Preparation of furniture layouts
and MEP service layouts.
Expected Output & Assignment:
One major portfolio dealing with residential unit, with attention to circulation,
ventilation, space planning and MEP service diagrams.
Note: In the end exam, which is a viva-voce, the students have to present the entire
semester’s work for assessment.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Space planning Basics, by Karlen Mark: Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York,
1992
2. Time Saver standards for Interior, by Joseph D Chiara, Julius Panero, &
Martin Zelnick: McGraw-Hill Education 2001
3. Interior Design Illustrared, 2nd edition,by Francis.D. Ching & Corky
Bingelli:Wiley publishers, 2004.

43
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

4. Human Dimension & Interior Space : A source book of Design Reference

standards,by Julius Panero & Martin Zelnick: Watson – Guptill, 1979.
5. Space Planning Basics,by Karlen Mark, Kate Ruggeri & Peter Hahn: Wiley
publishers, 2003.

FS17B2.2C STRUCTURAL MECHANICS

CORE/TH : 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3 hrs Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

To provide the basic knowledge of the engineering mechanics by deriving different
forces, force systems, beams type sectional properties behavior of different
members due to applied forces and basics of steel.
UNIT I
Introduction: Forces, system of forces, resultant, equilibrant Parallelogram law,
Triangle law, Lamis Theorem, polygon law, resultant of coplanar, concurrent force
system, couple, characteristics of couple, moment, Equilibrium,
UNIT II
Analysis of trusses, types of stresses, Loads on trusses, 2-D truss analysis using
method of joint (Cantilever & Simply Supported)
UNIT III
Stress, Strain, type of stresses, stress-strain cure for ductile Material, Hooke’s law,
Modulus of Elasticity, Bars of Varying Section, Bars of Composite Section.
UNIT IV
Shear stress, types of Strain, poissons Ratio, Shear modulus Bulk Modulus
Relation between the three Elastic Constants members subjected to 3 mutually
perpendicular forces
UNIT V
Types of Beams, types of loads, calculation of reactions for simply supported beam
(Using Point loads & Udl’s) definition shear force & Bending Moment SFD& BMD
for Cantilever beams.
UNIT VI
Shear force (SF)& Bending Moment (BM) diagrams for simply supported & over
hanging beams for point loads & UDL, point contra flexure & its location, Relation
between loading, SF & BM
UNIT VII
Definition of centroid, line of symmetry ,centroid for some standard shapes,
calculation of centroid for shapes like L,T,C,I Sections etc., moment of inertia,
Derivation of M.I formula for Rectangle, circle, Triangle, calculation of M .I for
L,T,C,I Sections etc.,
44
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT VIII
Types of joints, lap joint & butt joint, failure of riveted joints, strength of the joint,
efficiency of joint, Unwins formula, chain riveting & Diamond Riveting. Welded
joints: Introduction, Advantages and disadvantages of welded joints, types, strength
of fillet weld, design of welded joint for plates and unsymmetrical sections for axial
loading.
Expected Output & Assignment
Students to make documentation of different built elements and their aspects
mentioned above. Structural/ study models of different structures such as force
system, bending moment, welded joints etc., shall be made along with short notes
on the same. Assignments and periodic tests to be conducted.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Engineering Mechanics, by Khurmi. R.S: S. Chand and Co. Ltd., New Delhi,
1999
2. Engineering Mechanics, 7th ed. by Ramamrutham. S.: Dhanpat Rai Pub. Co.
Ltd., Delhi, 2004
3. Engineering Mechanics, by Timoshenko. S. and Young, D.H: McGraw-Hill
International Editions

FS17B2.3C FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULICS

CORE/TH: 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks: 50 Total mks: 100 End exam: 3 hrs Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

The study of fluid mechanics involves statics, kinematics and dynamics aspects
of fluid. Some of the notable applications are in design of dams, flow of water in
pipes, measurement and analysis of various parameters like pressure velocity. The
course tries to cover the important aspects of Fluid mechanics and its application.
UNIT I
Fluid statics:
Dimensions and units: physical properties of fluids- specific gravity, viscosity
surface tension- vapor pressure and their influence on fluid motion- atmospheric
gauge and vacuum pressure – measurement of pressure- Piezometer, U-tube and
differential manometers.
UNIT II
Fluid kinematics:
Stream line, path line and streak lines and stream tube, classification of flows-
steady & unsteady, uniform, non uniform, laminar, turbulent, rotational, and
irrotational flows-equation of continuity for one dimensional flow.

45
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Fluid dynamics:
Surface and body forces –Euler’s and Bernoulli’s equations for flow along a stream
line, momentum equation and its application on force on pipe bend.
UNIT III
Closed conduit flow:
Reynold’s experiment- Darcy Weisbach equation- Minor losses in pipes- pipes in
series and pipes in parallel- total energy line-hydraulic gradient line.
Measurement of flow:
Pilot tube, venturimeter, and orifice meter, Flow nozzle, Turbine flow meter
UNIT IV
Basics of turbo machinery:
Hydrodynamic force of jets on stationary and moving flat, inclined, and curved
vanes, jet striking centrally and at tip, velocity diagrams, work don and efficiency,
flow over radial vanes.
UNIT V
Hydroelectric power stations:
Elements of hydro electric power station-types-concept of pumped storage
plants-storage requirements, mass curve (explanation only) estimation of power
developed from a given catchment area; heads and efficiencies.
UNIT VI
Hydraulic Turbines:
Classification of turbines, impulse and reaction turbines, Pelton wheel, Francis
turbine and Kaplan turbine-working proportions, work done, efficiencies , hydraulic
design –draft tube theory-functions and efficiency.
UNIT VII
Performance of hydraulic turbines:
Geometric similarity, Unit and specific quantities, characteristic curves, governing
of turbines, selection of type of turbine, cavitations, surge tank, water hammer.
UNIT VIII
Centrifugal pumps:
Classification, working, work done – manometer head- losses and efficiencies
specific speed- pumps in series and parallel-performance characteristic curves,
NPSH.

46
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Reciprocating pumps:
Working, Discharge, slip, indicator diagrams.
Expected Output & Assignment:
Assignments on given topics and periodic internal tests.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Hydraulics, fluid mechanics and Hydraulic machinery, by Dr P.N.Modi and Dr
S.M.Seth :RK Bansal
2. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, by Rajput :Chand (S.) & Co Ltd
,India,
3. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering, by D.S. Kumar: Kotaria&
Sons.
4. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery by D. Rama Durgaiah: New Age International.
5. Hydraulic Machines by Banga& Sharma: Khanna Publishers.

FS17B2.4C BUILDING MATERIALS

CORE/TH : 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

To understand the elementary and simple construction methods, explaining basic
principles and consideration in the construction.
To impart knowledge on the various building materials,
To highlight the current trends and innovations in the usage of building materials.
UNIT I
Stones: Introduction, requirements of good building stones, uses and classifications,
stone cladding, modern use of stone tiles in architectural works, artificial or cast
stones.
Bricks and Clay Products:
Bricks, Composition of bricks, requirements of first class (good bricks), classification
of bricks as per BIS, properties of burnt clay bricks, tests for bricks, special bricks.
Building Tiles:
Introduction to fire bricks and ceramic tiles.
UNIT II
Lime: Introduction, lime as one of the cementing materials, classification of lime,

47
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

storage and uses of lime. Aggregates: Introduction, types, classification, standard

specification as per BIS.
Mortar: Function and utility of mortar, types of mortars.
UNIT III
Cement: Definition, brief description of manufacturing Portland cement, physical
properties, tests for cement, standard specifications for Portland cement, uses of
different types of cement, storage of cement.
UNIT-IV
Timber: Introduction, properties of good timber, identification of timber, preservation
of timber, some common timbers and their uses in Civil Engineering Works.
Wood based Products: Veneers, plywood, plywood grades and sizes (IS-303-
1975), hard board, particle board, block board, battle board, laminated board.
UNIT V
Metals: Glossary of terms, introduction, properties and uses of cast iron, wrought
iron, steel, mild steel, high tensile steel, commercial forms of steel and aluminum.
Asphalt, tar and bitumen: Description and uses of asphalt, tar and bitumen.
Asbestos: Introduction, specifications, uses of asbestos in civil engineering works.
Plastic: Introduction and definition, uses of plastic in construction, plastic building
products produced in India, modern developments in plastics.
Glass: Function and utility of glass, types of glasses and their uses, selection of
glass.
Insulating Materials: Introduction, heat and sound insulating materials, types of
insulating materials.
Admixtures: Definition, function and utility of admixtures, types of admixtures.
UNIT VI
Introduction to Advance Building Materials: Advance building materials plastic,
PVC, metals, synthetic boards, fire resistant board/tiles,acoustic materials, glass,
composite panels and their application, non load bearing gypsum board.
UNIT VII
Building Construction: Masonry Work: Technical terms, header, stretcher, bond,
course, bed, facing, face, backing, hearting, joint, bat, closers, perpends, frog,
quoin, plinth, plinth course, sill, jamb, reveal, string course, cornice, corbel.
Bond: Definition and purpose of bond, common types of bond.
UNIT VIII
Damp Proofing: Sources of dampness, methods of its prevention, material used
in Damp proof Course.

48
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Expected Output & Assignment:

Students should be exposed to on site and laboratory tests for above materials.
Students should conduct market survey on above contents. Assignments and
periodic tests to be conducted.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Engineering Materials, by S.C. Rangwalla: Ahmedabad Book Depot, 1964
2. Engineering Materials, by G.J.Kulkarni: Ahmedabad Book Depot, 1964
3. Building Materials Practice, by Ragsdale & Raynham : London E. Arnold
1972
4. Building Materials,by Deshapande: United Book Corporation, 1962

FS17B2.5C BASICS OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

CORE/TH: 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks: 50 Total mks: 100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering
An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
To understand the basic concepts of magnetic, AC & DC circuits
To explain the working principle, construction, applications of DC machines, AC
machines & measuring instruments
To Gain knowledge about the fundamentals of wiring and earthling.
UNIT I
Introduction to Electrical Engineering:
Essence of electricity, Conductors, semiconductors and insulators (elementary
treatment only); Electric field; electric current, potential and potential difference,
electromotive force (EMF), electric power, ohm’s law, basic circuit components,
electromagnetism related laws, Magnetic field due to electric current flow, force
on a current carrying conductor placed in a magnetic field, Faradays laws of
electromagnetic induction. Types of induced EMF’s, Kirchhoff’s laws, Simple
problems.
UNIT II
Network Analysis:
Basic definitions, types of elements , types of sources, resistive networks, inductive
networks, capacitive networks, series parallel circuits, star delta and delta star
transformation , Network theorems- Superposition , Thevenins’s, Maximum power
transfer theorems and simple problems.

49
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT III
Magnetic Circuits:
Basic definitions, analogy between electric and magnetic circuits, magnetization
characteristics of Ferro magnetic materials, self inductance and mutual inductance,
energy in linear magnetic systems, coils connected in series, attracting force of
electromagnets.
UNIT IV
Electronic circuits:
Terminal characteristics, operation of diodes, Zener diode, diodes models, Diode
applications for Rectifier, invertors circuits. Operation and principle of Transistors
and their applications.
UNIT V
Alternating Currents:
Principle of ac voltages, waveforms and basic definitions, relationship between
frequency, speed and number of poles, root mean square and average values of
alternating currents and voltage, form factor and peak factor, phasor representation
of alternating quantities, the J operator and phasor algebra, analysis of ac circuits
with single basic network element, single phase series circuits, single phase
parallel circuits, single phase series parallel circuits, power in ac circuits.
UNIT VI
Transformers:
Principles of operation, Constructional Details, Ideal Transformer and Practical
Transformer, Losses, Transformer Test, Efficiency and Regulation Calculations (All
the above topics are only elementary treatment and simple problems).
UNIT VII
Introduction to Electrical Machines, Instruments and Power generation
Three phase induction motor: principle of operation, slip and rotor frequency, torque
(simple problems).
Synchronous Machines: Principle of operation, EMF equation (Simple problems
on EMF). Synchronous motor principle and operation (Elementary treatment only)
Basic Instruments: MC, MI instruments, dynamometer wattmeter, digital energy
meter.
Power generation: Elements of power system, layout of thermal, hydro and nuclear
power plants. Introduction to renewable energy sources and recent trends in
generation.
UNIT VIII
Fundamental Principles of Electricity:
Voltage, Amperage, wattage and transmission of power, distribution in cities, HT
50
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

and LT consumers, Transformers and load calculations, Single and three phase
connections, Indian Electricity rules.
Expected Output & Assignment:
Assignments and periodic tests to be conducted.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Basic Electrical Engineering,by M.S.Naidu and S. Kamakshiah : Tata
McGraw-Hill Education, 1995.
2. Basic Electrical Engineering, by T.K.Nagasarkar and M.S. Sukhija: Oxford
University Press.
3. Theory and Problems of Basic Electrical Engineering by D.P.Kothari& I.J.
Nagrath: PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.1998
4. Principles of Electrical Engineering by V.K Mehta: S.Chand Publications.
5. Essentials of Electrical and Computer Engineering by David V. Kerns, JR. J.
David Irwin Pearson: Pearson; 2nd edition ,2004
6. Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory,by R. L. Boylestad& Louis Nashlesky :
Pearson Education
7. Basic Electronics- Devices, Circuits and IT Fundamentals,by SantiramKal :
Prentice Hall, India
8. Electronic Devices and Circuits,by David A. Bell : Oxford University Press
2008

BT17B2.1C MATHEMATICAL METHODS

CORE/TH: 4/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3 hrs Cr: 4

Objectives of the Course:

The main objective of this course is to familiarize students with a range of
mathematical methods that are essential for solving advanced problems in
theoretical physics.
UNIT I
Matrices and Linear systems of equations: Elementary row transformations-Rank-
Echelon form, Normal form – Solution of Linear Systems – Direct Methods- LU
Decomposition- LU Decomposition from Gauss Elimination –Solution of Tridiagonal
Systems-Solution of Linear Systems.
UNIT II
Eigen values, eigen vectors – properties – Cayley-Hamilton Theorem - Inverse
and powers of a matrix by Cayley-Hamilton theorem – Diagonolization of matrix.
Calculation of powers of matrix – Modal and spectral matrices.

51
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT III
Real matrices – Symmetric, skew - symmetric, orthogonal, Linear Transformation
– Orthogonal Transformation. Complex matrices: Hermitian, Skew-Hermitian and
Unitary – Eigen values and eigen vectors of complex matrices and their properties.
Quadratic forms- Reduction of quadratic form to canonical form – Rank - Positive,
negative definite - semi definite - index - signature - Sylvester law.
UNIT IV
Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations: Introduction – The Bisection
Method – The Method of False Position – The Iteration Method – Newton-Raphson
Method.
UNIT V
Interpolation: Introduction- Errors in Polynomial Interpolation – Finite differences-
Forward Differences- Backward differences –Central differences – Symbolic
relations and separation of symbols-Differences of a polynomial-Newton’s formulae
for interpolation – Central difference interpolation Formulae – Gauss Central
Difference Formulae –Interpolation with unevenly spaced points-Lagrange’s
Interpolation formula.
UNIT VI
Curve fitting: Fitting a straight line –Second degree curve-exponential curve-power
curve by method of least squares. Numerical Differentiation and Integration–
Trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3 Rule –Simpson’s 3/8 Rule.
UNIT VII
Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential equations: Solution by Taylor’s series-
Picard’s Method of successive Approximations-Euler’s Method, Runge-Kutta
Methods, Predictor-Corrector Methods, Adams- Moulton Method, Milne’s Method.
UNIT VIII
Fourier Series: Determination of Fourier coefficients – Fourier series – even and
odd functions – Fourier series in an arbitrary interval – even and odd periodic
continuation – Half-range Fourier sine and cosine expansions. Fourier integral
theorem (only statement) – Fourier sine and cosine integrals. Fourier transforms
– Fourier sine and cosine transforms – properties – inverse transforms – Finite
Fourier transforms.
Expected Output & Assignment:
Assignments on given topics and periodic internal tests.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Mathematical Methods,by T. K. V. Iyengar, B. Krishna Gandhi and Others: S.
Chand & Company
2. Mathematical Methods,by C. Sankaraiah: V. G. S. Book Links

52
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

3. A Text Book of Engineering Mathematics,by B. V. Raman: Tata Mc Graw Hill.

4. Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering Computation, by M. K.
Jain, S. R. K. Iyengar & R. K. Jain: New Age International Publishers

GN17B2.1A COMMUNICATION SKILLS

AECC-II/L: 2/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks:100 End exam: Viva-Voce Cr: 2

Course Overview: To prepare students to acquire understanding and fluency in

English for professional work
Objectives of the Course: To provide an adequate mastery of technical and
communicative English Language training primarily, reading and writing skills, and
also listening and speaking skills.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: To prepare students for participation in
seminars, group discussions, paper presentation and general personal interaction
at the professional level.
UNIT I
Communication: Importance of Communication; Elements of good individual
communication; organizing oneself; different types of communication; Barriers in
the path of Communication
UNIT II
Listening skills: Listening to conversation and speeches (Formal and Informal)
Reading: Techniques of reading, skimming, Scanning, SQ3R technique
UNIT III
Creative Writing: Scope of creative writing; Writing skills Signposting, Outlines,
Rephrasing
Writing a report/ format of the report; Paragraph, Letter Writing, Essay writing,
Memo, Circular, Notice, Cover Letter, Resume, Writing with a thesis, Summary,
Précis, Product description – Description of projects and features
Oral Report; Periodical Report; Progress Report; Field Report
Preparation of minutes; Video conference; Tele conference / Virtual meeting
UNIT IV
Speaking: How to converse with people, How to communicate effectively;
Language and grammar skills; Pronunciation drills, Phonetics, vowels, Diphthongs,
consonants, Stress, Rhythm and intonation, Conversational skills
Features of effective speech- practice in speaking fluently –role play – telephone
skills – etiquette.

53
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Short Extempore speeches – facing audience – paper presentation – getting over

nervousness – Interview techniques – preparing for interviews – Mock Interview –
Body Language.
UNIT V
Impact of internet on communication; communication through computers;
voice mail; broadcast messages; e-mail auto response; etc.
Reference books:
1. Krishna Mohan &Meera Banerji: Developing Communication Skills Macmillan
India
2. C S Rayudu: Principles of Public Relations, Himalaya Publishing House
3. K. Ashwathappa: Organizational Behavior, Himalaya PublishingHouse
4. Daniel Colman: Emotional Intelligence

GN17B2.2A VALUE EDUCATION

AECC-III: 2/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 0 Total mks:50 End exam: Nil Cr: 2

Course Overview: To provide guiding principles and tools for the development
of the whole person, recognizing that the individual is comprised of Physical,
Intellectual, Emotional and Spiritual dimensions.
Knowledge Transfer /Expected Skills:
To help individuals think about and reflect on different values.
To deepen understanding, motivation and responsibility with regard to making
personal and social choices and the practical implications in relation to themselves
and others, the community and the world at large to inspire individuals to choose
their own personal, social, moral and spiritual values and be aware of practical
methods for developing and deepening them.
UNIT I
Value Education—Introduction – Definition of values – Why values? – Need for
Inculcation of values – Object of Value Education – Sources of Values – Types of
Values: i) Personal values ii) Social values iii) Professional values iv) Moral and
spiritual value Behavioral (common) values
UNIT II
Personal values – Definition of person – Self confidence – Relative and absolute
confidence, being self-determined, swatantrata (loosely equivalent to freedom).
Self discipline – Self Assessment – Self restraint –Self motivation – Determination
– Ambition – Contentment Self-respectand respect to others; expression of respect

54
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT III
Social values – Units of Society - Individual, family, different groups – Community
– Social consciousness – Equality and Brotherhood – Dialogue – Tolerance –
Sharing – Honesty-Responsibility – Cooperation; Freedom – Repentance and
Magnanimity.
Peer Pressure – Ragging - examples - making one’s own choices
UNIT IV
Professional values-Definition-Competence-Confidence-Devotion to duty-
Efficiency-Accountability.
– Respect for learning /learned – Willingness to learn-Open and balanced mind –
Team spirit – Professional
Ethics – Willingness for Discussion; Difference between understanding and
assuming.
Time Management: Issues of planning, as well as concentration (and aligning with
self goals) Expectations from yourself. Excellence and competition, coping with
stress, Identifying one’s interests as well as strengths.
UNIT V
Behavioural values – Individual values and group values. Anger: Investigation of
reasons, watching one’s own anger; Understanding anger as: a sign of power or
helplessness, distinction between response and reaction.
Right utilization of physical facilities. Determining one’s needs, needs of the self
and of the body, cycle of nature.
Relationship with teachers. Inside the class, and outside the class, interacting with
teachers.
UNIT VI
Complimentary nature of skills and values. Distinction between information &
knowledge
Goals: Short term goals and long term goals; How to set goals; How to handle
responsibilities which have to be fulfilled while working for goals.
Reference Books
1. Ramancharla Pradeep Kumar. Compiled Reading Material IIIT Hyderabad
2. Dr. S. Ignacimuthu S. J.,Values for life, Better yourself Books, Bandra
Mumbai- 600 050 (1999).
3. Values (Collection of Essays)., Published by : Sri Ramakrishna Math.,
Chennai—(1996)
4. Prof. R.P.Dhokalia., Eternal Human ValuesNCRT –Campus Sri Aurobindo
Marg., New Delhi
5. Swami Vivekananda.,Education., Sri Ramakrishna Math., Chennai-4(1957)

55
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - III

FS17B3.1C BUILDING SERVICE STUDIO – III

CORE/S: 10/wk Int mks: 100 Ext mks : 100 Total mks :200 End exam: Viva-Voce Cr: 10

Objectives of the Course:

To develop a conceptual understanding of landscape design and site planning
principles.
To develop skills in integrating landscape design with built environments.
Course Contents: Understanding Site, Site Analysis and Infrastructure Analysis.
Study and Analysis: Selection, development and utilization studies are to be
objectively performed and communicated or established through case studies and
analyzing constraints, and interventions in site planning.
Design Proposal: Graphic representation of all the aspects mentioned below on
maps and drawings, Documentation and Design of Site Planning incorporating,
Site Appraisal. Site Analysis, Site Zoning, Built form Analysis, User Analysis w.r.t
Amenities provided along with bye laws and regulation, Site Grading, Integration of
Services i.e. Plumbing & Electrical.
General Site Context and Characteristics
• Geographic location, adjacent land use patterns, access systems, nearby
destinations and facilities.
• Nature of the area or projects nearby and their effects on the site (micro &
macro climates on built form)
Site Topography
• Geology, Soil and Hydrology
• Understanding Contours
• Cut and fill Techniques
• Site Leveling
• Pattern of landforms – typology, slopes, circulation possibilities, access point,
barrier and visibility
• Unique features
Water
• Existing water bodies
• Natural and man-made drainage channels
• Surface drainage pattern
• Water supply location

56
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Vegetation
• Dominant plant
• General pattern of plant cover
Climate
• Local pattern of wind direction, wind rose, speed and sun angles
• Local microclimates
• Ambient air qualities, sound levels
Sensory qualities
• Character and relationship of visual spaces
• Quality and variation of light
Site and zoning
• Zoning classification i.e, land use zoning
• Set-backs,
• Height restrictions,
• FSI and FAR
• Incentive zoning
• Open spaces
• Open space ratio
• Pedestrian and Vehicular circulation
• On – Off street parking requirements
• Water front access plan
• Water front area, bulkhead line, shoreline
• Waterfront Public Access Area
Man Made Structures.
• Existing buildings and Siting
• Co-relation between Site form and Infrastructure
• Neighborhood context
• Location,outline,type,circulation pattern, streets, roads, alleys, sidewalks,
and plazas
Infrastructure Analysis
Electrical
• DG Set Types
• Transformers Types

57
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Over Head Transmission lines

• Underground Transmission lines
• Earthing systems & Lighting arrester
• Server rooms
• Control room
• Street lights & Solar plates
• Outdoor Lighting
Plumbing
Indoor
• Indoor water supply network
• Drainage network
Outdoor
• Irrigation Systems
• External Drainage System
• Storm Water Management
• Roof Water Harvesting
• Grey Water Systems
• Sewage Treatment Plant
• On Site Sewage Disposal
Mechanical
• Location of Pump rooms
*Economic footprint has to be considered and evaluated for all.
Site Appraisal and Analysis of the site are to be prepared and assessed based on
UDA guidelines and National Building Codes.
Expected Outputs & Assignment:
One main/major design problem dealing with documentation of site planning and
infrastructure analysis for medium sized sites (upto 5 Ha) of Institutional campus,
Gated Communities, Hospitals and Corporate Offices. At least one minor/time
problem of a small scale residential dwelling or Commercial Complex (less than 5
acres) has to be taken up as a site planning/ infrastructure planning exercise.
A brief report of about 1000 words explaining the concept and design proposals
must be submitted along with the main design portfolio. Also, an site model along
with building services must be submitted for one major design exercise.
Note: Focus will be on the site and context and their relationship to the built
environment. Activities, services and construction methods, phenomena of social
utilizations, growth and change shall also be studied and analyzed.
58
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. R Gene Brook: Site planning, environment, process and development - TSS,
NBC
2. Kevin Lynch: Site Planning - Premier on Problem Seeking
3. Michael Laurie: An introduction to landscape architecture
4. Tom Turner: Landscape Planning
5. S. K. Bhattarcharjee: Landscape Gardening & Design with Plants

FS17B3.2C ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

CORE/TH: 3/wk Int mks:50 End mks:50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr:3

Objectives of the Course:

To understand electrical aspect of transmission and distribution procedures of
Electricity.
UNIT I
Fundamental principles of Electricity:
Electricity - Definition, Units, & Symbols,Basics & Importance of Electricity,
Electrical codes and standards, Indian Electricity Acts, Generation, Transmission
and distribution system, Introduction to electric motor, drives, starters, UPS etc.
UNIT II
Utilization of Electricity, Electrical Switchgear (High Voltage and Low Voltage),
Distribution Transformers:
Types of transmission and Distribution lines and their application, Types of
transformer, on load Tap changers for Transformers, Power Factor Correction
Capacitors. Generation of Electric Power, Standby DG Sets and their hookup to
the Mains Distribution, Multiple DG Sets Synchronization.
UNIT III
Substation layouts:
Transformers, Switch gear Panels and capacitor Bank. Distribution of electricity.
Cabling- mains and sub mains. Electrical Installation in large Buildings. Service
Ducts. Internal Electrical wiring and controls. Maintenance of electrical installations.
Safety Precautions in Handling Electrical Systems.
UNIT IV
Electric layouts:
Conversion of 3-Phase to 1- Phase connection, preparation of layouts for
residences, offices etc., Domestic appliances: Types of electric motors and electro

59
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

mechanical devices. Construction and working of at least six domestic appliances

and location in buildings.
UNIT V
Lighting Calculation:
NBC standards, nominal illumination levels in building interiors, lux, lumen,
intensity, lighting schemes.
Building Wiring and Cable System
Wiring Rules and regulations. Types of Conductors, wiring methods and types
of cables, Applications and Selection of wires and cables for general building.
Applications and Selection of switches and sockets, boards service wires, metering
distribution circuits, Lighting, and Power circuit wiring diagrams. Conduit Layout
Design, Load schedule and Load balancing.
UNIT VI
Safety aspects in Electrical Systems:
Types of Fire fighting systems for Electrical Equipment- Fuses, MCB’s, MCCB’s
and C.B’s and theirs cut outs, Standard heights of mounting accessories. Lightning
Protection, Grounding - system grounding and equipment grounding, Earthing
Methods, and Standards, ELCB, pipe earthing, plate earthing, Factors that affect
the Earth Resistance, Earth Resistivity Measurements, and Earthfault detection
and sensing.
UNIT VII
Electrical load for small buildings:
Definition of lighting load and power load, Lamps and Lamp circuits: Types of
lamps - construction of different types of lamps for small building, lamp circuit
incorporating energy meter, cut out and distribution box. Electrical design for small
scale building.
UNIT VIII
Electrical Load for high rise building:
Lighting load, power load, wiring layout for large building, Design of size of -
transformer, pump installation, cable size, and DG set Load sharing, Optimization
of DG Set operation with respect to load. Electrical design for large scale building
Expected Outcome & Assignment
Assignments on given topics and periodic internal tests.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Electrical Wiring, Estimating & costing by S.L.Uppal Electrical wiring,
2. Estimating & costing by J.B.Gupta
3. Electrical Drawing by Balbir Singh Electrical wiring by Arora
60
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

4. Maintenance and Operation of Electrical Equipment by BVS Rao, VoI- I

5. Testing, Commissioning Operation & Maintenance of Electrical equipment by
S.Rao
6. Electrical Installation Estimation and Costing by M.Rajalingam.
7. Sally Hunt, “Making Competition Work in Electricity”, 2002, John Wiley Inc.

FS17B3.3C FUNDAMENTALS OF STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS

CORE/TH: 4/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks: 50 Total mks: 100 End exam: 3 hrs Cr: 4

Objectives of the Course:

To elaborate the knowledge on structural mechanics to apply the concepts and
theories to built a desirable structures with respect to the behavior of beams,
columns and stress behavior due to applied forces.
UNIT I
Fundamentals of Structures
Construction and form, Structure and Form. Geometry of form and structural
function. Introduction to basic structural systems, elements of structure, their
functions &behavior, beams, slabs, columns, walls, foundations, bearing wall
systems, trusses, rigid frames, linear and curved elements; simply supported,
cantilever and overhanging beams for various loads; effect of simple geometric
forms on the overall structural behavior.
UNIT II
Fundamentals of Forces
Primary and secondary forces acting on structures dead loads, live load, wind,
seismic forces, distribution of loads through the elements of the system.
Structural Systems:
Single and double layer grids; braced domes, ribbed domes, plate type domes,
Network domes, Lamella domes, Geodesic domes, Grid domes. Braced and folded
structures.
UNIT III
Mechanical properties:
Concept of direct and shear stresses and strains, stress-strain relationship, Biaxial
and triaxial loading. Elastic constants and their relationship, stress-strain diagrams
and their characteristics for mild steel other metal and concrete. Factors of safety.
Uniaxial problems: Stresses and strains in compound bars in uniaxial tension and
compression, temperature stresses in simple restrained bars and compound bars
of two types only.

61
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT IV
Axial force, shear force & Bending Moment Diagrams.
Beams, Loading and support conditions, Bending moment, Shear force and axial
load diagrams for all types of loadings for simply supported beams, cantilevers
and beams with overhangs, Relation between shear force, bending moment and
loading intensity.
UNIT V
Stresses in beams (Bending, Shear)
i. Bending; Theory of simple bending, Determination of moment of inertia of
cross sections of various shapes, section modulus, Moment of resistance,
bending stresses in solid, hollow and built up section.
ii. Shear: Distribution of shear stresses on beam cross sections,
iii. Strain energy under uniaxial tension and compression shear bending and
torsion impact loads and instantaneous stresses.
UNIT VI
Slope & Deflection of beams:
Theory of long columns, Euler, Rankine formula, slope & deflection in statically
determinate beams subjected to point loads, u. d. loads, Moments by a) Macauley’s
Method b) Moment Area Method c) Conjugate Beam method.
UNIT VII
Thin cylinders:
Design, changes in volume and dia of thin cyinders. Thin spherical shells
Thick cylinders:
Derivation of lame’s theory. Design of thick cylinders. Thick spherical shell.
Torsion Of Circular Shafts – Theory of pure torsion – Derivation of Torsion equations
: T/J = q/r = Ne/l – Assumptions made in the theory Theory of pure torsion – Torsional
moment of resistance – Polar section modulus – Power transmitted by shafts –
Combined beinding and torsion and end thrust – Design of shafts according to
theories of failure
UNIT VIII
Springs: Introduction – Types of springs – deflection of close and open coiled
helical springs under axial pull and axial couple –springs in series and parallel –
Carriage or leaf springs
Columns And Struts: Introduction – Types of columns – Short, medium and long
columns – Axially loaded compression members – Crushing load – Euler‘s theorem
for long columns – assumptions

62
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Expected Output & Assignment

Students should prepare charts based on bending moments and different structural
figures. Assignments and periodic tests to be conducted.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Development of Structural Form, by Rowland J. Mainstone: Taylor & Francis
Group, 2001.
2. Engineering Materials, by Rangwala: Anand, 1993.
3. Building Construction, by S. P. Bindra, S. P. Arora: Dhanpat Rai Publications
4. Strength of Materials vol – I, by B.C. Punmia: Laxmi Publications pvt. ltd
5. Mechanics of Materials, by E.P.Popov: Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi

FS17B3.4C THERMO DYNAMICS

CORE /TH: 4/wk Int mks :50 Ext mks :50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr:4

Objectives of the Course:

To understand the treatment of classical Thermodynamics and to apply the First
and Second laws of Thermodynamics to engineering applications.
UNIT I
Fundamental Concepts & Definitions:
Thermodynamics: Terminology; definition and scope, microscopic and macroscopic
approaches. Engineering Thermodynamics: Definition, some practical applications
of engineering thermodynamics. System (closed system) and Control Volume
(open system); Characteristics of system boundary and control surface;
surroundings; fixed, moving and imaginary boundaries, examples. Thermodynamic
state, state point, identification of a state through properties; definition and units,
intensive and extensive various property diagrams, path and process, quasi-static
process, cyclic and non-cyclic processes; Restrained and unrestrained processes;
Thermodynamic equilibrium; definition, mechanical equilibrium; dia-thermic
wall, thermal equilibrium, chemical equilibrium. Zeroth law of thermodynamics.
Temperature as an important property.
UNIT II
Work and Heat:
Mechanics - definition of work and its limitations. Thermodynamic - definition of
work and heat, examples, sign convention. Displacement works at part of a system
boundary and at whole of a system boundary, expressions for displacement works
in various processes through p-v diagrams. Shaft work and Electrical work. Other
types of work. Examples and practical applications.

63
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT III
First Law of Thermodynamics:
Statement of the First law of thermodynamics for a cycle, derivation of the First
law of processes, energy, internal energy as a property, components of energy,
thermodynamic distinction between energy and work; concept of enthalpy,
definitions of specific heats at constant volume and at constant pressure. Extension
of the First law to control volume; steady state-steady flow energy equation,
important applications such as flow in a nozzle, throttling, adiabatic mixing etc.,
analysis of unsteady processes, case studies.
UNIT IV
Pure Substances & Steam Tables and Ideal & Real Gases:
Ideal and perfect gases: Differences between perfect, ideal and real gases,
equation of state, evaluation of properties of perfect and ideal gases. Real
Gases: Introduction. Vander Waal’s Equation of state, Vander Waal’s constants
in terms of critical properties, law of corresponding states, compressibility factor;
compressibility chart, and other equations of state (cubic and higher orders). Pure
Substances: Definition of a pure substance, phase of a substance, triple point
and critical points, sub-cooled liquid, saturated liquid, vapor pressure, two-phase
mixture of liquid and vapor, saturated vapor and superheated vapor state of a pure
substance with water as example. Representation of pure substance properties on
p-T and p-V diagrams, detailed treatment of properties of steam for industrial and
scientific use (IAPWS-97, 95)
UNIT V
Basics of Energy conversion cycles:
Devices converting heat to work and vice versa in a thermodynamic cycle Thermal
reservoirs. Heat engine and a heat pump; schematic representation and efficiency
and coefficient of performance. Carnot cycle.
UNIT VI
Second Law of Thermodynamics:
Identifications of directions of occurrences of natural processes, Offshoot of II law
from the I. Kelvin-Planck statement of the Second law of Thermodynamic; Clasius’s
statement of Second law of Thermodynamic; Equivalence of the two statements;
Definition of Reversibility, examples of reversible and irreversible processes;
factors that make a process irreversible, reversible heat engines; Evolution of
Thermodynamic temperature scale.
UNIT VII
Entropy:
Clasius inequality; statement, proof, application to a reversible cycle. œ (δQR/T)
as independent of the path. Entropy; definition, a property, principle of increase of
entropy, entropy as a quantitative test for irreversibility, calculation of entropy, role
64
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

of T-s diagrams, representation of heat, Tds relations, Available and unavailable

energy.
UNIT VIII
Availability and Irreversibility:
Maximum useful work for a system and a control volume, availability of a system
and a steadily flowing stream, irreversibility. Second law of efficiency.
Expected Outputs & Assignment:
Assignments and periodic tests to be conducted.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Heat Engineering, by DrVasandani and Dr Kumar: Metropolitan Book Co.
Pvt. Ltd., Delhi.
2. Thermal Engineering, by PL Ballaney: Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
3. Engineering Thermodynamics: Work and Hest Transfer, by Rogers and
Mayhew; ELBS Publications.
4. Thermodynamics and Heat Engines Vol. I and II, by R Yadav: Central
Publishers, Allahabad.
5. Steam Turbine Theory and Pratice, by WAJ Keartan: ELBS Series
6. Applied Thermodynamics by TD Eastop& A McConkey: ELBS Publications
2003

FS17B3.5C WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS

CORE/TH: 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks: 50 Total mks: 100 End exam: 3hr Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

To provide a sound understanding of design principles in water supply systems and
treatment processes. Students will be able to acquire sufficient knowledge on basic
design of conventional and advanced water treatment processes.
Introduction:
Importance and Necessity for planned water supplies, wholesome water, Status of
protected water supply in India, Planning and Execution of Modern water supply
schemes.
UNIT I
Water Demands
Various types of water Demands, Domestic Demand, Industrial Demand, Institutional
and commercial water demand, Demand for Public uses, Fire demand, Losses
and wastes, Per capita demand, Factors affecting per capita demand, Variations

65
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

in demand, Seasonal variations, Daily variations, Hourly variations, Design Period,

Total requirement of water for a town or a city, Population forecasting methods
and problems, Arithmetical increase method, Geometrical increase method,
Incremental increase method, etc.
UNIT II
Sources of water supply
Hydrological concepts,Definition,Precipitation, Infiltration, Run off, Evaporation,
Transpiration, Surface sources, Natural ponds and lakes, Streams and rivers,
Impounding reservoirs, Sub surface sources, Infiltration galleries, Infiltration
wells,Springs,Wells,Intakes for collecting surface water, definitions and general
introduction.
UNIT III
Quality of water
General Introduction
Characteristics of Water,Physical Characteristics,Turbidity,Colour and
Temperature,Taste and Odour,Chemical Characteristics, Total Solids and
suspended solids,PH value of water ,Hardness of water,Chloride content,Nitrogen
content,Metals and other Chemical substances,Dissolved Gases,Bio-chemical
Oxygen Demand,Bacterial and Microscopical characteristics,Water Borne
Diseases,Drinking water standards.
UNIT IV
Treatment of Water
General Introduction, Treatment unit flow diagram,Screening,Sedimentation,Plain
Sedimentation, Sedimentation aided with Coagulation,Filtration,Theory of
filtration,Slow sand filters construction and operation, Rapid sand filters, Pressure
filters,. Disinfection, Methods of Disinfection, Chlorination, pre, post, Break-point
Chlorination and Dechlorination,Defluoridation - by Nalgonda technique.
UNIT V
Distribution System
General Introduction, Requirements of a good distribution system, Layouts
of Distribution Networks, Dead end system, Grid iron system, Ring system,
Radial system, Systems of Distribution, Gravitational system Pumping system,
Combined system, Types of pumps and their suitability, Centrifugal pumps –
Components, Selection of pump horse power, Operation and maintenance,
Trouble Shooting, Requirement of pipe materials, Different types of pipes, Laying
and Testing,Maintenance,Pipe Corrosion - Causes and Prevention.
UNIT VI
Appurtenances in the distribution system
Understand the various appurtenances in a distribution system, Use of, Sluice
66
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

valves,Check valves or reflux valves ,Air valves, Drain valves or Blow off valves,
Scour valve,Water meter, Fire Hydrants etc,
UNIT VII
Water supply plumbing systems in buildings
Plumbing System in Water Supplies, The House Water Connection, Stop Cocks,
Water taps and Bib cocks, Pipe fittings, Storage of water in buildings, Estimating
Storage Capacity, Overhead Storage, Underground Storage tanks, Types of tanks,
RCC, GI and HDPE tanks, General requirements of domestic water storage,
Water piping systems in building, Piping system using direct supply, Piping system
using over head tanks, Piping system using underground - overhead tank supply,
Pumped systems
UNIT VIII
Water Efficient Design
Rain Water Harvesting, Rain water Harvesting structures, Rain water directed to
Service wells, Rain water harvesting by percolation pit method, Low water fixtures-
Gravity-Fed Low Flow, Pressure-Assisted Low Flow.
Expected Output & Assignment:
The internal assessment to be carried out through practical’s and periodic tests on
the above mentioned topics.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Water and Wastewater Engineering, Vol-I and II, by Fair, and Geyer: John
Wiley and sons, New York
2. Water Supply and Sewerage, by Steel and McGhee: Mcgraw-Hill 1991
3. Environmental Engineering, by Peavy, Rowe and Tchobanoglous: McGraw-
Hill 1984
4. Water and Wastewater Technology, by Hammer and Hammer, Jr.: Prentice
Hall of India
5. Water Supply Engineering Environmental Engineering Vol.-I, by Garg, SK:
Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2005
6. Water Supply and Wastewater Engineering, by Raju: Tata McGraw hill, New
Delhi
7. Water Supply and Treatment, by Kshirsagar : Roorkee Publishing House,
Roorkee
8. Water Supply and Wastewater Engineering ,by Punmia: Laxmi Publishers,
New Delhi
9. Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering, by Birdie: Dhanpat Rai Publishing

67
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

FS17B3.6C WASTE WATER SYSTEMS

CORE/TH: 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks: 50 Total mks: 100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

This course is designed to explain the concepts behind water demand & supply
and treatment of sewage.
UNIT I
Introduction
Definition of terms - Sullage, Sewage, sewer and sewerage,Classification of
sewage, Systems of sewage disposal,Types of sewerage systems and their
suitability separate, combined and partially separate systems. Natural Wastewater
Treatment Systems - Ponds and Lagoons, Wetlands and Root-zone systems,
Surface and Ground Water Treatment for Potable Water Supply.
UNIT II
Quantity of Sewage
Quantity of discharge in sewers, dry weather flow, variability flow,Determination of
storm water flow,Surface drainage - requirements, shapes, laying and construction.
Sewerage systems - Different shapes of cross section for sewers, circular and
noncircular, merits and demerits, Brief description and choice of types of sewers -
stoneware, cast Iron, cement concrete and A.C. pipes,Laying of Sewers - setting
out alignment of a sewer, excavation, checking the gradient, preparation of bedding,
handling, lowering, laying and jointing, testing and back filling. Sewer Appurtenances
- Brief description, location, function and construction of,Manholes,Drop Manholes,
Street inlets, Catch basins, Flushing tanks,Regulators,Inverted siphon, Necessity
of pumping sewage - location and component parts of pumping station.
UNIT III
Sewage Characteristics
Strength of sewage, sampling of sewage, characteristics of sewage, physical,
chemical and biological, Analysis of Sewage - significance of the following tests.
1. Solids, 2. C.O.D, 3. B.O.D, 4. PH- value, 5. Chlorides (No details of tests)
Characteristics of industrial waste water - principles of treatment, reduction of
volume, and strength of waste water.
UNIT IV
Sewage treatment and disposal
Preliminary treatment - Brief description and functions of the following units
1. Screens, 2. Skimming tanks and 3. Grit chambers, Primary treatment - Brief
description and functions of plain sedimentation, Secondary treatment - Brief
description of 1. Trickling filters, 2. Activated sludge process., Septic tank, Sewage
disposal - dilution, disposal on to lands, groundwater recharge, reuse etc,

68
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT V
Water Treatment
Water Treatment Plant Characteristics, Plant layout; Operations and maintenance
of Treatment plants, Trouble Shooting, Filtration, Softening of Water, Defluoridation,
Removal of Odors, Treated Municipal Wastewater Discharge Systems, Post
treatment techniques, recycled water for green belts, Groundwater Quality
Protection
UNIT VI
Drainage and sanitation in Buildings
Aims of building drainage and its requirements - General layout of Sanitary fittings
to a house, drainage arrangements for a single and multi storied buildings as per
IS code of practice
Sanitary fittings - traps, water closets, flushing cisterns, urinals, inspection
chambers, antisiphonage inspection, testing and maintenance of sanitary fittings
UNIT VII
Waste Water Treatment & Recycling
Water Recycling, Course filter and surge tank, Sand filters with reeds, UV
disinfection, Grey Water and Rainwater Sources and End Uses, Potential End Use
After Treatment, Grey Water Collection, Grey Water Collection Tank, Grey Water
Treatment, Grey Water Collection and Sand water Pipe work, Use of Treated Grey
Water and Rainwater, Typical Influent Characteristics of Grey Water.
UNIT VII
Solid Waste
Sources, Engineering classification, Characterization, Generation and
Quantification. Transport - collection systems, collection equipment, transfer
stations, collection route optimization. Treatment methods: Methods of refuse
processing, recovery, recycle and reuse, composting – aerobic and anaerobic,
incineration, pyrolysis and energy recovery. Disposal methods: Impacts of
open dumping, site selection, sanitary land filling – design criteria and design
examples,leachate and gas collection systems, leachate treatment), Biomedical
Waste management: Biomedical (Handling and Management) Rules 2008
,sources, treatment and disposal.
Expected Output & Assignment:
Simple exercise on residential units, along with site study on waste water treatment
plant, reports on the above contents.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Water and Wastewater Engineering, Vol-I and II, by Fair, and Geyer: John
Wiley and sons, New York

69
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

2. Water Supply and Sewerage, by Steel and McGhee: Mcgraw-Hill 1991

3. Environmental Engineering, by Peavy, Rowe and Tchobanoglous: McGraw-
Hill 1984
4. Water and Wastewater Technology, by Hammer and Hammer, Jr.: Prentice
Hall of India
5. Water Supply Engineering Environmental Engineering Vol.-I, by Garg, SK:
Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2005
6. Water Supply and Wastewater Engineering, by Raju: Tata McGraw hill, New
Delhi
7. Water Supply and Treatment,by Kshirsagar : Roorkee Publishing House,
Roorkee
8. Water Supply and Wastewater Engineering ,by Punmia: Laxmi Publishers,
New Delhi
9. Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering, by Birdie: Dhanpat Rai Publishing

ELECTIVE-1
DT17B1.4C COMPUTER PROGRAMMING AND DATA STRUCTURES

DSE-1/P/T/O : 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks:100 End exam: Practical & Viva-Voce Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

To impart the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms
To understand concepts about searching and sorting techniques
To understanding about writing algorithms and step by step approach in solving
problems with the help of fundamental data structures.
UNIT I
Introduction to Computers – Computer Systems, Computing Environments,
Computer Languages, rating and running programs, Software Development
Method, Algorithms, Pseudo code, flow charts, applying the software development
method.
UNIT II
Introduction to C Language – Background, Simple C Programme, Identifiers,
Basic data types, Variables, Constants, Input / Output, Operators. Expressions,
Precedence and associativity, Expression Evaluation, Type conversions, Bit wise
operators, Statements, Simple C Programming examples. Selection Statements –
if and switch statements, Repetition statements – while, for, do-while statements,
Loop examples, other statements related to looping – break, continue, goto, Simple
C Programming examples.

70
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT III
Designing Structured Programs, Functions, basics, user defined functions, inter
function communication, Standard functions, Scope, Storage classes-auto,
register, static, extern, scope rules, type qualifiers, recursion- recursive functions,
Preprocessor commands, example C-programsArrays – Concepts, using arrays
in C, inter function communication, array applications, two – dimensional arrays,
multi-dimensional arrays, C-programme examples.
UNIT IV
Pointers – Introduction (Basic Concepts), Pointers for inter function communication,
pointers to pointers, compatibility, memory allocation functions, array of pointers,
programming applications, pointers to void, pointers to functions, command –line
arguments. Strings – Concepts, C Strings, String Input / Output functions, arrays
of strings, string manipulation functions, string / data conversion, C-programme
examples.
UNIT V
Derived types – Structures – Declaration, definition and initialization of structures,
accessing structures, nested structures, arrays of structures, structures and
functions, pointers to structures, self referential structures, unions, typeset, bit
fields, enumerated types, C programming examples.
UNIT VI
Input and Output – Concept of a file, streams, standard input / output functions,
formatted input / output functions, text files and binary files, file input / output
operations, file status functions (error handling),C-programme examples.
UNIT VII
Searching and Sorting – Sorting- selection sort, bubble sort, insertion sort, quick
sort, merge sort, Searching-linear and binary search methods.
UNIT VIII
Data Structures – Introduction to Data Structures, abstract data types, Linear list
– singly linked list implementation, insertion, deletion and searching operations
on linear list, Stacks-Operations, array and linked representations of stacks, stack
application-infix to postfix conversion, postfix expression evaluation, recursion
implementation, Queues-operations, array and linked representations.
Expected Output & Assignment:
The internal assessment to be carried out through practical’s and periodic tests on
the above mentioned topics.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. C Programming & Data Structures ,Third Edition, by B.A.Forouzan and R.F.
Gilberg:Cengage Learning.
2. Problem Solving and Program Design, Fifth Edition, in C,by J.R. Hanly and
E.B Koffman: Pearson education.
71
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

FS17B3.3E CONSTRUCTION WORKSHOP

DSE-1/P/T/O: 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks:100 End exam: Practical & Viva-Voce Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

To introduce various fabrication skills and techniques necessary to produce scale
– models and to encourage preparation of models as an essential phase in design
development and evaluation
UNIT I
Introduction:
Introduction to the use of different type of tools and methods relating to masonry,
carpentry, tile laying for floors and pavements, painting and welding
UNIT II
Brick Bonds:
Using instrument. Brick laying for English Bond: Lay straight wall in English Bond,
Lay corner wall in English Bond, Lay Tee joint in English Bond, Lay cross wall in
English Bond. Brick laying for Flemish Bond: Lay straight wall in Flemish Bond
.Brick footing: Lay straight wall with footing; Lay corner joint wall with footing; Lay
Tee joint wall with footing; Lay cross wall with footing.
UNIT III
Masonry:
Building walls with plinth projections and corbelling in straight length and at corners.
Building wall with cornices in straight length and at corners. Building wall with
attached piers and post footings in straight length and at corners. Brick wall with
different kind of jambs and fixing of door chowkets. Brick wall with different kind of
jambs and fixing of window chowkets. Construction of arches over door opening.
Construction of arches over window opening. Practice of plastering and pointing.
Construction of squint quoins.
UNIT IV
Carpentry and Joinery:
Using instruments, Halving joints: Tee joint; Cross Joint; Dove tail joint. Wood
working for doors, windows and chowket: Door and Window; Chowket according
to given specifications. Joint with keys: Make table using joint with key according
to specifications; Make shafts using joint with key according to specifications.
Construction of rafter and beam joints.Elementary roof framing to half scale models.
Stair framing of half scale models.

72
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT V
Flooring:
Introduction to the laying of tile flooring, different types of stone flooring, different
types of wooden flooring for floors, pavements, combination of different materials,
integration of lighting services and communication network , plumbing services etc.
UNIT VI
Welding:
Welding (Gas): safety, introduction to the tools and equipment, exercises involving
autogenously, butt and fillet welds. Welding (Electrical): safety, introduction to the
tools and equipment, exercises involving, butt, fillet and pipe welds.
Machining: safety, facing and rough turning to size ± 1.0 mm using rule and calipers,
finish turning to size ± 0.05 mm using micrometer, tapping and screw cutting using
taps and dies.
Sheet metal: safety, introduction to the tools and equipment, exercises involving
the production of rivet joints, safe edge (lap and wire), groove joint and hinge piece
Expected Output & Assignment:
The students are expected to make scale models, gain hands-on experience. Visit
to construction yards and building sites. Assignments to be given on the above
topics.
REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. Workshop Technology I,II,III, by S K Hajra, Choudhary and A K Chaoudhary:
Media Promoters and Publishers Pvt. Ltd., Bombay
2. Workshop Technology by Manchanda Vol. I,II,III: India Publishing House,
Jalandhar
3. Manual on Workshop Practice by K Venkata Reddy, KL Narayana et al:
MacMillan India Ltd. New Delhi
4. Basic Workshop Practice Manual by T Jeyapoovan: Vikas Publishing House
(P) Ltd., New Delhi
5. Workshop Technology by B.S. Raghuwansh: Dhanpat Rai and Co., New Delh
6. Workshop Technology by HS Bawa:Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, New Delhi

FS17B3.3E RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS

DSE-1/TH: 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks :50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr:3

Objectives of the Course:

To understand the various forms of conventional energy resources.
To learn the present energy scenario and the need for energy conservation.
To explain the concept of various forms of renewable energy.
73
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

To outline division aspects and utilization of renewable energy sources for both
domestics and industrial application.
To analyze the environmental aspects of renewable energy resources.
UNIT I
Introduction
World Energy Use – Reserves of Energy Resources – Environmental Aspects of
Energy Utilization – Renewable Energy Scenario in India and around the World
– Potentials – Achievements / Applications – Economics of renewable energy
systems in small and large scale buildings.
UNIT II
Solar Energy:
The Sun – Production and transfer of solar energy – Sun-Earth angles – Availability
and limitations of solar energy– Measuring techniques and estimation of solar
radiation – Solar thermal collectors – General description and characteristics – Flat
plate collectors – Heat transfer processes – Short term and long term collector
performance – Solar concentrators – Design, analysis and performance evaluation
of solar energy technologies.
UNIT III
Wind Energy:
Wind speed and power relation, power extracted from wind, wind distribution
and wind speed predictions. Wind power systems: System components, Types
of Turbine, Turbine rating Choice of generators, turbine rating, electrical load
matching, Variable speed operation, maximum power operation, control systems,
system design features, stand alone and grid connected operation.
UNIT IV
Hydro energy:
Feasibility of small, mini and micro hydal plants scheme layout economics. Tidal
and wave energy, Geothermal and Ocean-thermal energy conversion, (OTEC)
systems schemes, feasibility and viability.
UNIT V
Biomass:
Various resources, energy contents, technological advancements, Conversion of
biomass in other form of energy - solid, liquid and gases. Gasifies, Biomass fired
boilers, Co firing, Generation from municipal solid waste, Issues in harnessing
these sources.
UNIT VI
Energy Storage and hybrid system configurations:
Energy storage: Battery - types, equivalent circuit, performance characteristics,
battery design, charging and charge regulators. Battery management. Fly-wheel
74
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

energy relations, components, benefits over battery. Fuel Cell energy storage
systems. Ultra Capacitors.
UNIT VII
Grid Integration:
Stand alone systems, Hybrid systems - hybrid with diesel, with fuel cell, solar wind,
wind-hydro systems, mode controller, load sharing, system sizing. Hybrid system
economics. Grid integration with the system: Interface requirements, Stable
operation, Transient-safety, Operating limits of voltage, frequency, stability margin,
energy storage, and load scheduling. Effect on power quality - harmonic distortion,
voltage transients and sags, voltage flickers. Dynamic reactive power support.
Systems stiffness.
UNIT VIII
Case Studies:
Applications, Economic and Environmental Analyses for above Renewable Energy
Systems adopted for small and large scale buildings.
Expected Outputs & Assignment
The students will be able to identify the new methodologies / technologies for
effective utilization of renewable energy sources in building.
Assignments on given topics and periodic internal tests and case studies.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Non Conventional Energy Sources, by Rai. G.D., Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi, 2011.
2. Renewable Energy Sources, by Twidell, J.W. & Weir, A. EFN Spon Ltd., UK,
2006.
3. Solar Energy, by Sukhatme. S.P., Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1997.
4. Renewable Energy, Power for a Sustainable Future, by Godfrey Boyle,
Oxford University Press, U.K., 1996.
5. Solar Energy – “Fundamentals Design, Modelling & Applications”, by Tiwari.
G.N., Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2002.
6. Wind Energy Conversion Systems, by . Freris. L.L., Prentice Hall, UK, 1990.
7. Wind Energy Systems, by Johnson Gary, L. Prentice Hall, New York, 1985
8. Introduction to Biofuels, by David M. Mousdale CRC Press, Taylor & Francis
Group, USA 2010
9. Solar Photovoltaics, “Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications”, by
Chetan Singh,Solanki PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009.
10. Non-Conventional Energy Resources, second Edition by B.H. Khan,TMH
-2009
11. Wind and Solar Systems by Mukund Patel, CRC Press, 2011.
12. Grid Integration, from: IEEE Journals (Transaction)
75
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER – IV

FS17B4.1C BUILDING SERVICES STUDIO -IV

CORE/S: 10/wk Int marks: 100 Ext marks :100 Total mks:200 End exam: Viva-Voce Cr: 10

Objectives of the Course:

Acquainting with the various ways of designing a plumbing system in building in
urban context i.e. low/medium rise, high density, high rise etc.
Study and Analysis- Through literature studies and case studies analyze the
constraints, typologies and interventions in water supply and sanitation services.
Design Proposal- Design of a building project incorporating varied formats of
grouping on an actual site with specific bye-laws and regulations, calculating –
demand of water supply.
Integration of Plumbing Services
Water supply:
• Calculating water demand
• Capacity of sump, Overhead tank
• Pipe Network: Type and specifications, Diameter, Valves, Connections, Fire
hydrants
• Pumps: Type, Power calculations, Head calculations, etc.,
• Distribution Network: Specific network for Hot water, Cold water, Treated
water, Drinking water, bore water and Recycled grey water
• Fixtures: Types of fixtures, specifications and cataloguing, market survey
• Pressure calculations and Diameter of Piping
• Fountains and cascades, swimming pools, Sprinkler system, Irrigation
system for gardening
• Treatment of water: Water softeners, RO plants, filters beds
Preparation of water supply layout at site level and building level, report containing
calculations and specifications, catalogue reference for a gated community, resorts,
hotels, hospitals, manufacturing unit, complex or office building.
Sewage system:
• Calculating STP water demand
• Location of STP, segregation and design of STP chambers
• Creating internal layout of Sanitary system
• Load calculations for Pipe sizes, Manholes, etc.,
• Pipe Network: Type and specifications, Diameter, Connections and slopes
76
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Strom water systems:

• Calculating storm water demand
• Location of Rainwater harvesting pit
• Calculating run off coefficient for different materials
• Load calculations for: Pipe sizes, Trenches, etc.,
• Pipe Network: Type and specifications, Diameter, Connections and slopes
Preparation of sanitary and storm water layout at site level and building level,
report containing calculations and specifications, catalogue reference for a gated
community, resorts, hotels, hospitals, manufacturing unit, complex or office building.
Expected Output & Assignment:
Major design problem: Literature review, Data collection, Case study and proposal
for a hospital, manufacturing unit, resorts and hotels. Any two minor design
problems like commercial complex or office building.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. TSS (Time Sever Stranded)
2. UPC2005 (Uniform Plumbing Code )
3. NBC 2005 (National Building Code )
4. Water Supply and sanitation by Rangwala
5. Hand book of Building Services by Hafiz contractor

FS17B4.2C BUILDING TECHNOLOGIES-I

Core/TH: 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

To study about the basic building materials, properties and their applications.
To know the smart building materials, external paints and their uses.
To understand different types of masonries and their applications.
UNIT I
Functional Planning Of Building
Introduction
Man made environment, general principles for site selection, site plan, planning
regulation and by-laws, principles of planning, orientation of buildings, basic
components and their basic requirements of a building.
UNIT II
Soils, their investigation and testing: general discussions on soils, soil investigations,
testing on soils for bearing capacity
77
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Carpentry and Joinery:

Terms defined; mitring, grooving, rebating, veneering. Various forms of joints in
wood work, such as lengthening joints, bearing joints, halving, dovetailing, housing,
notching, tusk and tenon etc.
UNIT III
Foundations:
Types of foundations and general procedure in foundation design
Masonry Construction:
Masonry classifications- stone, brick, hollow concrete, reinforced, composite
masonry.
Framed Structures and Partitions:
Advantages of tall buildings, problems of tall buildings, concept of framed structure
its advantages, partition walls.
UNIT IV
Arches and Lintels:
Arches and their stability considerations, technical terms in arch work, types of
arches, method of construction of arches, types of lintels
Ground and upper floors: selection of flooring for ground floors, construction of
ground floors, choice of construction for upper floors.
UNIT V
Vertical Transportation:
Stair case, elevators of lifts, ramps, escalators, dumdwaiter, vertical conveyors.
Doors and Windows:
Definitions of technical terms, installation of door and window frames and their
specifications, types of doors, windows and their classification-fixtures and
fastening for doors and windows
UNIT VI
Roofs and Roof Coverings:
Sloping roof and roof trusses, pitched roof or sloping roofs, flat roofs or terrace
roofs, shell roofs, domes.
Partition Walls:
Brick partition, reinforced brick partition, brick nogged partition, lath and plaster
partition, pre-cast concrete partition, glass block and glass Crete partition, common
wooden partition, trussed partition.

78
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT VII
Building Finishes:
Plastering, pointing, white-washing, color washing.
Distempering Finishes:
Paints, varnishes, distempers
UNIT VIII
Miscellaneous Structures:
Structures-shell, folded plate, tension, skeletal frame, pneumatic, prefabricated
structures, fireplaces and flues, earthquake resistant structures.
Materials for Special Treatments:Fire resistant, waterproofing, thermal insulation,
acoustical treatment and anti-termite treatment.
Expected Outputs & Assignment
Students to make documentation of different built elements and their aspects
mentioned above. Construction of building/ study models of different structures
such roads, bridges; dams etc. shall be made along with short notes on the same.
It would be more appropriate if the student go and visit the site practically.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Building construction by S.P.Arora, S.P.Bindra, 19th edition, Dhanpat rai
publications. New Delhi 2000.
2. Building construction by Rangwala S.C, 22nd edition charoter publication
house, Anand 2004.
3. Elementry building construction, by Moxley, R.Mitchell’s, Technical press ltd.

FS17B4.3C REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS

CORE/TH: 4/wk Int mks :50 Ext mks :50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr:4

Objectives of the Course:

To understand the basic cycles of various refrigerating systems, their performance
evaluation along with details of system components and refrigerant properties. The
course is also aimed at imparting knowledge of psychometric properties, processes
which are used in air-conditioning systems for comfort and industrial applications.
UNIT I
Introduction: Application of air-conditional and refrigeration energy usage in air-
conditioning/ buildings introduction of Refrigeration and Heat Pump: Carnot cycle,
modification in reversed Carnot cycle, vapour compression cycle, actual vapor
compression cycle,

79
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT II
Basic Refrigeration and Advanced Cycle: Single and multi- compressor and
multi-evaporator system, system with flash chamber and intercooler, PH and TS
diagram, thermodynamics analysis , effect of inter-cooling and super heating,
cascade refrigeration.
UNIT III
Refrigerants and Environmental Issues : Designation of refrigerants, selection
of refrigerants, Ozone depletion (ODP) and Global warming (GW), Montreal and
Kyoto protocols total equivalent warming index (TEWI) , Azeotropic and zeotropic
mixtures, alternative to existing CFC and HCFC refrigerants.
UNIT IV
Components of Vapour Compression Systems: Types of compressors, condensers,
evaporators, expansion devices –Comparison between air-cooled and water-
cooled condenser based air-conditioning plants.
Other refrigeration system: Introduction to Vortex tube, steam jet and thermoelectric
refrigeration system, vapor absorption, vapor adsorption system, reversed Brayton
cycle- air based refrigeration.
UNIT V
Air-condition: Introduction to thermal comfort and parameters of indoor
environment quality; psychometrics properties, psychometric chart; Basic process
in air-conditioning; Humidification and dehumidification process; introduction to
evaporative cooling towers- Thermodynamic analysis.
Heating and cooling load Estimate: Components of cooling/’heat load, room
sensible heat factor (RSHF), Grand sensible heat factor(GSHF), heating and load
estimation of atypical office/ domestic building, concept of diversity.
UNIT VI
Air conditioning system types and selection criteria: Major system types in air-
conditioning : unitary, package, central chilled water based system: components
of chilled water system, concept of primary- secondary chilled water pumping;
concept of variable flow system, components of non-chilled water based system
, types and role for energy efficiency, comparison of variable refrigerant flow and
constant flow systems.
UNIT VII
Air distribution: Fundamentals of duct design, pressure loss and AHU calculations,
types of terminal units, VAV, UFAD systems; concept of heat recovery system.
UNIT VIII
Controls in RAC system: Introduction of building management system, major
components and use of BMS; instrumentation requirements , concepts of direct
digital control.

80
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Low temperature application: Importance of cold chain, equipment types,

introduction to design approach and equipment sizing, concept of cryogenics.
Miscellaneous topics: Installation, commissioning, noise, vibration electrical
connection and safety in RAC system
Expected outcome/ Assignments:
Report on visit to industries /Case studies, assignments on given topics and
periodic internal tests.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning,byC.P.Arora:Tata McGraw-Hill Education,
2000.
2. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning,by Arora &Domkundwar: Dhanpat Rai & Co
3. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning, by R C Arora:PHI 2012
4. Hand Book of Air Conditioning System Design / Carrier 5. Refrigeration & Air
Conditioning by S.C. Jain : Chand and Co

FS17B4.4C ILLUMINATION ENGINEERING

CORE/TH: 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks: 50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

To introduce the fundamentals of illumination engineering and architectural lighting
design.
To impart lighting fundamentals, measurement, and technology and their application
in the analysis and design of architectural lighting systems.
UNIT-1
Light and vision, basic units, photometry and measurement, quality and quantity
of light of different sources of light. Daylight, incandescent lamps, halogen lamps,
electric gas discharge lamps, fluorescent lamps, high discharge lamps. A market
survey of lamps with cost and technical specifications.
UNIT-II
Design of lighting; lumen method, point by print method, design tools, design
documentation, simple numerical.
UNIT – III
Specific lighting design requirement of different buildings such as homes, offices,
industrial, hospital, art galleries, museums and exhibitions, case study of at least
one type of the building by each student.

81
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT – IV
Outdoor lighting: road lighting, high-mast lighting, tunnel lighting, landscape
lighting, decorative lighting, facade lighting, spot lighting.
Unit – V
Daylighting, advantages of daylighting; design tools in daylighting. Case studies
and various examples, behavior of daylighting in interior spaces. Potentials of
daylighting as an energy resource.
UNIT – VI
Integration of daylighting with artificial lighting; lighting controls, intelligent building
systems for lighting.
UNIT – VII
Conservation of energy in lighting use of daylight, optical fiber lighting, LED in
lighting and the emerging trends in lighting.
Unit – VIII
Estimation of Lighting
Definition of lighting loads, Lamps and Lamp circuits: Types of lamps - construction
of different types of lamps for small buildings, lamp circuit incorporating energy
meter, cut out and distribution box.
Expected Outcome& Assignment:
The expected outcome from this course is related to lighting design and lighting
load calculations. The internal assessment to be carried out through periodic tests
on the mentioned topics along with quiz.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Concepts and practice of Architectural Day Lighting, by Moore, Fuller: Van
Nostrand Reinhold co., New York, 1985.
2. Designing with light: A Lighting H.B. International Lightning Academy, by
Valia, Anil:Mumbai, 2002
3. Concepts in Architectural Lighting, by David Egan. M:Mc Grew Hill Book
company, New York, 1983
4. Architectural Lighting Design, by Gary Steffy, LC, IES, and field: Wiley; 2008

82
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

FS17B4.5C CLIMATOLOGY & BUILT ENVIRONMENT

CORE/TH: 4/wk Int mks:50 Ext mks :50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr:4

Objectives of the Course:

To equip the students with the basic understanding of climatic types in India, and
the impact of requirements of building design and site planning: to introduce them
to the basic science if building design and site planning for thermal comfort, day
lighting and natural ventilation: familiarize them with the data; methods, principles,
standards and tools for planning and designing for climatic comfort.
UNIT I
Climate concepts
Climate and built form interaction. Global climatic factors, elements of climate,
micro and macro climate, classification of tropical climates, different zones,
design consideration for warm humid, hot dry, composite and upland climate wind
conditions & external noise, challenge of rapid extreme environmental change.
Graphic representation of climatic data, Mahoney’s tables.
UNIT II
Natural Ventilation
Air movement around & through buildings, orientation for wind and stack effect,
air hygiene, fresh air supply and heat discharge, ventilation rates and air speeds,
dimensioning ventilation openings, concepts for control and regulation in atria,
glass halls, high-rise buildings, double-shell facades, roofed sports arenas and
industrial manufactories.
UNIT III
Thermal Comfort
Thermal comfort factors, physiological aspects, body heat balance, comfort range,
comfort charts.
UNIT IV
Sun and the design process
Solar geometry, solar charts, sun angles and shadow angles, Orientation for sun,
sun control. Design of shading system (external/internal, screen/blinds, coloring,
etc.) Intensity of window ventilation rate (type, height, width, position and number
of opening vents, etc.)
UNIT V
Heat flow through buildings.
Basic principles of heat transfer through buildings, size, position and number of
windows (proportion of window area), type of glazing (heat insulating glazing or sun
protection glazing), Thermal load calculations, static load, dynamic load, insulation
properties, U values for materials.
83
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT VI
Passive cooling
Passive methods of cooling, roof pond, desiccant cooling, evaporative cooling
earth sheltered buildings, site planning (including landscape) and building design
consideration to climatic factors.
Detailed appraisal/analysis climatologically performance of an existing residence
and or a workplace; followed by the redesigning or same to improve the
climatologically performance.
Expected Outcome & Assignments:
Assignments on given topics and periodic internal tests.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Manual of Tropical Climate and Housing and Building, by Koenigsberger,
O.H. and others: Orient Longman, Chennai-2003
2. Tropical Architecture, by Kukreja, C.P: Tata McGraw-Hill pub.co.Ltd., New
Delhi-1978.
3. Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers (CIBSE), AM10 Natural
Ventilation in Non Domestic Buildings, 2005.
4. Sun, Wind & Light: Architectural Design Strategies (3rd edition), by G. Z.
Brown and Mark DeKay: John Wiley & Sons, 2014.
5. Architecture of the well-tempered environment (2nd edition), by Roger
Benham: The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1984.
6. Heating, Cooling, Lighting: Design Methods for Architects (2nd edition), by
Norbert Lechner: John Wiley & Sons2001.
7. Building Performance Simulation for Design and Operation, byJ L M Hensen
and R Lamberts (Editors): Taylor & Francis, 2011 K Voss.

FS17B4.6C CAD & ADVANCE 3D MODELING

SEC-III/P/T/O: 4/wk Int mks:50 Ext mks :- 50 Total mks:100 End exam: Practical & Viva-Voce Cr:4

Objectives of the Course:

To explore computer modeling techniques using CAD
UNIT I
Starting AutoCAD:
Introduction to the menu, starting drawings from scratch, Creating and using
templates-starting drawings with setup wizards. Saving and closing a file.

84
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT II
Using co-ordinate system:
The UCS, Working with Cartesian and polar co-ordinate systems, using displays
with key shortcuts.
Setting up the drawing environment:
Setting the paper size, Setting units, setting grid limits, drawing limits, Snap
controls, Use of paper space and model space.
UNIT III
Basic commands dealing with drawing properties:
Layer control, change properties, line weight control, etc.
Inquiry methods:
Using database information for objects, calculating distance and angle, areas etc.
UNIT IV
Dimensioning commands and Blocks:
Dimensioning the objects in linear, angular fashions along with quick time
dimensioning etc. Creating and working with blocks, creating symbols, use of
blocks in creating a layout of a residential area- one exercise to be done as lab
assignment.
UNIT V
3d – Modeling:
Parameters, Modifiers, Viewport Navigation Control, Objects and Sub-objects
Modeling, Parametric object creation, Polygon tools and techniques for modeling,
spline tools and techniques for modeling, modeling organic / inorganic objects.
UNIT VI
Texturing:
UV space, Applying 2D images onto 3D geometry Materials, Using the Material
Editor, Materials and Maps Lighting, Lighting tools and techniques, Shadows:
Depth-Map and Ray traced Animation, The Graph Editor, and Controllers.
UNIT VII
Rendering - Output considerations:
Modules and advanced specialist areas, Advanced UV mapping for complex
models. Applying UV coordinates to organic objects; Applying UV coordinates to
inorganic objects. Advanced Materials for complex models, Multi / Sub-Object,
Composite Matte / Shadow, Photorealism’ with mental ray Materials and Lighting,
Ready-made libraries, Secondary diffuse lighting techniques, Caustics

85
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT VIII
Particles:
Particle Flow - The sophisticated, event-driven particle toolset that lets the user
design the behavior of a particle based on a series of defined events. Rigid-body
dynamics – Reactor, Realistic, high-speed simulations of multiple rigid objects.
Character animation – biped, Character animation toolset. Skin and Physique
modifiers.
Expected outcome/Assignments:
Software skill development. Assignments and periodic tests to be conducted.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Engineering Drawing with Auto CAD 2000, by Teyapoovan, T:Vikas Pub.
House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.
2. Inside Auto CA, by Daniel:New Riders Pub1987.
3. Auto CAD Release 2000, by Georgeomura:Sybex Inc 1993
4. Commercial using AutoCad 2013, by Daniel Hohn Stine CSI,CDT, Schroff
Development Corporation.

86
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - V

FS17B5.1C BUILDING SERVICE STUDIO – V

CORE/S: 10/wk Int mks: 100 Ext mks : 100 Total mks:200 End exam: Viva-Voce Cr: 10

Objectives of the Course:

To familiarize the various ways of designing an electrical system in building in urban
context i.e. low/medium rise, high density, high rise etc.
Study and Analysis- Through literature studies and case studies analyze the
constraints, typologies and interventions in Lighting and power system.
Design Proposal- Design of a building project incorporating varied formats of
grouping on an actual site with specific bye-laws and regulations, calculating –
demand of Lighting and power load.
ELECTRICAL DESIGN CALCULATIONS
• Lighting load calculation: The average illuminance (lumen, zonal cavity),
point-to-point, flux transfer.
• Design of Transformer size and DG set size.
• LT Panel Board Design: MDB, SMDB,DB
• Load schedule & Load balancing: R, Y, B phase balancing.
• Standard heights of mounting accessories.
• Electrical wiring system: Lighting, power circuit wiring diagrams.
• Calculating the Total power requirements
• Types & selection of Circuit Breakers, fuses and cables
• Estimation of the quantities of electrical services.
EARTHING & LIGTINING PROTECTION SYSTEM
• Earthing Systems (Types Method and Installation)
• Earth pit calculation and strip calculation
• Lightning Protection Systems
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESIGN
• Site Level : Transformer, DG set, Panel board, Server (UPS) and
Communication & Earthing Layout
• Building Level: Conduit Layout, MDB, SMDB, DB, Switch Board and
Protective Devices (MCB, MCCB), Preparation of general installations and
sections.
• Individual Level : Electrical Loads (Power Load & Lighting Load)
87
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Preparation of conduit, power, lighting and cable tray layout at site level and building
level, report containing calculations and specifications, catalogue reference for a
gated community, resorts, hotels, hospitals, manufacturing unit, complex or office
building.
Expected Outcome & Assignments:
Major design problem: Literature review, Data collection, Case study and proposal
for a hospital, manufacturing unit, resorts and hotels. Any two minor design
problems like commercial complex or office building. In the form of reports and
drawings.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electrical Wiring, Estimating and Costing E-Book by S.L. Uppal & G.C. Garg
2. Electrical Design Estimating and Costing 1st addition by new age international
(p) limited. Publishers-2004 By K.B.Raina & S.K.Battacharya
3. Surjit Singh by of Electrical estimating & costing 2nd addition By Khanna
Publishers-1997.NBC 2005
4. Building Services hand book by Fred hall and RoserGreeno. Sixth Edition
5. Design of Electrical Services for Buildings by Barrie Rigby fourth edition.
6. Electrical design for building construction, by John E. TraisterMcGraw-Hill
Book Company, 1985 - Technology & Engineering
7. Building Services Engineering By David V.Chadderton

FS17B5.2C HVAC SYSTEMS

CORE/TH: 4/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 4

Objectives of the Course:

To analyze air-conditioning processes using the principles of psychometric.
To evaluate cooling and heating loads in an air-conditioning system.
To analyze the losses in air duct system.
To analyze thermal insulation air condition system.
To analyze the COP of air condition system and air distribution system.
UNIT I
Building survey-
location of equipment. Heat gain through glass-calculation of solar heat gain
through ordinary glass tables-shading devices-effect of shading devices. Thermal
resistance of various building materials.
Heat Transfer through Building Structures:
Periodic heat transfer through walls and roofs. Empirical methods to calculate
88
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

heat transfer through walls and roofs using decrement factor and time lag method.
Equivalent temperature difference method.
Heating Load Calculations:
Winter heating load calculation-heat losses through structure-heat losses due to
infiltration. Effects of solar radiation and internal heat sources on heating loads.
Methods for estimating energy requirements for heating.
UNIT-II
Air Conditioning Systems:
All water, all air, air water system. Unitary System, window air conditioner, split and
central air conditioning system, Non-Central AC, Package AC System, VRV/VRF
System, Chilled Water System.
Equipments selection
Selection of cooling tower, Selection of Chillers, AHU and FCU classification and
selection, Package unit selection DX unit selection, Selection of De-humidifier
UNIT III
Air Distribution:
Types of Ducts, Duct fittings, Dampers, Flexible ducts, Classification of Duct(Low,
Medium & High pressure), Duct gauge selection, Comparison between different
shapes of duct, Duct Fabrication, Insulation & Installation procedure, Vanes
location & number of vanes required, Type of Duct Materials, Calculation of total
sheet required for Duct Fabrication& estimating duct weight in kg, Selection of Duct
Gauges & thickness, Hanger Spacing, Hanger Rod Diameter and Angle support
Size, Types of Air Terminal Device, Selection and Sizing of Air Terminal Device
(Manually)
Duct Designing methods (Manual calculations):
Equal friction method, Velocity reduction method, Static regain method
UNIT-IV:
Air Conditioning Apparatus:
Fans and blowers - types of fans- fan characteristic centrifugal fans, axial fans -- fan
arrangements, filters, sources of noise and control, static pressure calculation for
selection of motor and fan. Water supply pipe sizing calculations - piping network
for supply and return water line - pipe fittings - lining and insulation - piping system
as per ASHRAE standards.
UINT V:
Piping:
Refrigerant Pipe sizing, Chilled water pipe sizing, Study on Chilled Water Systems,
Types & Application of Chillers, AHU’s, FCU’s & FAHU’s, Chilled Water Pipe Sizing
by ASHRAE standards, Types of Valves & Its Connection, Valve Authority, Open
89
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

loop & Closed loop system, Primary and Secondary pump system, Common Header
Pipe Sizing, Hydraulic Calculation for Pump Selection, Expansion Tank Sizing,
Air Separator, Pump Cavitations, Pump Curves , NPSH Calculation for Pumps,
Advance Psychometric Analysis, Determine Mix Air Temperature, Calculate the
Flow of Air, ESHF, Ton of Refrigeration, Design of CAV & VAV System
UNIT VI:
Exhaust Systems:
General exhaust systems. Local exhaust system, Removal of pollutants and
contaminated air. Air cleaning devices, Fans.
Ventilation in Kitchen:
Characteristics of Smoke emitted from Cooking, Exhaust flow, IMC (International
Mechanical Code) Calculation of appliances area, contaminated air, and free foot
area. Total air flow volume with example. Types of hood, Design of hood. Design
factors, integrated air curtains, Combination hood.
UNIT VII
Thermal Insulation for A/C System:
Method of heat transfer - desired properties of ideal insulating materials - types
of insulating materials. Heat transfer through insulation - economic thickness of
insulation. Insulation of heated buildings - Insulation for cooling building and cold
storage - pipe insulation
UNIT VIII
Specifications for equipments and installation
Painting and identification , noise control, fan and blowers, piping, sheet metal
works and ducts ,air terminals, insulation, electrical work and cabling
Expected Outcome Assignments:
Report on field visits, Market survey, assignments on given topics and periodic
internal tests.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning, byC.P.Arora:3rd Edition, Tata McGrew Hill
publication
2. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning,by Arora &Domkundwar:Dhanpat Rai & Co
2002
3. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning,by R C Arora:PHI 2012
4. Hand Book of Air Conditioning System Design / Carrier 5. Refrigeration & Air
Conditioning, by S.C. Jain: Chand and Co.
5. Electrical and Mechanical Services in High Rise Building, by A.K Mittal: CBS
Publisher

90
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

FS17B5.3C BUILDING TECHNOLOGY II

CORE/TH: 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks :50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

To analyse the structural elements like RCC beam, slab, column, and footings
To analyse two way slab & one way continuous slabs
To analyse columns & footings for eccentric loads.
To analyse RCC Retaining walls & design of water tanks
UNIT I
Introduction to RCC: Understanding the properties and characteristics of RCC. Its
advantages and disadvantages. Cast-in-situ and pre-cast constructional methods
in RCC. Understanding the structural components of a typical RCC frame structure
with reference to their location, junctions, load transfer and design. Introduction to
prestressed concrete structures.
UNIT II
Super Structure Construction For Building
RCC columns – different shapes, different combinations and loading conditions
(axial, bending, non axial), slenderness factor. RCC beams - Single and doubly
reinforced beams, T and L beams, continuous beams, lintels and brackets. RCC
slabs – One way and two way slabs.
UNIT III
Construction Of Foundation Of Special Structures
Erection of lattice towers, rigging and foundation of transmission line structures
– construction sequence in cooling towers, silos, chimney, sky scrapers, bow
string bridges, cable stayed bridges – Advanced construction techniques for
offshore structures – construction sequence and methods in domes and prestress
domes – foundation structure for heavy equipment and conveyor and machinery
in heavy industries, foundation for transformers, lift foundation and foundation for
steel frames and steel structures Advanced concepts: Flat slab, coffered slab,
diaphragms, retaining walls and water tanks. Miscellaneous: RCC staircases and
ramp – Waist slab and folded plate staircases. RCC Balconies, chajjas etc.
UNIT IV
Failures:
Introduction to building failures: causes of decay and damage in old buildings,
issues of maintenance and repair. Preliminary inspection and general observation,
decayed elements difference between decay and damage. types of Structural
Distress and Deterioration, Factors Causing distress

91
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT V
Sub Structure Construction
Box jacking pipe jacking – under pinning, trenchless technology, innovative road
Construction techniques; immerse tube tunneling. Smart tunnels: application and
construction
UNIT VI
R.C. Concrete:
Mixing methods at site, structural design for repairs, construction stage defects-
internal settlement of concrete, setting shrinkage of concrete, post-construction
stage defects- temperature stresses, corrosion of reinforcement bars, weathering
action ,causes of failure in concrete structures for the given topics, pressure-
grouting.
UNIT VII
Methodical approach to Repairs:
Cracks over openings, sinking and sagging balconies, repairs to decayed floors
and floor joints, example: Jack arch., madras roof terrace, foundation sinking,
repairs to walls. Propping, strutting
UNIT VIII
Unusual problems:
Bulging in walls due to inadequate restrain, tensile cracking in brick walls, Repairs
to large span rooms, water proofing the roof terraces, leakages from toilets, case
studies and site visits.
Expected Outputs & Assignment
Students to make documentation of different built elements and their aspects
mentioned above. Construction of advanced building technologies/ study models
of different advanced models and simultaneously visiting site helps to understand
the concepts. The students should go and visit the failure occurred region to
understand the subject properly. It would be more appropriate if the student go
and visit the site practically as each unit of the course thought.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Advanced Construction Techniques by Jerry Irvine, CA Rocketr, 1984.
2. Barry, R The construction of buildings vol.2 5th ed. East-West press.New
Delhi, 1999
3. Hailey and hancork, D.W. Brick work and associated studies vol.2. Macmillan
London,1979.
4. The technology of building defects John Hinks, geoff cook, 1997.

92
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

FS17B5.4C FIRE ENGINEERING AND SCIENCE

CORE/TH: 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

This course in Fire Safety Engineering will provide the fundamental concepts of the
subject and some workplace or practical context to the science. It is concerned with
the study of fire prevention, fire development and containment, fire dynamics, fire
decay and suppression, hazards and risk management, and the means by which
fire consequence may be minimized in human, environmental.
UNIT I
Chemistry of Fire, Oxidation, Slow – rapid – spontaneous combustions, chain
reaction, Flash point & Fire point ignition temperature, Classification of Fire, Methods
of extinguishment, First aid firefighting arrangement Types of fire extinguishers
UNIT II
Basic science of water-based / gas / dry power fire systems; Pedestal fire hydrant
system, sprinkler system, water spray/deluge system, drencher system, fixed foam
system, dry pipe foam system; Halogen gas system, CO2system and dry powder
system; Computer programs for system design; Smoke control systems; Fire safety
control in HVAC systems
UNIT III
Fixed Installation: External hydrant, Ring mains, Hose reels, wet and dry riser,
Automatic sprinkler system Deluging system, Drencher system, Premixed foams
solutions, and Flooding system.
UNIT IV
Pumps and classification, Discharge and suction head, Pressure and power
requirements, Starting and troubleshooting, Pump testing and relay operation.
Water hammer, Parallel and series connections, Branching lines, local losses and
Friction losses in pipe, Discharge pressure at sprinkler head and nozzles.
UNIT V
Fire alarm systems: purpose, general requirements, basic components, types
of detectors, hazards of smoke, heat, toxicity and flame. Their detection and
monitoring, testing and monitoring of alarm systems
UNIT VI
Protection against fires: Fire rating of building materials and components, Insulation
and Coatings, Fire and smoking barriers, Fire Zones, door and window locking
systems. Storage of flammable and hazardous materials, Fire risk Assessment
Fire Escape route: Exit signage, Fire evacuation plan and layouts, Fire drill.

93
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT VII
Advance technologies in fire fighting system, water mist systems, fire escaping
chutes, passive fire protection systems. Backpack and trolley fire extinguishers.
UNIT-VIII
Designing the fire fighting layouts – Schemes and schematics for Sprinkler systems,
public address system.
Expected Outputs & Assignment
Exercise on firefighting and Fire alarm layouts with schematics, Assignments on
given topics and periodic internal tests.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Fire Protection design manual, 6th edition by Department of Veterans Affairs
2. National Building Code - NBC (Part-4)
3. Fire Safety, Science and Engineering: A Symposium (Astm Special Technical
Publication) by T. Z. Harmathy

FS17B5.5C BUILDING INFORMATION MODELING

CORE/TH: 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks:100 End exam: Practical & Viva-Voice Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

To understand BIM Basics & the Benefits.
To describe how BIM can be used as a communication and collaboration tool, and
its contributions to Scheduling, Estimating, and Facility Management.
To explain the process of implementing BIM and how BIM-based designs for
Structural, Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, Communications, Security, Fire
Protection fit into the overall Construction Document fabric.
UNIT I
Building Information Modeling, background and history, need for BIM. Revit
Architecture Basics, Exploring the User Interface, Working with Revit on Elements
and Families, Starting a Project.
UNIT II
Starting a Design, Creating a Basic Floor Plan, Creating and Modifying Levels,
working with Grids, The Basics of the Building Model, Adding and Modifying Walls,
Working with Compound and Vertically Compound Walls, Using Editing commands,
Working with Doors, Adding and Modifying Windows, Loading Additional Building
Components, Adding and Modifying Component Families.

94
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT III
Viewing the Building Model, Managing Views, Controlling Object Visibility, Working
with Section and Elevation views, Creating and Modifying 3D Views.
Using Dimensions and constraints, working with Dimensions, Applying and
Removing Constraints.
UNIT IV
Developing the Building Model, Creating and Modifying Floors, Adding and
Modifying Ceilings, Adding and Modifying Roofs, Creating curtain walls, Adding
Stairs and Railings.
Detailing and Drafting, Creating Callout views, working with Text and Tags, Working
with Detail Views, Working with Drafting Views.
UNIT V
Construction Documentation, Creating and Modifying Schedules, Creating Rooms
and Room Schedules, Creating Legends and Keynotes.
Presenting the Building Model, Creating and Printing Drawing Sheets, Working
with Title Blocks, Managing Revisions.
UNIT VI
Creating Renderings, Using Walkthroughs, Using Sun and Shadow Settings.
Expected Outcomes & Assignments
The internal assessment to be carried out through practicals and periodic tests on
the mentioned topics.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. BIM Handbook; A guide to building information modeling for owners
Managers, Designers,Engineers and contractors,byCharles M. Eastman,
Kathleen Liston, Paul Teicholz, and Rafael Sacks., Wiley2008
2. Building Information Modeling by Willem Kymmell., McGraw-Hill Education
2008

FS17B5.6C BUILDING AUTOMATION AND CONTROLS

CORE/TH: 4/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 4

Objectives of the Course:

The course objective is to make students familiar with goals and purpose of
nonindustrial automation, automation components, and with automation system
design.

95
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT I
Introduction:
Concept of intelligent building and implementation strategies; Building management
system (BMS); Communication in BMS; Communication system in buildings;
vertical transportation; Power quality issues Building performance – Building
management systems. Measuring Building Performance.
UNIT II
Components:
Sensors, Actuators, Controllers. Need for building controls, defining building
automation, BMS function and control optimization; Direct Digital Control;
Introduction of various concepts like Automation in acoustical design, illumination,
water supply, fire-fighting, HVAC, emergency systems, etc. Effect on indoor
environment and the global environment, Energy conservation benefits, Advantage
of a BMS.
UNIT III
Smart technologies, sensor technologies, building control and automation systems,
and human-systems relationships are explored. Case studies constitute an integral
part of the module.
UNIT IV
Protocols used in building automation:
ZigBee, BACnet, LonTalk, Modbus, DALI, C Bus, oBIX, DSI
UNIT V
Electronic Systems in Buildings: Telephone and communication, EPABX networks,
transmission. Security systems, Burglar alarms, video surveillance, access control.
Computer labs, access flooring, server rooms.
UNIT VI
Control theory:
Simple proportional control, Proportional and differential controller (PD),
Proportional Integral and Differential controller (PID).
UNIT VII
Integration of BMS:
BMS in Light control, Transportation, Lifts and elevators, Air conditioning, Assess
controlling, Fire systems.
UNIT VIII
Introduction to BMS Network Infrastructure for building connectivity-Benefits
of advanced building cabling, Definitions, basic principles, building network
infrastructure & design considerations.
96
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Expected Outputs & Assignment

Assignments on given topics and periodic internal tests.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Intelligent Buildings and Building Automation by Shengwei Wang: Spon
Press, London, 2009
2. Understanding Building Automation Systems by Reinhold A. Carlson , Robert
A. Di Giandomenico:R.S. Means Company, Inc. 1991
3. A guide for building and facility automation systems by John P. Cilia;Fairmont
Press
4. Instrumentation & mech. Measurements by A. K. Tayal: Galgotia Publications

FS17B5.xE. ELECTIVE-II
FS17B5.1E ELECTRICAL ENERGY SYSTEMS AND MANAGEMENT

DSE-II /L: 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks: 100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

To understand the electrical energy needs of various consumer areas and the
relative mathematical analysis of it.
To describe and use from technical point of view the various methods of electrical
energy production and to classify and use them from economic and operational
point of view.
To understand the relationship between the electrical loads and the respective
power production installations on the base of economic and technological criteria.
UNIT-I
Overall Structure of Electrical Systems:
Supply and demand of electricity, Economic operation, Input-output curves,
Load sharing, Industrial Distribution, Load profiling, Electricity tariff types and
calculation, Reactive Power, Power factor, Capacitor sizing, Capacitor losses,
location, placement and maintenance.
UNIT-II
Energy Efficiency:
Energy accounting, monitoring and control, Electricity audit instruments, Energy
consumption models, Specific Energy Consumption, ECO assessment and
Evaluation methods, Transformer loading, efficiency analysis, Feeder loss
evaluation, Lighting, Energy efficient light sources Domestic, commercial,
industrial lighting, Lighting Controls, Luminaries, energy conservation.

97
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT-III
Energy and Power Policies:
Tariffs and subsidies, Energy utility interface, Private sector participation in
power generation, State role and fiscal policy, Energy and development, Role of
modeling in energy policy analysis, Energy data base, Data Collection-filtration
and analysis, Energy balances, Flow diagrams, Energy demand analysis, Trend
analysis, Optimization techniques, Energy supply analysis, Costs of exploration
and economics of utilization of dep
letable and renewable resources, Scarcity rent, International energy supply, Energy
demand supply balancing, Energy - economy interaction, Energy investment
planning, Energy environment interaction, Energy Pricing mechanisms.
UNIT-IV
Electric Loads of Air Conditioning and Refrigeration:
Power consumption in compressors, Electrolytic process, Electric heating, Furnace
operation and scheduling, Cogeneration schemes, optimal operation.
Expected Outputs & Assignment
Assignments on given topics and periodic internal tests.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Plant Engineers and Managers Guide to Energy conservation, byA.P.W.
Thumann: The Fairmont Press 2011
2. Energy management, by W.R. Murphy and G. McKay: Butterworth & Co
Publishers, Oxford, UK, 2001.
3. Art and Science of Utilization of Electrical Energy,by H. Partab:Pritam, 1985
4. Electric Energy Utilization and Conservation, byS.C. Tripathy: Tata McGraw
Hill, 1991.
5. Energy Management Handbook, 2edition, by W.C. Turner: Fairmont press,
1993.
6. UNESCAP- Guide Book on Promotion of Sustainable Energy Consumption

FS17B5.2E ENERGY AUDITING

DSE-II /L: 3/wk Int mks : 50 Ext mks :50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 4

Objectives of the Course:

To understand the importance of energy management
To understand the procedure for energy audit
To understand the energy conservation methods
To assess the energy efficiency & cost reduction measures
98
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT I
Energy Management & Audit:
Definition need and types of energy audit. Energy management (audit) approach-
understanding energy costs, bench marking, energy performance, matching
energy use to requirement, maximizing system efficiencies, optimizing the input
energy requirements, fuel & energy substitution, energy audit instruments.
UNIT II
Electrical system:
Electricity billing, electrical load management and maximum demand control,
power factor improvement and its benefit, selection and location of capacitors,
performance assessment of PF capacitors, distribution and transformer losses
UNIT III
Electrical Lighting Load:
Light source, choice of lighting, luminance requirements, and energy conservation
avenues.
Electrical Power Load:
Types, losses in induction motors, motor efficiency, factors affecting motor
performance, rewinding and motor replacement issues, energy saving opportunities
with energy efficient motors.
UNIT IV
Energy Efficient Technologies in Electrical Systems:
Maximum demand controllers, automatic power factor controllers, energy efficient
motors, soft starters with energy saver, variable speed drives, energy efficient
transformers, electronic ballast, occupancy sensors, energy efficient lighting
controls, energy saving potential of each technology.
UNIT V
Compressed Air System:
Types of air compressors, compressor efficiency, efficient compressor operation,
Compressed air system components, capacity assessment, leakage test, factors
affecting the performance and saving opportunities
HVAC and Refrigeration System:
Vapor compression refrigeration cycle, refrigerants, coefficient of performance,
capacity, and factors affecting Refrigeration and Air conditioning system
performance and saving opportunities.

99
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT VI
Vapor absorption refrigeration system:
Working principle, types and comparison with vapor compression system, saving
potential.
Fans and blowers:
Types, performance evaluation, efficient system operation, flow control strategies
and energy conservation opportunities.
UNIT VII
Pumps and Pumping System:
Types, performance evaluation, efficient system operation, flow control strategies
and energy conservation opportunities.
Cooling Tower:
Types and performance evaluation, efficient system operation, flow control
strategies and energy saving opportunities assessment of cooling towers.
UNIT VIII
Energy conservation in buildings and energy conservation building codes
(ECBC):
Energy conservation buildings codes (ECBC) norms, building envelope, insulation,
lighting, heating, ventilation, air conditional(HVAC), fenestrations, water supply,
and energy storage/ captive generation, elevators and escalator,star labeling for
existing buildings, energy service companies based case studies.
Expected Outcomes & Assignments
Assignments on given topics and periodical internal tests.
*Note: Comprehensive exercises from above units
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Energy Management Hand Book, Sixth edition, by W.C. Turner & Steve
Doty:Fairmont Press, Inc.
2. Energy Management Principles, by CB Smith: Pergamon Press
3. Energy Management,by W.R.Murthy and G.Mc.Kay : BS Publication

100
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER – VI

FS17B6.1C BUILDING SERVICES STUDIO -VI

CORE/S: 10/wk Int marks: 100 Ext Marks :100 Total:200 End exam: VIVA-VOCE Cr:10

Objectives of the Course:

To familiarize with the various ways of designing an air conditioning system in
building in urban context i.e. low/medium rise, high density, high rise etc.
Study and Analysis- Through literature studies and case studies analyze the
constraints, typologies and interventions in Heat load calculation, types of air
conditioning system, air distribution and pipe line system
Design Proposal- Design of a building project incorporating varied formats of
grouping on an actual site with specific bye-laws and regulations, calculating –
demand of Heat load, Selection of types of air conditioning system for a building,
Duct and pipe calculations, Selection of fans, blowers, etc.,
Fundamental of HVAC
Basics of Heat Transfer: Standards and codes used in HVAC Study on Psychometric
Charts (Manual and ASHRAE Analysis software). Properties of Air (Altitude, DBT,
WBT, %RH, DPT, Humidity Ratio & Enthalpy).
Types
Heat load calculation
• Cooling & Heating Load Calculation
• General& E-20 manual calculation
• Chiller load calculation,
• Fresh Air Handling Unit Designing as per ASHRAE 62.1.
• Winter load calculation Ventilation System Designing
• Ventilation and Infiltration Load Calculation
Selection of air condition systems
• All air systems
• All water systems
• Air- water systems
Air distribution systems
• Duct design consideration,
• Duct sizing methods,
• Duct sizing as per aspect ratio,
• Bill of materials for duct network,
101
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Gauge selection for sheet metal

• Calculation of number of sheets for duct
• Finding duct size using duct calculator
• Legends and symbols used in the HVAC industry,
• Selection of diffusers and grilles,
• Preparation of layouts (Double line diagram-DLD) as per SMACNA rules,
• Duct routing- preparation of single line diagram(SLD) ,
• Sectional drawing @Duct supports, Opening for ducts passing through wall
Chiller piping design
• Piping calculation
• Piping design
• Selection of appropriate valves for the piping system
• Piping networking auto cad drawing
Case study
• Residential building
• Hospitals building
• Commercial building
Preparation of conduit, power, lighting and cable tray layouts at site level and
building level, report containing calculations and specifications, catalogue reference
for a gated community/resorts/hotels.
Expected Outputs & Assignment
Major design problem: Literature review, Data collection, Case study and proposal
for a hospital, manufacturing unit, resorts and hotels, commercial complex or office
building. Any two minor design problems like gated community and residential
building.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Refrigeration and air conditioning, C.P.Aroura
2. ISHRAE/ASHRAE Handbooks
3. Refer CED online web site
4. Refrigeration and air conditioning, Anathnarayan

102
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

FS17B6.2C GREEN BUILDING

CORE/TH: 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks :50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

Develop skills to promote environmental friendly characteristics in the area of
architecture and buildings and identify crucial technologies, facilities and application
that help in the present context of green building construction.
UNIT I
Concept of Green Buildings
Green Building and initiatives, its origin, characteristics of a green building, Green
buildings in India, certification of green buildings rating systems (BREEAM,
USGBC, LEED, IGBC, TERI-GRIHA) criteria for rating, sustainability.
UNIT II
Desktop studies of few green buildings of different typologies.
UNIT III
Site Selection and Planning
Site selection, local building regulation, preserving and protection of natural
landscape during construction, Soil conservation, Design to include existing site
features.
UNIT IV
Water Efficiency
Efficient water use during construction, Rainwater harvesting- Roof and non-roof,
Waste water reuse, water efficient plumbing fixtures, water metering.
UNIT V
Energy Efficiency
Optimizing building design to reduce conventional energy demand, On-site
renewable energy, Solar water heating systems, ECBC codes for energy efficiency,
Energy metering.
UNIT VI
Materials and Resources
Efficient Segregation of waste, Handling of construction waste. Reuse of salvaged
materials, use of Recycled construction materials, Alternative building materials,
local materials, rapidly renewable building materials and wood.
UNIT VII
Indoor Environmental Quality
Enhanced fresh air ventilation, Exhaust systems, Low VOC materials, paint &
adhesives, Enhanced day lighting, Tobacco control.

103
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT - VIII
Innovation and Design
Innovation and design process
Expected Outcome& Assignment:
Desktop study report on Green Buildings, two assignment/case studies, Report on
rating system for Green building.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Indian Green Building Council (IGBC) Abridged Manuals.
2. Green Rating & Integrated Habitat Assessment (GRIHA) Manuals.
3. Sustainable Building Rating Systems,by K.M.Fowler, E.M.Rauch , July 2006,
Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, U.S Department of Energy.
4. Sustainable Construction by Kibert

FS17B6.3C O & M OF BUILDING SERVICES

CORE /TH: 4/wk Int mks 50 Ext mks :50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 4

Objectives of the Course:

The course deals with operation and maintenance management of equipment,
machinery, production systems. Basic theory, maintenance strategies, relevant
standards, as well as tools, methods and maintenance strategies are discussed.
UNIT I
Operation and Maintenance (O & M) Management, importance of maintaining
buildings and services, Testing and evaluation of Buildings and services, Check
lists for handing over and taking over, Importance of seasonal maintenance: pre-
monsoon and post-monsoon activities, Effects of non-maintenance, Manpower
and material planning for O&M, Budgeting for O&M.
UNIT II
Maintenance of Water supply systems, Relationship between water supplies and
health, standards for water supplies, quality monitoring of drinking water supply,
protection of sources of water supply, O & M of pumping stations, water treatment
plants, chlorination practices, maintenance of groundlevel and elevatedtanks,
leakage detection survey, O & M of swimming pools, O & M of Kitchen Services.
UNIT III
Maintenance of Sewerage Systems, Sewer cleaning equipment and devices, O
& M of Sewage pumping stations, Sewage Treatment, Septic Tanks, Stabilization
ponds, Activated Sludge Processes, Filters, Oxidation ditches, Effluent disposal
and utilization

104
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT IV
Maintenance of Electrical installations, substation equipment inspection and
preventive maintenance schedules, Earthling System Checks, O & M of DG Sets,
Cables, UPS systems, Lifts & Escalators, Motors and Fire Detection systems, O
& M of AC and Refrigeration systems, compressors, condensers, pumps, cooling
towers, Air Handling Units, Electrical circuits and controls for AC plants, clean
rooms, operation and monitoring, Low humidity rooms.
Expected Outputs & Assignments
Students have to prepare a report on a Case study about the O & M strategies
and should be able to prepare and fill the O & M checklist for the building services.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Facility Manager’s Operation and Maintenance Handbook by Bernard Lewis:
Mc Graw Hill
2. Facilities Maintenance Management by Gregory H. Magee:R.S. Means
Company
3. Building Maintenance Management by Barrie Chanter and Peter Swallow

FS17B6.4C ESTIMATION, COSTING AND SPECIFICATION

CORE/L: 4/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks :50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 4

Objectives of the Course:

To understand the techniques of estimation and costing and writing specification
related to building construction.
UNIT I
Quantity Surveying: Introduction - Definitions and terms used, principles, units of
measurements. Methods of preparing approximate estimates, basic differences
and advantages, detailed estimation for Building Services: Method of obtaining
detailed quantities of building items for MEP adopting PWD guideline.
UNIT II
Obtaining all items from selection of equipment to commissioning of the services at
the site - Case study of construction site.
UNIT III
Rate analysis: Cost of materials and labor for various works, data sheet for different
items of works, different methods of execution & installation and commissioning
of services i.e. piece work, daily basis, lump sum, labor rates and percentage etc
UNIT IV
Specifications: definition, purpose and importance of specifications,factors on

105
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

which specifications depend, types of specifications, specification writing for MEP

services.
UNIT V
Estimation, Costing and Specifications for Plumbing Services
Type of pipes used, Pipe fittings, Valves, Pumps and their fittings, Laying of water
supply and sanitary pipes, construction of water harvesting pits, sump, and OHT
etc., Sanitary fixtures, Traps, Gully and Inspection chambers construction quantity,
Trenches & Harvesting pit and STP construction quantity.
UNIT VI
Estimation, Costing and Specifications for Electrical Services
Types of Lights, Electrical and Lighting fixtures, Switch and Switch boards, Electrical
appliances, Wiring, Cables, Conduits, Cable trays and their fittings, MCB’s, Energy
Meters, Distribution Panels, Transformers, DG Sets, Lighting arresters and their
fittings.
UNIT VII
Estimation, Costing and Specifications for HVAC Services
Indoor units, Outdoor unit, copper pipes and their fittings, Diffusers, grills, etc.,
AHU, FCU, Duct and their fittings, Insulation, Dampers, Chillers, Filters, Pumps
andtheir fittings, Valves, Ducting.
UNIT VIII
Market Survey
Detailed market survey on overall cost of materials, Equipments, Fittings, etc.
Expected Outcome Assignments:
Report containing estimation, costing and specification to be done for Electrical,
Plumbing services and HVAC system for a commercial or hospital building.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering: Theory and Practice, by
Datta,23rd edition, B.N.: UBS Pub. Distributors Ltd., New Delhi, 1993.
2. Estimating and Costing, by Bride, 2nd edition, G.S: Dhanpat Rai and Sons,
Delhi, 1982.
3. Standard Specification and rates, Government of Andhra Pradesh,
Government Press, Hyderabad Indian Standards Institution.
4. National Building Code ofIndia 2005: Indian Standards Institution, New Delhi,
1984.
5. Specification in Detail, by Macey,5th edition, W. Frank: Technical Press ltd,
London, 1955.

106
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

FS17B6.5C SAFETY HEALTH & ENVIRONMENT

CORE/TH : 4/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks: 100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 4

Objectives of the Course:

The basic objective of field councils is to facilitate the exchange of ideas and
information to assist agencies to reduce the incidence, severity and cost of
occupational accidents, injuries, and illnesses.
UNIT I
Introduction to Safety Health and Environment, Occupational Health (hygiene and
safety), recognition and evaluation of Occupational Hygiene (noise, illumination,
Heat & climate, toxic substances, etc.), ergonomics & safety control, standard and
regulation.
UNIT II
Material handling safety, Electrical Hazards and Safety, Construction Safety,
Machine guarding, confined space entry, Acid area entry permit. Safety at
construction site, hazards, handling and storage of compressed gas, excavation
work, concreting and cementing work, transportation of men and material, waste
control disposal.
UNIT III
Signage, Safe Condition, Prohibition, Warning, Fire Equipment, Fire Exit Signs, Risk
Assessment (exposure, hazard & risk),Purpose of Risk Assessment, Prevention
of risk ,Risk Assessments, Health risks, Safety task analysis risk reduction talk.
Health & Safety Management implementation and operational Noise Slips, Trips,
Leak Chemicals Manual Handling First Aid PPE Fire.
Health & Safety Culture
Safety aspects, planning, environmental aspects, legal and other requirement,
Structure and Responsibility, Health Safety control, unsafe practice, Operational
Good Practice. Emergency preparedness and response, Procedures for identifying
potential accident and emergency situations, Accident and emergency response
procedures, Site emergency plans.
UNIT IV
Appropriate fire fighting equipments, fire detection, smoke and heat detection
alarms should be incorporated in the design, The fire-fighting equipment as per
quality standards and norms should be used..Fire Water Hydrant System, Fire
Extinguishers, Fire Protection System, Fire Detection System Equipments. Fire
tetrahedron, Classification of fire type, Local equipment fire fighting equipments
(fire hose box, fire man axe, fire beater, fire hook, fire bucket,) Type of extinguisher
installation & maintenance. Fire safety rules NBC & TAC norms, Steps of fire
management, Raise run rescue, Actions for minor fire, Evacuation, Extended
evacuations ,sensory impaired (sight, hearing) ,specialty unit dialysis, operating
rooms, icus, psychiatric care, hyperbaric oxygen chambers ,pediatrics facilities.

107
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Expected Outputs & Assignments

Assignments on given topics and periodic internal test.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Occupational safety and health management. by Anton.T, New York McGraw-
Hill, 1989.
2. Occupational health and safety management : a practical approach by
Reese, C, Boca Raton, Fla: Lewis, 2003
3. Hywel Murrell, K. Ergonomics: man in his working environment. London by
Chapman and Hall, 1975.

FS17B6.6C. INTERNSHIP-1

CORE/PT: NIL Int mks: NIL Ext mks: PASS/FAIL Total mks: Nil End exam: Viva-Voce Cr:

Every student must work in an Office as a full-time trainee for a period of four weeks
during summer vacation.
After completion of training, every student shall submit a detailed report with a
set of drawings on at least two projects on which she/he has worked during the
four weeks of practical training period. This report will be evaluated at a viva-voce
by a jury consisting of one external, one internal and head of the department or
his nominee. After submission of the report the department at its convenience will
arrange for the conduct of the viva-voce examination for which the student will be
awarded satisfactory/fail.
Expected Outputs & Assignments
The skills required for a student to undertake Project work in eighth semester.

FS17B6.xE ELECTIVE-III
FS17B6.1E COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN MEP

DSE-III/P/T/O : 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks:100 End exam: Practical & Viva-Voice Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

The programme is designed with the objective to provide knowledge and skills in
the various aspects of computer applications in MEP and core programming.
UNIT I
Introduction to computer application programs in MEP, Basics of computers in MEP.

108
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT II
HVAC models for design
Process of analyzing HVACs designs. Process of creating room color fills. Process
of exporting GBXML. Guidelines for exporting GBXML; process of using imported
GBXML data. Guidelines for using imported GBXML data to color-fill rooms.
Creating HVAC designs.
UNIT III
Creating HVAC designs
Process of adding mechanical parts. Guidelines for adding mechanical parts.
Process of creating a supply system process of inspecting a system. Guidelines for
inspecting a mechanical system, process of routing piping. Guidelines for routing
piping process of creating duct routing in a return system.
UNIT IV
Creating electrical designs
process of creating electrical designs process of adding electrical devices to
your design; guidelines for adding electrical devices; process of creating circuits;
guidelines for creating circuits. Process of setting up an electrical distribution.
Guidelines for setting up electrical distribution circuits. Process and guidelines of
creating a lighting fixture family.
UNIT V
Creating Piping System:
Process of creating a piping system; guidelines for creating a piping system. Create
a hydraulic supply piping system.
UNIT VI
Creating Plumbing Systems:
Process of creating a plumbing system; guidelines for creating a plumbing system;
create a plumbing sanitary system.
UNIT VII
Creating Fire Protection Systems:
Process of creating a fire protection system; guidelines for creating a fire protection
system; create a fire protection system.
UNIT VIII
Co-ordination of MEP services:
Integrating all the services- Electrical, HVAC, Plumbing and Fire fighting in a
Building. Clash detection and rectifications.
Expected Outcome & Assignments

109
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Creating service drawings, working on different layers, Clash detection, and Co-
ordinated drawings.
REFERNCE BOOKS
1. User Guide Autodesk – 2017
2. ASHRAE Handbook
3. ISHRAE HVAC Handbook

FS17B6.2E ADVANCED HVAC SYSTEMS

DSE-III/TH : 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks: 100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

To understand the new technologies in HVAC and their performance evolution and
energy efficiency. The course is also aimed at imparting knowledge of psychometric
properties, processes which are used in air-conditioning systems for comfort and
industrial applications
UNIT I
Energy Conservation Measures (ECM): Under Floor Air Distribution System
(UFAD); UFAD triminalogoy UFAD technology, energy saving methods in UFAD,
heat load calculation in UFAD
Chilled Beam System; chilled beam technology, cost analysis, energy saving
methods, problems in chilled beams
UNIT II
Radiant Cooling; technology, piping method, energy saving in radiant cooling,
problems in radiant cooling
Geothermal Cooling; technology, energy saving, Thermal Energy Storage System
(TES) or ICE on Pipe System; technology, tank design methods, energy saving.
UNIT III
Demand Control Ventilation (DCV); technology, energy savings, problems. EAT-
Earth Air Tunnel System,
UNIT IV
Cooling without Air- Conditioning & Passive Cooling System Designing, Green in
HVAC system Designing – Energy Modeling Concept.
Expected Outputs & Assignments
Assignments on given topics and periodic internal test.
REFERNCE BOOKS
1. ASHRAE Handbook
2. ISHRAE HVAC Handbook
3. Handbook of Air Conditioning and Refrigeration second edition by Shan K.
Wang Mcgraw-Hill New York
110
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER – VII

FS17B7.1C BUILDING SERVICES STUDIO – VII

CORE/S: 10/wk Int mks: 100 Ext mks : 100 Total mks:200 End exam: Vivo-Voce Cr: 10

Objectives of the Course:

To familiarize with various ways of designing green building, retrofitting of existing
buildings and understanding different types of rating systems in green building.
Study and Analysis- Through literature studies and case studies analyze the
rating systems for green buildings, energy, water efficient design strategy and
design intent for green buildings.
Design Proposals: Design of buildings or retrofitting the existing building with
green building features. Design to be represented in the form of schematic layouts,
detailed estimates and report on working process. Design has to be evaluated
against the base case of the appropriate category in green buildings.
Sustainable Design: Concept of sustainable design, site selection and planning:
Building regulations (ECBC, GRIHA, and IGBC), Building materials and services in
sustainable buildings.
Water Conservation: Rain water harvesting, calculating storm water quantity,
pervious and impervious ground covers, estimation of capacity required for rain
water harvesting and water efficient and waterless fixtures. Grey water recycling.
Energy Efficiency for Existing Buildings and New Buildings: Sources of
energy - On-site and Off-site, calculation of energy from renewable sources,
making alterations to the existing buildings (Retrofitting), base case for energy
in different typologies of buildings. Energy efficient design for thermal comfort,
mechanical equipment and electrical systems. Energy efficient equipments and
fixtures. Building automation for energy efficient performance.
Building Material and Resource: Certified green building materials, Reduce
reuse and recycling of materials, sustainable building materials, low embodied
energy and low carbon materials, Life cycle assessment of building materials.
Indoor Environment: Importance of work environment and its relation to productivity,
Indoor environmental quality, sick building syndrome, minimum fresh air ventilation,
number of air cycles, odour, smoke and Co2 monitoring, detecting and control of
chemicals (VOC,CFC) and bacteria in indoor environment.
Luminous environment, daylighting, artificial lighting, task lighting, suitability for
functional spaces, Occupational Safety and Health Hazards ,Thermal comfort,
indoor temperature and relative humidity ,Noise pollution and control measures
,Low emitting materials- Formal-dehyde, Volatile organic compounds, CFC, Lead
and other chemical pollution causing materials.
Innovation and Development: Design process: Optimization of design in all the
above aspects.
111
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Expected Outputs & Assignment:

Students are required to undertake case studies of green buildings and do detailed
critical study on all the above aspects. This shall be presented through drawings,
photographs, reports etc. in the studio. The students will also prepare a report on
the case study and design for the viva voce.
At least one major exercise (one problem should be pertinent to green buildings)
and two minor problems should be given (at least one should be on interiors).
The student has to prepare a comprehensive portfolio including details and their
integration with the facilities.
Note: The topics not covered in case studies may be covered by the studio faculty
members through lecture/slide shows. Informal talks by practicing developers,
architects, contractors, lawyers, engineers and financiers on topics relating to
facility management. In end exam which is a viva-voce the students have to present
the entire semester work for assessment
Necessary theoretical inputs to be given highlighting the norms and design issues.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Green Building Fundamentals by Mike Montoya
2. National Green Building Standard by International Code Council and National
Association of Home Builders
3. Green Building through Integrated Design (Green Source Books) (Mcgraw-
Hill’s Green source) by Jerry Yudelson
4. MEGA STRUCTURES: THE LARGEST INDOOR PARKS AND MALLS (Easy
Read Large Bold Edition) by Susan K. Mitchell
5. Designing the Exterior Wall: An Architectural Guide to the Vertical Envelope
– Hardcoverby Linda Brock (Jun 20, 2005)
6. Sustainable Development by Kibert
7. Indian Green Building Codes (IGBC) Abridged versions
8. Energy Conservation Building Codes (ECBC) Norms
9. Green Integrated Habitat Assessment ((GRIHA) Manual.

FS17B7.2C MECHANICAL CIRCULATION SYSTEMS

CORE/TH : 4/wk Int mks : 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks: 100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 4

Objectives of the Course:

This course is to understand the entrances to buildings and the horizontal
circulation within buildings with regard to universal design. Increase awareness of,
and to encourage designers to identify, the needs of all those who require access
to buildings and the horizontal circulation within buildings in order to undertake
daily activities.
112
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT I
Movement systems; lifts, escalators, travolators, Lifts Terminology, Design Issues,
Lifts motor design.
UNIT II
Vertical Circulation, Internal Stairs, Design and dimensions of internal stairs,
Refuges, Tactile hazard warning surfaces for stairs, Handrails for internal stairs.
UNIT III
Internal Ramps, Design and dimensions of internal ramps, Ramp landings, Ramp
handrails and kerbed up stands. Standards as given in TSS,TCPO,CPWD,ADA
etc. for physically challenged and barrier free buildings.
UNIT IV
Passenger Lifts, Location of passenger lifts, Glass-walled lifts, Size and capacity
of passenger lifts, Safety devices in passenger lifts, Signage for passenger lifts,
Emergency systems for passenger lifts, Interior finishes in passenger lifts.
UNIT V
Evacuation Lifts Vertical Platform Lifts, Retro-fitted vertical platform lifts, Location
and use of vertical platform lifts, recommended dimensions for vertical platform
lifts, Short-rise vertical platform lifts, Enclosed and non-enclosed vertical platform
lifts, Controls for vertical platform lifts
UNIT VI
Inclined Platform Stair lifts, recommended dimensions for inclined platform stair
lifts, Stairlifts Escalators, Recommended dimensions for escalators, Escalator
speeds, Travelators.
UNIT VII
Fans and blowers: Types, Performance evaluation, efficient system operation,
Flow control strategies and energy conservation opportunities.
UNIT VIII
Hydraulic and pneumatic actuating systems, Fluid systems, Hydraulic and
pneumatic systems, components, control valves, electro-pneumatic, hydro-
pneumatic, electro-hydraulic servo systems: Mechanical actuating systems and
electrical actuating systems
UNIT IX
Shutting down the lift, preparation, maintenance schedule, maintenance work,
visual inspection, oil level, checking the spring resistance measurement ”X”,
checking the clearance gap “S”, checking the functionality of the limit switch,
adjusting measurements “Y” at the limit switch, checking the electrical contacts,
checking the tightening torque, checking the rope jump-off safety device, initial
operation after maintance work

113
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Expected Outputs & Assignments

Assignments on given topics and periodic internal test.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Building Technology Mechanical and Electrical Systems by Benjamin
Stein.,Wiley, 1977.
2. Mechatronics – Principles and Application by Godfrey C. Onwubolu., Elsevier
Edition

FS17B7.3C CONTRACT, TENDERING AND PROCUREMENT MANAGEMENT

CORE/TH : 4/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks: 100 End exam: 3hrs Cr: 4

Objectives of the Course:

To document the impact of each procurement phase on overall project goals.
To analyze significant issues related to qualifying and selecting suppliers/sellers or
vendors for a project requirement.
To assess key factors, including risk factors that affect buyer and seller decisions
concerning contract pricing and the selection of the proper contract type.
To compare e-procurement with other types of supplier bidding models
To summarize methods for soliciting a bid proposal, and evaluate technical,
management, commercial, and ethical requirements.
UNIT I
Integrated Materials Management:
Definition, scope, need, corporate policies, procurement cycle, overview on source
selection and vendor development and Buyer – Vendor Relationship (TKG),
LifoFifo, C-Form,Introduction to VAT, Service Tax & GST
UNIT II
Purchasing Management
Price forecasting, Planning and Budgeting, Source Selection and Vendor
Development, Negotiation, Supply confidence, Legalities in Procurement,
Materials Handling, Transportation, Insurance and Stores Management, Inventory
Management, Economic order quantity.
UNIT III
Contracts Introduction
Contracts; types of contracts such as item rate, lump-sum, cost plus percentage etc.
General principles of Indian contract Act; Building contracts, conditions and forms
of contract, Administration of contract. Principle of Arbitration, Indian Arbitration
act 1940, Powers and duties of arbitrators, revoking authority; umpire, award cost
fixed fee, cost with penalty, labour day work, piece work Daily Easement: definition;
114
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

various types of easements; Dominant, and servient owners; essential conditions

for enjoyment of easement; Fire insurance’s definition, cover note; insurance for
new work and additions; insurable value of property, claim for damage due to fire.
Insurance of completed and pied building
UNIT IV
The Tender Process
Tender as a basis of contract, Preparing sound tendering documents, bid invitation:
E-tendering, Bid/no bid analysis, preparation and submission of bids, Tender
structure for different types of contracts, General conditions of contract and special
conditions of contract.
UNIT V
Arbitration and conciliation act, Indian contract act 1872, case study by students on
contract laws & claims,
UNIT VI
Breach of contract, alternate dispute resolution systems, risk management, use if
FIDIC for conditions of contract – Red book, Interpretation of Contract, Rules of
Interpretation
UNIT VII
Selection of consulting firms
Announcement and pre-qualification, Short listing, Request for Proposals,
Preparation and submission of proposals, Receipt and opening of proposals,
Evaluation of proposals, Selection of the consulting firmand negotiations,
Agreement, Notification and Debriefing, Techno commercial evaluation.
Expected Outputs & Assignments
Assignments on given topics and periodic internal test.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Contracting for Project Management by J. Rodney TurneR., Gower
2. Procurement Principles & Management by Peter Baily, David Farmer, Barry
Crocker, and David Jessop., Trans-Atlantic
3. Project Procurement Management by Stephen Guth.
4. Contract Management by BS Pail
5. Procurement Management Grand by Baily & Farmer

115
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

FS17B7.4C Pre-Thesis Seminar

CORE/TH : 2/wk Int mks: 100 Ext mks : Nil Total mks: 100 End exam: Nil Cr: 2

Objectives of the Course:

To develop the theme and structure of the thesis by writing a preliminary thesis
proposal
To acquire necessary resources for research and writing
To obtain appropriate bibliographic material
To develop a timetable for researching and writing the thesis
To provide support for the student’s individual writing and assist in preparation of
the thesis manuscript
To officially submit a final, complete thesis according to Department and University
norms in partial fulfillment of the degree requirements
UNIT I
Introduction to project, difference between project and studio exercise literature and
research papers, selection of topics for thesis, project thesis based on research /
literature studies, preparation of synopsis, methodology of design thesis.
UNIT II
Emerging concepts in building technology and services, reviews of project related
to building technology and services, review of project complexities involving theme,
sub theme, technology etc.
UNIT III
Tools and methods to handle the project, field work, lab experiments, modeling
techniques, Data analysis techniques, interpretation of data.
UNIT IV
Background / prior work
List the main relevant work by others and/or results you have achieved in your
previous work investigations.
i. Format for presentation of data, case study and analysis
ii. Format for presentation seminar paper, drawing and simulation models.
iii. Report writing: techniques in report writing, presentation of contextual
information relevant to interpretation of data collected. Explain the relation
of the thesis topic to the exiting knowledge in the form of coherently return
thesis
Expected Outputs & Assignments
The inputs to the students on various thesis topics would be in the form of Expert /
Guest Lectures. Each student in consultation with the faculty shall choose a thesis
topic for project/dissertation to be continued in the subject Project of VIII semester,
the student required to Collect necessary data, review literature on the chosen
topic and present a written paper and seminar at the end of the semester.
116
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

FS17B7.5C PROJECT MANAGEMENT

CORE/TH: 4/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks :50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3 hrs Cr: 4

Objectives of the Course:

To understand the characteristics of a project.
To apply project characteristics to your own project.
To identify skills necessary to manage a project.
UNIT I
Introduction to Project Management:
Definitions and meanings; importance of project management, Reasons or shortfall
in its performance, scientific management, Different types of project,life cycle of
project.
UNIT II
Project Management Frame Work, Project Scope management, Project Time
Management-crashing and crunching, Tools and Techniques of Time Management,
Project Cost Management. Procurement of Construction Services. The Construction
Process. Project Control Using earned value techniques. Project Human Resource
Management.
UNIT III
Project Communication Management. Project close-out acceptance and
commissioning. Project Management Information System. Causes of Project
Failure. Exercises, Tutorials and Case Studies.
UNIT IV
Project Management Strategies: Tools and Techniques for project management.
Mission, Goals, Objectives, Policy, Strategy, Programmers, Value Chain Analysis,
SWOT Analysis, Steps in Strategy Formulation and Implementation, Generic
Strategy alternatives. Integrated reporting system, flow diagrams, bar, charts,
milestone, charts, CPM and PERT, LOB. Techniques of monitoring of development
works-standard oriented costs control, turnkey system, vertical production method,
inventory cost control techniques, and unified status, index techniques.
UNIT V
The management of technology relating to development projects to meet regulatory
requirements, and prevailing build-ability and quality standards. The topics include
preliminary works, substructures, and structural systems, functional elements for
reinforced concrete and structural steel buildings, and external works.
UNIT VI
Management of development technology for projects like Building Operations and
Works of Engineering Construction. Regulations, Building Control Regulations,
Buildable Design Appraisal System, Construction Quality Assessment System and
other relevant codes of practice.
117
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT VII
Assessment of clients’ requirements, selection of projects, formulation of project
brief, the role of design as well as the designer in projects, design for value,
integrated designs, and design evaluation.
UNIT VIII
Case study: Develop/Plan on project scheduling using MSP (Microsoft Project
Management) or any other relevant software.
Expected Outputs & Assignments
Assignments on given topics and periodic internal test. Also the student are
expected to integrate the planned Project schedule in BIM.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Management Science by Bernard W. Taylor
2. Project Management (Management Extra) by Elearn
3. Project Management in construction by Anthony Walker.
4. Projects by Prasanna Chandra
5. Urban construction project management – publication: Mcgraw Hill

FS17B7.xE. ELECTIVE-IV
FS17B7.1E WORKSHOP MEP

OE-II/L: 3/wk Int mks : 50 Ext mks : 50 Total: 100 End exam: Practical & Viva-Voce Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

To understand MEP engineers involvement in the project with respect to his nature
of work while the design execution after the conclusion of design.
UNIT I
Plumbing workshop:
Pipe cutting : Use of pipe cutters; Thread of pipes; Connection of fitting such as to
pipes; Use of valves and unions; Function of pipes fitting: Use of hand tools; Pipe
wrench; Chain wrench; Caulking tools; etc. Threading of PVC pipes. Connection of
PVC pipes by connecting materials and by threaded pipes fitting. Bending of PVC
pipes. Minor repairs in plumbing.
UNIT II
Electrical Workshop:
Study of symbol, specification and approximate cost of common electrical
accessories, tools and worse & cables required for domestic installation. Study of
a) Basic electricity rules for a domestic consumer b) Safety precaution & use of Fire
fighting equipments.
118
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Use of series of phase tester, series test lamp tong test and measure in testing of
electrical installation. a) Prepare of potential divider and measure resistance of a
filament lamp using voltmeter and meter. b) Measurement of power and energy
consumption by and electric heater using wattmeter and energy meter.
Preparation of wiring diagram, wiring testing, fault finding& costing for a) Control of
one lamp by one switch (using batten and tumbler switch b) Control the staircase
wiring (using batten and tumbler switch) c) Control of one bell buzzer indenter by
one switch (using conduit and flush type switch). Prepare one Switchboard as per
institutional requirement (using flush type switches. Sockets, MCB, ELCB, etc.)
Study Connecting testing and fault finding of a) Fluorescent rube and its necessaries
b) Ceiling fan with resistance type and electronic regulator
Study Connecting testing and fault finding of a) Automatic electric Iron. b) Air Cooler
c) Electric water pump
Design Draw and estimate the material required for installation for A small residential
Building/ Office/ hall
UNIT III
Mechanical workshop:
Air refrigeration systems, air craft air-conditioning systems and their performance.
Vapour compression cycles - simple, multi-pressure and cascade systems. Vapour
absorption systems - Aqua-ammonia, water-lithium bromide and Electrolux systems.
Refrigerants and their uses, primary and secondary refrigerants, designation and
properties, Ozone Depletion Potentiality (ODP) and Global Warming Potentiality
(GWP) of refrigerants.
Refrigeration equipment. Air conditioning processes, cooling load calculations,
air conditioning systems and equipment. Concept of effective temperature and
effective sensible heat factor (ESHF), requirement of comfort air conditioning.
Solar refrigeration and air conditioning systems. Household refrigeration, water
cooler, window air conditioner and desert coolers.
Mechanism of operation of lifts and escalators
Expected Outputs & Assignments
Assignments on given topics and periodic internal test.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Principles of Electrical Engineering by V.K Mehta: S.Chand Publications.
2. Essentials of Electrical and Computer Engineering by David V. Kerns, JR. J.
David Irwin Pearson: Pearson; 2nd edition ,2004
3. Building Services hand book by Fred hall and RoserGreeno. Sixth Edition
4. Building Services Engineering By David V. Chadderton

119
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

FS17B7.2E BUILDING SIMULATION MODELING:

OE-II/P/T/O: 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks :50 Total mks:100 End exam: Practical & Viva-Voce Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

To recognize the various building energy simulation tools, types and capabilities.
To learn underlying concepts, modeling inputs and analysis methods of building
components such as envelope, lighting, occupants, equipment, process loads,
HVAC and service hot water systems.
To model building performance using energy simulation software.
UNIT I
Rhinoceros 5 :
Modeling Tools for Designers and Architects
To create, edit, analyze, document, render, animate, and translate NURBS curves,
surfaces, and solids with no limits on complexity, degree, or size. Rhino also
supports polygon meshes and point clouds. Its accuracy and flexibility makes it
possible to students to explore and build their ideas without having to spend much
time learning.
UNIT II
Creating and Editing Geometry:
Drawing free-form curves, Grid Snap, Layers, Selecting objects, dedicated
selection commands. Object types Surface, Poly-surface, Solid, Lightweight
Extrusion Objects, Curve, Polygon, and Mesh.
UNIT III
Precision modeling:
Distance and angle constraint entry, Object Snaps, Additional modeling aids,
Project constraint, Viewports and construction planes, Construction planes Analysis
commands- Distance, Length, Radius, Point evaluation, Drawing with precision,
circles, arcs, ellipses and polygons, rectangles, free from curves, helix and spiral.
UNIT IV
Editing Geometry:
Fillet, Blend, Chamfer, Move ,Copy, Undo and Redo, Rotate, Group Mirror, Join,
Scale, Editing with the gumball actions: Gumball Controls, Trim, Split Extend,
Offset Array.
UNIT V
Modeling and Editing:
Creating Deformable Shapes, Modeling with Solids, Creating surfaces- Simple
surfaces, Planes, Surface from planar curves, Surface from edge curves, Extruding
120
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

curves, Lofted surfaces, Revolved surfaces, Rail Revolve, Sweeps and curve
networks. Importing and exporting, Exporting Rhino File Information, Importing
other file formats into Rhino.
UNIT VI
Annotating your model :
Dimensions ,Dimension types ,Dimension tools ,Linear Dimensions ,Leaders
,Making a 2-D drawing from a 3-D model, Transforming solids: Flow along surface,
Surface direction.
Viewing the Building Model, Managing Views, Controlling Object Visibility, Working
with Section and Elevation Views , Creating and Modifying 3D Views,
UNIT VII
Rendering:
Apply materials, Add lights, Add textures Use a ground plane, Creating Renderings,
Using Walkthroughs, Using Sun and Shadow Settings.
UNIT VIII
Lumion 3D Software:
Importing the model in the software, applying material to the objects , choosing
the visual styles ,adjusting the backgrounds, adding objects ,animate the objects,
creating views, rendering the views, setting up camera angles, exporting the video.
Expected Outputs & Assignments
Students have to generate the reports for the simulation analysis to show the
desired results and integrate the results in BIM.
REFERNCE BOOKS:
1. Inside Rhinoceros 5, 4th Edition by Ron K.C. Cheng Hong Kong Polytechnic
University.
2. The Big Book of Simulation Modeling: Multimethod Modeling with AnyLogic 6
Kindle Edition by Andrei Borshchev

FS17B7.3E DISASTER MANAGEMENT IN FSP

OE-II/T: 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks :50 Total mks: 100 End exam: 3hrs Cr:3

Objectives of the Course:

Imparting theoretical lectures with case discussion
Making students aware about the importance of this subject in the future prospects.

121
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT I
Introduction to Disaster Management
Contents Concepts of Hazard, Susceptibility to Vulnerability Reduction, The
Nature of the Hazard, Rapid Onset vs. Slow Onset ,Controllable Events vs.
Immutable Events, Frequency vs. Severity, Mitigation Measures to Withstand
Impact vs. Mitigation Measures to Avoid Impact, The Nature of the Study Area, The
Participants in the Event.
Hazard Management and Development Planning Hazard Management Activities,
Disaster Mitigation, Natural Hazard Prediction, Emergency Preparedness, Disaster
Rescue and Relief, Post-Disaster Rehabilitation and Reconstruction, Education
and Training Activities
UNIT II
Identification and Prioritization Of Hazards
Natural Hazards in Perspective Historical Disasters and Agricultural Losses,
Economy-wide Effects of Disasters, Natural Hazards and Development Issues,
Potential Mitigation Strategies.
Potentially Hazardous Natural Phenomena Atmospheric, Seismic, Other Geologic,
Hydrologic, Volcanic Wildfire.
Man-Made and Technological Types of Disasters, Hazardous materials, Power
service Disruption & Blackout, Nuclear Power Plant and Nuclear Blast, Radiological
Emergencies, Chemical and Weapons, Cyber, Explosion, Civil Unrest.
Assessing the Distastes and their Impact on Infrastructure and Building services
might include:
• Building control systems.
• Energy distribution.
• Energy supply (gas, electricity and renewable sources such as solar, wind,
geothermal and biomass).
• Escalators and lifts.
• Facade engineering (such as building shading requirements).
• Fire safety, detection and protection.
• Heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC).
• Information and communications technology (ICT) networks.
• Lighting (natural and artificial).
• Lightning protection.
• Refrigeration.
• Security and alarm systems.
• Water, drainage and plumbing (including sustainable urban drainage systems
(SUDS).
122
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT III
Critical Facilities Analysis
Public Safety And Security: Civil defense installations, Communications
centers,Emergency management centers,Fire stations,Hospitals and other medical
facilities,Mass emergency shelters,Police stations and other installations for public
security
High-Density Occupancy: Auditoriums, theatres, stadiums, Churches, Educational
facilities, Hotels, Office buildings, Penal institutions
Transportation: Airways-airports, ,Highways-bridges, tunnels, roadbeds Railways.
Utilities: Communications-lines, stations, printing presses, relay points, antenna
complexes, Electric power-water impoundments, fuel storage, generators,
transmission lines, substations, switchyards, Petrochemical installations-production,
transmission, storage, terminals, Potable water-collection, transmission, siphons,
flumes, treatment, storage, Waste water-collection, treatment, discharge
Agricultural: Food-storage, processing, transfer, Irrigation systems, Water
containment-dams, reservoirs, levees, dikes, other impoundments Disaster Case
Studies in above Scenarios.
UNIT IV
Disaster Management Strategy
Pre Disaster Phase: Preparedness in “No Disaster Situation”, Formulation of
District Disaster Management Plan, Risk Assessment and Vulnerability Analysis,
Resource Inventory. Allocation of responsibilities to the individual actors/Groups/
Institutions/Organizations.
Impact Phase: Emergency Relief Measures, Rescue operation/Evacuation by
teams (already identified) and providing basic infrastructure and movement to
rescue centres, Management of Rescue Shelters, Administration of Relief.
Post Disaster Phase: Damage Assessment and Long term relief, Assessment
& enumeration of damage, Developing a Reconstruction and Rehabilitation plan,
Monitoring Relief Operation organized by outside agencies/ UN Agencies/ Red
Cross/ NGOs/ PSUs/ other states etc, Restoration of Communication- Roads,
Railways, Electronic Communication etc., Maintenance of Law & Order, Provision
of Medical facilities, Minimum sanitation, drinking water, free kitchen etc, Removal
of debris and disposal of carcasses.
UNIT V
Construction Industry Development For Disaster Prevention And Response
Enforcing Existing Codes and Laws, Preparedness for Disaster evacuation,
Structural Mitigation Measures, Retrofitting. Earth Quake Resistant Construction.
Long term response plan.

123
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Expected Outputs & Assignments

Assignments on given topics and periodic internal test.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Disaster Management Guidelines. GOI-UNDP Disaster Risk Reduction
Programme 2009-2012.
2. Disaster Medical Systems Guidelines. Emergency Medical Services Authority,
State of California, EMSA no.214, June 2003
3. Guerisse P. 2005 Basic Principles of Disaster Medical Management. Act
Anaesth.Belg;56:395-401
4. Aim and Scope of Disaster Management. Study Guide prepared by Sharman
and Hansen. UW-DMC, University of Washington.
5. Sphere Project (2011). Humanitarian Charter and Minimum Standards in
Disaster Response.
6. Geneva: Sphere Project. http://www.sphereproject.org/ handbook/
7. Satapathy S. (2009) Psychosocial care in Disaster management, A training of
trainers manual (ToT), NIDM publication.

124
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER – VIII

FS17B8.1C THESIS/PROJECT

CORE/P: 28/wk Int mks: 200 Ext mks :200 Total mks: 400 End exam: Viva-Voce Cr:12

Course Contents:
Each student of Bachelor of Building Technology and services is required to prepare
a dissertation / project thesis on a subject concerning Facilities and services for
a building under a guide/adviser as approved by the Head of the Department.
The dissertation / project will provide opportunity to the student to synthesize
the knowledge and skills acquired through the learning of various theories and
practices during the course. Each student is expected to prepare a project thesis
based on the preliminary work undertaken in the subject Pre Thesis Seminar of VII
semester.
The project work should be mentored by the design consultant where they are
undergoing practical training or any professional expert having specialized
expertise in the topic chosen by the student. However incase the mentor is not
available student can choose one from the university.
In case the student opts to work out of station he/she may be permitted to opt for
internal faculty as guide up till the time they leave for internship. If any Reviews are
scheduled in his period of internship the student can attend the review through a
digital media.
At the end of the semester, each student is expected to submit the original
investigation proposed design drawings prepared as per the department’s
specifications; three copies of the report in the specified format and in a soft copy
and a physical or digital / virtual model should be submitted to the department after
obtaining the approval of the respective guide/ adviser.
Note: The department shall schedule the final viva voce, at its convenience, only
after the receipt of the project submission from the students.

FS17B8.2C INTERNSHIP-II**
PRACTICAL TRAINING

CORE/PT: 8wk Int mks: Nil Ext mks : 200 Total mks: 200 End exam: Viva-Voce Cr:8

Course Overview: Internship for a period of 8 weeks.

Course Contents:
Every student must work in an Office as a full-time trainee for a period of 8 calendar
weeks (excluding Viva-voce) from the date of commencement of training. The
Chief in the firm should have a minimum of five years of practical/professional
experience as Building services consultant after her/his graduation. The student

125
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

should involve herself/himself in various aspects of work in an office like design

of MEP services, working drawings for facilities and services, quantity estimation,
site supervision, etc. Detailed instructions regarding the training, the frequency of
reporting to the department, etc. will be issued at the end of the seventh Semester,
which the student must strictly follow.
After completion of training, every student will have to submit a detailed report with
a set of drawings on at least two projects on which she/he has worked during the
eight weeks of the practical training period. This report will be evaluated at a viva-
voce by a jury consisting of one external, one internal and Head of the Department
or his nominee. After submission of the report the department at its convenience
will arrange for the conduct of the viva-voce examination.

FS17B8.3C HUMAN BEHAVIOUR IN BUILDINGS

CORE/TH: 4/wk Int mks : 50 Ext mks :50 Total mks:100 End exam: 3hrs Cr:4

Objectives of the Course:

To integrate human behavior into the total investigation.
UNIT I
Introduction:
Human needs and influence of Facilities planning on human needs. Maslow’s
hierarchy of needs. Environmental behavior in facilities planning. Behavior of
users in different settings. Study of proxemics, claustrophobia, crowding. Intimate,
personal, social and public distances. Densities and their standards. Privacy, levels
of privacy, audio and visual privacy. Concepts of barrier, territoriality, security. Life
style, attitudes, values and tools to measure them.
UNIT II
Safety, security and control:
Energy control. Setting up and preparing for work. Closing Down. Effective
Communication. Waste Management. Handling of Employee/ Associate
Complaints. Caring For an associate / Employee. Importance of using employee
related Language.
UNIT III
Hospitality management:
Learning objectives, Top ten Global Issues and challenges in the hospitality industry.
Coping with Global Issues and trends. Hospitality Information Systems. Hotel and
rooms Division Operation. Application of Facility planning in Hospitality Services.
UNIT IV
Personality development:
Listening. Voice and Language, Telephone Etiquette, Presentation skills, E-mail
Writing, Attitude Speaking, Inter Personal Communication. Human resource
126
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

development – Leadership and Motivation. Team Work and team Building, Conflict
Resolution, Decision Making.
UNIT V
Organizational Behavior:
The human behavior in organizational settings. The major elements of managerial
and supervisory functions in business organizations and the dynamics of human
behavior in organizational settings. Motivation, leadership, job and organizational
design, creative communication, problem solving, and conflict resolution.
Contemporary issues (cultural diversity, globalization, etc) to be discussed.
Expected Outputs & Assignments
Assignments on given topics and periodic internal test.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Human Behavior in Design: Individuals, Teams, Tools by Udo Lindemann.
Dimensions of Human Behavior: Person and Environment (Series in Social
Work) by Elizabeth D. Hutchison

FS17B8.4C GRAND VIVA

CORE/P : - Int mks: - Ext mks : - Total mks: - End exam: Viva Voce Cr: nil

Objectives of the Course:

To evaluate overall technical knowledge and industry readiness.
To go under a virtual environment of technical interview.
To analyze various real life problem solving.
Course Overview:
Technical Expertise: Implement fundamental domain knowledge of core courses
for developing effective logical reasoning.
Successful Career: Deliver professional services with updated technologies in
Facilities and Services based career.
Soft Skills: Develop leadership skills and incorporate ethics, team work with
effective communication & time management in the profession.
Life Long Learning: Conduct research among Facilities and Services profession as
per market needs.
Course Outcomes:
To evaluate overall technical knowledge and industry readiness.
To go under a virtual environment of technical interview.
To analyze various application in Facilities and Services for real life problem solving

127
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

FS17B8.xE Elective-V
FS17B8.1E ENERGY SIMULATION MODELING

OE-III/P/T/O: 3/wk Int mks: 50 Ext mks : 50 Total mks: 100 End exam: Practical & Viva Voce Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

An understanding of the background of building performance simulation,
An understanding of requirements about thermal and visual comfort and indoor air
quality, and of their relationship with energy usages in buildings,
An understanding of integrating passive strategies and renewable energy
generation systems in a building model.
Unit-1
Course Introduction and Background
Brief history, need for simulation, and simulation as part of design process-various
methods in simulation process, data collection, the variables which effect energy
consumption in buildings.
UNIT II
Fundamentals of energy
Mass transfer and Thermal analysis of building components, Numerical methods,
and Theoretical framework for energy simulation for buildings related to various
aspects Energy simulation tools.
UNIT III
Software Analysis
Introduction to DOE2 (e-QUEST) software, building envelope analyses.
E-Quest model set-up-Thermal model of the building envelope. Modeling HVAC
systems, Parametric Analyses,
E-Quest model use and interpretation. Code compliance exercise- Integrated
modeling
E-Quest model calibration- Model calibration to actual energy use.
E-Quest ECM evaluation - Evaluating energy conservation measures.
UNIT IV
Introduction to Energy Plus
Introduction to Energy Plus interface tools. Linking energy models to other tools,
BIM - Energy Plus, setting up from Revit or Sketch-up
Special emphasis shall be given to the open source code software-their applications
and customization for the specific needs in the context of energy simulation.
Expected Outputs & Assignments
Evaluating Building performance in terms of thermal comfort and energy

128
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

conservation measures based on actual building operations and occupant behavior,

adaptive responses by occupants to outdoor environment conditions.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Software - E-Quest, Energy Plus, Design Builder
2. Software tool application guides for above software
3. Building Performance Simulation for Design and Operation by J. Hensen and
R. Lamberts (eds.). Publisher: Routledge (February 24, 2011).
4. ASHRAE Std 90.1-2007

FS17B8.2E PROJECT FINANCE

OE-III/TH: 3/wk Int mks:50 Ext mks :50 Total:100 End exam: 3 hrs Cr: 3

Objectives of the Course:

Understand the principles of project financing (PF)
To be able to evaluate the key components of the risk and the profitability of projects
Know how to use simple financial software to model the net present value of a
project
UNIT I
Project Finance Background
The process of developing a project from its inception to its commissioning, and
the financing of projects. Evolution of Project Finance, Project Types, Critical Steps
in a Project.
UNIT II
Market Analysis, Business Model, Competencies & Promoter Analysis
Background, Market Sizing, Consumer, Customer and Influencer, Market Insight
Areas, Market Research Approaches, Business Model, Competencies, Promoter
Analysis.
UNIT III
Estimating Cost of Project
Project Specifications, Estimating Fixed Capital Investment in Project, Estimating
Working Capital Investment in the Project.
UNIT IV
Financial Projections
Background, Assumptions, Cost of Project & Means of Financing, Projected Profit
& Loss Account, Projected Balance Sheet, Projected Funds Flow, Project IRR,
Equity IRR, Loan Servicing Capability, Sensitivity Analysis, Building Scenarios.

129
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (FSP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT V
Project Finance and Their Sources
Prudence in Mix of Long Term and Short Term Finance, Forms of Long Term Project
Finance, Forms of Short Term Project Finance, Lease, and Role of Non-Banking
Finance Companies.
UNIT VI
Public Private Partnerships
Background, PPP Models, Parties to a PPP Model, PPP Process, Model Concession
Agreements.
UNIT VII
Taxation & Incentives
Taxation, Depreciation, Amortization of Preliminary Expenses, Interest on borrowed
capital, Disallowances under the Act, Expenses in General and Incentives.
UNIT VIII
Project Risks & Their Mitigation
Background, Project Conceptualization Risk, Financial Closure Risk, Project
Construction Risk, Political Risk, Market Risk, Supply Chain Risk, Policy Risk,
Exchange Risk, Environmental Risk and Force Majeure.
Expected Outcomes & Assignment:
The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers and presentations on
above mentioned aspects focusing on their applications.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Project Financing by John D Finnerty
2. The Principles of Project Finance by Rod Morrison
3. Financial Management by Prasanna Chandra
4. Public Private Partnership and Project Finance by Prabuddha K. Das
5. Project Finance NSE (National Stock Exchange)

130
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY
B.Tech (Digital Techniques for Design and Planning)
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS, COURSE STRUCTURE
AND SYLLABUS
(EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18)

SCHOOL OF PLANNING & ARCHITECTURE

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE
AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY
Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad – 500 028

1
JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

2
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

CONTENTS

S.No. Particulars Page No.

1. Academic Regulations 5

2. Course Structure 19

3. Semister I 28

4. Semister II 44

5. Semister III 57

6. Semister IV 69

7. Semister V 84

8. Semister VI 99

9. Semister VII 110

10. Semister VIII 123

3
JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

4
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY

Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad – 500 028.

Academic Regulations for B.Tech (DTDP) Programs

(Under the CBCS, Effective from the Academic Year 2017-2018)

Preamble :
JNAFAU’s Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) aims to provide comprehensive
learning opportunities which takes into account individual interests and abilities of
the students. Apart from the compulsory core courses, the students can choose
from the elective courses on offer in the university or also from approved online
platforms like the MHRD’s SWAYAM or MOOCs.
These regulations are subject to amendments as may be decided by the Academic
Council / Committee of the University from time to time. Any or all such amendments
will be effective from such date and to such batches of students (including those
already in the middle of the program) as may be decided by the Academic Council
/ Committee.

1. Glossary of Terms
1.1. Program: An educational program leading to award of a Degree in a
discipline.
1.2. Course: Generally referred as a ‘subject’ offered under the degree
program. Each course is identified by a unique course code and
course title. A course may be designed to comprise lectures/ studio/
tutorials/ laboratory work/ fieldwork/ outreach activities/ project
work/vocational training /seminars /term papers/ assignments/
presentations/ self-study etc. or a combination of some of these. All
courses do not carry the same credits.
1.3. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS): In addition to the compulsory
core courses in a program, CBCS provides choice for students to
select from a number of elective courses offered. The term c r e d i t
refers to the weightage given to the course and is usually the number
of periods per week allotted to it.
1.4. Re-admission : When a student is detained in a course due to shortage
of attendance or the student takes a break of study, the student has to
take re- admission to continue the program.
1.5. Re-registration : When a student has failed in a course due to low
5
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

internal assessment marks, but has satisfactory attendance, the

student can re-register to improve performance in internal assessment
as well as external evaluation.
1.6. Re-appearance/ supplementary examinations: When a student has
failed in a course and wishes to improve performance only in end
semester external examination he/she can register to reappear for the
supplementary examination.
1.7. Minimum Total Credits (MTC): These are minimum total credits to be
secured by a student to be considered eligible for award of the degree.
This may be different for different disciplines.
1.8. Director of Evaluation (DE) means the Authority of the University
who is responsible for all activities of the End Semester Examinations
of the University.
1.9. Director, Academic and Planning (DAP) means the authority of
the University who is responsible for all academic activities for the
implementation of relevant rules and regulations.
2. Program Structure
2.1. Category of Courses : The program shall have a curriculum with syllabi
consisting of courses as prescribed by the Board of Studies, and
broadly categorized under:
2.1.1. Compulsory Core (C) are courses deemed to be the core
learning required for the discipline. These courses are
part of the compulsory requirement to complete the program
of study. A core course cannot be substituted by any other
course. A core course offered in this program may be treated
as a Professional or Open Elective by other programs.
2.1.2. Professional Electives (E) are courses which are elective
courses relevant to the discipline. An Elective course is
generally a course that can be chosen from a pool of courses
on offer. Every student shall be required to opt for the electives
from the list of electives offered. Students can also opt for the
electives on offer from any of the other Programs, besides
his / her own discipline courses, or even do online courses
subject to the respective Program specific regulations.
2.1.3. Open Electives (O) are chosen generally from an unrelated
discipline/ subject, with an intention to seek exposure/ add
generic proficiency. These may include Liberal Arts courses,
Humanities and Social Science courses, etc. and essentially
facilitate the student to do courses (including Core Courses
or Professional Electives) offered by other departments/
programs / institutions or online. Open Electives need not
be specified in the course structure and the University may
approve and offer any Open Elective courses in any semester
6
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

as an option for the students.

2.1.4. Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC) or (A). These are
mandatory courses based upon content that lead to general
knowledge, ability and soft skills enhancement, such
as, Environmental Studies, Communication Skills, Value
Education, etc.
2.1.5. Non- Credit Courses / Activities mandatory for award of
Degree: There are some non-credit courses / activity such as:
1) English, 2) Co- Curricular Activity / Extension Activity (EA),
2) Internship of 4 weeks or less, 3) any other as specified
in the respective course structure / syllabus. A ‘Satisfactory’
grade in the above, is compulsory for the award of degree.
2.1.6. Online Courses : Students may be permitted, with the prior
approval of the Department, to take online courses through
SWAYAM or MOOCs or NAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech. Programs,
effective from 2017-18 any other approved online facility, in
lieu of the Electives (both E and O) offered in the University.
2.2. Credits:
2.2.1. Credits are indicative of the importance of the course. In the
case of core courses 1 period of direct teaching per week
(Theory / Tutorial/ Studio/ Practical) = 1 credit
2.2.2. In the case of other courses like the Electives and the AEC
courses, the credits are based on their level of importance
as decided by the Board of Studies and as described in their
respective course structures.
2.3. Pre-requisites : Some of the courses may have pre-requisites (i.e. the
student may be required to have registered and attended the course
specified as a pre- requisite.)
2.4. Types of Courses and Learning Sources

Types of Courses Learning Sources

Compulsory Core (C) Parent Department (PD)
Professional Elective (E) PD / OD / online
Ability Enhancement Course (AEC) PD / OD / online / Univ.
Open Elective (OE) PD / OD / online / Univ.
Extension Activity (EA) PD, OD, Univ.

Note: PD = Parent Department; OD = Other Departments / Institutions / Uni-

versities

7
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

3. Duration of Program
3.1. A student is normally expected to complete the Program in four
academic years (8 Semesters) but in any case not more than 8 years
(including break of study for personal reasons or suspension/ detention
due to disciplinary action, etc.).
3.2. Each semester shall normally consist of 90 working days (excluding
end semester examination days).
3.3. Gap Year: A student may be permitted to take a break of study for one
academic year for starting an enterprise or for any personal or medical
reason with prior approval. In exceptional cases, this may be extended
to another year after an appraisal process approved by the State Govt.
/University. In such cases also the student will be eligible for award of
First Class with Distinction/ other awards. Rules of re-admission will
apply to such cases.
4. Registration for choice of Electives:
4.1. Each student shall be deemed to have registered for all the compulsory
core and other mandatory (AEC) courses of every semester that he/
she is admitted to / promoted to, on the payment of the requisite fees.
4.2. However, in the case of electives (as per the course structure),
students shall submit their preferences from the list of electives on
offer (including approved online courses), and after allotment of the
elective course, register for elective courses of their choice – both
professional and open electives.
4.3. The information on the list of all the courses offered in every
department specifying the course code, course title, credits,
prerequisites, the timetable slots and the registration process with
the time schedules will be made available on the University website.
Every student is expected to go through the above information,
consult the faculty members, understand the choices and select their
choice of elective courses.
4.4. Every student shall submit their preferences from the list of electives
on offer (including approved online courses), register / re-register as
per the registration process and the schedule notified.
4.5. The departments shall put up the list of electives allotted to the
students, using their (departments’) discretion based on physical and
other capacities, with first preference given to the students from the
parent department and later, considering a first come first and/
or SGPA basis for students from other departments. However,
students who have registered for elective courses previously are
allowed to re-register for courses in which they have failed.
4.6. In case none of the student’s preferred choices is allotted, or even
otherwise, the student may propose an alternative choice from among
the available ones after due consultation with the respective faculty.
8
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

In any case, the students shall register (which is effected only on their
choice of elective being approved) for the courses within the given
schedule/ deadline.
4.7 After registering for a course, a student shall attend the classes, satisfy
the attendance requirements, earn Internal Assessment marks and
appear for the End Semester Examinations.
4.8 A student is permitted to cancel his/her registration for the elective
courses, within two weeks of starting of the semester.
4.9 To enable the students to choose electives from across the departments,
the DAP shall in consultation with all the departments, facilitate the
announcement of a common time-slot for the elective periods in the
individual time tables of the departments.
4.10 No elective course shall be commenced unless a minimum number
of students are registered (this number may be different for different
courses and Programs and may be decided by the Departments /
College/ University every semester).
5. Attendance Requirements
5.1 A student has to put in a minimum of 75% of attendance, in aggregate
of all the courses registered in the semester (excluding approved
online elective courses) for becoming eligible to register for the end
examinations and for acquiring credits in each semester.
5.2 Shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and above,
and below 75%) in each semester may be condoned by the College
Academic Committee on genuine and valid (including medical
grounds), based on the student’s representation with supporting
evidence.
5.3 Condonation of shortage of attendance as stipulated above, shall
not be automatic but on the merits of the case to the satisfaction of the
College Academic Committee.
5.4 A stipulated fee shall be payable along with the application for
condonation.
5.5 Shortage of attendance below 65% in aggregate (including medical
grounds) shall in no case be condoned.
5.6 A student will not be promoted to the next semester unless the
attendance requirement of the present semester is satisfied. In case of
such detention the student is not eligible to take the End Examination
of that semester and the course registration shall stand cancelled. The
student shall seek re admission for that semester when offered next.
5.7 In the case of re-registration (clauses 10.4 to 10.7) for a course/s, the
attendance requirement is not applicable.

9
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

6. Assessment
6.1 Distribution of Internal Assessment and End Exam Marks :
Performance in each course shall be evaluated as prescribed in the
respective Program’s course structure and syllabus. As a general
pattern, 50% of the marks in a course are through internal assessment
and 50% through end semester examinations. A few courses may
have 100% of the assessment purely through internal assessment.
The thesis, the internship courses and many of the studio courses
are assessed through a jury and viva-voce for the end semester
examination.
6.2 Schedule for Internal Assessment : The students shall diligently follow
the given internal assessment schedule for the semester including
submissions and tests.
6.3 The compiled cumulative internal assessment marks and attendance
of the students will be displayed periodically at least twice during
the Semester, for information to the students. 50% of the marks allotted
for the internal assessment courses shall be submitted before the 12th
week. All internal assessment marks have to be finalized and uploaded
/ submitted in the prescribed format, on or before the last day of End
Semester Examinations of the semester..
6.4 Assessment for Online Courses: In case of credits earned through
approved online modes, the credits and grades shall be assigned
by a committee consisting of Head of the Department or a teacher
nominated by the HoD and a senior faculty member nominated by the
DAP/ Principal (in case the credits or grades are not included by the
online course faculty).
6.5 Non-Credit, Mandatory Courses / Activity : Assessment in these
courses or activity will be only in terms of “Satisfactory” or “Not
Satisfactory”. A ‘Satisfactory’ grade in these listed courses/ activities is
compulsory for the award of degree.
6.5.1 English Course: A Test will be administered to the students
after admission to assess proficiency in English. Students not
passing this test of proficiency will study English as a
bridge course (without credits) during the First Semester.
They have to acquire a ”Satisfactory” grade in the course to
be considered eligible for award of a degree.
6.5.2 Co-Curricular Activity / Extension Activity (EA) (for all
round development) : Every student has to participate in
any one of the following activities like NCC/ NSS/ Sports/
FSAI University’s Pro-bono project activity/ any national or
international student camp /any other community development
activity listed by the University and acquire a ”Satisfactory”
grade to be considered eligible for award of a degree. 6.5.2.1
The student’s performance shall be examined by the faculty

10
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

in- charge of the relevant extension activity along with the

Head/ Coordinator of the Department/ activity.
6.5.2.2 Physically challenged students who are unable to participate
in any of the above activities shall be required to take an
appropriate test in the relevant area of any one of the above
activities and be graded and certified accordingly.
6.5.3 Internship of 4 weeks or less: The assessment shall be as
specified in the respective Program’s course structure or
syllabus.
6.5.4 Any other course or activity as specified (including the
mode of assessment) in the respective course structure or
syllabus.
7. Award of Letter Grades
7.1 The performance of a student will be reported using letter grades, each
carrying certain points as detailed below:

S. % of Marks Letter Grade

No. Grade Points
Minimum Maximum
1. 90.00 100.00 A+ 10
2. 80.00 89.99 A 9
3. 70.00 79.99 B 8
4. 60.00 69.99 C 7
5. 50.00 59.99 D 6
6. 40.00 49.99 E 5
7. 00.00 39.99 F 0
8. Shortage of attendance and hence SA 0
prevented from writing end semester
examination
8. Absent for End semester examination Ab 0
9. Satisfactory * Satisfactory 0
Note: * Satisfactory grade will be given only for the non-credit courses/ activity such
as mentioned in clause 6.5. A ‘Satisfactory’ grade in these listed course/ activities
is compulsory for the award of degree.

11
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Example of assignment of letter grade and grade points for marks:

Course Title Int. Marks End Exam Total Grade Grade
point (GP)
Course X1 22 25 47 E 5
Course X2 39 41 80 A 9
Course X3 37 34 71 B 8
Course X4 29 30 59 D 6
Course X5 25 24 49 E 5

7.2. A student who earns at least an ‘E’ grade in a course is declared

to have successfully completed the course, and is deemed to have
earned the credits assigned to that course. A course successfully
completed cannot be repeated.
7.3. Students who fail to appear for end semester examinations will be
marked as ‘Ab’ (Absent) and should register for supplementary
examination by paying the prescribed fees.
8. Academic Requirements: The following academic requirements have to be
satisfied, in addition to the attendance requirements mentioned in clause 5.
8.1 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course, if the student
secures not less than 40% marks in the semester end examination,
and a minimum of 40% of marks in the sum total or aggregate
of the Internal Assessment and Semester End Examination taken
together; in terms of letter grades, this implies securing ‘E’ grade or
above in that subject/ course.
8.2 A student eligible to appear in the end semester examination for
any course, but absent from it or failed (thereby failing to secure ‘E’
grade or above) may reappear for that course in the supplementary
examination as and when conducted. In such cases, the internal
marks obtained earlier for that course will be retained, and added to
the marks obtained in the end semester supplementary examination
for evaluating performance in that course.
9. Promotion between Semesters:
9.1. A student shall be promoted from odd to even semester if the
minimum requirement of attendance as in clause 5 is fulfilled.
9.2. A student shall be promoted from even to odd semester, if the
minimum requirement of attendance as in clause 5 is fulfilled and
as per the other requirements specified in the following table.
9.3. Table indicating promotion requirements from even to odd semesters:

12
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

From 2nd sem. to 3rd sem. If the student does not have more than
three backlog courses in the 1st semester.
From 4th sem. to 5th sem. Secured all the credits upto 2nd semester
and does not have more than three backlog
courses in the 3rd semester
From 6th sem. to 7th sem. Secured all the credits upto 4th semester
and does not have more than three backlog
courses in the 5th semester
Note: Upto the 4th semester all the credits have to be secured and optional
(only for elective courses) credits are available only from the 5th semester
onwards.
10. Re-admission and Re-registration
10.1 A student may be detained in a semester either due to shortage of
attendance, or due to having more than the permissible number of
backlog courses. Students detained due to shortage of attendance
may be re-admitted when the same semester is offered in the next
academic year for fulfillment of academic requirements.
10.2 A student detained due to not having enough credits or having more
than the permissible number of backlog courses, shall be promoted
to the next academic semester only after fulfilling the requirements as
per Table 9.3.
10.3 No grade allotments or SGPA/ CGPA calculations will be done for the
entire semester in which student has been detained.
10.4 The academic regulations under which a student has been first
admitted shall be applicable in all cases of re-admission.
10.5 If a student fails in a Professional Elective or an Open Elective, the
student may re-register for the same or register afresh for any other
Professional Elective or Open Elective course respectively in the
subsequent semesters. In case of re-registration in the same courses,
attendance is not mandatory, whereas registration for any other
elective course/s requires the student to attend the classes and fulfill
the attendance requirements as per Clause 5.
10.6 A student who fails in any course may be permitted the option of re-
registering in that subject only if the internal assessment marks are
less than 30%, so as to enable him to improve/redo and resubmit
the work for internal evaluation. In such cases of re-registration,
the student’s previous performance both in the internal evaluation
and end evaluation in the particular subject/s shall stand cancelled
and he/she shall be required to appear for the end semester evaluation
again (end examination and /or external jury as the case may be).

13
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

10.7 The maximum number of courses a student may be permitted

for ‘re-registration’ in a semester, is limited to three. Re- registration of
any course should be done within 7 days from the date of declaration
of the relevant results. A stipulated fee shall be payable towards re
registration in any subject.
10.8 The student may attend classes in the case of the re-registered
courses, if the student wishes. However, the attendance requirement
is not compulsory for such courses.
11. Grade Points, SGPA and CGPA Calculation
11.1. After the results are declared, Grade Sheets will be issued to each
student which will contain the list of courses registered during the
semester and the performance in each with details of whether passing
or failing, credits earned in that semester, promoted or not, grade
points, etc..
Grade Points : The grade points obtained in a subject multiplied by
11.2.
the credits for that subject will be the weighted grade points.
Weighted Grade Points (WGP) = C x GP
Where ‘C’ is the number of credits assigned for the subject and ‘GP’ is
the Grade Point obtained as per the Table in clause 7.1 above.
11.3. SGPA: The sum of the weighted grade points divided by the total
number of credits in a semester will give the Semester Grade Point
Average (SGPA).
SGPA = ∑C iGPi / ∑Ci i = 1 to n
Where n is the number of courses the student registered for in the
semester, ‘C’ is the number of credits allotted to each of the courses,
and ‘GP’ is the grade-point obtained by the student in the respective
courses.
An example follows :

Course Title Credits Grade Weighted Grade

(C) (GP) Points (WGP)
Course X1 3 7 21
Course X2 8 8 64
Course X3 8 7 56
Course X4 7 7 49
Course X5 2 6 12
Course X6 2 6 12
Total 30 214
Semester Grade Point Average 7.13
(SGPA) = Total WGP/ Total credits =
14
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

11.4. CGPA: The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) will be computed
for every student after he/she has secured the MTC (Minimum Total
Credits) as:
CGPA = ∑CiGPi / ∑Ci i = 1 to m
Where ‘m’ is the number of subjects registered for in all the semesters
from the 1st semester onwards. ‘C’ is the number of credits allotted
to each of the courses, and ‘GP’ is the grade-point obtained by the
student in the respective courses.
11.5. The CGPA and SGPA will be rounded off to the second decimal place
and recorded as such.
11.6. For the purpose of computation of the CGPA, award of degree, award
of the class as in clause 14, and other honours if any, including
medals, the performance in the best MTC (Minimum Total Credits)
only, as specified in Table in clause 12.2, will be taken into account. For
calculating the ‘best’ MTC, the credits secured in all the Core and AEC
courses (which are compulsory) shall be included. The choice of ‘best’
credits to be included in the calculation shall be from only those credits
secured in the Electives – both Professional and Open Electives.
12. Eligibility for the Award of Degree : A student shall be eligible for the
award of the “B.Tech.” Degree in the specific discipline into which he/she was
admitted, if the following academic regulations are fulfilled:
12.1. Has pursued the program of study for not less than four academic
years and not more than eight academic years. Students, who fail to
fulfill all the academic requirements for the award of the degree within
eight academic years from the year of their admission, shall forfeit their
seat in the program and their seat shall stand cancelled.
12.2. Successfully secured the Minimum Total Credits required for the
respective Programs.
B.Tech. Programs and Credits
S.No. B.Tech. Program Title Total Credits Minimum Total
Credits (MTC)*
1 Planning 240 222
2 Facilities and Services Planning (FSP) 240 222
3 Digital Techniques for Design and 240 222
Planning (DTDP)
*(refer to clause 9.3 for details)

12.3. Successfully secured “Satisfactory” grades in all the mandatory non-

credit courses/ activity.
12.4. Has secured a minimum of 5.0 CGPA

15
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

12.5. No disciplinary action is pending against the student.

13. Withholding of the results : The results of a student may be withheld if:
13.1. He/she has not cleared any dues to the University/Institution/ Hostel.
13.2. A case of disciplinary action against the student is pending disposal.
14. Classification of the Degree Awarded
After a student has satisfied the requirements prescribed for the completion
of the program and is eligible for the award of the B.Tech. Degree in the
Program to which he/she was admitted, he/she shall be placed in one of the
four classes as shown in the Table.

First Class with 1. Have a CGPA of 8.0 and above.

Distinction
2. Should have passed the examination in all the
courses of all the eight semesters within five years,
which includes any authorized break of study of one
year (clause 3.3).
3. Should NOT have been prevented from writing end
semester examination due to lack of attendance in any
of the courses.
First Class Below 8.0 but not less than 7.0 of CGPA and
Second Class Below 7.0 CGPA but not less than 6.0
Pass Class Below 6.0 CGPA but not less than 5.0
Note : In all the above cases CGPA shall be calculated from the Grade Points
secured for the best 283 credits. For calculating the ‘best’ 283 credits, the credits
secured in all the Core and AEC courses (which are compulsory) shall be included.
The choice of ‘best’ credits to be included in the calculation shall be from only those
credits secured in the Electives – both Professional and Open Electives.

15. Malpractice : If a student indulges in malpractice in any of the examinations,

he/she shall be liable for punitive action as prescribed by the University from
time to time.
16. General
16.1 In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the
academic regulations, the decision of the Vice-Chancellor is final.
16.2 The University may from time to time revise, amend or change the
Regulations, Curriculum, Syllabus and Scheme of Assessment.

16
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

TRANSITORY REGULATIONS (from Academic Year 2017-18)

(Approved on 6th Feb., 2018)

Preamble:
The CBCS regulations and courses (referred to collectively as R-17) introduced from the academic
year 2017-18, have brought in significant changes in the course structures and academic regulations
of the programs in the University as indicated below.

Aspects Remarks
1 Course Codes All changed
2 Course Names / Titles Some changes
3 Course Structure Major changes – introduction of AEC courses; electives from
4th sem. onwards. Total No. of courses in a program have
generally increased (Eg. B.Arch. from 53 to 62)
4 Pass Marks Changed in BFA and BTech. programs
5 Promotional Requirements Changed in all programs
6 Award of Degree Changed in all programs
7 Performance Evaluation and Changed in all programs – is now based on a system of letter
Award of Class grades, SGPA and CGPA
8 Choice in terms of credits Changed – Now available in all programs

Considering the significant changes in all the aspects as indicated above, the following transitory
regulations have been approved.

The following regulations shall be applicable for the students from the pre CBCS programs (referred
to as pre R17) applying for ‘re-admission’:

1. Readmission into 1st semester of R-17: Only students readmitted into the full 1st
semester of R-17 will, for all purposes be subject to the entire provisions of R-17.

2. Readmission from 2nd semester onwards:

Students readmitted from the 2nd semester onwards will be subject to the provisions of the pre
R-17 in which they were first admitted The student will be facilitated in completing the academic
requirements by either permitting him/her to attend “equivalent” coursework in the R-17 (as
approved by the respective Boards of Studies), wherever available, or if equivalent coursework is
not available, then by special arrangement for conducting the coursework as per the regulations
in which admitted.

Academic Regulations for Re-registration cases of Students admitted prior to 2017

1. Students originally admitted in the pre R17 programs, may be assigned teacher/s wherever
possible, to enable them to complete their internal assessment as per their pre R17
regulations. Student has to complete the courses whenever offered. Special arrangement
for the course/s may be made in case it effects the time line of the student’s academic
engagement

2. Wherever “equivalent” courses are available in the CBCS programs, reregistered students
may be permitted to attend such courses if they choose to, but the academic regulations
(and course codes / course titles, marks, credits, etc.) shall be as per the older regulations
into which they were first admitted.

3. Wherever there is a change of syllabi, end semester examinations based on the old syllabi
will be conducted in order to enable the students to clear the backlogs.

17
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

NOTE :
1. The term “Prerequisites” implies having registered in the course/s
specified as prerequisite/s and fulfilled the attendance requirements.
2. The term “Open” mentioned in the remarks column in the courses structure
indicates the courses that are open to students from other departments or
Programs. These courses which are open may be taken by students from
other programs, either as professional electives or open electives.
3. Abbrevations used in the course structure :
In the case of Periods per week:
L = Lecture S = Studio
F = Fieldwork P = Practicals
T = Tutorial O = Others (including workshops, seminars, colloquiums, etc.)
In the case of type of End Semester Examination:
W = Written / Drawing J = Jury P = Practical
4. Course /Subject codes and type:
In the 9-digit alphanumeric course code:
a. the first two characters represent the Program or Department that offers
the course:
• AR = Architecture
• AA = Applied Arts and Visual Communication
• AN = Animation;
• ID = Interior Design
• PL = Planning
• DT=Digital Techniques for Design and Planning
• FS = Facilities and Services
• PA = Painting
• SC = Sculpture
• PH = Photography and Visual Communication
and in the case of common courses- FA = Fine Arts; GN = General
b. The 3rd an 4th digits denote the Academic Year of starting the course
structure,
c. The 5th character denotes the level of the course (Bachelors / Masters/
Diploma),
d. The 6th digit denotes the semester number followed by a decimal
and a number indicating the serial number of the course in that semester.
e. The last alphabet in the course code indicates the type of course.
C = Core A = AEC E = Professional Elective
O = Open Elective.

18
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Structure for DTDP

(Under the CBCS, Effective from the Academic Year 2017-2018)

Semester - I
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
DT17 Design &
1 Nil 0 8 0 8 8 100 100 200 J -
B1.1C Drawing - I
Climatology
DT17
2 for Built Nil 4 0 0 4 4 50 50 100 W -
B1.2C
Environment
DT17 Materials And
3 Nil 4 0 0 4 4 50 50 100 W -
B1.3C Constructions
C
DT17 Programming
4 Nil 1 0 2 3 3 50 50 100 P Open
B1.4C and Data
Structures
DT17 Statistical
5 Nil 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
B1.5C Methods
BT17 Engineering
6 Nil 4 0 0 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B1.1C Mathematics
GN17 Environmental
7 Nil 4 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 W -
B1.2A studies
GN17 Computer
8 Nil 0 0 4 4 2 50 50 100 P -
B1.3A Applications
  Total 34 30

* Note: W- Written, P- Practical, J-Jury (all Practical and Jury semester end exams for DTDP will be
followed by Viva- Voce or time problem along with viva-voce)

19
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - II
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
DT17 Design & DT17
1 0 8 0 8 8 100 100 200 J -
B2.1C Drawing - II B1.1C
DT17 Structural
2 Nil 4 0 0 4 4 50 50 100 W -
B2.2C Systems
DT17 Applied
3 Nil 4 0 0 4 4 50 50 100 W -
B2.3C Physics
Adv. Data
DT17 DT17
4 Structures & 1 0 2 3 3 50 50 100 P Open
B2.4C B1.4C
Algorithms
DT17 Worksho
5 Nill 0 3 0 3 3 50 50 100 P -
B2.5C (IT& Design)
BT17 Mathematical
6 Nill 4 0 0 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B2.1C Methods
GN17 Communica-
7 Nill 4 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 P -
B2.1A tion skills
GN17 Value Educa-
8 Nill 2 0 0 2 2 50 Nil 50 NIL -
B2.2A tion
  Total 32 30

***Note: For Professional elective and open elective 4 periods per week and 3 credits is assumed for
totaling the period & credit in the semester.

20
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - III
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
DT17 Building DT17
1 2 6 0 8 8 100 100 200 J -
B3.1C Design B2.1C
Mathematical
DT17 Foundation of
2 Nil 4 0 0 4 4 50 50 100 W Open
B3.2C Computer
Science
DT17 Unix and Shell
3 Nill 2 0 2 4 4 50 50 100 P Open
B3.3C Programming
Computer
DT17
4 Aided Design Nill 2 0 2 4 4 50 50 100 P Open
B3.4C
and Drafting
DT17 Planning
5 Nill 4 0 0 4 4 50 50 100 W -
B3.5C Principles
DT17
6 Elective - I 4 3 50 50 100 W/P -
B3.xE
Open Elective
7 xxxxx 3 -
-I
  Total 28 30

DT17B3.Xe Elective – I Subjects

ENDEXAM
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE
TYPE
DT17B3.1E Human Settlements W
DT17B3.2E Python Programming Language P
DT17B3.3E Cyber Laws W
DT17B3.4E Digital Graphic Design P

***Note: For Professional elective and open elective 4 periods per week and 3 credits
is assumed for totaling the period & credit in the semester

21
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - IV
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
Digital
DT17 DT17
1 Methods in 2 6 0 8 8 100 100 200 J -
B4.1C B3.1C
Design
DT17 Object Oriented DT17
2 2 0 2 4 4 50 50 100 P Open
B4.2C Programming B2.4C
DT17 Computer DT17
3
B4.3C Graphics B1.4C
2 0 2 4 4 50 50 100 P Open
DT17 GIS System
4 Nill 2 0 2 4 4 50 50 100 P Open
B4.4C (2D&3D)
DT17
5 3D Modeling Nill 2 0 2 4 4 50 50 100 P Open
B4.5C
DT17
6 Elective-II Nill 4 3 50 50 100 W/P -
B4.xE
7 xxxxx Open Elective-II Nill 3 -
  Total 28 30

DT17B4.xE Elective-II Subjects

ENDEXAM
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE
TYPE
DT17B4.1E Building Construction W
DT17B4.2E Human Computer Interaction W
DT17B4.3E E-Commerce W
DT17B4.4E Digital 2D Studio P

***Note: For Professional elective and open elective 4 periods per week and 3 credits
is assumed for totaling the period & credit in the semester

22
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - V
End

Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks

marks
Re-
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
DT17 Digital Methods DT17
1 1 3 4 8 8 100 100 200 J -
B5.1C in Planning B4.1C
Object Oriented
DT17 DT17
2 Analysis and 4 0 0 4 4 50 50 100 W -
B5.2C B4.2C
Design
DT17
3 Web GIS Nill 1 0 3 4 4 50 50 100 P Open
B5.3C
DT17 Web
4 Nill 2 0 2 4 4 50 50 100 P Open
B5.4C Technologies
DT17 Building
5 Nill 4 0 0 4 4 50 50 100 W -
B5.5C Services
DT17
6 Elective-III Nill 4 3 50 50 100 W/P -
B5.xE
7 xxxxx Open Elective-III Nill 3
  Total 28 30

DT17B5.xE Elective-III Subjects

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE ENDEXAM TYPE
DT17B5.1E Working Drawings and Details W
DT17B5.2E Management Science W
DT17B5.3E Concepts of Interactive and Virtual Worlds P
DT17B5.4E Multimedia and Production Techniques P
***Note: For Professional elective and open elective 4 periods per week and 3 credits is
assumed for totaling the period & credit in the semester

23
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - VI
End

Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks

marks
Re-
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
Building
DT17 DT17
1 Information 1 3 4 8 8 100 100 200 J -
B6.1C B5.1C
Modeling
Database
DT17
2
B6.2C
Management Nill 2 0 2 4 4 50 50 100 P -
Systems
DT17 Image
3 Nill 4 0 0 4 4 50 50 100 W -
B6.3C Processing
Introduction to
DT17
4 Simulation and Nil 2 0 2 4 4 50 50 100 P Open
B6.4C
Modeling
Energy
DT17
5 simulation in Nill 1 0 3 4 4 50 50 100 P Open
B6.5C
Building Design
DT17
6 Elective-IV Nill 4 3 50 50 100 W/ P -
B6.xE
7 xxxxx Open Elective-IV Nill 3
28 30

DT17B6.xE Elective-IV Subjects

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE ENDEXAM TYPE
Building Byelaws & Legislation for Architec-
DT17B6.1E W
tural and Planning
DT17B6.2E Geo-informatics in Resource Management P
DT17B6.3E 3D Visualisation P
DT17B6.4E Web Designing P
***Note: For Professional elective and open elective 4 periods per week and 3 credits is
assumed for totaling the period & credit in the semester

24
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - VII
End

Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks

marks
Re-
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
Mini Project (IT/
DT17
1
B7.1C
GIS/DESI GN/ Nill 2 4 6 12 12 100 100 200 J
ANIMATION)
DT17 Artificial
2
B7.2C Intelligence
Nill 4 0 0 4 4 50 50 100 W
DT17 Software project
3 Nill 4 0 0 4 4 50 50 100 W
B7.3C management
Building
DT17
4 Management Nil 4 0 0 4 4 50 50 100 W
B7.4C
Systems
DT17
5 Elective-V Nill 4 3 50 50 100 W/P
B7.xE
DT17
6 Elective-VI Nill 4 3 50 50 100 P
B7.xE
32 30

DT17B7.xE Elective-V Subjects

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE ENDEXAM TYPE
DT17B7.1E Advanced Digital Design P
DT17B7.2E Building Construction Management W
DT17B7.3E Software Engineering W
DT17B7.4E Project Studies P

DT17B7.xE Elective-VI Subjects

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE ENDEXAM TYPE
DT17B7.5E Digital Global positioning Systems P
DT17B7.6E Statistics & Programming for Geo-data P
DT17B7.7E Digital 3D Studio P
DT17B7.8E VFX & Compositing P

25
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Semester - VIII
End

Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks

marks
Re-
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
Internship
DT17 (IT/GIS/
1
B8.1C DESIGN/
Nill 12 150 150 300 J
ANIMATION)
Project
DT17
2
B8.2C
(IT/GIS/DESIGN/ Nill 18 250 250 500 J
ANIMATION)
30 400 400 800

Note: Internship is as indicated in the academic calendar, but shall be for minimum of 12 weeks.
The detail schedule of Projects and internship will be in the academic calendar.
The general schedule of project and internship is indicated below.

1st to 4th weeks 5th to 8th weeks 9th to 12th Weeks 13th to 16th weeks 17th to 18th week

Project review – 1 Project Final

Project Project review – 3 Project review – 4
and 2 review
Selecting the firms Internship report
Internship Internship training period 12 weeks
and confirmation Submission

26
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

LIST OF PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE SUBJECTS

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE ENDEXAM TYPE

DT17B3.1E Human Settlements W
DT17B3.2E Python Programming Language P
DT17B3.3E Cyber Laws W
DT17B3.4E Digital Graphic Design P
DT17B4.1E Building Construction W
DT17B4.2E Human Computer Interaction W
DT17B4.3E E-Commerce W
DT17B4.4E Digital 2D Studio P
DT17B5.1E Working Drawings and Details W
DT17B5.2E Management Science W
DT17B5.3E Concepts of Interactive and Virtual Worlds P
DT17B5.4E Multimedia and Production Techniques P
DT17B6.1E Building Byelaws & Legislation for Architectural and Planning W
DT17B6.2E Geo-informatics in Resource Management P
DT17B6.3E 3D Visualisation P
DT17B6.4E Web Designing P
DT17B7.1E Advanced Digital Design P
DT17B7.2E Building Construction Management W
DT17B7.3E Software Engineering W
DT17B7.4E Project Studies P
DT17B7.5E Digital Global positioning Systems P
DT17B7.6E Statistics & Programming for Geo-data P
DT17B7.7E Digital 3D Studio P
DT17B7.8E VFX & Compositing P

Note: The above subjects may be offered or not offered depending on the current requirement and
some subjects may be included depending on the current requirement.

27
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

DTDP-CBCS-2017-SYLLABUS
SEMESTER-I

DT17B1.1C : DESIGN AND DRAWING-I

L/S/P: 8/Wk, Int: 100, End Exam: 100, Total: 200, End Exam: Jury-Viva-voce Cr: 8

The course contains two parts viz. Basic Design and Architectural Drawing and
Graphics Design
Course Overview:
Basic Design provides the framework for understanding design as a new language
by sensitizing students to the conceptual, visual and perceptual issues involved in
the design process.
Objectives of the Course:
To impart an understanding of design process and provide knowledge of the
principles of design and design elements. Exercises complement the lectures and
ensure that the students learn to develop a series of compositions in two and three
dimension.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
The Course prepares ground for the students to gain an understanding into the
fundamental issues in building design and develop the skill to create appropriate
solutions for simple problems.
Course Contents:
Introduction to design – definitions and meaning of design, importance of design.
Examples of design from nature. Fundamental elements of design in 2-D and their
definitions; point, line, shape, form, space, texture, value, colour and material.
Introduction to the principles of design in 2-D and 3-D -unity, balance, symmetry
proportion, scale, hierarchy, rhythm, contrast, harmony, focus, etc; use of grids,
creating repetitive patterns
Assignment: to compose patterns by incorporating the principles of design.
Concepts of geometry – introduction to different 3-D forms and primitive forms,
shape and understand the behavior when combined. Transformations of 2-D to
3-D.
Assignment: to sketch the basic geometric forms and to analyze them based on
transformation of simple to complex forms.
Principles of composition-using grids, symmetrical/asymmetrical, rule of thirds,
center of interest etc.
Assignment: to compose patterns using grids and to incorporate the principles.
Colour theory, color wheel, primary, secondary, tertiary colors, color schemes, color
28
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

value and intensity. Theoretical inputs to be followed by exercises to develop the

ability to translate abstract principles into compositions in 2D and 3D.
Assignment: prepare a colour wheel, and composition based on colour theory.
Study of ornament in architectural design. Different types of ornamentation
in buildings. Study and evaluation of artifacts and historic examples and their
applicability.
Assignment: to document artifacts historical sites and to understand them with
respect to the surround environment; to incorporate them of the design aspects to
present day context or usage.
Basic anthropometrics-average measurements of human body in different postures-
its proportion and graphic representation, application in the design of simple
household and street furniture. Role of mannequins in defining spatial parameter
of design. Basic human functions and their implications for spatial planning.
Visual analysis of built forms, noted for aesthetic delight; analysis of solid and void
relations. Integration of form and function in the design of bus shelter, milk booth,
watchman’s cabin, traffic police kiosk, flower stall, ATM Center, etc.
Note: In end-exam, which is a viva-voce, the students have to present the entire
semester’s work for assessment.
Reference books:
Ching, Francis D.K. Architecture: Form, Space, and Order, 2nd ed. Van Nostrand
Reinhold, New York, 1996.
Hanks, A. David. Decorative Designs of Frank Lloyd Wright, Dover Publications,
Inc. New York, 1999.
Hepler, E. Donald, Wallach, I. Paul. Architecture Drafting and Design, 3rd ed.
McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1977.
Itten, Johannes. Design and Form: The basic course at the Bauhaus, Thames and
Hudson Ltd., London 1997.
Krier, Rob. Architectural Composition, Academy Editions, London, 1988.
Meiss, Pierre Von. Elements of Architecture: From form to place, E and FN Spon,
London, 1992.
Pipes, Alan. Drawing for 3-Dimensional Design. Thames and Hudson Ltd., London
1990.
Shibikawa, Ikuyoshi and Takahashi, Yumi. Designers Guide to Colour.
Smithies, K.W. Principles of Design in Architecture. Chapman and Hall, 1983.
Wucius, Wong. Principles of two Dimensional Design. Van Nostrand Reinhold
1972.

29
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Architectural Drawing and Graphics

Course Overview:
The course introduces the fundamental techniques of architectural drawing and
develops the appropriate skills for visualization and representation.
Objectives of the Course:
To introduce architectural drawing techniques and to facilitate effective visual
communication
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: Freehand, scale drawing, conventional
architectural representations in drawings and graphics.
Course Contents:
Introduction: Fundamentals of drawing and its practice, introduction to drawing
equipment, familiarization, use and handling.
Drawing: Drawing sheet sizes, composition, fixing. Simple exercises in drafting,
point and line, line types, line weights, straight and curvilinear lines dimensioning,
lettering, borders, title panels, tracing in pencil, ink, use of tracing cloth.
Architectural Symbols: Representation of building elements, openings, materials,
accessories etc., terminology and abbreviations used in architectural presentation.
Measured and Drawing to Scale: Scales and construction of scales, simple
objects, furniture, rooms, doors and windows etc., in plan, elevation and section.
Reduction and enlargement of drawings
Building Geometry: Study of points, lines, and planes leading to simple and
complex solid geometrical forms; Use of geometry in buildings, isometric,
axonometric and oblique views; Exercises on Ionic volute, Entasis of column etc.,
working with models to facilitate visualization.
Free Hand Drawings /Sketching: Simple exercises in object drawing, light and
shade of simple, natural and geometric forms. Outdoor sketching of simple building
forms. Architectural representation of trees, hedges, foliage, human figures in
different postures, vehicles, street furniture etc.; their integration to presentation
drawings;
Note: This is a studio subject and students should be made to prepare drawings
as studio exercises along with the theoretical inputs. The studio work should be
supplemented with appropriate site visits.
Reference books:
Moris, I.H. Geometrical Drawing for Art Students.
Thoms, E. French. Graphic Science and Design, New York: MC Graw Hill.
Nichols, T.B. and Keep, Norman. Geometry of Construction, 3rd ed. Cleaver –
Hume Press Ltd., London, 1959.
Bhatt, N.D. and Panchal V.M. Engineering Drawing: Plane and Solid Geometry,
42nd ed. Charotar Pub., Anand, 2000.
30
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Gill, P.S. T.B. of Geometrical Drawing, 3rd ed. Dewan Suhil Kumar Kataria,
Ludhiana, 1986.
Shah, M.G., Kale, C.M. and Patki, S.Y. Building Drawing: with an integrated
approach to built environment, 7th ed. Tata McGraw Hill Pub., Delhi, 2000.
Bies, D. John. Architectural Drafting: Structure and Environment. Bobbs – Merrill
Educational Pub., Indianapolis.
Nelson, A. John. H.B. of Architectural and Civil Drafting, Van Nostrand Reinhold,
New York, 1983.

DT17B1.2C CLIMATOLOGY FOR BUILT ENVIRONMENT

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: 3 Hours Cr: 4

Course Overview :
Science (tools, data, standards, methods and principles) of building design and
site planning as related to climate, particularly to tropical climates as found in India.
Objectives of the Course :
To equip the student with the basic understanding of climatic types in India, and
the impact on requirements of building design and site planning; to introduce
them to the basic science of building design and site planning for thermal comfort,
daylighting and natural ventilation; familiarize them with the data, methods,
principles, standards and tools for planning and designing for climatic comfort
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred :
The student should be able to ‘predict’ climatic conditions in a given building (simple
residence) and undertake redesign for given parameters
Course Contents:
Note: The topics here to be dealt with keeping in mind Indian climatic conditions.
NBC and BIS guidelines / standards have to be introduced at all relevant contexts.
Unit – I
Introduction to Building Climatology:
Climate and built form interaction. Global Climatic factors, elements of climate,
graphic representation of climatic data, Mahoneys Tables, macro and micro climate;
challenge of rapid, extreme environmental change
Unit – II
Tropical Climates:
Definition, classification of tropical climates, characteristics of different climatic
zones, Design considerations for warm-humid, hot-dry, composite and upland
climates.

31
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – III
Thermal Comfort:
Thermal comfort factors, Physiological aspects, Body heat balance, comfort range,
comfort charts.
Unit – IV
Heat flow through Buildings:
Basic principles of heat transfer through buildings, performance of different
materials, Periodic heat flow.
Unit – V
Sun and the Design process:
Solar geometry, Solar charts, Sun angles and shadow angles, orientation for sun,
sun control, design of shading devices, building form and heat gain, basic principles
of daylighting, sunlight and glare
Unit – VI
Natural Ventilation:
Air movement around and through buildings, Orientation for wind, stack effect,
Induced ventilation
Unit – VII
Passive Cooling:
Passive methods of Cooling, roof pond, desiccant cooling, evaporative Cooling,
and earth sheltered buildings etc.
Site Planning (including landscaping) and building planning and design considering
climate factors Detailed appraisal/analysis of climatological performance of an
existing residence and or a workplace; followed by redesigning or the same to
improve climatological performance.
Reference books:
Koenigsberger, O.H. and Others. Manual of Tropical Housing and Building. Orient
Longman, Chennai, 2003.
Konya, Allan. Design for Hot Climates.
Kukreja, C.P. Tropical Architecture. Tata McGraw-Hill Pub. Co. Ltd., New Delhi,
1978.
Markus, T.A. and Morris. E.N. Buildings, Climate and Energy. Pitman Pub. Ltd.,
London, 1980.
Olgyay and Olgyay. Solar Control and Shading Devices.

32
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

DT17B1.3C MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTIONS

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: 3 Hours Cr: 4
Note: The student is expected to maintain a record book in which he / she shall
record all the examples of his / her observations of the materials as found in use
in buildings / development, specifying the material, building in which used, where
used, how used / fixed, sourcing of the material, (also suppliers addresses,) sizes,
Characteristics, costs, critical analysis of the appropriateness of its’ use, etc.
List the materials used in buildings by type of building, part of building, building
process and/ or in the building industry with respective physical, chemical, etc.
properties effecting its supply (size, shape, thickness etc.), transportation, handling,
stacking and storing, etc. Process of selecting / specifying materials. Knowledge of
the relevant codes of the Bureau of Indian Standards.
Classification of stones; granite, laterite, quartzite, marble and slates -properties
and uses; stone units - header, rubble, quoins, black stones, stone metal, flag
stones, paving sets. Preservation of stonework, quarrying of building stones, quarry
dressing, tools used. Clay bricks: constituents, harmful constituents, selection of
clay, requirements and tests. Fire clay bricks - varieties; sand lime bricks;
Paving bricks; Terra-cotta - its varieties: ordinary, glazed, porous, polished and fine
- uses and properties. Building Tiles: Roofing Tiles, flooring and wall tiles.
Sand: Sources, classification, functions, properties, tests for silt and organic
contents, size of sand and grading.
Mortars: Types, proportioning, mixing and grinding, mortar mills. Surkhi mortar,
cement mortar, methods of preparing, handling and uses of mortars, light weight
mortars i.e. cinder, sawdust and fibrous plasters, gypsum plaster, composition and
uses, plaster of Paris.
Portland Cement: Raw materials, functions of cement ingredients, setting action
of cement, tests for strength and setting time.
References:
I. Engineering Materials - by G.J.Kulkarni
2. Building Materials - by Deshapande
3. Engineering Materials - by Roy Chowdary
4. Building Materials Practice - by Ragsdale & Raynham
5. Engineering Materials - by S.c. Rangwalla
Elementary and simple construction methods explaining basic principles and
considerations in the construction of one roomed rectilinear buildings with
verandah: Foundations and footings using CRS, cement concrete, mortar (cement,
lime, surkhi)

33
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Walls:
Stone walls: rubblework, joints, plinths, and lintels Brick walls: brickwork - English
and Flemish brick bonds, stopped ends, quoins, piers, jambs, mortar joints.
Openings: wooden doors and casement windows with simple and basic hardware.
Lintels and Arches: lintels of wood, stone, brick; arches: terms defined, forms
of arches, i.e.segmental, semi-circular, elliptical, three-centered, flat and relieving
arch etc. rough and gauged arch.
Roofs: RCC roof - simply supported, single way reinforced. The mode of
teaching shall be through (graphic) basic models of ‘standard’ construction details
incorporating a maximum of three alternative variations in the building components
and how these interact or impact on each other in terms of jointing, dimensional
coordination, resolving differential characteristics, etc.
The class and assignment work should include appropriate site visits by the
students, and students will have to maintain field observation/record books.

DT17B1.4C: C’ PROGRAMMING AND DATA STRUCTURES

L/S/P: 3/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: Practical &Viva-voce Cr: 3

Software’s: Turbo C, Turbo C++, ANSI C

UNIT – I
Algorithm / pseudo code, flowchart, program development steps, structure of C
program, A Simple C program, identifiers, basic data types and sizes, Constants,
variables, arithmetic, relational and logical operators, increment and decrement
operators, conditional operator, bit-wise operators, assignment operators,
expressions, type conversions, conditional expressions, precedence and order
of evaluation. Input-output statements, statements and blocks, if and switch
statements, loops- while, do- while and for statements, break, continue, goto and
labels, programming examples.
UNIT - II
Designing structured programs, Functions, basics, parameter passing, storage
classes- extern, auto, register, static, scope rules, block structure, user defined
functions, standard library functions, recursive functions, header files, C
preprocessor, example c programs.
UNIT - III
Arrays- concepts, declaration, definition, accessing elements, storing elements,
arrays and functions, two dimensional and multi-dimensional arrays, applications
of arrays. pointers- concepts, initialization of pointer variables, pointers and
function arguments, address arithmetic, Character pointers and functions, pointers
to pointers, pointers and multidimensional arrays, dynamic memory managements
functions, command line arguments, c program examples.

34
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT - IV
Derived types- structures- declaration, definition and initialization of structures,
accessing structures, nested structures, arrays of structures, structures and
functions, pointers to structures, self referential structures, unions, typedef,
bitfields, C program examples.
UNIT - V
Input and output – concept of a file, text files and binary files, streams, standard I/o,
Formatted I/o, file I/o operations, error handling, C program examples.
UNIT - VI
Searching – Linear and binary search methods, sorting – Bubble sort, selection
sort, Insertion sort, Quicksort, merge sort.
UNIT – VII
Introduction to data structures, singly linked lists, doubly linked lists, circular list,
representing stacks and queues in C using arrays and linked lists, infix to post fix
conversion, postfix expression evaluation.
UNIT - VIII
Trees- Binary tress, terminology, representation, traversals, graphs- terminology,
representation, graph Traversals (dfs & bfs)
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Computer science - A structured programming approach using C, B.A. Forouzan
and R.F. Gilberg,Third edition, Thomson.
2. DataStructures Using C – A.S.Tanenbaum, Y. Langsam, and M.J. Augenstein,
PHI/Pearson education.

REFERENCES :
1. C& Data structures – P. Padmanabham, B.S. Publications.
2. The C Programming Language - B.W. Kernighan, Dennis M.Ritchie,
PHI/Pearson Education
3. C Programming with problem solving - J.A. Jones & K. Harrow,dreamtech
Press
4. Programming in C – Stephen G. Kochan, III Edition, Pearson Eductaion.

PRACTICALKNOWLEDGE:
1) Execution of simple C program.
2) Execution of programs on different data types and their sizes.
3) Execution of programs on different types of constants.

35
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

4) Execution of programs on arithmetic operators.

5) Execution of programs on relational operators.
6) Execution of programs on logical operators.
7) Execution of programs on bitwise operators.
8) Execution of programs on jumping statements.
9) Execution of programs on looping statements.
10) Execution of programs on type casting.
11) Execution of programs on precedence and order of evaluation.
12) Execution of programs on input and output statements.
13) Execution of programs on different types of arrays.
14) Execution of programs on different types of functions.
15) Execution of programs on structures.
16) Execution of programs on unions.
17) Execution of programs on pointers.
18) Execution of programs on different types of file operations.
19) Execution of programs on different linked lists.
20) Execution of programs on stacks.
21) Execution of programs on ADT’s.
22) Execution of programs on different queues.
23) Execution of programs on different types of expressions (post fix, infix, pre
fix).
24) Execution of programs on different sorting techniques.
25) Execution of programs on different types of trees.
26) Execution of programs on different traversal techniques.
27) Execution of programs on depth first search.
28) Execution of programs on breadth first search.
29) Execution of programs on graphs.
30) Execution of programs on different graph traversals.

36
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

DT17B1.5C -- STATISTICAL METHODS

L/S/P: 3/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: 3 Hours Cr: 3

Unit –I
Importance and need of statistical methods and its applications in Design
Technologies with reference to spatial planning and Architecture
Introduction of statistics : scope, functions ,analysis and presentation methods and
its applications to spatial planning and Architecture
Unit-II
Data collection methods : types of data, sources of data, methods of data
collection such as case study, interview method, questionnaire method; objectives
, difference between survey and lab/experimental methods; self report method;
observational method; critical examination of all the methods; flow charts;
Unit-III
Importance of designs and sampling : Properties of a Research Design,
types of designs in brief ;sampling designs : significance of sampling, census vs.
sampling, fundamentals of sampling; sample size, criteria for sampling design
and its limitations, sampling methods (Probability and non-probability sampling);
application of sampling techniques for different situations;
Unit- IV
Data processing and presentation : editing the data, coding the data for
computerisation, selection of the variables as per objectives ; classification and
tabulation of data ; graphical presentation of qualitative and quantitative data
methods and its choice pertaining to design technologies data
Unit -V
Analysis of data techniques : Preparation of data for data processing, Measures
of averages, measures of dispersion, correlation and regression, Index numbers
and time series basics;
Probability and its distributions: Probability and its types and laws (only
definitions); Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution, Normal distribution ;
t-distribution, Chi-square distribution
Decision making models : Testing of hypothesis with small and large sample
distributions ;Linear Programming models, queuing theory, transportation problems
Expected outputs and assignments : The students will be exposed and explored
to the framing of sampling methods in data collection, presentation of slides/charts
on a small project for their future use to text their statistical knowledge as a pilot
study for their future project work.

37
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Suggested books for reading:

1. S.P. Gupta ----Statistical methods
2. Ram Ahuja ---Research methods
3. An introduction to statistical methods and data Analysis –R. Lyman Ott
4. MS- Excel for data analysis
5. Statistical packages such as SPSS, Minitab, Mat lab; SAS
6. Marketing Research ---An applied orientation—Naresh K. Malhotra

BT17B1.1C: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: 3 Hours Cr: 4

UNIT – I
Differential equations of first order and first degree, Law of natural growth and
decay, orthogonal trajectories.
UNIT – II
Non-homogeneous linear differential equations of second and higher order with
constant coefficients with RHS term of the type e, Sin ax, cos ax, polynomials in x,
e V(x), xV(x), method of variation of parameters.
UNIT – III
Rolle’s Theorem – Lagrange’s Mean Value Theorem – Cauchy’s mean value
Theorem – Generalized Mean Value theorem (all theorems without proof) Functions
of several variables – Functional dependence- Jacobian- Maxima and Minima of
functions of two variables with constraints and without constraints
UNIT – IV
Radius, Centre and Circle of Curvature – Evolutes and Envelopes Curve tracing –
Cartesian, polar and Parametric curves.
UNIT – V
Applications of integration to lengths, volumes and surface areas in Cartesian
and polar coordinates multiple integrals - double and triple integrals – change of
variables – change of order of integration.
UNIT – VI
Sequences – series – Convergences and divergence – Ratio test – Comparison
test – Integral test – Cauchy’s root test – Raabe’s test – Absolute and conditional
convergence
UNIT –VII
Vector Calculus: Gradient- Divergence- Curl and their related properties of sums-
products- Laplacian and second order operators
38
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT–VIII
Vector Integration - Line integral – work done – Potential function – area- surfaceand
volume integrals Vector integral theorems: Green’s theorem-Stoke’s and Gauss’s
Divergence Theorem (without proof). Verification of Green’s - Stoke’s and Gauss’s
Theorems.
Text Books:
1. A text Book of Engineering Mathematics, Vol-1 T. K. V. Iyengar, B. Krishna
Gandhi and Others, S. Chand & Company.
2. A text Book of Engineering Mathematics, C. Sankaraiah, V. G. S. Book Links.
3. A text Book of Engineering Mathematics, Shahnaz Bathul, Right Publishers.
4. A text Book of Engineering Mathematics, P. Nageshwara Rao, Y.
Narasimhulu & N.Prabhakar Rao, Deepthi Publications.
References:
1. A text Book of Engineering Mathematics, B. V. Raman, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Irvin Kreyszig, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.
3. A text Book of Engineering Mathematics, Thamson Book Collection.

GN17B1.2A ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: 3 Hours Cr: 2

Course Overview: A compulsory subject for all the undergraduate students of

various discipline highlights significance of maintaining balance and sustainability
of various components of the environment.
Objectives of the Course : To sensitize the students towards sustainable
environment.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Environmental studies – Introduction: - Definition, scope and importance, Measuring
and defining environmental development indicators.
Unit – II
Environmental and Natural Resources: Renewable and non-renewable
resources - Natural resources and associated problems - Forest resources - Use
and over - exploitation, deforestation, case studies - Timber extraction - Mining,
dams and other effects on forest and tribal people - Water resources - Use and over
utilization of surface and ground water - Floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-
benefits and problems - Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental
effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies. - Food resources:

39
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects

of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case
studies. - Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable
energy sources use of alternate energy sources. Case studies. Land resources:
Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and
desertification. Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources. Equitable
use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.
Unit - III
Basic Principles of Ecosystems Functioning: Concept of an ecosystem. - Structure
and function of an ecosystem. - Producers, consumers and decomposers.-
Energy flow in the ecosystem Ecological succession. - Food chains, food webs
and ecological pyramids. Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and
function of the following ecosystem:
a. Forest ecosystem
b. Grassland ecosystem
c. Desert ecosystem
d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries).
Unit - IV
Biodiversity and its conservation: Introduction - Definition: genetic, species and
ecosystem diversity. Bio-geographical classification of India - Value of biodiversity:
consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values -
Biodiversity at global, National and local levels. - India as a mega-diversity nation -
Hot-sports of biodiversity - Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife,
man-wildlife conflicts. - Endangered and endemic species of India - Conservation
of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.
Unit - V
Environmental Pollution: Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of:
a. Air pollution b. Water pollution c. Soil pollution d. Marine pollution e. Noise
pollution f. Thermal pollution g. Nuclear hazards
Solid waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and
industrial wastes. - Role of an individual in prevention of pollution. - Pollution case
studies. - Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
Unit - VI
Social Issues and the Environment: From unsustainable to sustainable
development -Urban problems related to energy -Water conservation, rain water
harvesting, and watershed management -Resettlement and rehabilitation of
people; its problems and concerns. Case Studies -Environmental ethics: Issues
and possible solutions. -Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer
depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case Studies. -Wasteland reclamation.
- Consumerism and waste products. -Environment Protection Act. -Air (Prevention
40
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

and Control of Pollution) Act. -Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act -
Wildlife Protection Act -Forest Conservation Act -Issues involved in enforcement of
environmental legislation. -Public awareness.
Unit - VII
Human Population and the Environment: Population growth, variation among
nations. Population explosion - Family Welfare Programme. -Environment and
human health. -Human Rights. -Value Education. -HIV/AIDS. -Women and Child
Welfare. -Role of information Technology in Environment and human health. -Case
Studies.
Unit - VIII
Field work: Visit to a local area to document environmental assets River /forest
grassland/hill/mountain -Visit to a local polluted site-Urban/Rural/industrial/
Agricultural Study of common plants, insects, birds. -Study of simple ecosystems -
pond, river, hill slopes, etc.
TEXT BOOK:
ErachBharucha, A Text Book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate
Courses, University Grants Commission.

GN17B1.3A COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: Practical& Viva-voce Cr: 2

Software’s: MS-Word, MS.Excel, Access, Photoshop, Corel Draw.

UNIT I
Introduction and history of computer, software & hardware concepts - bits, bytes -
types of languages –Operating systems (windows, DOS, Linux).
Introduction to Word Processing Package (like MS office), toolbar, creating a
new document, formatting text, inserting tables, pictures, page numbers and date/
time, spelling and grammar checking, taking printouts.
UNIT II
Spread Sheets
Introduction to spread sheets (like MS Excel), creating formulae, order of operations,
borders and shading, inserting chart, taking print outs.
UNIT-III
Multi-media Presentations
Introduction to multi-media presentation (like MS Power Point), creating a
presentation, opening an existing presentation, creating a blank presentation,
different Power Point views, slide manipulation, slide animation, slide transitions,
view slide show, navigating while in slideshow, hyper linking to various other media/
41
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

application outputs, scanning of different media in different formats, setting of

options, resolution settings, management of file size, integrating partial scans of
large documents, pack up a presentation for use on another computer, taking print
outs.
UNIT IV
Exploring Microsoft Access Introduction, creating new and opening existing
databases, creating a database using a wizard, creating a database without using
a wizard, tables - what they are and how they work, create a table from scratch
in design view, primary keys, switching views, entering data, manipulating data,
advanced table feature examples. Relationships - how to link multiple tables
together, forms - what they are and how they work, creating a form using a wizard,
reports - what they are & how they work, creating report & mail merge labels using
wizard.
UNIT V
Graphical Concepts-I
Photo editing and Desktop publishing (application) software Introduction, software
& system requirements, preferences, workspace, graphics terminology, image
depth, resolution and image size, up sampling and down sampling, image sources,
straightening an image, cropping an image, basic image correction, printing photo
edited documents, selections, choosing foreground and background colors,
filling with color, options & preferences revisited, file browser, stepping back in
time, use ram efficiently, sharpening images, working with layers, painting in
photo editing software, color theory, image modes, channels, more advanced
adjustment commands, file format categories.
UNIT VI
Internet concepts, Introduction to Internet, Hyper Text Mark-up Language,
introduction to basic features and uses of Java, VB.
UNIT VII
Graphical concepts-II
Photo editing and Desktop publishing (application) software
Import and export of photo edited files, Objects in photo editing, fills, outlines,
total text control, basic toolbox of photo editing software (like CorelDraw), color
management tools, starting your page right.

PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE:
1. The internal assessment to be carried out through practicals and periodic
tests on the mentioned topics.
2. The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers and practicals
on above mentioned topics.

42
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Text/Reference books:
Microsoft Office 2000- Leon Hard Woody, New Delhi, Prentice hall of India.
Microsoft Office for Windows –Sagman India Addison Wesley, 1999.
Adobe Photoshop CS Classroom in a Book (Classroom in a Book) by Adobe
Creative Team (Paperback - December 1, 2003).Fundamental Photoshop: A
Complete Introduction by Adele Droblas- Greenberg.

43
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER II
DT17B2.1C DESIGN & DRAWING-II

L/S/P: 8/Wk, Int: 100, End Exam: 100, Total: 200, End Exam: Jury& Viva-voce Cr: 8

Course Overview:
This course is intended to provide skills for designing a single use, small span and
single-storey buildings.
Objectives of the Course:
To develop abilities in design in the context of user requirements.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: use of standards, handling of space, and
application of knowledge gained from other subjects in design.
Course Contents:
The design issues to be addressed:
• Various functions and their spatial implications.
• Formulations of concept.
• Anthropometry and furniture layout
• Horizontal circulation
• Interior volumes and space articulation through different materials.
• Integration of form and function.
The list of suggested topics to be covered as design problems:
Balwadi, Kindergarten School, Primary Health Centre, Doctor’s Clinic, small
Cafeteria, Highway Restaurant, Village Post Office, Bank extension counter, Police
Station, Architect’s Office, Departmental Store, School Gymkhana and Youth Club
etc.Necessary theoretical inputs to be given highlighting the norms and design
issues. The topics not covered as design problems will have to be covered by the
Studio faculty members through lecture/slide show sessions and site visits.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Introduction to Sciagraphy:
Simple and composite forms, shadows on horizontal, vertical planes and on their
own surfaces. Study of shade and shadows of simple geometrical solids of various
forms and groups of forms.
Unit – II
Advanced Sciagraphy:
Shade and shadow techniques leading to advanced practical examples: shades
and shadows on buildings or parts of buildings. Relative changes in building shades
and shadows with sun angle, time, building height etc.
44
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – III
Perspective:
Characteristics of perspective drawings: perspectives of simple geometric
solids and spaces and complex geometries. Advanced examples in one point or
parallel perspective, two point or angular perspective, introduction to three point
perspective.
Unit – IV
Introduction to Rendering:
Introduction to surfaces and media, observation, recording and basic representation
techniques in different media through drawing pencil, pen, brush, charcoal, crayons
etc
Reference books :
PerspectiveDrawing - Harry Meritt
Rendering in Pen and Ink : The Classic on Pen and Ink Techniques for Artists,
Illustrators, Architects and Designers.

DT17B2.2C STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: 3 Hours Cr: 4

UNIT I
Introduction to built elements
Study of built elements in settlements with respect to materials used, basic
construction methods and general specifications. General types & classifications
of buildings; overview of different functional, structural and architectural elements.
UNIT II
Fundamentals of Structures
Introduction to basic structural systems, elements of structure, their functions &
behaviour, beams, slabs, columns, walls, foundations, bearing wall systems,
trusses, rigid frames, linear and curved elements; simply supported, cantilever
and overhanging beams for various loads; effect of simple geometric forms on the
overall structural behaviour.
UNIT III
Fundamentals of Forces
Primary and secondary forces acting on structures dead loads, live load, wind,
seismic forces, distribution of loads through the elements of the system.
Basic fundamentals in force systems, stresses and strains, temperature variation
and resultant stresses, relation between E, N, and K; relation between bending
moment and shear force, BM and SF diagrams.

45
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Moment of inertia and section modulus for various structural shapes. Theory of
simple bending, Columns and struts, failure of columns, Arches.
UNIT IV
Materials and finishes
Structural properties of basic materials like masonry, timber, concrete and steel,
bricks, stone, timber, steel, plastics, composites, sand and aggregates, cement,
types of paints and varnishes, claddings, finishes; uses, advantages and
disadvantages.
Scope of the subject is limited only to understanding/ appreciating applications of
above concepts/ principles in:
Infrastructure - roads, kerbs, paving, medians/ traffic islands, drainage channels,
pipes, culverts, bridges, street furniture, lampposts, distribution poles.
Buildings- structural and functional typologies such as high-rise, large span,
cantilevers, basements and cellars, ramps and elevators.
Expected Outputs & Assignment
Students to make documentation of different built elements and their aspects
mentioned above. Structural/ study models of different structures such as arches;
truss etc. shall be made along with short notes on the same.
References:
Rowland J. Mainstone: Development of Structural Form
Rangwala: Engineering Materials
S. P. Bindra, S. P. Arora: Building Construction
B.C. Punmia: Strength of Materials vol – I

DT17B2.3C APPLIED PHYSICS

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: 3 Hours Cr: 4

UNIT I
BONDING IN SOLIDS : Introduction - Types of bonding in solids - Estimation of
cohesive energy – Madelung constant.
CRYSTAL STRUCTURES AND X-RAY DIFFRACTION: Introduction -Space lattice
- Basis - Unit cell - Lattice parameter - Bravais lattices – Crystal systems - Structure
and packing fractions of Simple cubic - Body centered cubic – Face centered cubic
crystals - Directions and planes in crystals – Miller indices - Separation between
successive [h k l] planes - Diffraction of X-rays by crystal planes - Bragg’s law -
Laue method - Powder method.
UNIT II
PRINCIPLES OF QUANTUM MECHANICS: Waves and particles - Planck’s
quantum theory – de Broglie hypothesis – Matter waves - Davisson and Germer
46
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

experiment – G. P. Thomson experiment – Heisenberg uncertainty principle -

Schrödinger’s time independent wave equation - Physical significance of the wave
function - Particle in one dimensional potential box.
UNIT III
ELECTRON THEORY OF METALS: Classical free electron theory - Mean free
path - Relaxation time and drift velocity - Quantum free electron theory - Fermi-
Dirac distribution (analytical) and its dependence on temparature – Fermi energy
– Electron scattering and resistance.
BAND THEORY OF SOLIDS: Bloch theorem - Kronig-Penney model (qualitative
treatment) - Origin of energy band formation in solids – Classification of materials
into conductors, semi conductors & insulators - Concept of effective mass of an
electron.
UNIT IV
DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES: Introduction - Dielectric constant - Electronic, ionic
and orientational polarizations - Internal fields in solids – Clausius - Mossotti
equation – Dielectrics in alternating fields – Frequency dependence of the
polarizability - Ferro and Piezo electricity.
MAGNETIC PROPERTIES : Permeability - Magnetization - Origin of magnetic
moment – Classification of magnetic materials - Dia, para and ferro magnetism -
Hysteresis curve - Soft and hard magnetic materials.
UNIT V
SEMICONDUCTORS : Introduction - Intrinsic semiconductor and carrier
concentration – Equation for conductivity - Extrinsic semiconductor and carrier
concentration - Drift and diffusion - Einstein’s equation - Hall effect – Direct &
indirect band gap semiconductors.
SUPERCONDUCTIVITY: General properties - Meissner effect - Penetration depth
- Type I and Type II superconductors - Flux quantization – DC and AC Josephson
effect –BCS Theory - Applications of superconductors.
UNIT VI
LASERS: Introduction - Characteristics of Lasers - Spontaneous and stimulated
emission of radiation - Einstein’s coefficients - Population inversion - Ruby laser
- Helium-Neon Laser – CO2 laser -Semiconductor Laser – Applications of lasers.
UNIT VII
FIBER OPTICS AND HOLOGRAPHY: Introduction - Principle of optical fiber -
Acceptance angle and acceptance cone - Numerical aperture – Types of optical
fibers and refractive index profiles – Attenuation in optical fibers - Application of
optical fibers – Basic principles of holography – Construction and reconstruction of
image on hologram – Applications of holography.

47
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT VIII
SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY OF NANOMATERIALS: Introduction to Nano
materials - Basic principles of Nanoscience & Technology – Fabrication of nano
materials – Physical & chemical properties of nanomaterials – Carbon nanotubes
– Applications of nanotechnology.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Applied Physics 2nd edition by Dr. P. Appala Naidu & Dr. M. Chandra Shekar,
V.G.S. Book links.
2. Introduction to Solid State Physics by C. Kittel ; Wiley Eastern Ltd.
3. Nanotechnology by Mark Ratner and Daniel Ratner; Pearson Education.
REFERENCES:
1. Materials Science and Engineering by V. Raghavan; Prentice-Hall India.
2. Materials Science by M. Arumugam; Anuradha Agencies.
3. Solid State Physics by N.W. Ashcroft & N. David Merwin; Thomson Learning.
4. Materials Science by M.S.Vijaya & G. Rangarajan; Tata McGraw Hill.
5. Solid State Physics by P.K. Palanisamy; Scitech Publications (India) Pvt. Ltd.
6. Nano Materials by A.K. Bandyopadhyay, New Age International Publishers.
7. Applied Physics by P.K.Mittal; I.K. International.
8. Applied Physics by K. Vijay Kumar & T. Sreekanth; S. Chand & Company Ltd.

DT17B2.4C ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHMS

L/S/P: 3/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: Practical & Viva-voce Cr: 3

Software’s: Turbo C++

Unit I
C++ Class Overview- Class Definition, Objects, Class Members, Access Control,
Class Scope, Constructors and destructors, parameter passing methods, Inline
functions, static class members, this pointer, friend functions, dynamic memory
allocation and deallocation (new and delete), exception handling.
Unit II
Function Overloading, Operator Overloading, Generic Programming- Function and
class templates, Inheritance basics, base and derived classes, inheritance types,
base class access control, runtime polymorphism using virtual functions, abstract
classes, streams I/O.

48
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit III
Algorithms, performance analysis-time complexity and space complexity,O-
notation, Omega notation and Theta notation, Review of basic data structures - the
list ADT, stack ADT, queue ADT, implementation using template classes in C++,
sparse matrix representation.
Unit IV
Dictionaries, linear list representation, skip list representation, operations- insertion,
deletion and searching, hash table representation, hash functions, collision
resolution-separate chaining, open addressing-linear probing, quadratic probing,
double hashing, rehashing,extendible hashing, comparison of hashing and skip
lists.
Unit V
Priority Queues – Definition, ADT, Realizing a Priority Queue using Heaps,
Definition, insertion, Deletion, Application-Heap Sort, External Sorting- Model for
external sorting, Multiway merge, Polyphase merge.
Unit VI
Search trees (part I) : Binary search trees, definition, ADT, implementation,
operations- searching, insertion and deletion, Balanced search trees- AVL trees,
definition, height of an AVL tree, representation, operations-insertion, deletion and
searching.
Search trees (part II): Introduction to Red –Black trees and Splay Trees, B-Trees-B-
Tree of order m, height of a B-Tree, insertion, deletion and searching, Comparison
of Search Trees.
Unit VII
Divide and Conquer- General method, applications – Binary search, merge sort,
quick sort, Strassen’s matrix multiplication Efficient non recursive tree
traversal algorithms, Biconnected components. Disjoint set operations, union and
find algorithms.
Unit VIII
Greedy method and Dynamic programming : General method (Greedy), Minimum
cost spanning trees, Job sequencing with deadlines, General method (Dynamic
Programming), Optimal binary search trees, 0/1 knapsack problem, Ordering
Matrix Multiplications
TEXT BOOKS :
1. Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++ - Mark Allen Weiss, Pearson
Education, second edition.
2. Data structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++ -S.Sahni,University
press (India) pvt ltd, 2nd edition, Orient Longman pvt.ltd.
3. Data Structures and Algorithms in C++ - Third Edition, Adam Drozdek,
Thomson.
49
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

4. Data Structures using C++ - D.S. Malik, Thomson

REFERENCE:
1. Data structures and Algorithms in C++ - Michael T.Goodrich, R.Tamassia and
D.Mount, Seventh Edition Wiley student edition, John Wiley and Sons.
2. Data Structures and Algorithms in C++ - Third Edition, Adam Drozdek,
Thomson
3. Problem solving with C++ - The OOP, Fourth edition, W.Savitch, Pearson
education.
4. C++, The Complete Reference - 4th Edition, Herbert Schildt, TMH.
PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE:
1. Execution of simple c++ program.
2. Execution of programs on different data types and their sizes.
3. Execution of programs on different types of operators and statements.
4. Execution of programs on class concepts.
5. Execution of programs on creation of objects to the classes.
6. Execution of programs on different constructors.
7. Execution of programs on destructors.
8. Execution of programs on parameter passing methods.
9. Execution of programs on different types of functions.
10. Execution of programs on friend function.
11. Execution of programs on exception handling.
12. Execution of programs on function over loading.
13. Execution of programs on operator over loading.
14. Execution of programs on overriding.
15. Execution of programs on different types of inheritances.
16. of programs on different types of polymorphisms.
17. Execution of programs on data abstraction.
18. Execution of programs on different types of ADT’s.
19. Execution of programs on different types of lists.
20. Execution of programs on different types of stacks.
21. Execution of programs on different types of queues.
22. Execution of programs on AVL trees.
23. Execution of programs on red black trees.
24. Execution of programs on B trees and B+ trees.
25. Execution of programs on different hash functions and hash tables.
26. Execution of programs on splay trees.
27. Execution of programs on quick sort.
50
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

28. Execution of programs on merge sort.

29. Execution of programs on heap sort.
30. Execution of programs on different graph traversals

DT17B2.5C WORKSHOP (IT & DESIGN)

L/S/P: 3/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: Practical & Viva-voce Cr: 3

IT
Introduction to various components of the computer. Assembling and disassembling.
DESIGN
Course Overview:
The course provides the foundation and capability to represent the concepts
three dimensionally.
Objectives of the Course:
To introduce various fabrication skills and techniques necessary to produce scale-
models and to encourage preparation of models as an essential phase in design
development and evaluation. Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: Dexterity;
Knowledge of materials and their properties; craft skills; visualization skills; Course
Contents:
Unit – I
Introduction to model-making: Need; role of scale-models in design; general
practices; Digital models.
Unit – II
Essentials of model-making: understanding of various tools and machines
employed, best practices involved in operating the tools and the techniques.
Unit –III
Survey of various materials available for model making such as papers, boards,
wood, plastics, films, plaster of paris, acrylic, Styrofoam, wax, metals, glass etc.
and exploring their potential in model-making.
Unit IV
Techniques of Scale-modeling: Use of different scales; templates; measuring
aids; Conventions followed.
Unit –V
Techniques for preparation of presentation models, mock-ups, simulation of various
materials and textures such as wood, glass, aluminium, steel, bricks, roofing tiles,
flooring, corrugated sheets, upholsteries etc.

51
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit -VI
Techniques for preparation of clay models and presentation.
Unit-VII
Set and stage designing and models.

Reference Books :
The Handbook of Set Design - by Colin Winslow
Design Workshop, Second Edition : Robin Williams

BT17B2.1C : MATHEMATICAL METHODS

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: 3 Hours, Cr: 4

UNIT- I
Matrices and Linear systems of equations: Elementary row transformations-Rank-
Echelon form, Normal form – Solution of Linear Systems – Direct Methods- LU
Decomposition- LU Decomposition from Gauss Elimination –Solution of Tridiagonal
Systems-Solution of Linear Systems.
UNIT-II
Eigen values, eigen vectors – properties – Cayley-Hamilton Theorem - Inverse
and powers of a matrix by Cayley-Hamilton theorem – Diagonolization of matrix.
Calculation of powers of matrix – Modal and spectral matrices.
UNIT- III
Real matrices – Symmetric, skew - symmetric, orthogonal, Linear Transformation
– Orthogonal Transformation. Complex matrices: Hermitian, Skew-Hermitian and
Unitary – Eigen values and eigen vectors of complex matrices and their properties.
Quadratic forms- Reduction of quadratic form to canonical form – Rank - Positive,
negative definite - semi definite - index - signature - Sylvester law.
UNIT- IV
Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations: Introduction – The Bisection
Method – The Method of False Position – The Iteration Method – Newton-Raphson
Method.
UNIT- V
Interpolation: Introduction- Errors in Polynomial Interpolation – Finite differences-
Forward Differences Backward differences –Central differences – Symbolic
relations and separation of symbols-Differences of a polynomial-Newton’s
formulae for interpolation – Central difference interpolation Formulae – Gauss
52
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Central Difference Formulae –Interpolation with unevenly spaced points-Lagrange’s

Interpolation formula.
UNIT- VI
Curve fitting: Fitting a straight line –Second degree curve-exponentional curve-
power curve by method of least squares. Numerical Differentiation and Integration–
Trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3 Rule –Simpson’s 3/8 Rule.
UNIT- VII
Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential equations: Solution by Taylor’s series-
Picard’s Method of successive Approximations-Euler’s Method-Runge-Kutta
Methods –Predictor- Corrector Methods- AdamsMoulton Method –Milne’s Method.
UNIT- VIII
Fourier Series: Determination of Fourier coefficients – Fourier series – even and
odd functions – Fourier series in an arbitrary interval – even and odd periodic
continuation – Half-range Fourier sine and cosine expansions. Fourier integral
theorem (only statement)– Fourier sine and cosine integrals. Fourier transforms
– Fourier sine and cosine transforms – properties – inverse transforms – Finite
Fourier transforms.
Text/Reference books:
Mathematical Methods, T. K. V. Iyengar, B. Krishna Gandhi and Others, S. Chand &
Company. Mathematical Methods, C. Sankaraiah, V. G. S. Book Links A text Book
of Engineering Mathematics, B. V. Raman, Tata Mc Graw Hill. Numerical Methods
for Scientific and Engineering Computation, M. K. Jain, S. R. K. Iyengar & R. K.
Jain, New Age International Publishers.

GN17B2.1A COMMUNICATION SKILLS

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: Practical & Viva-voce, Cr: 2

Course Overview: To prepare students to acquire understanding and fluency in

English for professional work
Objectives of the Course: To provide an adequate mastery of technical and
communicative English Language training primarily, reading and writing skills, and
also listening and speaking skills.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: To prepare students for participation in
seminars, group discussions, paper presentation and general personal interaction
at the professional level.
Unit I
Communication: Importance of Communication; Elements of good individual
communication; organizing oneself; different types of communication; Barriers in
the path of Communication

53
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit II
Listening skills: Listening to conversation and speeches (Formal and Informal)
Reading: Techniques of reading, skimming, Scanning, SQ3R technique
Unit III
Creative Writing: Scope of creative writing; Writing skills Signposting, Outlines,
Rephrasing
Writing a report/ format of the report; Paragraph, Letter Writing, Essay writing,
Memo, Circular, Notice, Cover Letter, Resume, Writing with a thesis, Summary,
Précis, Product description – Description of projects and features
Oral Report; Periodical Report; Progress Report; Field Report
Preparation of minutes; Video conference; Tele conference / Virtual meeting
Unit IV
Speaking: How to converse with people, How to communicate effectively;
Language and grammar skills; Pronunciation drills, Phonetics, vowels, Diphthongs,
consonants, Stress, Rhythm and intonation, Conversational skills
Features of effective speech- practice in speaking fluently –role play – telephone
skills – etiquette.
Short Extempore speeches – facing audience – paper presentation – getting over
nervousness – Interview techniques – preparing for interviews – Mock Interview –
Body Language.
Unit V
Impact of internet on communication; communication through computers;
voice mail; broadcast messages; e-mail auto response; etc.
Reference books:
1. Krishna Mohan &Meera Banerji: Developing Communication Skills Macmillan
India
2. C S Rayudu: Principles of Public Relations, Himalaya Publishing House
3. K. Ashwathappa: Organizational Behavior, Himalaya PublishingHouse
4. Daniel Colman: Emotional Intelligence,

54
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

GN17B2.2A VALUE EDUCATION

L/S/P: 2/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: Nil, Total: 50, End Exam: Nil, Cr: 2

Course Overview: To provide guiding principles and tools for the development
of the whole person, recognizing that the individual is comprised of Physical,
Intellectual, Emotional and Spiritual dimensions.
Knowledge Transfer /Expected Skills:
To help individuals think about and reflect on different values.
To deepen understanding, motivation and responsibility with regard to making
personal and social choices and the practical implications in relation to themselves
and others, the community and the world at large to inspire individuals to choose
their own personal, social, moral and spiritual values and be aware of practical
methods for developing and deepening them.
Unit I
Value Education—Introduction – Definition of values – Why values? – Need for
Inculcation of values – Object of Value Education – Sources of Values – Types of
Values: i) Personal values ii) Social values iii) Professional values iv) Moral and
spiritual value Behavioral (common) values
Unit II
Personal values – Definition of person – Self confidence – Relative and absolute
confidence, being self-determined, swatantrata (loosely equivalent to freedom).
Self discipline – Self Assessment – Self restraint –Self motivation – Determination
– Ambition – Contentment Self-respectand respect to others; expression of respect
Unit III
Social values – Units of Society - Individual, family, different groups – Community
– Social consciousness – Equality and Brotherhood – Dialogue – Tolerance –
Sharing – Honesty-Responsibility – Cooperation; Freedom – Repentance and
Magnanimity.
Peer Pressure – Ragging - examples - making one’s own choices
Unit IV
Professional values-Definition-Competence-Confidence-Devotion to duty-
Efficiency-Accountability.
– Respect for learning /learned – Willingness to learn-Open and balanced mind –
Team spirit – Professional
Ethics – Willingness for Discussion; Difference between understanding and
assuming.
Time Management: Issues of planning, as well as concentration (and aligning with
self goals) Expectations from yourself. Excellence and competition, coping with
stress, Identifying one’s interests as well as strengths.

55
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit V
Behavioural values – Individual values and group values. Anger: Investigation of
reasons, watching one’s own anger; Understanding anger as: a sign of power or
helplessness, distinction between response and reaction.
Right utilization of physical facilities. Determining one’s needs, needs of the self
and of the body, cycle of nature.
Relationship with teachers. Inside the class, and outside the class, interacting with
teachers.
Unit VI
Complimentary nature of skills and values. Distinction between information &
knowledge
Goals: Short term goals and long term goals; How to set goals; How to handle
responsibilities which have to be fulfilled while working for goals.
Reference Books
1. Ramancharla Pradeep Kumar. Compiled Reading Material IIIT Hyderabad
2. Dr. S. Ignacimuthu S. J.,Values for life, Better yourself Books, Bandra
Mumbai- 600 050 (1999).
3. Values (Collection of Essays)., Published by : Sri Ramakrishna Math.,
Chennai—(1996)
4. Prof. R.P.Dhokalia., Eternal Human ValuesNCRT –Campus Sri Aurobindo
Marg., New Delhi
5. Swami Vivekananda.,Education., Sri Ramakrishna Math., Chennai-4(1957)

56
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER III
DT17B3.1C BUILDING DESIGN

L/S/P: 8/Wk, Int: 100, End Exam: 100, Total: 200, End Exam: Jury & Viva-voce, Cr: 8

Course Overview:
This course focuses on buildings for residential use.
Objectives of the Course:
To enhance the understanding of the complexities of architectural design for
residential needs and develop creative design solutions for good living environments.
Course Contents:
The design issues to be addressed :
• Organization of functional activities in relation to user requirements and the
site.
• Relating the system of horizontal and vertical circulation, open spaces,
parking etc.
• Responding to socio-economic factors such as income levels, privacy,
territoriality, interaction etc.
• Considering materials, structure and services in relation to the design
proposal.
• Integration of plan forms and three dimensional compositions.
• Detailing for the physically handicapped and the elderly.
The list of suggested topics to be covered as design problems: Large guest
house, students hostel, small hotel, holiday resort, motel, row houses, block of
flats and residential complexes at an small scale, housing for specific communities
in urban and rural areas such as home for the aged, fishermen’s housing etc.
Necessary theoretical inputs to be given highlighting the norms and design issues.
The topics not covered as design problems will have to be covered by the Studio
faculty members through lecture/slide show sessions and site visits. At least two
major exercises and two minor design/time problems should be given. The final
submission shall necessarily include a model for at least one of the two main
problems.
Note: In end exam which is a viva-voce the students are to present the entire
semester work for assessment.
Reference books:
Chiara Joseph de and Others. Time Savers Standards of Building Types. McGraw
– Hill, 1990.
Neufert, Ernst. Ernst Neufert Architects Data, Granada Pub. Ltd., London, 2000.

57
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Peloquin, Albert. Barrier-Free Residential Design. McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York,

1994.
Pevsner, Nikolaus. A History of Building Types. Thames and Hudson, London,
1976.
Shah, S. Charanjit. Architects Hand Book Ready Reckoner. Galogotia Pub., New
Delhi, 1996.
Untermann, Richard and Snall, Robert. Site Planning for Cluster Housing.

DT17B3.2C: MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATION OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: 3 Hours, Cr: 4

UNIT- I
Mathematical Logic: Statements and notations, Connectives, Well formed formulas,
Truth Tables, tautology, equivalence implication, Normal forms.
UNIT- II
Predicates: Predicative logic, Free & Bound variables, Rules of inference,
Consistency, proof of contradiction, Automatic Theorem Proving.
UNIT- III
Set Theory: Properties of binary Relations, equivalence, compatibility and partial
ordering relations, Hasse diagram. Functions: Inverse Function Comports of
functions, recursive Functions, Lattice and its Properties, Pigeon hole principles
and its application.
UNIT- IV
Recurrence Relation: Generating Functions, Function of Sequences Calculating
Coefficient of generating function, Recurrence relations, Solving recurrence
relation by substitution and Generating funds.
Characteristics roots solution of In homogeneous Recurrence Relation.
UNIT- V
Graph Theory: Representation of Graph, DFS, BFS, Spanning Trees, planar
Graphs.
UNIT- VI
Graph Theory and Applications: Basic Concepts Isomorphism and Sub graphs,
Multi graphs and Euler circuits, Hamiltonian graphs, Chromatic Numbers.
UNIT- VII
Elementary Combinatorics: Basis of counting, Combinations & Permutations, with
repetitions, Constrained repetitions, Binomial Coefficients, Binomial Multinomial
theorems, the principles of Inclusion – Exclusion.
58
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT- VIII
Algebraic structures: Algebraic systems Examples and general properties, Semi
groups and monads, groups sub groups’ homomorphism, Isomorphism
Text/Reference books:
Discrete and Combinational Mathematics- An Applied Introduction-5th Edition –
Ralph. P.Grimaldi.Pearson Education.
Discrete Mathematical structures Theory and application-Malik & Sen
Discrete Mathematics for Computer science, Garry Haggard and others, Thomson.
Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists & Mathematicians, J.L. Mott, A.
Kandel, T.P. Baker Prentice Hall.

DT17B3.3C: UNIX AND SHELL PROGRAMMING

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: Practical & Viva-voce, Cr: 4

Software’s: Ubuntu
Unit I
Introduction to Unix: Architecture of Unix, Features of Unix , Unix Commands –
PATH, man, echo, printf, script, passwd, uname, who, date, stty, pwd, cd, mkdir,
rmdir, ls, cp, mv, rm, cat, more, wc, lp, od, tar, gzip.
Unit II
Unix Utilities: Introduction to unix file system, vi editor, file handling utilities, security
by file permissions, process utilities, disk utilities, networking commands, unlink,
du, df, mount, umount, find, unmask, ulimit, ps, w, finger, arp, ftp, telnet, rlogin.Text
processing utilities and backup utilities , detailed commands to be covered are tail,
head , sort, nl, uniq, grep, egrep, fgrep, cut, paste, join, tee, pg, comm, cmp, diff,
tr, awk, cpio
Unit III
Introduction to Shells :
Unix Session, Standard Streams, Redirection, Pipes, Tee Command, Command
Execution, Command-Line Editing, Quotes, Command Substitution, Job
Control, Aliases, Variables, Predefined Variables, Options, Shell/Environment
Customization.
Filters:
Filters and Pipes, Concatenating files, Display Beginning and End of files, Cut
and Paste, Sorting, Translating Characters, Files with Duplicate Lines, Count
characters, Words or Lines, Comparing Files.

59
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit IV
Grep : Operation, grep Family, Searching for File Content.
Sed : Scripts, Operation, Addresses, commands, Applications, grep and sed.
Unit V
awk: Execution, Fields and Records, Scripts, Operations, Patterns, Actions,
Associative Arrays, String Functions, Mathematical Functions, User – Defined
Functions, Using System commands in awk, Applications, awk and grep, sed and
awk.
Unit VI
Interactive Korn Shell:
Korn Shell Features, Two Special Files, Variables, Output, Input, Exit Status
of a Command, eval Command, Environmental Variables, Options, Startup
Scripts, Command History, Command Execution Process.
Korn Shell Programming :
Basic Script concepts, Expressions, Decisions: Making Selections, Repetition,
special Parameters and Variables, changing Positional Parameters, Argument
Validation, Debugging Scripts, Script Examples.
Unit VII
Interactive C Shell:
C shell features, Two Special Files, Variables, Output, Input, Exit Status of a
Command, eval Command, Environmental Variables, On-Off Variables, Startup
and Shutdown Scripts, Command History, Command Execution Scripts.
C Shell Programming:
Basic Script concepts, Expressions, Decisions: Making Selections, Repetition,
special Parameters and Variables, changing Positional Parameters, Argument
Validation, Debugging Scripts, Script Examples.
Unit VIII
File Management:
File Structures, System Calls for File Management – create, open, close, read,
write, lseek, link, symlink, unlink, stat, fstat, lstat, chmod, chown, Directory API –
opendir, readdir, closedir, mkdir, rmdir, umask.
TEXT BOOKS :
1. Unix and shell Programming - Behrouz A. Forouzan, Richard F. Gilberg.Thomson
2. Your Unix the ultimate guide - Sumitabha Das, TMH. 2nd Edition.

60
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

REFERENCES :
1. Unix for programmers and users - 3rd edition, Graham Glass, King Ables,
Pearson Education.
2. Unix programming environment - Kernighan and Pike, PHI. / Pearson
Education
3. The Complete Reference Unix - Rosen, Host, Klee, Farber, Rosinski, Second
Edition, TMH.
PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE:
1) Execution of commands echo, man, cat, path, printf, who, date, pwd.
2) Execution of commands stty, cd, mkdir, rmdir, ls, cp, mv.
3) Execution of utility commands in vi editor.
4) Execution of networking commands.
5) Execution of shell commands.
6) Execution of filter concepts
7) Execution of awk, sed, grep commands.
8) Execution of interactive korn shell.
9) Execution of interactive c shell.
10) Execution of c shell programming.
11) Execution of korn shell programming
12) Execution of different file management commands.

DT17B3.4C COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: Practical & Viva-voce, Cr: 4

Software’s: Auto CAD, Sketchup, Layout, Style Builder

Objective:
To explore computer modeling techniques using CAD
Outcome:
To learn basic skills of modeling, scripting (rendering) in CAD, and to exercise
methods of interface within CAD. To create two and three-dimensional objects in
space with special emphasis on presentation and Visualization of interiors and
exteriors of building using different rendering techniques using CAD

61
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Contents
Introduction
Principle of drafting, Terminology, & fundamentals. Size & shape descriptions.
Geometric Construction.
Views
Plan views, Auxiliary views, Section Views.
Projection
Method of Projection.
Multi-view Orthographic Projection. Projection Techniques.
Modeling
Modeling Fundamental for Engineering design
Shape Modeling and it’s application.
CADD
Introduction of CADD (Computer Aided Drafting & Designing). Function keys,
Shortcut keys, Different sizes of paper.
Application of CADD – Automatic Drafting , Geometric Modeling – Wire frame
Modeling, Surface Modeling, and Solid CADD Application & it’s feature Introduction
to Standard based 2D drafting (Based on
International standard for representation & conformation)
3D Design
Concept of 3D Design.
X, Y, Z Co-ordination System.
Documentation
Manufacturing Process & Material Documentation.
Practical Competencies
• Practice on Drawing basics Geometrical Drawing Practice Making plan of
Projection
• Creation Multi-view Orthographic projection
• Drafting views in First angle & Third angle Projection
• Creating Auxiliary views & Sections. Freehand Sketching.
• Representing Standard base 2D drafting. Drawing Elementary CADD
command Line,Polyline, Polygon, Circle, Polyline, arc, ellipse, Text- Single
Text, Multitext,Dtext

62
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Modifying Elementary Commands – Erase, Move, Copy , Mirror, Offset,

Scale, Stretch, Chamfer, fillet & explode
• Making layers, line type & Line weight. Different menus of Auto-Cad, Function
keys, Shortcut keys, Paper size
• Making Title Block, Writing it & inserting it in any drawing file with scale, angle
& explode options.
• Creating a new template file (.Dwt file) & applying it to every drawing file.
Drafting of building plan , Elevation , Section Views.
• Applying dimensions to various views by using dimension style
• Creating Revolved, Ruled, and Tabulated & Edge surfaces.
• Creating Isometric drawing with the Isoplane (Left, Top & Right Plane) Shaded
it from visual style.
• Making Solid Model – Box, Polysolid, Cylinder, Cone, Pyramid, Wedge,
Torus.
• Project – Site Visit Building Drawing Plan. Building Detailing.Building
Model.
Text/Reference books:
Teyapoovan, T. Engineering Drawing with Auto CAD 2000. Vikas Pub. House Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.
Parker, Daniel and Rice, Habert. Inside Auto CAD Daniel. 1987. Georgeomura,
Auto CAD Release 2000.

DT17B3.5C PLANNING PRINCIPLES

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: 3 Hours, Cr: 4

UNIT I
Introduction
The importance and significance of study of history, human settlement as the
physical expression of a civilization; increasing urbanization and need for the higher
levels of expertise to handle the situation in future; human settlements planning as
the end result of this understanding.
UNIT II
Concepts of time as dimensions of the built form Concept of space and scale as
followed through different cultures; the elements of the town, the house, the street,
the chowk; social and cultural criteria of location of towns and activities within it.
UNIT III
Concept Formation and Perception of Space Thinking process; cognitive units,
63
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

concept formation, hypothesizing, conceptual scheme and behaviour formation;

perception of space, behaviour pattern in small spaces; space at city scale; urban
activity patterns, urban symbolism image of the city, building attributes, cognitive
maps, urban behavior; attitudes towards city, metropolitan personality, geographical
space, functional space.
UNIT IV
Planning Through the Ages Planning in ancient India; Manasara treatise and socio-
cultural role of the Agora as an element of planning in Greece; the Roman city, the
European Medieval cities and Medieval planning in India, the common man and
idea of the baroque plan.
UNIT V
The Modern City Technological advances and their effect on the town; utopian
thinking and movements about urban improvement and planning; the concept of
neighborhood planning; planning concept and city structure in typical new town
design, foreign examples; planning concept of Chandigarh.
UNIT VI
Synthesis The concept of ring towns and satellite towns; Delhi Master Plan and the
concept of NCR, disorientation of contemporary towns from their cultural context;
the concept of conservation, the role of planner as a central figure to understand
the present day problems through the medium of the study of history.
UNIT VII
Planning Practice in India An overview of evolution from piecemeal projects,
town planning schemes, comprehensive development plans for towns and cities
to regional planning, efforts; metropolitan planning and metropolitan region
development plans; scope and content of planning practice today; role of central,
state and local governments in urban and regional planning and development;
evolution of local governments, development authorities and other planning and
development agencies and their role in planning and planning administration.
Expected Outcomes & Assignment
Students in-group shall carry out documentation of model cities based on above
concepts and may culminate as seminar on the same. Internal assessment also to
be in the form of tutorials on theories mentioned.
Reference:
Demetxios Caraley: City Governments & Urban problems A New introduction to
urban politics edited by Ravinder Singh Sandhu, Sarup Singh Minhas & Jasmit
Sandhu: Sustainable human settlements the Asian Experience Levy: Contemporary
Urban Planning (fourth Edition) N.V.Modak & V.N. Ambedkar: Town and Country
Planning and housing.

64
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

DT17B3.xE-- ELECTIVE-I
DT17B3.1E HUMAN SETTLEMENTS
Course Overview:
This course focuses on the review of origin of Human Settlements to the level of
understanding the various Town Planning problems.
Objectives of the Course:
To make the student understand about various planning related issues.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Should be in a position to make a neighbourhood plan for 5000 people.
Course Contents:
Unit - I
Historic Evaluation: Brief review of the origin of early human settlements, factors
responsible. Development of various settlement forms. Types of settlements
(urban and rural) classification of areas within the urban settlements in terms of
types of land uses, densities, administrative division, building types etc. Land use
and factors influencing it in urban and rural settlements.
Unit - II
Sociological aspects: Essential elements of society Rural and Urban Communities,
Growth of Socio-cultural thought through the ages. Influence of religion and culture
on domestic and civil architecture.
Unit - III
Urbanization: Facts, Theories. Socio-spatial problems of migrants, slums, high
and low density housing; high rise living such as isolation, alienation, accessibility,
conflicts etc as related to planning and design of buildings in different areas of the
city. Social Survey and social research.
Unit - IV
Transportation and communication: potential and limitations of roadways,
railways, airways and waterways in the development of a settlement.
Unit - V
Principles of Ekistics: Brief introduction to the theory of “Ekistics”. Introduction to
the concepts of green belts, satellite towns, neighbourhood, roads in solving some
of the problems in urban development. Indian context: Growth pattern of urban and
rural settlements; problems and potentials.
Reference books:
Bhagiratha Rao, E.L. Land Acquisition Manual in Andhra Pradesh.
Buch, N. Mahesh. Planning the Indian city.

65
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Chand, Mahesh & Puri, Vinay Kumar. Regional Planning in India. Allied Pub. Ltd.,
Bombay, 1990.
Doxiadis, C.L. Ekistics: Introduction to the science of Human Settlement.

DT17B3.2E PYTHON PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE

Software’s: Python
Introduction to Python. An introduction to the Python programming language.
Covers details of how to start and stop the interpreter and write programs.
Introduces Python’s basic data types, files, functions, and error handling.
Working with Data. A detailed tour of how to represent and work with data in
Python. Covers tuples, lists, dictionaries, and sets. Students will also learn how
to effectively use Python’s very powerful list processing primitives such as list
comprehensions. Finally, this section covers critical aspects ofPython’s underlying
object model including variables, reference counting, copying, and type checking.
Program Organization and Functions. More information about how to organize
larger programs into functions. A major focus of this section is on how to design
functions that are reliable and can be easily reused in other settings. Also covers
technical details of functions including scoping rules, documentation strings, and
anonymous functions.
Modules and Libraries. How to organize programs into modules and details on
using modules as a tool for creating extensible programs. Concludes with a tour
of some of the most commonly used library modules including user interfaces and
database integration. Also includes information on how to install third-party library
modules.
Classes and Objects: An introduction to object-oriented programming in Python.
Describes how to create new objects, overload operators, and utilize Python special
methods. Also covers basic principles of object oriented programming including
inheritance and composition.
Testing, Debugging, and Software Development Practice. This section discusses
many isses that are considered important to Python software development. This
includes effective use of documentation strings, program testing using both the
doctest and unittest modules, and effective use of assertions. The Python debugger
and profiler are also described.
Text/Reference books:
Exploring Python. McGraw-Hill Science, 2009 Guttag, John.
Introduction to Computer and Programming Using Python MIT Press.2013.
Introduction to Computing Using Python, 2nd Edition by byLjubomirPerkovic
Python for Everyone, Second Edition 2015 by Cay S. Horstmann, Rance D. Necaise

66
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

DT17B3.3E: CYBER LAWS

The emerging jurisprudence of Cyber Space
Defining Cyber Space, Understanding Cyber Space, Interface of Technology and
Law Defining Cyber Laws. Jurisdiction in Cyber Space, Concept of Jurisdiction,
Internet Jurisdiction, Indian Context of Jurisdiction, International position of Internet
Jurisdiction Cases in Cyber Jurisdiction Understanding Electronic Contracts, The
Indian Law of Contract, Construction of Electronic Contracts, Issues of Security
Issues of Privacy Technical Issues in Cyber Contracts. Types of Electronic
Contracts- Employment Contracts Consultant Agreements Contractor Agreements
Sales, Re-Seller and Distributor Agreements Nondisclosure Agreements Software
Development & Licensing Agreements Shrink Wrap Contract Source Code
Escrow Agreements, Cyber Contracts & Indian Legal Position, Legal Issues in
Cyber Contracts, Cyber Contract and IT Act 2000, Indian Law on Shrink Wrap
Contracts Drafting of Cyber Contracts
IPR in Cyber Space
Understanding Copy Right in Information Technology, Understanding the technology
of Software, Software - Copyrights vs Patents debate, Authorship and Assignment
Issues Commissioned Work and Work for Hire, Idea/Expression dichotomy,
Copyright in Internet Legal Issues in Internet and Software Copyright, Jurisdiction
Issues and Copyright Infringement, Remedies of Infringement, Multimedia and
Copyright issues, Software Piracy Patents, Understanding Patents, International
context of Patents, European Position on Computer related Patents, Legal position
of U.S. on Computer related Patents, Indian Position on Computer related Patents
Trademarks, Understanding Trademarks, Trademark Law in India, Infringement
and Passing Off, Trademarks in Internet, Domain name registration, Domain Name
Disputes & WIPO Databases, Databases in Information Technology, Protection of
Databases, Legal Position of Database protection in U.S., European Legal position
on Databases Indian Law on Databases, Sui Generis Extraction Right
Cyber Crimes
Understanding Cyber Crimes, Defining Crime, Crime in context of Internet
–Actus Rea/Mens Rea, Types of crime in Internet, Computing damage in Internet
crime Indian Penal Law & Cyber Crimes, Fraud, Hacking, Mischief, Trespass
Defamation, Stalking, Spam Freedom of Speech & Human Rights Issues in
Internet, Freedom of Expression in Internet, Issues of Censorship, Hate speech,
Sedition, Libel, Subversion, Privacy Issues, International Positions on Free Speech
in Internet.
1) Cyber Laws - By Justice Yatindra Singh
2) Cyber Laws & Cyber Crimes Simplified

67
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

DT17B3.4E DIGITAL GRAPHIC DESIGN

Software’s: Photoshop, Corel Draw, Illustrator
Objective: Photo editing and desktop publishing (application) software.

Outcome: Assessment would be based on practical’s and periodic tests on the

mentioned topics Graphical concepts II (Corel draw) Photo editing and desktop
publishing software Import and export of photo edited files, objects in photo editing
import and export of photo edited files, objects in photo editing, fills, outlines,
total text control, basic tool box of photo editing software (like Corel draw ), color
management tools, starting your page right. Introduction to flash.
Text/Reference books:
1. Picturing and Poeting by Alan Fletcher
2. A Designer’s Art by Paul Rand
3. Super Graphic: A Visual Guide to the Comic Book Universe by Tim Leong
4. The End of Print: The Grafik Design of David Carson
XXXXX Open Elective-I
As per students choice

68
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER IV
DT17B4.1C DIGITAL METHODS IN DESIGN

L/S/P: 8/Wk, Int: 100, End Exam:100, Total: 200, End Exam: Jury & Viva-voce, Cr: 8

Course Overview:
This course focuses on digital design methods- problem solving, conceptualization,
visualization, simulation and communication through the appropriate computer
programs/ software.
Objectives of the Course:
To enable the student to apply digital techniques in design
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Students are expected to design a building of approximately 1000 sq.m. of area
Students would learn to apply digital techniques at different stages of design from
conceptualization to Bill or quantities
Course Contents:
The following issues relating to design will be addressed to:
• Pre-design studies
• User behavior and requirement pertaining to the building typology based on
post occupancy evaluation
• Design as problem solving activity.
• conceptualizing for design. Creative thinking, Introduction to design process
and principles of design and digital methods, use of conceptualization tools
like Sketchup, Formz etc.
• Generation of alternatives and evaluation of alternatives using digital methods
• Integration of function: movement, climate, acoustics, structure and services
into building.
• Site planning and Landscaping
• Preparation of the scheme, visualization through CAD.
•. Simulation of at least any three like thermal comfort, lighting, wind flow etc.
• Generation of detailed working drawings and BOQ s’
Necessary theoretical inputs to be given highlighting the norms and design issues.
The topics not covered as design problems may be covered by the studio faculty
members through lecture/slide shows. And site visits.
The topics to be covered as design problems may include:
• Institution of learning –sclools, music and dance colleges, vocational training
institutions etc.

69
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Institutions of health such as small hospitals, reformatories and rehabilitation

institutes • Institutions of research in various disciplines.
• At least one major exercise (one problem should be pertinent to the urban
fabric) and one minor design/time problems should be given and the final
submission shall necessarily include a model
Note: In end exam which is a viva-voce the students have to present the entire
semester work for assessment.
Reference books:
Chiara Joseph de and Others. Time Savers Standards of Building Types. McGraw
– Hill, 1990.
Hand Book of Planning and Design Data.
Kirk, Paul Hayden and Sternberg, D. Eugene. Doctors Offices and Clinics, 2nd ed.
Reinhold Pub., USA, 1960.
Konya, Allan. Libraries: A Briefing and Design Guide. The Architectural Press,
London, 1986.
Neufert, Ernst. Ernst Neufert Architects Data. Granada Pub. Ltd.,London, 2000.
Pevsner, Nikolaus. A History of Building Types. Thames and Hudson, London,
1976.
Rosenfield, Isadore. Hospital Architecture and Beyond. Van Nostrand Reinhold,New
York, 1969.
Stone, G. Louis. Institutional Buildings Architecture of Controlled Environment.
Tergsone, W.R. Practical Laboratory Planning.
Wild, Friedemann, Libraries for Schools and Universities. Van Nostrand Reinhold,
New York, 1972.

DT17B4.2C: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: Practical & Viva-voce, Cr: 4

Software’s: Note-PAD, JDK 7.0, JDK8.0, My Eclpise, Net Beans

UNIT I
Object oriented thinking :- Need for oop paradigm, A way of viewing world – Agents,
responsibility, messages, methods, classes and instances, class hierarchies
(Inheritance), method binding, overriding and exceptions, summary of oop
concepts, coping with complexity, abstraction mechanisms.
UNIT II
Java Basics History of Java, Java buzzwords, data types, variables, scope and
life time of variables, arrays, operators, expressions, control statements, type
70
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

conversion and costing, simple java program, classes and objects – concepts of
classes, objects, constructors, methods, access control, this keyword, garbage
collection, overloading methods and constructors, parameter passing, recursion,
string handling.
UNIT III
Inheritance – Hierarchical abstractions, Base class object, subclass, subtype,
substitutability, forms of inheritance- specialization, specification, construction,
extension, limitation, combination, benefits of inheritance, costs of inheritance.
Member access rules, super uses, using final with inheritance, polymorphism-
method overriding, abstract classes.
UNIT IV
Packages and Interfaces : Defining, Creating and Accessing a Package,
Understanding CLASSPATH, importing packages, differences between classes
and interfaces, defining an interface, implementing interface, applying interfaces,
variables in interface and extending interfaces. Exploring packages – Java.io, java.
util.
UNIT V
Exception handling and multithreading - Concepts of exception handling, benefits
of exception handling, Termination or presumptive models, exception hierarchy,
usage of try, catch, throw, throws and finally, built in exceptions, creating own
exception sub classes. Differences between multi threading and multitasking,
thread life cycle, creating threads, synchronizing threads, daemon threads, thread
groups.
UNIT VI
Event Handling : Events, Event sources, Event classes, Event Listeners, Delegation
event model,handling mouse and keyboard events, Adapter classes, inner classes.
The AWT class hierarchy, user interface components- labels, button, canvas,
scrollbars, text components, check box, check box groups, choices, lists panels –
scrollpane, dialogs, menu bar, graphics, layout manager – layout manager types
– boarder, grid, flow, card and grid bag.
UNIT VII
Applets – Concepts of Applets, differences between applets and applications,
life cycle of an applet, types of applets, creating applets, passing parameters to
applets. Swing – Introduction, limitations of AWT, MVC architecture, components,
containers, exploring swing- JApplet, JFrame and JComponent, Icons and Labels,
text fields, buttons – The J Button class, Check boxes, Radio buttons, Combo
boxes, Tabbed Panes, Scroll Panes, Trees, and Tables.
UNIT VIII
Networking – Basics of network programming, addresses, ports, sockets, simple
client server program, multiple clients, Java .net package ,Packages – java.util,

71
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Java; the complete reference, 7th editon, Herbert schildt, TMH.
2. Understanding OOP with Java, updated edition, T. Budd, pearson eduction.
REFERENCES :
1. An Introduction to programming and OOP design using Java, J.Nino and F.A.
Hosch, Johnwiley & sons.
2. An Introduction to OOP, second edition, T. Budd, pearson education.
3. Introduction to Java programming 6th edition, Y. Daniel Liang, pearson
education.
4. An introduction to Java programming and object oriented application
development, R.A. Johnson- Thomson.
5. Core Java 2, Vol 1, Fundamentals, Cay.S.Horstmann and Gary Cornell,
seventh Edition, Pearson Education.
6 . Core Java 2, Vol 2, Advanced Features, Cay.S.Horstmann and Gary Cornell,
Seventh Edition, Pearson Education
7. Object Oriented Programming through Java, P. Radha Krishna, University
Press.
PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE:
1. Execution of simple java program.
2. Execution of programs on different data types and their sizes.
3. Execution of programs on constants.
4. Execution of programs on different types of operators.
5. Execution of programs on different types of looping statements.
6. Execution of programs on different types of jumping statements.
7. Execution of programs on type conversions.
8. Execution of programs on inheritance.
9. Execution of programs on polymorphisim.
10. Execution of programs on over loading.
11. Execution of programs on overridin
12. Execution of programs on abstract classes.
13. Execution of programs on interfaces.
14. Execution of programs on different types of methods.
15. Execution of programs on constructors.

72
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

16. Execution of programs on super and this keyword.

17. Execution of programs on exception handling.
18. Execution of program on user defined exception.
19. Execution of programs on predefined threads.
20. Execution of programs on user defined threads.
21. Execution of programs on thread groups.
22. Execution of programs on different packages.
23. Execution of programs on event handling.
24. Execution of programs on AWT classes.
25. Execution of programs on different types of layouts.
26. Execution of programs on different types of applets.
27. Execution of programs on swings.
28. Execution of programs on JApplet, JComponent.
29. Execution of programs on trees.
30. Execution of programs on networking.
31. Execution of simple client server program.
32. Execution of program on sockets.

DT17B4.3C: COMPUTER GRAPHICS

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: Practical & Viva-voce, Cr: 4

Software’s: Turbo C,Turbo C++

UNIT I
Introduction, Application areas of Computer Graphics, overview of graphics
systems, video- display devices, raster-scan systems, random scan systems,
graphics monitors and work stations and input devices (p.nos 22-90 of text book-1).
UNIT II
Output primitives : Points and lines, line drawing algorithms, mid-point circle and
ellipse algorithms. Filled area primitives: Scan line polygon fill algorithm, boundary-
fill and flood-fill algorithms (p.nos 103-123,137- 145,147-150,164-171 of text book-
1, p.nos. 72-99 of text book-2).
UNIT III
2-D geometrical transforms: Translation, scaling, rotation, reflection and shear
transformations, matrix representations and homogeneous coordinates, composite

73
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

transforms, transformations between coordinate systems. (p.nos 204-227 of text

book-1).
UNIT IV
2-D viewing: The viewing pipeline, viewing coordinate reference frame, window
to view- port coordinate transformation, viewing functions, Cohen-Sutherland and
Cyrus-beck line clipping algorithms, Sutherland –Hodgeman polygon clipping
algorithm(p.nos 237-249,257-261 of text book -1,p.nos. 111-126 of text book-2).
UNIT V
3-D object representation: Polygon surfaces, quadric surfaces, spline representation,
Hermite curve, Bezier curve and B-Spline curves, Bezier and B-Spline surfaces.
Basic illumination models, polygon rendering methods. (p.nos 324-331,340-342,
347-364, 516-531, 542-546 of text book-1, p.nos 473-529,721-739 of text book-2).
UNIT VI
3-D Geometric transformations: Translation, rotation, scaling, reflection and shear
transformations, composite transformations.
3-D viewing: Viewing pipeline, viewing coordinates, view volume and general
projection transforms and clipping (p.nos 427-443, 452-481 of text book -1).
UNIT VII
Visible surface detection methods: Classification, back-face detection, depth-
buffer, scan- line, depth sorting, BSP-tree methods, area sub-division and octree
methods(p.nos 489-505 of text book -1, Chapter 15 of of text book-2).
UNIT VIII
Computer animation: Design of animation sequence, general computer animation
functions, raster animation, computer animation languages, key frame systems,
motion specifications. ( p.nos 604-616 of text book -1, chapter 21 of text book-2).
TEXT BOOKS :
1. “Computer Graphics C version”, Donald Hearn and M.Pauline Baker, Pearson
Education.
2. “Computer Graphics Principles & practice”, second edition in C, Foley, VanDam,
Feiner and Hughes, Pearson Education.
REFERENCES :
1. “Computer Graphics”, second Edition, Donald Hearn and M.Pauline Baker,
PHI/Pearson Education.
2. “Computer Graphics Second edition”, Zhigand xiang, Roy Plastock, Schaum’s
outlines, Tata Mc-Graw hill edition.
3. Procedural elements for Computer Graphics, David F Rogers, Tata Mc Graw
hill, 2nd edition.

74
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

4. “Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics”, Neuman and Sproul, TMH.

5. Principles of Computer Graphics, Shalini Govil, Pai, 2005, Springer.
6. Computer Graphics, Steven Harrington, TMH
PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE:
1) Execution of simple program for line.
2) Execution of simple programs for different types of lines.
3) Execution of different polygons.
4) Production of line using DDA line drawing algorithm.
5) Production of line using Bresenhams line drawing algothm.
6) Production of different polygons with colors.
7) Execution of different curves.
8) Execution of circle using mid-point circle generating algorithms.
9) Execution of elipse using mid-point elipse generating algorithms.
10) Execution of programs on viewing.
11) Execution of programs on clipping.
12) Execution of programs on surface detection methods.
13) Execution of programs on computer animation.
14) Execution of program on Indian national flag.
15) Execution of program on human face.
16) Execution of program on kite.
17) Execution of program on moving car;
18) Execution of program on double bedroom house.
19) Execution of program on android logo.
20) Execution of program on bi-cycle.
21) Execution of program on audio embedding.
22) Execution of program on video embedding.
23) Execution of program on ceiling fan.
24) Execution of program on computer keyboard.
25) Execution of program on tractor.

75
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

DT17B4.4C GIS SYSTEM (2D & 3D)

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: Practical & Viva-voce, Cr: 4

Software’s: Arc GIS

Basic Concepts about spatial information, Philosophy and definition of GIS,
features, pictures, variables: points, lines, areas, Position on the earth; Basics of
map.
Fundamentals of Data Storage, Information Organization and Data Structure Basic
File Structures;
Tabular Databases; Advantages of Databases, Types of Databases- hierarchical
systems, network systems, relational systems and Object-oriented database
systems (OODS), Data Models-Entity Relationship model, Relational Model, Data
Structures; Raster Structures, Vector Structures.
GIS Data Requirement, sources and collection, Methods of data capture-scanning,
digitization and associated errors, Conversion from Other Digital Sources, Attribute
data input and management, Edge matching, creating digital data - remote sensing;
generating data from existing data ; Metadata ;Different Kinds of geospatial data.
Detecting and Evaluating Errors, Data Quality Measurement and Assessment,
digital output options. Image storage formats, Data retrieval, Data compression,
NSDI,GSDI; geographic information in decision making; human resources and
education; Interactive data exploration, Vector & Raster data query, Geographic
visualization; Raster data and structure, Local operations, Neighborhood
operations, Zonal operations, Distance measure operations, Spatial auto
correlations, DEM generation, Spatial Modeling, combining data; terrain mapping
finding and quantifying relationships; spatial interpolation; Vector data base.
Topological Relationships; Creation of Topology and Error Correction; Accuracy
and Precision; The Importance of Error, Accuracy, and Precision, types of error,
sources of error, data quality, Spatial interpolation, Overlay Operations and
Buffering, Neighborhood functions Distant Measurement , Map Manipulation,
Network analyses,
GIS and Remote Sensing data Integration, Thematic Mapping , GIS and Integration
of other types of data, Virtual GIS and SDSS, Project design and management,
need assessment.
GIS Lab:
1. Analog to Digital Conversion – Scanning methods
2. Introduction to software
3. Digital database creation – Point features, Line features, Polygon features
4. Data Editing-Removal of errors – Overshoot & Undershoot, Snapping
5. Data Collection and Integration, Non-spatial data attachment working with
tables
76
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

6. Dissolving and Merging

7. Clipping, Intersection and Union
8. Buffering techniques
9. Spatial and Attribute query and Analysis
10. Contouring and DEM
11. Advanced Analyses – Network analyses
12. Layout Generation and report
Text/Reference books:
Kang-tsung Chang 2002,‘Introduction to Geographic Information Systems’ Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
C.P.Lo and Albert K.W.Yeung 2005 “Concepts and Techniques of Geographic
Information Systems” Prentice Hall of India,New Delhi.
Burrough, Peter A. and Rachael McDonnell,1998, ‘ Principles of Geographical
Information Systems’ Oxford University Press, New York.
2Magwire, D. J., Goodchild, M.F. and Rhind, D. M. Ed. 1991,‘Geographical
Information Systems: Principles and Applications’, Longman Group, U.K.

DT17B4.5C 3D MODELING

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: Practical & Viva-voce, Cr: 4

Software’s: Sketch up, V-Ray Sketch up, Auto Desk (3DS Max)
Course Overview:
The course focuses on the convergence of techniques and skills acquired in the
area of CAD and Computer applications in the earlier semesters, for developing
digital tools and techniques for architectural presentations, digital gaming, 3D
Animation and graphic design.
Objectives of the Course:
Exploring use of Computers for presentation, graphic design, 3D modelling
Course Contents:
Preparation of basic forms, shapes, Building Plans and layouts using software;
Layers, Shape, Text, Line Weights, Line types, Scaling, import – export.
Wire frame model, Handling, Export Formats Spline modeling- working with
modifiers- compound objects- Standard and extended primitives -Surface modeling
Introduction to NURBS modeling– curves and surfaces, High resolution modeling,
modeling using patches,
Rendering- assigning materials-developing materials for rendering, setting up
77
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

lighting- rendering using various types of rendering engines- photo-realistic, artistic

and true-color renderings
Animation- defining the paths, frames, and controls for animation
Video Streaming- editing the animation clips, adding sound and special effects etc.
Reference books:
CAD. Comedia Publications , New Delhi.
Guide to dream weaver - Macro Madia Publications.
Omura, George. Mastering in Auto CAD 2000. BPB Pub., New Delhi, 1999.
Parker, Daniel and Rice, Habert. Inside Auto CAD Daniel. 1987.
Teyapoovan, T. Engineering Drawing with Auto CAD 2000. Vika Pub. House Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.
Underdahl, Brian. Windows 98 one step at a time. Comdex Computer Pub. New
Delhi, 1998.
Zampi, Giulian and Morgan, Conway Lloyd. Virtual Architecture.

DT17B4.xE- ELECTIVE-II
DT17B4.1E BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
Course Overview:
The course introduces to the methods and techniques of construction of basic
elements of a simple building.
Objectives of the Course:
To understand the elementary and simple construction methods, explaining basic
principles and considerations in the construction of one roomed rectilinear building
with verandah.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
To understand the techniques of construction of a simple load bearing structure
with simple material like brick, stone etc.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Brickwork: Various types of bonds, stopped ends, junctions, piers, jambs, footings,
foundations, corbelling, damp proof course, window sills, thresholds, copings,
mortar joints and pointing.
Unit – II
Stone masonry: stone walls, rubble work, ashlar work, masonry joints, window
sills, plinth, cornices, surface finishes.
78
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – III
Composite masonry: Brick backed ashlar, rubble backed ashlar, concrete backed
masonry, ashlar faced concrete walls, marble faced masonry; tile faced concrete,
hollow block masonry.
Cladding: Cladding of various materials-marble, granite, slate, tiles, metal etc.
Unit – IV
Lintels: Lintels of wood, stone, brick.
Arches: arches; terms defined; various forms of arches like segmental, semi-
circular, elliptical, three-centered, flat and relieving arch, etc.
Unit – V
Ground and upper floors: solid floor, brick flooring, floor finishing and floor
coverings, Basement floor
Flooring Finishes: Brick on edge, concrete, wood, Indian patent floor, granolithic,
terrazzo, pitch mastic, Magnesium Oxide, Chloride, flag stone or shahbad stone
flooring, etc.
Unit – VI
Flat roofs: Madras terrace, Jack arch, elementary knowledge about R.C.C roof
and floor slabs.
The class work and home assignments should include appropriate site visits by
the students. Student will maintain field observations / record books. At least two
exercises to be done in the construction yard.
Reference books:
Barry, R. The Construction of Buildings Vol. 2, 5th ed. East-West Press. New Delhi,
1999.
Bindra,S P.and Arora, S P. Building Construction: Planning Techniques and
Methods of Construction, 19th ed. Dhanpat Rai Pub. New Delhi, 2000.
Hailey and Hancork, D.W. Brick Work and Associated Studies Vol. 2. MacMillan,
London, 1979.
Moxley, R. Mitchell’s Elementary Building Construction, Technical Press Ltd.
Rangwala, S.C. Building Construction, 22nd ed. Charotar Pub. House, Anand,
2004.
Sushil Kumar. T.B. of Building Construction, 19th ed. Standard Pub, Delhi, 2003.

79
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

DT17B4.2E: HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION

UNIT - I
Introduction: Importance of user Interface – definition, importance of good design.
Benefits of good design. A brief history of Screen design.
UNIT - II
The graphical user interface – popularity of graphics, the concept of direct
manipulation, graphical system, Characteristics, Web user – Interface popularity,
characteristics- Principles of user interface.
UNIT - III
Design process – Human interaction with computers, importance of human
characteristics human consideration, Human interaction speeds, understanding
business junctions.
UNIT - IV
Screen Designing : Design goals – Screen planning and purpose, organizing
screen elements, ordering of screen data and content – screen navigation and flow
– Visually pleasing composition – amount of information – focus and emphasis –
presentation information simply and meaningfully – information retrieval on web –
statistical graphics – Technological consideration in interface design.
UNIT – V
Windows – New and Navigation schemes selection of window, selection of devices
based and screen based controls.
UNIT - VI
Components – text and messages, Icons and increases – Multimedia, colors,
uses problems, choosing colors.
UNIT - VII
Software tools – Specification methods, interface – Building Tools.
UNIT - VIII
Interaction Devices – Keyboard and function keys – pointing devices – speech
recognition digitization and generation – image and video displays – drivers.
TEXT BOOKS :
1. The essential guide to user interface design, Wilbert O Galitz, Wiley
DreamaTech.
2. Designing the user interface. 3rd Edition Ben Shneidermann , Pearson
Education Asia.

80
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

REFERENCES:
1. Human – Computer Interaction. ALAN DIX, JANET FINCAY, GRE GORYD,
ABOWD, RUSSELL BEALG, PEARSON.
2. Interaction Design PRECE, ROGERS, SHARPS. Wiley Dreamtech,
3. User Interface Design, Soren Lauesen , Pearson Education.

DT17B4.3E: E-COMMERCE
UNIT - I
Electronic Commerce-Frame work, anatomy of E-Commerce applications,
E-Commerce Consumer applications, E-Commerce organization applications.
UNIT - II
Consumer Oriented Electronic commerce - Mercantile Process models.
UNIT – III
Electronic payment systems - Digital Token-Based, Smart Cards, Credit Cards,
Risks in Electronic Payment systems.
UNIT-IV
Inter Organizational Commerce - EDI, EDI Implementation, Value added networks.
UNIT - V
Intra Organizational Commerce - work Flow, Automation Customization and internal
Commerce, Supply chain Management.
UNIT – VI
Corporate Digital Library - Document Library, digital Document types, corporate
Data Warehouses. Advertising and Marketing - Information based marketing,
Advertising on Internet, on-line marketing process, market research.
UNIT - VII
Consumer Search and Resource Discovery - Information search and Retrieval,
Commerce Catalogues, Information Filtering.
UNIT - VIII
Multimedia - key multimedia concepts, Digital Video and electronic Commerce,
Desktop video processing’s, Desktop video conferencing.
TEXT BOOK:
1. Frontiers of electronic commerce – Kalakata, Whinston, Pearson.

81
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

REFERENCES:
1. E-Commerce fundamentals and applications - Hendry Chan, Raymond Lee,
Tharam Dillon, Ellizabeth Chang, John Wiley.
2. E-Commerce - S.Jaiswal – Galgotia.
3. E-Commerce - Efrain Turbon, Jae Lee, David King, H.Michael Chang.
4. Electronic Commerce – Gary P.Schneider – Thomson.
5. E-Commerce – Business, Technology, Society, Kenneth C.Taudon, Carol
Guyerico Traver.

DT17B4.4E DIGITAL 2D STUDIO

Software’s: Photoshop, Illustrator, Toom Boom, Flash
Objective: Introduction to animation principles.
UNIT I
Introduction to different animation principles, the sequence of events of 2D
Animation
UNIT II
Drawing and sketching for 2D animation: Character design and anatomy-
UNIT III
Use of software like MS Paint, Coral painter, auto- sketch to make simple animations
UNIT IV
Making of Flash Movie- simple commands related to setup, input of text, animation
of text, grid, templates, tool panel and library.
UNIT V
Making simple graphics, concepts of drawing, fill and stoke colors, brushes, design
of text, transformation of graphics and text, inserting images, editing sound and
videos
UNIT VI
Concepts of animation, types of animation, key frames, motion and shape controls
buttons, movie clips controls, sound controls.
UNIT VII
Defining paths, flash action script, understand symbols, creating simple movie
clips, scripts for interactive and controlled movie clips.

82
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT VIII
Publishing the movie clips, optimizing on the file sizes, exporting the flash movies,
At least two complete projects in animation.
Alternative software for 2D animation
Practical Knowledge : Publishing the movie clips, optimizing on the file sizes,
exporting the flash movies, At least two complete projects in animation. Alternative
software for 2D animation
Text/Reference books:
The Illusion of Life – Frank Thomas and Ollie Johnston
Animator’s Survival Kit - Richard Williams
Cartoon Animation - Preston Blair
Simplified Drawing for Planning Animation - Wayne Gilbert

XXXXX Open Elective-II

As per student choice

83
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER V

DT17B5.1C: DIGITAL METHODS IN PLANNING

L/S/P: 8/Wk, Int: 100, End Exam: 100, Total: 200, End Exam: Jury & Viva-voce, Cr: 8

UNIT I
Data Base for Planning and Socio Economic Surveys Data requirements for urban
and regional planning; sources of primary and secondary data; questionnaire
design, measurement scales and their application; sampling techniques, types
of socio economic surveys; self surveys, interviews, mailed questionnaires and
observer participation. Coding, analysis and presentations using digital techniques
UNIT II
Role of Landscape Planning
Landscape planning in the context of urban extensions and new towns, landscape
assessment techniques, characteristics and components of different landscapes;
Landscape elements like plant materials, surface materials, outdoor fittings and
structures; Role of vegetation, Environmental benefits, functional requirements,
aesthetic consideration; typical situations and criteria for design with plants
and selection of species in planning (eg. Street/roadside planting), Principles of
organization of outdoor spaces].
UNIT III
Physical Surveys Techniques of conducting surveys for land use, building use,
density, and structural condition of buildings, heights of building, land utilization
and physical features of land. Coding, analysis and presentations using GIS
UNIT IV
Techniques of Presenting and Analysis Data using appropriate computer programs
Land use classification, coding and analysis; residential and non-residential
density patterns and analysis, tabulation of data; graphical presentation of data;
pie diagrams, histograms, bar charts, normal, semi log and double log graphs and
their uses; color, black and white presentation techniques; basic disciplines of
illustration and tables.
PROJECT PLANNING FOR RESIDENTIAL AREAS
UNIT V
Group Housing Design
Design and preparation of plan, sections and elevation of low rise and high rise
apartments taking into account the building by laws and zoning regulations;
preparation of presentation drawings.

84
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT VI
Working Drawings
Introduction to the working drawings; preparation of plans, sections, elevations and
important details of an apartment unit; internal jury for group housing design and
working drawings.
UNIT VII
Site Layout
Site analysis, development standards, and preparation of the design brief, various
considerations for the layout, conceptual approach to site planning preparation of
preliminary layout and area analysis. Final layout showing the circulation and basic
infrastructure.
Expected Outcomes & Assignment
Study of a neighbourhood involving location, salient features, spatial characteristics,
facilities and amenities, road circulation patterns, spatial and non-spatial linkages
to surrounding areas. Comparison with standards, building byelaws etc.
Concept design for a given area. Design brief, drawings,
Design of a neighbourhood unit analytical charts etc.
The distribution of marks in the studio subject may be as follows:
40% for individual assignment
60% for group work

Reference books :
Public space and Relational perspectives - Routledge Research in planning and
urban design An Introduction to techniques in urban planning - Neha Verma Madan
Town Planning - Rangwala

DT17B5.2C: OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: 3 Hours, Cr: 4

UNIT - I
Introduction to UML: Importance of modelling, principles of modelling, object
oriented modelling, conceptual model of the UML, Architecture, Software
Development Life Cycle.
UNIT - II
Basic Structural Modelling: Classes, Relationships, common Mechanisms,
and diagrams. Advanced Structural Modelling: Advanced classes, advanced
relationships, Interfaces, Types and Roles, Packages.

85
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT - III
Class & Object Diagrams: Terms, concepts, modeling techniques for Class &
Object Diagrams.
UNIT - IV
Basic Behavioural Modelling-I: Interactions, Interaction diagrams.
UNIT-V
Basic Behavioural Modelling-II: Use cases, Use case Diagrams, Activity Diagrams.
UNIT - VI
Advanced Behavioural Modelling: Events and signals, state machines, processes
and Threads, time and space, state chart diagrams.
UNIT - VII
Architectural Modelling: Component, Deployment, Component diagrams and
Deployment diagrams.
UNIT - VIII
Case Study: The Unified Library application
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson : The Unified Modeling
Language User Guide, Pearson Education.
2. Hans-Erik Eriksson, Magnus Penker, Brian Lyons, David Fado: UML 2 Toolkit,
WILEY-Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd.
REFERENCES:
1. Meilir Page-Jones: Fundamentals of Object Oriented Design in UML, Pearson
Education.
2. Pascal Roques: Modeling Software Systems Using UML2, WILEY-Dreamtech
India Pvt. Ltd.
3. Atul Kahate: Object Oriented Analysis & Design, The McGraw-Hill Companies.
4. Mark Priestley: Practical Object-Oriented Design with UML,TATA McGrawHill
5. Craig Larman Appling UML and Patterns: An introduction to Object – Oriented
Analysis and Design and Unified Process, Pearson Education.

DT17B5.3C WEB GIS

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: Practical & Viva-voce, Cr: 4

Software’s: PHP
UNIT-I
Web GIS Introduction, Web Services, Frameworks, & Libraries

86
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT-II
Query Overview / Review
UNIT-III
Object Oriented JavaScript, Namespacing, Constructor functions & prototypal
inheritance, Insights into jQuery
UNIT-IV
Google Maps JavaScript API Geolocation
PHP1: Introduction, Client-server architecture, Local development environments,
Language overview
UNIT-V
PHP2:Object Oriented Programming, Classes, Inheritance, Encapsulation,
Polymorphism, Magic Methods
UNIT-VI
PHP MVC Frameworks - Part 1
Installation & Configuration, Models, Views, & Controllers
UNIT-VII
PHP MVC Frameworks - Part 2
Database Interaction w/ Active Record, Object Relational Mapping (ORM)
UNIT-VIII
Real-time Applications
Text/Reference books:
PHP and MySQL Web Development: A Beginner’s Guide 2015 by Matthews, Marty.
Mc Graw Hill publications.
Oracle Database Ajax & PHP Web Application Development 2008 by Barney, Lee;
McLaughlin, Michael.Mc Graw Hill publications.

DT17B5.4C WEB TECHNOLOGIES

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: Practical & Viva-voce, Cr: 4

Software’s: Notepad, Browsers (Google Chrome, Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox)

This course demonstrates an in-depth understanding of the tools and Web
technologies necessary for business application design and development. The
course covers client side scripting like HTML, JavaScript and server side scripting
like servlets, JSPs. And also XML and web servers and database interfacing.

87
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT-I
HTML Common tags- List, Tables, images, forms, Frames; Cascading Style sheets;
UNIT-II
Introduction to Java Scripts, Objects in Java Script, Dynamic HTML with Java Script
UNIT-III
XML: Document type definition, XML Schemas, Document Object model,
Presenting XML, Using XML Processors: DOM and SAX
UNIT-IV
Java Beans: Introduction to Java Beans, Advantages of Java Beans, BDK
Introspection, Using Bound properties, Bean Info Interface, Constrained properties
Persistence, Customizes, Java Beans API, Introduction to EJB’s
UNIT-V
Web Servers and Servlets: Tomcat web server, Introduction to Servelets: Lifecycle
of a Serverlet, JSDK, The Servelet API, The javax.servelet Package, Reading
Servelet parameters, Reading Initialization parameters. The javax.servelet HTTP
package, Handling Http Request & Responses, Using Cookies-Session Tracking,
Security Issues,
UNIT-VI
Introduction to JSP: The Problem with Servelet. The Anatomy of a JSP Page, JSP
Processing. JSP Application Design with MVC Setting Up and JSP Environment:
Installing the Java Software Development Kit, Tomcat Server & Testing Tomcat
UNIT-VII
JSP Application Development: Generating Dynamic Content, Using Scripting
Elements Implicit JSP Objects, Conditional Processing – Displaying Values Using
an Expression to Set an Attribute, Declaring Variables and Methods Error Handling
and Debugging Sharing Data Between JSP pages, Requests, and Users Passing
Control and Date between Pages – Sharing Session and Application Data– Memory
Usage Considerations
UNIT VIII
Database Access: Database Programming using JDBC, Studying Javax.sql.*
package,Accessing a Database from a JSP Page, Application – Specific Database
Actions,Deploying JAVA Beans in a JSP Page, Introduction to struts framework.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Web Programming, building internet applications, Chris Bates 2nd edition,
WILEY Dreamtech (UNIT s 1,2 ,3)
2. The complete Reference Java 2 Fifth Edition by Patrick Naughton and Herbert
Schildt. TMH (Chapters: 25) (UNIT 4) Java Server Pages –Hans Bergsten,
SPD O’Reilly (UNITs 5, 6, 7, 8)
88
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Programming world wide web-Sebesta,Pearson
2. Core SERVLETS AND JAVASERVER PAGES VOLUME 1: CORE
TECHNOLOGIES By Marty Hall and Larry Brown Pearson
3. Internet and World Wide Web – How to program by Dietel and Nieto PHI/
Pearson Education Asia.
4. Jakarta Struts Cookbook , Bill Siggelkow, S P D O’Reilly for chap 8.
5. Murach’s beginning JAVA JDK 5, Murach, SPD
6. An Introduction to web Design and Programming –Wang-Thomson
7. Web Applications Technologies Concepts-Knuckles,John Wiley
8. Programming world wide web-Sebesta,Pearson
9. Web Warrior Guide to Web Programmming-Bai/Ekedaw-Thomas
10. Beginning Web Programming-Jon Duckett WROX.
11. Java Server Pages, Pekowsky, Pearson.
PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE:
1. Execution of simple HTML program.
2. Execution of programs on headers and lists.
3. Execution of programs on tables, images and forms.
4. Execution of programs on frames.
5. Execution of programs on cascading style sheets.
6. Create a simple website with html and css tags.
7. Execution of programs with java script tags.
8. Execution of programs on creating java script objects.
9. Execution of programs java script embedded in DHTML.
10. Execution of programs on XML tags.
11. Execution of programs on XML schemas.
12. Execution of programs on parsers like DOM and SAX.
13. Execution of programs on java beans.
14. Execution of program on simple servlet.
15. Execution of program on jsp pages.
16. Execution of programs on JDBC drivers.
17. Prepare a website which consists of html tags, java script, jsp, servlet, dhtml,
xml,jdbc,etc..
89
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

DT17B5.5C BUILDING SERVICES

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: 3 Hours, Cr: 4

WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION

Water Supply
Introduction to water supply and sanitation. Traditional sources of water supply and
sanitation. Classification of water based on its usage.
Elements of public / private water supply system, Different sources of water supply
such as wells, reservoirs, etc. Water and its qualities, pumping and Distribution
Types of fittings like taps, bathtubs, showers, jets, cocks, valves, electrical fixtures,
etc. Faucets for kitchens, bathrooms and toilets. Check valves, foot valves, sump
pump check valves, and pressure test gauges.
Building service connections, cold and hot water distribution systems in buildings
and their design, materials, joints, fittings and valves (gate, flap, ball, flush valves
etc.). Direct and indirect systems, individual water supply, special installation in
multistoried buildings. Special emphasis on city level distribution of water.
Sanitation
Conventional water treatment – sedimentation, coagulation, filtration and
disinfection. Distribution system, sanitary, storm and combined sewerage
system. Design of sewerage systems, Location of sewage systems, conventional
wastewater treatment, activated sludge, trickling filters etc.
Design of drainage and vent pipes, system for low-rise and high-rise buildings,
building drains, sewers, gullies, inspection chambers, manholes, connection to
public sewer, cross connections, ferrule, water meters, stopcocks, bib cocks etc.
Types of fixtures and materials- wash basins, water closets, urinals, bidets, sinks
etc. Conditions of flow in building drainage pipes, traps, vents and their material
specifications. Over-head and under-ground reservoirs
Waste -water disposal systems, septic tank and its design, soil absorption system,
alternatives, solid wastes collection and removal from buildings. On-site processing
and disposal methods. Aerobic and Anaerobic decomposition, purifying capacity of
water bodies. Biochemical Oxygen Demand.
Roads and Pavements – Different types, water bound macadam, tar bitumen,
asphalt and Cement concrete roads, soil stabilization, types of paving-murram,
brick, and stone paving. Drainage of roads, sub drains, culverts, ditches and
gutters.
References :
Husain, S.K. T.B. of Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering, 3rd ed. Oxford and
IBH Pub. Ltd., New Delhi, 1994.
Kshirsagar, S.R. Water Supply Engineering, 6th ed. Roorkee Pub., Roorkee, 1980.

90
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Rangwala, S.C. Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering: Environmental

Engineering, 19th ed. Charotar Pub. House, Anand, 2004.
ELECTRICAL
Electrical Energy System: Fundamental principles of Electricity, Voltage,
Amperage, wattage. Generation and distribution of power, HT and LT consumers.
Types of Generators, Indian Electricity Act.
Building Wiring System: Service wires, metering distribution boards circuits.
MCB’s cut outs. Conductors, wiring methods switch boards, electrical devices
in general building. Light and power circuits. ISI Codes and standard material.
Electrical safety system: ELCB, pipe earthing, plate earthing.
Electric layouts: Electrical symbols, NBC, 3 phase connection, preparation of
layouts for residences, offices etc. Domestic appliances: Types of electric motors
and electro mechanical devices. Construction and working of at least six domestic
appliances and location in buildings.
Building Illumination: Artificial lighting various compression, advantages and
disadvantages. · Method of lighting: Direct, Semi direct, Indirect · Decorative
lighting for building interiors, Concealed lighting, Spot lighting, Task illumination,
Dining lights, Under water lighting calculation of intensity illumination for nominal
application as per standards. Flood lighting – Light of Monuments, Façade
illumination, Yard lighting.
Air-conditioning: principles of Air-condition IAQ, carnot cycles, gas laws,
refrigeration, cycles and refrigerants. Different types of Air-conditioning, single
zone, multi zone, equipment and Devices. Compressors, condensers, evaporators,
heat exchangers, etc all in working.
Window air conditioner and split air conditioners. Ductable air conditioners and
package system. Central air conditioning. - AC plant and room. - All air systems and
chilled water systems. - AHU and FC units. - Building ducting, diffusers and grills.
Reference books:
Electrical wiring and Contracting (Vol.1 to Vol.4), London The New era Publishing
Company.
Dr. Frith Abnwos and others, Electrical Engineering hand Book
William. J. Guinnesss, Mechanicla and electrical Eqipment for Buildings, New York:
Willey
Bovay. H.E., Handbook of Mechanical and Electrical Systems for BuildingsNew
York: MC Graw Hill 60 61
Special services in High rise buildings and provision to be made for installation and
operation.
Lifts: Types of lifts, Passenger, Capsule, Hospital bed- lift; goods-lift etc. Working
and operation of lifts, parts of lifts; industry standards and capacity calculations.
Provision to be made in buildings for installation; Introduction to working of escalator
and design;
91
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Electronic Systems in Buildings: Telephone and communication, EPABX networks,

transmission. Security systems, Burglar alarms, video surveillance, access control.
Computer labs, access flooring, server rooms.
Fire safety in buildings, portable fire fighting equipment, built in wet riser system,
sprinkler system, fire hydrant, class of fire and occupancy.Cooking gas distribution,
piped gas supply, bulk gas supply, bottled gas supply, Relevant NBC other
standards, Stoves, burners and grills.
Swimming Pools: Pool design, Tank and channels, cascades, finishes; Water
circulation, balancing tank. Filtration and water treatment; Water quality and
disinfection
Hotel services: Specialty; services required for hospitality industry; Laundry
services; Kitchen services; Channeled Music, Internet.
Environmental services: Waste generation, types of waste, treatment and disposal
facilities, Industrial buildings; Hospital buildings.
Alternative energy sources for buildings: Solar energy, Hot water system, photo
voltaic cells; Biomass digesters; Wind energy.
Reference books:
Faber, Oscar and Kell, J.R. Heating and Air-Conditioning of Building. Architectural
Press, Surrey, 1945.
Prasad, Manohar. Refrigeration and air-conditioning, 5th ed. New Age Intl. Pub.,
New Delhi, 1996.
Tiwari, Satish. Water and Energy resources.

DT17B5.xE—ELECTIVE-III
DT17B5.1E WORKING DRAWINGS & DETAILS
Course Overview:
The focus of the course is to impart skills related to the preparation of drawings
meant for construction work on the site and to improve the students’ ability of
detailing.
Objectives of the Course:
To impart training in the preparation of working drawings for buildings with specific
reference to code of practice as per IS Code No. 962 of 1969 and incorporating
specifications as complementary to the working drawings.
To sensitize the students in preparing finer design details required for buildings.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
To prepare working drawings for a project and resolve complex aspects in the
buildings with appropriate materials and design details.

92
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Contents:
Unit - I
Preparation of working drawings: Suitable scales of drawings, methods of giving
dimensions: on plans, sections, elevations and other standards.
Unit – II
Preparation of Plans Building marking plan, centerline plan, foundation plan,
column centerlines drawings, floor plans, terrace floor plan.
Unit - III
Elevation and Sections
Detailed elevations, detailed sections – at least one through staircase and one
through toilet, typical wall profile sections and elevations.
Unit - IV
Details Layout for Sanitation: and detailed plans, Electrical layout: plans and
details, details of staircases, toilets and kitchens.
UNIT – V
Detailing for walls, floors, ceilings through detail drawings to large scale in the form
of plans, sections, elevations. Surface Treatment; Cladding, texture treatment.
UNIT – VI
Detailing of architectural elements such as staircase, balcony, verandah, shading
devices vertical and horizontal components of the building.
UNIT – VII
Detailing of Doors, windows, storage shelves for frames, shutters, joinery of frame
to shutter, shutter to panelling etc. and other fixing details.
UNIT – VIII
Design details appropriate for creating Barrier Free Environment.
*Note: - Students shall prepare at least two working drawing sets, one for a small
residence and one for a large building.
Reference books:
Lerrs, Jack. Engineering Construction Specification.
Liebing, W. Ralph and Raul, Ford Mimi. Architectural Working Drawings, 2nd ed.
John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1983.
Macey, W. Frank. Specification in Detail, 5th ed. Technical Press ltd, London, 1955.
Shah, M.G., and Others. Building Drawing: with an integrated approach to build
environment, 3rd ed. Tata McGraw Hill Pub., co. Ltd, New Delhi,1996.
Standard Specification of Government of Andhra Pradesh State.
93
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Lewis, R. Jack. Building Construction Specifications. Prentice-Hall, Inc., New

Jersey, 1975.
Govt. of Maharashtra. Standard Specifications, Government Press, Nagpur, 1972.
Datta, B.N. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering: Theory and Practice, 23rd
ed. UBS Pub. New Delhi, 1993.
Wakita, Osamu A. & Linde, Richard M. The professional practice of architectural
detailing, 2nd ed. New York: Wiley, 1987.
Robert, C. Mc Hugh. Working Drawing Hand Book, New York: VNR, 1977.

DT17B5.2E MANAGEMENT SCIENCE

Unit - I
Introduction to Management: Concepts of Management and organization- nature,
importance and Functions of Management, Taylor’s Scientific Management Theory,
Fayol’s Principles of Management, Mayo’s Hawthorne Experiments, Maslow’s
Theory of Human Needs, Douglas McGregor’s Theory X and Theory Y, Herzberg’s
Two-Factor Theory of Motivation, Systems Approach to Management, Leadership
Styles, Social responsibilities of Management.
Unit - II
Designing Organisational Structures : Basic concepts related to Organisation
- Departmentation and Decentralisation, Types of mechanistic and organic
structures of organisation (Line organization, Line and staff organization, functional
organization, Committee organization, matrix organization, Virtual Organisation,
Cellular Organisation, team structure, boundary less organization, inverted
pyramid structure, lean and flat organization structure) and their merits, demerits
and suitability.
Unit - III
Operations Management : Principles and Types of Plant Layout-Methods of
production (Job, batch and Mass Production), Work Study -Basic procedure
involved in Method Study and Work Measurement- Statistical Quality Control:
chart, R chart, c chart, p chart, (simple Problems), Acceptance Sampling, Deming’s
contribution to quality.
Unit -IV
a) Materials Management: Objectives, Need for Inventory control, EOQ, ABC
Analysis, Purchase Procedure, Stores Management and Stores Records.
b) Marketing: Functions of Marketing, Marketing Mix, Marketing Strategies based
on Product Life Cycle, Channels of distribution
Unit - V
Human Resources Management (HRM) : Concepts of HRM, HRD and Personnel

94
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Management and Industrial Relations (PMIR), HRM vs.PMIR, Basic functions of HR

Manager: Manpower planning, Recruitment, Selection, Training and Development,
Placement, Wage and Salary Administration, Promotion, Transfer, Separation,
Performance Appraisal, Grievance Handling and Welfare Administration, Job
Evaluation and Merit Rating.
Unit - VI
Project Management (PERT/CPM) : Network Analysis, Programme Evaluation and
Review Technique (PERT), Critical Path Method (CPM), Identifying critical path,
Probability of Completing the project within given time, Project Cost Analysis,
Project Crashing. (simple problems)
Unit - VII
Strategic Management : Mission, Goals, Objectives, Policy, Strategy, Programmes,
Elements of Corporate Planning Process, Environmental Scanning, Value Chain
Analysis, SWOT Analysis, Steps in Strategy Formulation and Implementation,
Generic Strategy alternatives.
Unit - VIII
Contemporary Management Practices : Basic concepts of MIS, End User
Computing, Materials Requirement Planning (MRP), Just-In-Time (JIT) System,
Total Quality Management (TQM), Six sigma and Capability Maturity Model
(CMM) Levels, Supply Chain Management, Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP),
Performance Management, Business Process outsourcing (BPO), Business
Process Re-engineering and Bench Marking, Balanced Score Card.
TEXT BOOKS :
Aryasri : Management Science, TMH, 2004.
Stoner, Freeman, Gilbert, Management, 6th Ed, Pearson Education, New Delhi,
2004.
REFERENCES :
1. Kotler Philip & Keller Kevin Lane: Marketing Mangement 12/e, PHI, 2005
2. Koontz & Weihrich: Essentials of Management, 6/e, TMH, 2005
3. Thomas N.Duening & John M.Ivancevich Management — Principles and
Guidelines, Biztantra,2003.
4. Kanishka Bedi, Production and Operations Management, Oxford University
Press, 2004.
5. Memoria & S.V.Gauker, Personnel Management, Himalaya, 25/e, 2005
6. Samuel C.Certo: Modern Management, 9/e, PHI, 2005
7. Schermerhorn, Capling, Poole & Wiesner: Management, Wiley, 2002.
8. Parnell: Strategic Management, Biztantra,2003.

95
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

9. Lawrence R Jauch, R.Gupta &William F.Glueck:Business Policy and Strategic

Management, Frank Bros.2005.
10. L.S.Srinath: PERT/CPM,Affiliated East-West Press, 2005.

DT 17B5.3E CONCEPTS OF INTERACTIVE AND VIRTUAL WORLDS

Software’s: Maya, Unity
UNIT-I
Introduction : The three I’s of virtual reality, commercial VR technology and the five
classic components of a VR system. (1.1, 1.3 and 1.5 of Text Book (1))
UNIT - II
Input Devices : (Trackers, Navigation, and Gesture Interfaces): Three-dimensional
position trackers, navigation and manipulation, interfaces and gesture interfaces.
(2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 of Text Book (1)).
UNIT - III
Output Devices: Graphics displays, sound displays & haptic feedback. (3.1,3.2 &
3.3 of Text Book (1))
UNIT - IV
Modeling : Geometric modeling, kinematics modeling, physical modeling, behaviour
modeling, model management. (5.1, 5.2 and 5.3, 5.4 and 5.5 of Text Book (1)).
UNIT - V
Human Factors: Methodology and terminology, user performance studies, VR
health and safety issues. (7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 of Text Book (1)).
UNIT - VI
Applications: Medical applications, military applications, robotics applications. (8.1,
8.3 and 9.2 of Text Book (1)).
UNIT - VII
VR Programming-I : Introducing Java 3D, loading and manipulating external
models, using a lathe to make shapes.
(Chapters 14, 16 and 17 of Text Book (2))
UNIT - VIII
VR Programming-II : 3D Sprites, animated 3D sprites, particle systems. (Chapters
18, 19 and 21 of Text Book (2))
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Virtual Reality Technology, Second Edition, Gregory C. Burdea & Philippe Coiffet,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
2. Killer Game Programming in Java, Andrew Davison, Oreilly-SPD, 2005.
96
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

REFERENCES :
1. Understanding Virtual Reality, interface, Application and Design, William
R.Sherman, Alan Craig, Elsevier(Morgan Kaufmann).
2. 3D Modeling and surfacing, Bill Fleming, Elsevier(Morgan Kauffman).
3. 3D Game Engine Design, David H.Eberly, Elsevier.
4. Virtual Reality Systems, John Vince, Pearson Education.

DT17B5.4E MULTIMEDIA AND PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES

Software’s: Premier, Photoshop
Objective: Understanding the concepts of Post Production Techniques Outcome:
Making a short film using effects and other Production Techniques
Unit I
Fundamental concepts in text and image: multimedia and hypermedia, world
wide web , over view of multimedia software tools. Graphics andi mage data
representation graphics/ image data types, file formats, color in image and video:
color science , color models in images , color models in video.
Unit II
Fundamental concepts in video and digital audio : Types of video signals, analog
video, digital video, digitalization of sound , MIDI, quantization and transmission of
audio.
Unit III
Action script features , object oriented action script, data types and type checking,
classes, authoring an action script class, Inheritance, authoring an action script
subclass, interfaces packages, exceptions. Multimedia data compression:
Lossless compression algorithm: Run-Length Coding, Variable Length Coding,
Dictionary Based Coding, Arithmetic Coding, Lossless Image Compression, Lossy
compression algorithm: Quantization, Transform Coding, Wavelet- Based Coding,
Embedded Zerotree of Wavelet Coefficients Set Partitioning in Hierarchical Trees
(SPIHT).
UNIT IV
Basic Video Compression Techniques: Introduction to video compression, video
compression based on motion compensation, search for motion vectors, MPEG,
Basic Audio Compression Techniques.
UNIT V
Multimedia Networks: Basics of Multimedia Networks, Multimedia Network
Communications and Applications: Quality of Multimedia Data Transmission,
Multimedia over IP, Multimedia over ATM Networks, Transport of MPEG-4, Media-
on Demand(MOD).
97
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Production Organization
Production Techniques
Case Study: Contemporary British Cinema
Practical Knowledge:
1. The internal assessment to be carried out through practicals and periodic
tests on the mentioned topics.
2. The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers and practicals
on above mentioned topics.
Text/Reference books:
Pre-Production Planning For Video ,Film, and Multimedia by Steve
R. Cartwright.
XXXXX OPEN ELECTIVE-III
As per student choice

98
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER VI

DT17B6.1C BUILDING INFORMATION MODELING

L/S/P: 8/Wk, Int: 100, End Exam: 100, Total: 200, End Exam: Jury & Viva-voce, Cr: 8

Software’s: Revit Architecture, Archibus

Objective:
To explore computer modelling techniques using REVIT
Outcome:
Presenting the Building Model, Creating and Printing Drawing Sheets, Working
with Title Blocks, Managing Revisions, Creating Renderings, Using Walkthroughs,
Using Sun and Shadow Settings Building Information Modelling, background
and history, need for BIMRevit Architecture Basics, Exploring the User Interface,
Working with Revit Elements and Families
Course Contents
Starting a Project
Starting a Design, Creating a Basic Floor Plan , Creating and Modifying Levels ,
Working with Grids ,The Basics of the Building Model, Adding and Modifying Walls,
Working with Compound and Vertically Compound Walls ,Using Editing Commands
, Working with Doors, Adding and Modifying Windows, Loading Additional Building
Components, Adding and Modifying Component Families Viewing the Building
Model, Managing Views, Controlling Object Visibility, Working with Section and
Elevation Views , Creating and Modifying 3D Views.
Using Dimensions and Constraints, Working with Dimensions, Applying and
Removing Constraints Developing the Building Model, Creating and Modifying
Floors, Adding and Modifying Ceilings, Adding and Modifying Roofs, Creating
Curtain Walls, Adding Stairs and Railings, Detailing and Drafting, Creating Callout
Views, Working with Text and Tags, Working with Detail Views, Working with
Drafting Views, Construction Documentation, Creating and Modifying Schedules,
Creating Rooms and Room Schedules, Creating Legends and Keynotes
Archibus
Course topics: Fundamentals
Space Planning & Management
Real Estate Portfolio and Asset Management
Building Operations & Basic System Administration

99
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Practical Competencies
• Production of parametric three- dimensional building design models & working
drawing using Revit software Generating Building elevation and sections
Annotating & documenting the drawing Surface modeling–Revolved, Ruled,
• Tabulated & Edge surfaces.
• Solid modeling Box , Polysolid , Cone ,
• Pyramid ,Wedge & Torus
• Creating professional quality rendering Creating & modifying three -
dimensional objects
• Placing of cameras & lights Computer rendering technique Creating
professional quality output
• Applying light ( point, distance & spot light) to 3 D Model
• Applying material & landscaping to the model
• Showing exteriors & interiors in the correct setting with appropriate lighting &
coloring
• Hands- on-exercises will be used to reinforce
• Practice on 3 D drawing & designing
• Structural designing
• Electrical plumbing layout design &drafting
Text/Reference books:
BIM Handbook: A Guide to Building Information Modeling for Owners, Managers,
Designers,
Engineers and Contractors- Chuck Eastman
Building Information Modeling – Willem Kymmell

DT17B6.2C: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: Practical & Viva-voce, Cr: 4

Software’s: Oracle 8i, 9i, 10g, 11g

UNIT I
Data base System Applications, data base System VS file System – View of
Data – Data Abstraction –Instances and Schemas – data Models – the ER Model
– Relational Model – Other Models – Database Languages – DDL – DML –
database Access for applications Programs – data base Users and Administrator –
Transaction Management – data base System Structure – Storage Manager – the
Query Processor
100
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT II
History of Data base Systems. Data base design and ER diagrams – Beyond ER
Design Entities, Attributes and Entity sets – Relationships and Relationship sets –
Additional features of ER Model – Concept Design with the ER Model – Conceptual
Design for Large enterprises.
UNIT III
Introduction to the Relational Model – Integrity Constraint Over relations – Enforcing
Integrity constraints – Querying relational data – Logical data base Design –
Introduction to Views – Destroying /altering Tables and Views.
Relational Algebra – Selection and projection set operations – renaming – Joins –
Division – Examples of Algebra overviews – Relational calculus – Tuple relational
Calculus – Domain relational calculus –Expressive Power of Algebra and calculus.
UNIT IV
Form of Basic SQL Query – Examples of Basic SQL Queries – Introduction to
Nested Queries – Correlated Nested Queries Set – Comparison Operators –
Aggregative Operators – NULL values –Comparison using Null values – Logical
connectivity’s – AND, OR and NOT – Impact on SQL Constructs – Outer Joins
– Disallowing NULL values – Complex Integrity Constraints in SQL Triggers and
Active Data bases.
UNIT V
Schema refinement – Problems Caused by redundancy – Decompositions –
Problem related to decomposition – reasoning about FDS – FIRST, SECOND,
THIRD Normal forms – BCNF – Lossless join Decomposition – Dependency
preserving Decomposition – Schema refinement in Data base Design – Multi
valued Dependencies – FORTH Normal Form.
UNIT VI
Transaction Concept- Transaction State- Implementation of Atomicity and Durability
– Concurrent – Executions – Serializability- Recoverability – Implementation of
Isolation – Testing for serializability- Lock –Based Protocols – Timestamp Based
Protocols- Validation- Based Protocols – Multiple Granularity.
UNIT VII
Recovery and Atomicity – Log – Based Recovery – Recovery with Concurrent
Transactions – Buffer Management – Failure with loss of non-volatile storage-
Advance Recovery systems- Remote Backup systems.
UNIT VIII
Data on External Storage – File Organization and Indexing – Cluster Indexes,
Primary and Secondary Indexes – Index data Structures – Hash Based Indexing –
Tree base Indexing – Comparison of File Organizations – Indexes and Performance
Tuning- Intuitions for tree Indexes – Indexed Sequential Access Methods (ISAM)
– B+ Trees: A Dynamic Index Structure.
101
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

TEXT BOOKS :
1. Data base Management Systems, Raghurama Krishnan, Johannes Gehrke,
TATA McGrawHill 3rd Edition
2. Data base System Concepts, Silberschatz, Korth, McGraw hill, V edition.
REFERENCES:
1. Data base Systems design, Implementation, and Management, Peter Rob &
Carlos Coronel 7th Edition.
2. Fundamentals of Database Systems, Elmasri Navrate Pearson Education
3. Introduction to Database Systems, C.J.Date Pearson Education
PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE:
1. Create a table with all the data types of SQL.
2. Execute all DDL commands.
3. Execute all DML commands.
4. Execute all DCL commands.
5. Execute all DQL commands.
6. Execute all number format functions.
7. Execute all character format functions.
8. Execute all the constraints.
9. Execute all the views.
10. Execute all types of joins.
11. Execute all the schemas.
12. Execute schema refinement.
13. Execute all the trigger programs.
14. Execute the programs on active data bases.
15. Execute the programs on normal forms.
16. Execute the commands on ACID properties.
17. Execute the programs on indexing.
18. Execute programs on concurrent recovery.
19. Execute programs on ISAM.
20. Execute programs on B+ trees.

102
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

DT17B6.3C: IMAGE PROCESSING

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: 3 Hours, Cr: 4

UNIT-I
Introduction: Light, Brightness adaption and discrimination, Pixels, coordinate
conventions, Imaging Geometry, Perspective Projection, Spatial Domain Filtering,
sampling and quantization.
UNIT-II
Spatial Domain Filtering: Intensity transformations, contrast stretching, histogram
equalization, Correlation and convolution, Smoothing filters, sharpening filters,
gradient and Laplacian.
UNIT-III
Filtering in the Frequency domain: Hotelling Transform, Fourier Transforms and
properties, FFT (Decimation in Frequency and Decimation in Time Techniques),
Convolution, Correlation, 2-D sampling, Discrete Cosine Transform, Frequency
domain filtering.
UNIT-IV
Color Image Processing: Color fundamentals, color models, pseudo color image
processing, basics of full–color image processing, color transforms, smoothing and
sharpening, color segmentation.
UNIT-V
Image Restoration: Basic Framework, Interactive Restoration, Image deformation
and geometric transformations, image morphing, Restoration techniques, Noise
characterization, Noise restoration filters, Adaptive filters, Linear, Position invariant
degradations, Estimation of Degradation functions, Restoration from projections.
UNIT-VI
Image Compression: Fundamentals, image compression models, error-free
compression, lossypredictive coding, image compression standards.
UNIT-VII:
Morphological Image Processing: Basics, SE, Erosion, Dilation, Opening, Closing,
Hit-or-Miss Transform, Boundary Detection, Hole filling, Connected components,
convex hull, thinning, thickening, skeletons, pruning, Geodesic Dilation, Erosion,
Reconstruction by dilation and erosion.
UNIT-VIII
Image Segmentation: Boundary detection based techniques, Point, line detection,
Edge detection, Edge linking, local processing, regional processing, Hough
transform, Thresholding, Iterative thresholding, Otsu’s method, Moving averages,
Multivariable thresholding, Region-based segmentation, Watershed algorithm, Use
of motion in segmentation
103
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Text/Reference books:
1. Digital Image Processing, 3rd Edition, by Rafael C Gonzalez and Richard E
Woods. Publisher: Pearson Education.
2. Image Processing, Analysis, and Machine Vision, Milan Sonka, Vaclav
Hlavac and Roger Boyle, Second Edition, Thomson Learning.
3. Introduction to Digital Image Processing with Matlab, Alasdair McAndrew,
Thomson Course Technology
4. Digital Image Processing and Analysis, B. Chanda, D. Datta Majumder,
Prentice Hall of India, 2003.
5. Computer Vision and Image Processing, Adrian Low, Second Edition,
B.S.Publications Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing By Anil K Jain.

DT17B6.4C INTRODUCTION TO SIMULATION AND MODELING

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: Practical & Viva-Voce, Cr: 4

Software’s: CPP
Introduction to Modelling and Computer Simulation, Simulation in decision making,
elements of simulation modeling, modeling packages, languages for, simulation,
interpretation of simulation data, Probability and Statistical Tools Probability
distributions, discrete and continuous random variables, pseudorandom number
generation and testing, hypothesis testing, confidence intervals, one-way analysis
of variance, variance reduction Simulation Modeling Procedures, Techniques, and
Case Studies
• Model design
• Inventory and queuing models, single models, alternative models
• Collection and analysis of input data
• Simulation performance
• Analysis of simulation results, simulation verification and model validation,
sensitivity analysis.
• Discrete Event Simulation with a Simulation Language
• Deterministic and stochastic models, probability distribution sampling,
simulation i/o,
• Simulation projects with written and oral presentations
REFERENCES
Banks, J., Editor, Handbook of Simulation, Wiley, 1998.
Banks, Carson, and Nelson, Discrete-Event System Simulation, 3 Ed., Prentice
Hall, 2001.

104
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Banks, Carson, and Sy, Getting Started with GPSS/H, Wolverine Software Corp.,
1989.
Fishwick, Simulation Model Design and Execution, Prentice Hall, 1995.
Kelton, Sadowski, and Sadowski, Simulation with Arena, 2 Ed., McGraw-Hill, 2002.
Law, A. M. and Kelton, W. D. Simulation Modeling and Analysis, 3 Ed., McGraw-
Hill,2000.
Shriber, An Introduction to Simulation Using GPSS/H, Wiley, 1991.
Silverman, A Laboratory Manual for Simulation with GPSS/H for Computer Science
Majors: an Integrated Approach, NSF Workshop, 1997.

DT17B6.5C- ENERGY SIMULATION IN BUILDING DESIGN

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: Practical & Viva-Voce, Cr: 4

Software’s: Auto Desk, Revit,Architecture,Ecotect

Energy simulation –-HVAC, mechanical equipment etc. Simulation of wind flow-
Introduction to various simulation programs like Energy-plus, design builder DOE,
etc-
Course Introduction and Background, brief history, need for simulation, simulation
as part of design process-various methods in simulation process, data collection,
the variables which effect energy consumption in buildings
Fundamentals of energy, mass transfer, and Thermal analysis of building
components, Numerical methods, and Theoretical framework for energy simulation
for buildings related to various aspects
Energy simulation tools , Introduction to DOE2 (EQUEST) software, Building
envelope analyses, HVAC System analyses, Parametric Analyses, Lighting
Analyses, Special emphasis shall be given to the open source code software-their
applications and customization for the specific needs in the context of energy
simulation.
Simulation of at least two building typologies to be undertaken. Students may be
encouraged to prepare the algorithms and develop programs for simulation
Introduction to Energy Audit
Definition, need, and types of energy audit; Energy management (audit) approach:
Understanding energy costs, bench marking, energy performance, matching
energy use to requirement, maximizing system efficiencies, optimizing the input
energy requirements; Fuel & energy substitution; Energy audit instruments; Energy
Conservation Act; Duties and responsibilities of energy managers and auditors.
Reference
J A Clarke, 2002, Energy Simulation in Building Design (2nd Edn), Butterworth-
Heinemann, ISBN 0 7506 5082.
105
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

2001 ASHRAE Handbook: Fundamentals. IP or SI edition, hard copy or CD.

S V Patankar, 1980, Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow, ISBN: 0891165223.
John A. Duffie, William A. Beckman, 1991, Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes,
ISBN: 0471510564
Hamies, Energy Auditing and Conservation; Methods, Measurements, Management
& Case study, Hemisphere, Washington, 1980

DT17B6.xE—ELECTIVE-IV
DT17B6.1E BUILDING BYELAWS AND LEGISLATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL
AND PLANNING
Unit - I Concept of law source of law (i.e. custom, legislation, precedents)
separation of powers judiciary, legislation and executives. Meaning of terms of
law, legislation, ordinance, bill, act, regulations and bye laws. Brief introduction to
legislation process as per Indian constitution- division of subjects between centre
and states. Articles 19 (1) (f), 19 (5) and 31.
Unit - II Provisions regarding land, property and planning components of state
and central Government to enact town-planning acts. Case of Manikal Chootal vs
H.G. Makavana.
Unit - III Administrative law Delegation of powers principles of Natural justice, its
bearing on planning laws. Model Town planning Act-Planning agencies at National,
State and local levels, their functions and inter-relationships, Contents and
preparation of development plans. Town Planning Act-and its objectives, contents
and procedure for implementation of regional plans, master plans, town planning
schemes-development charge-public participation in statutory planning process.
Unit - IV Concepts of structure plan and local plan under the English law. Urban
and Metro plan, development board and authority acts scope overlapping of
provisions with other allied acts and provision for prevention of duplicating of
authority, urban development authorities Act of A.P. and Establishment of HMDA.
VGTM-UDA, VUDA etc., Scope of comprehensive housing codes and building bye-
laws, contents and critical evaluation of subdivision regulation, building bye-laws,
zoning laws and law relating to periphery control. Introduction to law relating to
slum clearance.
Unit - V Housing code, National parks system and traffic legislation. Building
estimation Norms for exterior and interior open spaces, setbacks margins, norms
for building projections open spaces, FAR norms for vehicular areas, norms for fire
protection, building services. Study of local administrative provisions for obtaining
building permissions, regulation for superstructures, building height regulations,
regulation for high rise/ structures, large development projects.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
Ajit Prakashan’s Model Building Bye-Laws, 2016
LexisNexis Building & Engineering Contracts Law & Practice by PC. Markanda
(Set of 2 HB Volumes)
Sweet & Maxwell Construction Law (HB) compliled by John Uff
106
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

DT17B6.2E GEO-INFORMATICS IN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

UNIT-I
Resources classification systems, natural and cultural resources, renewable and
non-renewable resources.
UNIT-II
Resource Conservation: Remote sensing based Land use- Land cover mapping
for resource monitoring and management Sustainable development of natural
resources
UNIT-III
Land Resources: Introduction to soil, mineral resources, remote sensing in mapping
soil degradation, impact of surface mining on land resources,
UNIT-IV
Bio-Resources: Remote sensing application in agriculture, forest resources and
wildlife habitat assessment.
UNIT-V
Mapping of forest density and type, issues in forest management.
UNIT-VI
Water Resources: Remote sensing application in surface and sub surface water
resources evaluation, water mining and pollution, issues in water resources
management.
UNIT-VII
Energy Resources: Coal, oil and nuclear energy, non conventional energy
resources, future potential and requirement of energy resources. GIS in energy
resources management.
UNIT-VIII
Geoinformatics Models in Resource Management: Forest Fire Modeling, Wild
Life Habitat Assessment Modeling, Soil Erosion Modeling, Land Resources
Development Prioritization Modeling.
Text/Reference books:
Miller, R. W. and Donahue, R. L. (1990): Soils, Prentice-Hall of India. Lillisand, T.
M. and Keifer, R. W. 1994.
Remote Sensing and Image interpretation’, John Willey and Sons, New York, Third
Edition Simmons, T.G.
The Ecology of Natural Resources, Edword Arnold, London, 1974.
Robert G. Reeves: manual of Remote Sensing Vol. II American Society of
Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing, Falls Church. Donald A Davidson: Soils
and Land use Planning, Longman, London, 1998. Robert W. Colwell.
107
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Monitoring of Earth Resources from Aircraft and Spacecraft, NASA, Washington

DC.

DT17B6.3E 3D VISUALISATION
Software’s: 3DS Max, Maya, Lumion, Unreal
1. Introduction: Interface of 3d Maya Layout and workflow, Introduction to menu
bars and tools, navigating 3D Workspace
2. Creating Geometry: Creating polygon shapes, NURBS,Surfaces,Curves
and build-up building Gemetry,Learning Different Modelling editing
tools,Transforms,Modifiers etc.,
3. Animation Basics: Learning Camera Animations, Graph Editors, Time Line,
Frames and Key Frames.
4. Texturing and lighting: Material Editors, Material and mapping, learning about
unwrapping and applying textures to the objects, introduction to different
lights, placing of lights, light linking.
5. Rendering: Mental Ray Renders, Passes, Color pass, Occlusion pass, V Ray
Renders, Render Settings, Render Views, Batch Render, Effects and also
creating environment in Maya.
6. Video Post Production: Compiling the render images in adobe premier and
adobe after effects, Introduction to the interface, video editing’s, transitions,
Mattes, Sound Editing, Importing and exporting video files.
Practical Knowledge:
1. Architectural Visualisation
2. Construction Applications
3. Interior Decoration
4. Real-Estate Development
5. Engineering Simulations
6. Advertising
7. Films
8. Cartoon Animation
9. Games
Reference Books
Architectural Rendering with 3ds Max and V-Ray : Photorealistic Visualization by
Markus Kuhlo
Simplifying Maya - AuthorJana Germano

108
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

DT17B6.4E WEB DESIGNING

Software’s: Photo shop, HTML, Java script, Dream Weaver

Objective: Understanding principles of animation and working alternative 2D

Animation software Introduction to drawing and sketching for 2D animation, use
of software like MS Paint, Coral painter,auto- sketch to make simple animations.
Making of Flash Movie- simple commands related to setup, input of text, animation
of text, grid, templates, tool panel and library.
Making simple graphics, concepts of drawing, fill and stoke colors, brushes, design
of text, transformation of graphics and text, inserting images, editing sound and
videos.
Concepts of animation, types of animation, key frames, motion and shape controls
buttons, movie clips controls, sound controls.
Defining paths, flash action script, understand symbols, creating simple movie
clips, scripts for interactive and controlled movie clips.
Publishing the movie clips, optimizing on the file sizes, exporting the flash movies,
At least two complete projects in animation.
Alternative software for 2D animation
Practical Knowledge:
1. The internal assessment to be carried out through practicals and periodic
tests on the mentioned topics.
Reference Books
Javascript and Jquery : Interactive front - end web development, by Jon Duckett
The Web Designer’s Idea Book, Vol.2
HTML & CSS : Design and Build Web Sites - Jon Duckett

XXXXX: OPEN ELECTIVE-IV

As per students choice

109
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER VII
DT17B7.1C: MINI PROJECT (IT/GIS/DESIGN/ANIMATION)

L/S/P: 12/Wk, Int: 100, End Exam: 100, Total: 200, End Exam: Jury & Viva-Voce, Cr:12

DT17B7.2C: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: 3 Hours, Cr:4

Course Contents:
Introduction to AI. Agents and environments. Problem solving by search; uninformed
search, informed (“heuristic”) search, constrained satisfaction problems, adversarial
search, Knowledge representation and reasoning; rule based representations,
logical formalisms, frames or object oriented systems, network based approaches
and mixed representations. Theorem-proving. Knowledge bases and expert
systems. Overview of LISP and PROLOG. Reasoning in uncertain environments.
Planning communication and multi agent systems. Learning. Vision. Natural
Language Processing.
Books and References:
Charniak and Mcdermott. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence , Addison-Wesley,
1985.
Ginsburg. Essentials of Artificial Intelligence, Morgan Kaufmann, 1993.
Winston. Artificial Intelligence , 3rd Edition, Addison Wesley, 1992

DT17B7.3C: SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: 3 Hours, Cr:4

UNIT I
Conventional Software Management: The waterfall model, conventional software
Management performance.
Evolution of Software Economics: Software Economics, pragmatic software cost
estimation.
UNIT II
Improving Software Economics: Reducing Software product size, improving
software processes, improving team effectiveness, improving automation,
Achieving required quality, peer inspections.
The old way and the new: The principles of conventional software Engineering,
principles of modern software management, transitioning to an iterative process.
UNIT III
Life cycle phases: Engineering and production stages, inception, Elaboration,
construction, transition phases.
110
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Artifacts’ of the process: The artifact sets, Management artifacts, Engineering

artifacts, programmatic artifacts.
UNIT IV
Model based software architectures: A Management perspective and technical
perspective.
Work Flows of the process: Software process workflows, Iteration workflows.
UNIT V
Checkpoints of the process: Major mile stones, Minor Milestones, Periodic status
assessments.
Iterative Process Planning: Work breakdown structures, planning guidelines, cost
and schedule estimating, Iteration planning process, Pragmatic planning.
UNIT VI
Project Organizations and Responsibilities: Line-of-Business Organizations,
Project Organizations, evolution of Organizations.
Process Automation: Automation Building blocks, The Project Environment.
UNIT VII
Project Control and Process instrumentation: The seven core Metrics, Management
indicators, qualityindicators, life cycle expectations, pragmatic Software Metrics,
Metrics automation.
Tailoring the Process: Process discriminates.
UNIT VIII
Future Software Project Management: Modern Project Profiles, Next generation
Software economics, modern process transitions. Case Study: The command
Centre Processing and Display system- Replacement (CCPDS-R).
TEXT BOOK:
Software Project Management, Walker Royce: Pearson Education, 2005.
REFERENCES:
1. Software Project Management, Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell: Tata
McGraw- Hill Edition.
2. Software Project Management, Joel Henry, Pearson Education.
3. Software Project Management in practice, Pankaj Jalote, Pearson
Education.2005.

111
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

DT17B7.4C BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

L/S/P: 4/Wk, Int: 50, End Exam: 50, Total: 100, End Exam: 3 Hours, Cr:4

Objective:
To understand the control system installed in buildings that controls and monitors
the building’s mechanical and electrical equipment.
Outcome:
Student has to design a BMS consists of software and hardware; the software
program, usually configured in a hierarchical manner, can be proprietary, using
such protocols.
UNIT I
Introduction building electronics, various types of sensors, protocols, consoles and
networking systems, Intelligent Building Systems, Their applications in various
aspects of building management - security, energy, HVAC, lighting
UNIT II
Role of IBS in management of various services like water supply, drainage, lighting,
for large buildings, high-rise building and campuses.
UNIT III
Building performance – Building management systems. Measuring Building
Performance.
UNIT IV
Intelligent Buildings. Introduction to CAFM
UNIT V
Introduction to BMS Network Infrastructure for building connectivity-Benefits
of advanced building cabling, Definitions, basic principles, building network
infrastructure & design considerations.
UNIT VI
Data transmission over twisted pair lines, LAN(local area network), optical fiber,
testing.
Text/Reference books:
Building Quality management systems – Vikas Kumar
Building energy management systems – GJ.Levermore
Understanding building automation systems – Robert A. Di

112
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

DT17B7.Xe-ELECTIVE-V
DT17B7.1E ADVANCED DIGITAL DESIGN
Software’s: Rhino, Lumion, Unity and Vuforia
RHINO
Rhino is a 3D-modeling powerhouse, used to design and engineer products ranging
from jewelry and furniture to architecture and automobiles. Learn how to build your
own 3D models, characters, and prototypes with the NURBS-based modeling tools
in Rhino 5.0 for Windows. Rhino’s three primary entities (the curve, the surface,
and the solid) and shows the best ways to draw curves and model 3D objects, edit
their geometry efficiently, and render and export your designs.
Topics include:
Why use Rhino?
Understanding 3D terminology
Comparing Bézier curves, B-splines, and NURBS objects
Navigating the viewport
Manipulating objects with commands
Creating curves, surfaces, and solids
Performing basic transformations
Making solids with primitives
Extruding curves
Snapping to objects and planes
Trimming, splitting, rotating, and copying objects
Working with NURBS and seams
Prototyping a 3D model
LUMION
Starting a project – Project Setup, Screen Layout, Controlling the Camera,
Modeling Environment and Modifying Terrain Adding a Water Plane and/or
Ocean, Importing – Updating Models with Geometry, Placing Content from the
Library Moving, Adding, Deleting and Scaling Models, Advanced Transformations
Content Specific Properties, Using Layers, Assigning and Modifying Materials,
Saving Material Sets Merging Materials with Terrain, Advanced Materials (Glass,
Waterfalls, Self Illumination, Glows) Environment Settings, Setting Sun Direction
and Height,Cloud Setting, Environment Setting, Adding / Modifying Light Fixture,
Creating Still Images, Creating Animations, Animating Objects, Camera Presets,
Animating Camera Zoom Creating a camera Pan, Speed of Clips, Working with
existing still images.

113
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Importing an existing movie file, Working with Filters, Filter Specific Settings, Adding
Special Effects to Individual clips and entire movies, Adding Multiple Effects, Using
Theater Mode Export and Rendering Options, Rendering the final output as a
movie file.
UNITY
Unity is the ultimate game development platform. Use Unity to build high-quality 3D
and 2D games, deploy them across mobile, desktop, VR/AR, consoles or the Web,
and connect with loyal and enthusiastic players and users.
VUFORIA
Vuforia brings an important capability to HoloLens – the power to connect AR
experiences to specific images and objects in the environment. You can use this
capability to overlay guided step by step instructions on top of machinery or to add
digital features to a physical product.
Reference Books
Advanced Digital Design with the Verilog HDL
New Rhino book by Michiel van der Kley
Getting Started with Lumion 3D
BookbyCiro Cardoso

DT17B7.2E BUILDING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

Course Overview:
To introduce the importance of construction management in the field of architecture.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Introduction
Construction in India; its role in development, importance of Management in
Construction, role of Construction Manager, Construction team, responsibilities
and authorities of Construction Manager Organization.
Unit - II
Management Techniques:
Planning for Construction Projects: Principles, objectives, advantages of planning,
stages of planning.
Scheduling: Definition, advantages Methods of Scheduling: Bar chart, Milestone
chart, Controlling, Life cycle cures.Job layout, work break down structure.
Project Management through Networks
Introduction, objectives, advantages, terms and definitions, types of networks,
114
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

rules for drawing a network, Fulker son’s Rate of numbering the events.
Introduction to PERT, CPM, difference between PERT and CPM, finding critical
path.
Unit – III
Introduction to construction equipments, performance, characteristics and usage of
equipment used in large scale projects.
Human Resource management: manpower estimation at various stages,
recruitment, training, under and over manning.
Materials Management : Materials of construction, classification codification, ABC
analysis, estimation of materials procurement, inventory / stock control, purchase
procedure, stores management.
Quality control in Construction: Importance of quality, elements of quality,
organization for quality control, quality assurance techniques.
Unit – IV
Labour Legislations pertaining to construction industry, payment of wages act,
migration Act, Factories Act, Contract Labour Act, Labour Welfare Fund Act,
Workmen’s Compensation Act.
Construction Safety Management: Importance of safety causes of accidents, safety
measures, safety benefits to employees, employees and customers.
Unit – V
Economics of Project Management: Economic analysis of projects, economic
studies, sensitivity analysis. Cost estimating principles, parameter estimation,
detailed estimates, cost concepts, classification of costs, elements of costs, and
cost analysis for control.
Unit – VI
Budgetary Control Systems: Types of budgets, new approaches for budgeting,
responsibility of accounting, profit centre approach.
Financial Management: Meaning and scope, financial statement analysis, ratio
analysis, funds flow analysis.
Working Capital Management: Meaning, policy for working capital, estimating
working capital needs. Capital investment decision, long term financing working
of financial institutions in India and abroad, self-financing, financing mechanisms.
Value engineering: Definition, value engineering job plan, life cycle casting, value
engineering applications.
Unit – VII
Introduction to Linear programming, Transportation problem, Sensitive analysis.

115
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Reference books:
Gupta, B.L. and Gupta, Amit. Construction Management, Machinery and Accounts,
3rd ed. Standard Pub, 2005.
Loraine, R.K. Construction Management in Developing Countries. Thomas
Telford, London, 1993.
Srinath, L.S. PERT and CPM Principles and Applications, 3rd ed. Affiliated East-
West Press, New Delhi, 2003.
Singh, Harpal. Construction Management and Accounts 14th ed. Tata McGraw-Hill
Pub., New Delhi, 1981.
Gould, E. Frederick and Joyce, E. Nancy. Construction Project Management.
Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2000.
Shrivastava, U.K. Construction Planning and Management, 3rd ed. Galgotia Pub.,
New Delhi, 2004.

DT17B7.3E: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

UNIT I
Introduction to Software Engineering: The evolving role of software, Changing
Nature of Software, legacy software, Software myths. A Generic view of process:
Software engineering- A layered technology, a process framework, The Capability
Maturity Model Integration (CMMI), Process patterns, process assessment,
personal and team process models.
UNIT II
Process models: The waterfall model, Incremental process models, Evolutionary
process models,specialized process models, The Unified process.
UNIT III
Software Requirements: Functional and non-functional requirements, User
requirements, System requirements, Interface Specification, the software
requirements document.
Requirements engineering process: Feasibility studies, Requirements Elicitation
and analysis, Requirements validation, Requirements management.
System models: Context Models, Behavioural models, Data models, Object
models, structured methods.
UNIT IV
Design Engineering: Design process and Design quality, Design concepts, the
design model, patternbased software design.
Creating an architectural design: software architecture, Data design, Architectural
styles and patterns,Architectural Design, assessing alternative architectural
designs, mapping data flow into a software architecture.
116
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT V
Modelling component-level design: Designing class-based components, conducting
component-level design, Object constraint language, designing conventional
components.
Performing User interface design: Golden rules, User interface analysis and design,
interface analysis, interface design steps, Design evaluation.
UNIT VI
Testing Strategies: A strategic approach to software testing, test strategies for
conventional software, Black-Box and White-Box testing, Validation testing, System
testing, the art of Debugging. Product metrics: Software Quality, Frame work for
Product metrics, Metrics for Analysis Model, Metrics for Design Model, Metrics for
source code, Metrics for testing, Metrics for maintenance.
Metrics for Process and Products: Software Measurement, Metrics for software
quality.
UNIT VII
Risk management: Reactive Vs Proactive Risk strategies, software risks, Risk
identification, Riskprojection, Risk refinement, RMMM, RMMM Plan.
UNIT VIII
Quality Management: Quality concepts, Software quality assurance, Software
Reviews, Formal technical reviews, Statistical Software quality Assurance,
Software reliability, The ISO 9000 quality standards.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Software Engineering A practitioner’s Approach, Roger S Pressman, sixth
edition,. McGraw Hill International Edition.
2. Software Engineering, Ian Sommerville, seventh edition, Pearson education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Software Engineering - A Precise Approach, Pankaj Jalote, Wiley India, 2010.
2. Software Engineering : A Primer, Waman S Jawadekar, Tata McGraw-Hill,
2008. Fundamentals of Software Engineering, Rajib Mall, PHI, 2005.
3. Software Engineering, Principles and Practices, Deepak Jain, Oxford
University Press.
4. Software Engineering1: Abstraction and modeling, Diner Bjorner, Springer
International edition, 2006.
5. Software Engineering2: Specification of systems and languages, Diner
Bjorner, Springer International edition, 2006.
6. Software Engineering Foundations - Yingxu Wang, Auerbach Publications,
2008.

117
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

7. Software Engineering Principles and Practice, Hans Van Vliet, 3rd edition,
John Wiley &Sons Ltd.
8. Software Engineering 3: Domains, Requirements,and Software Design,
D.Bjorner, Springer International Edition.
9. Introduction to Software Engineering, R.J.Leach, CRC Press

DT 17B7.4E PROJECT STUDIES

This subject forms the preliminary work on which the students’ project in the next
semester would be based. Therefore the objective of seminar in this semester
is to encourage students to identify and select topics of interest and explore the
theoretical issues based on extensive literature survey, interviews with experts and
site visits wherever possible.
As it is mandatory that students subsequently carry the work into the Digital
Techniques project, students will have to submit a detailed proposal on the chosen
topic. The topic has to be approved by the committee and supervisor. Periodic
reviews will be held to facilitate exchange of ideas, clarify the issues pf concern and
pave the way for further study in the planning project. Emphasis will be placed on
clear understanding of the topic so that the student can work independently on the
terminal project subsequently.
Note:
Each student shall present a formal report and a seminar for final assessments.

DT17B7.Xe-ELECTIVE-VI
DT17B7.5E DIGITAL GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM
Introduction of Global Positioning System, Satellite constellation, GPS signals and
data, Geopositioning- Basic Concepts. NAVSTAR, GLONASS
Basic geodesy, Geoid /datum/ Ellipsoid,- definition and basic concepts, Coordinate
Systems, Special Referencing system, Map Scale, Scale factors, Indian geodetic
System
Control Segment, Space Segments, User Segment, GPS Positioning Types-
Absolute Positioning, Differential positioning
Methods-Static & Rapid static, Kinematic-Real time kinematic Survey- DGPS-GPS
data processing and Accuracy.
Selection of Reference Station, Reference Station Equipment: GPS receiver, GPS
antenna. Radio and its types, Radio Antenna
GPS Application in Surveying and Mapping, Navigation Military, Location Based
Services, Vehicle tracking.
Text/Reference books:
118
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Leicka. A.: GPS Satellite Surveying, John Wiley & Sons, use. New York
Terry-Karen Steede, 2002, Integrating GIS and the Global Positioning System,
ESRI Press
N.K.Agrawal Essentials of GPS, Spatial Network Pvt Ltd 2004
Sathish Gopi , GPS and Surveying using GPS

DT17B7.6E STATISTICS AND PROGRAMMING FOR GEO DATA

Software’s: R
Introduction to the R language:
Arithmetic and matrix operations
Introduction to functions
Reading and writing data
Functions and R programming
–the if statement
–looping:for, repeat, while
–writing functions
–function arguments and options.
Graphics:
Basic plotting
Manipulating the plotting window
Advanced plotting using lattice library
Saving plots.
Models considered:
Linear regression:lm()
Logistic regression:glm()
Poisson regression:glm()
Survival analysis:Surv(), coxph()
Linear mixed models:lme().
Migration SAS to R

119
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Text/Reference books:
Principal Component Analysis by Jolliffe, I.T. (opensource)
ggplot2 Elegant Graphics for Data Analysis (open source)
DT17B7.7E DIGITAL 3D STUDIO
Software’s: Maya, Photoshop
Objective: Introduction to 3D Animation software MAYA and work process
UNIT I
Spline modelling- working with modifiers- compound objects- Standard and
extended primitives - Surface modeling.
UNIT II
Introduction to NURBS modeling– curves and surfaces, High resolution modeling,
modelling using patches.
UNIT III
Human anatomy, Character modeling, controlling the character,
UNIT IV
Introduction to MAYA- NURBS modeling- polygon modeling, subdivision modeling,-
Applyingtextures using nodes- UV unwrapping- lighting concepts, types of lights-
using cameras, working withpaint effects
UNIT V
Rendering- assigning materials-developing materials for rendering, setting up
lighting- rendering using various types of rendering engines- photo-realistic, artistic
and true- color renderings, rendering techniques with different rendering engines-
Limitations of software and hardware, overcoming the software and hardware
limitations.
UNIT VI
Animation- defining the paths, frames, and controls for animation, freedom
animation, walk through
UNIT VII
Video Streaming- editing the animation clips, adding sound and special effects
mixing special effects, composing with visual effects, wire removal, colour gradient,
colour corrections, SFX and VFX composing.
UNIT VIII
Students are required to create one neighbourhood scene and walkthrough, one
interior view and walkthrough, 10 minute length movie using character, half minute
length commercial apart from practice renderings.

120
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Practical Knowledge :
Create a 3D animated short film (8minutes)
Text/Reference books:
The Male and Female Figure in Motion - Edward Muybridge
How to Cheat in Maya 2012: Tools and Techniques for Character Animation By Eric
Luhta & Kenny Roy
Acting for Animators By EdHook
Timing for Animation byJohn Halas & Harold Whitaker
Introducing Character Animation with Blender by Tony Mullen
Stop Staring: Facial Modeling & Animation Done Right by Jason Osipa
Directing the Story: Professional Storytelling and Storyboarding Techniques by
Francis Glebas
Body Language: Advanced 3D Character Rigging by Eric Allen, Kelly L. Murdock,
Jared Fong, Adam G. Sidwell

DT17B7.8E VFX & COMPOSITING

Software’s: Auto Desk Maya, Adobe Premier, Adobe after Effects
Unit I
Introduction to Compositing and After Effects: Fundamental concepts of
Compositing, Introduction to the AE Interface & Tools
Unit II
Basic Animation Basic Animation: Fundamentals of animation, Key frames &
Transform properties, Anchor Point, Key frame types, Motion Sketch, Smoother,
Project Settings & Parameters
Unit III
Layer Control & Blending Layer Control & Blending: Layer Editing, Stacking, Work
Area, Effects & Presets Assignment #1 is due.
Unit IV
Transparency A Transparency - Part A: Mask & Pen tool, Bezier curves
Unit V
Transparency B Transparency - Part B: Track Matte, Luma Matte, Stencils
Unit VI
Keying Keying: Import Issues, Footage Interpretation, Keylight basics

121
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit VII
Tracking & Output Tracking: Stabilization, 1-point tracking, 4-point tracking
Unit VIII
Additional Keying & Tracking tools Color Correction, Alpha painting, Mocha Demo
Practical Knowledge:
1. Group Project Review Group presentations & Notes
2. Multi-pass rendering and node based compositing. Film, video, and chroma-
keying for 3D. Pre-visualization and Pipeline planning techniques, 3D asset
creation, photorealistic texturing, and asset management., Color correction,
optical effects, and advanced compositing.
3. Recap & Final Project Review Recap & Final Project: Wish list, Questions,
Final project
The internal assessment to be in the form of term papers and practical’s on
above mentioned topics.
Text/Reference books:
HTML and CSS: Design and Build Websites
The Principles of Beautiful Web Design (2nd Edition) by Jason Beaird
HTML & CSS: Design and Build Websites by Jon Duckett
Designing Interfaces (2nd Edition) by Jenifer Tidwell

122
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER VIII
DT17B8.1C INTERNSHIP (IT/GIS/DESIGN/ANIMATION)

L/S/P: Nil, Int: 150, End Exam: 150, Total: 300, End Exam: Jury & Viva-voce, Cr:12

Student’s choice for Project related INTERNSHIP

Course Overview:
Internship period not less than 12 weeks.
Objectives of the Course:
To provide experience in practical aspects of digital techniques for Design and
planning
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: The skills required for a student to grow
into a professional.
Course Contents:
Every student must work in an Office as a full-time trainee for a period of 12
calendar weeks (excluding Viva-voce) from the date of commencement of training.
The Chief in the firm should have a minimum of five years of practical / professional
experience after her/his post-graduation. The student should involve herself/himself
in various aspects of work in an office. Detailed instructions regarding the training,
the frequency of reporting to the department, etc. will be issued at the end of the
seventh Semester, which the student must strictly follow.
After completion of training, every student will have to submit a detailed report with
a set of drawings on at least two projects on which she/he has worked during the
twenty calendar weeks of the practical training period. This report will be evaluated
at a viva-voce by a jury consisting of one external, one internal and head of the
department or his nominee. After submission of the report the department at its
convenience will arrange for the conduct of the viva-voce examination.

DT17B8.2C PROJECT (IT/GIS/DESIGN/ANIMATION)

L/S/P: Nil, Int: 250, End Exam: 250, Total: 500, End Exam: Jury & Viva-voce, Cr:18

Student’s choice for the PROJECT

Course Contents:
Each student of Bachelor of Technology (Digital Techniques for Design and
Planning) is required to prepare a dissertation / project on a subject concerning
Digital Techniques for Design and Planning under a guide/adviser as approved by
the Head of the Department. The dissertation / project will provide an opportunity
to the student to synthesize the knowledge and skills acquired through the learning
of various theories and practices during the course.

123
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Tech (DTDP) Program, effective from 2017-18

The particulars of schedule of internal Juries, content, presentation, format, etc., as

decided by the department from time to time, shall be strictly followed.
At the end of the semester, each student is expected to submit all original drawings
prepared as per the department’s specifications, three copies of the report in the
specified format and in a soft copy and a physical or digital / virtual model should
be submitted to the department after obtaining the approval of the respective guide/
adviser.
The department shall schedule the final viva voce a jury consisting of one external,
one internal and head of the department or his nominee, at its convenience, only
after the receipt of the dissertation submission by a student.

124
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

BACHELOR OF DESIGN (Interior Design)

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS, COURSE STRUCTURE
AND SYLLABUS
(EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18)

SCHOOL OF PLANNING & ARCHITECTURE

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE
AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY
Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad – 500 028

1
JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

2
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

CONTENTS

S.No. Particulars Page No.

1. Academic Regulations 5

2. Course Structure 19

3. Semister I 24

4. Semister II 37

5. Semister III 52

6. Semister IV 64

7. Semister V 78

8. Semister VI 89

9. Semister VII 101

10. Semister VIII 110

3
JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

4
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY

Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad – 500 028.

Academic Regulations for Interior Design Programs

(Under the CBCS, Effective from the Academic Year 2017-2018)

Preamble :
JNAFAU’s Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) aims to provide comprehensive
learning opportunities which takes into account individual interests and abilities of
the students. Apart from the compulsory core courses, the students can choose
from the elective courses on offer in the university or also from approved online
platforms like the MHRD’s SWAYAM or MOOCs.
These regulations are subject to amendments as may be decided by the Academic
Council / Committee of the University from time to time. Any or all such amendments
will be effective from such date and to such batches of students (including those
already in the middle of the program) as may be decided by the Academic Council
/ Committee.
1. Glossary of Terms
1.1. Program: An educational program leading to award of a Degree in a
discipline.
1.2. Course: Generally referred as a ‘subject’ offered under the degree
program. Each course is identified by a unique course code and course
title. A course may be designed to comprise lectures/ studio/tutorials/
laboratory work/ fieldwork/ outreach activities/ project work/vocational
training /seminars /term papers/ assignments/ presentations/ self-
study etc. or a combination of some of these. All courses do not carry
the same credits.
1.3. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS): In addition to the compulsory
core courses in a program, CBCS provides choice for students to select
from a number of elective courses offered. The term credit refers to the
weightage given to the course and is usually the number of periods per
week allotted to it.
1.4. Re-admission: When a student is detained in a course due to shortage
of attendance or the student takes a break of study, the student has to
take re-admission to continue the program.
1.5. Re-registration: When a student has failed in a course due to low

5
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

internal assessment marks, but has satisfactory attendance, the

student can re-register to improve performance in internal assessment
as well as external evaluation.
1.6. Re-appearance/ supplementary examinations: When a student has
failed in a course and wishes to improve performance only in end
semester external examination he/she can register to reappear for the
supplementary examination.
1.7. Director of Evaluation (DE) means the Authority of the University who
is responsible for all activities of the End Semester Examinations of the
University.
1.8. Director, Academic and Planning (DAP) means the authority of
the University who is responsible for all academic activities for the
implementation of relevant rules and regulations
2. Program Structure
2.1. Category of Courses : The program shall have a curriculum with
syllabi consisting of courses as prescribed by the Board of Studies,
and broadly categorized under:
Compulsory Core (C) are courses deemed to be the
2.1.1.
core learning required for the discipline. These courses are
part of the compulsory requirement to complete the program
of study. A core course cannot be substituted by any other
course. A core course offered in this program may be treated
as a Professional or Open Elective by other programs.
2.1.2. Professional Electives (E) are courses which are elective
courses relevant to the discipline. An Elective course is
generally a course that can be chosen from a pool of courses
on offer. Every student shall be required to opt for the electives
from the list of electives offered. Students can also opt for the
electives on offer from any of the other Programs, besides
his / her own discipline courses, or even do online courses
subject to the respective Program specific regulations.
2.1.3. Open Electives (O) are chosen generally from an unrelated
discipline/ subject, with an intention to seek exposure/ add
generic proficiency. These may include Liberal Arts courses,
Humanities and Social Science courses, etc. and essentially
facilitate the student to do courses (including Core Courses
or Professional Electives) offered by other departments/
programs / institutions or online. Open Electives may not
be specified in the course structure and the University may
approve and offer any Open Elective courses in any semester
as an option for the students.

6
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

2.1.4. Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC) or (A). These

are mandatory courses based upon content that lead to
general knowledge, ability and soft skills enhancement, such
as, Environmental Studies, Communication Skills, Value
Education, etc.
2.1.5. Non- Credit Courses / Activities mandatory for award of
Degree: There are some non-credit courses / activity such
as: 1) Co-Curricular Activity / Extension Activity (EA), 2)
any other as specified in the respective course structure /
syllabus. A ‘Satisfactory’ grade in the above, is compulsory for
the award of degree.
2.1.6. Online Courses : Students may be permitted, with the prior
approval of the Department, to take online courses through
SWAYAM or MOOCs or any other approved online facility, in
lieu of the Electives (both E and O) offered in the University.

2.2. Credits:
2.2.1. Credits are indicative of the importance of the course. In the
case of core courses 1 period of direct teaching per week
(Theory / Tutorial/ Studio/ Practical) = 1 credit
2.2.2. In the case of other courses like the Electives and the AEC
courses, the credits are based on their level of importance
as decided by the Board of Studies and as described in their
respective course structures.
Pre-requisites: Some of the courses may have pre-requisites (i.e. the
2.3.
student may be required to have registered and attended the course
specified as a pre-requisite.)
2.4. Types of Courses and Learning Sources

Types of Courses Learning Sources

Compulsory Core (C) Parent Department (PD)
Professional Elective (E) PD / OD / online
Ability Enhancement Course (AEC) PD / OD / online / Univ.
or (A)
Open Elective (OE) PD / OD / online / Univ.
Extension Activity (EA) PD, OD, Univ.
Note: PD = Parent Department; OD = Other Departments / Institutions /
Universities

7
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

3. Duration of Program
3.1. A student is normally expected to complete the Program in four
academic years (8 Semesters) but in any case not more than 8 years
(including break of study for personal reasons or suspension/ detention
due to disciplinary action, etc.).
3.2. Each semester shall normally consist of 90 working days (excluding
end semester examination days).
3.3. Gap Year: A student may be permitted to take a break of study for one
academic year for starting an enterprise or for any personal or medical
reason with prior approval. In exceptional cases, this may be extended
to another year after an appraisal process approved by the State Govt.
/ University. In such cases also the student will be eligible for award of
First Class with Distinction/ other awards. Rules of re-admission will
apply to such cases
4. Registration for choice of Electives:
4.1. Each student shall be deemed to have registered for all the compulsory
core and other mandatory (AEC) courses of every semester that he/
she is admitted to / promoted to, on the payment of the requisite fees.
4.2. However, in the case of electives (as per the course structure),
students shall submit their preferences from the list of electives on
offer (including approved online courses), and after allotment of the
elective course, register for elective courses of their choice – both
professional and open electives.
4.3. The information on the list of all the courses offered in every department
specifying the course code, course title, credits, prerequisites, the
timetable slots and the registration process with the time schedules
will be made available on the University website. Every student is
expected to go through the above information, consult the faculty
members, understand the choices and select their choice of elective
courses.
4.4. Every student shall submit their preferences from the list of electives
on offer (including approved online courses), register / re-register as
per the registration process and the schedule notified.
4.5. The departments shall put up the list of electives allotted to the
students, using their (departments’) discretion based on physical
and other capacities, with first preference given to the students from
the parent department and later, considering a first come first and/or
SGPA basis for students from other departments. However, students
who have registered for elective courses previously are allowed to re-
register for courses in which they have failed.
4.6. In case none of the student’s preferred choices is allotted, or even
otherwise, the student may propose an alternative choice from among
the available ones after due consultation with the respective faculty.

8
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

In any case, the students shall register (which is effected only on their
choice of elective being approved) for the courses within the given
schedule/ deadline.
4.7 After registering for a course, a student shall attend the classes, satisfy
the attendance requirements, earn Internal Assessment marks and
appear for the End Semester Examinations.
4.8 A student is permitted to cancel his/her registration for the elective
courses, within two weeks of starting of the semester.
4.9 To enable the students to choose electives from across the departments,
the DAP shall in consultation with all the departments, facilitate the
announcement of a common time-slot for the elective periods in the
individual time tables of the departments.
4.10 No elective course shall be commenced unless a minimum number
of students are registered (this number may be different for different
courses and Programs and may be decided by the Departments /
College/ University every semester)
5. Attendance Requirements
5.1 A student has to put in a minimum of 75% of attendance, in aggregate
of all the courses registered in the semester (excluding approved
online elective courses) for becoming eligible to register for the end
examinations and for acquiring credits in each semester.
5.2 Shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and above,
and below 75%) in each semester may be condoned by the College
Academic Committee on genuine and valid (including medical grounds),
based on the student’s representation with supporting evidence.
5.3 Condonation of shortage of attendance as stipulated above, shall not
be automatic but on the merits of the case to the satisfaction of the
College Academic Committee.
5.4 A stipulated fee shall be payable along with the application for
condonation.
5.5 Shortage of attendance below 65% in aggregate (including medical
grounds) shall in no case be condoned.
5.6 A student will not be promoted to the next semester unless the
attendance requirement of the present semester is satisfied. In case of
such detention the student is not eligible to take the End Examination
of that semester and the course registration shall stand cancelled. The
student shall seek re admission for that semester when offered next.
5.7 In the case of re-registration (clauses 10.4 to 10.7) for a course/s, the
attendance requirement is not applicable.
6. Assessment
6.1 Distribution of Internal Assessment and End Exam Marks: Performance
in each course shall be evaluated as prescribed in the respective
Program’s course structure and syllabus. As a general pattern, 50%
9
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

of the marks in a course are through internal assessment and 50%

through end semester examinations. A few courses may have 100%
of the assessment purely through internal assessment. The thesis,
the internship courses and many of the studio courses are assessed
through a jury and viva-voce for the end semester examination.
6.2 Schedule for Internal Assessment: The students shall diligently follow
the given internal assessment schedule for the semester including
submissions and tests.
6.3 The compiled cumulative internal assessment marks and attendance
of the students will be displayed periodically at least twice during the
Semester, for information to the students. 50% of the marks allotted
for the internal assessment courses shall be submitted before the 12th
week. All internal assessment marks have to be finalized and uploaded
/ submitted in the prescribed format, on or before the last day of End
Semester Examinations of the semester.
6.4 Assessment for Online Courses: In case of credits earned through
approved online modes, the credits and grades shall be assigned
by a committee consisting of Head of the Department or a teacher
nominated by the HoD and a senior faculty member nominated by the
DAP/ Principal (in case the credits or grades are not included by the
online course faculty).
6.5 Non-Credit, Mandatory Courses / Activity: Assessment in these courses
or activity will be only in terms of “Satisfactory” or “Not Satisfactory”. A
‘Satisfactory’ grade in these listed courses/ activities is compulsory for
the award of degree.
6.5.1 Co-Curricular Activity / Extension Activity (EA) (for all round
development) : Every student has to participate in any one of
the following activities like NCC/ NSS/ Sports/ FSAI University’s
Pro-bono project activity/ any national or international student
camp /any other community development activity listed by the
University and acquire a ”Satisfactory” grade to be considered
eligible for award of a degree.
6.5.2 Co-Curricular Activity / Extension Activity (EA) (for all round
development) : Every student has to participate in any one
of the following activities like NCC/ NSS/ Sports/ University’s
Pro-bono project activity/ any national or international student
camp /any other community development activity listed by the
University and acquire a ”Satisfactory” grade to be considered
eligible for award of a degree.
6.5.2.1 The student’s performance shall be examined by the
faculty in-charge of the relevant extension activity along with
the Head/ Coordinator of the Department/ activity.
6.5.2.2 Physically challenged students who are unable to
participate in any of the above activities shall be required to
10
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

take an appropriate test in the relevant area of any one of the

above activities and be graded and certified accordingly.
6.5.3 Internship of 4 weeks or less: The assessment shall be as
specified in the respective Program’s course structure or
syllabus.
6.5.4 Any other course or activity as specified (including the mode
of assessment) in the respective course structure or syllabus.
7. Award of Letter Grades
S. % of Marks Letter Grade
No. Grade Points
Minimum Maximum
1. 90.00 100.00 A+ 10
2. 80.00 89.99 A 9
3. 70.00 79.99 B 8
4. 60.00 69.99 C 7
5. 50.00 59.99 D 6
6. 40.00 49.99 E 5
7. Shortage of attendance and hence SA 0
prevented from writing end semester
examination
8. Absent for End semester examination Ab 0
9. Satisfactory * Satisfactory 0
Note: * Satisfactory grade will be given only for the non-credit courses/ activity such
as mentioned in clause 6.5. A ‘Satisfactory’ grade in these listed course/ activities
is compulsory for the award of degree.

Example of assignment of letter grade and grade points for marks:

Course Title Int. Marks End Exam Total Grade Grade
point (GP)
Course X1 22 25 47 F 0
Course X2 39 41 80 A 9
Course X3 37 34 71 B 8
Course X4 29 30 59 D 6
Course X5 25 25 50 E 5
7.1 The performance of a student will be reported using letter grades, each
carrying certain points as detailed below:
7.2. A student who earns at least an E grade in a course is declared to have
successfully completed the course, and is deemed to have earned

11
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

the credits assigned to that course. A course successfully completed

cannot be repeated.
7.3. Students who fail to appear for end semester examinations will
be marked as ‘Ab’ (Absent) and should register for supplementary
examination by paying the prescribed fees.
8. Academic Requirements: The following academic requirements have to be
satisfied, in addition to the attendance requirements mentioned in clause 5.
8.1 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course, if the student
secures not less than 50% marks in the semester end examination,
and a minimum of 50% of marks in the sum total or aggregate of the
Internal Assessment and Semester End Examination taken together;
in terms of letter grades, this implies securing ‘E’ grade or above in that
subject/ course.
8.2 A student eligible to appear in the end semester examination for
any course, but absent from it or failed (thereby failing to secure ‘E’
grade or above) may reappear for that course in the supplementary
examination as and when conducted. In such cases, the internal
marks obtained earlier for that course will be retained, and added to
the marks obtained in the end semester supplementary examination
for evaluating performance in that course.
9. Promotion between Semesters:
9.1. A student shall be promoted from odd to even semester if the minimum
requirement of attendance as in clause 5 is fulfilled.
9.2. A student shall be promoted from even to odd semester, if the minimum
requirement of attendance as in clause 5 is fulfilled and as per the
other requirements specified in the following table.
9.3. Table indicating promotion requirements from even to odd semesters:
From 2nd sem. to 3rd sem. If the student does not have more than
three backlog courses in the 1st semester.
From 4th sem. to 5th sem. Secured all the credits upto 2nd semester
and does not have more than three backlog
courses in the 3rd semester
From 6th sem. to 7th sem. Secured all the credits upto 4th semester
and does not have more than three backlog
courses in the 5th semester
Note: Upto the 4th semester all the credits have to be secured and optional
(only for elective courses) credits are available only from the 5th semester
onwards.

12
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

10. Re-admission and Re-registration

10.1 A student may be detained in a semester either due to shortage of
attendance, or due to having more than the permissible number of
backlog courses. Students detained due to shortage of attendance
may be re-admitted when the same semester is offered in the next
academic year for fulfillment of academic requirements.
10.2 A student detained due to not having enough credits or having more
than the permissible number of backlog courses, shall be promoted to
the next academic semester only after fulfilling the requirements as per
Table 9.3.
10.3 No grade allotments or SGPA/ CGPA calculations will be done for the
entire semester in which student has been detained.
10.4 The academic regulations under which a student has been first
admitted shall be applicable in all cases of re-admission.
10.5 If a student fails in a Professional Elective or an Open Elective, the
student may re-register for the same or register afresh for any other
Professional Elective or Open Elective course respectively in the
subsequent semesters. In case of re-registration in the same courses,
attendance is not mandatory, whereas registration for any other
elective course/s requires the student to attend the classes and fulfill
the attendance requirements as per Clause 5.
10.6 A student who fails in any course may be permitted the option of re-
registering in that subject only if the internal assessment marks are
less than 50%, so as to enable him/her to improve/redo and resubmit
the work for internal evaluation. In such cases of re-registration, the
student’s previous performance both in the internal evaluation and end
evaluation in the particular subject/s shall stand cancelled and he/she
shall be required to appear for the end semester evaluation again (end
examination and /or external jury as the case may be).
10.7 The maximum number of courses a student may be permitted for
‘re-registration’ in a semester, is limited to three. Re- registration of
any course should be done within 7 days from the date of declaration
of the relevant results. A stipulated fee shall be payable towards re
registration in any subject.
10.8 The student may attend classes in the case of the re-registered
courses, if the student wishes. However, the attendance requirement
is not compulsory for such courses.
11. Grade Points, SGPA and CGPA Calculation
11.1. After the results are declared, Grade Sheets will be issued to each
student which will contain the list of courses registered during the
semester and the performance in each with details of whether passing

13
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

or failing, credits earned in that semester, promoted or not, letter

grades, grade points, etc.
11.2. Grade Points: The grade points obtained in a subject multiplied by the
credits for that subject will be the weighted grade points.
Weighted Grade Points (WGP) = C x GP
Where ‘C’ is the number of credits assigned for the subject and ‘GP’ is
the Grade Point obtained as per the Table in clause 7.1 above.
11.3. SGPA: The sum of the weighted grade points divided by the total
number of credits in a semester will give the Semester Grade Point
Average (SGPA).
SGPA = ∑CiGPi / ∑Ci i = 1 to n
Where n is the number of courses the student registered for in the
semester, ‘C’ is the number of credits allotted to each of the courses,
and ‘GP’ is the grade-point obtained by the student in the respective
courses.
An example follows:

Course Title Credits Grade Weighted Grade

(C) (GP) Points (WGP)
Course X1 3 7 21
Course X2 8 8 64
Course X3 8 7 56
Course X4 7 7 49
Course X5 2 6 12
Course X6 2 6 12
Total 30 214
Semester Grade Point Average 7.13
(SGPA) = Total WGP/ Total credits =

11.4. CGPA: The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) will be computed
for every student as:
CGPA = ∑CiGPi / ∑Ci i = 1 to m
Where ‘m’ is the number of subjects registered for in all the semesters
from the 1st semester onwards. ‘C’ is the number of credits allotted
to each of the courses, and ‘GP’ is the grade-point obtained by the
student in the respective courses.
11.5. The CGPA and SGPA will be rounded off to the second decimal place
and recorded as such.
11.6. For the purpose of computation of the final CGPA, award of degree,
award of the class as in clause 14, and other honours if any, including

14
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

medals, the performance in the best MTC (Minimum Total Credits)

only, as specified in Table in clause 12.2, will be taken into account.
12. Eligibility for the Award of Degree : A student shall be eligible for the award
of the “B.Des (ID)” Degree in the specific discipline into which he/she was
admitted, if the following academic regulations are fulfilled:
12.1. Has pursued the program of study for not less than four academic
years and not more than eight academic years. Students, who fail to
fulfill all the academic requirements for the award of the degree within
eight academic years from the year of their admission, shall forfeit their
seat in the program and their seat shall stand cancelled.
13. Withholding of the results : The results of a student may be withheld if:
13.1. He/she has not cleared any dues to the University/Institution/ Hostel.
13.2. A case of disciplinary action against the student is pending disposal.
14. Classification of the Degree Awarded
After a student has satisfied the requirements prescribed for the completion
of the program and is eligible for the award of the B.Tech. Degree in the
Program to which he/she was admitted, he/she shall be placed in one of the
four classes as shown in the Table.
15. Malpractice : If a student indulges in malpractice in any of the examinations,
he/she shall be liable for punitive action as prescribed by the University from
time to time.
16. General
16.1 In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the
academic regulations, the decision of the Vice-Chancellor is final.
16.2 The University may from time to time revise, amend or change the
Regulations, Curriculum, Syllabus and Scheme of Assessment.

First Class with 1. Have a CGPA of 8.0 and above.

Distinction 2. Should have passed the examination in all the courses of
all the eight semesters within five years, which includes any
authorized break of study of one year (clause 3.3).
3. Should NOT have been prevented from writing end semester
examination due to lack of attendance in any of the courses.
First Class Below 8.0 but not less than 7.0 of CGPA and
Second Class Below 7.0 CGPA but not less than 6.0
Pass Class Below 6.0 CGPA but not less than 5.0
Note : In all the above cases CGPA shall be calculated from the Grade Points secured for the best 283 credits. For
calculating the ‘best’ 283 credits, the credits secured in all the Core and AEC courses (which are compulsory) shall
be included. The choice of ‘best’ credits to be included in the calculation shall be from only those credits secured
in the Electives – both Professional and Open Electives.
15
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

TRANSITORY REGULATIONS (from Academic Year 2017-18)

(Approved on 6th Feb., 2018)

Preamble:
The CBCS regulations and courses (referred to collectively as R-17) introduced from the academic
year 2017-18, have brought in significant changes in the course structures and academic regulations
of the programs in the University as indicated below.

Aspects Remarks
1 Course Codes All changed
2 Course Names / Titles Some changes
3 Course Structure Major changes – introduction of AEC courses; electives from
4th sem. onwards. Total No. of courses in a program have
generally increased (Eg. B.Arch. from 53 to 62)
4 Pass Marks Changed in BFA and BTech. programs
5 Promotional Requirements Changed in all programs
6 Award of Degree Changed in all programs
7 Performance Evaluation and Changed in all programs – is now based on a system of letter
Award of Class grades, SGPA and CGPA
8 Choice in terms of credits Changed – Now available in all programs

Considering the significant changes in all the aspects as indicated above, the following transitory
regulations have been approved.

The following regulations shall be applicable for the students from the pre CBCS programs (referred
to as pre R17) applying for ‘re-admission’:

1. Readmission into 1st semester of R-17: Only students readmitted into the full 1st
semester of R-17 will, for all purposes be subject to the entire provisions of R-17.

2. Readmission from 2nd semester onwards:

Students readmitted from the 2nd semester onwards will be subject to the provisions of the pre
R-17 in which they were first admitted The student will be facilitated in completing the academic
requirements by either permitting him/her to attend “equivalent” coursework in the R-17 (as
approved by the respective Boards of Studies), wherever available, or if equivalent coursework is
not available, then by special arrangement for conducting the coursework as per the regulations
in which admitted.

Academic Regulations for Re-registration cases of Students admitted prior to 2017

1. Students originally admitted in the pre R17 programs, may be assigned teacher/s wherever
possible, to enable them to complete their internal assessment as per their pre R17
regulations. Student has to complete the courses whenever offered. Special arrangement
for the course/s may be made in case it effects the time line of the student’s academic
engagement

2. Wherever “equivalent” courses are available in the CBCS programs, reregistered students
may be permitted to attend such courses if they choose to, but the academic regulations
(and course codes / course titles, marks, credits, etc.) shall be as per the older regulations
into which they were first admitted.

3. Wherever there is a change of syllabi, end semester examinations based on the old syllabi
will be conducted in order to enable the students to clear the backlogs.

16
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

NOTE :
1. The term “Prerequisites” implies having registered in the course/s
specified as prerequisite/s and fulfilled the attendance requirements.
2. The term “Open” mentioned in the remarks column in the courses structure
indicates the courses that are open to students from other departments or
Programs. These courses which are open may be taken by students from
other programs, either as professional electives or open electives.
3. Abbrevations used in the course structure :
In the case of Periods per week:
L = Lecture S = Studio
F = Fieldwork P = Practicals
T = Tutorial O = Others (including workshops, seminars, colloquiums, etc.)
In the case of type of End Semester Examination:
W = Written / Drawing J = Jury P = Practical
4. Course /Subject codes and type:
In the 9-digit alphanumeric course code:
a. the first two characters represent the Program or Department that offers
the course:
• AR = Architecture
• AA = Applied Arts and Visual Communication
• AN = Animation;
• ID = Interior Design
• PL = Planning
• DT=Digital Techniques for Design and Planning
• FS = Facilities and Services
• PA = Painting
• SC = Sculpture
• PH = Photography and Visual Communication
and in the case of common courses- FA = Fine Arts; GN = General
b. The 3rd an 4th digits denote the Academic Year of starting the course
structure,
c. The 5th character denotes the level of the course (Bachelors / Masters/
Diploma),
d. The 6th digit denotes the semester number followed by a decimal
and a number indicating the serial number of the course in that semester.
e. The last alphabet in the course code indicates the type of course.
C = Core A = AEC E = Professional Elective
O = Open Elective.

17
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Structure for B. Design (Interior Design)

(Under the CBCS, Effective from the Academic Year 2017-2018)
SEMESTER - I
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
ID17 Fundamentals
1
B1.1C of Design
NIL 1 9 10 10 100 100 200 J

ID17 ID Drawing &

2
B1.2C Graphics -I
NIL 1 3 4 4 50 50 100 S

ID17 Measured
3
B1.3C Drawings
NIL 1 3 4 4 50 50 100 P

ID17 ID Materials &

4
B1.4C Applications I
NIL 2 2 4 4 50 50 100 W

ID17 Introduction to
5
B1.5C Art & Design
NIL 2 1 3 3 50 50 100 W

Basic
ID17
6
B1.6C
Computer NIL 1 2 3 3 50 50 100 P
Applications
GN17 Environmental
7
B1.2A Studies
NIL 2 0 2 2 50 50 100 W

  Total 30 30 400 400 800

SEMESTER - II
End

Remarks
Credits

S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks

Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
ID17 Space ID17
1
B2.1C Planning B1.3C
1 9 10 10 100 100 200 S

Creativity
ID17 ID17
2
B2.2C
& Problem
B1.1C
1 3 4 4 50 50 100 J
Solving
ID17 ID Drawing & ID17
3
B2.3C Graphics -II B1.2C
1 1 2 4 4 50 50 100 S

ID17 ID Materials & ID17

4
B2.4C Applications II B1.4C
1 2 3 3 50 50 100 W

Materials as
ID17
5 Media For 3 3 100 100
B2.5C
Creations
Computer
ID17 Aided Draw-
6
B2.6C ing for Interior
1 1 2 2 50 50 100 P
Design
GN17 Communica-
7 2 2 2 50 50 100 P
B2.1A tion Skills
GN17 Value educa-
8 2 2 2 50 50
B2.2A tion
TOTAL 30 30 450 400 850
18
L : Lecture, S/F : Studio and Field Work, P/T/O : Practical Theory and Oral
W/J/P/S : Written, Jury, Practical, Studio Exam
JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - III
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
ID17 Interior ID17
1 1 9 10 10 100 100 200 S -
B3.1C Design -I B2.1C
Introduction
ID17
2 to Ergonom- 1 2 3 3 50 50 100 W -
B3.2C
ics
Interior
ID17
3 Construction 2 3 5 5 50 50 100 W -
B3.3C
Details
ID17 History of In-
4 3 3 3 50 50 100 W -
B3.4C terior Design
Furniture
ID17
5 Design 1 2 3 3 100 100 Open
B3.5C
Workshop- I
ID17
6 Elective-1 3 3 3 50 50 100 Open
B3.xE
ID17 Open Elective
7 3 3 3 100 100 ¤
B3.3E –1
TOTAL 30 30 500 300 800

SEMESTER - IV
End

Remarks
Credits

S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks

Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
ID17 Interior Design ID17
1
B4.1C – II B3.1C
1 9 10 10 100 100 200 J

ID17 ID17
2
B4.2C
Furniture Design
B3.4C
1 2 3 3 50 50 100 W
Introduction to
ID17
3
B4.3C
Architectural 2 2 2 50 50 100 W
Engineering
Interior Land-
ID17
4
B4.4C
scape, Signage 2 1 3 3 50 50 100 W
& Graphics
Building
ID17
5
B4.5C
Services for 2 1 3 3 50 50 100 W
Interior Design
ID17 Revitalization of ID17
6 1 2 3 3 50 50 100 J Open
B4.6C Arts & Crafts B2.5C
ID17
7 Elective-II 3 3 3 50 50 100 W
B4.xE
ID17 Open Elective
8 3 3 3 50 50 100 ¤
B4.3E – II
TOTAL 30 30 450 450 900

19
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - V
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
ID17 Interior ID17
1 1 9 10 10 100 100 200 J -
B5.1C Design – III B4.1C
ID17 Interior Work- ID17
2 1 3 4 4 50 50 100 W -
B5.2C ing Drawings B3.3C
ID17 Environmental
3 3 3 3 50 50 100 W -
B5.3C Control – I
Furniture
ID17 ID17
4 Design Work- 1 3 4 4 100 100 Open
B5.4C B3.5C
shop – II
ID17 Integrated ID17
5 2 1 3 3 50 50 100 J/W/P -
B5.5C Project Work B4.1C
ID17
6 Elective-III 3 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
B5.xE
ID17 Open Elective
7 3 3 3 50 50 100 ¤
B5.3E - III
TOTAL 30 30 400 400 800

SEMESTER - VI

End

Remarks
Credits

S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks

Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
ID17 Interior Design ID17
1 1 9 10 10 100 100 200 J
B6.1C – IV B5.1C
ID17 Environmental
2 2 1 3 3 50 50 100 W
B6.2C Control – II
Estimation
ID17
3 & Project 1 1 2 2 50 50 100 W
B6.3C
Management
Life Style
ID17 ID17
4 Accessories 1 1 1 3 3 100 100 Open
B6.4C B4.6C
Design
ID17 Pre-Thesis
5 1 5 6 3 100 100
B6.5C Seminar
ID17 Summer Intern-
6 Nil 3 100 - 100
B6.6C ship
ID17
7 Elective - IV 3 3 3 50 50 100 W
B6.xE
ID17 Open Elective
8 3 3 3 50 50 100 ¤
B6.3E - IV
TOTAL 30 30 500 400 900

20
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - VII
End

Remarks
Credits
S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks
Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
ID17 Passing
1 Design Thesis 2 14 16 16 200 200 400 J -
B7.1C Studios
ID17 Professional
2 4 4 4 50 50 100 W -
B7.2C Practice
Psychology
ID17 of space and
3 4 4 4 50 50 100 W -
B7.3C Behavioral
Science
ID17
4 Elective – V 3 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
B7.xE
ID17
5 Elective – VI 3 3 3 50 50 100 W Open
B7.xxE
TOTAL 30 30 400 400 800 ∫

SEMESTER - VIII
End

Remarks
Credits

S. Course Course Pre Periods per Week Marks

Exam
No. Code Title Req
L S/F P/T/O Total Int. Ext. Total W/J/P
ID17 Practical
1 nil 30 30 300 300 J -
B8.1C Training

Total Credits to be earned 240

Minimum Credits to be earned 224

Note
** Pre requisites shall be a mandatory of 75% attendance in that subject
† Total instructions period is excluding the Open Electives assuming the
Open Electives to be 3 sessions per week
‡ Including the Open Electives assuming the Open Electives to be of 3
credits
∫ Including the Open Electives assuming the Open Electives to be of 100
marks
¤ Mode of Exams for open Electives shall be as per the mode of evaluation
specified for that Elective

21
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

LIST OF ELECTIVES

3rd SEMESTER - ELECTIVE - I

Discipline Course Code Course Title Offered by Duration Credits Evaluation

Internal & External

ID ID17B3.1E Photo Journalism
3 sessions assessment
Department 3
Interior Sketching & /Week Internal & External
ID ID17B3.2E
rendering assessment

4TH SEMESTER - ELECTIVE - II

Discipline Course Code Course Title Offered by Duration Credits Evaluation

Digital Technology
ID ID17B4.1E
in Design 3 sessions Internal & External
Department 3
Fundamentals of /Week assessment
ID ID17B4.2E
Graphic Design

5TH SEMESTER - ELECTIVE - III

Discipline Course Code Course Title Offered by Duration Credits Evaluation

Visual Merchan-
ID ID17B5.1E
dising 3 sessions Internal & External
Nil 3
Product Design & /Week assessment
ID ID17B5.2E
Innovation

6TH SEMESTER - ELECTIVE - IV

Discipline Course Code Course Title Offered by Duration Credits Evaluation

ID ID17B6.1E Design Ethnography

3 sessions Internal & External
Foundation of Nil 3
ID ID17B6.2E /Week assessment
Lighting Design

7TH SEMESTER - ELECTIVE - V

Discipline Course Code Course Title Offered by Duration Credits Evaluation

ID ID17B7.1E Green Buildings

3 sessions Internal & External
Barrier free Built Nil 3
ID ID17B7.2E /Week assessment
Environment

7TH SEMESTER - ELECTIVE - VI

Discipline Course Code Course Title Offered by Duration Credits Evaluation

Advance Design &

ID ID17B7.4E Estimation software 3 sessions Internal & External
Nil 3
– MS PROJECTS /Week assessment
ID ID17B7.6E Building Automation

22
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER-I

ID17B1.1C: FUNDAMENTALS OF DESIGN

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 10 10 100 100 200 J

Course Overview:
Basic Design provides the framework for understanding design as a new language
by sensitizing students to the conceptual, visual and perceptual issues involved in
the design process.
Objectives of the Course:
To impart an understanding of design process and provide knowledge of the
principles & elements of design. Exercises complement the lectures and ensure that
the students learn to develop a series of compositions in two and three dimension.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
The course prepares ground for the students to gain an understanding into the
fundamental issues in interior design and develop the skill to create interior design
solutions for simple problems.
Course Contents:
Unit I
Introduction to Design: Definitions and meaning of design, importance of design,
examples of design from nature. Fundamental elements of design in 2D and their
definitions; point, line, shape, form, space, texture, value, color and material.
Introduction to the principles of design in 2D and 3D - unity, balance, symmetry,
proportion, scale, hierarchy, rhythm, contrast, harmony, focus, etc; use of grids,
creating repetitive patterns.
Assignment: to compose patterns with different elements of design by incorporating
the principles of design.
Unit II:
Concepts of Geometry: Introduction to different 2D shapes & 3D forms.
Transformation of 2D shapes to 3D forms.
Suggested Assignment: To sketch the basic geometric forms and to analyze them
based on transformation of simple to complex forms.
Unit III:
Principles of composition using grids, symmetrical/ asymmetrical, Rule Of Thirds,
Center Of Interest, Gestalts Theory of Visual Composition, etc

23
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Suggested Assignment: to compose patterns using grids and to incorporate the

principles.
Unit IV:
Introduction – Physics, physiology and psychology of colors – visible spectrum,
colored light, color temperature, color interaction, color blindness.
Color Systems: An overview of Ostwald, DIN, CIE, NCS colour systems, An
introduction to Munsell’s colour system , Color aid system, Color systems in
practice, simplified color system, color terminology, special color issues, mixed
color effects, effects of texture, using color systems.
Unit – V
Color wheel – primary, secondary, tertiary colors, color wheel, color schemes color
value, intensity, and modification of color hues – tints, shades, neutralization. Color
charts – types, making and using. Color harmony, use of color harmony.
Unit – VI
Psychological impact of color – warm, cool and neutral colors, impact of specific
hues, meanings of color, color and form, color and light, color and surface qualities,
color and distances and scales. Problems with color. Use of colors in various
functional contexts – e.g. residential interiors. Use of color in special situations –
out door/indoor spaces, accessories, art works etc.
Assignment: Prepare a color wheel, and compositions based on color theory. Note:
The end exam shall be a jury based portfolio evaluation & Viva voce.
Reference Books:
• Ching, Francis D.K. Architecture Form, space, and Order, 2nd ed. Van
Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1996.
• Hanks, A.David. Decorative Designs of Frank Lloyd Wright, Dover
Publications, Inc. New York, 1999.
• Helper, E.Donald, Wallach, I.Paul. Architecture Drafting and Design, 3rd ed.
McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1977.
• John.F. Pile, Color in Interior Design, Mc-Graw Hill professional, Ist edition,
1997
• Johannes Item, The Art of color, John Wiley & Sons; Revised edition, 1997
• Jonathan Pore, Interior Color by Design, Volume 2: A design tool for Home
owners, Designers and Architects, Rockport publishers, 2005.
• Ethel Rompilla, Color for Interior Design, Harry N. Abrams, 2005.
• Itten, Johannes. Design and Form: The basic course at the Bauhaus, Thames
and Hudson Ltd., London 1997.
• Krier, Rob. Architectural Composition, Academy Editions, London, 1988.

24
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Meiss, pierre Von. Elements of Architecture: Form to place, E and FN Spon,

London, 1992.
• Pipes, Alan. Drawing for 3-Dimensional Design. Thames and Hudson Ltd.,
London, 1990.
• Wucius, Wong. Principles of two Dimensional Design. Van Nostrand Reinhold
1972

ID17B1.2C: INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWING AND GRAPHICS - I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 04 04 50 50 100 S
Course Overview:
The course introduces the fundamental techniques of concept sketches, design
development sketches, presentation sketches, presentation renderings and
architectural drawing and develops the appropriate skills for visualization and
representation.
Objectives of the course:
To introduce representation and design drawing techniques and to facilitate
effective visual communication.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: Freehand drawing of lines and shape,
tone and texture, form and structure, space and depth. Scaled drawing skills for
design thinking and conventional design representations in drawings and graphics.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Introduction to pencil exercises – Knowledge about usage of different points of
pencils, handling of pencils, practicing lines and tone building exercises.
Unit – II
Simple exercises of object drawings – natural geometric forms with emphasis on
depth and dimension, detail & texture, sunlight & shadow.
Unit – III
Introduction – Fundamentals of drawing and its practice, introduction to drawing
equipment, familiarization, use and handling.
Unit – IV
Drawing – Drawing sheet sizes, composition, fixing. Simple exercises in drafting,
point and line, line types, line weights, straight and curvilinear lines, dimensioning,
lettering, borders, title panels, tracing in pencil, ink, use of tracing cloth. Portfolio-
preparation.
25
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – V
Architectural symbols – representation of building elements, openings, materials,
accessories etc., terminology and abbreviations used in architectural presentation.
Unit- VI
Architectural representation of landscape elements such as trees, indoor plants,
planters, hedges, foliage, human figures in different postures, vehicles, street
furniture etc.; by using different media and techniques and their integration to
presentation drawings.
Unit – VII
Measuring and drawing to scale – scales, simple objects, furniture, rooms, doors
and windows etc. in plan , elevation and section etc. reduction and enlargement of
drawings.
Unit – VIII
Interiors and furniture sketching – Interior still life, perspectives, lighting &
composition, textures and details, material expressions, individual pieces of
furniture, elevations & plans etc. using different media. Drawing from photographs.
Unit – IX
Orthographic projections of planes and solids, sections of solids, development of
surfaces of solids and intersections of solids. Use of geometry in building interiors
- isometric, axonometric, and oblique views. Working with models to facilitate
visualization.
Note: This is a studio subject and students should be made to prepare construction
drawings as studio exercises along with the theoretical inputs. The studio work
should be supplemented with appropriate site visits.
References:
• Stephen Kliment, Architectural Sketching and Rendering: Techniques for
Designers and Artists, Watson Guptill, 1984.
• Ivo.D. Drpic, Sketching and Rendering of Interior Space, Watson- Guptill,
1988.
• Maureen Mitton, Interior Design Visual Presentation: A Guide to graphics,
models and presentation techniques, 3rd edition, wiley publishers, 2007
• Mogali Delgade Yanes and Ernest Redondo Dominquez, Freehand drawing
for Architects and Interior Designers, ww.Norton & co., 2005
• Francis D.Ching, Design Drawing, Wiley publishers
• Moris, I.H.Geometrical Drawing for Art Students.
• Thoms, E.French. Graphics Science and Design, New York: MC Graw Hill.

26
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Nichols, T.B. and Keep, Norman. Geometry of Construction, 3rd ed. Cleaver
– Hume Press Ltd., London, 1959.
• Bhatt, N.D. and Panchal V.M.Engineering Drawing: Plane and Solid
Geometry, 42nd ed. Charotar Pub., Anand, 2000.
• Gill, P.S.T.B. of Geometrical Drawing, 3rd ed. Dewan Suhil Kumar kataria,
Ludhiana, 1986.
• Shah, M.G., Kale, C.M. and Patki, S.Y. Building Drawing: with an integrated
approach to built environment, 7th ed. Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub., Delhi, 2000.
• Bies, D.John. Architectural Drafting: Structure and Environment Bobbs –
Merril Educational Pub., Indianapolis.
• Nelson, A. John. H.B. of Architectural and Civil Drafting, Van Nostrand
Reinhold, New York, 1983.
• Francis D. Ching – Architectural Graphics , Wiley publishers, 2002

ID17B1.3C: MEASURED DRAWINGS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 04 04 50 50 100 P
Course overview:
To explain the different techniques and instruments used in survey of built
environment
Objective of the course:
To explain the techniques and instruments used in survey indoors
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Survey skills and related theory
Course contents:
Unit – I
Introduction to the basic principles of drawing, Scale of conversion, Fonts and
lettering. Exercises related to lettering practice.
Unit II:
Automated Surveying – Introduction to use of Digital Surveying – Instruments such
as Leveling laser, Laser Measuring, inclinometer, Point Laser, Rotary laser, Optical
levels etc.- total station, Electronic Theodolite.
UNIT – III Sketching
Indoor objects – Still Life – Furniture, Equipment – Understanding Depth, light,
shade, Shadow Etc.
27
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Outdoor Sketching: Natural Forms/Built Forms. Understanding variety in Forms.

Sketching Human Form: Anatomy and Expressions – Graphical Representations.
UNIT – IV
Drawing to scale of existing furniture and other accessories Doors, Windows,
Entrance gate, window grills etc
UNIT – V Measured Drawing
Understanding of different scales and their uses in practice. Survey of a small size
Interior space of a building (small residence, room, Toilet) and representation of the
same in scaled drawings.
End Exam : Practical measured drawing & Viva
References:
• Arora, K.R.Surveying Vol. 1,6th ed, Standard Book House, Delhi – 2000.
• Lynch, Kevin, Site Planning. MIT Press, Massachusetts, 1962.
• Punmia, B.C. Surveying Vol. 1, 13th ed. Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi

ID17B1.4C: INTERIOR DESIGN MATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS – I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 W
Course Overview:
The course provides information on the properties, management, specifications,
use, application and costs of the materials used in the interiors.
Objectives of the course:
To impart knowledge on the various materials while highlighting the current trends
and innovations in the usage of interior design materials.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: Knowledge required for specifying
appropriate materials for various spaces in interiors of buildings.
Course Contents:
Materials to be studied based on –
Physical and behavioral properties, tools and technology of its application in the
construction of floors, walls, ceilings, doors, windows, partitions and other interior
design components.
Visual quality of materials in terms of finishes through color, texture, modulations
and pattern evolution. Material and workmanship, specification etc.

28
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit- I
Masonry – bricks, lime, sand, mortars, cement and aggregates, concrete, stone
masonry, gypsum based plaster etc.
Unit- II
Timber, cane, bamboo – characteristics of good timber, defects, availability in India
& world, types of timber, selection of timber.
Applications of timber : doors, windows, furniture, interior accessories, etc
Finishes to timber – types of polish – manual: spirit - French polish, wax, spray –
readymade coatings : melamine, PU, etc
Cane & Bamboo : availability, types, characteristics, applications
Unit- III
Wood Derivatives – Plywood, block boards, particle board, medium density fiber
board, agro wood, etc. – their properties, process of manufacture, tools and
technology of its application and quality assessment, finishes to reconstituted wood,
- lamination, polishing etc. Surface finishes for wood products and derivatives etc.,
Coatings – clear and pigmented finishes technical or protective coatings etc.
Unit – IV
Paints – Protective coating paints, types of paints – water based paints, distempers,
cement based paints, emulsion paints, anti corrosive paints etc. – composition,
functions, preparation and application method, painting on different surfaces,
defects in painting, etc
Varnishes (oil and spirit) – various types, damp proofing finishes etc. and methods
of application
Unit – V
Glass and glass products – Composition and fabrication of glass, classification, all
types of glass annealed, float, mirrored, tinted, etc. – including wired glass, fiber
glass, laminated glass, glass blocks, etc - their properties and uses in buildings.
Commercial forms available – their physical and behavioral properties.
Application of glass : tools and technology of its application in built forms – glass
doors, partitions, etc. Material and workmanship, specifications.
Unit – VI
Adhesives – Types of adhesives, natural, synthetic, thermoplastic and thermosetting
adhesives, epoxy resin. Method of application, bond strength etc.
Expected Output – Students should do case studies, market surveys, visual
presentations, site visits and detailed drawings of joinery, parts & types of doors,
windows, partitions & wall paneling, etc
Note: Market surveys to be conducted to find out the commercial and technical
names, sizes, wastages, BIS and codes for materials, testing, fabrication, rates,
commercial methods of pricing, billing etc.

29
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

References:
• Bindra, S.P. and Arora, S.P. Building Construction: Planning Techniques and
Methods of Construction, 19th ed. Dhanpat Rai Pub., New Delhi, 2000.
• Moxley, R. Mitchell’s Elementary Building Construction, Technical Press Ltd.
• Rangwala, S.C. Building Construction 22nd ed. Charota Pub. House Anand,
2004.
• Sushil Kumar. T.B. of Building Construction 19th ed. Standard Pub. Delhi,
2003.
• Chowdary, K.P. Engineering Materials used in India, 7th ed. Oxford and IBH,
New Delhi,1990.
• Rangwala, S.C. Building Construction: Materials and types of Construction,
3rd ed. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1963.
• Francis D. Ching, Building Construction Illustrated, Wiley publishers, 2008.

ID17B1.5C: INTRODUCTION TO ART AND DESIGN

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 03 03 50 50 100 W
Course Overview:
Provides knowledge on traditional art form, innovations in art and influences on
interior design. Creates an awareness of social and cultural dimensions to interior
design.
Objectives of the Course:
To analyze various art forms and understand their application in interiors. To
analyze the influences of social and cultural aspects on interior design.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Understanding various art forms, appreciation of art along with social and cultural
influences on design.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Introduction to art, Purpose and relevance of Art in Interior Design.
Unit – II
Development of art: A survey of history of art forms: pre historic times to present
times: changing nature of art through time in terms of content: form and material.

30
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit - III
Exploration of art forms – study of traditional and contemporary art forms – painting
, sculpture, architecture, decorative arts, design arts, digital art. Relationship
between art and design from the earliest time. Study of famous and influential
Artists, Craftsmen and people who pioneered innovations in their own fields and
their influence on design and other fields. For e.g.: Van Gogh, Dali, William Morris,
etc.
Unit – IV
Study of Ornaments & Accessories in Interior Design. Different types of
Ornamentation & Accessories in the interiors. Study and evaluation of artifacts,
historic examples and their applicability.
Suggested Assignment: to document artifacts, historical sites, and to understand
them with respect to the surround environment; to incorporate them in the design
aspects to present day context or usage.
Unit – V
Introduction to Heritage Building Interiors: Evolution of Interiors in different regions
of India with examples. Heritage and identity at different spatial scales. Dimensions
and scope of Heritage building Interiors.
Unit – VI
General understanding of Interior Design, difference between interior design &
Interior decoration, Interior Design and integration with Architecture. Introduction
to Role of Interior Designer in a building project. Scope of Interior Design. Various
subjects to be learnt by Interior Design students and their relevance to practice.
References:
• Alan Barnard & Jonathan Spencer, Encyclopedia of social and cultural
anthropology, Taylor & Francis, 1996
• Niggel Rapport, Social and Cultural Anthropology: The Key Concepts,
Routledge, 2000
• Philip Carl Salzman, Understanding Culture: An Introduction to Anthropological
Theory, Waveland press, 2001.
• Clifford Geertz, The Interpretation of Cultures, Basic Books, 1977.
• Charles. V. Stanford, Studies in Indian society, culture and Religion, South
Asia Books, 1988.
• Human Behavior in the Social Environment: A Social Systems Approach,
Gary Lowe, Irl Carter, Ralph Anderson, Aldine Transaction, 1999
• Elizabeth. D. Hutchinson, Sage publications, Dimensions of Human Behavior,
person and Environment, 2007.
• Kumar Raj (Ed) Essays on Indian Art and Architecture. Discovery pub., New

31
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Delhi, 2003
• Fisher E. Robert. Buddhist Art and Architecture. Thames and Hudson,
London. 1993.
• Ghosh. A (Ed). Jain Art and Architecture Vol 1-3. Bharatiya Jnanpith.New
Delhi.
• Christine M. Piotrowski, Becoming an Interior Designer, John Wiley and
Sons, 2003.
• Arnold Friedmann , Forrest Wilson, John F. Pile, Interior Design, Elsevier
Publishing company, 3rd
edition, 1982.
• Henry Wilson, India: Decoration, Interiors, Design, Watson Guptill, First
American edition, 2001
• Michael Freeman, India Modern, Periplus editions, 2005
• Sunil Sethi, Angelika Taschen, Indian Interiors, TASCHEN America Ltd; 25th
ed. edition, 200

ID17B1.6C: BASIC COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 03 03 50 50 100 P
Course Overview:
The course imparts basic knowledge on computers to upgrade the general
understanding and ability in computing in the realm of Interior Design.
Objectives of the course:
To enable the student to make audio visual presentations, word processing, and
other basic computing.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Knowledge on basic hardware and software required for Design applications. MS
office, photo editing techniques, use of world wide web.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Introduction: Brief overview of computer components – ROM, RAM, input devices,
output devices, platforms, securities, operating systems, relevant software for
interior design.Introduction to word processing package (like MS office), toolbar,
creating a new document, formatting text, inserting tables, pictures, page numbers
and date / time, spelling and grammar checking, taking print outs.

32
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

UNIT – II
Spread Sheets: Introduction to spread sheets. Microsoft Excel, creating formulae,
basic operations, borders and shading, inserting charts, taking printouts.
Unit – III
Multi-media Presentations: Introduction to multimedia presentation (like MS Power
Point), creating a presentation, opening an existing presentation, creating a blank
presentation, different power point views, slide manipulation, slide animation, slide
transitions, view slide show, navigating while in slideshow, hyper linking to other
applications, scanning in different formats, setting of options, resolution settings,
management of file size, integrating partial scans of large documents. Pack up a
presentation for use on another computer, taking print outs.
Unit – IV
Internet Concepts : Introduction to internet, use of internet, various search engines,
searching strategies, saving images and documents from internet in different
formats, e-mails, conferencing etc.
Unit – V
Graphical concepts – I : Photo editing and desktop publishing, application, software
introduction, software and system requirements, preferences, workspace, graphics
terminology, image depth, resolution and image size, up sampling and down
sampling, image sources, straightening an image, cropping an image, basic image
correction, printing photo edited documents, selections, choosing foreground and
background colors, filling with color, options and preferences revisited, file browser,
stepping back in time, use ram efficiently, sharpening images, working with layers,
painting in photo editing software, color theory, image modes, channels, more
advanced adjustment commands, file format categories.
Unit – VI
Graphical Concepts – II: Photo editing and Desktop publishing (application) –
Import and export of photo edited files, objects in photo editing, fills, outlines, total
text control, basic toolbox of vector based software (like Corel Draw or Adobe page
maker), color management tools, starting your page right etc. Introduction to Flash.
Reference books:
• Adobe Creative Team, Adobe Photoshop CS (Class Workbook)
• Droblas, Adele Greenberg, Fundamental Photoshop: A Complete Introduction.
• Sagman, Microsoft Office for Windows, Indian Addison Wesley, 1999.
• Woody Leon Hard, Microsoft Office 2000, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
• Adobe Creative Team, 2003
• Adele Croblas Greenberg ,Fundamental Photoshop: A complete introduction.

33
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

GN17B1.2A: ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 02 02 50 50 100 W
Course Overview: A compulsory subject for all the undergraduate students of
various discipline highlights significance of maintaining balance and sustainability
of various components of the environment.
Objectives of the Course : To sensitize the students towards sustainable
environment.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Environmental studies – Introduction: - Definition, scope and importance, Measuring
and defining environmental development indicators.
Unit – II
Environmental and Natural Resources: Renewable and non-renewable
resources - Natural resources and associated problems - Forest resources - Use
and over - exploitation, deforestation, case studies - Timber extraction - Mining,
dams and other effects on forest and tribal people - Water resources - Use and over
utilization of surface and ground water - Floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-
benefits and problems - Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental
effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies. - Food resources:
World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects
of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case
studies. - Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable
energy sources use of alternate energy sources. Case studies. Land resources:
Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and
desertification. Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources. Equitable
use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.
Unit - III
Basic Principles of Ecosystems Functioning: Concept of an ecosystem. - Structure
and function of an ecosystem. - Producers, consumers and decomposers.-
Energy flow in the ecosystem Ecological succession. - Food chains, food webs
and ecological pyramids. Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and
function of the following ecosystem:
a. Forest ecosystem
b. Grassland ecosystem
c. Desert ecosystem
d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries).

34
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit - IV
Biodiversity and its conservation: Introduction - Definition: genetic, species and
ecosystem diversity. Bio-geographical classification of India - Value of biodiversity:
consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values -
Biodiversity at global, National and local levels. - India as a mega-diversity nation -
Hot-sports of biodiversity - Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife,
man-wildlife conflicts. - Endangered and endemic species of India - Conservation
of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.
Unit - V
Environmental Pollution: Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of:
a. Air pollution b. Water pollution c. Soil pollution d. Marine pollution e. Noise
pollution f. Thermal pollution g. Nuclear hazards
Solid waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and
industrial wastes. - Role of an individual in prevention of pollution. - Pollution case
studies. - Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
Unit - VI
Social Issues and the Environment: From unsustainable to sustainable
development -Urban problems related to energy -Water conservation, rain water
harvesting, and watershed management -Resettlement and rehabilitation of
people; its problems and concerns. Case Studies -Environmental ethics: Issues
and possible solutions. -Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer
depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case Studies. -Wasteland reclamation.
- Consumerism and waste products. -Environment Protection Act. -Air (Prevention
and Control of Pollution) Act. -Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act -
Wildlife Protection Act -Forest Conservation Act -Issues involved in enforcement of
environmental legislation. -Public awareness.
Unit - VII
Human Population and the Environment: Population growth, variation among
nations. Population explosion - Family Welfare Programme. -Environment and
human health. -Human Rights. -Value Education. -HIV/AIDS. -Women and Child
Welfare. -Role of information Technology in Environment and human health. -Case
Studies.
Unit - VIII
Field work: Visit to a local area to document environmental assets River /forest
grassland/hill/mountain -Visit to a local polluted site-Urban/Rural/industrial/
Agricultural Study of common plants, insects, birds. -Study of simple ecosystems -
pond, river, hill slopes, etc.
TEXT BOOK:
ErachBharucha, A Text Book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate
Courses, University Grants Commission.

35
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - II

ID17B2.1C: SPACE PLANNING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

ID17B1.3C 10 10 100 100 200 S
Course overview:
Space Planning provides a specific design methodology for understanding the
nature of spaces, scales and space within a space along with elements and
organization.
Objectives of the course:
To impart an understanding of perception of interior space through architectural
elements.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
The course prepares a base for the students to gain an understanding into the
fundamental issues in designing spaces and develops the skill to create floor plans
considering all the factors affecting spatial composition.
Course Contents:
Unit – I:
Basic anthropometrics – average measurements of human body in different
postures – its proportion and graphic representation, application in the design of
simple household and furniture. Role of mannequins in defining spatial parameter of
design. Basic human functions and their implications for spatial planning. Minimum
and optimum areas for various functions.
Unit –II
Introduction to design methodology, Detailed study of residential spaces: such as,
living, dining, bedrooms, kitchen, toilet etc. including the furniture layout, circulation,
clearances, etc. Case study of existing residential spaces and the analysis of the
spaces therein, to be taken up. Preparing user profile, bubble and circulation
diagrams.
Unit – III
Visual analysis of designed spaces noted for comfort and spatial quality; analysis
of solid and void relations, positive and negative spaces. Integration of spaces
and function in the design of kiosk for - traffic police, ATM center, etc; stalls inside
a shopping mall, - jewellery stall, flower stall, ice cream stall, etc; booths - bus
ticketing booth, smokers’ booths, etc.
Note: at least 2 major problems and 4 minor time problems shall be given The end
exam shall be a 5 hour space planning based time problem.

36
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Reference books:
• Karlen Mark, Space planning Basics, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York,
1992.
• Joseph D Chiara, Julius Panero, & Martin Zelnick, Time Saver standards
for Interior Design & space planning, 2nd edition, Mc-Graw Hill professional,
2001.
• Francis.D. Ching & Corky Bingelli, Interior Design Illustrared, 2nd edition,
Wiley publishers, 2004.
• Julius Panero & Martin Zelnick, Human Dimension & Interior Space : A source
book of Design Reference standards, Watson – Guptill, 1979.
• Karlen Mark, Kate Ruggeri & Peter Hahn, Space Planning Basics, Wiley
publishers, 2003

ID17B2.2C: CREATIVITY AND PROBLEM SOLVING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

ID17B1.1C 04 04 50 50 100 J
Course Overview:
The course introduces the different tools and techniques of creativity as applicable
to problem solving in design,
Objectives of the course:
To introduce lateral thinking and facilitate innovative design solutions.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Exploring creativity and challenging assumptions of design and generating
alternatives by using tools and techniques of creativity.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Introduction – Definitions of creativity, understanding components of creativity,
definitions of problem solving, theories of creativity, goals and objectives, value
judgments, defining problems, information gathering, creative incubation, creative
thinking and creative process.
Unit- II
Thinking techniques – Principles in generative, convergent, lateral, interactive,
graphical thinking, check lists, analysis and synthesis simulation, action ability and
implementations of intentions. Blocks in creative thinking.

37
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit- III
Tools and techniques of creativity – mind mapping, brain storming with related
stimuli and unrelated stimuli, positive techniques for creativity, creative pause,
Focus, Challenge, alternatives, concepts, sensitizing techniques, group or
individual techniques.
Unit – IV
Problem statements – Brain writing with unrelated stimuli, idea mapping, random
input, story boarding exercises, problem solving techniques –brain storming, lateral
thinking of De Bono
Unit – V
Creative solutions applicable to designs – Design, Invention, opportunity, problems,
improvement, planning, projects, conflicts. Simple Design exercises. Creative
Design process – conceptual design, embodiment design, detail design, Iterations
Suggested Assignments : students are to design & produce at least 24 minor & 12
major basic products of day to day use and submit conceptual sketches along with
a written report for internal and external assessment.
References:
• Geoffrey Broadbent. Design in Architecture, London:D.Fulton
• Christopher Alexander. Pattern Language. New York: Oxford University Press
• Thomas Mitchell. Redefining Designing: Form to Experience
• Edward De Bono, Lateral Thinking
• James Snyder and Anthony Y Catanse, Introduction to Architecture, McGraw-
Hill Book company, New York, 1979.
• Design Basics for Creative Results by Bryan L.Peterson, F&W Publications,
Inc.
• Noone, Donald.J, Creative Problem solving, Hauppauge, 1993.
• De Bono, Edward, Serious Creativity: Using the power of Lateral thinking to
create new ideas, Harper Collins publishers, 1992

ID17B2.3C: INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWING AND GRAPHICS – II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

ID17B1.2C 04 04 50 50 100 S
Course Overview:
The course introduces the techniques of architectural drawing pertaining to 3D
views and perspectives, sciography and rendering.

38
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Objectives of the course:

To impart the techniques of rendering in different media and skills of three
dimensional visualization and presentation.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Perspective and three dimensional drawings with rendering in different media for
presentation.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Introduction to pen and brush exercises – Simple exercises of shapes and lines,
lines and textures, pen lines, ruling with pen and brush, brush lines etc.
Unit – II
Tones and Rendering – tones in pen drawings, value scales, Gray values, Grading
tones etc. Simple exercises of tonal values and textures with pen. Color study,
monochrome and wash rendering etc.
Unit – III
Introduction to Sciography – Simple and composite forms, shadows on horizontal,
vertical planes and on their own surfaces. Study of shade and shadows of simple
geometrical solids of various forms and groups of forms in Interiors.
Unit –IV
Perspective: Characteristics of perspective drawings, perspectives of simple
geometric solids and spaces and complex geometries. Advanced examples in one
point or parallel perspective, two point Interior perspectives of rooms. Introduction
to three point perspective of furniture.
Unit – V
Rendering of the perspectives in different media through drawing pencil, sketch
pen, pencil color, monochrome, wash rendering etc,. Integrating landscape
elements, human figures, shadows, foreground etc in the perspectives.
Unit – VI
Drawing from imagination – speculative drawings, diagramming, drawing
compositions, concept sketches, design development sketches, presentation
sketches , Presentation drawings, Graphical presentations etc.
References:
• Stephen Kliment, Architectural Sketching and Rendering: Techniques for
Designers and Artists, Watson Guptill, 1984.
• Ivo.D. Drpic, Sketching and Rendering of Interior Space, Watson- Guptill,
1988.
• Maureen Mitton, Interior Design Visual Presentation: A Guide to graphics,
39
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

models and presentation techniques, 3rd edition, wiley publishers, 2007

• Mogali Delgade Yanes and Ernest Redondo Dominquez, Freehand drawing
for Architects and Interior Designers, ww.Norton & co., 2005
• Francis D.Ching, Design Drawing, Wiley publishers
• Atkin William W. Corbellent, Raniero and Firore. R. Vincent, Pencil Techniques
in Modern Design. 4th ed. Reinhold pub Corporation. New York, 1962.
• Bately, Claude. Design Development of India Architecture.
• Bellings, Lance Bowen. Perspective space and Design.
• Burden, Ernest, Architectural Delineation: A photographic approach to
presentation, 2nd ed, McGraw Hill, Inc., New York, 1982.
• Conli, Claudius. Drawings by Architects.
• John. F. Pile, Perspective for Interior Designers, Watson – Guptill, 1989.
• Ernest. R. Norling, Perspective made easy, Dover publications, 1999
• Joseph D, Amelio, Perspective Drawing Hand book, Dover publications, 2004

ID17B2.4C: INTERIOR DESIGN MATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS –II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

ID17B1.4C 03 03 50 50 100 W
Course Overview:
The course provides information on the properties, management, specifications,
use, application and rates of the materials used in the interiors.
Objectives of the course:
To impart knowledge on the various materials while highlighting the current trends
and innovations in the usage of interior design materials.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Knowledge required for specifying appropriate materials for various spaces in
interiors of buildings.
Course Contents:
Materials to be studied based on – Physical and behavioral properties, tools and
technology of its application in the construction of floors, walls, ceilings, walls,
doors, windows, staircase, built in furniture, partitions and other interior design
components. Visual quality of materials in terms of finishes through color, texture,
modulations and pattern evolution. Material and workmanship, specification etc.

40
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – I
Metals – Steel, iron, aluminum, bronze, brass, copper – SS, alloys, characteristics,
form and uses, properties, definition of terms, methods of working with metals,
fixing and joinery in metals, finishing and treatment to metals. Application of
metals to built form and interiors - special doors and windows, ventilators, doors –
sliding, sliding and folding, revolving, pivoted, rolling, collapsible, dormer, skylights,
clerestory etc.
Hardware & Accessories : all hardware required for residences, offices, other
public & private spaces, etc including all types of hinges, drawer slides, handles,
locks, wire managers, etc, accessories for toilet, kitchen, office, glass patch fittings,
profiles, etc
Unit- II
Stones : Igneous, metamorphic & sedimentary – classifications, types, properties,
availability, applications
Unit – III
Rubber – Natural rubber, latex, coagulation, vulcanizing and synthetic rubber-
properties and application. Plastics – Types, thermosetting and thermo plastics,
resins, common types of moldings, fabrication of plastics, polymerization and
condensation. Plastic coatings, reinforced plastic, plastic laminates – properties,
uses and applications.
Unit – IV
Fabrics and other furnishing materials – fibers – natural – silk, cotton, linen,
damask, furs, etc: artificial - polyester, nylon, rayon, etc , textiles, fabric treatments,
carpets, durries, tapestries, Drapery, upholstery, wall coverings, etc. – properties,
uses and application in the interiors.
Unit – V
Miscellaneous materials such as, foam, cork, leather, leatherite, UPVC, paper,
Rexene, water proofing materials, termite treatment chemicals, Insulation materials
– various insulating materials & their properties, uses and applications in the
interiors.
Unit –VI
Roofing tiles : terracotta, sheets and fiber boards – properties and application.
Flooring tiles : Various natural as well as artificial flooring materials like, ceramic
tiles, full body vitrified tiles, terracotta tiles, glass mosaic tiles, stone tiles, Mosaic,
Rubber, Linoleum, PVC and PVA flooring, their Properties, other uses and
applications in the interiors.
Unit – VII
Green materials – roofing, flooring, luminaries, water controls, sensors, etc

41
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Expected Output – Students shall do case studies, market surveys, visual

presentations, site visits and drawings.
Note: Market surveys to be conducted to find out the commercial and technical
names, sizes, wastages, BIS and codes for materials, testing, fabrication,
commercial methods of pricing, billing etc.
References:
• Bindra, S.P. and Arora, S.P. Building Construction: Planning Techniques and
Methods of Construction, 19th ed. Dhanpat Rai Pub., New Delhi, 2000.
• Moxley, R. Mitchell’s Elementary Building Construction, Technical Press Ltd.
• Rangwala, S.C. Building Construction 22nd ed. Charota Pub. House Anand,
2004.
• Sushil Kumar. T.B. of Building Construction 19th ed. Standard Pub. Delhi,
2003.
• Chowdary, K.P. Engineering Materials used in India, 7th ed. Oxford and IBH,
New Delhi,1990.
• Rangwala, S.C. Building Construction: Materials and types of Construction,
3rd ed. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1963.
• Francis D. Ching, Building Construction Illustrated, Wiley publishers, 2008.

ID17B2.5C: MATERIALS AS MEDIA FOR CREATIONS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 100 100
Course Overview:
The course has been designed to provide:
• the foundation and capability to represent the concepts three dimensionally
through photography & different materials.
• Skill based practical ability involving to develop fundamental and technical
capabilities necessary for developing a product. It enables students to see
things, analyze them and express them in a strong visual form both in 2D &
3D.
• information on working with Bamboo and wood which are among the major
materials used in the interiors. Understanding of wood as building material,
finishing material for surfaces and as furniture material.
• an understanding of comparative analysis of various metals and their design
parameters facilitating usage in the interiors.
• scientific understanding of woven fabrics as soft interior element of design as

42
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

space making element and its various uses as art forms which can be used
in the interiors. This course also provides an understanding of scientific base
of printing and its relationship with types of fabrics.
Objectives of the course:
• Model Making : To introduce various fabrication skills and techniques
necessary to produce scale models and to encourage preparation of models
as an essential phase in design development and evaluation.
• Photography: To develop a basic sense of visual perception for students
through observation of composition, color and light interaction, shades
and shadows and positive and negative space relationship. To develop
competency in basic photographic techniques required for Interior Design.
• Ceramics : To introduce various fabrication skills and techniques necessary
to produce scale models and to encourage preparation of models as an
essential phase in design development and evaluation.
• Wood : To give an exposure to the materials and introduce various tools and
techniques in making wooden & cane objects.
• Metal : To introduce various methods of working with metals with an exposure
to fixing, joinery and treatment
• Fabric : To introduce various weaving techniques necessary to produce art
forms as an essential phase in design development and evaluation and shall
also introduce visual perception of printing principles and their applications in
developing soft interior elements.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
• Dexterity; knowledge of materials used and their properties, craft skills;
visualization skills through model making.
• The course prepares students to gain an understanding into the basic
principles and techniques in using and handling photography necessary
for the profession, craft skills in ceramics, fabrication & casting skills, &
visualization skills of woven & printed fabrics. Ability to make products and
elements of various scales for interiors with bamboo, cane, metal, wood.
Unit –I
Model Making : Introduction to model making: Need; role of scale models in
design: general practices: Essentials of model making: understanding of various
tools and machines employed, best practices involved in operating the tools and the
techniques. Introduction to the Mount Board for model making – types, properties
etc. Hand building techniques on different planes - making rigid forms like, cubic,
spherical, pyramidal shaped forms, depiction of steps, free forms, sculptures, etc
Expected Output : With the above knowledge the students should make a model
of a furniture for internal & external assessment.

43
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – II
Photography : Introduction to the basic principles of photography and photographic
equipment - Analog and digital photography. Types of camera – Digital cameras
(min 10 – 12 Mega pixel), Mobile phone cameras, understanding of the camera &
its various parts and controls. Basic information about Accessories
- studio equipment, tripod, flashlight, lens filters, hood, adapters, grid screen,
memory cards, batteries and rechargeable, etc., use of fixed focal lenses, black
and white negative films, etc. An overview of Lenses, sensors, scanners, shutter
speeds and movement, focus and aperture, choice of exposure, changing focal
length, flash and its control, light conditions, light compensation. Seeing and
photographing, using the view finder, framing up, creating a point of emphasis,
picking lighting conditions, pattern, texture and shape, color etc., Lighting in
photography: quality and quantity - soft and hard, lighting direction, types of lights,
tungsten, flash, fluorescent etc., proper accessories - reflectors, filters, daylight,
artificial light, mixed light, simple setups for adding light, multiple light sources etc.
Digital photography : introduction to digital photography tools, different aspects of
taking images, steps in image processing, editing techniques, sequencing, image
manipulation using a computer, storage formats, printing digital files, presentation
of photographs.
Interior photography : Analysis of subject and content, perspective – vanishing
points, distortion, converging verticals, usage of shift lens, camera position, picture
format, image frame and composition – stationery surrounding objects, moving
objects. Shooting parameters – light sensitivity, exposure, shadows and reflections.
Close-up photography of interior accessories : creatively correct exposure,
specific lighting, foreground and background framing, filling the frame horizontal
vs. vertical, texture up close, final image of interior accessories, clear glass, etc
Expected Output : With the above knowledge the students should make portfolio
of photography with their own digital camera - of interiors - in natural light & artificial
light, close-ups of sculptures and any art work or details in different materials –
wood, metal, glass, pieces of furniture, etc, for internal & external assessment.
Unit III
Ceramics – clay/ plaster of Paris : Introduction to model making, Need; role of
scale models in design: general practices - The potter’s wheel – kneading the clay,
function of hands in throwing. Learning basic techniques in making different objects
like bowl, plate, cylinder, vase, etc. Essentials of model making: understanding of
various tools and machines employed, best practices involved in operating the tools
and the techniques. Introduction to the Ceramic materials used for model making
– clay, types and mixtures, properties etc. Hand building techniques- coiling, hand
building with clay strips- making a small sculpture in Relief work – addition - making
a mural, scooping – tile work.
Expected Output: With the above knowledge the students should make a useful
interior product or ceramic sculpture or ceramic mural with moulds along with a
written report for internal & external assessment.
44
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – IV:
Wood : Working with wood and wood derivatives to understand material
parameters. Wooden joinery and its strength, Wood polishes and other finishes –
colour and surface quality. Making of elements of various scales in the built form,
such as, interior space making elements, furniture forms, various products, Art &
Artifacts by using wood. Understanding the material and tools by making objects
which allow students to explore the forms, surfaces, textures and patterns. Explore
different joinery, support conditions, and woven surfaces.
Cane & Bamboo : Introduction to cane, bamboo, working with bamboo/cane and
their products to understand material parameters. Bamboo and cane joinery and its
strength. Polishes and other finishes. Expected Output: With the above knowledge
the students should make an useful interior product in wood / cane or bamboo
along with a written report for internal & external assessment.
Unit – V:
Metal : Types of metals, properties of metals, definitions of terms with reference to
properties and uses of metals, various methods of working with metals, fixing and
joinery in metals, finishing and treatment of metals., finishes on metals. Standard
specifications. Metals in built form activity – horizontal, vertical and inclined surfaces
– in interior environment elements- products and furniture forms - doors, windows,
grilles, railing, stair etc. Metals and other materials – form and joinery.
Expected Output: With the above knowledge the students should make an
useful interior product in metal along with a written report for internal & external
assessment.
Unit VI
Textiles – Weaving & printing : Introduction to fibers and yarns, table loom and
floor loom, preparing warp, setting up loom for weaving. Basic weaves and their
variations. Variation weaves and design quality, weaves as light controlling device,
weaves and its quality for upholstery, curtains and floor coverings, Rugs and durries
– motifs design, patterns and color variations. Development of textile design in
different cultures from primitive art to contemporary designs. Criteria of design of
the elements and principles of textile design. Analysis of a motif, developing repeat
as a basic unit of design in textile printing.
Printing – developing block, understanding the material used, colors, types and
their mixing process, various color printing. Screen printing – design evolution
for wall hangings, preparing screen and understanding the technique, printing on
paper and printing on fabric.
Assignments: Extensive market survey of available fabrics for interior spaces –
product specifications and manufacturers.
Expected Output: With the above knowledge the students should make a portfolio
of swatches & techniques of block and screen printing along with a report to be
made for Internal & external assessment. End exam shall be a Viva exam.

45
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Reference Books:
• Carol Strangler, The crafts and art of Bamboo, Rev. updated edition, Lark
books, 2009.
• Dr Angelika Taschen, Bamboo style: Exteriors, Interiors, Details, illustrated
edition, 2006.
• Albert Jackson & David Day, The complete manual of wood working, Knopf
publishers, 1996.
• Lonnie Bird, Jeff Jewitt, Thomas lie- Nielsen, Taunton’s Complete Illustrated
Guide to Woodworking, Taunton, 2005.
• Peter Korn, Wood working Basics : Mastering the essentials of craftsmanship,
Taunton , 2003
• John .F. Pile, Interior Design, Harry. N Abrams, Inc. New York . 1995.
• Ron Fournier, Metal Fabricator’s Handbook, Rev. Illustrated edition, HP
Books, 1990.
• Stanford Hohauser, Architectural and Interior models, Van Nostrand Reinhold,
1970.
• Liz Gibson, Weaving Made Easy: 17 Projects Using a Simple Loom
(Paperback), Interweave press, 2008
• Deoborah Chandler, Learning to weave, Revised edition, Interweave press,
2009.
• Kirsten Glasbrook, Tapestry Weaving, Search Press, 2002.
• June Fish, Designing and printing textiles, Crowood press, 2005
• R.W.Lee, Printing on Textiles by Direct and Transfer Techniques, Noyes Data
Corporation, 1981
• Fabrics: A guide for architects and Interior Designers, Marypaul Yates, Norton
publishers, 2002.
• Materials for Interior Environments, Corky Bingelli, John wiley and sons,
2007

ID17B2.6C: COMPUTER AIDED DRAWING FOR INTERIOR DESIGN

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

02 02 50 50 100 P
Objectives of the Course: To orient the student to create two and three dimensional
objects in space with special emphasis on presentation and visualization of interiors
using rendering techniques using CAD.
To explore computer modeling techniques using CAD.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
To learn basic skills of modeling, scripting (rendering) in CAD, and to exercise
methods of interface within CAD.
46
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Overview:
Unit – I
Starting AutoCAD: Introduction to the menu, starting drawings from scratch.
Creating and using templates- starting drawings with setup wizards. Saving and
closing a file.
Unit – II
Using co-ordinate systems – The UCS. Working with Cartesian and polar coordinate
systems. Using displays with shortcuts.
Unit – III
Setting up the drawing environment – setting the paper size, setting units, grid
limits, drawing limits, snap controls. Use of paper space and model space.
Unit – IV
Basic commands dealing with drawing properties: Layer control, change properties,
line weight control, etc.
Unit – V
Inquiry methods: Using data base information for objects, calculating distance,
angle, areas etc.
Unit – VI
Dimensioning commands and blocks: Dimensioning the objects in linear, angular
fashions along with quick time dimensioning etc. Creating and working with blocks,
creating symbols, use of blocks in creating a layout, of a residential area- one
exercise to be done as lab assignment.
Unit – VII
Orientation towards 3D : 2D to 3D conversion, perspective view, walk through the
layout.
Unit – VIII
3D-Max : Understanding 3D, theory behind 3D modeling. Preparing for construction
of 3D models. Construction of 3D surface models- extrusion, wire frame, creation
of a shell, elaborate surfaces.
Unit –IX
Solid modeling : concepts behind solid modeling, composite solids creation and
modification, solids display and inquiry.

Unit – X
Introduction to REVIT
Unit - XI
Rendering and presentation. Printing and plotting.

47
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

GN17B2.1A: COMMUNICATION SKILLS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

02 02 50 50 100 P
Course Overview: To prepare students to acquire understanding and fluency in
English for professional work
Objectives of the Course: To provide an adequate mastery of technical and
communicative English Language training primarily, reading and writing skills, and
also listening and speaking skills.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: To prepare students for participation in
seminars, group discussions, paper presentation and general personal interaction
at the professional level.
Unit I
Communication: Importance of Communication; Elements of good individual
communication; organizing oneself; different types of communication; Barriers in
the path of Communication
Unit II
Listening skills: Listening to conversation and speeches (Formal and Informal)
Reading: Techniques of reading, skimming, Scanning, SQ3R technique
Unit III
Creative Writing: Scope of creative writing; Writing skills Signposting, Outlines,
Rephrasing
Writing a report/ format of the report; Paragraph, Letter Writing, Essay writing,
Memo, Circular, Notice, Cover Letter, Resume, Writing with a thesis, Summary,
Précis, Product description – Description of projects and features
Oral Report; Periodical Report; Progress Report; Field Report
Preparation of minutes; Video conference; Tele conference / Virtual meeting
Unit IV
Speaking: How to converse with people, How to communicate effectively;
Language and grammar skills; Pronunciation drills, Phonetics, vowels, Diphthongs,
consonants, Stress, Rhythm and intonation, Conversational skills
Features of effective speech- practice in speaking fluently –role play – telephone
skills – etiquette.
Short Extempore speeches – facing audience – paper presentation – getting over
nervousness – Interview techniques – preparing for interviews – Mock Interview –
Body Language.

48
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit V
Impact of internet on communication; communication through computers;
voice mail; broadcast messages; e-mail auto response; etc.
Reference books:
1. Krishna Mohan &Meera Banerji: Developing Communication Skills Macmillan
India
2. C S Rayudu: Principles of Public Relations, Himalaya Publishing House
3. K. Ashwathappa: Organizational Behavior, Himalaya PublishingHouse
4. Daniel Colman: Emotional Intelligence,

GN17B2.2A: VALUE EDUCATION

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 02 02 50 Nil 50 -
Course Overview: To provide guiding principles and tools for the development
of the whole person, recognizing that the individual is comprised of Physical,
Intellectual, Emotional and Spiritual dimensions.
Knowledge Transfer /Expected Skills:
To help individuals think about and reflect on different values.
To deepen understanding, motivation and responsibility with regard to making
personal and social choices and the practical implications in relation to themselves
and others, the community and the world at large to inspire individuals to choose
their own personal, social, moral and spiritual values and be aware of practical
methods for developing and deepening them.
Unit I
Value Education—Introduction – Definition of values – Why values? – Need for
Inculcation of values – Object of Value Education – Sources of Values – Types of
Values: i) Personal values ii) Social values iii) Professional values iv) Moral and
spiritual value Behavioral (common) values
Unit II
Personal values – Definition of person – Self confidence – Relative and absolute
confidence, being self-determined, swatantrata (loosely equivalent to freedom).
Self discipline – Self Assessment – Self restraint –Self motivation – Determination
– Ambition – Contentment Self-respectand respect to others; expression of respect
Unit III
Social values – Units of Society - Individual, family, different groups – Community
– Social consciousness – Equality and Brotherhood – Dialogue – Tolerance –
49
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Sharing – Honesty-Responsibility – Cooperation; Freedom – Repentance and

Magnanimity.
Peer Pressure – Ragging - examples - making one’s own choices
Unit IV
Professional values-Definition-Competence-Confidence-Devotion to duty-
Efficiency-Accountability.
– Respect for learning /learned – Willingness to learn-Open and balanced mind –
Team spirit – Professional
Ethics – Willingness for Discussion; Difference between understanding and
assuming.
Time Management: Issues of planning, as well as concentration (and aligning with
self goals) Expectations from yourself. Excellence and competition, coping with
stress, Identifying one’s interests as well as strengths.
Unit V
Behavioural values – Individual values and group values. Anger: Investigation of
reasons, watching one’s own anger; Understanding anger as: a sign of power or
helplessness, distinction between response and reaction.
Right utilization of physical facilities. Determining one’s needs, needs of the self
and of the body, cycle of nature.
Relationship with teachers. Inside the class, and outside the class, interacting with
teachers.
Unit VI
Complimentary nature of skills and values. Distinction between information &
knowledge
Goals: Short term goals and long term goals; How to set goals; How to handle
responsibilities which have to be fulfilled while working for goals.
Reference Books
1. Ramancharla Pradeep Kumar. Compiled Reading Material IIIT Hyderabad
2. Dr. S. Ignacimuthu S. J.,Values for life, Better yourself Books, Bandra
Mumbai- 600 050 (1999).
3. Values (Collection of Essays)., Published by : Sri Ramakrishna Math.,
Chennai—(1996)
4. Prof. R.P.Dhokalia., Eternal Human ValuesNCRT –Campus Sri Aurobindo
Marg., New Delhi
5. Swami Vivekananda.,Education., Sri Ramakrishna Math., Chennai-4(1957)

50
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER III

PA17B3.1C INTERIOR DESIGN 1

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

ID17B2.1C 10 10 100 100 200 S
Course overview:
This course is intended to provide skills for designing single use interior spaces or
products etc.
Objectives of the course:
To develop creative conceptual visualization, hand skill building, and the process
of design.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
Use of anthropometry, ergonomics, handling of space and application of knowledge
gained from other subjects, in design.
Course Contents:
The primary focus should be on –
• Anthropometry
• Design methodology
• Conceptual exploration and representation.
• Creativity
• Scale/proportion
• Documenting space
• Graphic design (page layout and composition)
• Concepts sketching
• Application of design principles and elements
• Portfolio development
The list of suggested topics to be covered as design problems shall be a single
space like: Single room residence, Doctor’s clinic, kindergarten class room, Crèche,
Architect’s studio, Lawyer’s office, small cafeteria, bank extension counter, florist
shops, medical outlets, clothing store, shoe store, accessory store, book shop,
waiting lounges for – hospitals, corporate, hotels, etc.
Note: At least three major exercises and four minor design/time problems should
be given. Internal marking shall be done in stages project wise:
• Schematic layouts
51
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Final layout
• Sectional elevations
• Typical details
• Complete project with all details
• 3D drawings with colour rendering
The end exam shall be a 5 hours duration design project to be conducted in the
institution premises.
References:
• Karlen Mark, Space planning Basics, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York,
1992.
• Joseph D Chiara, Julius Panero, & Martin Zelnick, Time Saver standards
for Interior Design & space planning, 2nd edition, Mc-Graw Hill professional,
2001.
• Francis.D. Ching & Corky Bingelli, Interior Design Illustrared, 2nd edition,
Wiley publishers, 2004.
• Julius Panero & Martin Zelnick, Human Dimension & Interior Space : A source
book of Design Reference standards, Watson – Guptill, 1979.
• Maureen Mitton, Interior Design Visual Presentation: A Guide to Graphics,
Models, and Presentation Techniques. John Wiley and Sons, 2003
• Mark.W. Lin, Drawing and Designing with Confidence: A step-by-step guide,
Wiley and Sons, 1993.
• Robert Rengel, Shaping Interior Space, Fairchild Books & Visuals ,2002

ID17B3.2C: INTRODUCTION TO ERGONOMICS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 50 50 100 W
Course overview:
The course provides a framework to analyze and design furniture forms scientifically
and sensitizes the student’s visual perception of furniture as a single form and as a
system in a given interior space.
Objectives of the course:
Imparts knowledge of Man as the prime system component; Manmachine
- environment interaction system and user-friendly design practice; Human
compatibility, comfort and adaptability; Physical (anthropometrics, human body-
structure and function, posture, movement and biomechanics), Physiological
(work physiology) and Psychological aspects (behavior, cognitive aspects and

52
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

mental workload); Information processing, human error and risk perception;

Visual performance and visual displays; environmental factors influencing human
performance; Occupational stress; safety and health issues; Ergonomics criteria/
check while designing; Design process involving ergonomics check and ergonomic
design evaluation and Participatory ergonomics aspects.
Imparts the knowledge of various styles, systems and products available in the
market. Enhances the knowledge of ergonomics, materials, design and working
parameters in designing furniture. Develops systematic design approach and
space planning through furniture as elements of design.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
The course prepares the student in scientific process of furniture design. This
enables the students in designing for various classes of people with the parameters
of economy and culture.
Course Contents:
UNIT – I
Introduction to Ergonomics, Design today- Human aid to lifestyle, Environmental
factors influencing human performance, Ergonomics in India: scope for exploration
UNIT – II
Discipline approach: Ergonomics/ Human factors, Journey, Fitting task to man their
contractual structure, Domain, Philosophy and Objective, Mutual task comfort: two
way dialogue, communication model, Ergonomics/ human Factors fundamentals,
Physiology (work physiology) and stress.
UNIT –III
Human physical dimension concern : Human body- structure and function,
anthropometrics, Anthropometry: body growth and somatotypes, Static and
dynamic anthropometry, Stand Posture- erect, Anthropometry landmark: Sitting
postures, Anthropometry: squatting and cross-legged postures, Anthropometric
measuring techniques, Statistical treatment of data and percentile calculations
UNIT – IV
Human body structure and function : Posture and job relation, Posture and body
supportive devices, Chair characteristics, Vertical work surface, Horizontal work
surface , movement , work Counter.
UNIT - V
Behavior and perception : Communication and cognitive issues, Psycho-social
behavior aspects, behavior and stereotype, Information processing and perception
, Cognitive aspects and mental workload , Human error and risk perception
UNIT – VI
Visual ergonomics: Visual performance , Visual displays, visual comfort and
designing for different functions and designing for differently abled.

53
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit - VII
Ergonomic design process : Ergonomics design methodology, Ergonomics
criteria/check while designing, Design process involving ergonomics check, Some
checklists for ease of task.
Unit – VIII
Performance support and design intervention: Occupational safety and stress at
workplace in view to reduce the potential fatigue, errors, discomforts and unsafe
acts : Workstation design, Furniture support , Vertical arm reach and design
application possibility .
References:
• Bridger, RS: Introduction to Ergonomics, 2nd Edition, Taylor &Francis, 2003.
• Dul, J. and Weerdmeester,B.Ergonomics for beginners, a quick reference
guide, Taylor & Francis, 1993.
• Green, W.S. and Jordan,P .W, Human Factors in & Product Design, Taylor
rancis, 1999
• D. Chakrabarti, Indian Anthropometric Dimensions for ergonomic design
practice, National Institute of Design,Ahmedabad, 1997
• G.Salvendy (edit), Handbook of Human Factors and ergonomics, John Wiley
& Sons, Inc., 1998
• Singh,S (Edt),Ergonomics Interventions for Health and Productivity,
Himanshu Publications, Udaipur, New Delhi, 2007

ID17B3.3C: INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

05 05 50 50 100 W
Course Overview :
The focus of this course is to impart skills related to the preparation of detailed
drawings for Interior Design execution.
Objectives of the Course :
To impart training in the preparation of construction details of different types of
wood work with specific requirements.
Expected skills & knowledge to be transferred :
The course shall prepare the students to generate technical presentation of design
at the built form level, product & and furniture design at finishing level.

54
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Contents :
Unit – 1
Details of Interior civil work : wall finishes, wall plastering, chamfered corners, gulta
finish, dado, wall cladding, fixing of doors & windows, etc
Details of floor finishes : tiling/ stone flooring, wooden flooring, access flooring
Plans, sections & elevations of staircases : Types of staircase, different materials –
RCC, wood, steel staircase, etc
Unit - 2
Detailed plan, sections & elevations of :
All woodworks : joinery, types of doors, windows, etc
Partition walls : all types of partitions – full height, half & dwarf, double skinned,
single skinned, frameless glass, etc
Wall paneling : plywood, leather, acoustic boards, etc
False Ceiling : all types, with full system, insulation, acoustical, etc
Unit -3
Detailed plan, sections, elevations and isometrics of the standard residential
furniture like: Sofas – double, single seat
Tables – peg, nested, dining, etc Chairs –study, dining, sofa chairs, etc
Beds with side tables – TW frame, box frame, with storage, etc
Storage & display units : dressing table units, showcase, cutlery cabinets, home
bar, entertainment units, book case, tall boy units, chest of drawers, etc
Bar counter with bar stool
Detailed plan, sections, elevations with one point perspectives of kitchen with
details of each units, etc.
Unit – 4
Detailed plan, sections, elevations and isometric views of office furniture – hierarchy
of work stations, tables, return units, filing units, Reception table, etc
Unit - 5
Detailed plan, sections, elevations and isometric views of furniture of Institutional
spaces, Retail spaces & hospitality spaces – bank counters, reception counters/
tables, restaurant service counters, storage & display, awnings, etc
Unit – 6
Details of soft furnishings : types of Draperies, curtains, blinds, types of stitches,
valences, linings, tiebacks, hanging details, etc

55
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Note :
Students shall prepare detailed drawings of all the above of utilitarian design as per
standards. The students shall be required to submit all manual drawings of :
• Plans, elevations, sections
• Isometric views / 2 point perspective view with colour rendering denoting the
finish of the furniture.
• Market survey for latest hardware for specification writing
• Specification writing : detailed specification of materials, pre & post execution,
mode of measurements, manufacturer’s details & brand names, etc
• Joinery details
• At least 2 full size details per furniture
• All drawings to be done manually
End exam shall be a 3 hr drawing exam.
References:
• Macy, W. Frank, Specification in details, 5th edition, Technical Press Ltd,
London, 1955
• Shah, M G & others, Building Drawing : An Integrated approach to build
Environment, 3rd edition, Tata McGrow Hill Publications Company Ltd, New
Delhi, 1996
• Kilmer, Working Drawings & Details for Interiors, John Wiley & Sons

ID17B3.4C: HISTORY OF INTERIOR DESIGN

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 50 50 100 W
Course Overview:
The course emphasizes on developments of interior elements in response to
social, religious, aesthetic and environmental factors. The course focuses on the
three dimensional forms, plan forms and ornamentation.
Objectives of the course:
To understand the effect of design movements and various schools of thought on
interior environment. This investigation in the historical imperative in relation with
design should be used by the students as an aid to the design process.
To understand the historical progression of art and architecture in India and its
application to formulate themes and concepts for contemporary designs.

56
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:

• Acquire the knowledge to identify the common characteristics among the
monuments of a particular style.
• Acquire graphic skills to present and analyze the elements and explain its
composition.
• Acquire knowledge on good practices of Interior Design in the past.
• Acquire Knowledge related to the use of colours in different Historical period
and in different parts of India
Course Contents:
Unit – I:
Elements of style and determinants of Interior environments in Ancient Civilization,
Classical world & the Middle ages : emphasis shall be on Architectural elements,
furniture, decorative arts, colours & materials.
• Egyptian
• The ancient Near East - Samarians, Babylonians, Assyrians, Persians
• The Classical World – Greek, Roman
• The Middle Ages - Early Christian and Byzantine, Romanesque and Gothic
, Renaissance in Italy, Spain, France and England, Baroque, Rococo,
Neoclassicism.
• Eastern influences - China and Japan
Unit – II:
• Reviewing Industrialisation :- Industrial revolution and its influence on social,
economic conditions of that period, Scientific and technological progress,
invention of new materials. An overview of Art and Crafts movement in
Europe and America
• Art Noveau, Bauhaus, International style, Post Modernism.
• 20 century Birth of modern art, Cubism, Impressionism, Post impressionism
and others.
Unit – III:
Indian architecture and interiors-
• Hindu and Islamic, Secular architecture of the princely states like Rajasthan,
etc
• Critical Regionalism and the neo-vernacular with examples from Jammu and
Kashmir, Southern India, Gujarat, , Himachal Pradesh , states of North &
eastern India, Maharashtra, Uttar Pradesh, Orissa etc.

57
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – IV:
History of modern movement in interior Design and architecture – developments of
modern movements – various fields of design affecting interior ambiences directly
– international modernism, regionalism and concerns with vernacular, colour, etc.
Introduction to art movement of 1920-modern: abstract art, constructivism action
painting, use of modern materials and technique
Unit – V:
Designers and their works with respect to interior architecture and interior elements
of design. Contemporary expressions of styles and art forms.
• Theories and projects of F L Wright; Le Corbusier; Gaudi; Gropius; Aalto;
Mies; Eisenmann; Zaha Hadid; Soleri; Hasan Fathy; Ando; Bawa; Gehry;
Libeskind; Toyo Ito; Louis Khan; Tschumi; Greg Lynn; Assymptote
• Theories and projects of Indian Architects like : B V Doshi; Ananth Raje; Raj
Rewal; Laurie Baker; Nari Gandhi; Kanvinde, Shirish Beri, Charles Correa, I
M Kadri, etc
References:
• John F. Pile, A history of interior design, 2nd edition, Laurence King Publishing,
2005.
• Jeannie Ireland, History of Interior Design, air child publications, illustrated
ed., 2009.
• Elaine, Michael Dywer, Christopher Mackinnon, Norman A. J. Berisford
Denby , A History of Interior Design, Rhodec International, 1983.
• Giedion Sigfried, Space, Time and Architecture: The growth of a new tradition,
4th ed. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1962.
• Tadgell Cristopher, The History of Architecture in India: From the dawn of
civilization to the End of the Raj , Om Book Service, New Delhi, 1990.
• Rowl Bejamin. Art and Architecture of India

ID17B3.5C: FURNITURE MAKING WORKSHOP– I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 100 100
Course Overview:
The course is intended to provide hands on working with materials used for the
production of furniture. Understanding the process that are involved from the pre-
design to finishing of furniture.

58
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Objectives of the course:

To give an exposure to the materials and introduce various tools and techniques &
processes in making furniture.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Ability to make products and elements of various scales for interiors.
Course Contents:
Unit – I:
Working with wood , wood products, metals & textiles to understand material
parameters in the design of a furniture piece in terms of finishes – color and surface
quality etc
Suggested Assignment: making different joinery in mount board or wood, plywood,
etc
Unit – II:
Making of elements of various scales in the built form such as interior space making
elements, furniture forms, evolution of furniture.
Unit – III:
Use of anthropometry, ergonomics, and handling of space and application of
knowledge gained from other subjects, and design a piece of furniture
Unit – IV:
Template making
Expected Output: To design a piece of simple day to day furniture with wood or
metal or combination of materials - Drawings, details, templates of the same piece
of furniture with detailed study and documentation with a scaled model is required
for submission for Internal & external assessment.
End exam will be Viva exam
References:
• Laura Slack, What is product Design? Roto Vision publishers, 2006
• Treena Crochet and David Vleck, Designer’s Guide to Decorative Accessories,
Prentice Hall, Ist edition, 2008.
• Michael Ashby, Kara Johnson, Materials and Design: The Art and Science
of material selection in product design, Butter Worth Heinemann, 1st
edition, 2002.
• International Design Yearbook, 1995: Furniture, Lighting, Tableware, Textiles
and Products, Books Nippan, 1996.
• Karl. T. Ulrich, Steven D. Eppinger, Product Design and Development,
McGraw-Hill Education Singapore; 4th edition, 2007

59
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

ID17B3.xE: Elective - I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 3 3 50 50 100 W/S/J/P
ID17B3.1E: INTERIOR PHOTO JOURNALISM
Course Overview:
The Course prepares ground for the students to gain an understanding into the
fundamental issues in Interior & Architectural Photography and develop the skill to
create Articles/presentation capturing the essence through the photographs.
Objectives of the Course:
Develop skills for extra skills in the field of Interior Journalism which is an emerging
field in Interior Design.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
The students shall gain knowledge and develop the skill to create Articles/
presentations capturing the essence through the photographs.
Course Contents:
Unit -I
Definition of Photo Journalism – Brief History – photographs as social documentaries
– Birth of modern Photo Journalism since 1950s – Visual awareness – visual survey
–EDFAT methods in using the camera – Equipment required for Photo Journalism.
Unit –II
Development of writing skills: Usage of language and Vocabulary and grammar
introduction to methodology of writing essays, news writing, précis writing, writing
in architectural blogs; listening comprehension, analyze talks and information
gathered and to edit gathered information to build an article. Originality of topic.
Collecting clippings from articles, blogs and books.
Unit –III
Photo Journalism in perspective – Snap shots – Advance amateur Photography
– Art Photography – Photo Journalism – Approach to Photo Journalism – News
Papers and Magazine Design elements: Page make –up – Layout – color scheme
– Font – Blurb – Pictures – Ads etc – Other magazines – Documenting of Places –
Rural – Urban – Public relations.
Unit – IV
Key texts concerning Interior architectural journalism and journalists; to critically
contrast their outputs in terms of production, content and/or presentation; to
develop an ability to critically appraise selected individual pieces of journalism.
Awards of Architectural Journalism and some of the important recipients People
journalism and law - legal boundaries - issues libel and invasions of privacy-ethics-
the photo journalist on scene

60
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – V
Production of contemporary architectural journalism; Building pictures – Instant,
Report – Editing – Editorial thinking – the picture Editor – Editing practices, creating
drama – Photo editing – Documentary- evolution of the word document-methods
and techniques.
Assignments should include an article based on ability to originate, plan, research,
present and produce a piece of Interior architectural journalism. The techniques
and processes used in the production should be identified by the student.
References:
• Kopelow, Gerry. How to photograph buildings and interiors, 3rd edition. New
York: Princeton Architectural Press, 2002.
• Busch, Akiko. The photography of architecture: twelve views, New York: Van
Nostrand Reinhold Co., 1987.
• Mehta, Ashvin. Happenings: \b a journal of luminous moments, Vapi, Gujarat:
Hindustan Inks, 2003.
• Mohd, Al Asad. Architectural Criticism and Journalism
• Sommer, Robert. Tom Wolfe on Modern Architecture

ID17B3.2E: INTERIOR SKETCHING & RENDERING

Course Overview:
The course introduces the techniques of architectural drawing pertaining to 3D
views and perspectives, sciography and rendering.
Objectives of the course:
To enable free-hand sketching & rendering skills and to impart the techniques
of rendering in different media and skills of three dimensional visualization and
presentation.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Perspective and three dimensional drawings with rendering in different media for
presentation with free- hand.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Introduction to free-hand sketching with pen and brush exercises – Simple
exercises of shapes and lines, lines and textures, pen lines, ruling with pen and
brush, brush lines etc.
Unit – II
Tones and Rendering – tones in pen drawings, value scales, Gray values, Grading

61
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

tones etc. Simple exercises of tonal values and textures with pen. Color study,
monochrome and wash rendering etc.
Unit –III
Perspective: Characteristics of perspective drawings, perspectives of simple
geometric solids and spaces and complex geometries. Advanced examples in one
point or parallel perspective, two point Interior perspectives of rooms.
Unit – IV
Rendering of the perspectives in different media through drawing pencil, sketch
pen, pencil color, monochrome, wash rendering etc,. Integrating landscape
elements, human figures, shadows, foreground etc in the perspectives.
References:
• Athavankar, U., (1990). Thinking Style and CAD. Proceedings of Conference
on Design Research, (pp 109-116). University of Compiegne, France.
• Athavankar, U., (1997). Mental Imagery as a Design Tool. Cybernetics and
Systems, (pp 25-42). Vol 28, No 1.
• Athavankar, U., (1999). Gestures, Imagery and Spatial Reasoning. ‘Visual
and Spatial Reasoning’, Eds. John S, Garo and Barbara Tversky, Preprints
of the International Conference on Visual Reasoning (VR 99), (pp 103-128).
MIT
• Kahneman, D., (2011). Thinking, Fast and Slow. Allen Lane, London.
• Mckim, R., (1972). Experiences in Visual Thinking. Brooks/Coles.
• Miller, G., (1966). The Magical Number Seven, Plus or Minus Two. In
Readings in Perception, Eds. Wertheimer M., (pp 90-114). Van Nestrand,
New York.
• Sommer, R., (1978). The Mind’s Eye. Delta Book, New York.
• Tuvey, M., (1986). Thinking Styles and Modeling Systems. Design Studies,
(pp 20-30). V 7, No.1.
• Tovey, M., (1989). Drawing and CAD in Industrial Design. Design Studies, (pp
24-34). V 10, No.1

ID17B3.3E: Open Elective – I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 100 - 100
Course Overview:
The course provides the students to select any subject which they feel would help
them to release their potential.

62
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - IV

ID17B4.1C: INTERIOR DESIGN – II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

ID17B3.1C 10 10 100 100 200 J
Course overview:
This course is intended to provide skills for designing medium scale interior spaces
or products etc.
Objectives of the course:
To develop creative conceptual visualization, hand skill building, and the process
of design and emphasis shall be on graphic layout and elevations as a design
process.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
Use of standards, functions of spaces and application of knowledge gained from
other subjects, in design.
Course Contents:
The primary focus should be on –
i. Documenting space (sketch and photo documentation)
ii. Space planning process (block diagram, concept statement)
iii. Concept sketching
iv. Application of design principles and elements
v. Creativity /originality
vi. Design Process/methodology
vii. Structural integration
viii. Style
ix. Color Rendering
x. Anthropometry and ergonomics
xi. Furniture Design
xii. Material selection
xiii. Graphic design (page layout and composition)
xiv. Portfolio development

63
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Design portfolio to include designs in response to today’s situation of urban society,

i.e., contemporary spaces required in modern society – needs, realities, value
system etc.. The spaces to be considered shall be : home, office, bank, school,
college, public level spaces - restaurant, lounge (hotel), etc.
The list of suggested topics to be covered as design problems:
• Thematic space making with Art and craft forms of our own culture in India –
East, West, North, Central and so on.
• Design of built units of various geographical locations and culture by involving
historical periods, styles and use of craft in its inherent quality and form -
integrating craft and living environment.
Note: At least two major exercises and three minor time problems should be given.
Internal marking shall be done in stages and project wise:
• Schematic layouts
• Final layout
• Sectional elevations
• Designs & details
Submission & marking of project work shall be done in stages for internals. In the
end exam, which is a viva-voce the students have to present the entire semester
work for assessment.
References:
• Karlen Mark, Space planning Basics, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York,
1992.
• Joseph D Chiara, Julius Panero, & Martin Zelnick, Time Saver standards
for Interior Design & space planning, 2nd edition, Mc-Graw Hill professional,
2001.
• Francis.D. Ching & Corky Bingelli, Interior Design Illustrared, 2nd edition,
Wiley publishers, 2004.
• Julius Panero & Martin Zelnick, Human Dimension & Interior Space : A source
book of Design Reference standards, Watson – Guptill, 1979.
• Maureen Mitton, Interior Design Visual Presentation: A Guide to Graphics,
Models, and Presentation Techniques. John Wiley and Sons, 2003
• Mark.W. Lin, Drawing and Designing with Confidence: A step-by-step guide,
Wiley and Sons, 1993.
• Robert Rengel, Shaping Interior Space, Fairchild Books & Visuals ,2002
• Neufert Ernest, Architect’s Data, Granada pub. Ltd. London, 2000.
• John F. Pile, A history of interior design, Laurence King Publishing, 2005.

64
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Robin D. Jones, Interiors of Empire: Objects, Space and Identity within the
Indian Subcontinent, Manchester University Press; illustrated edition, 2008

ID17B4.2C: FURNITURE DESIGN

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

ID17B3.4C 03 03 50 50 100 W
Course overview:
The course provides a framework to analyze and design furniture forms, specially
built in furniture, scientifically and sensitizes the student’s visual perception of
furniture as a single form and as a system in a given interior space.
Objectives of the course:
To Impart knowledge about various styles, systems and products available in the
market. Enhances the knowledge of ergonomics, materials, design and working
parameters in designing furniture. Develops systematic design approach and
space planning through furniture as elements of design.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
The course prepares the student for mass production of furniture for various
classes of people with the parameters of economy and culture.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Functional and formal issues in design: study and evaluation of popular dictums
such as “Form follows function”, Form and function are one”, “God is in Details”,
“Less is more” or “Less is bore” etc.
Evaluation of visual design: study of Gestalt theory of design – law of closure, law
of proximity, law of continuity etc.
Typology of furniture with respect to the different states in India.
Unit - II
Human factors, engineering and ergonomic considerations: Principles of Universal
Design and their application in furniture design.
Unit – III
Evolution of furniture from Ancient to present: Various stylistic transformations.
Furniture designers and movements.
Unit – IV
Design approaches in furniture design. An introduction of various manufacturing
processes most frequently adopted in furniture design such as Injection Molding,
investment casting, sheet metal work, die casting, vacuum - forming etc.
65
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Assignments : Survey of different types of molded or casted furniture available for

different functions in the market.
Unit – V
Modular approach to furniture design – various materials, combination of materials,
their hardware and applications. Cost criteria of furniture design.
Assignments : Survey of several modular systems available for different functions
in the market..
Unit - VI
Furniture categories – role of furniture in interior design, exploration of the idea
of furniture as elements of living units, education institutes, health facilities, street
elements office, educational institutes, banks, stores, street furniture, etc.
Seating Design: Different types of seating with a focus on the following –
• Functionality
• Aesthetics
• Style
• Human factors and ergonomics
• The other component to be considered is the cost of the designed furniture
piece.
Suggested Assignment: Design with wood, metal and combination of materials.
Drawings, details. Market survey of available products and economics of products.
Design of furniture for upper middle, middle and lower middle income groups -
elements of living units, educational institutes, health facilities, street elements etc.
Exploration of wood, metal, glass, plastics, FRP, etc as materials for furniture
design – traditional and modular. Cost criteria of furniture design.
Unit - VII
Storage systems: Functional analysis of storage systems and thereby deriving
types of cabinets needed for interior spaces – kitchen cabinets, wardrobes closets,
book cases, show cases , display systems, compactors, mechanical storage, etc.
and hardware for modular kitchen. Survey of several modular systems available for
different functions in the market.
Suggested Assignment: Exercise to design kitchen cabinets for a given kitchen in
details.
End exam shall be a theory exam.
Reference Books :
• Joseph Aronson, The Encyclopedia of Furniture: Third Edition ,1961
• Bradley Quinn, Mid-Century Modern: Interiors, Furniture, Design Details,
Conran Octopus Interiors, 2006.
• Jim Postell, Furniture Design, Wiley publishers, 2007.
66
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Edward Lucie-Smith , Furniture: A Concise History (World of Art) , Thames

and Hudson, 1985
• Robbie. G. Blakemore, History of Interior Design and Furniture: From Ancient
Egypt to Nineteenth-Century Europe, Wiley publishers, 2005.
• John.F. Pile, Interior Design, 2nd edition, illustrated, H.N.Abrams, 1995.

ID17B4.3C: INTRODUCTION TO ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

02 02 50 50 100 W
Course Overview:
The course provides an in-depth understanding the concepts associated with
framed structures.
Objectives of the course:
To provide knowledge of the different forces, force systems and structural behavior
of different members due to applied forces.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Basic principles of mechanics and behavior of elements and ability to analyze the
standard members in structures.
Course Contents:
Unit – I:
Introduction to built elements – study of built elements in the interiors with respect
to materials used. Basic construction methods and general specifications. General
types and classification of different types of buildings: overview of different
functional, structural and architectural elements.
Unit – II:
Introduction to basic structural systems, elements of structure, their functions and
behavior, beams, slabs, columns, walls, foundations, frame structures, composite
structures, load bearing wall systems, trusses, rigid frames, linear and curved
elements, simply supported, cantilever and overhanging beams for various loads,
effect of simple geometric forms in the overall structural behavior. Construction
of elements like lintels, sunshades, staircases, arches – parts, types, types of
columns – RCC, fabricated, built-up brick column, floating column, etc.
Unit – III:
Primary and secondary forces acting on the structures – gravitational force, live
load, wind, temperature variation, distribution of loads through the elements of the
structural system.

67
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – IV:
Characteristic requirements of a structural design – stress and strains, strength,
stiffness and stability. Discussion on factors affecting them and the ways of
satisfying these requirements. Study of behavior of structures through models and
testing them for given loads.
Unit – V:
Structural properties of basic materials like masonry, timber, concrete and steel etc.
Light weight space structure, small and large scale surface structure, integrated
display system and structural elements.
Unit – VI:
Structural systems and their layout for a small building. Structural systems for
elements of interior spaces – false ceilings, false flooring, suspended floors &
ceilings, etc. Structural system for urban interior spaces – malls, fair grounds,
exhibition spaces, etc. Awnings, space frames, etc
Suggested Assignments :Sketches of various types of structures, trusses, arches,
lintels, sections of chajjas, awnings, etc
References:
• Rowland J. Mainstone : Development of Structural Form
• Rangwala : Engineering Materials
• S.P.Bindra, S.P.Arora, Building Construction
• B.C. Punmia : Strength of Materials vol – I

ID17B4.4C: INTERIOR LANDSCAPE, SIGNAGE AND GRAPHICS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 50 50 100 W
Course Overview:
This course introduces students to the knowledge of landscaping design parameters,
landscape elements, plant materials etc. to use in the interiors effectively for
aesthetic enhancement and visual comfort. Graphics and Signage provides a
framework for the development of a systematic, visually cohesive graphic
communication system for a given site in the built environment. It sensitizes the
students to visual aspects of way finding and shaping the idea of space.
Objectives of the Course:
• To develop a conceptual understanding of landscaping design parameters for
various built forms.
• To develop skills in integrating landscape design with built environments.
68
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

• To impart an understanding of the theory of signs and symbols, gestalt design

theory, visual analogy, branding and branded environments and signage and
way finding systems.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
• To develop the skill of using and integrating landscape elements and plant
materials to transform different interior spaces through interior landscaping.
• The course also prepares ground for the student to gain an understanding
into the practical design problems related to way finding and develop the
skill to create various types of signage and way finding systems in the built
environment.
Course Content:
Unit – I
Introduction and role of landscape design in the built environment. Types of natural
elements – stones, rocks, pebbles, water forms, plants and vegetation. Introduction
to the study of plants in relation to landscape design and interiors. Types of indoor
plants, visual characteristics: i.e., color, texture, foliage. Flowers- its colors,
texture and its visual perception in various indoor spaces and science of flower
arrangement Indoor plants in Indian context. Plant biology, soil, moisture, light
nutrient, atmospheric conditions, growing medium, pests & diseases. Botanical
nomenclature, anatomy and physiology of plant growth. Market survey and costs.
Unit – II
Design with plants – Basic principles of designs. The physical attribute of plants and
relation to design. Appearance, functional and visual effects of plants in landscape
design and built environment. Selection and management of plant material in
relation to the built environment. Design concepts related to use of sculpture ,
lightings, garden furniture , architectural feature and grouping them into meaningful
composition s for visual and functional effects.
Unit – III
Landscaping design parameters for various types of built forms- indoor and outdoor
linkage to spaces. Landscaping of courtyards- residential and commercial forms.
Indoor plants and their visual characteristics- Science of maintaining and growing
greenery. Automatic irrigation costing and installation of micro irrigation systems.
Unit – IV
Introduction – environmental graphic Design, way finding, Need, importance
etc. Information content system – kinds of sign information, hierarchy of content,
developing the sign information content, Navigation – message hierarchy and
proximity, Other factors affecting sign information content, pictorial information
content, signage master plans.
Unit – V
The Graphic system - Typography overview, choosing a typeface, typographic
69
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

treatment, typographic considerations in signage for the unsighted and low sighted
people, symbols and arrows, other graphic elements, color, layout, overview of
signage graphic process.
Unit – VI
The hardware system – shape, connotations of form, sign mounting considerations,
sign size considerations, sign lighting overview, sign materials overview, basic
sign materials, electronic message displays, stock sign hardware systems, sign
materials and codes, overview of coatings and finishes applied to signs.
Unit – VII
Signage Design – Eyelevel, light, Fonts, typographical systems and type area,
pictograms, arrows, color – contrast, language, systems, tones, Coding, privacy
and protection, Room identification. Signage Planning – contract, obtaining
information, preliminary design, design, construction, work plan and prototypes,
tenders, specifications, on-site management, completion.
Audio visual display – types, locations, types of electronic display, equipments, etc
References:
• Laurie, Michael, An Introduction to Landscape. 2nd edition, Prentice Hall,
New Jersey, 1986.
• Trivedi. P.Prathiba. Beautiful Shrubs. Indian council of Agricultural Research.
New Delhi, 1990.
• Hacheat, Blan. Plant Design.
• Gerald Robert Vizenor , A Guide to Interior Landscapes, Univ of Minnesota
Press, 1990.
• Nelson Hammer and Mel Green, Interior Landscape Design, Mc Graw Hill,
1991.
• Joseph DeChiara, Julius Panero, and Martin Zelnik Time-Saver Standards
for Interior Design and Space Planning, 2nd edition, Mc-Graw Hill
Professional,2001.
• Andreas Uebele, Signage Systems and Information Graphics , Thames and
Hudson, 2007
• Craig Berger, Wayfinding: Designing and Implementing Graphic Navigational
Systems, Rotovision, 2009.
• Chris Calori, Signage and Wayfinding Design: A Complete Guide to Creating
Environmental Graphic Design Systems, Wiley and sons, 2007.
• David Gibson, The Wayfinding Handbook: Information Design for Public
Places, Princeton Architectural Press; 1st edition, 2009.
• Rayan Abdullah and Roger Hubner, Pictograms, Icons and Signs, Thames
and Hudson, illustrated edition, 2006.

70
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

ID17B4.5C: BUILDING SERVICES FOR INTERIOR DESIGN

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 50 50 100 W
Course overview:
This course is intended for the
• understanding the significance of design and functioning of water and
sewerage systems as essential components in Interior Design
• understanding the electrical services and utilities generally installed and
special types of services and facilities in the interiors and focusing on the
principles as well as practical aspects and solutions
Objectives of the course:
• To expose the students to various ways to provide information on the
principles of water supply and sanitation.
• To develop the understanding of layout, functioning and application of utilities
and services in the interiors
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
• To enable students to design sanitary and water supply systems in the
interiors.
• To enable students to understand principles and installations of general and
specialized services in the interiors.
Course Contents:
Unit - I
General idea of sources of water supply. Standards for quality of water. Domestic
water systems, suction and storage tanks and their capacity. Pipes and their sizes
and jointing. Consumption of water. Down take supply to various fittings. Types of
fittings like taps, ball valves, hot water supply systems, bathtubs, showers, jets,
cocks, valves etc. Faucets for kitchens, bathrooms and toilets. Check valves, foot
valves, sump pump check valves etc.
Unit – II
Basic principles of sanitations and disposal of waste materials from buildings.
Connection to outdoor drainage system, size requirements, types of pipes available
in the market. Water carriage systems, standard sanitary fittings, traps, pipes and
their jointing. Flushing systems. Bathroom interior layouts, extensive market survey
of products available, economies of products available, fixing of the products with
other finishing materials.
Unit – III
Waste management: Refuse, different forms of refuse garbage, house refuse,
refuses chutes etc.
71
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – IV
Electrical Installations: Building wiring system. Service wires, metering distribution
boards, circuits, MCB cutouts. Conductors, wiring methods, switch boards,
electrical devices in the buildings, light and power circuits. Indian electricity rules,
relevant provisions of NBC. Preparation of electrical layout scheme for interior
using standard electrical symbols.
Unit – V
Heating Ventilation & Air Conditioning (HVAC) systems: Air conditioning, Mechanical
ventilation – mechanical inlet and extraction systems. Functions of air conditioning,
Principles of AC, capacity of AC, Types of AC systems – window AC, split, duct,
central AC and their details. Air distribution systems – ducts, air inlets.
Unit - VI
Fire – causes and spread of fire. Design considerations for fire safety, Devices for
firefighting – portable, built in wet riser system, sprinkler system, fire hydrant. Class
of fire and occupancy, study of fire regulations as per NBC
Unit – VII
Services for multi storied buildings - Vertical transportation systems – Introduction
– lifts, escalators- vertical & horizontal, definition, location, arrangement, structure,
drives, traffic analysis, supervisory control, remote monitoring.
Unit – VIII
Security and safety systems – introduction, designing a security system – burglar
alarm, CCTV, central alarm systems, intrusion sensors and space sensors. Other
services – cable TV, PABX, computer labs – access flooring, server rooms.
Unit – IX
Building automation and energy management – Introduction, History of development
of BAS, typical BAS, criteria for choosing the right BAS, open system architecture.
Information technology, communications & artificial intelligence in intelligent
buildings. Design in computer age, engineering intelligence through nature.
Reference Books:
• Hussain S.K, T.B of water supply and sanitary engineering, 3rd edition,
Oxford and IBH pub. Ltd., New Delhi, 1994
• Kshirsagar, S. R, Water supply engineering, 6th ed, Roorkee publications,
1980.
• Rangwala, S.C. water supply and Sanitary Engineering: Environmental
Engineering, 19th ed, Charotar pub house, Anand, 2004.
• Electrical wiring and contracting (vol. 1 to vol.4), London. The New era
Publishing Company.
• Dr Frith Abnwos and others, Electrical Engineering hand book.

72
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

• William. J. Guinness, Mechanical and Electrical Systems for Buildings, New

York: Mc Graw Hill.
• Faber, Oscar and Kell, J.R. Heating and Air conditioning of Building.
Architectural Press, surrey, 1945.
• Prasad Manohar, Refrigeration and air-conditioning. 5th ed, New Age Intl.
pub, New Delhi, 1996.
• Derek Clements-Croome, Derek J. Croome, Intelligent buildings: Design,
Management and Operation, Thomas Telford Books, London, 2004.
• Albert Ting-pat So, Wai Lok Chan, Intelligent Building Systems, Kluwer
Academic Publishers, 1999.

ID17B4.6C: REVITALISATION OF ARTS & CRAFTS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

ID17B2.5C 03 03 50 50 100 J
Course Overview:
The course provides an understanding of the role of revitalization of Art/craft form
in interior spaces.
Objectives of the course:
• Understanding of Art/craft forms as design elements and its relevant
application in the modern society.
• Modernization of old craft technology for better forms for interior use.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Dexterity; knowledge of materials, process, technology and products of craft forms-
production of craft forms and technology.
Course Content:
Identification of private and public craft activity around the nation – various crafts
and its perception in the society - design issues in transforming old craft forms into
modern context by keeping its original spirits.
Assignment: Select one of the art/ craft form with the consultation of the faculty.
Visit to the craft pockets. Document people, life, culture and craft and understand
the materials, tools, technology, processes and forms. Suggest suitable changes in
technology to improve the products so as to make it acceptable in today’s context.
Design and produce a product related to interiors in contemporary design.
Note: The work will be periodically reviewed. The study has to be presented in
the form of a report with illustrations and photographs, as a seminar for final
assessment, along with the final product to the jury

73
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

ID17B4.xE: Elective II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 50 50 100 W/S/J/P
ID17B4.1E: DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY IN DESIGN
Course overview
To orient the students towards the digital Technologies, to effectively and
responsibly select and use appropriate technologies, materials, data, systems,
tools and equipment when designing and creating healthy, socially, economically
and environmentally sustainable products, services or environments.
Objectives of the course
In Digital Technologies the focus is on the use of digital systems, relevant software’s,
information and computational thinking to create solutions for identified needs and
opportunities.
Expected skills/knowledge transferred
Techniques to generate and test ideas communicate and represent alternatives,
solutions and document processes. This includes freehand and technical drawings,
diagrams, simulations, physical and virtual prototypes, 3-D models, report writing
and the development of portfolios.
Course contents
Unit-I :
Introduction to digital technology; importance of Software’s like AutoCAD, Revit,
Photoshop, adobe illustrator, Sketch-Up with V-Ray rendering, Rhinoceros etc..
in digital technology.. And Hardware requirements for the software’s for creating
digital images; Working knowledge of digital image structure; Understanding of file
size, bit depth, image modes, channels, file format and resolution; Make decisions
about the most appropriate form of digital output; Options for scanning images;
High quality digital images: RAW files.
Unit-II :
Understanding of how colour is formed and defined in the digital medium; Appropriate
pixel dimensions for required output needs; Resize and crop images to optimum;
Adjust colour, tonality and sharpness of digital images; Duplicate, optimize and
save image files for print and for web; Creative techniques to enhance and optimize
images; Control shadow and highlight tonality whilst preserving mid- tone contrast.
Unit-III :
Explore the creative potential of image editing; selectively convert RGB images into
black and white, Tone images using the Gradient Map technique, Control apparent
depth-of-field using Gaussian Blur and Lens Blur techniques; The procedures
involved in using a digital camera: appropriate workflow in the creation of the final

74
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

image & workflow suitable for various types of photographic capture; Importance of
file management; the power and importance of meta-data.
Unit-IV :
Procedures involved in producing printed outputs that match colour expectations;
Managed workflows, Outcomes of the workflows, working colour space and
selection Colour management policies; Understand the procedures involved in
printing a digital image; how to control an image when translated onto a paper
surface; Print digital image files for portfolios.
References:
• A complete Guide to Digital Graphic Design by Thames & Hudson The llex
Press Limited (2005).
• Digital Imaging by Mark Galer & Les Horvat Focal Press (2005).
• Creative Photoshop CS5: Digital Illustration and Art Techniques by Darek Lea
Focal Press (March 24, 2009)

ID17B4.2E: FUNDAMENTALS OF GRAPHIC DESIGN

Course Overview
Basic Graphic Design is a foundation course that develops a student’s ability
to analyze design application of the fundamental elements of art. The student
is introduced to tools and techniques used in today’s communication industry.
This course lays the foundation for more advanced design courses using basic
principles and theory applicable to all forms of art.
Objectives of the Course
To familiarize the student with basic principles and fundamentals in visual art and
design. To develop basic skills using tools and theory used in design process.
To understand the creative process, develop techniques and methods of creative
problem solving.
Course Content:
Unit I
Introduction to Graphic Design: History and role of graphic design in society, Role
and responsibilities of graphic designers. Indigenous graphic design practices.
Unit II
Basic terminology and graphic design principles, introduction to the fundamentals
of design that lead to the discovery and comprehension of the visual language.
Form, balance, structure, rhythm, and harmony are studied in black and white and
in color.

75
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit III
Introduction and design process of logo design. Design and explorations with fonts,
Lettering and their implications in graphic design. Colour theory and its importance
in graphic design.
Assignments should be based on the elements and principles of design and each
assignment should focus on at least two elements.
References:
• Design Basics by David A. Lauer(8th Edition)
• Graphic Design: The New Basics By Ellen Lupton Princeton Architectural
Press, ISBN 1568987706
• The Visual Design Primer by Susan G Wheeler and Gary S. Wheeler Prentice
Hall, ISBN 0-13- 028070-4
• Graphic Design: Vision Process, Product by Louis D. Ocepek Prentice Hall,
ISBN 0-13-041883-8
• Design For Communication: Conceptual Graphic Design Basics By Elizabeth
Resnick, Wiley Publishers, ISBN 0-471-41829-3

ID17B4.3E: OPEN ELECTIVE II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 50 50 100
Course Overview:
The course provides the students to select any subject which they feel would help
them to release their potential.
Objectives of the course:
To introduce various aspects of design what the student want to opt for
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
As per the subject selected
Course Content:
The student can opt for any Open course offered at the University or any online
course approved by the University.

76
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - V
ID17B5.1C: INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO III

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

ID17B4.1C 10 10 100 100 200 J
Course overview:
This course is intended to provide skills for designing interior spaces with emphasis
on transformation through controlled environment and building corporate identity
as important aspects of interior design of public & institutional spaces
Objectives of the course:
To develop creative conceptual visualization and the process of design. To
understand accessibility and universal design issues.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
Use of standards, transformation of spaces by creating a controlled indoor
environment and application of knowledge gained from other subjects.
Course Contents:
The primary focus should be on –
• Introduction to building codes
• Way finding, Signage and graphics
• Universal Design ,Accessible design, Design for the Disabled
• Materials, furniture and finish selections
• Construction detailing
• Ergonomics and Human Factors
• Digital representation ( 3 D modeling)
• Space planning process
• Color psychology
• Interior environmental control issues
• Rendering
The list of suggested topics to be covered as design problems:
• Retail Design – clothing outlets, boutiques, medical, musical, etc
• Healthcare Design – hospitals, poly clinic, multi-specialty nursing homes,
crèches, geriatric care facility, etc.
• Office systems - Institutional spaces in urban & semi-urban contexts – like:
library, corporate office, software office, etc.

77
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Mobile units – buses, cars, railway coaches, boats, metro rail, etc
Design issues in addition to the primary focus for the above are statement of
institutional character, creation of a corporate identity through interior environmental
responses to site and context, integration of interior architectural elements to other
interior elements, interpretation of institutional activities and their spatial correlation.
Note: At least two major exercises and four minor design/time problems should be
given to be drafted manually.
Internal marking shall be done in stages project wise:
• Schematic layouts
• Final layout
• Sectional elevations
• Full project with all details
In the end exam, which is a viva-voce the students have to present the entire
semester work for assessment by the external jury.
Reference Books:
• Karlen Mark, Space planning Basics, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1992.
• Joseph D Chiara, Julius Panero, & Martin Zelnick, Time Saver standards for
Interior Design & space planning, 2nd edition, Mc-Graw Hill professional, 2001.
• Francis.D. Ching & Corky Bingelli, Interior Design Illustrared, 2nd edition,
Wiley publishers, 2004.
• Julius Panero & Martin Zelnick, Human Dimension & Interior Space: A source
book of Design Reference standards, Watson – Guptill, 1979.
• Maureen Mitton, Interior Design Visual Presentation: A Guide to Graphics,
Models, and Presentation Techniques. John Wiley and Sons, 2003
• Mark.W. Lin, Drawing and Designing with Confidence: A step-by-step guide,
Wiley and Sons, 1993. Robert Rengel, Shaping Interior Space, Fairchild Books
& Visuals, 2002
• Neufert Ernest, Architect’s Data, Granada pub. Ltd. London, 2000.
• Maryrose McGowan & Kelsey Kruse, Interior Graphic Standards, Wiley and
sons, 2004.
• Robert F. Erlandson, Universal and Accessible Design for Products, Services,
and Processes, CRC; 1st edition, 2007.
• Oliver Herwig & L. Bruce, Universal Design: Solutions for Barrier-free,
Birkhäuser Basel; 1st edition, 2008

78
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

ID17B5.2C: INTERIOR WORKING DRAWINGS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

ID17B3.3C 04 04 50 50 100 W
Course overview:
The focus of the course is to impart skills related to the preparation of drawings
meant for execution on the site.
Objectives of the course:
To impart training in the preparation of working drawings for interiors with specific
reference to code of practice and incorporating specifications as complementary to
the working drawings. Knowledge related to drawings being submitted to various
Govt Depts in various regions of India & abroad.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
The course prepares students to generate Technical presentation of Design at built
form level, finishing level, product and furniture level.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Preparation of working drawings – Suitable scales of drawings, methods of giving
dimensions and standards on plans, sections, elevations, details etc.
Unit – II
Preparation of plans – Architectural plans, furniture layout floor plans with
clearances, different level floor plans, and detailed floor plans of each room / space.
Unit – III
Elevations and Sections – Detailed sectional elevations of all the walls in the interior
with all the required dimensions and specifications.
Unit - IV
Details of all services – layouts for flooring, ceiling, electrical, plumbing, lighting,
fire fighting etc., toilet details, interior finishing details, material, color and texture
details, fixture and fixing and joinery details.
Unit – V
Specifications writing: Writing detailed clause by clause specifications for materials
pre and post execution, mode of measurements, manufacturers details and
specifications etc.
Unit – VI
Manufacturer’s specifications – Database of manufacturers specifications for the
following materials based on surveys

79
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Glass, plywood and laminates, hardware, electrical, wiring, accessories, plumbing

fitting and fixtures, flooring, cladding etc.,
Note : Students shall prepare at least 3 working drawing sets, 1 major for a large
public space & 2 minor/time problem for a small residence / for a small office / retail
store / small restaurant .
The sets of working drawings required shall be:
• All level plans with 4 side aspects – room wise
• Detail of each item of furniture
• Electrical layout plan
• Sanitary layout plan,
• False ceiling plan
• Floor pattern,
• Typical door / window details, etc
One minor set of WD shall be submitted as manual drawings and the rest by
Computer Aided Drawings.
Reference Books:
• Leibing. W. Ralph, Architectural Working Drawings, 4th edition, John Wiley
and sons, New York, 1999.
• Macey. W. Frank, Specification in detail, 5th edition, Technical press ltd,
London, 1955.
• Shah, M.G.; and others, Building Drawing: An integrated approach to build
environment, 3rd
edition, Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 1996.
• Fredd Stitt, Working Drawing Manual, McGraw-Hill Professional; 1st edition,
1998.
• Kilmer, Working Drawings and Details for Interiors, John Wiley and Sons,

ID17B5.3C: ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL – I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 50 50 100 W
Course overview:
The focus of the course is to impart scientific interior design of a built space as
related to climate, particularly to tropical climates as found in India by giving
importance for human comfort in interior spaces through natural elements.

80
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Objectives of the course:

To equip the students with the basic understanding of climatic types in India and the
impact on requirements of Interior design. To introduce them for planning for day
lighting, familiarize them with the data, methods, principles, standards and tools for
planning and designing of lighting for visual comfort.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
The student should be able to predict climatic conditions in a given building and
redesign for given parameters.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Introduction – Climate and built form interaction: Earth and Global Climate:
Introduction to climatology
• Movement of earth around sun,
• Elements of climate (Wind, temp, humidity, precipitation, pressure).
Implications of climatic forces in nature of spaces and forms.
• Climatic zones of the world
• Ecological balance
Unit - II
Study of the different climatic zones of India (Hot –dry, Hot-Humid, Composite,
Cold-dry, Cold-humid) along with data analysis.
Study measurement and analysis of micro climatic elements and its use for a
Designer.
Unit- III
Introduction – Lighting and vision, basic units, photometry and measurement.
Effects of good lighting, considerations for good lighting, brightness, glare, contrast
and diffusion.
Unit - IV
Natural lighting – as a source of light
Day light and its advantages, admitting daylight, controlling daylight – window
treatments – soft dressing like draperies, blinds, and sun control films, etc
Introduction to GREEN Design:
• Potentials of day lighting as an energy resource.
• Introduction and objectives of solar passive design.
• Introduction to Passive Solar heating system (direct gain, indirect gain,
isolated gain)

81
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – V
Artificial lighting - color characteristics of artificial lighting, integration of day lighting
with artificial lighting, lighting controls, switches, dimmers, etc
• An introduction to intelligent building systems for lighting,
Unit VI
Quality and quantity of different sources of artificial light –incandescent, fluorescent,
halogen, electric gas discharge, high discharge, neon, cold cathode, mercury,
sodium vapor etc. lighting levels, visual field.
• Survey of lamps available in the market with cost and technical specifications
is to be taken up.
Unit VII
Planning lighting – general aims, lighting needs, overview of calculation of lighting
levels, intensity levels, energy and installation costs and other factors, selection of
fixtures, location and placing of fixtures.
Unit - VIII
Lamps and lighting fixtures –
• Direct lighting: Floor, table and desk, wall mounted, ceiling units, built in
lighting, miscellaneous types, decorative lighting, spot lighting, task lighting,
underwater lighting etc.
• Indirect lighting : cove, backlit, etc
Note: Detailed lighting design should be done for any one type of building.
Reference Books:
• John.F. Pile, Interior Design, 2nd edition, illustrated, H.N.Abrams, 1995.
• Wanda jankowski, Lighting: In Architecture and Interior Design, pbc intl, 1995.
• Moore Fuller, Concepts and practice of Architectural Day lighting, Van
Nostrand Reinhold co., New York, 1985.
• David Egan. M. Concepts in Architectural lighting Mcgraw Hill Book Company,
New York, 1983.
• Markus, T.A and Morris. E.N. Buildings. Climate and Energy, Pitman Pub Ltd.,
London, 1980.
• Kukreja. C.P. Tropical Architecture. Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd. New
Delhi, 1978

82
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

ID17B5.4C: FURNITURE DESIGN WORKSHOP - II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

ID17B3.5C 04 04 100 100
Course Overview:
The course is intended to provide hands on working with materials used for the
production of furniture. Understanding the process that is involved from the pre-
design to the finishing of furniture.
Objectives of the course:
To give an exposure to the materials and introduce various tools and techniques &
processes in making furniture.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Ability to make products and elements of various scales for interiors.
Course Contents:
Unit – I:
Use of anthropometry, ergonomics, and handling of space and application of
knowledge gained from other subjects, and design a piece of furniture
Unit – II:
Design approach with limited constraints inherent in furniture design. Evolving the
strategy of design with integration of technical complexities and lifestyle influences.
Development of the design of a furniture piece to specific interiors and prevailing
trends. Broad based approach towards innovative design and application to
multi products and multi materials in manufacturing interior products and lifestyle
accessories.
Unit – III:
Making of the furniture in various scales – a scaled model, template
Unit – IV:
Prototype making
Assignment: Individual assignment: To design & execute a piece of furniture with
wood or metal or combination of materials. Drawings, details, templates and
prototype of the same piece of furniture with detailed study and documentation is
required for submission to the jury along with a report...
Reference Books:
• Laura Slack, What is product Design? Roto Vision publishers, 2006
• Treena Crochet and David Vleck, Designer’s Guide to Decorative Accessories,
Prentice Hall, Ist edition, 2008.

83
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Michael Ashby, Kara Johnson, Materials and Design: The Art and Science
of material selection in product design, Butter worth Heinemann, 1st edition,
2002.
• International Design Yearbook, 1995: Furniture, Lighting, Tableware, Textiles
and Products, Books Nippan, 1996.
• Karl. T. Ulrich, Steven D. Eppinger, Product Design and Development,
McGraw-Hill Education Singapore; 4th edition, 2007
• William Lidwell, Kritina Holden, Jill Butler ,Universal principles of Design,
Rockport

ID17B5.5C: INTEGRATED PROJECT WORK:

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

ID17B4.1C 03 03 100 - 100 -
Course Overview:
The student will be required to produce a project feasibility report for the specific
design undertaken in the design studio.
Objectives of the Course:
To sensitize the student to the technical and socio-economic feasibility of the
design project.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Analyzing a design project for technical and socio-economic feasibility.
Course contents:
The student has to submit a project feasibility report on the project done in the
design studio by integrating the knowledge and skills acquired from all the subjects
studied till date.
The report may consist of the following -
• Environmental impact assessment of the project following the standards and
specifications
• Socio-economic appraisal of the project and the design considering factors
such as behavioral aspects, security considerations, costs for different user
groups, aesthetic preferences etc.
• Technical feasibility – through execution and detailing of different spaces and
elements of design, checking the feasibility of layout for service systems and
specifications
• Costing of the project – bill of quantities, schedule of rates, specifications etc.
economic viability and financial viability

84
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Space planning aspects/ issues – user activity spaces, access to physically

challenged, fire safety, other services, green rating etc.
Note: The report has to presented for internal assessment
Reference Books:
• M.P. Birkett, An appraisal of project work as an educational tool within interior
design education at tertiary level and its relation to professional practice,
Royal College of Art, 1985.
• Griff Boyle, Design Project Management, Ashgate Publishing; illustrated
edition, 2003

ID17B5.xE: ELECTIVE III

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 50 50 100 W/S/J/P
ID17B5.1E: VISUAL MERCHANDISING
Course Overview: The course exposes students to various technical aspects of
retail design and visual merchandising. The Student is expected to work on Store
layouts and theme-based window displays during the course work.
Objectives of the Course: The Course aims to equip the students with the knowledge
about the technical aspects of retail design and visual merchandising.
Expected Skills/Knowledge Transferred: This course equips the students with skills
required for preparation of store layouts, Use of colour, lighting, materials for visual
merchandising using windows, Point of purchase and display of merchandise
planning.
Course Contents:
Unit I:
The History of Visual Merchandising, Role of a visual Merchandiser, The Visual
Merchandiser’s Studio, Overview of Visual merchandising of Departmental Stores,
multiple chain stores and small retail outlets.
Unit II:
Store Design: Introduction to store design and its importance in retail success.
Store layout and zoning for successful visual merchandising.
Unit III:
Windows: Understanding the window sizes and technical aspects involved, Types
of windows, planning a window display, budgeting. Designing a window display:
Layout, props, Signage, Graphics, colour and lighting. Window prepping, installing
the window display.

85
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit IV:
In-Store Visual Merchandising: Product Adjacencies, Floor Layouts, Fixtures, Wall
Fixtures, Product Handling, Trend areas, Point of Purchase and add-on sales.
References:
1. Tony Morgan, ‘Visual Merchandising: Window and in-store displays for retail’,
Laurence King Publishing, 2011.
2. Swati Bhalla, Anurag S, ‘Visual Merchandising’, Tata McGraw Hill Education
Pvt. Ltd. 2010.

ID17B5.2E: PRODUCT DESIGN AND INNOVATION

Course Overview:
This course includes overview of innovation, product design process, user
study, need/problem identification, development of design brief, understanding
competitive benchmarking, aspects of human factors in product design, tools for
creative concept generation, prototyping/model making and evaluation techniques
for user-product interaction.
Course Objective:
Product Design and Innovation course is intended to introduce overall awareness
of the product design process. This course will give an understanding of methods,
tools and techniques applied in product design.
Skills Expected/ Knowledge Transferred:
This course will be explained with lectures including case studies and hands-on
exercises. This will help students to generate creative ideas in to product design,
considering human factors aspects.
Unit I:
Need for Innovation and design, User Innovation, Introduction to product and
Product Design, Difference between Product development and product design
Unit II:
Need/Problem Identification, User study by contextual enquiry, Questionnaire
study, Interview techniques, Persona and scenario mapping, Product Study and
market study, Design Brief.
Unit III:
Importance of Human factors in product design, Physical Ergonomics principles
and issues, Ergonomic assessment tool, Cognitive issues in product design.
Unit IV:
Creative techniques and tools for Concept generation, concept evaluation

86
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit V:
Product prototyping/ model making work flow, tools and techniques for model
making and prototyping, introduction to prototype driven innovation, Overview of
materials and processes
Unit - VI
Evaluation tools and techniques for user-product interactions.
References:
1. Eppinger, S., & Ulrich, K.(2015). Product design and development. McGraw-
Hill Higher Education.
2. Green, W., & Jordan, P. W. (Eds.).(1999).Human factors in product design:
current practice and future trends. CRC Press.
3. Sanders, M. S., & McCormick, E. J. (1993). Human factors in engineering
and design. McGRAW- HILL book company.
4. Roozenburg, N. F., & Eekels, J. (1995). Product design: fundamentals and
methods (Vol. 2). John Wiley & Sons Inc.
5. Lidwell, W., Holden, K., & Butler, J.(2010). Universal principles of design,
revised and updated: 125 ways to enhance usability, influence perception,
increase appeal, make better design decisions, and teach through design.
Rockport Pub
ID17B5.3E: OPEN ELECTIVE III

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 50 50 100
Course Overview:
The course provides the students to select any subject which they feel would help
them to release their potential.
Objectives of the course:
To introduce various aspects of design what the student want to opt for
Course Content:
The student can opt for any Open course offered at the University or any online
course approved by the University.

87
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMISTER - VI
ID17B6.1C: INTERIOR DESIGN IV

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

ID17B5.1C 10 10 100 100 200 J
Course overview:
This course is intended to provide skills for designing larger scale institutional and
commercial projects with emphasis on detailing, custom designs, specification
writing etc.
Objectives of the course:
To develop skills for a comprehensive design approach and to integrate dimensions
of functions to interior spaces and interior elements of space making with an
emphasis on transformation and adaptive re-use as one of the important aspects
in interior design.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
To develop the skill of design vocabulary, enhancement and sensitization of student
in design preparation and its relation to tradition, culture, behavior patterns, use
of space etc. by the use of standards & transformation of spaces for reuse and
application of knowledge gained from other subjects.
Course Contents:
The primary focus should be on –
• Interior Construction Detailing
• Way finding/signage and graphic identification
• Decorative Accessories
• Building Codes.
• Rendering (computer generated).
• Custom designed furniture and cabinetry
• Specification Writing
• Cost estimating / analysis
• Selection of sustainable/green materials
The list of suggested topics to be covered as design problems:
• Hospitality Design - of hotels, coffee house, restaurant, pub & bars, lounge
bars, hookah bar, banquette halls,
• Ports – air ports, Bus stations / terminals, MMTS / Metro Railway stations,
sea / river ports, cruise terminals, etc

88
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Institutional spaces in urban, semi-urban and rural contexts with an aim to

explore and understand transformation and adaptive re-use.
Note: One major design in detail and 3 minor design/time problems should be
given.
Reference Books:
• Karlen Mark, Space planning Basics, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York,
1992.
• Joseph D Chiara, Julius Panero, & Martin Zelnick, Time Saver standards
for Interior Design & space planning, 2nd edition, Mc-Graw Hill professional,
2001.
• Francis.D. Ching & Corky Bingelli, Interior Design Illustrared, 2nd edition,
Wiley publishers, 2004.
• Julius Panero & Martin Zelnick, Human Dimension & Interior Space: A source
book of Design Reference standards, Watson – Guptill, 1979.
• Maureen Mitton, Interior Design Visual Presentation: A Guide to Graphics,
Models, and Presentation Techniques. John Wiley and Sons, 2003
• Mark.W. Lin, Drawing and Designing with Confidence: A step-by-step guide,
Wiley and Sons, 1993.
• Robert Rengel, Shaping Interior Space, Fairchild Books & Visuals, 2002
• Neufert Ernest, Architect’s Data, Granada pub. Ltd. London, 2000.
• Maryrose McGowan & Kelsey Kruse, Interior Graphic Standards, Wiley and
sons, 2004.
• Mary Jo Peterson, Universal Kitchen and Bathroom Planning: Design That
Adapts to People, McGraw-Hill Professional Publishing, 1998.
• David Kent Ballast, Interior Construction & Detailing for Designers and
Architects, Professional Publications, Inc.; Fourth Edition, 2007.

ID17B6.2C: ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 50 50 100 W
Course overview:
The focus of the course is to impart scientific interior design in relation to Acoustics
and thermal controls for human comfort in interior spaces.
Objectives of the course:
To equip the students with the basic understanding of tools for application of
acoustical Design in interiors. To introduce them for planning for thermal comfort,
89
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

and natural ventilation, familiarize them with the data, methods, principles,
standards and tools for planning and designing for climatic comfort.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
• The knowledge of specific acoustic and air circulation requirements of
different spaces.
• Skills to deal with acoustic and ventilation problems within buildings.
• Knowledge that enables to deal effectively with specialists and consultants in
acoustics and thermal controls.
Course Content:
Unit – I
Thermal comfort and heat flow: Thermal comfort factors, physiological and aspects.
• Body heat balance
• Physiological comfort - indoors,
• heat flow within buildings
• steady state conditions and periodic flow
• Thermal performance of indoor building elements.
Introduction to basics of:
• comfort diagrams
• thermal units
• theory of heat flow
• heat transmission
• thermal properties of materials
Unit –II
Wind Control: Orientation for Wind, path of wind – with special reference to the
seasonal wind & prevailing wind pattern in India and its relation to a built space
Unit – III
Solar: Introduction to Passive solar heating & cooling (direct solar radiation,
convective cooling, conductive cooling, evaporative cooling system)
Unit –IV
Need to study acoustics, methods used for good acoustics. Basic theory:
Generation, propagation, transmission, reception of sound: Frequency, wave length
and velocity of sound, sound intensity, inverse square law, and Decibel scale.

90
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Room acoustics: Behavior of sound in enclosed spaces. Sound paths, effect of

geometry and shapes, sound absorption, sound absorption coefficients, Sabine’s
formula, reverberation and resonant panels.
Unit – V
Sound: Human ear & its Loudness perception, subjective effects, Speech privacy
and annoyance, background noise. Communication in open plans, electronic
sound systems, P A system layout.
Unit –VI
Acoustic Design process in different types of buildings – auditoriums, concert halls,
cinema halls, seminar rooms, lecture halls, classroom, open offices, open arena,
stadium, function halls, etc
Unit – VII
Noise reduction, sound isolation, transmission loss. TL for walls, sound leaks in
doors, noise reduction between rooms, construction details for noise reduction.
Overview of Noise reduction from mechanical equipment & material like - Rubber
mounts, etc, vibration isolation guidelines, noise in AC ducts vibration isolation of
pumps and generators.
Note: Detailed acoustic design and thermal comfort design should be done for any
one type of building.
Reference Books:
• Koeinsberger, O.H. and others, Manual of Tropical Housing and Building.
Orient Longman, Chennai, 2003.
• Konya Allan, Design for Hot Climates.
• Kukreja. C.P. Tropical Architecture. Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd. New
Delhi, 1978.
• Markus, T.A and Morris. E.N. Buildings. Climate and Energy, Pitman Pub Ltd.,
London, 1980.
• Poella. L. Leslie, Environmental Acoustics.
• Moore J.E., Design of good acoustics, the architectural press, London, 1961.
• Burris, Harold, Acoustics for Architect.
• Lord, Peter and Tempelton, Duncan, The Architecture of sound, Designing
places of Assembly , Architectural press ltd, London, 1986.
• Egan David, Architectural acoustics, Mc-Graw Hill Book Company, New York,
1988.
• John.F. Pile, Interior Design, 2nd edition, illustrated, H.N.Abrams, 1995.

91
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

ID17B6.3C: ESTIMATION & PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

02 02 50 50 100 W
Course overview:
The course deals with –
• Methods for working out quantities and costs to make an estimate of the
project with all specifications.
• Management of the projects based on time and budget.
Objectives of the course:
To equip the students with the basic understanding of –
• Working out quantities of different materials and their costs to prepare an
estimate of the project before execution.
• Preparation of schedule of charts for time and budget, to have a control over
the project.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
The student should develop techniques of -
• Estimating and costing related to the interior projects.
• Preparing schedules of time and budget for the projects to execute efficiently.
Course Content:
Unit – I
Types of measurements, modes of measurements: methods of taking out quantities,
preparation of schedule or bill of quantities. Data collection for interior works.
Unit – II
Specifications: Definition, purpose & importance of Specifications, general or brief
specifications, detailed specifications, writing of specifications for interior works.
Unit – III
Rate analysis of various items of work: preparation of various items of work in the
interior works.
Unit – IV
Estimating interior items manually and through spreadsheet programs, types of
estimates, abstract and detailed estimates for interior works.
Unit – V
Introduction to project management for interior works – Definitions and meanings,
Importance, Reasons or shortfall in its performance, Planning and control.
92
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Project organization: matrix organization, task forces, And project teams:

monitor and control of project.
• Project management strategies: Introduction to Tools and techniques for
project management, new techniques of management by objectives (MBO).
Unit – VI
Development of project network. : Introduction to PERT and CPM. Difference
between PERT & CPM
Unit – VII
Methods of Scheduling - Integrated reporting system, flow diagrams, bar charts,
milestone charts, GHANTT chart. An overview of Techniques of monitoring of
development works.
Reference Books:
• Carol Simpson, Estimating for Interior Designers, Watson Guptill, Rev. Sub
edition, 2001.
• Carol E Farren, Planning and Managing Interior projects, Robert Snow Means
Company, 2000.
• Barbori Balboni, Interior Cost Data, R.S. Means company, 2001.
• Harold Kerzner, Project Management : A systems approach to planning,
scheduling and controlling, 2006

ID17B6.4C: LIFESTYLE ACCESSORIES DESIGN

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

ID17B4.6C 03 03 100 100
Course overview:
The course provides a framework in understanding the socio-cultural and historical
aspects that influence the design of accessories and products based on their life
style.
Objectives of the course:
Imparts the knowledge of various styles, systems and products available in the
market. Enhances the aesthetic perception, materials, design and working
parameters in designing products and life style accessories. Develops systematic
design approach and integration of designed accessories with the interior.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
The course prepares the student for mass production of decorative accessories
and products for various life styles of people with the parameters of economy.

93
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Contents:
Unit –I
Insight of various products and lifestyle accessories in the interiors. Role of
accessories in interiors. Integration of accessories in interior design. Design
approaches in product and lifestyle accessories design with a focus on functionality,
ergonomics, aesthetics, multiple usages etc.
Unit – II
Stylistic development of decorative accessories from the past to present with
insight into technological advances and the influences of social, economic and
political factors on their design. Brief study of period room settings with the context
of decorative accessories complementing the architecture and interior design.
Unit – III
Study of materials and processes adopted in accessories design. Basic
understanding of construction principles, anthropometrics, principles of sizes and
proportions, modeling, rapid prototyping, color, texture etc. With broad orientation
to socio-cultural and historical context of the sector. Orientation to Indian as well as
global context of interiors, trends and market.
Unit – IV
Design approach with limited constraints inherent in accessory products. Evolving
the strategy of design with integration of technical complexities and lifestyle
influences. Development of the design of products and accessories to specific
interiors and prevailing trends. Broad based approach towards innovative design
and application to multi products and multi materials in manufacturing interior
products and lifestyle accessories.
Unit – V
A detailed study involving all the design aspects of any of the following lifestyle
accessories: luminaries design, glassware, lighting fixtures, textiles, mirrors,
clocks, wall & floor coverings etc.
Reference Books:
• Laura Slack, What is product Design? Roto Vision publishers, 2006
• Treena Crochet and David Vleck, Designer’s Guide to Decorative Accessories,
Prentice Hall, Ist edition, 2008.
• Michael Ashby, Kara Johnson, Materials and Design: The Art and Science
of material selection in product design, Butter Worth Heinemann, 1st
edition, 2002.
• International Design Yearbook, 1995: Furniture, Lighting, Tableware, Textiles
and Products, Books Nippan, 1996.
• Karl. T. Ulrich, Steven D. Eppinger, Product Design and Development,
McGraw-Hill Education Singapore; 4th edition, 2007
94
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

• William Lidwell, Kritina Holden, Jill Butler ,Universal principles of Design,

Rockport publishers, 2003.

ID17B6.5C: PRE-THESIS SEMINAR:

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

06 03 100 100
Course overview:
The course provides students with a framework to understand some emerging
concepts in Interior design & its complexity and equip the student with adequate
Interior design research methods for the realization of thesis concept. During the
course of study, the subject of the thesis is developed and the project articulated.
Objectives of the Course: to impart knowledge to students, on the tools and
methods needed to handle a design project of reasonable complexity individually,
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: The skills required to collect, assimilate
and synthesis data relevant to handle a design thesis project independently.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Introduction to Interior Design thesis Project, Difference between design thesis
and design studio, selection of topics for Interior design thesis, based on building
typologies, preparation of synopsis, Methodology of design thesis
Unit – II
Emerging concepts in Interior Design due to changes in social, economic,
technological variables. Review of design projects related to real world instances
and relevant to community on the whole. Review of projects of design complexity,
involving themes, sub themes and design expressions.
Unit – III
Research in Interior Design: Tools and Methods required to handle a design project.
Scientific methods of research with special emphasis on design research methods,
enquiry, visual, observations, questionnaire formats of enquiry. Literature Review
and desktop case studies. Data analysis techniques interpretation of data.
Unit – IV
Thesis report writing and presentation;
• Formats for presentation of data, desk top case studies and analysis.
• Formats for presentation of thesis design- media appropriate in the Interior
Design profession such as two dimensional drawing, physical model three
dimensional computer models.

95
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

• Report Writing: Techniques in report writing, presentation of contextual

information relevant to interpretation of the data collected and design;
reporting the design development from concept to design solution, explain
the relation of the design to existing knowledge on the topic in the form of
coherently written thesis report.
The inputs to the students on various design thesis topics would be in the form of
Expert/Guest Lectures
Each student in consultation with the faculty shall choose thesis topics, collect
necessary data, review literature on the chosen topic and present a written paper
and seminar at the end of the semester.
Reference Books:
• Mukhi, H.R. Technical Report Writing: Specially prepared for Technical and
Competitive Examinations, New Delhi: Satya Prakashan, 2000.
• Barrass, Robert. Writing At work \b a guide to better writing in administration,
business and management, London: Routledge, 2003.
• Seely, John, The Oxford guide to effective writing and speaking, 2nd ed.,
Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press, 2005.
• Jo Ray McCusn, Anthony Winkler. Readings for writers, 9th ed., Fort Worth
Harcourt Brace College Publishers, 1998.
• Treece, Maira. Effective reports, 2nd ed., Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1985.

ID17B6.6C: SUMMER INTERNSHIP :

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 100 Nil 100
Course overview:
Internship for a period of 4 weeks during the summer vacation with product
designers, artists, carpenters, artisans, fabricators, interior furnishers, painters,
plumbers, electricians and flooring layers and false ceiling, lighting, Acoustics, Air
conditioning, Fire safety and security system consultants.
Objectives of the course:
To observe, document and work with hand to gain experience of materials, tools,
technology, process and management and understand the integration among all
the consultants involved in the field of interior design.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
The skills required for an interior designer to grow into a complete professional.

96
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Contents:
Every student must work with product designers, carpenters, fabricators, interior
furnishers, painters, plumbers, electricians and flooring layers and false ceiling,
lighting, Acoustics, Air conditioning, Fire safety and security system consultants
involved in the project. The student should involve in the work of these people
and observe and document the materials, tools, techniques and process used by
them in the projects. They should understand the coordination of the work of the
consultants in the project. Students shall seek professionals except for Interior
Designers or Architects.
After the summer vacation, every student will have to submit a detailed report
with drawings, photographs of the work in which the student was involved with
the consultants for Internal & External assessment. End exam shall be Viva
examination.

ID17B6.xE: ELECTIVE IV

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 50 50 100 W
ID17B6.1E: DESIGN ETHNOGRAPHY
Course Overview:
Design Ethnography provides the framework of research for creating products that
better serve user needs. The Students will learn basic and core anthropological &
ergonomic principles that guide ethnographic fieldwork and how these techniques
are applied to design process.
Objectives of the Course:
Through Case Study Examples, the student will be able to articulate the ways in
which design ethnographic techniques make for a more efficacious product.
Expected Skills/ Knowledge Transferred:
The Course Prepares the students to define ethnography and its uses, understand
core anthropological principles and their connection to the design field and also
recognize the ways in which design ethnography enhances the overall design of a
given product to technology.
Course Content:
Unit I:
Introduction to Ethnography, relation to design & product, relation to the user,
relation to culture, language, history.
Unit II:
Understanding Human behavior as a mechanism for change, application of
ethnography and use in industry.
97
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit III:
Relevance of anthropology in Ethnology, Cultural anthropology, relevance of
Ergonomics to Ethnography.
Unit IV:
Problems of Ethnocentrism, seeing things from someone else’s point of view,
Linking Ethnography and Day to day design.
Unit V:
Methods in the study of Ethnography, People’s behavior to be studied in everyday
context, the approach to data collection, the analysis of the data, rapid ethnography.
Unit VI:
Ethnographic Filed Methods: Case Studies, analysis & inferences.
Every student shall take up one project and do a complete research and design a
new product or re-design lifestyle accessory.
The report shall be assessed periodically and at the end of the semester.
References:
1. Rothstein, P. (2010). Ethnographic research: Teaching a young professional
old tricks. Innovation. 19(4): 32.
2. Robert M. Emerson, Rachel I. Fretz, and Linda L. Shaw. Writing Ethnographic
Field notes. (2011)
3. M Hammersley, P Atkinson – 2007 Ethnography: Principles in practice, 3rd
edition, Routledge.
4. Kurt A. Raaflaub (Editor), Richard J. A. Talbert (Editor): Geography &
Ethnography: Perceptions of the world in Pre-Modern Societies, (2013)

ID17B6.2E: FUNDAMENTALS OF LIGHTING DESIGN

Course Overview:
The course gives an overview of lighting design for interior lighting. Basic
terminology, technical aspects of lighting design. The course is designed to develop
the basic skills involved in solving lighting design problems.
Objective of the Course:
To equip knowledge regarding Lighting design concepts and selection and
placement of fixtures to provide optimal lighting and aesthetically satisfying spaces
for visual tasks.

98
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Course Content:
Unit I:
Introduction to Lighting Design, Day Lighting & Artificial Lighting. Types of Lighting
systems and sources in artificial lighting. Lighting design process and technical
terminology. Standards for lighting design.
Unit II:
Patterns of Brightness: Direction and distribution of light, surface finishes &
Reflections, Glare and Sparkle.
Unit III:
Colour of Light: Colour temperature, colour rendering, surface finishes and colour
of light.
Unit IV:
Measurement of Light: Quantitative illumination and selection of light sources for
optimal lighting in interior spaces.
Unit V:
Luminaries: Housings, Light & Glare control, Decorative Luminaries.
References:
1. Designing with Light: The art, science and practice of architectural lighting
design by Jason Livingston.
2. Interior Lighting for Designers by Gary Gordon

ID17B6.3E: OPEN ELECTIVE IV

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 50 50 100
Course Overview:
The course provides the students to select any subject which they feel would help
them to release their potential.
Objectives of the course:
To introduce various aspects of design what the student want to opt for
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
As per the subject selected
Course Content:
The student can opt for any Open course offered at the University or any online
course approved by the University.
99
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - VII

ID17B7.1C: DESIGN THESIS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Should have 16 16 200 200 400 J
cleared all
Design studio
courses
Course Overview:
Thesis should reflect the knowledge gained from all the courses undertaken by the
student in all the previous semesters.
Objectives of the course:
The course aims to provide skills for developing assimilation, synthesis and
application of research in Interior Design.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
Student should be in a position to comprehend the design philosophy, theories,
data analysis and application in a chosen area of study.
Course Contents:
Each student is expected to prepare a design thesis based on the preliminary work
undertaken in the Interior design studio under an approved guide.
Thesis should reflect the knowledge gained from all the courses undertaken by the
student in all the previous semesters.
The particulars of the schedule, content, presentation, format etc is to be decided
by the department from time to time and shall be strictly followed.
At the end of the semester a student shall be expected to submit original drawings,
theory content, analysis, etc prepared as per the department specifications. Three
copies of the report in the specified format should be submitted to the department
after the approval of the respective guides for final viva- voce to the external
examiner in the documented format.
The department shall schedule the viva voce at its convenience only after the
receipt of the thesis by the guide. The performance sheet submitted by the guide
and thesis committee should be the basis for allowing the student to appear for the
final viva voce.
The final viva-voce shall be conducted by a jury comprising of an external examiner,
guide and head of the department or his nominee.

100
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

ID17B7.2C: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE:

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

4 4 50 50 100 W
Course overview:
This course provides an overview of rules and regulations in Interior Design
practice.
Objectives of the course:
Course objective is to impart awareness and technicalities of code of conduct in
professional practice as per the Institute of Indian Interior Designers.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
The student will be exposed to knowledge regarding legal, technical and financial
aspects of Interior Design practice and management skills for professional practice.
Course Content:
Unit – I
Role of Interior Designer in society: Interior Design Profession as compared to
other professions. Difference between profession and business. IIID and other
organizations related to interior design profession.
Interior Designers approach to works, ways of getting works: types of works, works
partly executed by other Interior Designers: various precautions to be taken before
taking up the work, conditions of engagement between interior Designer and client:
commencement of work.
Unit – II
Interior Designer’s duties: drawings to be prepared: Interior Designer’s relation
with other parties connected with works such as client, contractor, sub contractors,
consultants and authorities. IIID Code of professional conduct: scale of charges.
Inspection of work, certificate of payment to contractor.
Preliminary knowledge of Consumer protection Act and other related acts on
Interior Designers
Unit – III
Issues of professional practice: Professional behavior, Ethics, Types of clients,
Career opportunities, styles of interior design practice, relationship between client
and professional, type of fees, process of fees negotiations, billing methods, tax
liabilities – Service Tax, Professional tax, GST, duties,
Unit – IV
Contracts, Tenders, Arbitration: as defined in terms of Interior Design field and
current day context. Work contracts – types of contracts – item rate, labor, lump
sum, cost plus percentage etc.
101
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Clerk of work and his duties, bill of quantities, schedule of rates, tenders, public,
limited and negotiated tender documents and allied formalities.
Unit – V
Types of offices for interior design practice: staff structure, filing of records,
correspondence and drawings, maintenance of accounts, presentations in
meetings, recording minutes of meeting.
Note: a report to be prepared by each student after visiting an interior designer’s
office. Knowledge of role of consultants and coordination between different
consultants on a big project.
Reference Books:
• Indian Institute of Architects. H.B. Professional Practice, the Architects pub.
Bombay.
• Namavati. H. Roshan. Professional Practice. 8th edition, Lakshani Book
Depot, Bombay, 2001.
• Christine .M. Piotrowski , Professional practice for Interior Designers, 3rd
edition, Wiley and sons, 2001.
• Cindy Coleman, Interior Design Handbook practice, Mc Graw Hill professional,
1st edition, 2001
• Ronald Veitch, Professional practice for Interior Designers, Penguins
Publishers, Limited, 1987.

ID17B7.3C: PSYCHOLOGY OF SPACE AND BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCE

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

04 04 50 50 100 W
Course overview:
This course provides an overview of the relationship between man and space and
behavior patterns of human beings in space planning.
Objectives of the course:
To acquire the knowledge to design a space for the based on his perception and
behavior to the space.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
Integration of psychology and user behavior in space planning.
Course content:
Unit – I
Perception of space through understanding associative aspects relating to space.

102
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Understanding cognitive theories and Gestalt principles of psychology related in

the field of space making to develop an understanding of place making.
Unit – II
Relationship of spatial elements like floor, column, wall, window, door, stair, roof,
light, color, textures to the psychology and perception of space.
Unit – III
Kinesthetic – Understanding perception while in movement and space organization
around such a phenomena.
Unit – IV
Analysis of human mind and his/her image of the world - social behavior patterns,
traditional thinking and behavior and reflection of social world into physical
environment. Perception of our society and culture – scientific knowledge of what is
sociology, anthropology, culture etc. Major role of these aspects in Interior Design
and how they create design bound dimensions.
Unit – V
Various human elements of society – modernization and change in society, change
in thought process and behavior patterns. Role of communication media in change
patterns. Behavior patterns and its correlation to design elements. Perception of
Indian value systems and assimilation of ‘East & West’.
Unit - VI
Human being and his behavior in various public and private areas – change
of patterns in various cultures. Human behavior in a group. Activities and its
relationship with grouping of people
Assignment: Conceptual Space planning for public areas - restaurant, café, theatre
lounge, waiting rooms, hotel foyer etc based on analysis of human behavior and
perception of space.
Reference Books:
• Bryan Lawson, Language of Space, Architectural Press, 2001.
• Yi- Fu Tuan, Steven Hoelscher, Space and Place: The perspective of
experience, University of Minnesota Press, 2001.
• Setha. M. Low, Denise Lawrence – Zunigias, Anthropology of Space and
place: Locating Culture, Wiley – Blackwell publishers, 2003.
• Irwin Altman & Erwin. H. Zube, Public spaces and places, (Human Behavior
and environment), Springer link, 1989.
• Roger Downs, David Stea, Kenneth. E. Boulding, Image and environment,
Transaction Publishers, 2005.

103
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

ID17B7.xE: Elective V

Pre- P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

requisites
03 03 50 50 100 Internal &
External
assessment

ID17B7.1E: GREEN BUILDINGS

Course Overview:
The course focuses on developing an understanding regarding environmental
sustainability and environmentally responsible green buildings. It addresses the
design concerns in interiors / architecture to develop resource-efficient buildings
that have minimum adverse impact on the natural environment.
The emphasis is to gain an understand regarding the existing concepts, ideas
and processes in Architecture and built environment and also recognize rapidly
emerging building solutions and technological initiatives that complement current
practices in order to attain human health and environmental goals.
Objectives of the Course:
Develop skills to promote eco friendly characteristics in the area of architecture
and buildings and identify crucial technologies, facilities and applications that help
in developing GREEN buildings.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
The students are expected to gain knowledge about sustainable materials and
technologies and resource utilization.
Course Contents:
Unit - I
Introduction to Macro Environment: Elements of climate, weather, Water cycle,
Carbon cycle, Environmental quality, Deforestation, climatic change, Ozone
depletion and implications.
Unit - II
Micro-environment: Natural environment components and weight age, agencies
and institutions, LEED, IGBC, TERI’s GRIHA, etc, GREEN buildings in the contexts
of Indian sub continent,
Unit - III
GRIHA Building rating system – overview & process, Certification strategy, Regional
priority, Credit point Distribution, Different levels of certification, terminology.
Credits for: Sustainable Sites (SS), Water Efficiency (WE), Energy & Atmosphere
(EA), Materials & Resources (MR), Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ), Innovation
in Design (ID), Regional Priority (RP). ETC

104
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Reference books:
• Green Building Technologies - Godrej Centre CII a Madhapur, Hyderabad.
• Greening Building – Green Congress, US. (Web).
• TERI, the Building Energy Audit – TERI (Tata Energy Research Institute).
• HMDA Hyderabad- Green building guidelines
• GRIHA manuals vol 1 – 5, ISBN 9788179934067, Paperback (in slip box)
TERI Press

ID17B7.2E: BARRIER-FREE BUILT-ENVIRONMENT

Course Overview:
Indian Disabilities Act is promulgated in 1995 for the purpose of ensuring equal
opportunities to persons with disabilities in society for their development through
education, training and rehabilitation services. The principle objective is to ensure
their full participation by preventing discrimination and integrating them into the
mainstream of society
Objectives of the Course:
An Interior Designer plays a very crucial role in the endeavor by designing the
needed barrier free environment. The objectives of this course are to acquaint
the students regarding the various provisions of designing a barrier free built
environment.
Knowledge Transfer / Expected Skills:
Multi sectoral collaborative approaches in design for persons with disabilities
and elderly persons, to Inculcate skills required for designing a barrier free built
environment for physically challenged persons. Techniques involved in making
such provisions.
Course Contents: Unit-I
Introduction to Provisions of persons with Disabilities (Equal, opportunities,
Protection of Rights and Full Participation) Act, 1995, Type of disabilities –
Orthopedic, Hearing, Visual impairments, National policy for provisions for
elderly persons, Concept of equal opportunity, human rights, social justice and
empowerment of physically challenged persons.
Unit-II
Introduction to similar efforts in other countries. Initiatives at global and international
level of protection of rights of disabled and also elderly person, American disabilities
Act 1990 etc.
Unit-III
Design principles for creating environments friendly for various types of physically
challenged persons. Educational institutions, Hospitals, Transportation terminals
such as bus, railway stations and airports for barrier free spaces. Study of
Standards as given in TS

105
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

Unit – IV
Provisions in design of public buildings – Details in, ramps, guide rails, lifts,
dimensions of wheel chairs, accessibility in public buildings, Signage, audio visual
facilities etc.
Unit - V
Design of Toilets and interior spaces for use of physically challenged. Exercises in
design of user friendly spaces for physically challenged persons.
Reference books:
• Micheal J. Badnar. “Barrier Free Environments”, Dowden, Hutchinson and
Ross, Ive 1977.
• Ministry of Urban Affairs and Employment. Central Public Works Department
India, “guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier Free Environment for
Disabled and Elderly Person, 1998.
• Unnati. “Design Manual for a Barrier – Free Built Environment”. Handicap
International, December, 2004.

ID17B7.*E: ELECTIVE VI
ID17B7.3E: ADVANCED DESIGN & ESTIMATION SOFTWARE

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 50 50 100 W/S/J/P
Course Overview:
The course focuses on developing an understanding of the integration of a
design, assigning resources to tasks, tracking progress, managing the budget,
and analyzing workloads. It addresses the design concerns along with estimation
& project management. The emphasis is to gain an understanding regarding the
existing concepts, ideas and processes in a built environment and also recognize
rapidly emerging building solutions and technological initiatives that complement
current practices professionally.
Objectives of the Course:
Develop skills to promote handle a project from design to execution through the
integration of software.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
The students are expected to gain knowledge about integration of design, estimation
& project management on a software platform for a smooth execution of a project.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Introduction to MS Projects : interoperability, scheduling, timeline, list

106
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

synchronization, critical path, critical chain, resource leveling, Gnatt chart, Inactive
tasks, The Team Planner view.
Unit – 2
Tracing task paths: highlighting link chain, predecessor task, successor task
concepts, and multiple timeline bars,
Unit – 3
Sharing: sharing and communication features of its predecessors in multiple ways,
Lync installation, IM session, a video chat, an email, or a phone call with MS
Projects. Integration with Microsoft Office suite, syncing content to Sharepoint or
a SkyDrive, Project Online - online project management web app access from any
web enabled device.
Unit – 4
Reports: creating graphical reports, adding clipart, Burn down reports for planned
work, completed work and remaining work as lines on a graph. Comparing projects,
dashboards, exporting to Visual Reports.
Unit - 5
Resource Agreements: resource planning coordination between Project Manager
and Resource Manager End exam shall be a practical & VIVA exam Vis a Vis
built environment. Living environment Characteristics and components of Urban
Ecosystem solar radiation, heat flow, air-movement, Land use, drainage and
sanitation.
Unit - III
Concepts of green field development: Brown field development, environmental
impact and ecological balance, FAR, layouts, sustainable Site development,
vegetation, landscape elements, alternative services and technologies, rain water
harvesting, on site sewerage retention, treatment, recycle and reuse
Unit - IV
Building Resources: Passive energy system Design, Building envelope, orientation
and components of building fabric and Shading, High rise buildings, modular
building Construction, curtain walls, Sourcing and recycling of building materials,
alternative Calcareous, metallic and non metallic, materials
Unit - V
Building Infrastructure: Active Energy Systems in buildings, Utilities and services,
building automation. Electro-mechanical systems, lifts and transportation, captive
power plant and equipment, operation & maintenance
Unit - VI
Indoor air quality: fresh air requirements standards, Sick Building Syndrome, VOC
and pollutants.
Unit - VII
Introduction to building rating systems: building auditing, points system

107
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

ID17B7.4E BUILDING AUTOMATION

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

03 03 100 Nil 100
Course Overview:
The course focuses on developing an understanding regarding building automation.
The emphasis is to gain an understand regarding the existing concepts, ideas and
processes in a built environment and also recognize rapidly emerging building
solutions and technological initiatives that complement current practices in order to
attain human health, safety & security.
Objectives of the Course:
Develop skills to promote automated characteristics in Interiors of buildings and
identify crucial technologies, facilities and applications that help in developing a
safe & secure built environment.
Expected skills/ knowledge Transferred:
To enable students to understand principles and installations of general and
specialized services in the interiors.
Course Contents:
Unit – I
Introduction: Need for building controls, Defining building automation, Introduction
of various concept like Automation in acoustical design, illumination, water supply,
fire-fighting, HVAC, emergency systems, etc. Effect on indoor environment and the
global environment, Energy conservation benefits, Advantage of a BMS
Unit – II
Components: Sensors, Actuators, Controllers
Unit – III
Protocol and Industry standards in building automation: ZigBee, BACnet, LonTalk,
Modbus, DALI, C.Bus, oBIX, DSI
Unit – IV
Building Management System- BMS: Light control, Transportation, Lifts and
elevators, Air conditioning, Assess controlling, Fire systems
Reference Books:
• Intelligent Buildings and Building Automation by Shengwei Wang
• Understanding Building Automation Systems by Reinhold A.Carison (Author).
Robert A. Di Giandomenico (Author)
• A guide for building and facility automation systems by John P.Cilia;

108
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.Design (Interior Design) Program, effective from 2017-18

SEMESTER - VIII

ID17B8.1C: PRACTICAL TRAINING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

30 30 Nil 300 300 J
Course Overview:
Internship for a period of not less than 20 weeks.
Objectives of the course:
To provide experience in Interior Design.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred:
The skills required for an interior designer to grow into a complete professional.
Course contents:
Every student shall work in an interior designer’s office as a full time trainee for a
period of 20 calendar weeks (excluding viva – voce) from the date of commencement
of training. The chief Interior Designer in the firm should preferably be:
• An Architect: Should be registered with the Council of Architecture for a
minimum of 5 years. Should be having practical/ professional experience in
the field of Interior Design.
• A 4 years degree holder in Interior Design : with a minimum of 10yrs years of
practical/ professional experience in the field of Interior Design after his /her
graduation.
• A 1 year diploma holder in Interior Design: with a PG Degree in any subject
and a minimum of 15yrs years of practical/ professional experience in the
field of Interior Design after his /her graduation.
The student should involve herself /himself in various aspects of work in an office
like working drawings, presentation drawings, quantity estimation, site supervision
etc. Students should understand professional practice methods of various interior
designers, design process from client contacts to production documents, tender
documents, production drawings for various works, site supervision etc. for various
types of works. They should also learn the coordination of various agencies – client,
members of design team, consultants, contractors, craftsmen and construction
supervisors.
Detailed instructions regarding the training, the frequency of reporting to the
department etc shall be issued at the end of Seventh semester, which the student
shall strictly follow.
After completion of the practical training, every student will have to submit a detailed
report with a set of drawings on at least two projects in which he / she has worked
during the hundred and twenty calendar days of the practical training period. This
report will be evaluated at viva – voce by a jury consisting of one external, one
internal and head of the department or his/her nominee

109
 BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS
BFA APPLIED ART & VISUAL COMMUNICATION (Four Year Program)
Choice Based Credit System– 2018 - 19

Introduction to Design Thinking

Explore, through lecture and hands-on projects, the many ways that design thinking is a powerful force. On
the one hand, design methods and processes are seen as an important means of tackling complex social
and cultural problems. Designers stimulate desire and need through their manipulation of the form, and
objects. Designers re-think and re-shape processes as well as products. Design production has expanded
to include the design of interactions, communications services, and collaborations
Design thinking is a crucial means of fostering creativity and innovation as a problem-solving tool in the
fields of business and medical practice. As a result, Design thinking has become a powerful tool to
address issues such as sustainability and social justice, at both a macro and micro level. Intended for
undergraduate interested in learning how design thinking and design processes can be used as a catalyst
for exploration, innovation and research. Exposes to many facets of design thinking and provides them
with an interdisciplinary perspective about design and human behavior to raise awareness about the value
and the power of design thinking in our culture.

First year - Foundation year:

Exposed to a gamut of creative disciplines/ subjects / modules ensuring a focused, relevant knowledge
spectrum forming the foundation of the program. Experience a variety of creative domains and understand
the interdisciplinary nature of design. Engage in theory, practical, assignments and projects.

Foundations: The Graphic Design Studio

Provides an overview of the design communication process including creative procedure, terminology, and
technology, and will introduce the use of current computer applications.

Gain skills in manual & digital illustration, page layouts, image- scanning and manipulation. Graphic design
elements of typography, production, color separation, printing process, and photography will also be
addressed.

Provide an overview of the design communication process including conceptualizing, creative process,
terminology, and technology.

The assignments will introduce the most current applications used in the graphic design profession.

Page 1 of 34
 I YEAR - I SEMESTER

BFA AA17B1.1C APPLIED ART – I

Cr,L, P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
6 6 P 50 50 100

Learn to construct and write letter forms, and how to design finished pieces of lettering, including
illuminated effect letters using color and gold leaf effect. The course emphasis is on perfect letter forms
and innovative design. The confidence to develop their own without feeling pressured to produce quality.

Unit 1 Basic principles of beautiful writing – Calligraphy, Sense of letter form, judgment of composition
of letters, spacing, intuitive logical planning of writing and development of style.

Unit 2 An Introduction to Foundation, demonstrate hand and pointed Italic case and capitals using
various sizes, numbers, letters, word spacing, layout and quotations in black and white and
color.

Unit 3 Styles such as Italic, Gothic, Uncials, as Illuminated letters beginning with the use of color and
then gold leaf effect, different papers etc. Design and produce a finished piece in both the hands
or a design for literary piece.

Unit 4 Basic study of letter forms, principles of letter forms, Study of “Gothic” style letter forms in small
and capitals, suitability & legibility for publication

Additionally, students could learn about:

 Use italic letter forms, uncials and copperplate lettering effect.
 Write illuminated letters using paint and progressing to gold leaf effect.
Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. The Art of whimsical lettering –Joanne Sharpe

2. Ornate pictorial Calligraphy- E.A. Lupfer
3. The Calligrapher’s bible

BFA FA17B1.1C DRAWING –I

Cr, L, P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
6 6 P 50 50 100

This course is designed to understand the form by learning to see and utilize light, shadow, and
basic perspective. Build the ability to focus and analyze complex subject matter through long, in-depth,
sustained drawing projects rendered in different black and white. The subjects provides with a range of
fundamental, analytical and observational drawing techniques to develop conceptual drawing skills for
visualization. Inculcating principles of drawing techniques as well as examining line, tonal value, volume,
spatial relationships and composition, form, texture and perspective

Unit1 Understanding line, exercises based on line. e.g, Straight lines, curved lines, Zigzag lines etc in
pencil (Black and white), ink.

Unit2 Drawing from Nature example-Leaves, Flowers, Fruits, Bushes Plants, Branches and Trees in
black and white and color pencils.

Page 2 of 34
Unit 3 Object drawing of man-made Objects, detail study of light and shade, create an effect of three
dimensional objects, in black and white &color pencils.

Unit4 Detail drawing and overlapping of three –dimensional forms like cube, cone, cylinder, pyramid
and sphere in black and white (5 solid shapes)Creative drawing based on lines, forms, textures
and objects both Natural and Man-made etc.

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:
1. Drawing the Head and Hands - Andrew Loomis
2. How to draw animals - Jack Hamm
3. Animal anatomy: The Element of form - Eliot Goldfinger

BFA FA17B1.2C COLOUR DESIGN-I

Cr, L, P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
6 6 P 50 50 100

Colour can play a large role in the elements of design with the colour wheel being used as a tool,
and Colour theory providing a body of practical guidance to colour mixing and the visual impacts of specific
Colour combination. Emphasis is on developing ability to use colour effectively in two and three
dimensional design applications by studying traditional design elements, theories of colour, colour and
spatial perception, and colour interaction.

Unit 1 Study of Primary and Secondary colours based on colour Wheel.

Unit 2 Study of Opaque colour, Transparent colour, Relationship of primary, secondary and Tertiary
colours.

Unit 3 Study of Shade wheel,Tints and shades-based on Colour Wheel.

Unit 4 Understanding the Tonal values in Black and White and colour. Introduction to Design by
exercises created form motifs derived from Nature.
Unit 5 Exercises based on colour and design, introducing the Golden rules and division of space.
Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. http://www.designersandbooks.com/book/theory-colours
Book Name: Theory of Colours
Author Name: Johann Wolfgang Von Goethe
Publication: The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 2010, English; originally published 1810 in German
Notifiction, Graphic Design
2. http://www.designersandbooks.com/book/colour-based-nature
Book Name: Colour Based on Nature
Author Name: Irma Boom
Publication: Thomas Eyck, Oosternijkerk, Netherlands, 2012, English Nonfiction, Graphic Design

Page 3 of 34
BFA SC17B1.1C SCULPTURE-I
Cr, L, P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
6 6 P 50 50 100

Emphasizes on fundaments of 3D dimensional, Compositions, relationship etc. Includes

experimentation of free – forms, geometrical forms, surface, light and shade, visual balance, weight
proportion etc. Variety of sculptural materials will be introduced such as clay, soft wood, paper, mount
board, cloth, terracotta etc.

Unit 1 Introduction of sculptural elements and materials to develop the sense of the three dimensional
design with Cube, Prism, Sphere, Cylinder
Unit 2 Study of natural and manmade objects in round Detail drawings of the objects to be modeled in
clay
Unit 3 Introduction to pottery and terracotta coil work or lab work.

Unit 4 Introduction to various materials (Mount board, wire, plywood, and etc.) in round
Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. The Sculpture Reference: Contemporary Techniques, Terms, Tools, Materials And

Sculpture Hardcover – Illustrated, September 12, 2004-by Arthur Williams
2. The Elements of Sculpture Oct 13, 2014-by Herbert George
3. The Sculpting Techniques Bible: An Essential Illustrated Reference for Both Beginner and
Experienced Sculptors Spiral-bound – September 8, 2006-by Claire Brown (Editor)
4. Terracotta: The Technique of Fired Clay Sculpture Paperback – Import, Aug 1996-by Bruno
Lucchesi &Margit Malmstrom

BFA FA17B1.3C HISTORY OF VISUAL ARTS AND AESTHETICS-I

Cr, L, P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
2 2 W 50 50 100

The study outlines the roles in creating native or community arts their motifs and aspirations,
moral and ethic which underlay the work looks at the structure of the communities, their socio - economic
environment resources and so on. The interplay between the motive and the environment of the
community becomes key discussion points. To know in brief about Indian art with a general introduction to
every topic by studying their distinct formal and Thematic contents. Stress would be on the descriptive
formal study.

Unit 1 What is Art and esthetics? How it has be seen, discussed, and practiced in India

Unit 2 Pre-historic art in India Art - Indus Valley Civilization. Early Sculptural Traditions - Maurya,
Sunga, Kushana and Gupta sculpture

Page 4 of 34
Unit 3 AjantaMurals - Subsequent continuation at Bagh, Badami,
Ellora,Vijayanagara.Miniaturepaintingof Mughal, Rajastani and Pahari
Unit 4 Company painting, British Art schools, Raja Ravi Varma and Bengal School.
Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. History of Graphic Design – Phillips Megg.

2. Aesthetics-by Krishna’s
3. A history of fine arts-by Edith Tomory
4. Ajanta-by Benoyk, Behi
5. Rajasthani painting –by JaisinghNeeraj
6. Raja ravivarma –Rupikachawla.

BFA GN17B1.1A ENGLISH

Cr, L, P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
2 2 W 50 50 100

The course aims to enhance English skills in reading, speaking and writing with focus upon the
topics. This also aims to provide the individuals to develop. The individuals could use their accumulated
knowledge and skills with the help of a supervisor to integrate various dimensions.

Unit 1 Listening:In this unit you will learn to distinguish the different stages of listening, to listen
effectively. Phonology, stress-marking, Homophones

Unit 2 Terminology (subject-enabled): In this unit, one can learn the vocabulary that is specific
thestream/industry (terminology) and the overall usage of a word in syntax (sentence).
Commonly confused words

Unit3 Functional Grammar:In this unit, learning of the importance of parts of speech and other aspects
of grammar, learning of syntax formation, phrases & clauses, subject-verb agreement, direct vs
indirect speech, active vs passive voice, question tags.

Unit 4 Reading: Reading helps us to discover new things. Books, magazines and even the internet are
great learning tools which require the ability to read and understand what is read.In this unit, one
can develop to skill of reference: Dictionary, Thesaurus, Encyclopedia, and Book reading.
Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. Communication Skills for Technical Students – T M Farhathullah

2. Essential English – E. Suresh, P. Sreehari, J. Savithri

Page 5 of 34
BFA GN17B1.2A ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
Cr, L, P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
2 2 W 50 50 100

This course provides theory and ideology of environment protection and the philosophy of
sustainability. Include development of industrial societies from various viewpoints i.e. its effect on
environment, metropolitan lifestyle, commercialization of natural materials, encouraging of new ideology
for enhancing sustainable communities development, analyzing from environmental conservationists and
sustainability concerns.
Course Overview: A compulsory subject for all the undergraduate students of various discipline highlights
significance of maintaining balance and sustainability of various components of the environment.
Objectives of the Course: To sensitize the students towards sustainable environment.

Unit 1 Environmental studies – Introduction: - Definition, scope and importance, Measuring and
defining environmental development indicators.

Unit 2 Environmental and Natural Resources: Renewable and non-renewable resources - Natural
resources and associated problems - Forest resources - Use and over - exploitation,
deforestation, case studies - Timber extraction - Mining, dams and other effects on forest and
tribal people - Water resources - Use and over utilization of surface and ground water - Floods,
drought, conflicts over water, dams - benefits and problems - Mineral resources: Use and
exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies. -
Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects
of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case studies. -
Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable energy sources use of
alternate energy sources Case Studies. Land resources: Land as a resource, land degradation,
man induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification. Role of an individual in conservation of
natural resources Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.

Unit 3 Basic Principles of Ecosystems Functioning: Concept of an ecosystem. - Structure and function
of an ecosystem. - Producers, consumers and decomposers. - Energy flow in the ecosystem
¬Ecological succession. - Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids. -Introduction, types,
characteristic features, structure and function of the following ecosystem:

a. Forest ecosystem b. Grassland ecosystem c. Desert ecosystem

d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries).

Unit 4 Biodiversity and its conservation: Introduction - Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity. Bio-geographical classification of India - Value of biodiversity: consumptive use,
productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values ¬Biodiversity at global, National and
local levels. - India as a mega-diversity nation - Hot-sports of biodiversity - Threats to
biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts. - Endangered and endemic
species of India - Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.

Unit 5 Environmental Pollution: Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of:

a. Air pollution b. Water pollution c. Soil pollution d. Marine pollution e. Noise pollution f. Thermal
pollution g. nuclear hazards

Solid waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes.
- Role of an individual in prevention of pollution. - Pollution case studies. - Disaster
management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.

Unit 6 Social Issues and the Environment: From unsustainable to sustainable development -Urban
problems related to energy -Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management

Page 6 of 34
 -Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Case Studies -
Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions. -Climate change, global warming, acid rain,
ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case Studies -Wasteland reclamation. -
Consumerism and waste products. -Environment Protection Act. -Air (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act. -Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act -Wildlife Protection Act -Forest
Conservation Act -Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation. -Public
awareness.

Unit 7 Human Population and the Environment: Population growth, variation among nations.
Population explosion-Family Welfare Programmer. -Environment and human health. -Human
Rights. -Value Education. -HIV/AIDS.-Women and Child Welfare. -Role of information
Technology in Environment and human health. -Case Studies.

Unit 8 Field work: Visit to a local area to document environmental assets River /forest
grassland/hill/mountain -Visit to a local polluted site-Urban/Rural/industrial/ Agricultural Study of
common plants, insects, birds. -Study of simple ecosystems ¬pond, river, hill slopes, etc

TEXT BOOK:

ErachBharucha, A Text Book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses, University Grants
Commission.

I YEAR - II SEMESTER

BFA AA17B2.1C APPLIED ART – II

Cr, L, P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
6 6 P 50 50 100

To integrate creation problem solving methods into the design process in order to generate
effective design solution. Through key topics such as “Problem Defining” & “Idea Generation” which
includes various creative techniques, to approach design problem from a fresh perspectives with the aim
of increasing the quality of fresh ideas.. The essence to provide the creative process of developing,
thinking patterns that foster creative design principles.

Unit 1 Press layout: Introduction to press layout, elements of press layout, functions of a press layout,
designing a press layout for rational products (consumer items) in a given size of 1 column by 15
cms in B/W.

Unit 2 Poster Design: Introduction to poster design, elements of a poster, functions of a poster,
designing a poster for outdoor publicity in a given size of 10” x 15” using 3 colours for consumer
items (rational products).

Unit 3 Book Cover Design: Designing of a book cover in a size: 6” x 8” colours (Presentation of Title
and suggestive pictorial to be emphasized and to be executed with excellent composition)

Unit 4 Basic design practices used in presentation design and create projects that develop design skills
useful in today’s society. Engage in the discussion and activity of visual problem solving. Gain
skill in conceptual thinking and problem-solving while learning common computer and manual
applications.

For all the units the final execution may be done using computer keeping in view for reproduction.

Page 7 of 34
Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. Layout Essentials: 100 Design Principles for Using Grids (Design Essentials) Paperback – 1 Jun
2011 by Beth Tondreau.

BFA FA17B2.1C DRAWING- II

Cr, L, P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
6 6 P 50 50 100

Study of the bones and muscles of the human head as they relate to Figurative Art. Basic animal
(quadruped) anatomy. An understanding of the structures, makeup of the body, to deal with the figure in
an effective and convincing.

Unit 1 Introduction to elements of perspective – studies of basic solids-plan and elevation, main
aspects as parallel perspective.

Unit 2 Outdoor sketching- rapid sketching from any objects from busy streets, markets, stations etc.
sketching from zoo and museum

Unit 3 Exposure to drawings made by masters-study of different objects. (colour pencils, dry pastels, oil
pastels etc.)

Unit 4 Head study- study of head from cast (various age groups)

Produce a portfolio:

RecommendedBooks:

1. Drawing the Head and Hands - Andrew Loomis

2. How to draw animals - Jack Hamm
3. Animal anatomy: The Element of form - Eliot Goldfinger

BFA FA17B2.2C COLOUR DESIGN-II

Cr, L, P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
6 6 P 50 50 100

Provides an understanding/ importance and use of colour for graphic design. Explore the
principles, attributes, dimensions, harmonies and phenomena of colour by understanding the language
and meaning of colour from a social, cultural and psychological context and effectively manipulate colours
in design to convey the intended message to the right target audience.

Unit 1 Colour experience (pigment and light theory) High key, middle key, and low key, high key tone
with and contrast. Chromatic expression, different backgrounds, depiction of seasons etc.

Page 8 of 34
Unit 2 Colour harmonies. Complementary, split complementary, double split complementary analogous
and receding colours. Visual mixing, creative designs through simple motifs from nature and
manmade objects.

Unit 3 Elementary knowledge of design (golden rules of art) design based on the fundaments such as
line, from colour, texture, proportion and rhythm tonal values in 3 dimensions exercise with cube
prism, sphere, cylinder etc. (e,g. Nature: Mountain, clouds, Butterfly and flowers, fish & water
plants, birds and animals etc).

Unit4 Overlapping of motifs &colour combinations to be given from tertiary colours with tints and
shades. E,g. For objects: distorted in given space (golden rules of art) exercises- nature and
object combination to be given related to colors theory.

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. Color Design Workbook: A Real World Guide to Using Color in Graphic Design Paperback – 1 Mar
2008-by AdamsMorioka

BFA PA17B2.2C BASIC PRINTMAKING

Cr, L, P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
6 6 P 50 50 100

Printmaking is a type of art that utilizes the ability to create multiple copies of a piece of art. The
emphasis is on the design, not the variety of surfaces that it is applied to. Typically, printmaking uses a
some kind of ink or paint to make the design on a surface whether it be paper, cloth, or another medium.
Woodcuts are some of the oldest types of relief printmaking. The design is carved from wood and then
printed from the raised surface. Woodcuts also refer to the prints made from a woodcut design.

Monotypes and mono prints are very similar and often used interchangeably, but there is a specific
difference between the two. While monotypes use a smooth surface, mono prints can use a woodcut,
lithography plates, or even etched plates. The way they are painted or inked makes the print unique.

Unit 1 Introduction to theory of Print Making:Introduction to the history of printing medium and
techniques from the traditional process through to collography and other Printmaking process.

Unit 2 Collography in Black & white: Study of a printmaking process in which a variety of (usually
found) materials are arranged on a collage on to affirm matrix like cardboard or wood. This
process is extremely basic and uncomplicated. A collography refers to a collage of materials
glued on to a "printing block," which is a square of cardboard for base, when the base is
prepared with help of glue and the Raw found material replaced on baseboard is to be placed on
surface & it is to dry. Paper is pressed on to the surface to produce a print, and about collagraph
prints
(For example the found raw-materials-
* Textured Handmade sheet, Gaze-cloth(Bandage cloth surgical),
* Thread(cotton) medium thick, Jute cloth pieces, Em broidery lice cloth,
* Sand Paper (Electro coated) as smooth-Rough grades,& any Flat surface materials etc.)

Unit 3 Monotype printing image: Mono printing and monotype are very similar. The difference between
mono printing and monotype printing is that mono printing has a matrix that can be reused, but

Page 9 of 34
 not to produce an identical result. With monotyping there are no permanent marks on the matrix,
and at most two impressions (copies) can be obtained.

Unit 4 Surface printing process: In this base medium as wood-block. The relief printing is a process
where protruding surface faces of the printing block are inked; recessed areas are ink free.
Printing the image is relatively simple matter of inking the surface of the block & bringing it in
firm contact with the paper, and its print image.

Group discussion
Assignments: 3 final prints in single colour.
Examinations will be in single colour as Black and white, on wood-block medium

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. Basic Printmaking Techniques -by Bernard Toale

2. An Introduction to the History and Techniques -by Antony Griffiths
3. The Print in the Western World: An Introductory History 1st Edition Edition-by Linda C. Hults
4. How to Identify Prints, Second Edition 2nd Edition-by Bamber Gascoigne
5. A History of Engraving and Etching (Dover Fine Art, History of Art) Paperback – June 1, 1963-
by Arthur M. Hind
6. The Complete Engravings, Etchings and Drypoints of Albrecht Dürer (Dover Fine Art, History of
Art) 2nd ed. Edition-by Albrecht Durer
7. The Complete Woodcuts of Albrecht Dürer Drawings of Albrecht Dürer

BFA FA17B2.3C HISTORY OF VISUAL ARTS AND AESTHETICS-II

Cr, L, P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
2 2 W 50 50 100

INTRODUCTION TO WESTERN ART

Course Designed to introduce developments in artistic expression from cave drawings and the
monuments of the ancient world to the paintings, sculpture and northern Europe. Understand the
iconographical significance of important historical works within the historical parameters of the course,
achieve a general overview of the history and developments of western visual art, its major periods,
movements, concepts, and artists.

Unit 1 Why do we study Western art? What is Western Aesthetics?

Unit 2 Pre-Historic and Ancient Art in Europe, Art of Mesopotamia, Egyptian and Greco-Roman art, Art
of Early Christian and Byzantine, Art of Romanesque and Gothic.

Unit 3 Art of Renaissance and Mannerism. Art at Baroque and Rococo.

Unit 4 Neo-Classicism and Romanticism, Realism and Impressionism.

Note: In this semester students are supposed to know in brief about western art, with a general
introduction to every topic, by studying their distinct formal and thematic contents. Stress would
be on the descriptive and formal study.

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

Page 10 of 34
 1. History of Graphic Design – Phillips Megg.
2. A History of Modern Art –H.H Arnason (Garco; Renaussace)
3. A World History of Art- Hugh Honour&John Fleming.
4. Artforms-Duane Preble(Renaussana& Baroque).

BFA GN17B2.1A COMMUNICATION SKILLS

Cr, L, P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
2 2 W 50 50 100

Course Overview: To prepare students to acquire understanding and fluency in English for
professional work.
Objectives of the Course: To provide an adequate mastery of technical and communicative English
Language training primarily, reading and writing skills, and also listening and speaking skills. Expected
Skills / Knowledge Transferred: Preparation for participation in seminars, group discussion, paper
presentation and general personal interaction at the professional level.

Unit 1 Communication: Importance of Communication; Elements of good individual communication;

organizing oneself; different types of communication; Barriers in the path of Communication

Unit 2 Listening skills: Listening to conversation and speeches (Formal and Informal)
Reading: Techniques of reading, skimming, Scanning, SQ3R technique

Unit 3 Creative Writing: Scope of creative writing; Writing skills Signposting, Outlines, Rephrasing
Writing a report/ format of the report; Paragraph, Letter Writing, Essay writing, Memo, Circular,
Notice, Cover Letter, Resume, Writing with a thesis, Summary, Précis, Product description –
Description of projects and features Oral Report; Periodical Report; Progress Report; Field
Report Preparation of minutes; Video conference; Tele conference / Virtual meeting

Unit 4 Speaking: How to converse with people, How to communicate effectively; Language and
grammar skills; Pronunciation drills, Phonetics, vowels, Diphthongs, consonants, Stress, Rhythm
and intonation, Conversational skills Features of effective speech - practice in speaking fluently
–role play – telephone skills – etiquette. Short Extempore speeches – facing audience – paper
presentation – getting over nervousness – Interview techniques – preparing for interviews –
Mock Interview – Body Language.

Unit 5 Impact of internet on communication; communication through computers; voice mail; broadcast
messages; e-mail auto response; etc

Produce a portfolio:

Reference books:
1. Krishna Mohan &MeeraBanerji: Developing Communication Skills Macmillan India
2. C S Rayudu: Principles of Public Relations, Himalaya Publishing House
3. K. Ashwathappa: Organizational Behavior, Himalaya Publishing House
4. Daniel Colman: Emotional Intelligence

Page 11 of 34
BFA GN17B2.2A VALUE EDUCATION
Cr, L, P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
2 2 W 50 50 100

CourseOverview: To provide guiding principles and tools for the development of the whole person,
recognizing that the individual is comprised of Physical, Intellectual, Emotional and Spiritual dimensions.

Knowledge Transfer /Expected Skills:

 To help individuals think about and reflect on different values.

 To deepen understanding, motivation and responsibility with regard to making personal and
social choices and the practical implications in relation to themselves and others, the community
and the world at large

 To inspire individuals to choose their own personal, social, moral and spiritual values and be
aware of practical methods for developing and deepening them.

Unit 1 Value Education—Introduction – Definition of values – Why values? – Need for Inculcation of
values – Object of Value Education – Sources of Values – Types of Values: i) Personal values ii)
Social values iii) Professional values iv) Moral and spiritual values) Behavioral (common) values

Unit 2 Personal values – Definition of person – Self confidence – Relative and absolute confidence,
being self-determined, swatantrata (loosely equivalent to freedom). Self discipline – Self
Assessment – Self restraint –Self motivation – Determination – Ambition – Contentment. Self-
respect and respect to others; expression of respect

Unit 3 Social values – Units of Society - Individual, family, different groups – Community – Social
consciousness – Equality and Brotherhood – Dialogue – Tolerance – Sharing – Honesty-
Responsibility – Cooperation; Freedom – Repentance and Magnanimity.Peer Pressure –
Ragging - examples - making one’s own choices

Unit 4 Professional values – Definition – Competence – Confidence – Devotion to duty –Efficiency

Accountability
Respect for learning /learned – Willingness to learn-Open and balanced mind – Team spirit –
Professional Ethics – Willingness for Discussion; Difference between understanding and
assuming.
Time Management, Issues of planning, as well as concentration ( aligning with self goals).
Expectations from self, excellence and competition, coping with stress, Identifying one’s
interests as well as strengths.

Unit 5 Behavioral values – Individual values and group values. Anger: Investigation of reasons,
watching one’s own anger; Understanding anger as: a sign of power or helplessness, distinction
between response and reaction.Right utilization of physical facilities. Determining one’s needs,
needs of the self and of the body, cycle of nature.Relationship with teachers. Inside the class,
and outside the class, interacting with teachers.

Unit 6 Complimentary nature of skills and values, distinction between information & knowledge Goals:
Short term goals and long term goals; How to set goals; How to handle responsibilities which
have to be fulfilled while working for goals.
Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1.RamancharlaPradeep Kumar. Compiled Reading Material IIIT Hyderabad

2. Dr. S. Ignacimuthu S. J., Values for life, Better yourself Books, Bandra Mumbai-600 050 (1999).
3. Values (Collection of Essays)., Published by : Sri Ramakrishna Math., Chennai—4.,(1996)

Page 12 of 34
 4. Prof. R.P.Dhokalia., Eternal Human Values NCRT –Campus Sri Aurobindo Marg., New Delhi
5. Swami Vivekananda., Education., Sri Ramakrishna Math., Chennai-4(1957)
6. Holy Books of all religion

II YEAR - I SEMESTER

BFA AA17B3.1C DRAWING FROM LIFE

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
7 1 5 p 50 50 100

Aims to provide with a range of fundaments, analytical and observational drawing techniques,
develop conceptual drawing skills for visualization to develop confidence in drawing skills as a means of
visual communication.

Unit 1 Study of full human figure male and female from model, parts of the human body in detail,
observation of proportion and character in different postures from model, quick sketches on
paper.

Unit 2 Detailed head study in line drawing, study of figure in action, Study from local scene. Sketching
exercises at various public places (outdoors) Study of animals and birds.

Unit 3 The study of portrait work pertaining to the Illustration field, in a range of styles from Model
drawing and experimentation.

Unit 4 Development of a professional portfolio..

Produce a portfolio / Assignments

Recommended Books:

1. Pogany, Willy - The Art of Drawing, Publisher; Madison Books,1996

2. Figure Drawing for All It's Worth by Andrew Loomis
3. Human Figure Drawing – Victor Peread

BFA AA17B3.2C TYPOGRAPHY- I

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
7 1 5 P P 50 50 100

Fundamentals of typography, to analyze, explore principles of typography. The ability to improve

the meaning of a message, express and communicate idea to improve the quality of design thought.

Unit 1 Principles of letter form, upper case and Lower case, San - serif and Serif. Understanding
aesthetic, structure typeface letterforms and managing hierarchy of information in typographic
context.

Unit 2 Roman letter forms – Proportion of letterforms, letter and word spacing, composing the given
word/words in Roman style

Page 13 of 34
Unit 3 Finished artwork of the given wording with proper arrangement within the given space in black &
white only within a maximum paper size of 10 inches x 15 inches.

Unit 4 Understanding Text, Study of various alignments.

For all the units the final execution may be done using manually.

Produce a portfolio / Assignment

Recommended Books: 2 books may be incorporated

1. Just my Type: A book about Fonts - Simon Garfield

2. Scripts: Elegant Lettering from Design’s Golden Age
3. Typography: A Manual of Design – Emil Ruder

BFA AA17B3.3C GRAPHIC DESIGN – I

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
7 1 6 P P 50 50 100

The Graphic Design will enable to understand as to how images, symbols, words and letters are
used as means of communication. What needs to be communicated and create the most appropriate
design that can communicate most effectively. The basic approaches, essential knowledge of creating
effective visual identity system, which contributes to generating and sustaining positive brand image.

Unit 1 Introduction to Graphic Design, Design Principles, Introduction to Symbols, Corporate Identity-
monograms, designing logos, and trademarks. Focus on the development of visual identity
design with application to various printed collateral.

Unit 2 Stationary Design i.e. Designing letterhead, visiting cards, file covers, labels, envelops and
collateral products. Final art work for reproduction purpose keeping the identity consistent and
intact throughout the process

Unit 3 Definition of Layout, Elements of layout, Importance of elements, various type of layouts for day-
to-day consumer products.

Unit 4 Design of press advertisements – advertisements in various sizes includes final Art work in
Black & White 2col x 25cms and 3col x 20 cms.

For all the units the final execution may be done using computer keeping in view for reproduction.

Produce a portfolio / Assignments

Recommended Books:
1. The Elements of Graphic Design / Applied Art Hand Book
2. Los Logos 7
3. Big Brand theory

Page 14 of 34
BFA AA17B3.4C VISUAL COMMUNICATION-I
Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
3 2 1 T W 50 50 100

The visual realization is of a most basic element of communication.

Unit 1 Introduction to Visual Communication, Modes and methods of Visual Communication,

Pictographs and Ideographs

Unit 2 History of Advertising, Importance of pictures in Advertising, Symbols, Functions of pictures,

Analyzing the Visuals, Picture versus Words, its place in society

Unit 3 Introduction to media and kinds of media for visual communication.

Unit 4 Verbal and Non-verbal communication.

Produce a Portfolio / Unit Tests / Assignments / Presentations:

Recommended Books:

1. Advertising Art & Ideas – Dr. G. M. Rege

2. The World of Visual Communication - Dr. G. M. Rege

ELECTIVE – 1
Student’s choice of a PE (Professional Elective) may be from:
1. Courses offered by the PD (Parent Dept.)
2. Courses offered by ODs (Other Depts.) which may be either Core courses offered as ‘Open’ to OD
students or as PEs. But these choices of the student have to be approved by the PD as permitted PEs.
3. Courses available online and listed as Approved / Recommended by the Dept.

Choose any one of the following

1. Serigraphy
2. Packaging Design

BFA AA17B3.1E SERIGRAPHY

Cr, L, S/FP/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
3 1 2 P 50 50 100

The use of silkscreen as an art medium to develop the potential application of one's imagery and
effects.

Unit 1 Introduction to process of screen printing, Tools and materials, Create an image. Screen
preparation, emulsion application, printing Ink mixing, clean up and Printing, registration and
trouble shooting.

Unit 2 Image development/ computer generated images / TPs, layout of color and image construction.
Create images that have the potential to be silkscreen work, images that are interesting
aesthetically.

Page 15 of 34
Unit3 Various Methods of screen printing,

Unit4 Final Project: Prints and proofs.

BFAA17B3.2E PACKAGING DESIGN

Cr, L, S/FP/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
3 1 2 P 50 50 100

Challenge is to make a package for Products that are innovative/concept stage, to make an
environmentally-responsible package. Incorporate skills learned within the framework of Elements of Art
and Principles of Design.

Unit1 Introduction to Package design and principles, various package designs for different products
including wrapper/covers, cartons etc,.

Unit2 Package design for FMCG products. Packaging materials along with punching and creasing.
Analyzing package designs as per market trends. Label and Tag design for various products.

Unit 3 Understanding colour pertaining to package, label and tag designs, along with appropriate
printing techniques,
Unit 4 Design a package for a new product using origami / traditional forms. Prototyping and
Evaluation.

For all the units the final execution may be done using computer keeping in view for reproduction.
Produce a portfolio / Assignments.

Recommended Books:

1. Over 200 Innovative Solutions in Packaging Design-by John Foster.

2. Best Practices for Graphic Designers: Packaging-by Grip.

OPEN ELECTIVE - 1

Student’s choice of a OE (Open Elective) may be from:

1. Any of the listed courses on offer in the University provided the timetables facilitate and the PD
‘admits/registers’ the student for the course.
2. Any of the online courses available.
3. Any course in any other institution recognized by the UGC / AICTE / State Govt. / MHRD, etc. statutory
acts or provisions.

II YEAR - II SEMESTER
BFA AA17B4.1C DRAWING & ILLUSTRATION
Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
7 1 6 P P 50 50 100

Page 16 of 34
 To provide the fundamental knowledge of pre-press techniques and print production workflow
process for applied illustration. Colour management, selection of paper materials, various printing
processes etc.

Unit 1 Depicting the different age groups in various poses with the help of live models (male / female)
Study of parts of a human body in detail, observation of proportion and character. Outdoor
sketching.Several historical and contemporary illustrators to be examined and analyzed with
regard to an image or photography.

Unit 2 Illustration - the art of communicating concise ideas with images using formats including picture
books, magazines, newspapers, animation, graphic novels and textiles. The Illustration program
cultivates a unique vision to translate it into a wide range of traditional and emerging media.

Unit 3 Memory drawing of the given subject, converting the text into visuals, is rendering in pencil, ink,
color and mixed media. Development of personal style and an evolution of work quality will need
to be constantly groomed.

Unit 4 Sketching from products, consumer products, product illustration using various techniques black
and white and color-enlarging the existing product, further development of a personal style and
approach to illustration.

For all the units the final execution may be done using computer keeping in view for reproduction.

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. Perspective Made Easy-by Ernest R. NorlingDynamic Figure Drawing -by Burne Hogarth
2. Panchatantra - Bhaag 1: Animal-Based Indian Fables with Illustrations and Morals Paperback –
Abridged-by Tanvir Khan

BFA AA17B4.2C TYPOGRAPHY – II

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
7 1 6 P P 50 50 100

Sequential studies to follow the design process: problem-solving through exploration,

experimentation, selection, critique, and refinement. Effectiveness of typographic design will be evaluated
in terms of legibility, readability and expression.

Unit 1 Introduction to typography. Anatomy of type, composition of type, typeface, type measurement,
point system, em scale.

Unit 2 Classification of typeface, weight and proportions..

Unit 3 Studies of type families like Helvetica, Universe, Times, mechanical and optical balance.

Unit 4 Application of typography for various media like press advertisement,poster, exhibit tion and
display. Characteristic lettering to suit the message.

For all the units the final execution may be done using computer keeping in view for reproduction.

Produce a portfolio & PPT Presentation

Page 17 of 34
Recommended Books:

1.Type : A Visual History of Typefaces & Graphic Styles. Vol-I, Taschen

2.The Elements of Typographic Style – Robert Bringhurst

BFA AA17B4.3C GRAPHIC DESIGN – II

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
7 1 6 P P 50 50 100

The ability to develop creative thinking and translate it into design solutions for awareness of
social issues. Corporate communications and product promotion with relevant use of research, analysis,
understanding of target audience, appropriate media choices are made and design solutions developed
focusing on creative conceptual thinking.

Unit 1 Designing Poster, Its elements, 5 essentials of poster for long range, medium range and short
range, posters in the sizes of 10 inch x 15 inch; 15 inch x 20 inch; 20 inch x 30 inch.

Unit 2 Design of Hoarding, understanding the importance, exploring various sizes and techniques
involved ina hoarding.

Unit 3 Designing of book jacket – title of the book-name of the author, publisher and pictorial
suggestions.

Unit 4 Book design, variations of treatments with typography, illustration, descriptive, Suggestive and
symbolic interpretation to suit the subject and contents of the book.

For all the units the final execution may be done using computer keeping in view for reproduction.

Produce a portfolio / Assignments

Recommended Books

1. Advertising art and Ideas – Dr. G.M. Rege

BFA AA17B4.4C VISUAL COMMUNICATION – II

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
3 2 1 T W 50 50 100

Unit 1 Creative advertising – planning and execution. Product/services analysis, Unique

selling (prepositions) points of a Product/service, Applications of USPs.

Unit 2 Copy writing – functions of Advertising copy, Basic ingredients of copy, writing copy
such as the Headline, Text and Baseline.

Unit 3 Visualization – Conceptualization of advertising ideas, Perception, various

Headlines Classification of Advertising.

Page 18 of 34
Unit 4 Graphic design – Principles of Graphic design, the Law of Rhythm, Emphasis,
Unity, Simplicity

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:
1. Advertising Art & Ideas – Dr. G.M.Rege
2. Advertising Excellence– Courtland L. Bovee, John V Twill, George P. Dovel, Marian Burk Wood.
3. Advertising – its Role in Modern Marketing – S.Watson Dunn.

ELECTIVE – 2
Student’s choice of a PE (Professional Elective) may be from:
1. Courses offered by the PD (Parent Dept.)
2. Courses offered by ODs (Other Depts.) which may be either Core courses offered as ‘Open’ to OD
students or as PEs. But these choices of the student have to be approved by the PD as permitted PEs.
3. Courses available online and listed as Approved / Recommended by the Dept.

Choose any one of the following

1 Digital Illustration
2 Character Design 2D

BFA AA17B4.1E DIGITAL ILLUSTRATON

Cr, L, S/FP/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
3 1 2 p 50 50 100

As in illustration creative solving and image making using drawing software on digital tab/pad to
explore computer drawing using advanced and aesthetic approaches. Main objectives in the advanced
course will further develop skills and proficiency as illustrators exploring new media. Lifestyle provides a
broader umbrella as a means of forging a sense of self and creating cultural symbols that resonate with
personal identity.

Unit 1 Introduction to the basic elements of computer drawing. Story based for advertisements film-
Series for Animation-Technical Illustration.

Unit 2 Perspective Illustration in various media and different techniques-product finishing –background
and other special effects.

Unit 3 Illustrations for comics, creating caricatures, illustration for lifestyle. Illustration focuses on the
methods, manners, techniques, and presentation in lifestyle.

Unit 4 Fashion Illustration, fantasies reflecting pop culture and communicating desires. Encouraged
and guided to complete their portfolios and prepare a cohesive body of work.

For all the units the final execution should be done using drawing software (illustrator , Photoshop
etc.) computer/ Digital Tab/ Pad keeping in view for reproduction.

Page 19 of 34
Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. Beginner’s Guide to Digital Painting in Photoshop: Characters

BFA AA17B4.2E CHARACTER DESIGN – 2D

Cr, L, S/FP/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
3 1 2 p 50 50 100

A course for 2D animation character design provides fundamental skills required to develop a
character design. Skills are applied in core areas. The importance of construction of a character, rotations
and full body gestures, by creating a production model sheets (turn around) of drawing in various poses
and expressions.

Unit 1 Basic Shapes for Cartoons - Line of action, headlines, eye line (head rotations), head
proportions.

Unit 2 Character Construction and Detail Study - Study of character as per head ratio/ proportions
reference for nature (trees, birds and animals) Reference from objects around us (table lamp,
pencil, book, house hold- items, vessels etc)

Unit 3 Developing of Existing and Exaggerated Character By using the existing characters, model
sheets, exaggerating the characters / developing a new character modifying realistic human
features like hand and feet etc., Creating stylized characters

Unit 4 Character Model Sheets Model sheet, Line-up of characters Lip/ Mouth expressions, Gestures
and attitude sheets

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books :
1. Animator’s survival kit – Richard Williams
2. Draw the looney tunes the Warner Bros. character
3. Simplified Drawing for Planning Animation – Wane Gilbert.

OPEN ELECTIVE - 2

Student’s choice of a OE (Open Elective) may be from:

1. Any of the listed courses on offer in the University provided the timetables facilitate and the PD
‘admits/registers’ the student for the course.
2. Any of the online courses available.
3. Any course in any other institution recognized by the UGC / AICTE / State Govt. / MHRD, etc. statutory
acts or provisions.

Page 20 of 34
 III YEAR - I SEMESTER

BFA AA17B5.1C GRAPHIC DESIGN – III

Cr, L, S/F, P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
7 1 6 PP 50 50 100

Unit 1 Introduction to package, design-varieties of package designs for different products. Two-
dimensional, three-dimensional, wrappers, covers, cartons etc. Appropriate printing techniques,
packing materials with creasing and punching. Use of innovative materials and shape solutions
will be encouraged.

Unit 2 Package designs for fruit juice, biscuits, jams, jelly, grinders, toys, cosmetics, chocolates and
articles of daily use and gift items. Conceptualize visually and verbally, sketch ideas in a rough
form, and develop final concepts into three-dimensional mock-ups.

Unit 3 Point of sale and its objectives-point of sale materials-designing of signs, door signs, window
displays, show cards, danglers and other 2D & 3D designs-art works for multi-colour printing.

Unit 4 Designing of outer-inner cover for magazine journals-Elements of book design – designing the
inner pages as per the contents.

For all the units the final execution may be done using computer keeping in view for reproduction.

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. Making and Breaking the Grid : A Graphic Design Layout Workshop

2. Above the Fold : Understanding the Principles of successful website design
3. Package Design Workbook: The Art and Science of Successful Packaging.

BFA AA17B5.2C CONCEPTUAL ILLUSTRATION-I

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
7 1 5 P P 50 50 100

Conceptual illustration is an art for which the idea (or concept) behind the work is more
important than the finished art object. This type of illustration is used in almost all the fields today that
include areas such as digital art Illustration, Advertising, Animation, Publications, Video Art, etc. Illustrators
started to use modern tools and techniques to create illustration. This is when conceptual illustration came
into existence.

Unit 1 Project brief, mood board and concepts. Conceptual illustration with the perception based on
words, synonyms and themes. Conceptual illustrations with the typography.

Unit 2 Conceptual illustration for Idioms and motivational quotes. Hand drawn water colour strain, simple
quotes to hold timeless & moving lessons bubble template/ vector illustration. Create Concept

Page 21 of 34
 Illustrations with the seeds of the ideas. Establish creative paths that may lead to the idea using
a net of concepts.

Unit 3 Conceptual illustration for humorous visual puns with everyday objects

Unit 4 Common multi word phrase that nearly rhyme with the conceptual illustration

For all the units the final execution may be done using computer keeping in view for reproduction.

Produce a Portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. Surf’s Up: The Art and Making Of A True Story: Scott Robertson
2. The Art of Star Wars Epsiode II: Attack Of The Clones: TerrylWhitlatch, Iain McCaig and Ryan
Church.
3. Beginner’s Guide to Sketching: Characters, Creatures and Concepts.
4. Framed Ink: Drawing and Composition for Visual Storytellers -by Marcos Mateu-Mestre

BFA AA17B5.3C BASIC PHOTOGRAPHY

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
7 1 5 P P 50 50 100

To provide the foundation of photography, importance of photography as an visual element of

communication as a medium of expression.

Unit 1 Parts of camera and their functions, types of Cameras, accessories, types of lenses, Meaning of
focal length, aperture shutter speed and focusing handling a camera. Key light or main light or
principle light, fill light, bounce light, diffused light & directional diffused light.

Unit 2 Light angles, Low key, High Key, Rembrandt Lighting, Butterfly Lighting, Silhouette lighting

Unit 3 Conversion of captured images into computer. Negative and positive images, Black & White and
color images. Sepia toning using image editing software, enlargement and reduction of images.

Unit 4 Understanding a good photograph and criticism in terms of originality, subject, print quality,
competition, lighting and presentation. Printing of captured and modified images using photo
printer.
.

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. Photography For Beginners- Brendon Ward

2. DSLR Photography for Beginners-Brian Black

BFA AA17B5.4C REPRODUCTION TECHNIQUES

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
3 2 1 T w 50 50 100

The principles of design as communication tool. Printing and Digital mediums are used as
important tools for visual communication. Emphasis on research data, synthesizing, analyzing information

Page 22 of 34
in order to identify problem then create alternative solutions.Improvisation experiment of existing
technologies to create more suitable newer outputs.

Unit 1 Planning, study of the Formats like folder, poster, book, cards etc. for reproduction, kinds of
paper sizes, study of papers, kinds of Art works, Binding etc.

Unit 2 Kinds of printing, Letter press, Lithography and offset, Gravure and silk screen.

Unit 3 Colour reproduction, Color separation, understanding RGB and CMYK.

Unit 4 Field trips to a printing house for demonstration of offset printing.

Produce a portfolio / PPT Presentation:

Recommended Books:
1. History of Graphic Design – Phillips Megg.
2. Advertising Art & Ideas – Dr. G.M.Rege

ELECTIVE – 3
Student’s choice of a PE (Professional Elective) may be from:
1. Courses offered by the PD (Parent Dept.)
2. Courses offered by ODs (Other Depts.) which may be either Core courses offered as ‘Open’ to OD
students or as PEs. But these choices of the student have to be approved by the PD as permitted PEs.
3. Courses available online and listed as Approved / Recommended by the Dept.

Choose any one of the following

1. Digital Page Layout

2. Mascot Design

BFA AA17B5.1E DIGITAL PAGE LAYOUT

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
3 1 2 P P 50 50 100

Provides the opportunity to learn the anatomy of the page; fundamental layout principles, grids system and
guides lines for placing elements within a design. The process of a page composition by arranging text and
graphic within the design and how these elements are positioned, both in relation to another within the
overall design will affect the content to be viewed by the intended audience.

Unit 1 Introduction to multi - media, forms of multi - media, application of multi - media and their uses.

Unit 2 Introduction to desktop publishing, computer packages involved in desktop publishing, planning
and working with page layout, using typefaces and sizes, alignments, preparing art work

Unit 3 Grids, page grids, column grids, design of grids as per formats, rules and boxes, symmetry and
asymmetry, use rules and boxes in layout, planning preliminary pages. Using colour, hue and
tone, colour and monochrome, colour theory, inserting pictures, colour separation etc.

Unit 4 Importing and exporting artworks, enlarging and reduction understanding and designing various
print formats.

For all the units the final execution may be done using computer keeping in view for reproduction.

Page 23 of 34
Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. Layout Workbook: A Real-World Guide to Building Pages in Graphic Design Paperback – 1 May
2007 by Kristin Cullen (Author)
2. Graphic Design Thinking (Design Briefs) Paperback – 16 Apr 2014 by Ellen Lupton (Author)

BFA AA17B5.2E MASCOT DESIGN

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
3 1 2 P P 50 50 100

A mascot is a representative figure, a symbol and a communication tool for somebody/some

organization. Mascot personifies their values, communicates effectively and helps them stand out from the
crowd. A well designed company mascot does lend itself to campaigns and merchandising, A mascot is
essentially a well designed cartoon character with strong connection to the company it represents.

Unit 1 Discovery phase – Introduction to a mascot, Characters that makes mascots, How does one
design a mascot? Mascots designed as company symbols, mascots designed for campaigns or
for products and Mascot as an icon. Character planner

Unit 2 How to design a mascot? Qualities of a good mascot.Company, profession and values, ability to
communicate with emotion and personality. Use it in all suitable mediums

Unit3 Importance of aBackground story while designing a mascot.( Giving a mascot a story makes all
future decisions easier as we know WHO he/she/it is. Personal goals and story give mascot
things to do, provides material for campaigns and overall offers mascot some believability.)

Unit4 Appeal, a live-action actor with charisma, animated character, a lot more than just ‘cute’ or
‘handsome’, and so it is with cartoon characters, too. Their appeal stands for simplicity, pleasing
design and charm/magnetism. Why these give appeal? Simple is both easier to read and
communicates better than complex. Style for target audience - Consideration here should of
course be about your company image, what represents it better. Props and accessories - adds
to the design and are ways to say more about the mascot.

For all the units the final execution may be done using computer keeping in view for reproduction.

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. Character Design from Life Drawing by Mike Matessi

2. Creating Animated Cartoons with Character is a book written by Joe Murray.
3. Character Design from the Ground Up is a book written by Kevin Crossley.
4. Figure Drawing: Design and Invention was written by Michael Hampton.
5. Cartoon Faces: How to Draw Heads, Features & Expressions by Christopher Hart.

OPEN ELECTIVE - 3

Student’s choice of a OE (Open Elective) may be from:

1. Any of the listed courses on offer in the University provided the timetables facilitate and the PD
‘admits/registers’ the student for the course.
2. Any of the online courses available.
3. Any course in any other institution recognized by the UGC / AICTE / State Govt. / MHRD, etc. statutory
acts or provisions.

Page 24 of 34
 III YEAR - II SEMESTER

BFA AA17B6.1C CONCEPTUAL ILLUSTRATION-II

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
7 1 6 P P 50 50 100

Conceptual Illustration is an art form that tends to give more importance to the idea or meaning
being expressed by a masterpiece rather than focusing on the product itself. A deeper realization and life
to the artwork without having to look at it as it is.

Unit1 Introduction to Conceptual Illustrations: From Concept to Illustration. The process of creating
concept based illustrations, Developing the siege and corralling the idea using a net of concepts
Creative Thinking: Ways to enhance creative thinking skill Research, Ideation : Ways to creative
conceptual ideas for illustration. Digital tools and techniques to digitize illustration. The practical
& theoretical aspect of conceptual illustrations.

Unit2 Identifying or extracting the concepts to work with Conceptual illustration for primary concepts,
Math rhyme, songs & stories reinforce number & counting concepts. Extract ideas from a given
text. Focus on the main points of the story, but also pay attention to details of the text that have
the potential of being a good creative starting point.

Unit3 Sketching the idea / Identifying or extracting the concepts to Work and for editorial/ advertising
poster, book cover, T shirt and personal. Impressive conceptual illustration that are both
complex and minimalistic with a perfect balance between editorial & advertising for Newspapers,
articles for social topics, and magazines. To serve the two purposes to provide meaning and
Commentary. Give publication its personality.

Unit4 Giving Wings to Concepts Visual story telling; Story board/ Conceptual illustration in sequence
for the purpose of pre – visualizing a motion picture, motion graphic or interactive media
sequence, line of action for feature films, advertising commercials..

For all the units the final execution may be done using computer keeping in view for reproduction.

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. The Art OfMulan: Sunny Apinchapong-Yang.

2. The Art Of Robots:Pixar’s Daisuke “Dce” Tsutsumi

BFA AA17B6.2C ADVERTISING PHOTOGRAPHY

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
7 1 5 P P 50 50 100

Photography is a rapidly evolving field, and photographic tastes continue to change with the
technology. Photography, like all other assets in a project or advertising campaign must function in the
service of a strategy.

Unit 1 Understanding the advertising photography, importance of photograph in advertising. Study of

various techniques for advertising photography

Unit 2 Advertising Photography for various products, Still life, food and product photography - portraits
and fashion.

Page 25 of 34
Unit 3 Conceptual Photography for various products and services. Indoor and outdoor photography.

Unit 4 Planning and execution of advertising photography for the different print media like posters,
press layouts, outdoor media, with the help of image editing software.

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. Advanced Digital Photography-Tom Ang

2. The Photographer's Mind- Michael Freeman
3. The Photographer's Eye - Michael Freeman

BFA AA17B6.3C MINI PROJECT

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
7 1 6 P P 50 50 100

Investigate how designs can hold meanings and be introduced to some practical skills which will
develop abilities as a visual communicator. Explore and develop skills in design, illustration and
typography.

Unit 1 Detailed study of the selected social cause (Social Ad) such as population control, blood
donation, eye donation, eradicating child labor, adult education, etc.

Unit 2 Collecting relevant data, planning and design of at least 3 formats for indoor media and 3
formats for outdoor media.

Unit 3 Planning and strategy, identifying the target audience, visualizing various concepts, writing the
required copy.

Unit 4 Execution of the final design must be done with the prior approval of the guide and assessment
is through a presentation.

Produce a portfolio:

For all the units the final execution may be done using computer keeping in view for reproduction.

Note: Head of the department will allot a guide to the students

During assessment the student must present his/her project.

BFA AA17B6.4C ADVERTISING OPERATIONS

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
3 2 1 P W 50 50 100

Unit 1 The Advertising Department – The Market, The Marketing Policy, Marketing department, Public
Relations Department, Advertising budget & planning.

Unit 2 Advertising Agency and Operations / In House.– How Agency Operates, The Account Executive,
Securing the Client and selling agency services.

Page 26 of 34
Unit 3 Kinds of advertising, public relations, Marketing, Media Planning, client servicing, data collection
and research.

Unit 4 Advertising Plan, The Creative Department, Creative Advertising and Production department

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. Advertising Art & Ideas – Dr. G.M.Rege

2. History of Graphic Design – Phillips Megg.

ELECTIVE – 4
Student’s choice of a PE (Professional Elective) may be from:
1. Courses offered by the PD (Parent Dept.)
2. Courses offered by ODs (Other Depts.) which may be either Core courses offered as ‘Open’ to OD
students or as PEs. But these choices of the student have to be approved by the PD as permitted PEs.
3. Courses available online and listed as Approved / Recommended by the Dept.

Choose any one of the following

1. Digital Image Editing

2. Creative Illustration

BFA AA17B6.1E DIGITAL IMAGE EDITING

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
3 1 2 P P 50 50 100

To provide with the fundamental knowledge of Digital Image Editing software. Manipulations The course
covers preparation of digital files for output and reproduction, color management, color separations, color
proofing,

Unit 1 Digital Imaging: Introduction to Image Editing Application, Bitmap and Vector Images, Creating,
Opening and Closing Files, Changing Canvas Size, Color Mode and Resolution. Understanding
layers, Printing, Selecting Areas, Picking and Selecting Color.

Unit 2 Painting and Drawing, Creating Text, Applying Gradient, Resizing and Reshaping Images,
Manipulating Focus with Blur, Sharpen and Smudge, Adjusting Tone with Dodge, Burn and
Sponge, Cloning and Pattern Creation with Rubber Stamp.

Unit 3 Creating paths, Using masks, working with layers, using channels, applying filters, creating
special image effects and type effects, correcting image color, coloring images.

Unit 4 Using light and shadows, creating vignettes, borders and backgrounds, retouching and
repairing, working with brushes, using action palette.

For all the units the final execution may be done using computer keeping in view for reproduction.

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. “Digital Image Processing” - Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Wood

Page 27 of 34
 2. “Image Processing, Analysis and Machine Vision” - Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac and Roger Boyle
3. “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing” - Anil K. Jain

BFA AA17B6.2E CREATIVE ILLUSTRATION

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
3 1 2 P P 50 50 100

Professional applications in drawing and illustration related to traditional, technology, industry

specific problems. Practice and develop with main objectives in the advanced course to further develop
skills and proficiency as illustrators exploring new media. Development of personal style and an evolution
of work quality will be constantly groomed.

Unit 1 Illustration of stories, cartoons/realistic/photography, illustration for books, magazines and allied
publication, sequences of sketches and finished artwork from stories of Epics.

Unit 2 Planning and visualizing an Ad-film for a given product or service, planning of sequential frames
for storyboard.

Unit 3 Delves into the world of fantasy subjects such as fairy tales, folk tales, myths and legends,
heroic fantasy, science fiction, horror, and supernatural tales. Become familiar with the visual
vocabulary specific to these genres.

Unit 4 Character Design through an emphasis on idea, shape, and structure. The goal is to create
characters that captivate the eye, provoke the mind, and pull the viewer into their world and to
breathe life into the characters through drawing.

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. Creative Illustration- Andrew Loomis (Illustrations)

OPEN ELECTIVE - 4

Student’s choice of a OE (Open Elective) may be from:

1. Any of the listed courses on offer in the University provided the timetables facilitate and the PD
‘admits/registers’ the student for the course.
2. Any of the online courses available.
3. Any course in any other institution recognized by the UGC / AICTE / State Govt. / MHRD, etc. statutory
acts or provisions.

IV YEAR – I SEMESTER
BFA AA17B7.1C ADVANCE ILLUSTRATION
Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
7 1 6 P P 50 50 100

As in illustration creative solving and image making is an aspect of an illustrator that required
practice and development. Main objectives in the advanced course will further develop skills and
proficiency as illustrators exploring new media..

Unit 1 Story based for advertisements film-Series for Animation-Technical Illustration.

Page 28 of 34
Unit 2 Perspective Illustration in various media and different techniques-product finishing –background
and other special effects.

Unit 3 Illustrations for comics, creating caricatures, illustration for lifestyle. Illustration focuses on the
methods,manners, techniques, and presentation in lifestyle.

Unit 4 Fashion Illustration, fantasies reflecting pop culture and communicating desires. Encouraged
and guided to complete their portfolios and prepare a cohesive body of work.

For all the units the final execution may be done using computer keeping in view for reproduction.

Produce a portfolio:

RecommendedBooks:

1. Cartooning: The Ultimate Character Design Book by Christopher Hart.

2. Fashion Illustration Techniques: A Super Reference Book for Beginners by ZeshuTakamura
3. The Art of Perspective: The Ultimate Guide for Artists in Every MediumAuthor Phil Metzger

BFA AA17B7.2C AD FILM MAKING

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
7 1 6 P P 50 50 100

Introduction to the Ad world, corporate branding, grammar of Ad- film making skilled
understanding of concepts, filming and a mind ever ready to learn in bringing out a product to life giving an
identity and establishing a connect with consumers

Unit 1 Understanding AD films, study of Ad-film equipment, Ad-film design techniques. Preparation
of script and shooting, schedule f or commercial Ad /music video and submission.

Unit 2 Planning a story board, executing the story board for day-to-day products.Arranging technical
characters, location, commencement of shooting and script.

Unit 3 Working and shooting with video cameras, shooting and basics of editing, titling, music,
rendering, special eff ects, output and release of Film

Unit 4 Visiting and live demonstrations of professional Ad-film studios. Conceptualize an idea for a
service or a product and make a story board along with the pre- requisites and execute the
same.

References:

1. Commercial Ads on TV & Films

2. DVD OR CD f rom Resource Libraries.
3. W eb Resources.
4. Creation of Titles ,Special Effects, Rendering, Output.

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. FCP Catalogue
2. Web Resources.
3. Peach pit Publications on FCP

Page 29 of 34
BFA AA17B7.3C ADVANCED TYPOGRAPHY
Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
7 1 6 P P 50 50 100

This course focuses on using images and type to communicate visually. The course will build on
typographic, compositional and imaging skills that have started to develop in earlier classes. The design of
series, sequences and publications will extend the potential of image/type relationships.

Advanced Typography is a further exploration of expressive visual communication of words. Both the
fundamental legibility of ‘the invisible art’ and over the expression through type will be addressed.

Unit 1 Semantic Typography - Type manipulation, three-dimensional typography, expressive

typography, typographic poster etc. our verbal culture is documented and expressed through
typography. In the publication design assignment, create a functional organization of complex
information through effective hierarchy and typographic expression.

Unit 2 Type Design – Designing grid for a new typeface, various considerations experimenting with
various styles and sizes, gain broader experience in the selection and arrangement of type for
effective legibility and readability and enhance skills for shaping verbal messages through
typographic design

Unit 3 Text and Image, Composition of visual information using grid structures to integrate text / image,
informational / expressive aspects of Graphic Design, hierarchical relationships of visual
elements, methods of text layout to enhance communication. Text and Image considers the
inter-relationships between pictures and words and how they communicate visually and literally
using design principles and elements.

Unit 4 Emphasis is placed on series, sequences and narrative using print-oriented media.
Page layout and pagination are considered in the context of publication design challenges.
Some exposure to off-set printing technology (digital image file types, CMYK and Pantone color
systems, paper terminology and binding structures) is imparted through an applied project.

For all the units the final execution may be done using computer keeping in view for reproduction.

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. Typographies: A Manual of Design Hardcover – March 1, 2001-by Emil Ruder

2. Type Team: Perfect Typeface Combinations Paperback – March 16, 2015-by Tony Seddon.
3. Type: A Visual History of Typefaces & Graphic Styles Hardcover – September 15, 2013-by Alston
W. Purvis, Jan Tholenaar
4. The Evolution of Type: A Graphic Guide to 100 Landmark Typefaces Hardcover – August 14,
2015-by Tony Seddon
5. New Perspectives in Typography Paperback – October 13, 2015-by Scott Williams
6. Typographic Design Paperback – Import, 29 Sep 2014-by Rob Carter

Page 30 of 34
BFA AA17B7.4C SEMINAR

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL

6 2 4 O J 50 50 100

Lectures with guest speakers, working professionals in the areas of Illustration, Design, Animation
etc. invited guest will address a variety of topic from copy write issues, how to work with design in print and
electronic media. Other topics include portfolio design. Each student will work on a project tailored his/her
individual professional goals to get the professional mileage out of this seminar.

BFA AA17B7.5C CAMPAIGN PLANNING

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
3 2 1 T W 50 50 100

Unit 1 What is Campaign? Campaign Objectives, Factors influencing the planning of an Advertising
Campaign.
Unit 2 The purpose of the campaign, three basic principles of campaign planning.

Unit 3 Basic principles of planning, importance of target audience and financial aspects of campaign.

Unit 4 Media, various media available, selection appropriate media, media plan, dynamism of media,
major media analysis, building brand Image.

Produce a portfolio:

Recommended Books:

1. Advertising Art & Ideas – Dr. G.M. Rege

2. Advertising Excellence -

ELECTIVE – 4
Student’s choice of a PE (Professional Elective) may be from:
1. Courses offered by the PD (Parent Dept.)
2. Courses offered by ODs (Other Depts.) which may be either Core courses offered as ‘Open’ to OD
students or as PEs. But these choices of the student have to be approved by the PD as permitted PEs.
3. Courses available online and listed as Approved / Recommended by the Dept.

Choose any one of the following

1. UI & UX Designing
2. Video Shooting and Editing

Page 31 of 34
BFA AA17B7.1E UI & UX DESIGNING
Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
3 1 2 P P 50 50 100

UI/UX design is an essential component of today’s design landscape. This course examines the
leading concepts of user-centered design through readings, discussions and assignments. Practical
concerns include methodologies for rapid prototyping and developing an interactive project from an
abstract idea to a finished minimum viable product. Students will gain an understanding of the tools and
issues surrounding usability on the Web and mobile, and the various concerns involved in interactivity in
general.

Unit 1 What is User Experience? Distinction between UX and UI.UX Designers in the field UI Design
Guideline for Android, IOS, Windows, UI Design Pattern, Navigation, Gestures, UI Resolution,
Grids, Typo, Iconography, UI Design Principle, UI Design Guideline for Wearable, Digital Mood
Board.

Unit 2 User Research and Planning User Research, User Centered Design process, User’s point of
view to solve a problem. To analyze, prioritize, and think strategically about content, create
better user experiences. UX Design Process, Heuristics, Differentiator, Storyboarding, Paper
prototyping, Conceptualization, Ethnographic Study.

Unit 3 Sketching, Wire framing, Prototyping and Visual Designing. User Interface Design/UI Design
focuses on anticipating what users might need to do and ensuring that the interface has
elements that are easy to access, understand, and use to facilitate those actions. Basics of
Interaction Design, UI Design Delivery Techniques, Specification Creation, Conversion
Techniques, Asset Slicing.

Unit 4 Navigational Design: Compositional Design, Visual Design, User Interface Specification and
Design Guide, Design thinking, Product lockdown, Industry Segment Designing- e- commerce,
Automotive, Consumer, Enterprise, lot, AR.

Produce a portfolio: Project Put together everything for a portfolio-worthy Project a key part of the
curriculum. Pick a project of your interest targeted to a specific client (real or imaginary). Using the UX
techniques and create a project that has been vetted by an industry professional.

Recommended Books:
1. The UX Book
2. Smashing UX Design
3. The User Experience Team of One
4. Sketching User Experiences: The Workbook

BFA AA17B7.2E VIDEO SHOOTING & EDITING

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
3 1 2 P P 50 50 100

Focuses on manipulating and rearranging video shots to create a new work.Editing is usually
considered to be one part of the post production process - other post-production tasks include titling, color
correction, sound mixing.

Unit 1 Video Shooting techniques: Camera and its controls for video shooting. Techniques involved in
chrome key shooting.

Page 32 of 34
Unit 2 Assembling the timeline(video editing)Editing from the Bin- Cutting down Your Sequence -
Navigating the Timeline- Thinking Nonlinearly - Trimming Fundamentals - Methods of Trimming -
Types of Trim.

Unit 3 Import and Exporting, introduction to effects, Conforming and Finishing importing and Exporting
Motion Video, Types of Effects -Effect Design - Rendering – Key frames.

Unit 4 Introduction to Color Correction: The Color-Correction Interface- Color-Correction Workflow - Color
Correcting with Curves

Unit 5 Introduction to Sound Editing: Understanding Sound Editing fundamentals,Recording audio.

OPEN ELECTIVE - 5

Student’s choice of a OE (Open Elective) may be from:

1. Any of the listed courses on offer in the University provided the timetables facilitate and the PD
‘admits/registers’ the student for the course.
2. Any of the online courses available.
3. Any course in any other institution recognized by the UGC / AICTE / State Govt. / MHRD, etc. statutory
acts or provisions.

IV YEAR - II SEMESTER

BFA AA17B8.1C INTERNSHIP

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
8 8 O J 50 50 100

The internship course caters to build a broader perspective beyond academics and therefore
practice working in professional design advertising related offices either private office or government
organization. The organization should specialize in design consultancy services, manufacturing or
designing of products. Duration of the internship should not be less than 12 weeks / 90 working days
during the academic semester.

Unit 1 Students have to undergo practical training for a period of 8 weeks in any of the reputed
Advertising agencies, IT firms or Studios in anywhere in India of their own choice.

Unit 2 The student has to submit the copy of the designs done during the Practical Training to the
department for assessment.

Unit 3 One staffmember must visit the place where the student has trained and assess the student’s
sincerity.

Unit 4 Mentoring will be done by both industry and faculty guide.

BFA AA17B8.2C THESIS/DISSERTATION

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
7 7 O J 100 100 200

Page 33 of 34
 Research and Communication Skills: Key aspects of research and communication studies in
academic contexts relevant to design. To locate, understand and critically evaluate information from
books, journals, and the Internet and primary sources in order to do effective research. Using sources of
information produce an extended piece of analytical writing. Skills in doing primary research (i.e.
conducting focus groups and surveys), accessing and evaluating information, paraphrasing, using
established referencing systems.

Unit 1 A report on any topic relevant to design with data collection, analysis under the guidance of a
guide.The final report should follow the university format of dissertation.

Unit 2 The presentation should have interesting visuals with necessary data.

Note: Head of the department will allot a guide to the students .

During assessment the student must present his/her Thesis/Dissertation.

BFA AA17B8.3C PROJECT – FINAL

Cr, L, S/F,P/T/O ,W/S/J/P INT EXT TOTAL
15 15 O J 100 200 300

A strong professional portfolio provides an important foundation for the development of a

successful future design career. A theoretical and practical overview of graphic design in visual
communication will strengthen design skills through exploration of the fundamentals of design.

Unit 1 Preparing a complete Advertising campaign for an entirely new product to be introduced in a
specified market. Topic based exploration

Unit 2 The student must take guidance of an Internal Guide and an External guide. The student should
select an external guide from any reputed Ad. Agency/a Firm.

Unit 3 The student must strictly follow the procedure of a Campaign planning. The ideas and visuals
must be his/her own. All the necessary formats must be attempted.

Note: Head of the department will allot a guide to the students

During assessment the student must present his/her project.

Page 34 of 34
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY
Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad – 500 028.

Academic Regulations for B.F.A. (Painting)

(Under the CBCS, Effective from the Academic Year 2017-2018)

Preamble:

JNAFAU’s Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) aims to provide enhanced learning opportunities
based on the individual interests and abilities of the students by enabling them to choose from the
wide range of elective courses on offer at any of the ten faculties of this university or anywhere else
including from approved online platforms like the MHRD’s SWAYAM or MOOCs.

These regulations are subject to amendments as may be decided by the Academic Council /
Committee of the University from time to time. Any or all such amendments will be effective from such
date and to such batches of students (including those already in the middle of the program) as may
be decided by the Academic Council / Committee.

1. Definitions

1.1. Academic Year: Two consecutive (one odd + one even) semesters constitute one
academic year.
1.2. Semester: Each semester will consist of 90 actual teaching days. In a bi-semester
system, an academic year consists of two semesters. The odd semesters may be
scheduled from June/July to November/ December, and even semester from
November/December to April/May.
1.3. Program: An educational program leading to award of a Degree in a discipline.
1.4. Discipline means Branch or Specialization. Eg. in B.F.A. Degree Program, like Painting,
Applied Art, Sculpture and Photography, etc..
1.5. Course: Usually referred as a ‘subject’ offered under the degree program, is a component
of a program. Each course is identified by a unique course code and course title. All
courses need not carry the same weight. A course may be designed to comprise lectures/
studio/tutorials/ laboratory work/ fieldwork/ outreach activities/ project work/vocational
training /viva /seminars /term papers/ assignments/ presentations/ self-study etc. or a
combination of some of these.
1.6. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS): The CBCS provides choice for students to select
from the prescribed courses (professional or general elective courses).
1.7. Credit: Credit defines the quantum of content/syllabus prescribed for the course. It
determines the number of periods of instruction required per week. One credit is normally
equivalent to one period of teaching (lecture or tutorial or studio) per week.
1.8. Credit Point: It is the product of grade point and number of credits for a course.
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

1.9. Credit Based Semester System (CBSS): Under the CBSS, the requirement for awarding
degree or diploma or certificate is prescribed in terms of number of credits to be completed
by the students.
1.10. Director of Evaluation (DE) means the Authority of the University who is responsible for
all activities of the End Semester Examinations of the University Departments
1.11. Director, Academic and Planning (DAP) means the authority of the University who is
responsible for all academic activities for the implementation of relevant rules and
regulations.
1.12. Grade Point: It is a numerical weight allotted to each letter grade on a 10-point scale.
1.13. Letter Grade: It is an index of the performance of students in a said course. Grades are
denoted by letters A+, A, B, C, D, E, F.
1.14. Re-admission: Process required to continue the program requirement when student is
detained in a course due to shortage of attendance
1.15. Re-registration: Process required to continue the program requirement when student has
satisfactory attendance, but has failed in a course and wishes to improve performance in
internal assessment as well as end semester external examinations.
1.16. Re-appearance/ supplementary examinations; Process required to continue the
program requirement when student has satisfactory attendance, but has failed in a course
and wishes to improve performance only in end semester external examinations.
1.17. Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA): It is a measure of performance of work done in
a semester. It is ratio of total credit points secured by a student in various courses
registered in a semester and the total course credits taken during that semester. It shall be
expressed upto two decimal places.
1.18. Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA): It is a measure of overall cumulative
performance of a student over all semesters. The CGPA is the ratio of total credit points
secured by a student in various courses in all semesters and the sum of the total credits of
all courses in all the semesters. It is expressed up to two decimal places.
1.19. Transcript or Grade Card or Certificate: Based on the grades earned, a grade certificate
shall be issued to all the registered students after every semester. The grade certificate
will display the course details (code, title, marks, number of credits, grades secured) along
with SGPA of that semester and CGPA earned till that semester.

2. Title of Program: The undergraduate degree program in Painting titled as Bachelor of Fine Arts
(Painting) will be abbreviated to B.F.A. (Painting).

3. Admission
3.1. Admissions to B.F.A. (Painting) program will be made through a common entrance
examination conducted by JNAFAU.

3.2. The rules of reservation and fee particulars will be in accordance with the orders of the
Government of Telangana and seats earmarked for International students /national
Integration will be made in accordance with the rules issued by AICTE/MHRD/State
Government, as applicable.

3.3. Admission on migration of a candidate from any other University to the University is not
permitted.

3.4. No lateral admission into the programs is permitted.

2
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

4. Program Structure

4.1. Category of Courses: The program shall have a curriculum with syllabi consisting of
courses as prescribed by the Board of Studies, and broadly categorized under:
4.1.1. Compulsory Core (CC) which may include foundation as well as advanced
Visual Arts / Science & Technology / interdisciplinary courses deemed to be the
core learning required for the discipline. These courses are part of the core
requirement to complete the program of study. A core course cannot be
substituted by any other course. A core course offered in this discipline may be
treated as a Professional or Open Elective by other programs.

4.1.2. Professional Electives (PE) courses which are elective courses relevant to the
discipline. An Elective course is generally a course that can be chosen from a
pool of courses and may be:
 Very specific or specialized or advanced to the discipline/ subject of study
 Supportive to the discipline/subject of study
 Providing an expanded scope
 Enabling an exposure to some other discipline/subject/domain
 Nurturing candidate’s interests/proficiency/skill

4.1.3. Open Electives (OE) chosen generally from an unrelated discipline/ subject,
with an intention to seek exposure/ add generic proficiency. These may include
Liberal Arts courses, Humanities and Social Science courses, etc. They may
include courses offered by other departments/ programs.

4.1.4. Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC). These are mandatory courses based
upon content that lead to general knowledge and soft skills enhancement, such
as, Environmental Studies, Communication Skills, Value Education, etc.

4.2. Co-Curricular Activity / Extension Activity (EA) (for all round development) :

4.2.1. It is compulsory for every student to participate in any one of the following
programs like NCC/NSS/Sports/YRC/ University’s Pro-bono project activity/ any
national or international student camp /any other community development
activity listed by the University and acquire a ”satisfactory” grade to be
considered eligible for award of a degree.

4.2.2. The above activities shall be conducted primarily outside the regular working
hours of the University (except for full days/week camps).

4.2.3. The student’s performance shall be examined by the faculty in-charge of the
relevant extension activity along with the head/ coordinator of the department/
activity.

4.2.4. Physically challenged students who are unable to participate in any of the above
activities shall be required to take a test in the theoretical aspects of any one of
the above activity and be graded and certified accordingly.

3
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

4.3. Credit Based System: The academic curriculum of the program follows a credit based
system wherein the course content is expressed in number of credits.

4.3.1. Credit defines the quantum of content/ syllabus prescribed for the course, along
with an indication of the importance of the course. Thus, for all Compulsory Core
Courses it is determined by the number of periods of instruction (lectures/
tutorials/ studio/ practical / fieldwork) required per week to complete the course
in a single semester.
1 period of direct teaching per week (Theory / Tutorial/ Studio/ Practical) = 1
credit

4.3.2. In the case of other courses like the Electives and the AEC courses, the credits
are based on their level of importance as decided by the Board of Studies and as
described in their respective course structure.

4.3.3. Every student shall be required to opt for the electives from the list of electives
offered. Students can also opt for the electives from any of the other Programs,
besides his / her own discipline courses, or even do online courses subject to the
respective Program specific regulations.

4.4. Pre-requisites: Some of the courses may have pre-requisites (i.e. the student may be
required to have registered and attended the course specified as a pre-requisite.)

4.5. Online Courses: Students may be permitted, with the prior approval of the Department
and the Director, Academic and Planning (DAP), to take online courses through SWAYAM
or MOOCs or any other approved online facility, in lieu of the Electives (both PE and OE)
offered in the University, and become eligible for credit transfer.

4.6. Types of Courses and Learning Source

Types of Courses Learning Source
Compulsory Core (CC) Parent Department (PD)
Professional Elective (PE) PD / ODPD,/ Ponline
Ability Enhancement Course (AEC) PD / OD / online
Open Elective (OE) PD / OD / online
Extension Activity (EA) PD / OD / online.
Note: PD = Parent Department; OD = Other Departments / Institutions / Universities

5. Duration of Program

5.1. A student is normally expected to complete the Program in 4 years (8 Semesters) but in
any case not more than 8 years.

5.2. Each semester shall normally consist of 90 teaching days (excluding end semester
examination days).

5.3. The total duration for completion of the program reckoned from the commencement of
the first semester to which the student was admitted shall not exceed the maximum
duration specified in clause 5.1 irrespective of the reasons (which could include break of

4
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

study for personal reasons or suspension/ detention due to disciplinary action, etc.) in
order that the student may be eligible for the award of the degree.

6. Enrolment / Registration for choice of Electives:

6.1. Each student on admission shall be deemed to have registered for all the courses
prescribed in the curriculum in the student’s first Semester of study.

6.2. Each student shall be deemed to have registered for all the compulsory core and
other mandatory (AECC) courses of every semester that he/she is promoted to, on the
payment of the requisite fees.

6.3. However, as per the course structure, whenever electives are offered, students have to
enroll and register for elective courses of their choice – both professional and open
electives. Every student is expected to attend the orientation event in their college, read
the list of electives on offer, check for the pre-requisites, consult the faculty members,
understand the choices and the process, and then select their choice of elective courses.

6.4 Before the end of the semester, as specified in the academic calendar, every student shall
enroll (which is like a pre-registration or intent to take a course) by selecting the preferred
first, second and third choice of electives out of the elective course/s to be offered during
the succeeding semester. The list of Electives to be offered by all the departments during
the succeeding semester as well as the approved online courses will be displayed by the
department/ University at least 10 working days before the last instruction day of the
semester.

6.5 On the day of commencement of the semester, the departments shall put up the list of
electives allotted to the students enrolled, based on the departments’ discretion and
physical capacities, with first preference given to the students from the parent department
and later, considering a first come first and/or CGPA basis for students from other
departments. However, students who have registered for a course previously are allowed
to re-register for courses for which the student has not enrolled, if these are the courses in
which the student has failed.

6.6 The students shall register (which is effected only on their choice of elective being
approved) for the courses within the deadline given in the academic calendar.

6.7 It is mandatory for every student to register for the elective courses, in a Registration form,
which (s)he plans to take up for the semester. The form is prepared in triplicate: student
copy; department copy and Exam Section copy. The students shall submit the department
copy and Exam Section copy to the parent department offering the elective and retain the
student copy for the records. The Exam Section copy shall be forwarded by the parent
department offering the elective. In case the student is not from the same department
offering the elective, another copy shall be submitted to the student’s parent department.

6.8 After registering for a course, a student shall attend the classes, satisfy the attendance
requirements, earn Internal Assessment marks and appear for the End Semester
Examinations.

5
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

6.9 If a student has to ‘re-register’ for some core courses (refer clause 11) in a semester,
he/she can drop one or more of elective courses before the end of 2nd week of the
semester.

6.10 All circulars and notices may be scrolled in the University web-site. The information on list of
all the courses offered in every department specifying the course code, course title, credits,
the prerequisites, the instructor who is offering the course and the time slot may be made
available on the University website.

6.11 To enable the students to choose electives from across the departments, the DAP shall in
consultation with all the departments, facilitate the announcement of a common time-slot for
the elective periods in the time tables of the departments.

6.12 No elective course shall be commenced unless a minimum of 10 students are registered.

7. Attendance Requirements

7.1 A student has to put in a minimum of 75% of attendance, in aggregate of all the courses
registered in the semester (excluding approved online elective courses) for becoming
eligible to register for the end examinations and for acquiring credits in each semester.

7.2 Shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and above, and below 75%) in
each semester may be condoned by the college academic committee on genuine and
valid grounds, based on the student’s representation with supporting evidence.

7.3 Condonation of shortage of attendance as stipulated above, shall not be automatic but on
the merits of the case to the satisfaction of the College Academic Committee.

7.4 A stipulated fee shall be payable along with the application for condonation

7.5 Shortage of attendance below 65% in aggregate shall in no case be condoned.

7.6 A student will not be promoted to the next semester unless the attendance requirement
of the present semester is satisfied. In case of such detention the student is not eligible to
take the End Examination of that semester and the course registration shall stand
cancelled. The student shall seek re admission for that semester when offered next.

7.7 In the case of re-registration (clauses 11.4 to 11.7) for a course/s, the attendance
requirement is not applicable.

8. Assessment

8.1 Performance in each course shall be evaluated as prescribed in the respective

semester’s course structure and syllabus. As a general pattern, 50% of the marks in a
course are through internal assessment and 50% through end semester examinations.
A few courses may have 100% of the assessment purely through internal assessment.
The thesis, the internship/ practical training courses and some of the studio courses are
assessed through a jury and viva-voce for the end semester examination.

8.2 The course teacher shall, keeping the approved academic calendar in view, formulate
6
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

and display the course plan and internal assessment schedules at the commencement
of the semester.

8.3 Every teacher is required to maintain an ‘Attendance and Assessment Record’ for every
semester which consists of attendance marked in each class, and the assessment
marks, separately for each course handled by the teacher. This should be submitted to
the Head of the Department periodically (after every four weeks of instruction in a
semester). The Head of the Department will affix his/her signature and date after due
verification. At the end of the semester, the record should be verified by the Head of the
Department who shall submit this document to the University Examination Section.

8.4 The compiled progressive internal assessment marks and attendance of the students
shall be put up/ displayed once in every four weeks so as to officially inform the
students.

8.5 In case a student misses the assessment due to medical reasons (hospitalization /
accident / specific illness) or due to participation in the College / University / State /
National / International level sports or any other event/s with prior permission from the
Head of the Department, a reassessment may be given after getting approval from the
Head of the Department through the concerned course teacher or coordinator.

8.6 Assessment for Online Course: In case of credits earned through approved online
modes, the credits and grades shall be assigned by a committee consisting of Head of
the Department or a teacher nominated by the HoD and a senior faculty member
nominated by the DAP.

8.7 A student can apply for revaluation of the his/her end semester examination answer
paper in a written or drawing exam, within 2 weeks from the declaration of results, on
payment of a prescribed fee along with prescribed application to the DE through proper
channel, through the Head of Department. Revaluation is not permitted for other courses
(Studio /laboratory course / thesis/ internship, where assessment is through a jury or
viva-voce.

9. Award of Letter Grades

9.1 The performance of a student will be reported using letter grades, each carrying certain
points as detailed in the following table:

7
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

S. % of Marks Letter Grade

No. Minimum Maximum Grade Points
1. 90.00 100.00 A+ 10
2. 80.00 89.99 A 9
3. 70.00 79.99 B 8
4. 60.00 69.99 C 7
5. 50.00 59.99 D 6
6. 40.00 49.99 E 5
7. 00.00 39.99 F 0
SA 0
Ab 0

SA = shortage of attendance and hence prevented from writing end semester

examination.
Ab = Absent for End semester examination
Example of assignment of letter grade and grade points for marks:
Int. End Total Grade Grade
Course Code Course Title Marks Exam point
History of Visual
PA17B3.1C Arts & Aesthetics– 22 25 47 E 5
III [Indian]
Pictorial
PA17B3.2C 39 41 80 A 9
Composition -I
PA17B3.3C Portrait Painting - I 37 34 71 B 8
PA17B3.4C Print making-I 29 30 59 D 6
PA17B3.5E Elective -1 25 24 49 E 5

9.2. A student who earns at least an E grade in a subject is declared to have successfully
completed the subject, and is deemed to have earned the credits assigned to that
subject. A subject successfully completed cannot be repeated.

9.3. Students who fail to appear for end semester examinations will be marked as ‘Ab’
(Absent) and should register for supplementary examination by paying the prescribed
fees.

9.4. For the Co-curricular activities such as National Cadet Corps (NCC)/ National Service
Scheme (NSS) / NSO / YRC, a satisfactory / not satisfactory grading will appear in the
mark sheet. A satisfactory grade in the above co-curricular activities is compulsory for the
award of degree.

10. Academic Requirements: The following academic requirements have to be satisfied, in

addition to the attendance requirements mentioned in clause 7.

8
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

10.1 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned
the credits allotted to each subject/ course, if the student secures not less than 40%
marks in the semester end examination, and a minimum of 40% of marks in the sum
total or aggregate of the Internal Assessment and Semester End Examination taken
together; in terms of letter grades, this implies securing ‘E’ grade or above in that
subject/ course.

10.2 A student failing in any course on the first attempt, will not be eligible for any awards,
and/or distinctions including the award of Distinction at the end of the course.

10.3 A student eligible to appear in the end semester examination for any course, but
absent from it or failed (thereby failing to secure ‘E’ grade or above) may reappear for
that course in the supplementary examination as and when conducted. In such
cases, the internal marks assessed earlier for that course will be carried over, and
added to the marks obtained in the end semester supplementary examination for
evaluating performance in that course.

11. Promotion between Semesters:

11.1. A student shall be promoted from odd to even semester if the minimum requirement of
attendance as in clause 7 is fulfilled.

11.2. A student shall be promoted from even to odd semester, if the minimum requirement of
attendance as in clause 7 is fulfilled and if he/she has secured the credits as specified
in the following table.

11.3. Table indicating promotion requirements from even to odd semesters:

From 2nd sem. to 3rd sem. Secured at least 15 credits in the 1st sem.
From 4 sem. to 5 sem.
th th Secured all the credits upto 2nd sem. and at least another
15 credits in the 3rd sem. (Total at least 75 credits)
From 6 sem. to 7 sem.
th th Secured all the credits upto 4th sem. and at least another 15
credits in the 5th sem. (Total at least 135 credits)

12. Re-admission and Re-registration

12.1 A student detained in a semester due to shortage of attendance, may be re-admitted

when the same semester is offered in the next academic year for fulfillment of
academic requirements. In such cases of readmission, the student may choose to be
readmitted in the same or any other Professional Elective or Open Elective course.

12.2 The academic regulations under which student has been readmitted shall be
applicable. No grade allotments or SGPA/ CGPA calculations will be done for the
entire semester in which student has been detained.

12.3 A student detained due to lack of credits, shall be promoted to the next academic
year only after acquiring the required academic credits. The academic regulations
under which student has been readmitted shall be applicable to him.

9
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

12.4 If the course, in which the student has failed, is a professional elective or an open
elective, the student may be permitted to register for the same or any other
professional elective or open elective course in the subsequent semesters, attend the
classes and fulfill the attendance requirements as per Clause 7.

12.5 A student who fails to fulfill the minimum academic requirements in any course may
be permitted the option of re-registering in that subject only if the internal
assessment marks are less than 40%, so as to enable him to improve/redo and
resubmit the work for internal evaluation. In such cases of re-registration, the
student’s previous performance both in the internal evaluation and end evaluation in
the particular subject/s shall stand cancelled and he/she shall be required to appear
for the end semester evaluation,(end examination and /or external jury as the case
may be), again.

12.6 The maximum number of courses a student may be permitted for ‘re-registration’ in a
semester, is limited to either of the following: one studio course and two non-studio
courses/ two studio courses / three non-studio cases. Re- registration of any course
should be done within 15 days from the date of commencement of class work. A
stipulated fee shall be payable towards re registration in any subject.

12.7 The student may attend classes for the re-registration courses, if the student wishes.
However, the attendance requirement is not compulsory for such courses.

12.8 If a student fails in a professional elective or an open elective, the student may re-
register for the same or register for any other professional elective or open elective
course respectively.

13. SGPA and CGPA Calculation

13.1. After the results are declared, Grade Sheets will be issued to each student which will
contain the list of courses registered during the semester and the performance in
each with the following details:

 marks obtained in the internal assessment and end semester

examinations and the resultant Letter Grades;
 the credits earned in that semester and the cumulative credits;
 in the case of odd semester grade sheets, the results “promoted to” / “not
promoted to” the immediately subsequent odd semester as per clause
11.3;
 the Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) for the semester;
 the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of all courses registered
from first semester onwards.

13.2. Grade Points: The grade points obtained in a subject multiplied by the credits for
that subject will be the weighted grade points.

Weighted Grade Points (W) = c * g

10
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Where ‘c’ is the number of credits assigned for the subject and ‘g’ is the Grade
Point obtained as per the Table in clause 9.1 above.

13.4. SGPA: The sum of the weighted grade points divided by the total number of credits
in a semester will result in the Semester Grade Point Average or SGPA.

SGPA = ∑cigi/∑ci i = 1 to n

Where n is the number of subjects registered for in the semester, ‘c’ is the number
fo credits allotted to a particular subject, and ‘g’ is the grade-point obtained by the
student.
An example follows:

W.Grade
Course Code Course Title Credits Grade Points
PA17B3.1C History of Visual Arts & Aesthetics– III [Indian] 3 7 21
PA17B3.2C Pictorial Composition -I 8 8 64
PA17B3.3C Portrait Painting - I 8 7 56
PA17B3.4C Print making-I 7 7 49
PA17B3.5E Elective -1 2 6 12
PA17B3.6E Open Elective - 1 2 6 12
Total 30 214
Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) =
Total WGP/ Total credits = 7.13

13.5. CGPA: Starting from the second semester, at the end of each semester, a
Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) will be computed for every student by
dividing the sum of weighted grade point of each subject for all the courses starting
from first semester up to and including the semester under computation, divided by
the sum of credits for all the subjects starting from the first semester up to and
including the semester under consideration.

CGPA = ∑cigi/∑ci where i = 1 to m

Where ‘m’ is the number of subjects registered for in all the semesters from the first
semester up to and including the semester under computation, ‘c’ is the number of
credits allotted to a particular subject, and ‘g’ is the grade-point obtained by the
student as per table in clause 9.1.

13.6. The CGPA would indicate the cumulative performance of the student from the first
semester up to the end of the semester to which it refers. The CGPA and SGPA will
be rounded off to the second decimal place and recorded as such.

13.7. When a student gets the grade ‘F’ in any subject during a semester, the SGPA &

11
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

CGPA from that semester onwards will not be calculated, until such ‘F’ grade(s) has
been substituted by better grades during a subsequent semester.

13.8. For the purpose of computation of the final CGPA, award of the class as in clause 16,
and the award of degree and other honours including awards and medals, the
performance in the best 220 credits only will be taken into account.

14. Eligibility for the Award of Degree: A student shall be eligible for the award of the
“B.F.A.(Painting)” Degree if the following academic regulations are fulfilled:

14.1. Has pursued the program of study for not less than four academic years and not more
than eight academic years.

14.2. Successfully secured at least 220 credits.

14.3. Successfully completed the Extension Activity requirements.

14.4. Has secured a minimum of 5.0 CGPA.

14.5. No disciplinary action is pending against the student.

14.6. Students, who fail to fulfill all the academic requirements for the award of the degree
within eight academic years from the year of their admission, shall forfeit their seat in
the program and their seat shall stand cancelled.

15. Withholding of the results: The results of a student may be withheld if:
15.1. He/she has not cleared any dues to the University/Institution/Hostel.
15.2. A case of disciplinary action against the student is pending disposal.

16. Classification of the Degree Awarded: After a student has satisfied the requirements
prescribed for the completion of the program and is eligible for the award of the B.F.A. (Painting)
Degree, he/she shall be placed in one of the four classes as shown in the Table.
1. 8.0 and above of CGPA and should have cleared each and every subject in a single
First Class with attempt.
Distinction 2. Should have passed the examination in all the courses of all the eight semesters in
the student’s First Appearance within five years, which includes authorized break of
study of one year (clause 17).
3. Withdrawal from examination (as per clause 16) will not be considered as an
appearance.
4. Should NOT have been prevented from writing end semester examination due to
lack of attendance in any of the courses.
Below 8.0 but not less than 7.0 of CGPA and those students who secured a CGPA of
First Class 8.0 and above but have cleared at least one or more subjects in more than one
attempt.
Second Class Below 7.0 CGPA but not less than 6.0
Pass Class Below 6.0 CGPA but not less than 5.0
Note : In all the above cases CGPA shall be calculated from the Grade Points secured for the
best 220 credits

12
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

16.1. A student who is absent in End Semester Examination in a course after having
registered for the same shall be considered to have appeared in that examination
(except approved withdrawal from end semester examinations as per clause 16) for
the purpose of classification.

17. Provision for Withdrawal from Examination:

17.1. A student may, for valid reasons, (medically unfit / unexpected family situations /
sports/ etc.) be granted permission to withdraw from appearing for the end semester
examination in any course or courses in ANY ONE of the semester examinations
during the entire duration of the degree program. The application shall be sent to
Director, Academic and Planning through proper channel, through the Head of the
Department with required documents.

17.2. Withdrawal application shall be valid only if the student is otherwise eligible to write the
examination (Clause 7) and if it is made before the commencement of the end
semester examination in that course or courses and also recommended by the Head of
the Department.

17.3. Withdrawal shall not be considered as an appearance for deciding the eligibility of a
student for First Class with Distinction.

17.4. Withdrawal is permitted for the end semester examinations in the final semester only if
the period of study of the student concerned does not exceed 5 years.

18. Break of Study from the Program

18.1. A student is permitted to go on break of study for a maximum period of one year either
as two breaks of one semester each or as a single break of one year.

18.2. The student wanting a break of study, shall apply to the Director, Academic and
Planning through proper channel, through the Head of the Department, in advance, in
any case, not later than the last date of the first assessment period.

13
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

18.3. The students permitted to rejoin the program after break of study / prevention due to
lack of attendance, shall be governed by the Curriculum and Regulations in force at the
time of rejoining. The students rejoining in new Regulations shall apply to the Director,
Academic and Planning through proper channel, through the Head of the Department
at the beginning of the readmitted semester.

18.4. The total period for completion of the program reckoned from, the commencement of
the first semester to which the student was admitted shall not exceed the maximum
period of eight years, irrespective of the period of break of study in order that the
student may be eligible for the award of the degree (vide clause 14.1).

19. Discipline

19.1. The Head of the Institution shall constitute a disciplinary committee to enquire into acts
of indiscipline and notify the University about the disciplinary action recommended for
approval.

19.2. If a student indulges in malpractice in any of the examinations, the student shall be
liable for punitive action as prescribed by the University from time to time.

20. General

20.1 In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the academic regulations, the
decision of the Vice-Chancellor is final.

20.2 The University may from time to time revise, amend or change the Regulations,
Curriculum, Syllabus and Scheme of examinations.

14
 Department of Painting B.F.A. [Painting] CBCS Course Structure-2017
JNAFAU, Masabtank,
Hyderabad
End
Exam
I Periods per Week Marks Type
Semester
S.No. Course Course Title Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P Remarks*
Code
1 PA17B1.1C Painting –I Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
2 FA17B1.1C Drawing –I Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
3 FA17B1.2C Color Design -I Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
4 SC17B1.1C Sculpture -I Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
5 FA17B1.3C History of Visual Arts& Nil 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W
Aesthetics -I
6 GN17B1.1A English -I Nil 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W
7 GN17B1.2A Environmental Studies -I Nil 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W
30 30 350 350 700
II Semester
1 PA17B2.1C Painting - II PA17B1.1C 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
2 FA17B2.1C Drawing – II FA17B1.1C 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
3 FA17B2.2C Color Design - II FA17B1.2C 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
4 PA17B2.2C Basic Printmaking Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
5 FA17B2.3C History of Visual Arts& FA17B1.3C 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W
Aesthetics - II
6 GN17B2.1A Communication skills GN17B1.1A 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W
7 GN17B2.2A Value Education GN17B1.1A 2 T 2 2 50 050
30 30 350 350 650
1st SEMESTER SYLLABUS

PA17B1.2C PAINTING-I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 6 6 50 50 100 P

Unit-I Understanding mediums and Techniques of paintings. (Opaque, Transparent, Impasto,

Wet on Wet, Wax resist Collage etc.)

Unit-II Exercises based on nature, Example, Trees, Flowers, Bushes, Rocks, Sky and Water

Unit-III Exercises based on manmade objects (Still-life of Artificial, Natural objects Like
Flowers, Fruits, Vegetables etc).

Unit-IV Outdoor study from Nature, introduction to landscape painting in watercolours.

Unit-V Painting practice of individual- Study of birds or animal from Zoo or Natural
surroundings

* Examination will be in water colour medium only.

FA17B1.1C DRAWING-I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 6 6 50 50 100 P
\
Unit-I Understanding line, exercises based on Line. e.g. Straight lines, curved lines, Zigzag
lines etc in Pencil (Black and white), Ink

Unit-II Drawing from Nature. example- Leaves, Flowers, Fruits, Bushes, Plants, Branches and
Trees in black and white and colour pencils.

Unit-III Object drawing of man-made Objects, detail study of light and shade, create an effect
of three-dimensional objects, in black and white & Colour Pencils.

Unit-IV Detail drawing and overlapping of three-dimensional forms like cube, cone, cylinder,
pyramid and sphere in black and white (5 solid shapes)

Unit-V Creative drawing based on lines, forms, textures and objects both Natural and Man-
made etc.

* Examination will be Object Drawing, in pencil on paper.

FA17B1.2C COLOUR & DESIGN-I

 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 6 6 50 50 100 P

Unit-I Study of Primary and Secondary colours based on Colour Wheel

Unit-II Study of Opaque colour, Transparent colour, relationship of Primary, Secondary and
Tertiary colours.

Unit-III Study of Shade wheel, Tints and shades- based on Colour Wheel

Unit-IV Understanding the Tonal values in Black and White and colour. Introduction to Design
by exercises created from motifs derived from Nature
Unit- V Exercises based on colour and design, introducing the Golden rules and division of
space

* Examination will be in Poster colour (Opaque) medium only.

SC17B1.1C SCULPTURE-I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 6 6 50 50 100 P

Unit-I Introduction of sculptural elements and materials to develop the sense of the three-
dimensional Design with Cube, Prism, Sphere, Cylinder.

Unit-II Study of natural and manmade objects in round. Detail drawings of the objects to be
modelled in clay.

Unit-III Introduction to pottery and terracotta coil work or slab work.

Unit-IV Introduction to various materials (Mount board, wire, plywood, and etc.) in round

* Examinations will be in Practical and in clay medium only.

17
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

FA17B1.1A HISTORY OF VISUAL ARTS AND AESTHETICS-I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 W

INTRODUCTION TO INDIAN ART

Unit -I What is Art and Aesthetics? How it has been seen, discussed, and practiced in India

Unit -II Pre-historic art in India. Art of Indus valley Civilization. Early Sculptural Traditions of
Maurya,Sunga, Kushana and Gupta sculpture.
Unit -III Ajanta Murals and subsequent continuation at Bagh, Badami, Ellora and Vijayanagara.
Miniature painting of Mughal, Rajastani and Pahari.

Unit -IV Company painting, British Art schools, Raja Ravi Varma and Bengal School.

Note : In this semester students are supposed to know in brief about Indian art, with a general
introduction to every topic, by studying their distinct formal and thematic contents.
Stress would be on the descriptive formal study.

GN17B1.1 A ENGLISH-I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 W

Unit I Listening:
In this unit you will learn to distinguish the different stages of listening, to listen effectively.
Phonology, stress-marking, Homophones
Unit-II Terminology (subject-enabled):
In this unit, one can learn the vocabulary that is specific to the stream/industry
(terminology) and the overall usage of a word in syntax (sentence). Commonly confused
words
Unit-III Functional Grammar
In this unit, learning of the importance of parts of speech and other aspects of grammar,
learning of syntax formation, phrases & clauses, subject-verb agreement, direct vs indirect
speech, active vs passive voice, question tags will be taught.
Unit-IV Reading :
Reading helps us to discover new things. Books, magazines and even the internet are
great learning tools which require the ability to read and understand what is read.
In this unit, one can develop skill of reference: Dictionary, Thesaurus, Encyclopedia, and
Book reading.
Recommended Books:
1. Communication Skills for Technical Students – T M Farhathullah
2. Essential English – E. Suresh, P. Sreehari, J. Savithri

18
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

GN17B1.2A ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES – I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 W

Course Overview:
A compulsory subject for all the undergraduate students of various discipline highlights significance of
maintaining balance and sustainability of various components of the environment.

Objectives of the Course:

To sensitize the students towards sustainable environment.

Course Contents:

Unit – I

Environmental studies – Introduction: - Definition, scope and importance, Measuring and defining
environmental development indicators.

Unit - II
Environmental and Natural Resources: Renewable and non-renewable resources - Natural resources
and associated problems - Forest resources - Use and over - exploitation, deforestation, case studies
- Timber extraction - Mining, dams and other effects on forest and tribal people - Water resources -
Use and over utilization of surface and ground water - Floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams -
benefits and problems - Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting
and using mineral resources, case studies. - Food resources: World food problems, changes caused
by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water
logging, salinity, case studies. - Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-
renewable energy sources use of alternate energy sources. Case studies. Land resources: Land as a
resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification. Role of an
individual in conservation of natural resources. Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.

Unit - III
Basic Principles of Ecosystems Functioning: Concept of an ecosystem. - Structure and function of an
ecosystem. - Producers, consumers and decomposers. - Energy flow in the ecosystem ¬Ecological
succession. - Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids. -Introduction, types, characteristic
features, structure and function of the following ecosystem:
a. Forest ecosystem b. Grassland ecosystem c. Desert ecosystem
d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries).

Unit - IV
Biodiversity and its conservation: Introduction - Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity.
Bio-geographical classification of India - Value of biodiversity: consumptive use, productive use,
social, ethical, aesthetic and option values ¬Biodiversity at global, National and local levels. - India as
a mega-diversity nation - Hot-sports of biodiversity - Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of

19
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts. - Endangered and endemic species of India - Conservation of

biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.

Unit - V
Environmental Pollution: Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of:
a. Air pollution b. Water pollution c. Soil pollution d. Marine pollution e. Noise pollution f. Thermal
pollution g. Nuclear hazards
Solid waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes. -
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution. - Pollution case studies. - Disaster management:
floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.

Unit - VI
Social Issues and the Environment: From unsustainable to sustainable development -Urban problems
related to energy -Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management -Resettlement
and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Case Studies -Environmental ethics: Issues
and possible solutions. -Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear
accidents and holocaust. Case Studies. -Wasteland reclamation. -Consumerism and waste products. -
Environment Protection Act. -Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. -Water (Prevention and
control of Pollution) Act -Wildlife Protection Act -Forest Conservation Act -Issues involved in
enforcement of environmental legislation. -Public awareness.

Unit - VII
Human Population and the Environment: Population growth, variation among nations. Population
explosion - Family Welfare Programme. -Environment and human health. -Human Rights. -Value
Education. -HIV/AIDS. -Women and Child Welfare. -Role of information Technology in Environment
and human health. -Case Studies.

Unit - VIII
Field work: Visit to a local area to document environmental assets River /forest grassland/hill/mountain
-Visit to a local polluted site-Urban/Rural/industrial/ Agricultural Study of common plants, insects,
birds. -Study of simple ecosystems ¬pond, river, hill slopes, etc.

TEXT BOOK:
Erach Bharucha, A Text Book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses, University Grants
Commission.

2nd SEMESTER [1st Year] SYLLABUS

PA17B2.2C PAINTING-II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PA17B1.2C 6 6 50 50 100 P

Unit-I: Developing an awareness of inter-relationship of different shapes and forms relative

values. Activation of space though form and color-optical illusions. Handling various

20
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

materials for pictorial expressions such as pencil, pen poster colours, pastel crayon
with inks, water colours etc.

Unit-II: Print making: observation in intrinsic texture of various surfaces and the textures of
natural and manmade things surface painting in relief media i.e. cardboards techniques
using various texture to understand and develop the design concept in black and white.

Unit-III: Study from man-made objects-Study from nature in Watercolour

* Examination will be Still-Life in Watercolour

FA17B2.1C DRAWING-II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B1.1C 6 6 50 50 100 P

Unit-I: Introduction to elements of perspective - studies of basic forms- plan and elevation, main
aspects as parallel and Z angular perspective.

Unit-II: Outdoor sketching -rapid sketching from any objects from busy streets, markets, stations
etc. sketching from zoo and museum

Unit-III: Exposure to drawings made by masters-study of different objects. (colour pencils, dry
pastels, oil pastels etc.)

Unit-IV: Head study - study of head from cast (various age groups)

* Examination will be held in 2B 4B 6B pencil

FA17B2.3C COLOUR DESIGN-II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B1.2C 6 6 50 50 100 P

Unit-I: Colour experience (pigment and light theory) High key, middle key, and low key, high
key tone with and low contrast. Chromatic expression on different backgrounds,
depiction of seasons etc.

Unit-II: Colour experience-Colour harmonies. Complementary, Split-complementary, Double

Split- Complementary analogous and receding colours. Visual mixing, creative designs
through simple motifs from nature and manmade objects,

Unit-III: Elementary knowledge of design (golden rules of art) design based on the fundaments
such as line, from colour, texture, proportion and rhythm tonal values in 3 dimensions

21
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

exercise with cube prism, sphere, cylinder etc. (E.g. Nature: Mountain. Clouds,
Butterfly and flowers, fish & water plants, birds and animals etc).

Unit-IV: Overlapping of motifs & colour combinations to be given from tertiary colours with tints
and shades. E.g. For objects: distorted in given space (golden rules of art) exercises -
nature and object combination to be given related to colors theory

* Examination will be held in Poster Colour

PA17B2.2C BASIC PRINTMAKING

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 6 6 50 50 100 P

Unit-I Introduction to theory of Print Making:

Introduction to the history of printing medium and techniques from the traditional process
through to collography and other Printmaking process.

Unit-II Collography in Black & white

Study of a printmaking process in which a variety of (usually found) materials are
arranged on a collage on to affirm matrix like cardboard or wood. this process are
extremely basic and uncomplicated. A collograph refers to a collage of materials glued on
to a "printing block," which is a square of cardboard for base, when the base is prepared
with help of glue and the Raw found material replaced on baseboard is to be placed on
surface & it is to dry,. then with Paper is pressed on to the surface to produce a print, and
about collograph prints
( For example the found raw-materials-
* Textured Handmade sheet, Gaze-cloth(Bandage cloth surgical),
* Thread(cotton) medium thick, Jute cloth pieces, Embroidery lice cloth,
* Sand Paper (Electro coated) as smooth-Rough grades,& any Flat surface materials
etc... )

Unit-III Monotype printing image

Mono printing and monotype are very similar. The difference between mono printing and
monotype printing is that mono printing has a matrix that can be reused, but not to
produce an identical result. With monotyping there are no permanent marks on the
matrix, and at most two impressions (copies) can be obtained.

Unit-IV Surface printing process:

In this base medium is wood-block. The relief printing is a process where protruding
surface faces of the printing block are inked; recessed areas are ink free. Printing the
image is relatively simple matter of inking the surface of the block & bringing it in firm
contact with the paper, and its print image.

Group discussion
Assignments: 3 final prints in single colour.
Examinations will be in single colour as Black and white, on wood-block medium

22
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

FA17B2.3C HISTORY OF VISUAL ARTS AND AESTHETICS-II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B1.3C 2 2 50 50 100 W

INTRODUCTION TO WESTERN ART

Unit-I Why do we study Western art? What is Western Aesthetics?

Unit-II Pre-Historic and Ancient Art in Europe, Art of Mesopotamia, Egyptian and Greco-
Roman art, Art of Early Christian and Byzantine, Art of Romanesque and Gothic.

Unit-III Art of Renaissance and Mannerism. Art of Baroque and Rococo.

Unit-IV Neo-Classicism and Romanticism; Realism and Impressionism.

Note: In this semester students are supposed to know in brief about western art, with a
general introduction to every topic, by studying their distinct formal and thematic
contents. Stress would be on the descriptive and formal study

GN17B2.1A COMMUNICATION SKILLS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

GN17B1.1 A 2 2 50 50 100 P

Course Overview: To prepare students to acquire understanding and fluency in English

for professional work

Objectives of the Course: To provide an adequate mastery of technical and communicative

English Language training primarily, reading and writing skills, and also listening and
speaking skills.

Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: To prepare students for participation in seminars,

group discussions, paper presentation and general personal interaction at the professional
level.

Unit I: Communication: Importance of Communication; Elements of good individual

communication; organizing oneself; different types of communication; Barriers in the path
of Communication

23
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Unit II: Listening skills: Listening to conversation and speeches (Formal and Informal)

Reading: Techniques of reading, skimming, Scanning, SQ3R technique

Unit III: Creative Writing: Scope of creative writing; Writing skills Signposting, Outlines,
Rephrasing

Writing a report/ format of the report; Paragraph, Letter Writing, Essay writing, Memo,
Circular, Notice, Cover Letter, Resume, Writing with a thesis, Summary, Précis, Product
description – Description of projects and features

Oral Report; Periodical Report; Progress Report; Field Report

Preparation of minutes; Video conference; Tele conference / Virtual meeting

Unit IV: Speaking: How to converse with people, How to communicate effectively;
Language and grammar skills; Pronunciation drills, Phonetics, vowels, Diphthongs,
consonants, Stress, Rhythm and intonation, Conversational skills

Features of effective speech - practice in speaking fluently –role play – telephone skills –
etiquette.

Short Extempore speeches – facing audience – paper presentation – getting over

nervousness – Interview techniques – preparing for interviews – Mock Interview – Body
Language.

Unit V: Impact of internet on communication; communication through computers; voice

mail; broadcast messages; e-mail auto response; etc.

Reference books:

1. Krishna Mohan & Meera Banerji: Developing Communication Skills Macmillan India

2. C S Rayudu: Principles of Public Relations, Himalaya Publishing House

3. K. Ashwathappa: Organizational Behavior, Himalaya Publishing House

4. Daniel Colman: Emotional Intelligence,

24
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

GN17B2.7A VALUE EDUCATION

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

GN17B1.1 A 2 2 50 0 50

Course Overview: To provide guiding principles and tools for the development of the whole person,
recognizing that the
individual is comprised of Physical, Intellectual, Emotional and Spiritual dimensions.

Knowledge Transfer /Expected Skills:

 To help individuals think about and reflect on different values.

 To deepen understanding, motivation and responsibility with regard to making personal and
social choices and the practical implications in relation to themselves and others, the
community and the world at large

 To inspire individuals to choose their own personal, social, moral and spiritual values and
be aware of practical methods for developing and deepening them.

Unit I
Value Education—Introduction – Definition of values – Why values? – Need for Inculcation
of values – Object of Value Education – Sources of Values – Types of Values: i) Personal
values ii) Social values iii) Professional values iv) Moral and spiritual values) Behavioral
(common) values

Unit II
Personal values – Definition of person – Self confidence – Relative and absolute
confidence, being self-determined, swatantrata (loosely equivalent to freedom). Self
discipline – Self Assessment – Self restraint –Self motivation – Determination – Ambition –
Contentment. Self-respect and respect to others; expression of respect

Unit III
Social values – Units of Society - Individual, family, different groups – Community – Social
consciousness – Equality and Brotherhood – Dialogue – Tolerance – Sharing – Honesty-
Responsibility – Cooperation; Freedom – Repentance and Magnanimity.
Peer Pressure – Ragging - examples - making one’s own choices

Unit IV
Professional values – Definition – Competence – Confidence – Devotion to duty –Efficiency
–Accountability
– Respect for learning /learned – Willingness to learn-Open and balanced mind – Team
spirit – Professional.
Ethics – Willingness for Discussion; Difference between understanding and assuming.
Time Management:Issues of planning, as well as concentration (and aligning with self

25
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

goals).
Expectations from yourself. Excellence and competition, coping with stress, Identifying one’s
interests as well as strengths.

Unit V
Behavioral values – Individual values and group values. Anger: Investigation of reasons,
watching one’s own anger; Understanding anger as: a sign of power or helplessness,
distinction between response and reaction.
Right utilization of physical facilities. Determining one’s needs, needs of the self and of the
body, cycle of nature.
Relationship with teachers. Inside the class, and outside the class, interacting with teachers.

Unit VI
Complimentary nature of skills and values. Distinction between information & knowledge
Goals: Short term goals and long term goals; How to set goals; How to handle
responsibilities which have to be fulfilled while working for goals.

Reference Books
1. Ramancharla Pradeep Kumar. Compiled Reading Material IIIT Hyderabad
2. Dr. S. Ignacimuthu S. J., Values for life, Better yourself Books, Bandra Mumbai-600 050 (1999).
3. Values (Collection of Essays)., Published by : Sri Ramakrishna Math., Chennai—4.,(1996)
4. Prof. R.P.Dhokalia., Eternal Human Values NCRT –Campus Sri Aurobindo Marg., New Delhi
5. Swami Vivekananda., Education., Sri Ramakrishna Math., Chennai-4(1957)

3rd SEMESTER [2nd YEAR] SYLLABUS

PA17B3.1C Pictorial Composition -I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B2.2C 7 7 50 50 100 P

Unit-I
Space organization (Line, Colour, form, Texture, Rhythm, Tonal Value-Balance):
Study of fundamentals of arts such as unity and harmony in arrangement of figures,
shapes, colours, recession/perspective, use of chiaroscuro use of textures, volume and
treatment

Unit-II
Introduction of Indian Traditional Painting:
Study of age-old painting traditions in India and developing skills and interests within folk
and other traditional painting practices and possibilities.

26
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Unit III
Themes based on day to day subjects
Themes based on everyday life like festivities, street culture, public spaces as directed by
the class teachers. Figurative compositions and layouts are to be prepared for final
artworks in Poster Colours and Water Colours.

Unit-IV
Creative and Pictorial composition:
Study of creative composition infusing personal iconography, metaphoric visual vocabulary
and content. Investigation of the intuitive ideas, self-discovery, exploring aesthetic and
philosophical ideas, all which manifest fruition in creative work.

Group discussion
Assignments: 4 finished compositions

* Examinations will be in watercolors on paper— Transparent or Opaque technique.

PA17B3.2C Portrait Painting - I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B2.1C 7 7 50 50 100 P

Study of unity and harmony in arrangement of figures, shapes, colours, recession/perspective, use of
chiaroscuro use of textures, volume and treatment

Unit-I Study of Model, Male and female figures in Monochrome

Half-length studies of human bust made out of plaster and from live model. Use of
Charcoal and soft pastel to draw the bust of male and female models. Emphasis is given
on study of head, drapery and the play of light and shade. Lectures and demonstrations
on portrait painting will be given.

Unit-II Study of Human-head in monochrome oil

Study anatomy of the skull, and masses of the head from different angles and eye
levels with detail study capturing the likeness.

Unit-III Study of character and, expression

Half-length studies of human portrait painting the bust of male and female models with
their character, emotive expression and likeness. Emphasis is given on study of drapery
and the play of light with desired tonal difference.

Unit-IV Use of different mediums.

27
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Exploring the possibility of different painterly approaches such as bold application of

brush, colour and treatment.

Group discussion
Assignments: 4 finished portraits.
* Examinations will be in Monochrome in oil-medium.

PA17B3.3C Print Making (Graphics) -I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PA17B2.2C 8 8 50 50 100 P

Unit-I Introduction to theory of Print Making:

Introduction to the history of printing medium and techniques from the earliest
woodcuts, through to lithography, intaglio and other Etching process.

Unit-II Relief printing process:

Study of the relief printing techniques such as the wood-cut or linoleum where the
drawing of the image to appear in relief. This relief will then be inked, and used to
make the basis of the final image, like in letter printing or stamping.

Unit-III Wood-Cut
Learning methods of Wood-Cut, understanding tools and printing techniques..

Unit-IV Collography:
Study of a printmaking process in which a variety of (usually found) materials are
arranged as a collage onto affirm matrix like cardboard or wood. Given that the
materials required to carry out this process are extremely basic and uncomplicated.

Group discussion
Assignments : 4 final prints in single colour.

Examinations will be in Black and white / single colour Wood-Cut

28
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

FA17B3.1C HISTORY OF VISUAL ARTS AND AESTHETICS-III [Indian]

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B2.3C 2 2 50 50 100 W

HISTORY OF INDIAN ART

Unit-I Early sculptural traditions of Maurya, Sunga and Kushana periods. Sculptural tradition
of Gupta, Rashtrakuta, Pallava, Chola and Vijayanagara.

Unit-II Ajanta mural tradition. Continuation of mural tradition at Bagh, Badami, Ellora and
Vijayanagara.

Unit-III Illustrated Manuscripts of Eastern and Western India (Pala and Jain manuscripts),
Miniature painting of Mughal, Rajasthani, Pahari and Deccani.

Unit-IV Indian Aesthetics: a brief introduction to the Indian aesthetics, discuss on Bharata’s
Natyasastra, concept of Rasa theory, Abhinava Gupta, Anandavardhana and
Jayadeva.

Note: In this semester, students are supposed to study each topic in detail, emphasizing on
historical evaluation of sculpture and painting in each period, and their significance
and stylistic evolution would be focused.

PA17B3.XE Elective 1

PA17B3.1E Memory Drawing

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 3 3 50 50 100 J

Unit-I Comparative study of masters drawing:

Understanding drawing, technicalities and rendering of a masterwork. The reproduction,
appropriation and assimilation of master works is the prime objective.

Unit-II Study of Human figure:

29
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Observation and rendering of proportion of human body. Drawing from Model (Human
forms) Basic proportions, grace of the figure, structure and Construction, Plains of the
body and drapery, shade and light, Making of finished drawings from different scribbling
possibilities. Study of the anatomy of the entire human figure with the construction of
muscles and bones.

Unit-III Drawing from Nature:

The study of the natural beauty around us observing minute details of selected subject.
Sketching indoor and outdoor studies in Pencil, Crayon, Pen & Ink, real-time sketching,
linear and massive drawing.

Unit-IV Thematic Drawing:

Themes based everyday life, imagination and fantasy as directed by the class teacher.
Memory drawings, sketches and layouts are to be prepared for final artworks.

Group discussion
Assignments: 200 Drawings
* Evaluation by External Jury

PA17B3.XE Elective 1

PA17B3.2E Water Colour

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 3 3 50 50 100 J

The Program includes how to draw and paint nature, architectonic forms flowers, trees,
shrubs and vast meadows into harmonious compositions using transparent watercolours.
Study of ‘picture plane’ including scenes of nature such as mountains, lakes, gardens,
rivers, cityscapes - views of an urban setting or seascapes - views of an ocean etc.
Unit-I Outdoor study of Natural and Man-made environment.
Study of nature such as plants, trees and flowers and painting directly from architectonic
forms, ruins, gardens and streets.

Unit-II Study of trees, rocks, water, buildings avenues etc.

Painting from a selected view such as a forest, rocky hills/mountains, historical
monuments, streets and water bodies/lakes/rivers or a seascape.

Unit-III Use of different techniques in water colour

Painting watercolour in difeerent techniques like wet on wet, wet on dry, opaque etc

Group discussion
Assignments: 4 paintings on paper in the taught techniques.
* Evaluation by External Jury
30
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

PA17B3.XE Elective 2

PA17B3.3E Reverse Acrylic/Glass Painting

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B1.1C 3 3 50 50 100 J

Age-old technique of Reverse painting on transparent Acrylic sheet or Glass

Unit-I Traditional Reverse painting Techniques

Unit-II Modern Reverse painting Techniques
Unit-III Experimental Reverse painting Techniques
Unit-IV Mixed Media and Reverse painting installation

Group discussion
Assignments: 4 paintings on Acrylic/Glass in the taught techniques.
* Evaluation by External Jury

PA17B3.XE Elective 2

PA17B3.4E Impasto Painting

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B1.1C 3 3 50 50 100 J

Introduction to Impasto Painting techniques -Impasto is a painterly approach which is achieved

through use of thickly textured paint that is almost three-dimensional in appearance.

Unit I Study of Nature with bold Brush strokes

Unit II Study of Still-life with bold Brush strokes
Unit III Study of Still-life with Palette Knife in Acrylic
Unit IV Study of Human figures and animals with Palette Knife in Acrylic

Group discussion
Assignments: 4 paintings on Canvas in the taught techniques.
* Evaluation by External Jury

31
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

4th SEMESTER [2ndYEAR] SYLLABUS

PA17B4.1C PICTORIAL COMPOSTION-II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PA17B3.1C 9 9 50 50 100 P

Study of composition Principles, Placement of the fundamental elements on the surface, Identification
of compositional problems of each type of painting Developing personal expression through any style
( Indian / Western).

Unit-I Elements of composition figure ground relationship.

Understanding the significance of the relationship between figures and pictorial surface.
interaction between Positive Space and Negative Space understanding design
components such as Line, form, colour, texture,volume and harmony.

Unit-II Study of Representational and Non-representational forms:

Study of different genres such as figurative, semi-figurative and abstraction based on
Modern Indian / Western art practice.

Unit-III Use of Representational form

Study of different genres such as figurative, semi-figurative and all representational
approaches based on Modern Indian / Modern Western art practices.

Unit-IV Creative Composition:

Emphasis in developing authentic and individual visual languaged, and content.
Exploration of aesthetical and technical ideas in producing creative work.

Group discussion
Assignments: 4 completed works.
* Examination will be in water colour on Paper.

32
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

PA17B4.2C PORTRAIT PAINTING –II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PA17B3.2C 8 8 50 50 100 P

Half-length studies of human figure, Bust of male and female in different age groups.
Study of head and drapery and the plan of light and shade on it with water and oil
media. Lectures and demonstrations on portrait painting.

Unit-I Study from life, Male and female figures:

Half-length studies of human model in front of us. Painting the bust of male and female
models of different age groups. Emphasis is given on study of head and drapery and the
play of light and shade using mediums such as water, tempera and oil on canvas.
Lectures and demonstrations on portrait painting will be given.

Unit-II Study of Human-head in colour:

Construction of the skull, planes and masses of the head, bust from different angles and
eye levels adding of details and finishing and capturing the likeness.

Unit-III Study of character and, expression:

Half-length studies of human portrait painting the bust of male and female models with
their character, emotive expression and likeness. Emphasis is given on study of drapery
and the play of light with desired tonal difference.

Unit-IV Use of different techniques to develop 3 dimensional effects.

Paint Models with utmost attention using different mediums. Learning portraiture with
practical Lectures and demonstrations on portrait painting.

Unit-V Use of different mediums.

Exploring the possibility of different painterly mediums such as acrylic, oil and
tempera on canvas.

Group discussion
Assignments: 6 completed life studies in different mediums.
* Examination in oil colour on Oil Sheet

33
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

PA17B4.3C PRINT MAKING (Graphics) –II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PA17B3.3C 8 8 50 50 100 P

Unit-I Advance study of relief printing:

Advanced study of a relief printing process- Use of Various textures for tonal values:
study of experimentation with various textures, plate levels and treatments to achieve
different tonal values

Unit-II Registration and overlapping techniques of Print making based on any printing medium

Unit-III Collography:
Advance study of relief printmaking process in which a variety of (usually found)
materials are arranged as a collage onto affirm matrix like cardboard or wood. Given
that the materials required to carry out this process are extremely basic and
uncomplicated.
Unit-IV Advanced methods of Wood-Cut - Two Colour Wood-Cut printing,

Group discussion
Assignments: 4 final prints in Two- colour.
Examinations will be Wood-Cut in Black and White or 2 colour

FA17B4.1C HISTORY OF VISUAL ARTS AND AESTHETICS-IV (Western)

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B3.1C 2 2 50 50 100 W

HISTORY OF WESTERN ART [Western]

Unit-I Art of Early Christian and Byzantine: Rise of Christianity and significant changes in
representation of images are to be discussed.
Art of Romanesque and Gothic: The significant stylistic changes in both periods would be
discussed.

34
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Unit-II Art of Renaissance and Mannerism: Introduction to Renaissance art and study with
reference to works of Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael and Michelangelo, and discuss the basic
difference between Renaissance and Mannerist art analyze with works of Tintoretto, El
Greco and Cellini.
Art of Baroque and Rococo: study of significance of the Baroque art would be discussed
with works of Rembrandt, Vermeer, Caravaggio and Bernini.The significance of the Rococo
painting would be studied.

Unit-III Neo-Classicism: study of Neo Classical art, with the important paintings and sculptures of
Jacques Louis David, August Dominique Ingres and Antonio Canova.
Romanticism: study of Romanticism in arts, with the painting of Francesca de Goya, John
Constable and J.W.N Turner.
Realism: discuss Realism in art with reference to works of Gustave Courbet, Corot and
Daumier.

Unit IV Western Aesthetics: discuss the aesthetic views of Plato, Aristotle and Immanuel Kant.

PA17B4.XE Elective 3

PA17B4.1E Mural Design

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B1.1C 3 3 50 50 100 J
Method
s of plastering & making grounds, Transfer of Drawing & Painting on wet and dry
background. Different mediums like plaster, Terra-cotta, Ceramics, Stain Glass, Metal
etc. Study of the subjects depend upon the expert and infrastructure available in the
Institute.

Unit-I Introduction to Mural Design:

Study of Traditional method of mural making, modern approach to the schematic design

Unit-II Various Techniques of Mural:

Learning of various techniques of mural design and understanding the traditional and
contemporary mediums and material.

Unit-III Mosaic Mural design:

Study of preparing Mosaic Mural panels, execution of traditional and contemporary
designs and collective approach to mural making

Unit-IV Wall paintings:

35
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Study of preparation of wall, selection and organization of pictorial elements, adaptation

of traditional and contemporary imagery and collective approach to mural making

Group Discussion
Assignments: 1 Completed Mural design in the taught technique.
* Evaluation by External Jury

PA17B4.XE Elective 3
PA17B4.2E Egg Tempera

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B1.1C 3 3 50 50 100 J

Egg Tempera is one of the oldest fast-drying permanent painting mediums which is
prepared using colored pigments or colored powders mixed with a water-soluble binder
mediums such as egg yolk, Gum Arabic, Fevicol.

Unit-I Understanding Egg Tempera as the water-based, non-toxic and permanent medium.

Unit-II preparation of surface, preparation of Egg tempera paint and methods of egg tempera
medium.

Unit-III Handling the clear, bright, and pure pigments painting still-life

Unit-IV Experimenting with use of various textures, play of colour, tonal values, exploiting the
possibilities of mediums and techniques

Group discussion
Assignments: 1 finished painting in Egg Tempera in the taught technique.
* Evaluation by External Jury

36
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

5th SEMESTER [3rd YEAR] SYLLABUS

PA17B5.1C Life Study - I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PA17B4.2C 6 6 50 50 100 P

Painting of full human figure in various colours media (water, Pastel, Oil), Human figure in background
and in various pose, understanding of the composition of figure in the space.Study of light fallen on
figure & background.
Unit-I Analytical study of Human form:
Observation and rendering of proportions of human body from a Model depicting basic
proportions, grace of the figure, structure and construction, plains of the body and
drapery, shade and light, Study of the anatomy of the entire human figure with the
construction of muscles and bones.

Unit-II Exploration of the possibilities of Tonal Variation, texture, colour:

Study of character, tactile quality, achieving tonal differences according to the play of
light and symbolic aspect of color texture working with figure and ground relationship.

Unit-III Stress on evolving individual style and techniques:

Focus on Stylistic development in terms of visual idiom such as subtle stylized
distortion, treatment such as impasto, knife-painting, bold brush strokes and
hyperrealism.

Unit-IV Use of water colour, oil and other mediums like Tempera acrylic etc:
Students are encouraged to explore uses of non-traditional materials as well as other
historic traditional painting media outside the usual realm of oil or acrylic painting.

Unit-V Study of Drapery.

Study of tactile quality, experimentation with variety of mediums, painterly techniques
and surfaces.

Group discussion
Assignments: 20 pencil Drawing and 4 completed life study works
* Examination will be in oil medium

37
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

PA17B5.2C Pictorial Composition -III

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PA17B4.1C 7 7 50 50 100 P

Study of unity and harmony in arrangement of figures, shapes, colours, recession/perspective, use of
chiaroscuro use of textures, volume and treatment

Unit-I Study of Composition using traditional Indian styles:

Adopting the style, method, iconography, metaphors and content inspired by Indian
painting, sculpture and folk art.

Unit-II Study of Composition in Modern Western styles.

Understanding the representative and non-representative genres, method of painting,
symbolism, approaches and pictorial arrangements inspired by Modern Western Art.

Unit-III Thematic approach in composition:

Advanced study of themes based social concerns, building the illusion of space on a two-
dimensional surface and applying advanced compositional methods. Personal feelings
about life around him/her, issues pertaining to a culture or a public space or as directed by
the class teacher. Realistic, representational compositions and layouts are to be prepared
for final artworks.

Unit-IV Developing individual style:

Focusing on individual visual idiom, stylization of forms and inculcating new individual
approach to the treatment of pictorial space. Method of using impasto, pallet knife, bold
brush application and hyperrealism to be part of the development of a personalized style.

Group discussion-Assignments: 4 works submission

*Examination will be in oil medium.

PA17B5.3C Printmaking-III

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PA17B4.3C 7 7 50 50 100 P

Unit-I Study of –Lithography

Understanding Lithography as a relief printing technique- Stone grinding - polishing
image transfer and image fixation and the chemical repulsion of Oil and water.
38
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Unit-II Introduction to tools and materials of Lithography:

Tools as, Lime-Stone as Base medium, Stone grinding (in 8 shaped method), and its
surface with Levigator, use of gum, Creating Image Drawing with related mediums
techniques such as crayons, Glass Mark Pencils, Tush inks and use of other Litho Inks.

Unit-III Preparation of design and creating the image as concept on stone surface, and
specially “TEXT” transferring techniques. With use of news-print paper text compositing on
paper and convert to Xerox and Transfer it on to the stone surface. Threw the chemicals &
its process.

Unit-IV Lithography Printing Techniques -Single color and Multi - color printing

Group discussion
Assignments: 4 final completed prints.
*Examination will be in single colour.

FA17B5.1C History of Visual Arts & Aesthetics-V [Western]

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B4.1C 2 2 50 50 100 W

Unit-I Impressionism: discuss the coinage of the term, Impressionism and study the paintings of
Edouard Manet, Claude Monet and Auguste Renior. Post-Impressionism: study of post
impressionism with reference to the important paintings of Paul Cezanne,Vincent Van
Gogh, Georges Seurat and Paul Gauguin.

Unit-II Fauvism and Cubism. Discuss coinage of the term Fauvism and analyze the important
works of Henry Matisse and his fellow artists Andre Derain, Maurice De Vlaminck,
George Rouault. Define Cubism and analyze the works of Pablo Picasso and Georges
Braque in to various phases of Cubism.

Unit III German Expressionism and Futurism: study Expressionism, through works of two
groups “The Bridge” and “The Blue Rider”. Discuss the significance of Futurism in art.
With the works of Carlo Carra, Giacoma Balla and Umberto Boccioni.

Unit- IV Dadaism: discuss the impact of first world war and emergence of anti art or anti
aesthetics in art practice, study the works of Marcel Duchamp, Francis Picabia and Man
Ray. Surrealism: study the works of Salvador Dali, Joan Miro, Rene Magritte

39
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

PA17 B5.XE Elective 4

PA17B5.1E Miniature Painting

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B1.1C 4 4 50 50 100 J

Study of various traditional artistic expressions. Understanding medium, material and

techniques of Miniature. The main focus would be on reproductions of The Rajasthani and
Pahari Schools of Miniature Painting, The Mughal and Deccan Schools of Miniature
Painting and Sub-Schools-Mewar, Bundi, Jodhpur, Bikaner, Kishangarh and Jaipur.

Unit-I Study of various traditional artistic expressions

Unit-II Mediums and materials-preparation of the surface

Unit-III Reproduction of Mughal and Rajasthani miniatures

Unit-IV Reproduction of miniatures of Sub-schools

Group Discussion
Assignments: 1 Completed Miniature Painting in the taught technique.
* Evaluation by External Jury

PA17 B5.XE Elective 4

PA17B5.2E Native Arts

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B1.1C 4 4 50 50 100 J

Understanding aesthetic sense of the design, typical characteristic of Native Indian folk and traditional
art focusing on various approaches in Kalamkari and Nakashi paintings. Examining and imbibing the
possibilities of traditional art forms into Modernist artistic practices.

Unit-I Study of traditional art forms in India-Museum visits

Unit-II Mediums and materials-practical workshop

Unit-III Reproduction of Kalamkari painting

Unit-IV Reproduction of Nakashi paintings

Group Discussion

40
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Assignments: 1 Completed Painting in the taught technique.

* Evaluation by External Jury

PA17 B5.XE Elective 5

PA17B5.3E Ajanta Style Painting

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B1.1C 4 4 50 50 100 J

To create the forms and the colour schemes in imagination with an ability to express them effectively
in drawing and painting and express different feelings and moods of life and nature in lines, forms and
colours.

Unit-I Introduction to traditional drawing and painting material

Unit-II The use of the elements and the principles of painting-composition
Unit-III Understanding Pictorial Composition in Ajanta style
Unit-IV Study of Ajanta copies-common objects and various geometrical and non- geometrical
decorative forms found in life and nature.

Group Discussion
Assignments: 1 Completed Painting in the taught technique.
* Evaluation by External Jury

PA17 B5.XE Elective 5

PA17B5.4E Serigraphy

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B1.1C 4 4 50 50 100 P

Unit I Introduction to Serigraphy- Drawing Basic forms

Unit II Introduce students to several modes of artistic expression in the serigraph
processes of printmaking.
Unit III The technical aspects of screen printing, the use of water based media and
develop a skilled work ethic in the implementation of the formal aspects of the
process.
Unit IV Explore individual artistic vision by developing personal imagery to enable them
to use screen printing as a visually expressive medium.

41
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Group Discussion
Assignments: 1 Completed Serigraphic Print in the taught technique.
* Evaluation by External Jury

6TH SEMESTER (3RD YEAR SYLLABUS)

PA17B6.1C Life Study - II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PA17B5.1C 6 6 50 50 100 P

Unit-I Advanced study from life, male & female figures:

Advanced studies of full -human figure, anatomy of male and female in different age
groups. Study of drapery and the chiaroscuro using oil medium. Lectures and
demonstrations on life-study.

Unit-II Study of anatomy:

Construction of the skull, planes and masses of the body and postures from different
angles and eye levels adding of details and finishing and capturing the likeness.

Unit-IV Study of individual character:

Painting the portraiture of male and female models studying and capturing their
physical character, emotive expression and likeness of the person.

Unit-V Tonal variations, texture, color and Juxtaposition:

Importance given to study of drapery, accessories and the play of light with
desired/appropriated tonal differences, textures, symbolic colours and arrangement of
the figure on a pictorial space.

Unit-IV Use of Oil color, tempera & acrylic color:

Painting life-study using various mediums such as Egg Tempera oil paintings, acrylic,
gauche, pastels and pen &Ink.

Group discussion
Assignments: 20 drawings, 4 works in any medium
* Examination will be in Oil medium.

42
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

PA17B6.2C Pictorial Composition –IV

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PA17B5.2C 7 7 50 50 100 P

Study of unity and harmony in arrangement of figures, shapes, colours, application, depth, use of
tonal values, use of textures, volume and treatment

Unit-I Advanced study of composition-various thematic approaches-Organization of

Human form and Nature:
Advanced study of representational compositions using Human figures and nature building
the illusion of space on a two-dimensional surface and applying advanced compositional
methods. Experimentation with themes based Personal/social concerns about life around
him/her, issues pertaining to a culture or a public space or as directed by the class teacher.

Unit-II Exploitation of various traditional and modern concepts of composition:

Absorbing the stylistic, iconographic, metaphoric pictorial arrangement inspired by Indian
painting, sculpture and folk art. Understanding the representative genres, method of
painting, approaches and pictorial arrangements inspired by Modern Western Art.

Unit-III Technical experimentation with tonal values, textures, color Juxtaposition:

Experimenting with use of various textures, play of colour, tonal values, exploiting the
possibilities of mediums and techniques like, wash-technique, impasto, pallet knife, bold
brush application and hyperrealism, which help in the development of a personalized style.

Unit-IV Use of colors, Acrylic - Oil - Mixed medium:

Composition using various mediums such as oil paintings, acrylic, gauche, pastels and pen
& Ink or by using a combination of mixed media.

Group Discussion.
Assignments: 4 compositions in any medium.
* Examination will be in - Oil color.

PA17B6.3C Printmaking-IV

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PA17B5.3C 7 7 50 50 100 P

Unit-I Introduction to intaglio methods and Dry-Point technique.

43
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Unit-II Dry-Point - Experimentation on different Types of Acrylic sheets.

Unit-III Overlapping Techniques - various textural effects.

Unit-IV Transformation of the Images - Accurate registration etc.

Group Discussion- Assignments: 4 prints in different techniques.

Examination will be in single color (monochrome)

FA17B6.1C History of Visual Arts & Aesthetics-VI [Indian]

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B5.1C 2 2 50 50 100 W

MODERN INDIAN ART

Unit-I Company Painting: discuss the role/place of company painting in India art. British Art
Schools: establishment of art schools in India. (try to discuss the establishment of art
schools by British through the process and politics of colonialism) Raja Ravi Varma: study
the art of Raja Ravi Varma, about his style and “Indian-ness” in his paintings

Unit-II Bengal School : Abanindranath Tagore and his disciples ; Shantiniketan: Nandalal Bose,
Binode Behari Mukherjee and Ramkinkar Baij.

Unit-III Art and life of Amrita Sher Gill; Art and life of Jamini Roy

Unit-IV Indian art (1940s): Calcutta Group, Bombay Progressive Artist Group (PAG) Delhi Shilpi
Chakra and Trends in South India

PA17 B6.XE Elective 6

PA17B6.1E Landscape (Outdoor)

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B1.1C 4 4 50 50 100 J

Study of ‘picture plane’ including scenes of nature such as mountains, lakes, gardens, rivers, cityscapes-
views of an urban setting or seascapes - views of an ocean etc.

Unit-I Outdoor study of Natural and Man-made environment.

Study of nature such as plants, trees and flowers and painting directly from architectonic
forms, ruins, gardens and streets.
44
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Unit-II Study of trees, rocks, water, buildings avenues etc.

Painting from a selected view such as a forest, rocky hills/mountains, historical
monuments, streets and water bodies/lakes/rivers or a seascape.

Unit-III Use of different mediums like water colour, oil, Tempera etc.,
Painting landscapes using various mediums such as Egg Tempera oil paintings,
watercolors, gauche, pastels, pen & Ink or prints of any kind.

Group discussion
Assignments: 4 studies of Landscape in any medium
* Evaluation by External Jury

PA17B6.2E Head Study (Studio)

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B1.1C 4 4 50 50 100 J

Construction of the skull, planes and masses of the head and postures from different angles and eye
levels adding of details and finishing and capturing the likeness of the model.

Unit-I Study of individual character - expression gesture and posture

Unit-II Study of drawing, dimensions of head and likeness

Unit-III Painting both the portraiture of male and female models studying and capturing their
physical character, emotive expression and likeness of the person.

Unit-IV Efforts to achieve individual style and techniques in different media like oil color, acrylic and
water color

PA17 B6.XE Elective 7

PA17B6.3E Critical Writing

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 J

An exploration of visual art forms and their cultural connections, including a brief study of
art history, and in-depth studies of the elements, media, and methods used in creative
thought and processes.

45
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Unit-I Basic Art Historical Methodology- Introduction to Art Historical Terminology

Unit-II Evaluation of a work of art, technical description in writing
Unit-III Critical appreciation of artworks-context, meaning and judgment
Unit-IV Slide presentation-evaluation of selected artworks

Presentations and Group Discussions

Assignments: Two Presentations/ Written Assignments
* Evaluation by External Jury

PA17 B6.XE Elective 7

PA17B6.4E Art Appreciation

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 4 50 50 100 J

Study and analyze visual art forms and their cultural connections, including a brief study
of art history, and in-depth studies of the elements, media, and methods used in creative
thought and processes.

Unit-I Survey of Indian and Western Art in relation to social, political and cultural conditions.

Unit-II Indian Aesthetics and Western thought in the Evaluation of a work of art and technical
description

Unit-III Modernist and Postmodernist trends , Gallery visit-critical appreciation of artworks-context,

meaning and judgment

Unit-IV Slide presentation-evaluation of selected artworks

Presentations and Group Discussions

Assignments: Two Presentations/ Written Assignments
* Evaluation by External Jury

46
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

7th SEMESTER [4th YEAR] SYLLABUS

PA17B7.1C Creative Composition –I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PA17B6.2C 7 7 50 50 100 P

Original Painting based on preparatory studies. Compositional analysis of painting. Compositional

exercises showing creativity & originality.

Unit-I Experimental approach to thematic composition:

Advanced study of themes based on social concerns, building the illusion of space on a
two-dimensional surface and applying advanced compositional methods. Personal
feelings about life around him/her, issues pertaining to a culture or a public space or as
directed by the class teacher. Representational compositions and layouts are to be
prepared for final display artworks.

Unit-II Study of Visual Arts Praxis

Experimental Compositions based on contemporary theories & artistic practices.

Understanding the Visual Arts Praxis from a critical perspective addressing a range of
models from structuralism & semiotics to modern & postmodern paradigms. Engage
students to gain the skills & confidence to express their artistic objectives in critical writing.

Unit-III PowerPoint Presentation of art making, & verbal analysis. Each student is responsible for oral
presentations, works of art generated through research, & written statements about their artistic
objectives.

Group discussion
Assignments: 6 creative compositions -Portfolio.
* Evaluation done by Jury

PA17B7.2C Life Study - III

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PA17B6.1C 7 7 50 50 100 P

Unit-I Advanced study from life, male & female figures and emphasis on individual style

47
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Advanced experimentations with studies of full -human figure, anatomy of male and
female in different age groups. Study of drapery and the chiaroscuro using oil
medium. Lectures and demonstrations on figurative art and stylizations.

Unit-II Study of anatomy:

Construction and distortion of the skull, textures, tones and masses of the body and
postures from different angles and capturing the likeness.

Unit-IV Study of character and individual style in painting

Painting the portraiture of male and female models studying and capturing their
physical character, using expressionistic style, capturing the emotive of the person.

Unit-V Experimentation with individualistic style:

Experimenting with tonal variations using different textures, impasto and Juxtaposition
of figure and geometrical background. Importance given to study of accessories,
desired/appropriated tonal differences, textures, symbolic colours and arrangement of
the figure in a pictorial space.

Unit-IV Use of Oil color, Tempera, Acrylic Color and Mixed Media:
Painting life-study using various mediums such as Egg Tempera oil paintings, acrylic,
gauche, pastels and pen &Ink.

Group discussion
Assignments: 20 drawings, 4 works in any medium
* Examination will be in Oil medium.

PA17B7.3C Printmaking-V

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PA17B6.3C 8 8 50 50 100 P

Unit-I Introduction to Etching process:

It covers basic techniques of intaglio including: dry point, hard ground line etching,
Understanding Aqua tint, and printing Inks, plate preparation, and printing.

Unit-II Design preparation- image transfer:

Study of Image transfer on to Zinc plate through the help of liquid chemicals such as
benzene, Xerox toner etc,.
Study of zinc plate making process such as preparation of aqua dust, inks and heating
and melting process

Unit-III Registration and deep bites- acids developments-line tone -texture:

48
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Understanding the pre printing techniques such as registration of paper on printing press
bed, acid ratio and acid biting, developing etching, tonal and textural values.

Unit-IV Single color and multi-color print:

Taking monochrome print, use of different rollers & inks to get multi-colour print

Group discussion
Assignments: six completed prints.
* Examination will be in single color.

PA17B7.4C Mural Design-I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 6 6 50 50 100 J

Preparing a miniature sketch showing full details, colour scheme, size & proportion.
Different techniques (Indian & Western), Lectures on methods and possibilities of
materials like, plaster, wood, stone, ceramics, mosaic, fiber glass, brass, iron, bronze,
aluminum and other mixed medias. Mural design for a specific building alternative
visualization model making, execution of Mural.
Unit-I Introduction to Mural Design:
Advance study of Traditional method of mural making, modern approach to the schematic
design

Unit-II Various Techniques of Mural:

Learning of advance techniques of mural design and understanding the traditional and
contemporary mediums and material.

Unit-III Mosaic Mural design:

Study of preparing Mosaic Mural panels, execution of traditional and contemporary
designs and collective approach to mural making

Unit-IV Wall paintings:

Study of preparation of wall, selection and organization of pictorial elements, adaptation of
traditional and contemporary imagery and collective approach to mural making

Group discussion
Assignments: one mural design completed.
49
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

No Examination will be conducted-Evaluation by Jury

FA17B7.1C History of Visual Arts & Aesthetics-VII [Western]

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B6.1C 2 2 50 50 100 W

CONTEMPORARY ART IN THE WEST

Unit-I American Painting (1920’s): discuss the art scene during 1920s, with important works.
Abstract Expressionism: discuss the ideas of Clement Greenberg in relation to abstract
expressionism, study the Paintings of Mark Rothko, William de Kooning, Jackson Pollock
and Barnett Newman.

Unit-II British Pop Art, American Pop Art and Op Art

Unit-III Minimal Art and Conceptual Art

Unit IV Feminist art in Europe.

*Theory Teacher shall help the students in Selection of Topic for Dissertation, Working towards writing
Synopsis- Pilot Project for Dissertation

8TH SEMESTER [4TH YEAR] SYLLABUS

PA17B8.1C Creative Composition –II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PA17B7.1C 7 7 50 50 100 P

Unit-I Unit-I Experimental approach to thematic composition:

Advanced study of themes based on art historical and critical theories.

50
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Unit-II Identification of compositional problems through individual and group assessment and
defending it.. Exploration of Contemporary Art in different worlds.

Unit-III Experimental approach to thematic composition:

Choose medium of personal choice such as Printmaking, new media etc and create a
substantial body of works.
Unit-IV PowerPoint presentation
PowerPoint Presentation about the articulation of his/her work and defending it in terms of
Contemporary art practice.

Group discussion
Assignments: 6 Creative compositions - Portfolio.
* Evaluation will be done by Jury

PA17B8.2C Printmaking-VI

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

PA17B7.3C 8 8 50 50 100 P

Unit-I Experimentation with advance techniques in Etching - intaglio media:

Study of different types techniques in Etching example a dollar bill—bills and most
stamps are engraved in metal plates and are printed after a viscous ink (about the
consistency of oil paint) is forced into grooves, scratches, etched lines or indentations.
study of wiping/cleaning using newsprint and tarlatan, leaving ink only below plate level
and printing process.

Unit-II Stress on the development of individual techniques and style:

Importance given to develop a personalized style in PRINTMAKING, use of
desired/appropriated tonal differences, textures, use of desired techniques and
arrangement of the figures/forms on a pictorial space using various etching techniques

Unit-III Methods of (Mezzotint) /Aquatint:

Mezzotint is replaced with Aquatint, an intaglio printmaking technique, a variant of
etching. In intaglio printmaking, the artist makes marks on the plate (in the case of
aquatint, a copper or zinc plate) that are capable of holding ink.

Unit-IV Advance techniques of Aquatint:

Study of preparation and use of aqua dust/resin dust, melting process, slow biting acid
ratio to attain subtle tones on the zinc plates.

51
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Group discussion
Assignments: 4 Colour Prints.
* Examination will be in multi-colour

PA17B8.3C Dissertation

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 10 10 50 50 100 J

DISSERTATION:
At the end of academic completion, every student will have to submit a Dissertation on a
specific topic relevant to the painting in a prescribed format (ex. MLA)selected mutually
by students and guide. The students will be divided into small groups and will be
provided supervisors accordingly. The Viva-Voce panel consists one internal and one
external jury nominated by the Head of the Department.

Unit-I Introduction to Research Methodology

Unit-II Selection of Topic-area of Study (one to one discussion)
Unit-III Field Study, Data Collection, Analysis and Chapterzation
Unit-IV Presentations for Final submission

FA17B8.1C History of Visual Arts & Aesthetics-VIII [Indian]

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

FA17B7.1C 2 2 50 50 100 W

CONTEMPORARY ART IN INDIA

Unit-I Indigenism in Indian Art: Baroda Initiative (K.G. Subramanian). The Southern Initiative
(K.C.S. Paniker) and works of (J. Swaminathan)

Unit II Radical Painters and Sculptors Association

Unit III Indian Women artists: Discuss the works of Meera Mukherjee, Nasreen Mohamedi,
Nilima Sheik and Rekha Rodiwittiya

52
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Unit-IV Conceptual Art in India: Study of Installation art, site specific, performance based, video,
kinetic art.

PA17B8.XE Elective 8
PA17B8.1E MRP [Minor Research Project]

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 3 3 50 50 100 J

Information about an individual or a group of artists.

Unit I Selecting area of interest-objectives

Unit II Basic research methodology

Unit III Presentation-Selected artistic genre

Unit IV Final submission-Hard copy of MRP

Evaluation by Jury

PA17B8.XE Elective 8
PA17B8.2E New Media Art

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 3 3 50 50 100 J

New media art is a genre that investigates and presents current digital technologies and
explores a variety of venues through which ideas can be presented. It encompasses
artworks created with new media technologies, including digital art, computer graphics,
computer animation, virtual art, Internet art, interactive art and 3D printing. This course is
an introduction to understanding how media and content can be employed from an artist's
perspective, and stresses the role digital tools play in creating artwork.

Unit-I Understanding postmodern currents and New Media artworks

Unit-II Study of visual culture, handling of the materials or found objects-

Unit-III Exploration of Mediums and practices such as digital art, video- installation, virtual arts
and so on.

Unit-IV Creating artistic expressions using New Media tools

53
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Painting), effective from 2017-18

Group discussion
Assignments: At least 2 finished Works of Art to be displayed for Evaluation.
Evaluation by Jury

*****************************

54
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY
Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad – 500 028.

Academic Regulations for B.F.A. Programs

(Under the CBCS, Effective from the Academic Year 2017-2018)

Preamble:

JNAFAU’s Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) aims to provide comprehensive learning
opportunities which takes into account individual interests and abilities of the students.
Apart from the compulsory core courses, the students can choose from the elective
courses on offer in the university or also from approved online platforms like the MHRD’s
SWAYAM or MOOCs.

These regulations are subject to amendments as may be decided by the Academic

Council / Committee of the University from time to time. Any or all such amendments will
be effective from such date and to such batches of students (including those already in the
middle of the program) as may be decided by the Academic Council / Committee.

1. Glossary of Terms

1.1. Program: An educational program leading to award of a Degree in a discipline.

1.2. Course: Generally referred as a ‘subject’ offered under the degree program.
Each course is identified by a unique course code and course title. A course may
be designed to comprise lectures/ studio/tutorials/ laboratory work/ fieldwork/
outreach activities/ project work/vocational training /seminars /term papers/
assignments/ presentations/ self-study etc. or a combination of some of these. All
courses do not carry the same credits.
1.3. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS): In addition to the compulsory core
courses in a program, CBCS provides choice for students to select from a
number of elective courses offered. The term credit refers to the weightage
given to the course and is usually the number of periods per week allotted to it.
1.4. Re-admission: When a student is detained in a course due to shortage of
attendance or the student takes a break of study, the student has to take re-
admission to continue the program.
1.5. Re-registration: When a student has failed in a course due to low internal
assessment marks, but has satisfactory attendance, the student can re-register
to improve performance in internal assessment as well as external evaluation.
1.6. Re-appearance/ supplementary examinations: When a student has failed in a
course and wishes to improve performance only in end semester external
examination he/she can register to reappear for the supplementary examination.
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

1.7. Minimum Total Credits (MTC): These are minimum total credits to be secured
by a student to be considered eligible for award of the degree. This may be
different for different disciplines.
1.8. Director of Evaluation (DE) means the Authority of the University who is
responsible for all activities of the End Semester Examinations of the University.
1.9. Director, Academic and Planning (DAP) means the authority of the University
who is responsible for all academic activities for the implementation of relevant
rules and regulations.

2. Program Structure

2.1. Category of Courses: The program shall have a curriculum with syllabi
consisting of courses as prescribed by the Board of Studies, and broadly
categorized under:

2.1.1. Compulsory Core (CC) are courses deemed to be the core learning
required for the discipline. These courses are part of the compulsory
requirement to complete the program of study. A core course cannot be
substituted by any other course. A core course offered in this program
may be treated as a Professional or Open Elective by other programs.

2.1.2. Professional Electives (PE) are courses which are elective courses
relevant to the discipline. An Elective course is generally a course that
can be chosen from a pool of courses on offer. Every student shall be
required to opt for the electives from the list of electives offered. Students
can also opt for the electives on offer from any of the other Programs,
besides his / her own discipline courses, or even do online courses
subject to the respective Program specific regulations.

2.1.3. Open Electives (OE) are chosen generally from an unrelated discipline/
subject, with an intention to seek exposure/ add generic proficiency.
These may include Liberal Arts courses, Humanities and Social Science
courses, etc. and essentially facilitate the student to do courses
(including Core Courses or Professional Electives) offered by other
departments/ programs / institutions or online. Open Electives may not be
specified in the course structure and the University may approve and
offer any Open Elective courses in any semester as an option for the
students.

2.1.4. Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC). These are mandatory courses

based upon content that lead to general knowledge, ability and soft skills
enhancement, such as, Environmental Studies, Communication Skills,
Value Education, etc.

2.1.5. Non- Credit Courses / Activities mandatory for award of Degree:

There are some non-credit courses / activity such as: 1) Co-Curricular
Activity / Extension Activity (EA), 2) any other as specified in the
respective course structure / syllabus. A ‘Satisfactory’ grade in the
above, is compulsory for the award of degree.

2
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

2.1.6. Online Courses: Students may be permitted, with the prior approval of
the Department, to take online courses through SWAYAM or MOOCs or
any other approved online facility, in lieu of the Electives (both PE and
OE) offered in the University.

2.2. Credits:
2.2.1. Credits are indicative of the importance of the course. In the case of core
courses 1 period of direct teaching per week (Theory / Tutorial/ Studio/
Practical) = 1 credit

2.2.2. In the case of other courses like the Electives and the AEC courses, the
credits are based on their level of importance as decided by the Board of
Studies and as described in their respective course structures.

2.3. Pre-requisites: Some of the courses may have pre-requisites (i.e. the student
may be required to have registered and attended the course specified as a pre-
requisite.)

2.4. Types of Courses and Learning Sources

Types of Courses Learning Sources
Compulsory Core (CC) Parent Department (PD)
Professional Elective (PE) PD,/ Ponline
PD / OD
Ability Enhancement Course (AEC) PD / OD / online / Univ.
Open Elective (OE) PD / OD / online / Univ.
Extension Activity (EA) PD, OD, Univ.
Note: PD = Parent Department; OD = Other Departments / Institutions /
Universities

3. Duration of Program

3.1. A student is normally expected to complete the Program in four academic years
(8 Semesters) but in any case not more than 8 years (including break of study
for personal reasons or suspension/ detention due to disciplinary action, etc.).

3.2. Each semester shall normally consist of 90 working days (excluding end
semester examination days).

3.3. Gap Year: A student may be permitted to take a break of study for one
academic year for starting an enterprise or for any personal or medical reason
with prior approval. In exceptional cases, this may be extended to another year
after an appraisal process approved by the State Govt. / University. In such
cases also the student will be eligible for award of First Class with Distinction/
other awards. Rules of re-admission will apply to such cases.

3
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

4. Registration for choice of Electives:

4.1. Each student shall be deemed to have registered for all the compulsory core
and other mandatory (AEC) courses of every semester that he/she is
admitted to / promoted to, on the payment of the requisite fees.

4.2. However, in the case of electives (as per the course structure), students shall
submit their preferences from the list of electives on offer (including approved
online courses), and after allotment of the elective course, register for elective
courses of their choice – both professional and open electives.
4.3. The information on the list of all the courses offered in every department
specifying the course code, course title, credits, prerequisites, the timetable slots
and the registration process with the time schedules will be made available on
the University website. Every student is expected to go through the above
information, consult the faculty members, understand the choices and select
their choice of elective courses.

4.4. Every student shall submit their preferences from the list of electives on offer
(including approved online courses), register / re-register as per the registration
process and the schedule notified.

4.5. The departments shall put up the list of electives allotted to the students, using
their (departments’) discretion based on physical and other capacities, with first
preference given to the students from the parent department and later,
considering a first come first and/or SGPA basis for students from other
departments. However, students who have registered for elective courses
previously are allowed to re-register for courses in which they have failed.

4.6. In case none of the student’s preferred choices is allotted, or even otherwise,
the student may propose an alternative choice from among the available ones
after due consultation with the respective faculty. In any case, the students shall
register (which is effected only on their choice of elective being approved) for
the courses within the given schedule/ deadline.

4.6 After registering for a course, a student shall attend the classes, satisfy the
attendance requirements, earn Internal Assessment marks and appear for the
End Semester Examinations.

4.7 A student is permitted to cancel his/her registration for the elective courses,
within two weeks of starting of the semester.

4.8 To enable the students to choose electives from across the departments, the
DAP shall in consultation with all the departments, facilitate the announcement
of a common time-slot for the elective periods in the individual time tables of the
departments.

4.9 No elective course shall be commenced unless a minimum number of students

are registered (this number may be different for different courses and Programs
and may be decided by the Departments / College/ University every semester).

4
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

5. Attendance Requirements

5.1 A student has to put in a minimum of 75% of attendance, in aggregate of all the
courses registered in the semester (excluding approved online elective
courses) for becoming eligible to register for the end examinations and for
acquiring credits in each semester.

5.2 Shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and above, and below
75%) in each semester may be condoned by the College Academic Committee
on genuine and valid (including medical grounds), based on the student’s
representation with supporting evidence.
5.3 Condonation of shortage of attendance as stipulated above, shall not be
automatic but on the merits of the case to the satisfaction of the College
Academic Committee.

5.4 A stipulated fee shall be payable along with the application for condonation.

5.5 Shortage of attendance below 65% in aggregate (including medical grounds)

shall in no case be condoned.

5.6 A student will not be promoted to the next semester unless the attendance
requirement of the present semester is satisfied. In case of such detention the
student is not eligible to take the End Examination of that semester and the
course registration shall stand cancelled. The student shall seek re admission
for that semester when offered next.

5.7 In the case of re-registration (clauses 10.4 to 10.7) for a course/s, the
attendance requirement is not applicable.

6. Assessment

6.1 Distribution of Internal Assessment and End Exam Marks: Performance in

each course shall be evaluated as prescribed in the respective Program’s
course structure and syllabus. As a general pattern, 50% of the marks in a
course are through internal assessment and 50% through end semester
examinations. A few courses may have 100% of the assessment purely
through internal assessment. The thesis, the internship courses and many of
the studio courses are assessed through a jury and viva-voce for the end
semester examination.

6.2 Schedule for Internal Assessment: The students shall diligently follow the
given internal assessment schedule for the semester including submissions
and tests.

6.3 The compiled cumulative internal assessment marks and attendance of the
students will be displayed periodically at least twice during the Semester, for
information to the students. 50% of the marks allotted for the internal
assessment courses shall be submitted before the 12th week. All internal
assessment marks have to be finalized and uploaded / submitted in the
prescribed format, on or before the last day of End Semester Examinations of
the semester.

5
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

6.4 Assessment for Online Courses: In case of credits earned through approved
online modes, the credits and grades shall be assigned by a committee
consisting of Head of the Department or a teacher nominated by the HoD and a
senior faculty member nominated by the DAP/ Principal (in case the credits or
grades are not included by the online course faculty).

6.5 Non-Credit, Mandatory Courses / Activity: Assessment in these courses or

activity will be only in terms of “Satisfactory” or “Not Satisfactory”. A
‘Satisfactory’ grade in these listed courses/ activities is compulsory for the
award of degree.

6.5.1 Co-Curricular Activity / Extension Activity (EA) (for all round

development) : Every student has to participate in any one of the
following activities like NCC/ NSS/ Sports/ FSAI University’s Pro-bono
project activity/ any national or international student camp /any other
community development activity listed by the University and acquire a
”Satisfactory” grade to be considered eligible for award of a degree.
6.5.1.1 The student’s performance shall be examined by the faculty
in-charge of the relevant extension activity along with the
Head/ Coordinator of the Department/ activity.
6.5.1.2 Physically challenged students who are unable to participate
in any of the above activities shall be required to take an
appropriate test in the relevant area of any one of the above
activities and be graded and certified accordingly.

6.5.2 Any other course or activity as specified (including the mode of

assessment) in the respective course structure or syllabus.

7. Award of Letter Grades

7.1 The performance of a student will be reported using letter grades, each carrying
certain points as detailed below:
S. % of Marks Letter Grade
No. Minimum Maximum Grade Points
1. 90.00 100.00 A+ 10
2. 80.00 89.99 A 9
3. 70.00 79.99 B 8
4. 60.00 69.99 C 7
5. 50.00 59.99 D 6
6. 40.00 49.99 E 5
7. 00.00 39.99 F 0
8. Shortage of attendance and hence prevented SA 0
from writing end semester examination
9. Absent for End semester Ab 0
10. Satisfactory
examination* Satisfactory 0
Note: * Satisfactory grade will be given only for the non-credit courses/ activity such as
mentioned in clause 6.5. A ‘Satisfactory’ grade in these listed course/ activities is
compulsory for the award of degree.

6
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Example of assignment of letter grade and grade points for marks:

Total Grade Grade point
Course Title Int. Marks End Exam (GP)
Course X1 22 25 47 E 5
Course X2 39 41 80 A 9
Course X3 37 34 71 B 8
Course X4 29 30 59 D 6
Course X5 25 24 49 E 5

7.2. A student who earns at least an E grade in a course is declared to have

successfully completed the course, and is deemed to have earned the credits
assigned to that course. A course successfully completed cannot be repeated.

7.3. Students who fail to appear for end semester examinations will be marked as
‘Ab’ (Absent) and should register for supplementary examination by paying the
prescribed fees.

8. Academic Requirements: The following academic requirements have to be satisfied,

in addition to the attendance requirements mentioned in clause 5.

8.1 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and
earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course, if the student secures not
less than 40% marks in the semester end examination, and a minimum of 40%
of marks in the sum total or aggregate of the Internal Assessment and Semester
End Examination taken together; in terms of letter grades, this implies securing
‘E’ grade or above in that subject/ course.

8.2 A student eligible to appear in the end semester examination for any course, but
absent from it or failed (thereby failing to secure ‘E’ grade or above) may
reappear for that course in the supplementary examination as and when
conducted. In such cases, the internal marks obtained earlier for that course will
be retained, and added to the marks obtained in the end semester
supplementary examination for evaluating performance in that course.

9. Promotion between Semesters:

9.1. A student shall be promoted from odd to even semester if the minimum
requirement of attendance as in clause 5 is fulfilled.

9.2. A student shall be promoted from even to odd semester, if the minimum
requirement of attendance as in clause 5 is fulfilled and as per the other
requirements specified in the following table.

7
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

9.3. Table indicating promotion requirements from even to odd semesters:

From 2nd sem. to 3rd If the student does not have more than three
sem. backlog courses in the 1st semester.
th th
From 4 sem. to 5 Secured all the credits upto 2nd semester and
sem. does not have more than three backlog courses in
the 3rd semester
From 6th sem. to 7th Secured all the credits upto 4th semester and
sem. does not have more than three backlog courses in
the 5th semester

10. Re-admission and Re-registration

10.1 A student may be detained in a semester either due to shortage of

attendance, or due to having more than the permissible number of backlog
courses. Students detained due to shortage of attendance may be re-
admitted when the same semester is offered in the next academic year for
fulfillment of academic requirements.

10.2 A student detained due to not having enough credits or having more than the
permissible number of backlog courses, shall be promoted to the next
academic semester only after fulfilling the requirements as per Table 9.3.

10.3 No grade allotments or SGPA/ CGPA calculations will be done for the entire
semester in which student has been detained.

10.4 The academic regulations under which a student has been first admitted
shall be applicable in all cases of re-admission.

10.5 If a student fails in a Professional Elective or an Open Elective, the student

may re-register for the same or register afresh for any other Professional
Elective or Open Elective course respectively in the subsequent semesters.
In case of re-registration in the same courses, attendance is not mandatory,
whereas registration for any other elective course/s requires the student to
attend the classes and fulfill the attendance requirements as per Clause 5.

10.6 A student who fails in any course may be permitted the option of re-
registering in that subject only if the internal assessment marks are less
than 30%, so as to enable him/her to improve/redo and resubmit the work
for internal evaluation. In such cases of re-registration, the student’s
previous performance both in the internal evaluation and end evaluation in
the particular subject/s shall stand cancelled and he/she shall be required to
appear for the end semester evaluation again (end examination and /or
external jury as the case may be).

10.7 The maximum number of courses a student may be permitted for ‘re-
registration’ in a semester, is limited to three. Re- registration of any course
should be done within 7 days from the date of declaration of the relevant
results. A stipulated fee shall be payable towards re registration in any
subject.

8
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

10.8 The student may attend classes in the case of the re-registered courses, if
the student wishes. However, the attendance requirement is not compulsory
for such courses.

11. Grade Points, SGPA and CGPA Calculation

11.1. After the results are declared, Grade Sheets will be issued to each student
which will contain the list of courses registered during the semester and the
performance in each with details of whether passing or failing, credits earned
in that semester, promoted or not, letter grades, grade points, etc.

11.2. Grade Points: The grade points obtained in a subject multiplied by the
credits for that subject will be the weighted grade points.

Weighted Grade Points (WGP) = C x GP

Where ‘C’ is the number of credits assigned for the subject and ‘GP’ is the
Grade Point obtained as per the Table in clause 7.1 above.

11.3. SGPA: The sum of the weighted grade points divided by the total number of
credits in a semester will give the Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA).

SGPA = ∑CiGPi / ∑Ci i = 1 to n

Where n is the number of courses the student registered for in the

semester, ‘C’ is the number of credits allotted to each of the courses, and
‘GP’ is the grade-point obtained by the student in the respective courses.
An example follows:
Credits Grade Weighted Grade
Course Title (C) (GP) Points (WGP)
Course X1 3 7 21
Course X2 8 8 64
Course X3 8 7 56
Course X4 7 7 49
Course X5 2 6 12
Course X6 2 6 12
Total 30 214
Semester Grade Point Average
(SGPA) = Total WGP/ Total credits = 7.13

11.4. CGPA: The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) will be computed for
every student as:

CGPA = ∑CiGPi / ∑Ci i = 1 to m

Where ‘m’ is the number of subjects registered for in all the semesters from

9
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

the 1st semester onwards. ‘C’ is the number of credits allotted to each of the
courses, and ‘GP’ is the grade-point obtained by the student in the
respective courses.

11.5. The CGPA and SGPA will be rounded off to the second decimal place and
recorded as such.

11.6. For the purpose of computation of the final CGPA, award of degree, award of
the class as in clause 14, and other honours if any, including medals, the
performance in the best MTC (Minimum Total Credits) only, as specified in
Table in clause 12.2, will be taken into account.

12. Eligibility for the Award of Degree: A student shall be eligible for the award of the
“B.F.A.” Degree in the specific discipline into which he/she was admitted, if the
following academic regulations are fulfilled:

12.1. Has pursued the program of study for not less than four academic years and
not more than eight academic years. Students, who fail to fulfill all the
academic requirements for the award of the degree within eight academic
years from the year of their admission, shall forfeit their seat in the program
and their seat shall stand cancelled.

12.2. Successfully secured the Minimum Total Credits required for the respective
Programs.

Table : B.F.A. Programs and Credits

S.No. B.F.A. Program Total Credits Minimum Total

Credits (MTC)
1 Applied Arts& Visual 240 225
Communication
2 Painting& Visual 240 225
Communication
3 Sculpture& Visual 240 222
Communication
4 Photography & Visual 240 228
Communication
5 Animation 240 225

12.3. Successfully secured “Satisfactory” grades in all the mandatory non-credit

courses/ activity.

12.4. Has secured a minimum of 5.0 CGPA

12.5. No disciplinary action is pending against the student.

13. Withholding of the results: The results of a student may be withheld if:
13.1. He/she has not cleared any dues to the University/Institution/Hostel.
13.2. A case of disciplinary action against the student is pending disposal.

10
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

14. Classification of the Degree Awarded

After a student has satisfied the requirements prescribed for the completion of the
program and is eligible for the award of the B.F.A. Degree in the Program to which
he/she was admitted, he/she shall be placed in one of the four classes as shown in
the Table.

1. 8.0 and above of CGPA.

First Class with 2. Should have passed the examination in all the courses of
Distinction all the eight semesters within five years, which includes any
authorized break of study of one year (clause 3.3).
3. Should NOT have been prevented from writing end semester
examination due to lack of attendance in any of the courses.

First Class Below 8.0 but not less than 7.0 of CGPA and
Second Class Below 7.0 CGPA but not less than 6.0
Pass Class Below 6.0 CGPA but not less than 5.0
Note : In all the above cases CGPA shall be calculated from the Grade Points secured for the
best MTC (Minimum Total Credits) (Refer Table in Clause 12.2)

15. Malpractice: If a student indulges in malpractice in any of the examinations, he/she

shall be liable for punitive action as prescribed by the University from time to
time.

16. General

16.1 In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the academic

regulations, the decision of the Vice-Chancellor is final.

16.2 The University may from time to time revise, amend or change the
Regulations, Curriculum, Syllabus and Scheme of Assessment.

11
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Course Structure BFA Photography

En
d
Exa
Periods per Week Marks
m
Ty
Semester - I pe
P
/ W/
Ext
Course Code Pre- L T Cre Int. Total S/J
.
S.N requis / Tot dit /P
o. Course Title ites S/F O al s
Basic
PH17B1.1C Photography 8 8 50 50 100 S
1 Tech. Nil 8
Photo
PH17B1.2C Aesthetics 6 6 50 50 100 S
2 Tech. Nil 6
Basic
3 PH17B1.3C 4 4 4 50 50 100 W
Photography Nil
Photo 4 4 4 50 50 100
PH17B1.4C W
4 Aesthetics Nil
History of 4 4 4 50 50 100
PH17B1.5C W
5 Photography Nil
GN17B1.6A 2 2 2 50 50 100 W
6 English Nil
Environmental
GN17B1.7A 2 2 2 50 50 100 W
7 Studies Nil
Semester - II

Periods per Week Marks

P
/ W/
Ext
Course Code Pre- L T Cre Int. Total S/J
.
S.N requis / Tot dit /P
o. Course Title ites S/F O al s
Digital Photo 10 10 50 50 100
8 PH17B2.1C S
Tech. Nil 10
Colour
PH17B2.2C Photography 8 8 50 50 100 S
9 Tech Nil 8
Colour 4 4 4 50 50 100
PH17B2.3C W
10 Photography Nil
Digital
PH17B2.4C 4 4 4 50 50 100 W
11 Photography Nil
Basics of
PH17B2.5C 2 2 2 50 50 100 W
12 Computers Nil
Communicatio
13 GN17B2.6A 2 2 2 50 50 100 W
n Skills Nil
Value
14 GN17B2.7A 2 2 2
Education Nil

12
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Semester - III
En
d
Exa
Marks
m
Ty
Periods per Week pe
P
/ W/
Ext
Course Code Pre- L T Cre Int. Total S/J
.
S.N requis / Tot dit /P
o. Course Title ites S/F O al s
Fine Art Photo
PH17B3.1C 8 8 50 50 100 S
15 Tech. Nil 8
Photojournalis
PH17B3.2C 8 8 50 50 100 P
16 m Tech. Nil 8
Advertising
PH17B3.3C 4 4 4 50 50 100 W
17 Photography Nil
Photojournalis 4 4
PH17B3.4C 4 50 50 100 W
18 m Nil
PH17B3.5E 4 4 50 50 100
19 Elective Nil 4
PH17B3.6O 2 0 50 50 100
20 Open Elective Nil 2
Semester - IV
En
d
Exa
Marks
m
Ty
Periods per Week pe
P
/ W/
Ext
Course Code Pre- L T Cre Int. Total S/J
.
S.N requis / Tot dit /P
o. Course Title ites S/F O al s
Digital
21 PH17B4.1C Imaging Tech. 8 8 8 50 50 100 P
–I Nil
Fashion
22 PH17B4.2C 6 6 50 50 100 S
Photography Nil 6
Product
23 PH17B4.3C 6 6 50 50 100 S
Photography Yes 6
Mass
24 PH17B4.4C Communicatio 4 4 4 50 50 100 W
n Nil
25 PH17B4.5E Elective 4 0 50 50 100
4
26 PH17B4.6O Open Elective 2 2 50 50 100
2

13
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Semester - V

En
d
Exa
Marks
m
Ty
Periods per Week pe
P
/ W/
Ext
Course Code Pre- L T Cre Int. Total S/J
.
S.N requis / Tot dit /P
o. Course Title ites S/F O al s

Digital
1
27 PH17B5.1C Imaging Tech. Yes 50 50 100 P
0
– II 10 10
Food
28 PH17B5.2C Yes 50 50 100 S
Photography 6 6 6
29 PH17B5.3C Mini Project Nil 6 50 50 100 J
6 6
Applied
30 PH17B5.4C Nil 2 50 50 100 W
Photography 2 2
31 PH17B5.5E 50 50 100
Elective 4 4 0
32 PH17B5.6O 50 50 100
Open Elective 2 2 0
Semester - VI
En
d
Exa
Marks
m
Ty
Periods per Week pe
P
/ W/
Ext
Course Code Pre- L T Cre Int. Total S/J
.
S.N requis / Tot dit /P
o. Course Title ites S/F O al s
Basic Video
33 PH17B6.1C Nil 50 50 100 S
Tech. 10 10 10
Video Post
34 PH17B6.2C Production Nil 8 50 50 100 P
Tech. 8 8
35 PH17B6.3C Yes 6 50 50 100 J
Portfolio 6 6
Basic
36 PH17B6.4C Nil 2 50 50 100 W
Videography 2 2
37 PH17B6.5E 50 50 100
Elective 2 0
38 PH17B6.6O 2 0 50 50 100
Open Elective

14
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Semester - VII
En
d
Exa
Marks
m
Ty
Periods per Week pe
P
/ W/
Ext
Course Code Pre- L T Cre Int. Total S/J
.
S.N requis / Tot dit /P
o. Course Title ites S/F O al s
Advanced Post
1
39 PH17B7.1C Production Yes 12 12 50 50 100 P
2
Tech.
Professional
40 PH17B7.2C Yes 50 50 100 S
Video Tech. 10 10 10
Professional
41 PH17B7.3C Yes 4 4 4 50 50 100 W
Videography
Cinematograp
42 PH17B7.4C Nil 4 4 4 50 50 100 W
hy
Semester - VIII
En
d
Exa
Marks
m
Ty
Periods per Week pe
P
/ W/
Ext
Course Code Pre- L T Cre Int. Total S/J
.
S.N requis / Tot dit /P
o. Course Title ites S/F O al s
Practical
43 PH17B8.1C Training / Yes 20 20 50 50 100 J
Internship 15
10 10
44 PH17B8.2C Yes 20 20 200 J
Thesis 2 0 0

15
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

BFA PHOTOGRAPHY & VISUAL COMMUNICATION

1st Semester (1st Year)

PH17B1.1C: BASIC PHOTOGRAPHY TECH.

S: 8/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: S Cr:8

UNIT- I
1. Key light or main light or principle light.
2. Fill in light.
3. Bounce light.
5. Diffused light & Directional Diffused Light
6. Exposure Calculation
7. Light meters
UNIT-II
1. Light angles
2. Low Key
3. High Key
4. Rembrandt Lighting
5. Butterfly lighting
UNIT-II I
1. Outdoor light Portrait
2. Bounced light Portrait
3. Ambient light Portrait
4. Window Light Portrait
UNIT-I V
1. Mounting - Fundamentals
2. Mounting materials & Techniques
3. Display Techniques
4. Lighting for Display

Assignments: 1. Basic light portrait

2. Low Key/High Key light portrait
3. Butterfly light portrait
4. Window light portrait
5. Broad light/Narrow light portrait
The above prints should be in B & W (8”x10” Size) and mounted on hand board sheet.

PH17B1.2C: PHOTO AESTHETICS TECH.

S: 6/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: S Cr:6
UNIT – I
1. Horizontal Lines
2. Vertical Lines
3. Zigzag lines
4. Curved Lines
5. Movement of lines.
UNIT – II

16
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

1. Horizontal Composition
2. Vertical Composition
3. Dynamic Composition
4. L - Composition
5. S - Composition
UNIT- I I I
1. Point of Interest.
2. Shapes
3. Texture
4. Pattern.
5. Balance.
UNIT – IV
1. Rule of Thirds.
2. Lead Room / Leading Space.
3. Angle of View.
4. Perspective
5. Depth
UNIT – V
1. Architecture
2 Landscapes
3. Still Life
4. Photo Montage & Collage
5. Physiogram (Light Painting)

Books Recommended
1. Anatomy of a picture by G.THOMAS.
2. Creative Photography Aesthetic trends by Helmut Gernshiem.
3. The complete Encyclopedia of Photography Michael Langford.

Assignments:
1. 2 Pictures of each line in Horizontal & Vertical Composition
2. Shape, Texture, Pattern & Balance
3. Rule of Thirds
4. Architecture
5. Landscape
6. Still life
7. Physiogram

All above assignments should be submit with 4” X 6” size Print, Technical details & Lighting
Diagram.

PH17B1.3C: BASIC PHOTOGRAPHY

L: 4/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:4

UNIT- I
Camera - Types of Cameras - Pinhole camera - Box Camera - View Camera -Ranger
finder Camera - Single lens reflex Camera - Twin lens Reflex Camera - Polaroid Camera -
Panoramic Camera - Process Camera -Cine Camera - Video Camera - Digital Camera -
Different formats of Camera - Large format - Medium format - Small format.

17
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

UNIT- II
Optics - positive and negative lenses -Focal length - resolving power of lens - lens
aberration and rectification -'spherical chromatic - coma - astigmatism - distortion –Curvature
of field - types of lenses - Normal - wide angle - telephoto - zoom lenses -supplementary
lenses –Digital Lenses.

UNIT- III
Anatomy of camera - body - lens - view finder - Aperture - Shutter- Horizontal - vertical
moving shutters - Shutter speed – Shutter efficiency - merits and de-merits of between
the lens shutter and focal plane shutters - aperture and shutter relation - film compartment-
self timer.

UNIT – IV
Focusing - rack and pinion focusing -Scale focusing - automatic focusing –Types of Focusing in
Digital - Exposure - exposure latitude - exposure meters - Incident Light meters - reflected light
meters - built in light meters - Depth of field - Circle of confusion - Depth of focus - Hyper
focal distance.

UNIT-V
Cross section of the film - Resolving power - Speed - Graininess - Different types of films
– Different Developers - Ingredients of developer – enlargers - Density -paper grades.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
I) Camera by Brain Coe
2) Basic Photography by Focal Press
3) Advanced Photography by Focal Press
Internal Exam: Unit Test I & II of each 25 marks

PH17B1.4C: PHOTO AESTHETICS

L: 4/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:4

UNIT – I
Definition of Light - Principles of Light - Properties of Light - Reflection - Refraction -
Absorption - Transmission - Dispersion - Light characteristics - Quality - Quantity –
Color – Direct light – Indirect light – Diffused light – Light as subject – Shadow as subject

UNIT – II
Need for the light in Photography - Light sources - Natural light -Sunlight - Moon light -
Ambient Light - Artificial Light sources - Flood light - Spot light - Halogen light - Electronic
flash light – Digital lights.

UNIT – III
Photography Visual Art – Visualization - Principles of visualization - Composition guidelines -
Golden mean - Centre of interest - Horizon -Effect of direction - Symbolism - Space -
Producing space and controlling - Depth - Composition analysis.

18
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

UNIT – IV
Principles of design – Concepts of geometry - Line - Types of lines - Lines of movement -
Vertical lines - Horizontal lines - diagonal lines - curved lines - zigzag lines - Angle of view -
Perspective - Types of Perspectives - Linear Perspective - Aerial Perspective - Oblique
angle Perspective -Vanishing point - Perspective control.
UNIT-V
Composition - Emphasizing factors of composition - Elements of composition - Order -
Shape -Balance - Still life study.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1.Composition by Focal Press.
2.Basic Techniques of Photography (Ansel Adams Guide)
3. Basic Photography by M.J.Langford.
Internal Exam: Unit Test I & II of each 25 marks

PH17B1.5C: HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY

L: 4/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:4

UNIT- I (4 BC TO 1827 AD)
Camera Obscura- -John Henry Schultz-Thomas Wedgewood- Joseph Niecephore Niepce.
UNIT-II (1828 TO 1860)
Louis Jacques Monde Daguerre-Daguerreotype-process- Calo Type process-Wet Collodion
Process- Charles Negre-Gustave Le gray-Roger Fenton. William Henry Fox Talbot
UNIT- I II (1860 TO 1900)
The Gelatin Emulsion-Masters of Photography-Mathew B. Brady- Nadar – Julia Margaret
Cameron – Edward Steichen-Man Ray- Ansel Adams- Henri Cartier Bresson- - Early Images of
war- Robert Capa - Early Travel Photography-Early Pictorial Photography- -Motion in
Photography-Early Portrait Photography - Edward Muybridge - Eugene Atget- Yousuf Karsh-
Irving Penn- Helmut Newton
UNIT – IV (HISTORY OF INDIAN PHOTOGRAPHY (1840)
Importance of photography before independence-Indian Photographers - Raja Savai Man
Singh -Lala Deen Dayal-Honors of Deen Dayal-His establishments at Hyderabad-Perumal-
Raja Triambak Raj Bhahadur-O.C. Edwards - Benu Senn -Dr. G. Thomas-P.N.Mehra-Homai
Vyarawala- Gautam Rajyadhakshya - Prabuddha Das Gupta.
UNIT –V (HISTORY OF INDIAN PHOTOGRAPHY 1900 ONWARDS)
Early Photography Societies and its impact on Indian Photography - Federation of Indian
Photography -India International Photographic Council-Contemporary Indian Photographers-
Raghu Rai-Pablo Bartholomew- Dayanita Singh- Sooni Taraporevala
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Great Photographers by Time/Life series.
2. History of Photography (India 1840-1980) by G. Thomas.
3. Photography by C.B.Neblette.

Prepare a Book on History of Photography. – 10 Marks

Internal Exam: Unit Test I & II of each 20 marks

19
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

GN17B1.1A: ENGLISH
L: 2/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:2

Unit I
Listening:
In this unit you will learn to distinguish the different stages of listening, to listen
effectively. Phonology, stress-marking, Homophones

Unit-II
Terminology (subject-enabled):
In this unit, one can learn the vocabulary that is specific the stream/industry
(terminology) and the overall usage of a word in syntax (sentence). Commonly
confused words

Unit-III
Functional Grammar:
In this unit, learning of the importance of parts of speech and other aspects of
grammar, learning of syntax formation, phrases & clauses, subject-verb
agreement, direct vs indirect speech, active vs passive voice, question tags.

Unit-IV
Reading:
Reading helps us to discover new things. Books, magazines and even the
internet are great learning tools which require the ability to read and understand
what is read.
In this unit, one can develop to skill of reference: Dictionary, Thesaurus,
Encyclopedia, and Book reading.
Proposed question paper marking for Semester one
Internal Exam for 50 marks
All the four units (Unit 1, 2, 3 & 4) are to be assessed internally and given marks under
internal exam marks category.
External Exam for 50 marks
Only Units 2, 3 & 4 are to be assessed externally and given marks under external marks
category.

GN17B1.2A: ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

L: 2/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:2

UNIT - 1
The Multi disciplinary nature of environmental studies Definition, scope and importance
need for public awareness.

UNIT – 2 NATURAL RESOURCES:

RENEWABLE AND NON-RENEWABLE:
NATURAL RESOURCES AND ASSOCIATED PROBLEMS.

20
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

a) Forest resources: Use and over-exploitation, deforestation, case studies. Timber

extraction, mining, dams and their effects on forests and tribal people.
b) Water resources: Use and over-utilization of surface and ground water, floods,
drought, conflicts over water, dams-benefits and problems.
c) Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and
using mineral resources, case studies.
d) Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and
overgrazing, effects of modem agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging,
salinity, case studies.
e) Energy resources; Growing energy needs, renewable and non renewable energy
sources, use of alternate energy sources, case studies.
f) Land resources: Land as a resource, and degradation, man Induced landslides, soil
erosion and desertification.
- Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources.
- Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles. (8 lectures)
UNIT – 3 ECOSYSTEMS
• Concept of an ecosystem.
• Structure and function of an ecosystem.
• Producers, consumers and decomposers.
• Energy flow in the ecosystem.
• Ecological succession.
• Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids.
• Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the
following ecosystem:-
a) Forest ecosystem
b) Grassland ecosystem
c) Desert ecosystem
d) Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, Estuaries)
(6 lectures)
UNIT – 4 BIODIVERSITY AND ITS CONSERVATION
• Introduction — Definition : genetic, species and ecosystem diversity.
• Biogeographically classification of India Value of biodiversity : consumptive use,
Productive use social, ethical, aesthetic and option values. Biodiversity at global,
National and local levels,
• Hot-spots of biodiversity.
• Threats to biodiversity : habit loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts.
• Endangered and endemic species of India. Conservation of biodiversity: In --situ and Ex--
situ conservation of biodiversity.

UNIT – 5 ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION

DEFINITION
• Causes, effects and control measures of: -
a. Air pollution
b. Water pollution
c. Soil pollution
d. Marine pollution
e. Noise pollution
f. Thermal pollution
g. Nuclear hazards

21
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Solid waste Management: Causes , effects and control measures of urban and industrial
wastes.
• Role of individual in prevention of pollution.
• Pollution case studies.
Disaster management: floods, earthquake, Cyclone and landslides.
(8 lectures)

UNIT – 6 SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT

• From Unsustainable to Sustainable development Urban problems related to energy
• Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management
• Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns case studies.
• Environmental ethics: Issues and possibi~ solutions.
• Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and
holocaust, case studies.
• Wasteland reclamation.
• Consumerism and waste products.
• Environment protection Act.
• Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act.
• Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act. Wildlife protection Act. Forest
Conservation Act.
Issues involved in Enforcement of Environmental legislation. Public awareness. (7
lectures)
UNIT – 7 HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT
• Population growth, variation among nations. Population explosion — Family Welfare
Programme.
• Environment and Human Health.
• Human Rights.
• Value Education.
• HIV/AIDS.
• Women and child welfare.
• Role of information Technology in Environment and Human Health Case studies (6
lectures)

UNIT – 8 FIELD WORK

• Visit to a local area to document environmental assets-river / forest / grassland / hill /
mountain
• Visit to a local polluted site — Urban / rural / industrial / agricultural
• Study of common plants, insects, birds
• Study of simple ecosystems — pond, river, hill slopes, etc. (Field work Equal to 5 lecture
hours)
Internal Exam: Unit Test I & II of each 25 marks

22
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

2nd Semester (1st Year)

PH17B2.1C: DIGITAL PHOTO TECH.

S: 8/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: S Cr:8

UNIT – I How to use Digital Camera – shooting images with correct

Exposure - Application of Histogram.

UNIT – II Understanding the applications of ISO Settings and Noise

Problems- White Balance.

UNIT – III Shooting with manual Settings Auto Exposure Modes in

Indoor & Studio Exercises.

UNIT – IV Light: Natural, Artificial- Continuous Light Sources- Flash Light / Strobe
Light Sources- LED Lights

UNIT – V Light Modifiers – Umbrella -Soft Boxes –Reflectors- Beauty Dish – Strip
Lights- Grids- Barn Doors-Snoot- Optical Spot Light- Gobos- Light
Cutters / Flags – Skimmers
Assignments:
1. Shooting at different ISO of same subject.
2. Understanding Histogram with different exposures.
3. Understanding different Dial modes with experimenting.
4. Shooting Portraits with different light sources.

All above assignments should be submit with 8” X 12” size Print, Technical details & Lighting Diagram

PH17B2.2C: COLOUR PHOTOGRAPHY TECH.

S: 8/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: S Cr:8

UNIT – I Dawn to Dusk. (Early morning to late after Sunset same

subject same framing)

UNIT – II Strong Colour – Muted Colour.

UNIT – III Color Contrast - Colour Harmony.

UNIT – IV Isolated Colour – Color space.

UNIT – V Color Management - Color printing in Commercial labs.

Assignments:
1. Dawn to Dusk
2. Colour as Subject (Red, Green & Blue) in Studio (Tungsten & Strobe) & Outdoor.
3. Color Re-Copy
4. Colour Contrast,
5. Colour Harmony
6. Sunrise & Sunset (with different sky patterns)

23
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Books Recommended
1. Making of Colour by Dixons World of Photography.

PH17B2.3C: COLOUR PHOTOGRAPHY

L: 4/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:4

UNIT - I
Origin - Early attempts – Hand coloring - Color spectrum - Primary colors and
Secondary colors – Visible Spectrum.

UNIT –II
Colour Temperature- Colour Contrast – Colour Harmony – Additive colour –
Subtractive color -RGB / CMY Color.

UNIT – III
Colour Vision - Colour Psychology - Color Synthesis – Color Negative film process –
Color Positive Film process - Negative and Positive colors - Warm colors - Cool colors -
Colour balance.

UNIT- IV
Storage of color film – Scanning – Drum Scanner – Flat Bed Scanner – Output –
Indexing for Filming – Retrieval.

UNIT- V
Characteristic of color - Strong color -Muted color – Isolated Colour -Colour hue - color
wave length

BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Theory and Practice of color (life series) by France Gerritson.
2. Book of color Photography by Adrain Bailey and Holloway.
3. Color films by Jeorge Wakefield.
4. Color Printing in Practice by Jack Tailor. ,
5. Ansel Adams Guide to Basic techniques of Photography.

Internal Exam: Unit Test I & II of each 25 marks

PH17B2.4C: DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY

L: 4/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:4

UNIT – I Digital Basics - Introduction to Digital Imaging Principles.

UNIT – II The Digital Camera – Components of Digital Camera – Sensor – Sensor Characteristics &
Configuration – LC D Display – Menu & Operations.

UNIT – III Digital Camera Lenses – Digital Zoom – Auto Focus systems – Optical Zoom –
Focal length – Depth of field – Depth of focus

24
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

UNIT – IV Image formation – Color Formation; Characteristic of Digital Image – ISO & Resolution –
Dynamic Range – Histogram - Noise – Aliasing - Moiré - Remedial measures.

UNIT – V Storage – Methods of storage – File formats & Storage – Storage Devices – Precautions for
stories – Data recovery Software.

Recommended Books:
1. The Digital Photography Hand Book by David Jones
2. Advanced Digital Photography by Tom Ang.
3. Photography Foundations for Art & Design mark Galer 3rd Edition
4. Web Resources.
Internal Exam: Unit Test I & II of each 25 marks

PH17B2.5C: BASICS OF COMPUTERS

L: 2/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:2

UNIT – I
What is computer - Characteristics of computer - History of computer - Abacus - Pascal’s
mechanical calculator Charles Babbage’s - differential engine - Electronic numeric Integrator
and calculator (ENIAC) - Universal Automatic computer (UNIVAC).

UNIT – II
Generation of Computers - Their advantage and disadvantages. Components of a computer -
Hardware - Central Processing Unit (CPU) - Primary storage section - Arithmetic logic unit -
Control unit – Storage Units.

UNIT - III
Input Devices - Keyboard - Mouse - Joystick - Trackball - Light pen - Magnetic scanner -
Touch screen - Microphone. Output devices - External storage devices - Floppy disk –
compact disc – Hard disk - Printer- Software -

UNIT - IV
Different types of Monitors – CRT – LCD - & LED. RAM - Types of File Systems – FAT- FAT32 –
NTFS. Types of computers – Analog – Digital – Hybrid Computers – Special Purpose
Computers – Super – Mainframe – Mini- Macro Computers.

UNIT - V
Uses of Computers in Various Fields – How to protect your computer from Virus.

Books Recommended:
1. An introduction to Computer studies by Noel Kalicharan.
2. Computer Basics - Published by Dr. MCR HRD Institute of A.P.
3. Hardware - Bible by Winn L Rosen.
Internal Exams: Unit Test I & II of each 25 marks

GN17B2.1A: COMMUNICATION SKILLS

L: 2/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:2

25
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Course Overview: To prepare students to acquire understanding and fluency in English

for professional work
Objectives of the Course: To provide an adequate mastery of technical and
communicative English Language training primarily, reading and writing skills, and also
listening and speaking skills.
Expected Skills / Knowledge Transferred: To prepare students for participation in
seminars, group discussions, paper presentation and general personal interaction at the
professional level.
Unit I: Communication: Importance of Communication; Elements of good individual
communication; organizing oneself; different types of communication; Barriers in the path
of Communication
Unit II: Listening skills: Listening to conversation and speeches (Formal and
Informal)Reading: Techniques of reading, skimming, Scanning, SQ3R technique
Unit III: Creative Writing: Scope of creative writing; Writing skills Signposting, Outlines,
Rephrasing Writing a report/ format of the report; Paragraph, Letter Writing, Essay writing,
Memo, Circular, Notice, Cover Letter, Resume, Writing with a thesis, Summary, Précis,
Product description – Description of projects and features Oral Report; Periodical Report;
Progress Report; Field Report Preparation of minutes; Video conference; Tele conference /
Virtual meeting
Unit IV: Speaking: How to converse with people, How to communicate effectively;
Language and grammar skills; Pronunciation drills, Phonetics, vowels, Diphthongs,
consonants, Stress, Rhythm and intonation, Conversational skills
Features of effective speech- practice in speaking fluently –role play – telephone skills –
etiquette.
Short Extempore speeches – facing audience – paper presentation – getting over
nervousness – Interviewtechniques – preparing for interviews – Mock Interview – Body
Language.
Unit V: Impact of internet on communication; communication through computers; voice
mail; broadcast messages; e-mail auto response; etc.
Reference books:
1. Krishna Mohan &Meera Banerji: Developing Communication Skills Macmillan India
2. C S Rayudu: Principles of Public Relations, Himalaya Publishing House
3. K. Ashwathappa: Organizational Behavior, Himalaya PublishingHouse
4. Daniel Colman: Emotional Intelligence,
GN17B2.2A: VALUE EDUCATION

L: 2/Wk Int: Nil Ext: Nil Total: Nil End Exam: Nil Cr:2

Course Overview: To provide guiding principles and tools for the development of the
whole person, recognizing that the
individual is comprised of Physical, Intellectual, Emotional and Spiritual dimensions.

Knowledge Transfer /Expected Skills:

To help individuals think about and reflect on different values.

26
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

To deepen understanding, motivation and responsibility with regard to making

personal and social choices and the practical implications in relation to
themselves and others, the community and the world at large
To inspire individuals to choose their own personal, social, moral and spiritual
values and be aware of practical methods for developing and deepening them.

Unit - I
Value Education—Introduction – Definition of values – Why values? – Need for Inculcation
of values – Object of Value Education – Sources of Values – Types of Values: i) Personal
values ii) Social values iii) Professional values iv) Moral and spiritual values) Behavioral
(common) values

Unit - II
Personal values – Definition of person – Self confidence – Relative and absolute
confidence, being self-determined, swatantrata (loosely equivalent to freedom).Self
discipline – Self Assessment – Self restraint –Self motivation – Determination – Ambition –
Contentment Self-respect and respect to others; expression of respect

Unit - III
Social values – Units of Society - Individual, family, different groups – Community – Social
consciousness – Equality and Brotherhood – Dialogue – Tolerance – Sharing – Honesty-
Responsibility – Cooperation; Freedom – Repentance and Magnanimity.
Peer Pressure – Ragging - examples - making one’s own choices

Unit - IV
Professional values – Definition – Competence – Confidence – Devotion to duty –
Efficiency – Accountablility
– Respect for learning /learned – Willingness to learn-Open and balanced mind – Team
spirit – Professional
Ethics – Willingness for Discussion; Difference between understanding and assuming
Time Management: Issues of planning, as well as concentration (and aligning with self
goals)
Expectations from yourself. Excellence and competition, coping with stress, Identifying
one’s interests as well as strengths.

Unit V
Behavioral values – Individual values and group values. Anger: Investigation of reasons,
watching one’s own anger; Understanding anger as: a sign of power or helplessness,
distinction between response and reaction.
Right utilization of physical facilities. Determining one’s needs, needs of the self and of the
body, cycle of nature.
Relationship with teachers. Inside the class, and outside the class, interacting with
teachers.

Unit VI
Complimentary nature of skills and values. Distinction between information & knowledge
Goals: Short term goals and long term goals; How to set goals; How to handle
responsibilities which have to be fulfilled while working for goals.

Reference Books
1. Ramancharla Pradeep Kumar. Compiled Reading Material IIIT Hyderabad

27
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

2. Dr. S. Ignacimuthu S. J., Values for life, Better yourself Books, Bandra
Mumbai-600 050 (1999).
3. Values (Collection of Essays)., Published by : Sri Ramakrishna Math.,
Chennai—4 (1996)
4. Prof. R.P.Dhokalia., Eternal Human Values NCRT –Campus Sri Aurobindo
Marg., New Delhi
5. Swami Vivekananda., Education., Sri Ramakrishna Math., Chennai-4(1957)
6. Holy Books of all religions

28
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

3rd Semester (2nd Year)

PH17B3.1C: FINE ART PHOTO TECH.

S: 8/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: S Cr:8

UNIT - I
Overview of Fine Art Photography – Painting & Photography Relations – Pictorialism -
Aesthetics of Fine Art Photography.

UNIT – II
1. Nature
2. Landscape
3. Skyscape
4. Seascape

UNIT – III
1. Form
2. shape
3. Color
4. Texture

UNIT – IV
1. Portrait
2. Architecture
3. Still life
4. Conceptual Still life.

Books Recommended
1. Picture Encyclopedia.
2. British Photography Journals.
3. The Era of Photography by Braive.
4. The Art of Photography Life Series Books
5. Focal Encyclopedia of Photography.

Assignments: 1. Landscape. (Urban & Rural)

2. Architecture. (Interior/Exteriors)
3. Skyscape
4. Seascape
5. Portrait. (old-age, Middle-age, Child)
6. Still life & Conceptual Still Life
7. Panorama

PH17B3.2C: PHOTOJOURNALISM TECH.

P: 8/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: P Cr:8

Unit I: Candid Photography, Environmental Portrait, Men at Work, Child Labour,

Street Life.

29
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Unit II: Editorial Pictures- Culture, Traditions, Festivals, Life style, Monuments.

Unit III: Documenting events, Processions, Boycotts, Spot news stories, Sports
Photojournalism.

Unit IV: Photo sequence, Photo feature, Photo editing, Soft news stories.

Assignments:
1. Environmental Portrait
2. Street Life
3. Sports Photos
4. Photo Sequence
5. Photo Feature

All above assignments should be submitted with 4” X 6” size Print.

PH17B3.3C: ADVERTISING PHOTOGRAPHY

L: 4/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:4

UNIT - I
Brief History of Advertising - News papers - Magazines - Electronic media - Radio –Television
– Internet.

UNIT - II
Role of Advertising - Advertising to the Consumer - Advertising to Business and
Professional - Advertising to Services - Advertising Approaches.

UNIT – III
Art Director - Photographer - Logo Designer –Copy Writer - Layout Artist - What
advertising agency do - Creative Services - Marketing concepts – Research & Development
- Psychology of Consumer - Marketing Services - How agencies are Structured.

UNIT – IV
Target market - Where is the product distributed - The best timing for Advertising Schedule -
What is the competition doing - Illustration - Advertisement in Newspaper - Magazines -
Radio -Television - Websites.

UNIT-V
Role of Photography in Advertising – Relationship Coordination – Working Schedules -
Equipment and techniques - Planning - Stage setting - Modeling - Make-up - Uses and
importance of Medium Format and Large Format Cameras – Importance of Model
Release-Property Release.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Otto Keppleners Advertising Procedure 9th edition.
2. Advertising excellence by Bovieethill Dovel - wood.
3. Complete encyclopedia of Photography by Focal Press.

Internal Exam: Unit Test I & II of each 25 marks

30
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

PH17B3.4C: PHOTOJOURNALISM

L: 4/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:4

Unit – I
Meaning of Photojournalism- Brief History -Beginning from 1860 to1919 -The Roaring
Twenties- Birth of Modern Photo Journalism- Nature and Scope of Photojournalism:
Photographers as Social Documentarians - FSA Photographer.

Unit – II
Sports Photojournalism- War Photojournalism- Glamour Photojournalism-Spot News
Photojournalism Travel Photojournalism - Wildlife Photojournalism, Composition and rules
in Photo Journalism - limitations in photo Journalism-Realistic Approach
Unit – III
Photo journalism in perspective - News papers - Weekly News Magazine - Eye witness -
Methods and Techniques - Politics and Realism -Spot News -Instant Reports - Reporters
as Allies -Editorial Thinking Print Media –

Unit-IV:
Photography Law – Photographs as an Evidence - Defining ownership of Photograph and Digital
Images - Photographing in Private Campus – Photographing Models – Ethics of Posing -
Photographing Obscenity - Libel and Photography – New Digital Dilemma – The legal Consequences
and Remedies.

Unit-V:
Digital Technology – Digital Libraries – Electronic Publishing –Digital Journals – Internet
News Paper.-Contemporary Photojournalists- Indian & International.

Internal Exam: Unit Test I & II of each 25 marks

Books recommended
1. Photo Journalism by Frank P.Hoy
2. Documentary by David Schiefields.
3. Photo Journalism by B.K. Deshpande.
4. Photo Journalism – the professional approach by Kenneth Kobre.
Modern news structure in print media& electronic media.

31
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

4th Semester (2nd Year)

PH17B4.1C: DIGITAL IMAGING TECH. – I
P: 8/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: P Cr:8
Unit I
1. Introduction to Power Point
2. The screen Elements of point
3. The presentation window
4. Saving presentation
5. Closing presentation
Unit-II
1. Drawing objects in power point
2. Adding clip arts to presentation
3. Inserting pictures
4. Final presentation
Unit-III
1. Introduction to Adobe Photoshop
2. Tools
3. Create new file
4. Open an existing file
5. Selection tools
Unit –IV
1. Cut, copy and paste
2. Move crop and zoom tools
3. Paint brush, paint bucket and gradient
4. Eraser, eyedropper and clone stamp
5. Burn, dodge and smudge tools
Unit-V
1. Image Adjustments
2. Back ground changing
3. Adding text
4. Adding Layers
5. Poster Design

Assignments: 1.Prepare a PPT with your own Picture (20) on any social awareness
topic.
2. Create posters using your own picture, using Adobe Photoshop.
a) Pollution b) Save Water
c) Traffic awareness d) Use of cell phone.

PH17B4.2C: FASHION PHOTOGRAPHY

S: 6/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: S Cr:6

UNIT – I
Fashion Photography overview – Fashion Concepts – Fashion Photography Ideology – Fashion
Photography in Indian scenario –

32
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

UNIT – II
Categories of Fashion Photography – Beauty Shots – Portraits –Hair - Make Up – Products – Textiles
UNIT – III
Fashion Photography equipment – Cameras – accessories – Lighting equipment – Props &
Accessories. - Famous Indian Fashion Photographers –

UNIT – IV
Fashion Photography & Life Style/ Life style products - Fashion Photography and Advertisements –
Impact of Fashion Photography on Marketing.

UNIT – V
Fashion shoot - Planning –Mood board – Equipment/ Props – Shooting schedule - Fashion
shoot on Textile products.

Books Recommended:

1. Beauty Shots By Alex Larg & Jane Wood.

2. Fashion Photography Pro lighting Series.
3. Fashion Photography by Freeman.
4. Pro Lighting Series

Assignments:
1. Fashion Portrait
2. Beauty
3. Glamour
4. Cosmetics
5. Textile Product

PH17B4.3C: PRODUCT PHOTOGRAPHY

S: 6/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: S Cr:6
Unit – I Overview of Product Photography - Product Photography significance – role in
promotion of products - categorization of products –The lighting Equipment – Types of
lighting units – Accessories – Digital Lights - Study of Concepts – Accessories - Props –
Backgrounds –Light Tent

Unit – II Understanding Materials – Lighting for different Materials

Metal / Steel / Shiny- Glass / Transparent - Liquid
Shooting Script – Lighting Schemes – Exercises for every Material

Unit – III Leather- Cloth - Black Objects - Self illuminating / Digital Displays
Shooting Script – Lighting Schemes – Exercises for every Material

Unit – IV
Electronic Products - House Hold Products - Liquid Products - Executive Products - Packed
Food – Shooting Script – Lighting Schemes – Exercises for every assignment

Unit – V
Conceptual Photography - Shooting for Advertisement – Lay out design – Shooting according
to Layout – Make a Final output to 8’’x12’’ Print.

33
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Books Recommended:
1. New Product Shots by Alex Larg & Jane Wood.
2. Lighting for Food & Drink by Steve Bavister.
3. Practical Photography by Michael Freeman.
4. Magazines vide WEB.
5. Magazines on Advertising.

Assignments: 1. Liquid Products - Such as Fragrance or Beverage Bottles etc.

2. Household Products – Such as Kitchenware, cookers, Kettle etc.
3. Electronic Products – Such as Shavers, Watches, Cell Phones etc.
4. Cosmetic Product – Beauty & Makeup etc.
5. Executive Products – Executive Etiquette

PH17B4.4C: MASS COMMUNICATION

L: 4/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:4

UNIT-I
Mass Communication – Communication Process - Theories of Communication– The impact
of mass communication - Role of mass communication –

UNIT-II
Origin of Print Media - Process of Development –News Papers - Magazines – Books –
Electric and electronic media - Radio - Television – Computer -Satellite.- Development of
print media in India - Press council - The role of Press in community development

UNIT – III
Information technology in India - Broad Casting Media in India – Prasar Bharati –
Television – Satellite broad casting in India – Digital Video Broad Casting.

UNIT-IV
Radio as Communication media – Types of Network – AIR – AM – FM – Short
Wave - Community Radio – Campus Radio - Internet Radio.

Books Recommended
1. Indian Media Bussiness- Vanita
2. Medium is the Message – Marshal Mcluhan
3. Mass Communication in India - Keval J. Kumar
4. Theories of Communication – Denis Mc Quail.

Internal Exam: Unit Test I & II of each 25 marks

34
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

5th Semester (3rd Year)

PH17B5.1C: Digital Imaging Tech. –II
P: 10/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: P Cr:10

UNIT – I: Image processing - various Photo Editing software’s.

UNIT – II: Photoshop Applications & Methodology

UNIT – III: Adobe Photoshop Special Effects Filters.

UNIT – IV: Photo Stitching -Panoramic Images.

UNIT – V: Photomontages – Photo collages.

Books Recommended:
1. Adobe Photoshop series books by Pearson Publications.

Assignments:
1. Architecture (Perspective Control in Photoshop)
2. Landscape (Before & After Photoshop)
3. Photo Stitch
4. Panorama
5. Night Photography

PH17B5.2C: FOOD PHOTOGRAPHY

S: 6/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: S Cr:6

UNIT - I
Types of foods - Geographical Foods – Indian – Chinese – Italian – Mexican - Continental

UNIT - II
Characteristics of Food Items – Food & Etiquettes – Food & Cutlery – Food Ingredients –Food &
Life style -

UNIT - III
Categorization of Food items – Appetizers – Beverages – Cooking Techniques – Soups &
Juices – liquids – Desserts & Ice creams –

UNIT – IV
Food Grains & Cereals – Bakery products – Oils & Fatty Foods –– Vegetables & Fruits – Sea
Food – Poultry & Meat products – Snacks & Meals - Eggs & Salads - Food Grains & Cereals –
shooting script – lighting schem es – exercises

UNIT – V

35
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Food Style – Role of Food Stylists -The Studio for Food photography – The Lighting Equipment –
Props & Backgrounds – Shooting techniques – study of food Photographs -

Books Recommended:

1. Pro Lighting Series

2. Lighting for Food & Drink Photography by Steve Bavister
3. Food in Focus by Charlotte Plimmer
4. Contact (3) Food & Drink Photographers

Assignments: 1. Bakery product

2. Sea food product
3. Ice Cream
4. Food Styling

PH17B5.3C: MINI PROJECT

P: 6/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: J Cr:6
The students are given the opportunity to select any Topic, Concept, Theme subject or
subjects and undertake critical study in Print Media at the end of Semester.

The students have to submit 8 prints of 12”x18” size neatly mounted towards evaluation
followed by exhibition.

PH17B5.4C: APPLIED PHOTOGRAPHY

L: 2/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:2

UNIT-I
Applications of Photography- Agriculture – Sports – Table Top – Commercial Photography
– Architectural photography (Interiors and Exteriors) – Jewellery Photography – People
Photography.

UNIT – II
Scientific application - Ultra Violet photography - Infrared Photography – Forensic
Photography

UNIT – III
Industrial Photography - Shooting Machineries - Shooting large Industrial set up -
Techniques involved in shooting.

UNIT – IV
Close-up Photography - Micro photography - Macro Photography - Supplementary lenses -
Extension Tubes and Bellows

BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Experimental Photography by John Warsen.
2. Photography by Barbara Upton and John Upton.
3. Hand book of Photography (5th edition) by Foils and Lovell.
4. Focal encyclopedia of Photography by Michael Langford
Internal Exam: Unit Test I & II of each 25 marks

36
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

6th Semester (3rd Year)

PH17B6.1C: BASIC VIDEO TECH.
S: 8/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: S Cr:8

UNIT -1
1. Operation of Video Camera
2. Gain Control
3. White Balance
4. Focusing
5. Viewfinder
UNIT – II
1. Lens
2. Aperture
3. Filters
4. Shutter speed
5. Zoom Control
UNIT – III
1. Panning
2. Tilting
3. Tracking
4. Zoom
5. Dolly.
UNIT- I V
1. Shot Divisions
2. Close up
3. Medium Shot
4. Long Shot
5. Establishing Shot
UNIT-V
1. Camera Supports
2. Tripods
3. Lights
4. Coverage of Interview
5. Using different microphones.
Books Recommended
1. Television Production Gerald Miller son.
2 Television Production Hand Book by ZETTL
3. Web resources for magazines.
Assignments:
1. Basic Camera Movements
2. Types of Shots
3. Studio Interview
PH17B6.2C: VIDEO POST PRODUCTION TECH.
P: 8/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: P Cr:8

37
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Unit I: O.S.: Introduction to OS – Mac – Menu Symbols – Finder – App Switcher – Doc –
Working with text – Screenshots – Managing windows & Dialogues – Dashboard –
Spotlight – Spaces – Startup, Restart, Shutdown & Sleep – Safari – Preview.

Unit II: Conversion: Introduction – Audio Formats – Video Formats – Image Formats –
MPEG Stream clip – Toast Titanium – FLV Crunch and other conversion software’s -
Convert to DV, AVI, MPEG 4 – Audio – other Formats – Image sequence – Export Frame.

Unit III Editing Software’s: – Introduction to Editing software’s- Video Editing apps- FCP
X – Using the interface – Importing – DVD- Blue Ray – Mini DV, HD – SC card – CF Card.
Browser.

Unit IV: Event Viewer – Timeline – Library – Event – Project – Inspectors – Editing basics
– Audio – Transitions - Titles - Effects - Generators – Freeze Frames – Markers – Share
- Master file - Apple Devices - Compressor.

Unit –V: Creating titles – News Editing – Program Editing – Promo Editing.

Assignments:
Types of Conversion
Capture and Publishing
Title Creation
News Editing
Promo

Books Recommended
FCP Catalogue
Web Resources.
Amazon Publishers on FCP
Peach pit Publications on FCP

PH17B6.3C: PORTFOLIO

P: 6/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: J Cr:6

The students are given the opportunity to select any topic, concept, theme, subject or
subjects and undertake critical study in Print Media at the end of Semester.
The students have to submit 15 prints of 12”x18” size neatly mounted towards evaluation
followed by exhibition.

PH17B6.4C: BASIC VIDEOGRAPHY

L: 2/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:2

UNIT – I
History – Evolution of video - cathode ray tube – How Video works -Different video systems
- Beta Max. - Video 2000 - VHS – U-matic -Beta cam - Digital video - SVHS - VHS-C - Video-
8 – Mini DV – DV CAM- DVC Pro - Different types of camcorders - CCD camcorder - Video
tape – Batteries – Chargers.

38
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

UNIT – II
Video camera - parts of the video camera - Gain control - white balance - cables –
Understanding Camera - basics of sound - microphones - monitoring the sound -
manipulating the sound - sound recorders – earphones. The lens - focusing - the view
finder - colour correction - aperture and depth of field - handling the camera - tripods -
monopods – the moving camera walking-shots panning - tracking. Picture - power cables.

UNIT - III
Natural light conditions - Low light - light and accessories building -Lighting setup -
Lighting the image - lighting for realism – mixed lighting - special effects lighting –color-
quality of the light - lighting problems – light and exposure.

UNIT - IV
Video signals –PAL – NTSC – SECAM - Television transmission through Satellite.

UNIT-V
Planning - Set up and shooting recording – Storage – Pre Production – Post Production –
Single & Multi Camera Operation.

Internal Exam: Unit Test I & II of each 25 marks

39
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

7th Semester (4th Year)

PH17B7.1C: ADVANCE POST PRODUCTION TECH.
P: 12/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: P Cr:12
Unit I :
Compositing: Compositing setting up the project – Keying a green screen – Solving
Problems – Auditioning Problems/ Background – Color Grading – Animating – Custom text
– Sound FX Music mixing – Share.

Unit II:
Multicam Editing: Synchronize - Combine different video formats - Combine different
image sizes - Combine different frame rates - Combine video, audio, and still images in the
same multicam clip- Setting a Sync Point – Automatic – Time code – Content Creation –
First frame – First marker. – Skimmer – Trimming a Multicam clip.

Unit III :
Color Grading: Balance Color - Match Color - Manual color correction - key elements -
flesh tones - Balance all the shots in a scene to match - Correct errors in color
balance and exposure - Match color between clips automatically - Manual color correction
overview - Save and apply color correction presets.

Unit IV :
Share: Master file – Makes an H.264 or MPEG-4 Movie – Burn SD DVD – Burn Blue ray
disc – Export to QuickTime movie, YouTube, Face book, Publishing to apple Devices –
Blue ray, Vimeo & QuickTime – Exporting using compressor.

Assignments:
Ad Making (Blue Screen/Green Screen)
Multicam Editing (Interview)
Documentary
Short film.

PH17B7.2C: PROFESSIONAL VIDEO TECH.

S: 10/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: S Cr:10

UNIT I: Story Board

UNIT II: News Anchoring
UNIT III: Interview
UNIT IV: Soft News Story
UNIT V: 1 Minute Short Film
Assignments: 1. Interview
2. Soft News Story
3. 1 Minute short film.

40
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

PH17B7.3C : PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHY

L: 4/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:4

Unit – I

The Television studio - TV studio lay out -The Production control room - Master Control –
Service and support areas - Studio rehearsals
Unit - II
- Camera operations. Television team- lighting for TV studio- Light control units- Lighting for
keying, keying backgrounds.

Unit - III
Types of TV Production Cameras-SD, HD, types of view finders, camera accessories-
tripods, dolly, auto cue.

UNIT - IV
PCR-Switcher, keying, audio control unit-microphones wireless, lapel, cordiod
microphones, camera control unit white balance, colour correction, MCR

BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1.Television Production Gerald Millerson.
2.Television video systems by Bernand Grab.
3 Complete book of video by David Chershirs.
Internal Exam: Unit Test I & II of each 25 marks.

PH17B7.4C: CINEMATOGRAPHY
L: 4/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:4

UNIT - I
Brief history - Type of Cameras -components of movie camera - working principles of
camera -Persistence of vision - Intermittent mechanism - Magazines - matte box –
Introduction to Digital Cinematography - Cinematography terminology

UNIT – II
Motion Picture Filming Techniques - camera movements & Angles - panning - tilting - trolley
shots - crane shots - steady cam - Transition - Camera speed - Fast motion - Slow motion -
Stop motion - time lapse - shot division - continuity - stage techniques.

UNIT – III
Lighting Equipment & Accessories - various light units - HMI - Day lights -HMI arc Iodine
lamp - Reflectors - cutters - Barn doors - Skimmers -Lighting techniques Digital Lighting
Units – Power Supplies and outputs.

UNIT – IV
Movie film types and sizes - movie film processing - equipment and procedure - Editing -
machinery and techniques of editing - Film synchronization -film slicing - types of joints -
film unit - sound addition to film - optical sound track - magnetic sound track - - advantages of
magnetic recordings - processing sound film - photographic sound reproduction - Digital

41
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Editing - Digital Intermediate - AVID Editing – FCP Editing - digital sound track – Titling -
VFX.

UNIT – V
Projection - Principles - Equipment and Techniques - Operations Personal Film - Factual
Film - Fiction Film - Theme - Treatment - Script writing.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Movie photography by Davi Chessire
2. Principles of Cinematography by Leslie J wheeler
3. Cine Craft by J David Bealand
4. Cinematography by Joseph V.Marcelli.
Unit Test I & II of each 25 marks.

42
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

8th Semester (4th Year)

PH17B8.1C: Practical Training / Internship
S: 15/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: J Cr: 20

A student needs to select his choice of field (Still Photography/ Videography/

Cinematography (Cameraman/Editing/ Gladding etc.) Editing still picture using
Photoshop/TV Channel (Camera Section/News/ Editing etc.) Press Photography/ Advt.
Photography) and he should go to a specialized organization, working with them practically
and present a Thesis Book (in the prescribed format) a Thesis Book (in the prescribed
format) including some of the works, he has done at the organization during his stay.

1) Letter of Indent
2) Letter of acceptance
3) Thesis Book

The organization or the person where the student likes to undergo should have minimum
of 5 years of Professional experience after his graduation or the organization should be 5
years old.

PH17B8.2C: THESIS

S: 2/Wk Int: 100 Ext: 100 Total: 200 End Exam: J Cr:20

After completion of Training, every student will have to submit a detail Thesis on the work
done and at least 2 works/Projects on which she/he has worked during the 12 weeks of
P.T.

After submission of the Thesis to the Department, Head of the Department will arrange for
the conduct of the Viva-voce examination.

The Thesis will be evaluated at a Viva-voce by a jury consisting of one External and one
Internal and Head of the Department.

***

43
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Professional Electives:
3rd Semester
PH17B3.1E : Portrait Photography

Unit I: Lighting & Equipment

Unit II: Character Portrait - Lighting For Different Predominant Faces (Big
Forehead/Chin/Nose, Etc.)
Unit III: Window Light Portrait
Unit IV: Glamour Portrait / Child Portrait / Character Portrait
Unit V: Candid Portrait
Assignments: 1.Child Portrait
2. Character Portrait
3. Candid Portrait
4. Couple Portraits
All above assignments should be submitted with 8” X 12” size Print.

PH17B3.2E: Travel Photography

Unit I
Introduction to travel photography, camera operation, lenses for travel photography, How
to construct strong images: the rules of composition and when to break them.
Unit II
When and how to get close to your subject, Visualization techniques, control of exposure
in outdoor, use depth of field, movement capture, How to achieve the sharpest photos
possible with your equipment, How to make the most of low light conditions, How to handle
equipment.
Unit III
Monuments shooting, Heritage and culture shoot for travel photography.
Unit IV
Night life, City scapes, Sea scapes, Land scapes, Lifestyle & Food of the city.
Unit V
Introduction to travel writing, how to create a travel blog.
Assignments: Photographing In & Around any city. Travel writing for Print Media & Blogs.
Documenting Places, People, Culture & Heritage.

4th Semester
PH17B4.1E: Macro Photography
Unit 1
Introduction to Macro photography (Insects, Flowers & Jewellery).

44
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Unit : 2
Macro photography, Micro photography, Magnification, Macro Vs Micro photography.
UNIT :3
Cameras, Tripods, Macro Lenses, Flash, light box,Microscope, Comparative Microscope,
Close up lens kit, Extension Tubes & Bellows
Unit : 4
Image Editing with Adobe Photoshop.
Assignments: 1. Insect
2. Flower in outdoor.
3. Macro jewellery in indoor.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Experimental Photography by John Warsen.
2. Photography by Barbara Upton and John Upton.
3. Hand book of Photography (5th edition) by Foils and Lovell.
4. Focal encyclopedia of Photography by Michael Langford.
PH17B4.2E: Black & White Photography
Unit – I: Capturing the B & W Images –- Equipment – Shooting Modes –Grey Card -
Resolution -Understanding Exposure – Tone & Contrast – The Shadows –High Key & Low
Key - Composition – Color Filters- Understanding RAW File.
Unit – II: Converting to B & W Images – Converting RAW File – Converting Colour to B&W
Images.
Unit- III: Fine tuning the Picture(Photoshop/ Light room) – Shadows & Highlights –
Dodging & Burning – High pass & Smart Sharpening – Levels & Curves - Special Effects
Unit – IV: Printing & Presentation – Colour verses Monochrome inks - Pint Sizes – Print
Borders – Frames – Display.
Assignments:
1. Architecture
2. Close-up / Abstract
3. Still Life
4. People
5. Landscape

All above assignments should be submit with 8” X 12” size Print, Technical details & Lighting
Diagram.
Recommended Books:
Mastering Digital Black & White by Amadou Diallo.
Advanced Digital Black & White Photography by John Beards worth
Understanding RAW Photography by David Taylor.

45
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

5th semester
PH17B5.1E: Architecture Photography

Unit I Introduction: Cameras, Lenses, Filters and their uses.

Unit II Light: Understanding Light, Natural and Artificial - Quality, quantity, soft, hard,
lighting, direction, Colour temperatures. Artificial lights sources, Continuous lights, light
modifiers, soft boxes, umbrella, spot lights - honey combs, barn doors, gobos, strip light. -
Unit III Composition: Symmetry - Rule of Thirds – Lines - Dynamic Composition –
Perspective - 3 Dimensions

Unit IV Exteriors: Abstract detail shots - Photographic historic buildings - Domestic

spaces - Work places -Public spaces - Convergence and vertical - Reflected views - Glass,
metal surfaces - Problems of scale - Poor weather - North facing buildings -Low, Long
buildings - Godowns, etc. - Restricted spaces in narrow streets - Parked vehicles-
Construction sites

Unit V Interiors: Shooting spaces: - Staircases, design - Sitting rooms/studies - Bedroom

& Bathrooms - Clubs, Pubs, Hotels, Shops, Places of Worship - Room sets.

Assignments: Monument, Urban Architecture, Interiors & Perspective.

PH17B5.2E: Table top Photography

Unit - I: Introduction to table top photography – Still Life photography- equipment - lighting
-lighting accessories- Light Tent

Unit - II: Shooting Glass Props, Liquids, Transparency Material

Unit - III: - Shooting Jewellery- Reflective Material

Unit - IV: Miniature Props- Understanding Focus.

Unit - V: Introduction to post production, Image editing softwares, final image layout
design

Assignments :
1. Liquid & Glass property
2. Jewellery property
3. Miniature property
4. Metal property
All above assignments should be submit with 8” X 12” size Print, Technical details & Lighting
Diagram.

46
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

6th Semester
PH17B6.1E: Sound Editing

This section focuses on understanding sound, recording, editing, composing adding effects
to sound.
Unit – 1 SOUND FORMATS
Introduction to various sound file formats like .wav, mp3, mp4 etc., bit rate, stereo and
mono, sound frequency and amplitude etc.,
Unit – 2 RECORDING SOUND
Recording music using various media, recording dialogues.
Unit – 3 EDITING SOUND
Importing sound, cutting, copying, pasting sound, adjusting volume, panning sound,
adjusting pitch, frequency and amplitude etc.

Assignments: 1.Dialogue2.Foley3.Effects4.Music
PH17B6.2E: Wild Life Photography

Unit: I
Understanding wild life – Animals and Birds behavior & habitats. Distinguishing
Omnivorous, carnivorous, herbivorous animals and birds. Blinds and types of blinds (Hide
Outs).

Unit: II
Equipment required – Cameras (DSLR), Beetle cameras, Digiscoping Lenses: Telephoto
lenses, Zoom Lenses (VR & IS), Bean Bags, Tripods, Monopods, Remote control, High
speed photography.Raw Vs Jpeg, media storage.

Unit: III
Understanding the light

Unit: IV Image composition-Rule of thirds, cropping images, composing the animals in Zoo
& Sanctuaries.

Unit: V Wild life photographers & magazines.

Assignments: Animal photographs – 4 nos.

Bird Photographs- 4 nos.

Reference books
1. Complete encyclopedia of Photography by Michael Langford.
2. Adobe Photoshop series books by Pearson Publications.

PH17B1.1C: BASIC PHOTOGRAPHY TECH

S: 8Wk Int:50 Ext:50 Total: 100 End Exam: S Cr:8

47
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

UNIT- I
1. Key light or main light or principle light.
2. Fill in light.
3. Bounce light.
4. Diffused light & Directional Diffused Light
5. Exposure Calculation
6. Light meters

UNIT-II
1. Light angles
2. Low Key
3. High Key
4. Rembrandt Lighting
5. Butterfly lighting

UNIT-II I
1. Mounting – Fundamentals.
2. Mounting materials & techniques.
3. Display Techniques.
4. Lighting for Display

UNIT-I V
1. Outdoor light Portrait
2. Bounced light portrait
3. Ambient light portrait
4. Window light portrait

Assignments:
1. Basic light portrait
2. Low Key/High Key light portrait
3. Butterfly light portrait
4. Window light portrait
5. Broad light/Narrow light portrait
The above prints should be in B & W (8”x10” Size) and mounted on
hand board sheet.

PH17B1.2C: PHOTO AESTHETICS TECH.

S: 6Wk Int:50 Ext:50 Total: 100 End Exam: S Cr:8

UNIT – I
1. Horizontal Lines
2. Vertical Lines
3. Zigzag lines
4. Curve Lines
5. Movement of lines.

UNIT – II

48
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

1. Horizontal Composition
2. Vertical Composition
3. Dynamic Composition
4. L - Composition
5. S - Composition

UNIT- I I I
1. Point of Interest.
2. Shapes
3. Texture
4. Pattern.
5. Balance.

UNIT – IV
1. Rule of Thirds.
2. Lead Room / Leading Space.
3. Angle of View.
4. Perspective
5. Depth

UNIT – V
1. Architecture
2. Landscapes
3. Still Life
4. Photo Montage & Collage
5. Physiogram (Light Painting)

Books Recommended
1. Anatomy of a picture by G.THOMAS.
2. Creative Photography Aesthetic trends by Helmut Gernshiem.
3. The complete Encyclopedia of Photography Michael Langford.

Assignments:
1. 2 Pictures of each line in Horizontal & Vertical Composition
2. Shape, Texture, Pattern & Balance
3. Rule of Thirds
4. Architecture
5. Landscape
6. Still life
7. Physiogram

All above assignments should be submit with 4” X 6” size Print, Technical details & Lighting
Diagram.

PH17B1.3C: BASIC PHOTOGRAPHY

L: 4/Wk Int: 50 Ext: 50 Total: 100 End Exam: W Cr:4

UNIT- I

49
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Camera - Types of Cameras - Pinhole camera - Box Camera - View Camera -Ranger
finder Camera - Single lens reflex Camera - Twin lens Reflex Camera - Polaroid Camera -
Panoramic Camera - Process Camera -Cine Camera - Video Camera - Digital Camera -
Different formats of Camera - Large format - Medium format - Small format.

UNIT- II
Optics - positive and negative lenses -Focal length - resolving power of lens - lens
aberration and rectification -'spherical chromatic - coma - astigmatism - distortion –Curvature
of field - types of lenses - Normal - wide angle - telephoto - zoom lenses -supplementary
lenses –Digital Lenses.

UNIT- III
Anatomy of camera - body - lens - view finder - Aperture - Shutter- Horizontal - vertical
moving shutters - Shutter speed – Shutter efficiency - merits and de-merits of between
the lens shutter and focal plane shutters - aperture and shutter relation - film compartment-
self timer.

UNIT – IV
Focusing - rack and pinion focusing -Scale focusing - automatic focusing –Types of Focusing in
Digital - Exposure - exposure latitude - exposure meters - Incident Light meters - reflected light
meters - built in light meters - Depth of field - Circle of confusion - Depth of focus - Hyper
focal distance.

UNIT-V
Cross section of the film - Resolving power - Speed - Graininess - Different types of films
– Different Developers - Ingredients of developer – enlargers - Density -paper grades
– Convergent Technologies.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
I) Camera by Brain Coe
2) Basic Photography by Focal Press
3) Advanced Photography by Focal Press
Internal Exam: Unit Test I & II of each 25 marks

50
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY
Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad – 500 028.

Academic Regulations for B.F.A. (Sculpture)

(Under the CBCS, Effective from the Academic Year 2017-2018)

Preamble:

JNAFAU’s Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) aims to provide enhanced

learning opportunities based on the individual interests and abilities of the students
by enabling them to choose from the wide range of elective courses on offer at any
of the ten faculties of this university or anywhere else including from approved
online platforms like the MHRD’s SWAYAM or MOOCs.

These regulations are subject to amendments as may be decided by the Academic

Council / Committee of the University from time to time. Any or all such
amendments will be effective from such date and to such batches of students
(including those already in the middle of the program) as may be decided by the
Academic Council / Committee.

1. Definitions

1.1. Academic Year: Two consecutive (one odd + one even) semesters
constitute one academic year.
1.2. Semester: Each semester will consist of 90 actual teaching days. In a bi-
semester system, an academic year consists of two semesters. The odd
semesters may be scheduled from June/July to November/ December,
and even semester from November/December to April/May.
1.3. Program: An educational program leading to award of a Degree in a
discipline.
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

1.4. Discipline means Branch or Specialization. Eg. in B.F.A. Degree

Program, like Sculpture, Applied Art, Sculpture and Photography, etc..
1.5. Course: Usually referred as a ‘subject’ offered under the degree program,
is a component of a program. Each course is identified by a unique course
code and course title. All courses need not carry the same weight. A
course may be designed to comprise lectures/ studio/tutorials/ laboratory
work/ fieldwork/ outreach activities/ project work/vocational training /viva
/seminars /term papers/ assignments/ presentations/ self-study etc. or a
combination of some of these.
1.6. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS): The CBCS provides choice for
students to select from the prescribed courses (professional or general
elective courses).
1.7. Credit: Credit defines the quantum of content/syllabus prescribed for the
course. It determines the number of periods of instruction required per
week. One credit is normally equivalent to one period of teaching (lecture
or tutorial or studio) per week.
1.8. Credit Point: It is the product of grade point and number of credits for a
course.
1.9. Credit Based Semester System (CBSS): Under the CBSS, the
requirement for awarding degree or diploma or certificate is prescribed in
terms of number of credits to be completed by the students.
1.10. Director of Evaluation (DE) means the Authority of the University who is
responsible for all activities of the End Semester Examinations of the
University Departments
1.11. Director, Academic and Planning (DAP) means the authority of the
University who is responsible for all academic activities for the
implementation of relevant rules and regulations.
1.12. Grade Point: It is a numerical weight allotted to each letter grade on a 10-
point scale.
1.13. Letter Grade: It is an index of the performance of students in a said
course. Grades are denoted by letters A+, A, B, C, D, E, F.
1.14. Re-admission: Process required to continue the program requirement
when student is detained in a course due to shortage of attendance
1.15. Re-registration: Process required to continue the program requirement
when student has satisfactory attendance, but has failed in a course and
wishes to improve performance in internal assessment as well as end
semester external examinations.
1.16. Re-appearance/ supplementary examinations; Process required to
continue the program requirement when student has satisfactory
attendance, but has failed in a course and wishes to improve performance
only in end semester external examinations.
1.17. Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA): It is a measure of performance
of work done in a semester. It is ratio of total credit points secured by a
student in various courses registered in a semester and the total course
credits taken during that semester. It shall be expressed upto two decimal
places.
1.18. Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA): It is a measure of overall
cumulative performance of a student over all semesters. The CGPA is the
ratio of total credit points secured by a student in various courses in all

2
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

semesters and the sum of the total credits of all courses in all the
semesters. It is expressed up to two decimal places.
1.19. Transcript or Grade Card or Certificate: Based on the grades earned, a
grade certificate shall be issued to all the registered students after every
semester. The grade certificate will display the course details (code, title,
marks, number of credits, grades secured) along with SGPA of that
semester and CGPA earned till that semester.

2. Title of Program: The undergraduate degree program in Sculpture titled as

Bachelor of Fine Arts (Sculpture) will be abbreviated to B.F.A. (Sculpture).

3. Admission
3.1. Admissions to B.F.A. (Sculpture) program will be made through a
common entrance examination conducted by JNAFAU.

3.2. The rules of reservation and fee particulars will be in accordance with the
orders of the Government of Telangana and seats earmarked for
International students /national Integration will be made in accordance
with the rules issued by AICTE/MHRD/State Government, as applicable.

3.3. Admission on migration of a candidate from any other University to the

University is not permitted.

3.4. No lateral admission into the programs is permitted.

4. Program Structure

4.1. Category of Courses: The program shall have a curriculum with syllabi
consisting of courses as prescribed by the Board of Studies, and broadly
categorized under:
4.1.1. Compulsory Core (CC) which may include foundation as well as
advanced Visual Arts / Science & Technology / interdisciplinary
courses deemed to be the core learning required for the discipline.
These courses are part of the core requirement to complete the
program of study. A core course cannot be substituted by any
other course. A core course offered in this discipline may be
treated as a Professional or Open Elective by other programs.

4.1.2. Professional Electives (PE) courses which are elective courses

relevant to the discipline. An Elective course is generally a course
that can be chosen from a pool of courses and may be:
• Very specific or specialized or advanced to the discipline/
subject of study
• Supportive to the discipline/subject of study
• Providing an expanded scope
• Enabling an exposure to some other
discipline/subject/domain
• Nurturing candidate’s interests/proficiency/skill
3
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

4.1.3. Open Electives (OE) chosen generally from an unrelated

discipline/ subject, with an intention to seek exposure/ add generic
proficiency. These may include Liberal Arts courses, Humanities
and Social Science courses, etc. They may include courses
offered by other departments/ programs.

4.1.4. Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC). These are mandatory

courses based upon content that lead to general knowledge and
soft skills enhancement, such as, Environmental Studies,
Communication Skills, Value Education, etc.

4.2. Co-Curricular Activity / Extension Activity (EA) (for all round

development) :

4.2.1. It is compulsory for every student to participate in any one of the

following programs like NCC/NSS/Sports/YRC/ University’s Pro-
bono project activity/ any national or international student camp
/any other community development activity listed by the University
and acquire a ”satisfactory” grade to be considered eligible for
award of a degree.

4.2.2. The above activities shall be conducted primarily outside the

regular working hours of the University (except for full days/week
camps).

4.2.3. The student’s performance shall be examined by the faculty in-

charge of the relevant extension activity along with the head/
coordinator of the department/ activity.

4.2.4. Physically challenged students who are unable to participate in

any of the above activities shall be required to take a test in the
theoretical aspects of any one of the above activity and be graded
and certified accordingly.

4.3. Credit Based System: The academic curriculum of the program follows a
credit based system wherein the course content is expressed in number
of credits.

4.3.1. Credit defines the quantum of content/ syllabus prescribed for the
course, along with an indication of the importance of the course.
Thus, for all Compulsory Core Courses it is determined by the
number of periods of instruction (lectures/ tutorials/ studio/
practical / fieldwork) required per week to complete the course in
a single semester.
1 period of direct teaching per week (Theory / Tutorial/ Studio/
Practical) = 1 credit

4
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

4.3.2. In the case of other courses like the Electives and the AEC
courses, the credits are based on their level of importance as
decided by the Board of Studies and as described in their
respective course structure.

4.3.3. Every student shall be required to opt for the electives from the list
of electives offered. Students can also opt for the electives from
any of the other Programs, besides his / her own discipline
courses, or even do online courses subject to the respective
Program specific regulations.

4.4. Pre-requisites: Some of the courses may have pre-requisites (i.e. the
student may be required to have registered and attended the course
specified as a pre-requisite.)

4.5. Online Courses: Students may be permitted, with the prior approval of
the Department and the Director, Academic and Planning (DAP), to take
online courses through SWAYAM or MOOCs or any other approved
online facility, in lieu of the Electives (both PE and OE) offered in the
University, and become eligible for credit transfer.

4.6. Types of Courses and Learning Source

Types of Courses Learning Source
Compulsory Core (CC) Parent Department (PD)
Professional Elective (PE) PD / OD / online
PD, P
Ability Enhancement Course (AEC) PD / OD / online
Open Elective (OE) PD / OD / online
Extension Activity (EA) PD / OD / online.
Note: PD = Parent Department; OD = Other Departments / Institutions /
Universities

5. Duration of Program

5.1. A student is normally expected to complete the Program in 4 years (8

Semesters) but in any case not more than 8 years.

5.2. Each semester shall normally consist of 90 teaching days (excluding end
semester examination days).

5.3. The total duration for completion of the program reckoned from the
commencement of the first semester to which the student was admitted
shall not exceed the maximum duration specified in clause 5.1
irrespective of the reasons (which could include break of study for
personal reasons or suspension/ detention due to disciplinary action,
etc.) in order that the student may be eligible for the award of the degree.

6. Enrolment / Registration for choice of Electives:

5
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

6.1. Each student on admission shall be deemed to have registered for all
the courses prescribed in the curriculum in the student’s first
Semester of study.

6.2. Each student shall be deemed to have registered for all the
compulsory core and other mandatory (AECC) courses of every
semester that he/she is promoted to, on the payment of the requisite
fees.

6.3. However, as per the course structure, whenever electives are offered,
students have to enroll and register for elective courses of their choice –
both professional and open electives. Every student is expected to attend
the orientation event in their college, read the list of electives on offer,
check for the pre-requisites, consult the faculty members, understand the
choices and the process, and then select their choice of elective courses.

6.4 Before the end of the semester, as specified in the academic calendar,
every student shall enroll (which is like a pre-registration or intent to take a
course) by selecting the preferred first, second and third choice of
electives out of the elective course/s to be offered during the succeeding
semester. The list of Electives to be offered by all the departments during
the succeeding semester as well as the approved online courses will be
displayed by the department/ University at least 10 working days before
the last instruction day of the semester.

6.5 On the day of commencement of the semester, the departments shall put
up the list of electives allotted to the students enrolled, based on the
departments’ discretion and physical capacities, with first preference given
to the students from the parent department and later, considering a first
come first and/or CGPA basis for students from other departments.
However, students who have registered for a course previously are
allowed to re-register for courses for which the student has not enrolled, if
these are the courses in which the student has failed.

6.6 The students shall register (which is effected only on their choice of
elective being approved) for the courses within the deadline given in the
academic calendar.

6.7 It is mandatory for every student to register for the elective courses, in a
Registration form, which (s)he plans to take up for the semester. The form
is prepared in triplicate: student copy; department copy and Exam Section
copy. The students shall submit the department copy and Exam Section
copy to the parent department offering the elective and retain the student
copy for the records. The Exam Section copy shall be forwarded by the
parent department offering the elective. In case the student is not from the
same department offering the elective, another copy shall be submitted to
the student’s parent department.

6
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

6.8 After registering for a course, a student shall attend the classes, satisfy the
attendance requirements, earn Internal Assessment marks and appear for
the End Semester Examinations.
6.9 If a student has to ‘re-register’ for some core courses (refer clause 11) in a
semester, he/she can drop one or more of elective courses before the end
of 2nd week of the semester.

6.10 All circulars and notices may be scrolled in the University web-site. The
information on list of all the courses offered in every department specifying
the course code, course title, credits, the prerequisites, the instructor who is
offering the course and the time slot may be made available on the
University website.

6.11 To enable the students to choose electives from across the departments,
the DAP shall in consultation with all the departments, facilitate the
announcement of a common time-slot for the elective periods in the time
tables of the departments.

6.12 No elective course shall be commenced unless a minimum of 10 students

are registered.

7. Attendance Requirements

7.1 A student has to put in a minimum of 75% of attendance, in aggregate of

all the courses registered in the semester (excluding approved online
elective courses) for becoming eligible to register for the end
examinations and for acquiring credits in each semester.

7.2 Shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and above, and

below 75%) in each semester may be condoned by the college academic
committee on genuine and valid grounds, based on the student’s
representation with supporting evidence.

7.3 Condonation of shortage of attendance as stipulated above, shall not be

automatic but on the merits of the case to the satisfaction of the College
Academic Committee.

7.4 A stipulated fee shall be payable along with the application for
condonation

7.5 Shortage of attendance below 65% in aggregate shall in no case be

condoned.

7
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

7.6 A student will not be promoted to the next semester unless the
attendance requirement of the present semester is satisfied. In case of
such detention the student is not eligible to take the End Examination of
that semester and the course registration shall stand cancelled. The
student shall seek re admission for that semester when offered next.

7.7 In the case of re-registration (clauses 11.4 to 11.7) for a course/s, the
attendance requirement is not applicable.

8. Assessment

8.1 Performance in each course shall be evaluated as prescribed in the

respective semester’s course structure and syllabus. As a general
pattern, 50% of the marks in a course are through internal assessment
and 50% through end semester examinations. A few courses may have
100% of the assessment purely through internal assessment. The
thesis, the internship/ practical training courses and some of the studio
courses are assessed through a jury and viva-voce for the end semester
examination.

8.2 The course teacher shall, keeping the approved academic calendar in
view, formulate and display the course plan and internal assessment
schedules at the commencement of the semester.

8.3 Every teacher is required to maintain an ‘Attendance and

Assessment Record’ for every semester which consists of attendance
marked in each class, and the assessment marks, separately for each
course handled by the teacher. This should be submitted to the Head of
the Department periodically (after every four weeks of instruction in a
semester). The Head of the Department will affix his/her signature and
date after due verification. At the end of the semester, the record should
be verified by the Head of the Department who shall submit this
document to the University Examination Section.

8.4 The compiled progressive internal assessment marks and attendance

of the students shall be put up/ displayed once in every four weeks
so as to officially inform the students.

8.5 In case a student misses the assessment due to medical reasons

(hospitalization / accident / specific illness) or due to participation in the
College / University / State / National / International level sports or any
other event/s with prior permission from the Head of the Department, a
reassessment may be given after getting approval from the Head of the
Department through the concerned course teacher or coordinator.

8.6 Assessment for Online Course: In case of credits earned through

approved online modes, the credits and grades shall be assigned by a
committee consisting of Head of the Department or a teacher nominated
by the HoD and a senior faculty member nominated by the DAP.
8
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

8.7 A student can apply for revaluation of the his/her end semester
examination answer paper in a written or drawing exam, within 2 weeks
from the declaration of results, on payment of a prescribed fee along with
prescribed application to the DE through proper channel, through the
Head of Department. Revaluation is not permitted for other courses
(Studio /laboratory course / thesis/ internship, where assessment is
through a jury or viva-voce.

9. Award of Letter Grades

9.1 The performance of a student will be reported using letter grades, each

S. % of Marks Letter Grade

No. Minimum Maximum
1. 90.00 100.00 Grade
A+ Points
10
2. 80.00 89.99 A 9
3. 70.00 79.99 B 8
4. 60.00 69.99 C 7
5. 50.00 59.99 D 6
6. 40.00 49.99 E 5
7. 00.00 39.99 F 0
SA 0
Ab 0
carrying certain points as detailed in the following table:

SA = shortage of attendance and hence prevented from writing end

semester examination.
Ab = Absent for End semester examination
Example of assignment of letter grade and grade points for marks:
Course Int. End Total Grade Grade
Code Course Title Marks Exam point

SC17B3.1C Composition -1 22
25 47 E 5
SC17B3.2C Head Study 39
41 80 A 9
SC17B3.3C Terra
37
cotta/Ceramics 34 71 B 8

SC17B3.4C Workshop 29
30 59 D 6

9
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

SC17B3.5C History of
Visual Arts &
25
Aesthetics- 24 49 E 5
(Indian) III

SC17B3.xE Elective-1 28
36 64 C 7
Open Elective-
OE 36
1 47 83 A 9

9.2. A student who earns at least an E grade in a subject is declared to have

successfully completed the subject, and is deemed to have earned the
credits assigned to that subject. A subject successfully completed cannot
be repeated.

9.3. Students who fail to appear for end semester examinations will be
marked as ‘Ab’ (Absent) and should register for supplementary
examination by paying the prescribed fees.

9.4. For the Co-curricular activities such as National Cadet Corps (NCC)/
National Service Scheme (NSS) / NSO / YRC, a satisfactory / not
satisfactory grading will appear in the mark sheet. A satisfactory grade in
the above co-curricular activities is compulsory for the award of degree.

10. Academic Requirements: The following academic requirements have to be

satisfied, in addition to the attendance requirements mentioned in clause 7.

10.1 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic

requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course,
if the student secures not less than 40% marks in the semester end
examination, and a minimum of 40% of marks in the sum total or
aggregate of the Internal Assessment and Semester End Examination
taken together; in terms of letter grades, this implies securing ‘E’
grade or above in that subject/ course.

10.2 A student failing in any course on the first attempt, will not be eligible
for any awards, and/or distinctions including the award of Distinction
at the end of the course.

10.3 A student eligible to appear in the end semester examination for any
course, but absent from it or failed (thereby failing to secure ‘E’ grade
or above) may reappear for that course in the supplementary
examination as and when conducted. In such cases, the internal
marks assessed earlier for that course will be carried over, and added
to the marks obtained in the end semester supplementary
examination for evaluating performance in that course.
10
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

11. Promotion between Semesters:

11.1. A student shall be promoted from odd to even semester if the minimum
requirement of attendance as in clause 7 is fulfilled.

11.2. A student shall be promoted from even to odd semester, if the minimum
requirement of attendance as in clause 7 is fulfilled and if he/she has
secured the credits as specified in the following table.

11.3. Table indicating promotion requirements from even to odd semesters:

From 2nd sem. to 3rd sem. Secured at least 15 credits in the 1st sem.

From 4th sem. to 5th Secured all the credits upto 2nd sem. and at least
sem. another 15 credits in the 3rd sem. (Total at least
75 credits)

From 6th sem. to 7th Secured all the credits upto 4th sem. and at least
sem. another 15 credits in the 5th sem. (Total at least
135 credits)

12. Re-admission and Re-registration

12.1 A student detained in a semester due to shortage of attendance, may

be re-admitted when the same semester is offered in the next
academic year for fulfillment of academic requirements. In such
cases of readmission, the student may choose to be readmitted in the
same or any other Professional Elective or Open Elective course.

12.2 The academic regulations under which student has been

readmitted shall be applicable. No grade allotments or SGPA/
CGPA calculations will be done for the entire semester in which
student has been detained.

12.3 A student detained due to lack of credits, shall be promoted to the

next academic year only after acquiring the required academic
credits. The academic regulations under which student has been
readmitted shall be applicable to him.

12.4 If the course, in which the student has failed, is a professional elective
or an open elective, the student may be permitted to register for the
same or any other professional elective or open elective course in the

11
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

subsequent semesters, attend the classes and fulfill the attendance

requirements as per Clause 7.

12.5 A student who fails to fulfill the minimum academic requirements in

any course may be permitted the option of re-registering in that
subject only if the internal assessment marks are less than 40%, so
as to enable him to improve/redo and resubmit the work for internal
evaluation. In such cases of re-registration, the student’s previous
performance both in the internal evaluation and end evaluation in the
particular subject/s shall stand cancelled and he/she shall be
required to appear for the end semester evaluation,(end examination
and /or external jury as the case may be), again.

12.6 The maximum number of courses a student may be permitted for ‘re-
registration’ in a semester, is limited to either of the following: one
studio course and two non-studio courses/ two studio courses / three
non-studio cases. Re- registration of any course should be done
within 15 days from the date of commencement of class work. A
stipulated fee shall be payable towards re registration in any subject.

12.7 The student may attend classes for the re-registration courses, if the
student wishes. However, the attendance requirement is not
compulsory for such courses.

12.8 If a student fails in a professional elective or an open elective, the

student may re-register for the same or register for any other
professional elective or open elective course respectively.

13. SGPA and CGPA Calculation

13.1. After the results are declared, Grade Sheets will be issued to each
student which will contain the list of courses registered during the
semester and the performance in each with the following details:

• marks obtained in the internal assessment and end semester

examinations and the resultant Letter Grades;
• the credits earned in that semester and the cumulative
credits;
• in the case of odd semester grade sheets, the results
“promoted to” / “not promoted to” the immediately
subsequent odd semester as per clause 11.3;
• the Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) for the semester;
• the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of all courses
registered from first semester onwards.

13.2. Grade Points: The grade points obtained in a subject multiplied by

the credits for that subject will be the weighted grade points.

12
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

Weighted Grade Points (W) = c * g

Where ‘c’ is the number of credits assigned for the subject and ‘g’ is
the Grade Point obtained as per the Table in clause 9.1 above.

13.4. SGPA: The sum of the weighted grade points divided by the total
number of credits in a semester will result in the Semester Grade
Point Average or SGPA.

SGPA = ∑cigi/∑ci i = 1 to n

Where n is the number of subjects registered for in the semester, ‘c’

is the number fo credits allotted to a particular subject, and ‘g’ is the
grade-point obtained by the student.

An example follows:

Course W.Grade
Code Course Title Credits Grade Points

SC17B3.1C Composition -1 6 7 42

SC17B3.2C Head Study 6 8 48

SC17B3.3C Terra cotta/Ceramics 6 7 42

SC17B3.4C Workshop 4 7 28

SC17B3.5C History of Visual Arts & Aesthetics-

2
(Indian) III 6 12

SC17B3.xE Elective-1 4 6 24

OE Open Elective-1 2 9 18

Total 30 214

7.13
Semester Grade Point Average

13
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

(SGPA) = Total WGP/ Total credits =

13.5. CGPA: Starting from the second semester, at the end of each
semester, a Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) will be
computed for every student by dividing the sum of weighted grade
point of each subject for all the courses starting from first semester up
to and including the semester under computation, divided by the sum
of credits for all the subjects starting from the first semester up to and
including the semester under consideration.

CGPA = ∑cigi/∑ci where i = 1 to m

Where ‘m’ is the number of subjects registered for in all the semesters
from the first semester up to and including the semester under
computation, ‘c’ is the number of credits allotted to a particular
subject, and ‘g’ is the grade-point obtained by the student as per table
in clause 9.1.

13.6. The CGPA would indicate the cumulative performance of the student
from the first semester up to the end of the semester to which it
refers. The CGPA and SGPA will be rounded off to the second
decimal place and recorded as such.

13.7. When a student gets the grade ‘F’ in any subject during a semester,
the SGPA & CGPA from that semester onwards will not be calculated,
until such ‘F’ grade(s) has been substituted by better grades during a
subsequent semester.

13.8. For the purpose of computation of the final CGPA, award of the class
as in clause 16, and the award of degree and other honours including
awards and medals, the performance in the best 220 credits only will
be taken into account.

14. Eligibility for the Award of Degree: A student shall be eligible for the award
of the “B.F.A.(Sculpture)” Degree if the following academic regulations are
fulfilled:

14
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

14.1. Has pursued the program of study for not less than four academic
years and not more than eight academic years.

14.2. Successfully secured at least 220 credits.

14.3. Successfully completed the Extension Activity requirements.

14.4. Has secured a minimum of 5.0 CGPA.

14.5. No disciplinary action is pending against the student.

14.6. Students, who fail to fulfill all the academic requirements for the award
of the degree within eight academic years from the year of their
admission, shall forfeit their seat in the program and their seat shall
stand cancelled.

15. Withholding of the results: The results of a student may be withheld if:
15.1. He/she has not cleared any dues to the University/Institution/Hostel.
15.2. A case of disciplinary action against the student is pending disposal.

16. Classification of the Degree Awarded: After a student has satisfied the
requirements prescribed for the completion of the program and is eligible for
the award of the B.F.A. (Sculpture) Degree, he/she shall be placed in one of
the four classes as shown in the Table.
1. 8.0 and above of CGPA and should have cleared each and every
subject in a single attempt.
First Class 2. Should have passed the examination in all the courses of all the
with eight semesters in the student’s First Appearance within five years,
which includes authorized break of study of one year (clause 17).
Distinction 3. Withdrawal from examination (as per clause 16) will not be
considered as an appearance.
4. Should NOT have been prevented from writing end semester
examination due to lack of attendance in any of the courses.
Below 8.0 but not less than 7.0 of CGPA and those students who
First Class
secured a CGPA of 8.0 and above but have cleared at least one or
more subjects in more than one attempt.
Second Class Below 7.0 CGPA but not less than 6.0
Pass Class Below 6.0 CGPA but not less than 5.0
Note : In all the above cases CGPA shall be calculated from the Grade Points
secured for the best 220 credits

16.1. A student who is absent in End Semester Examination in a course

after having registered for the same shall be considered to have
appeared in that examination (except approved withdrawal from end
semester examinations as per clause 16) for the purpose of
classification.

17. Provision for Withdrawal from Examination:

15
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

17.1. A student may, for valid reasons, (medically unfit / unexpected

family situations / sports/ etc.) be granted permission to withdraw from
appearing for the end semester examination in any course or courses
in ANY ONE of the semester examinations during the entire duration of
the degree program. The application shall be sent to Director,
Academic and Planning through proper channel, through the Head of
the Department with required documents.

17.2. Withdrawal application shall be valid only if the student is otherwise

eligible to write the examination (Clause 7) and if it is made before the
commencement of the end semester examination in that course or
courses and also recommended by the Head of the Department.

17.3. Withdrawal shall not be considered as an appearance for deciding the

eligibility of a student for First Class with Distinction.

17.4. Withdrawal is permitted for the end semester examinations in the final
semester only if the period of study of the student concerned does not
exceed 5 years.

18. Break of Study from the Program

18.1. A student is permitted to go on break of study for a maximum period of

one year either as two breaks of one semester each or as a single
break of one year.

18.2. The student wanting a break of study, shall apply to the Director,
Academic and Planning through proper channel, through the Head of
the Department, in advance, in any case, not later than the last date of
the first assessment period.

18.3. The students permitted to rejoin the program after break of study /
prevention due to lack of attendance, shall be governed by the
Curriculum and Regulations in force at the time of rejoining. The
students rejoining in new Regulations shall apply to the Director,
Academic and Planning through proper channel, through the Head of
the Department at the beginning of the readmitted semester.

18.4. The total period for completion of the program reckoned from, the
commencement of the first semester to which the student was admitted
shall not exceed the maximum period of eight years, irrespective of the
period of break of study in order that the student may be eligible for the
award of the degree (vide clause 14.1).

19. Discipline

19.1. The Head of the Institution shall constitute a disciplinary committee to

enquire into acts of indiscipline and notify the University about the
disciplinary action recommended for approval.

16
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

19.2. If a student indulges in malpractice in any of the examinations, the

student shall be liable for punitive action as prescribed by the University
from time to time.

20. General

20.1 In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the academic

regulations, the decision of the Vice-Chancellor is final.

20.2 The University may from time to time revise, amend or change the
Regulations, Curriculum, Syllabus and Scheme of examinations.

17
 Course Structure for B.F.A. (Sculpture)
(Under the CBCS, Effective from the Academic Year 2017-2018)

Periods per Week Marks End Exam Type

S.NoCourse CodeCourse Title Pre-requisites
L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P Remarks*

1 SC17B1.1C Sculpture-1 NIL 6 6 6 50 50 100 P

2 FA17B1.1C Drawing-1 NIL 6 6 6 50 50 100 P
3 FA17B1.2C Colour NIL 6 6 6 50 50 100 P
Design-1
4 FA17B1.3C History of NIL 2 2 2 50 50 100 W
5 PA17B1.1C Painting-1 NIL 6 6 6 50 50 100 P

6 GN17B1.1A English NIL 2 2 2 50 50 100 W

7 GN17B1.2A Environme NIL 1 2 2 50 50 100 W
ntal
Studies-1 1
30 30
1 SC17B2.1C Sculpture-2 6 6 6 50 50 100 P
2 FA17B2.1C Drawing-2 6 6 6 50 50 100 P
3 FA17B2.2C Colour 6 6 6 50 50 100 P
Design-2
4 FA17B2.3C History of 2 2 2 50 50 100 W
5 PA17B2.1C Painting-2 6 6 6 50 50 100 P

6 GN17B2.1A Communic 2 2 50 50 100 W

ation Skills 2
7 GN17B2.2A Value NIL 2 2 2 50 50 W
30 30
1 SC17B3.1C Compositio 6 6 6 50 50 100 J
2 SC17B3.2C Head Study 6 6 6 50 50 100 J
3 SC17B3.3C Terra 6 6 6 50 50 100 J
cotta/Cera
4 SC17B3.4C Workshop NIL 4 4 4 50 50 100 J OPEN
5 FA17B3.1C History of 2 2 2 50 50 100 W
Visual Arts
&
Aesthetics-
6 SC17B3.xE Elective-1 NIL 3 3 3 50 50 100 J
Open * *
7 Elective-1
30 30
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

1st Year/1st Semester Syllabus

SC17B1.1C SCULPTURE-I

Pre- P/Wk Credits Int. marks Ext. Marks Total W/S/J/P

requisites
Marks

Nil 6 6 50 50 100 P

The course introduces to the basic elements of three dimensional design,

fundamentals of Sculpture and the principles of composition through various
exercises and approaches.

Unit-I Introduction of elements of Sculpture and to materials to develop the

sense of the three-dimensional composition with geometrical shapes and
forms like Cube, Prism, Sphere, Cylinder.
Unit-II Study of natural and manmade objects in round. Study through detailed
drawings of the objects and modelling in clay.

Unit-III Introduction to pottery and terracotta techniques- coil work or pinch work.

Unit-IV Study of facial parts of a man or a woman through drawing and clay
modelling of eyes, nose, ears and mouth.

FA17B1.1C DRAWING-I

Pre- P/Wk Credits Int. marks Ext. Marks Total W/S/J/P

requisites
Marks

Nil 6 6 50 50 100 P

Unit-I Understanding line, exercises based on Line. e.g. Straight lines, curved
lines, Zigzag lines etc in Pencil (Black and white), Ink

Unit-II Drawing from Nature. example- Leaves, Flowers, Fruits, Bushes, Plants,
Branches and Trees in black and white and colour pencils.

19
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

Unit-III Object Drawing of man-made Objects, detail study of light and shade,
create an effect of three-dimensional objects, in black and white & Colour
Pencils.

Unit-IV Detail drawing and overlapping of three-dimensional forms like cube, cone,
cylinder, pyramid and sphere in black and white (5 solid shapes)

Unit-V Creative drawing based on lines, forms, textures and objects both Natural
and Man-made etc.

End Examination will be object drawing, in pencil study only.

FA17B1.2C COLOUR & DESIGN-I

Pre- P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

requisites

Nil 6 6 50 50 100 P

Unit-I Study of Primary and Secondary colours based on Colour Wheel

Unit-II Study of Opaque colour, Transparent colour, relationship of Primary,

Secondary and Tertiary colours.

Unit-III Study of Shade wheel, Tints and shades- based on Colour Wheel

Unit-IV Understanding the Tonal values in Black and White and colour.
Introduction to Design by exercises created from motifs derived from
Nature

Unit- V Exercises based on colour and design, introducing the Golden rules and
division of space

End Examination will be in Poster colour (Opaque) medium only.

FA17B1.3C HISTORY OF VISUAL ARTS AND AESTHETICS-I

Pre- P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

20
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

requisites

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 W

INTRODUCTION TO INDIAN ART

Unit -I What is Art and Aesthetics? How it has be seen, discussed, and
practiced in India

Unit -II Pre-historic art in India. Art of Indus valley Civilization. Early Sculptural
Traditions of Maurya, Sunga, Kushana and Gupta sculpture.

Unit -III Ajanta Murals and subsequent continuation at Bagh, Badami, Ellora and
Vijayanagara. Miniature Sculpture of Mughal, Rajastani and Pahari.

Unit -IV Company Sculpture, British Art schools, Raja Ravi Varma and Bengal
School.

Note : In this semester students are supposed to know in brief about Indian
art, with a general introduction to every topic, by studying their distinct
formal and thematic contents. Stress would be on the descriptive
formal study.

PA17B1.1C PAINTING-I

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 6 6 50 50 100 P

Unit-I Understanding mediums of Painting and Techniques of Paintings.

(Opaque, Transparent, Impasto, Wet on Wet, Wax resist Collage etc.)

Unit-II Exercises based on nature, Example, Trees, Flowers, Bushes, Rocks, Sky
and Water

Unit-III Exercises based on manmade objects (Still life of Artificial, Natural objects
Like Flowers, Fruits, Vegetables etc.

21
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

Unit-IV Outdoor study from Nature, introduction to landscape Painting in

watercolours.

Unit-V Painting practice of individual- Study of birds or animal from Zoo or

Natural surroundings

End Examination will be in water colour medium only.

GN17B1.1 A ENGLISH

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 W

Unit I Listening: In this unit you will learn to distinguish the different stages of
listening, to listen effectively. Phonology, stress-marking, Homophones

Unit-II Terminology (subject-enabled): In this unit, one can learn the vocabulary
that is specific the stream/industry (terminology) and the overall usage of a
word in syntax (sentence). Commonly confused words

Unit-III Functional Grammar :In this unit, learning of the importance of parts of
speech and other aspects of grammar, learning of syntax formation,
phrases & clauses, subject-verb agreement, direct vs indirect speech,
active vs passive voice, question tags.

Unit-IV Reading : Reading helps us to discover new things. Books, magazines and
even the internet are great learning tools which require the ability to read
and understand what is read. In this unit, one can develop to skill of
reference: Dictionary, Thesaurus, Encyclopedia, and Book reading.
Recommended Books:

1. Communication Skills for Technical Students – T M Farhathullah

2. Essential English – E. Suresh, P. Sreehari, J. Savithri

GN17B1.2A ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

Pre- P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

requisites

22
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 W

Unit-I The Multi-disciplinary nature of environmental studies Definition, scope

and importance need for public awareness.

Unit-II NATURAL RESOURCES: RENEWABLE AND NON-RENEWABLE:

NATURAL RESOURCES AND ASSOCIATED PROBLEMS.

a) Forest resources: Use and over-exploitation, deforestation, case

studies. Timber extraction, mining, dams and their effects on forests
and tribal people.

b) Water resources: Use and over-utilization of surface and ground

water, floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams - benefits and
problems.

c) Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of

extracting and using mineral resources, case studies

d) Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by

agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modem agriculture, fertilizer-
pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case studies.

e) Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-

renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy sources. Case
studies.

f) Land resources: Land as a resource, and degradation, man

Induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification.

*Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources.

* Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.

(8 lectures)

23
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

Unit-III ECOSYSTEMS : Concept of an ecosystem, Structure and function of an

ecosystem, Producers, consumers and decomposers, Energy flow in the
ecosystem, Ecological succession, Food chains, food webs and ecological
pyramids. Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the
following ecosystems:

• Forest ecosystem

• Grassland ecosystem

• Desert ecosystem

• Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans,

Estuaries) (6 lectures)

Unit-IV BIODIVERSITY AND ITS CONSERVATION

• Introduction - Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity.

• Biogeographically classification of India Value of biodiversity:

consumptive use, productive use social, ethical, Aesthetic and option
values. Biodiversity at global, National and local levels,

• Hot-spots of biodiversity.

• Threats to biodiversity: habit loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife

conflicts.

• Endangered and endemic species of India. Conservation of biodiversity:

In -situ and Ex-- situ conservation of biodiversity.

24
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

1st Year/2nd Semester Syllabus

SC17B2.1C SCULPTURE-II

Pre- P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

requisit
es

Nil 6 6 50 50 100 P
The
course focuses on developing the abilities of observation, appreciation and
incorporation of forms, figures and spaces in a composition.

Unit I Introduction to Relief composition with found objects from the

surroundings.Round composition from the sketches of the surroundings.

Unit II Study of human body parts II: Drawing and clay modeling of human hands
and legs.

Unit III Study of animals and birds Drawing and modeling in clay or plaster or any
material.

Unit IV Decorative motif from history of Sculpture

FA17B2.1C DRAWING-II

Pre- P/Wk Credits Int. marks Ext. Marks Total W/S/J/P

requisites
Marks

Nil 6 6 50 50 100 P

Unit-I: Introduction to elements of perspective - studies of basic solids- plan

andelevation, main aspect as parallel and Z angular perspective.

Unit-II: Outdoor sketching -rapid sketching from any objects from busy streets,
markets, stations etc. sketching from zoo and museum

Unit-III: Exposure to drawings made by masters-study of different objects. (colour

pencils, dry pastels, oil pastels etc.)

Unit-IV: Head study - study of head from cast (various age groups)

25
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

* Examination will be held in 2B 4B 6B pencil

FA17B2.2C COLOUR & DESIGN-II

Pre- P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

requisites

Nil 6 6 50 50 100 P

Unit-I: Colour experience (pigment and light theory) High key, middle key, and
low key, high key tone with and low contrast. Chromatic expression on
different backgrounds, depiction of seasons etc.
Unit-II: Colour experience-colour harmonies. Complementary, split
complementary, double split complementary analogous and receding
colours. Visual mixing, creative designs through simple motifs from nature
and manmade objects,
Unit-III: Elementary knowledge of design (golden rules of art) design based on the
fundaments such as line, from, colour, texture, proportion and rhythm tonal
values in 3 dimensions exercise with cube prism,sphere,cylinder etc. (E.g.
for* Nature: Mountain. Clouds, butterfly, flowers, fish & water plants,
birds,animals etc).
Unit-IV: Overlapping of motifs & colour combinations to be given from tertiary
colours with tints and shades. E.g. For objects: distorted in given space
(golden rules of art) exercises - nature and object combination to be given
related to colors theory
* Examination will be held in Poster Colour

FA17B2.3C HISTORY OF VISUAL ARTS AND AESTHETICS-II

Pre- P/W Credit Int. Ex. Tota W/S/J/P

requisites k s l

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 W

INTRODUCTION TO WESTERN ART

Unit-I Why do we study western art? What is Western Aesthetics?

26
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

Unit-II Pre-Historic and Ancient Art in Europe. Art of Mesopotamia, Egyptian

and Greco-roman art. Art of Early Christian and Byzantine. Art of
Romanesque and Gothic.

Unit-III Art of Renaissance and Mannerism. Art of Baroque and Rococo.

Unit-IV Neo-Classicism and Romanticism, Realism and Impressionism.

Note: In this semester students are supposed to know in brief about western art,
with a general introduction to every topic, by studying their distinct formal
and thematic contents. Stress would be on the descriptive and formal study.

PA17B2.1C PAINTING-II

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 6 6 50 50 100 P

Unit-I: Developing an awareness of inter-relationship of different shapes and

forms relative values. Activation of space though form and color-optical
illusions. Handling various materials for pictorial expressions such as
pencil, pen poster colours, pastel crayon with inks, water colours etc.
Unit-II: Print making: observation in intrinsic texture of various surfaces and the
textures of natural and manmade things surface painting in relief media
i.e. cardboards techniques using various texture to understand and
develop the design concept in black and white.

Unit-III: Study from man-made objects-Study from nature in Water colour

* Examination will be Still-Life in Water colour

GN17B2.1A COMMUNICATION SKILLS

Pre-requisites P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 W

Unit-I VOCABULARY BUILDING

In this unit, one can learn the importance of vocabulary in day-to-day

activities by learning idioms, proverbs, collocation, foreign vocabulary
27
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

influence in English, numbers in English, one-word substitutes, as

synonyms, affixes, phrasal verbs, abbreviations.

Unit-II SPEAKING

In this unit, learning of the importance of oral communication, ways to

improve one’s spoken English, the presentation techniques, the ability to
debate, how to participate in group discussions, how to make public
speeches, how to develop dialogues, and how to face interviews.

Unit-III WRITING

In this unit, learning the importance of written communication by

developing the skills of paragraph writing, report writing, essay writing,
precise writing, summarizing.

Unit-IV BUSINESS COMMUNICATION

The advent of the computer, and the internet, the importance of art of letter
writing has changed completely. In this unit, one learns how to letter
write, email, resume writing, fax, punctuation and capitalization.

Recommended Text Books:

1. Communication Skills for Technical Students – T M Farhathullah

2. Essential English – E. Suresh, P. Sreehari, J. Savithri

GN17B2.2A VALUE EDUCATION

Pre- P/Wk Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

requisites

Nil 2 2 50 50 100 W

Course Overview: To provide guiding principles and tools for the development of
the whole person, recognizing that theindividual is comprised of Physical,
Intellectual, Emotional and Spiritual dimensions.

Knowledge Transfer /Expected Skills:

• To help individuals think about and reflect on different values.

28
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

• To deepen understanding, motivation and responsibility with regard to

making personal and social choices and the practical implications in
relation to themselves and others, the community and the world at large
• To inspire individuals to choose their own personal, social, moral and
spiritual values and be aware of practical methods for developing and
deepening them.
Unit I

Value Education—Introduction – Definition of values – Why values? –

Need for Inculcation of values – Object of Value Education – Sources of
Values – Types of Values: i) Personal values ii) Social values iii)
Professional values iv) Moral and spiritual values) Behavioral (common)
values

Unit II

Personal values – Definition of person – Self confidence – Relative and

absolute confidence, being self-determined, swatantrata (loosely
equivalent to freedom).

Self discipline – Self Assessment – Self restraint –Self motivation –

Determination – Ambition – Contentment

Self-respect and respect to others; expression of respect

Unit III

Social values – Units of Society - Individual, family, different groups –

Community – Social consciousness – Equality and Brotherhood –
Dialogue – Tolerance – Sharing – Honesty-Responsibility – Cooperation;
Freedom – Repentance and Magnanimity.

Peer Pressure – Ragging - examples - making one’s own choices

Unit IV

Professional values – Definition – Competence – Confidence – Devotion to

duty –Efficiency – Accountability– Respect for learning /learned –
Willingness to learn-Open and balanced mind – Team spirit – Professional
Ethics – Willingness for Discussion; Difference between understanding
and assuming

Time Management: Issues of planning, as well as concentration (and

aligning with self goals)

29
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

Expectations from yourself. Excellence and competition, coping with

stress, Identifying one’s interests as well as strengths.

Unit V

Behavioral values – Individual values and group values. Anger:

Investigation of reasons, watching one’s own anger; Understanding anger
as: a sign of power or helplessness, distinction between response and
reaction.

Right utilization of physical facilities. Determining one’s needs, needs of

the self and of the body, cycle of nature.

Relationship with teachers. Inside the class, and outside the class,
interacting with teachers.

Unit VI

Complimentary nature of skills and values. Distinction between information

& knowledge

Goals: Short term goals and long term goals; How to set goals; How to
handle responsibilities which have to be fulfilled while working for goals.

Reference Books

1. Ramancharla Pradeep Kumar. Compiled Reading Material IIIT Hyderabad

2. Dr. S. Ignacimuthu S. J., Values for life, Better yourself Books, Bandra Mumbai-
600 050 (1999).

3. Values (Collection of Essays)., Published by : Sri Ramakrishna Math., Chennai—

4.,(1996)

4. Prof. R.P.Dhokalia., Eternal Human Values NCRT –Campus Sri Aurobindo

Marg., New Delhi

5. Swami Vivekananda., Education., Sri Ramakrishna Math., Chennai-4(1957)

6. Holy Books of all religions

30
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

3rd SEMESTER (2nd YEAR) SYLLABUS – SCULPTURE

SC17B3.1C: COMPOSITION

L/s:6/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

The course intends to develop observational skills, an understanding of perspective,

elements of composition in relief sculpture.

• Representational composition based on surroundings.

• Relief work.
• Sketching - Scenes from the surroundings.
• Maquettes exploring various themes. - 15-25 maquettes
• Preparation of plaster waste mould - casting in plaster/ cement.

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

SC17B3.2C: HEAD STUDY

L/s:6/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

The course intends to look closely and develop an understanding of the head and
the skull structure in reference to its basic form and contour lines, its characteristics
and resemblance to the model.
• Quick sketches on paper and studies in clay
• Study through drawings and clay modeling.
• Preparation of plaster waste mould – casting in plaster/cement.
• Study of human head from life using direct material like terracotta or any
suitable material.

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and Completed work .

SC17B3.3C: TERRACOTTA/CERAMICS

L/s:6/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

31
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

The course intends to introduce to preparation of terracotta clay, to different hand-

building techniques and to different baking processes.

• Head of a man and woman.

• Study of animal and /or bird.
• One relief work.
• Firing and repairing

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

SC17B3.4C: WORK SHOP

L/s:4/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

During this course the students are engaged with a new method of practice or a
new way of expression under the guidance of an expert. It is intended to introduce
them to learn and apply new skills or knowledges of Art Practice. The orientation of
the course is to gain knowledge through hands-on experience and to work
collectively. This is an activity that the students of all the batches participate.

Submission:

1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work .

FA17B3.1C: HISTORY OF VISUAL ARTS & AESTHETICS-(INDIAN) III

L/s:2/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Written

HISTORY OF INDIAN ART

Unit-I Early sculptural traditions of Maurya, Sunga and Kushana periods.

Sculptural tradition of Gupta, Rashtrakuta, Pallava,Chola and
Vijayanagara.

Unit-II Ajanta mural tradition. Continuation of mural tradition at Bagh, Badami,

Ellora and Vijayanagara.

32
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

Unit-III Illustrated manuscripts of eastern and western India (Pala and Jain
manuscripts), Miniature painting of Mughal, Rajastani, Pahari and Deccani.

Unit-IV Indian Aesthetics: a brief introduction to the Indian aesthetics, discuss on

Bharatha’s Natyasastra, concept of Rasa theory, Abhinava Gupta,
Anandavardhana and Jayadeva.

Note: In this semester, students are supposed to study each topic in detail,
emphasizing on historical evaluation of sculpture and painting in each
period, and their significance and stylistic evolution would be focused.

33
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

4th SEMESTER (2nd YEAR) SYLLABUS – SCULPTURE

SC17B4.1C: COMPOSITION-2

L/s:8/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

The course intends to develop an understanding of compositional values with

reference to round sculpture.
• Representational compositions based on various themes which
may include human figures, animals or natural forms.
• Sketches related to the various themes for composition.
• Construction of armature for clay modeling.
• Preparation of plaster waste mould. Casting in plaster or any
other material.

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the work.
c. Sketches and drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work .

SC17B4.2C: LIFE-STUDY

L/s:6/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

During this course the students are introduced to the anatomical structure, muscles
anatomy and skeletal structure of the body in different postures with emphasis on
form and balance.

• Study of human figure male/female in half life -size.

• Quick sketches on paper and clay maquettes.
• Detailed drawing and modeling in clay.
• Preparation of plaster waste-mould and casting in plaster/cement

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

SC17B4.3C: CARVING

34
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

L/s:6/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

The course intends to introduce to carving method of sculpting on POP blocks and
wood.

• Introduction to various kinds of wood and methods of wood-carving in low

and high relief
• Drawings for carving in POP or wood.
• Clay modeling for one composition (size 12”x12”) of a bird, animal or a
human head suitable for wood carving.
Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Sketches and Drawings.
c. Clay modeling.
2. Maquettes and Completed work.

SC17B4.4C: WORKSHOP

L/s:4/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

During this course the students are engaged with a new method of practice or a
new way of expression under the guidance of an expert. It is intended to introduce
them to learn and apply new skills or knowledges of Art Practice. The orientation of
the course is to gain knowledge through hands-on experience and to work
collectively. This is an activity that the students of all the batches participate.

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Completed work.

FA17B4.1C: HISTORY OF VISUAL ARTS & AESTHETICS-(WESTERN) IV (T)

L/s:2/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Written

HISTORY OF WESTERN ART

Unit-I Art of Early Christian and Byzantine: rise of Christianity and significant
changes in representation of images are to be discussed. Art of
Romanesque and Gothic: The significant stylistic changes in both periods
would be discussed.

35
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

Unit-II Art of Renaissance and Mannerism: Introduction to Renaissance art and

study with reference to works of Leonardo Da-Vinci, Raphael and
Michelangelo, and discuss the basic difference between renaissance and
mannerist art analyze with works of Tintoretto, El Greco and Cellini. Art of
Baroque and Rococo: study of significance of the Baroque art would be
discussed with works of Rembrandt, Vermeer, Caravaggio and
Bernini. The significance of the rococo painting would be studied.

Unit-III Neo-Classicism: study of neo classical art, with the important paintings and
sculptures of Jacques-Louis David, August Dominique Ingres and Antonio
Canova. Romanticism: study of romanticism in arts, with the painting of
Francesco de Goya, John Constable and J.W.N.Turner. Realism: discuss
realism in art with reference to works of Courbet, Corot and Daumier.

Unit IV Western Aesthetics: discuss the aesthetic views of Plato, Aristotle and
Immanuel Kant-Concep of Beauty.

36
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

5TH SEMESTER (3RD YEAR) SYLLABUS – SCULPTURE

SC17B5.1C: COMPOSITION-3

L/s:6/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

During this course the students are encouraged to explore possibilities in their
compositions based on personal experiences with various themes.

• Composition in a creative approach reflecting the contemporary

life.
• Relief or Round Composition from everyday life
• Fiber-glass casting or any other material.
Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

SC17B5.2C: LIFE STUDY-2

L/s:6/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

The course intends to develop a better understanding of the structure and character
of the model (either male or female) ..

• Study of human figure in clay

• ¾ size figures. Human figure in different postures and gestures
• Preparation of waste mould from clay work.
• Preparation of a plaster casting or any other material.

Submission:

1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

SC17B5.3C: CARVING-2

37
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

L/s:6/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

During this course the students are introduced to different techniques of carving and
joining wood.

• Preparation of drawings and Maquettes for carving

• Understanding the carving techniques like cutting, chopping, carving,
burning and use of different hand tools
• Various techniques of joining the wood.

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

SC17B5.4C: WORKSHOP

L/s:4/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

During this course the students are engaged with a new method of practice or a
new way of expression under the guidance of expert. It is intended to introduce to a
new approach of Art Practice to relook at a Craft. The Orientation of the course is to
gain Knowledge through hands-on experience and to work collectively

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

FA17B5.1C: HISTORY OF VISUAL ARTS & AESTHETICS-(WESTERN) V

L/s:2/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Written

MODERN WESTERN ART

38
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

Unit-I Impressionism: discuss the coinage of the term, Impressionism and study
the paintings of Edouard Monet,Claude Manet and Auguste Renior.

Post-Impressionism: study of post impressionism with reference to the

important paintings of Paul Cezanne,Vincent Van Gogh, Georges Seurat
and Paul Gauguin.

Unit-II Fauvism and Cubism. Discuss coinage of the term Fauvism and the
important works of Henry Matisse and his fellow artists Andre Derain,
Maurice De Vlaminck, George Rouault are to be analyzed. Define Cubism
and analyze the works of Pablo Picasso and Georges Braque in to various
phases of cubism.

Unit III German Expressionism and Futurism: study Expressionism, through works
of two groups “The Bridge” and “The Blue Rider”. Discuss the significance
of Futurism in art. With the works of Carlo Carra, Giacoma Balla and
Umberto Boccioni.

Unit- IV Dadaism: discuss the impact of first world war and emergence of anti art
or anti aesthetics in art practice, study the works of Marcel Duchamp,
Francis Picabia and Man Ray.

Surrealism: study the works of Salvador Dali, Joan Miro, Rene Magritte.

39
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

6TH SEMESTER (3RD YEAR) SYLLABUS – SCULPTURE

SC17B6.1C: COMPOSITION-4

L/s:6/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

The Course is intended to explore the possibilities of responding and assimilating

readymades / scrap / direct metal using the techniques of arc welding, soldering,
etc. for their creation.
• Composition with figures or animals or non representational forms.
• Interpretation of themes in creative approach.
• Composition can either be in round or relief or in both.

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

SC17B6.2C: Project I

L/s:6/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

During the Project I program, students are given guidance to choose to study under
an expert for six weeks .The program gives an opportunity to gain hands on
experience and to study art/craft practices like puppetry, paper making, toy
making, leather art, metal embossing, ceramics, pottery, dyeing and weaving etc in
a professional studio.

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials used during the course.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

SC17B6.3C: CARVING-3

L/s:6/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

During this course the students are introduced to machine tools and encouraged to
explore the surfaces and textures.

40
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

• Drawings and maquettes for carving.

• Introduction to machine tools.
• Carving with an emphasis to the surfaces and understanding of various
textures.
• Creative individualistic approach may be explored by adding other
components.

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

SC17B6.4C: WORKSHOP

L/s:4/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

During this course the students are engaged with a new method of practice or a
new way of expression under the guidance of an expert. It is intended to introduce
to a new approach of Art Practice or Craft. The orientation of the course is to gain
knowledge through hands-on experience and to work collectively

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials used during the course.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

FA17B6.1C: HISTORY OF VISUAL ARTS & AESTHETICS-(WESTERN) VI

L/s:2/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Written

MODERN INDIAN ART

Unit-I Company Painting: discuss the role/place of company painting in India

art.
British Art Schools: establishment of art schools in India. (try to
discuss the establishment of art schools by British through the
process and politics of colonialism.
41
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

Raja Ravi Varma: study the art of Raja Ravi Varma, about his style
and “Indianness” in his paintings

Unit-II Bengal School – Abanindranath Tagore and his disciples;

Santiniketan School -Nandalal Bose -Benode Behari Mukherjee-
Ramkinkar Baij.

Unit-III Art and life of Amrita Sher Gill, Art and life of Jamini Roy

Unit-IV Indian art (1940s) Calcutta Group, Bombay Progressive Artist Group
(PAG), Delhi Shilpi Chakra, Trends in South India.

42
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

7TH SEMESTER (4TH YEAR) SYLLABUS – SCULPTURE

SC17B7.1C: COMPOSITION-5

L/s:8/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

During this course the students are encouraged to look, identify and respond to
their surrounding spaces and structures. This is intended to stimulate the students
for their creativity..

• One composition responding to a real space.

• Exploring the different possibilities of their ideas.
• Sketches/ maquettes in round or relief using direct material.
• Realization of the composition in any suitable material/s.
• Creative and individualistic approach to be explored.
Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

SC17B7.2C: Project II & VIVA-VOCE

L/s:7/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Viva-voce

During the Project II program, students can choose to study under an expert for six
weeks based on the area of their interest. This can be an intensive study or
investigation of Project-I. or can be a study of in a new area. The student has to
submit a Project Report containing images and a minimum of thousand words. The
Project II is meant to develop a better understanding of the process involved in
creating a work and to develop skills for articulating and analyzing for a greater
clarity. The student and guide will mutually select the art/craft practice..

Submission:
1. Project Report.
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Completed work.

SC17B7.3C: METAL-CASTING

L/s:6/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

43
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

The course intends to teach the Italian method of lost wax solid investment process
of metal casting, while giving brief introduction to Indian and Western metal casting
processes.

• Preparation of drawing and maquettes for metal casting in wax.

• Making the investment mould for metal casting.
• De-waxing and metal melting and pouring of the metal.
• Chasing and Patination.

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

SC17B7.4C: WORKSHOP

L/s:4/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

During this course the students are engaged with a new method of practice or a
new way of expression under the guidance of an expert. It is intended to introduce
to a new approach of Art Practice to relook at a Craft. The Orientation of the course
is to gain Knowledge through hands-on experience and to work collectively

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials used during the course.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

FA17B7.1C: HISTORY OF VISUAL ARTS & AESTHETICS-(WESTERN) VII

L/s:2/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Written

CONTEMPORARY ART IN WEST

Unit-I American Painting (1920’s): discuss the art scene during 1920s, with
important works.

Abstract Expressionism: discuss the ideas of Clement Greenberg in

relation to Abstract Expressionism, study the Paintings of Mark
Rothko, Willem de Kooning, Jackson Pollock and Barnett Newman.
44
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

Unit-II British Pop Art, American Pop Art, Op Art

Unit-III Minimal Art and Conceptual Art

Unit- IV Feminist Art in Europe.

45
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

8TH SEMESTER (4TH YEAR) SYLLABUS – SCULPTURE

SC17B8.1C: COMPOSITION-6

L/s:6/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

The course intends to engage in articulating the concept by incorporating or

responding to the spaces or surroundings
• Exploration towards creative and individualistic approach.
• Exploration with suitable materials.
• Experimenting and conceptualizing sculpture after a real or existing
place/space
Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

SC17B8.2C: TOWARDS EXHIBITION

L/s:9/Wk Int:150 End Exam:150 Total:300 End Exam Type: Display & Jury

The course intends to prepare the students to think, plan and work to the realization
of their concept/s.

• Relooking at their work.

• Conceptualizing for the show.
• Preparation of new work/compositions
• Preparation of artist statement.
• Planning the display.

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

SC17B8.3C: CARVING-4

L/s:6/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

46
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

The course intends to give freedom in exploring various aspects of carving in wood
or stone.

• Non- representational or representational themes.

• Exploitation of various textures.
• Creative individualistic approach to be explored..
Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

SC17B8.4C: WORKSHOP

L/s:4/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

During this course the students are engaged with a new method of practice or a
new way of expression under the guidance of expert. It is intended to introduce to a
new approach of Art Practice to relook at a Craft. The Orientation of the course is to
gain Knowledge through hands-on experience and to work collectively

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

FA17B8.51C: HISTORY OF VISUAL ARTS & AESTHETICS-(INDIAN) VIII

L/s:2/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Written

CONTEMPORARY ART IN INDIA

Unit-I Indigenism in Indian Art: Baroda Initiative (K.G. Subramanian) The

Southern Initiative
47
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

(K.C.S. Pannikar) Works of (J. Swaminathan)

Unit II Radical Painters and Sculptors Association

Unit III Indian Women artists: Discuss the works of Meera Mukherjee,
Nasreen Mohamedi, Neelima Sheik and Rekha Rodiwittya

Unit-IV Conceptual Art in India: Study of Installation art, Site-specific,

Performance based, Video, Kinetic art.

48
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

Electives

SC17B3.1E: POTTERY

L/s:3/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

• Methods of clay preparation.

• Techniques of making Pottery- Coil, Pinch, Mold Casting-Slip Casting.
• Introduction to surface decoration techniques.
• Exploring forms and surfaces.
• Firing and repairing

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work .

SC17B3.2E: DIRECT METAL

L/s:3/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

The course intends to introduce to different techniques like welding, soldering,

embossing or through nuts and bolts to create a work of art.

• Sourcing the material and assembling

• Representational or non-representational form.

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work .

49
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

SC17B4.1E: DRAWING
L/s:3/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

Various exercises are applied to understand the value of line, form, volume,
dimension and negative space.

• Understanding the principals of art through sketching and drawing with

pencil, charcoal and ink.
• Drawing with wire, sticks, thread, rope, rods etc.
• Still life .
• self portraits.
• Memory drawing

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and Completed work .

SC17B4.2E: WOOD CUT

L/s:3/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

Various exercises are applied to understand the value of line and form through the
process of stencil and wood-cut.

▪ Object Study
▪ Outdoor/ Nature study
▪ Portrait or full figure.
Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Completed work of 2-4 prints.

50
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

SC17B5.1E: SEWING & STICHING

L/s:3/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

The intention of the course is to appreciate fabric and learn the possibilities of using
it.
• Appliqué work- layering and texturing.
• Straight, cross stitches etc. for texture and surface.
• creating armature for different shapes- Geometric/ organic/
representational
• Varieties of filling/ stuffing material.
Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials used during the course.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Completed work.

SC17B5.2E: TERRACOTA/CERAMICS

L/s:3/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

• Preparation of clay
• Techniques of hand building.
• Glazing and firing
• Animal or bird or organic forms.
Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials used during the course.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

51
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

SC17B6.1E: STUDY OF OLD MASTERS

L/s:3/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

The course intends to look closely at the works of the great masters to learn the
skills and techniques applied.

• Study of Old Masters of Western and Indian Sculpture.

• Understanding of Composition, Proportons, Dimensions, Space and
Ground.
• Reference to the Sculptures of Ancient Indian Sculpture or western
sculpture.

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

SC17B6.2E: COMMUNITY ART

L/s:3/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

To create a work by engaging with the community or the community.

• Identify and make a proposal.

• Negotiating and engaging in the Project.

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

52
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

SC17B7.1E: POTRAIT STUDY

L/s:3/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

The course intends to develop observationn and the required skills to create a
portrait
• Study of the portrait of either a male or female model in life size
capturing the nuances of the features of the faces
• Molding and casting in plaster
Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

SC17B7.2E: STREET ART

L/s:3/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

The course intends to expand and explore the possibilities of creating art beyond
the studio spaces.

• Conceptualization through exploration of various spaces and ideas.

• Realization of ideas

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

53
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A (Sculpture), effective from 2017-18

SC17B8.1E: METAL CASTING

L/s:4/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

The course intends to give the students an exposure to the

indigenous, lost wax process of metal casting.
• Preparation of wax coils, creating sculpture using Dokra
technique
• Building the inner core and outer core
• De-waxing/firing/Casting in Dokra casting method
Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Completed works.

SC17B8.2E: SITE SPECIFIC ART

L/s:6/Wk Int:50 End Exam:50 Total:100 End Exam Type : Jury

The course intends to engage students in identifying and respond to locations, to

create art.

• Identifying locations
• Planning and conceptualizing
• Realization of the concept.

Submission:
1. Practical Record
a. Methods and materials learned.
b. Write up about the concept of the work.
c. Sketches and Drawings.
2. Maquettes and completed work.

54
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY
Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad – 500 028.

Academic Regulations for B.F.A. Programs

(Under the CBCS, Effective from the Academic Year 2017-2018)

Preamble:

JNAFAU’s Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) aims to provide comprehensive learning
opportunities which takes into account individual interests and abilities of the students.
Apart from the compulsory core courses, the students can choose from the elective
courses on offer in the university or also from approved online platforms like the MHRD’s
SWAYAM or MOOCs.

These regulations are subject to amendments as may be decided by the Academic

Council / Committee of the University from time to time. Any or all such amendments will
be effective from such date and to such batches of students (including those already in
the middle of the program) as may be decided by the Academic Council / Committee.

1. Glossary of Terms

1.1. Program: An educational program leading to award of a Degree in a discipline.

1.2. Course: Generally referred as a ‘subject’ offered under the degree program.
Each course is identified by a unique course code and course title. A course may
be designed to comprise lectures/ studio/tutorials/ laboratory work/ fieldwork/
outreach activities/ project work/vocational training /seminars /term papers/
assignments/ presentations/ self-study etc. or a combination of some of these.
All courses do not carry the same credits.
1.3. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS): In addition to the compulsory core
courses in a program, CBCS provides choice for students to select from a
number of elective courses offered. The term credit refers to the weightage
given to the course and is usually the number of periods per week allotted to it.
1.4. Re-admission: When a student is detained in a course due to shortage of
attendance or the student takes a break of study, the student has to take re-
admission to continue the program.
1.5. Re-registration: When a student has failed in a course due to low internal
assessment marks, but has satisfactory attendance, the student can re-register
to improve performance in internal assessment as well as external evaluation.
1.6. Re-appearance/ supplementary examinations: When a student has failed in a
course and wishes to improve performance only in end semester external
examination he/she can register to reappear for the supplementary examination.
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

1.7. Minimum Total Credits (MTC): These are minimum total credits to be secured
by a student to be considered eligible for award of the degree. This may be
different for different disciplines.
1.8. Director of Evaluation (DE) means the Authority of the University who is
responsible for all activities of the End Semester Examinations of the University.
1.9. Director, Academic and Planning (DAP) means the authority of the University
who is responsible for all academic activities for the implementation of relevant
rules and regulations.

2. Program Structure

2.1. Category of Courses: The program shall have a curriculum with syllabi
consisting of courses as prescribed by the Board of Studies, and broadly
categorized under:

2.1.1. Compulsory Core (CC) are courses deemed to be the core learning
required for the discipline. These courses are part of the compulsory
requirement to complete the program of study. A core course cannot be
substituted by any other course. A core course offered in this program
may be treated as a Professional or Open Elective by other programs.

2.1.2. Professional Electives (PE) are courses which are elective courses
relevant to the discipline. An Elective course is generally a course that
can be chosen from a pool of courses on offer. Every student shall be
required to opt for the electives from the list of electives offered. Students
can also opt for the electives on offer from any of the other Programs,
besides his / her own discipline courses, or even do online courses
subject to the respective Program specific regulations.

2.1.3. Open Electives (OE) are chosen generally from an unrelated discipline/
subject, with an intention to seek exposure/ add generic proficiency.
These may include Liberal Arts courses, Humanities and Social Science
courses, etc. and essentially facilitate the student to do courses
(including Core Courses or Professional Electives) offered by other
departments/ programs / institutions or online. Open Electives may not
be specified in the course structure and the University may approve and
offer any Open Elective courses in any semester as an option for the
students.

2.1.4. Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC). These are mandatory courses

based upon content that lead to general knowledge, ability and soft skills
enhancement, such as, Environmental Studies, Communication Skills,
Value Education, etc.

2.1.5. Non- Credit Courses / Activities mandatory for award of Degree:

There are some non-credit courses / activity such as: 1) Co-Curricular
Activity / Extension Activity (EA), 2) any other as specified in the
respective course structure / syllabus. A ‘Satisfactory’ grade in the
above, is compulsory for the award of degree.

2
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

2.1.6. Online Courses: Students may be permitted, with the prior approval of
the Department, to take online courses through SWAYAM or MOOCs or
any other approved online facility, in lieu of the Electives (both PE and
OE) offered in the University.

2.2. Credits:
2.2.1. Credits are indicative of the importance of the course. In the case of core
courses 1 period of direct teaching per week (Theory / Tutorial/ Studio/
Practical) = 1 credit

2.2.2. In the case of other courses like the Electives and the AEC courses, the
credits are based on their level of importance as decided by the Board of
Studies and as described in their respective course structures.

2.3. Pre-requisites: Some of the courses may have pre-requisites (i.e. the student
may be required to have registered and attended the course specified as a pre-
requisite.)

2.4. Types of Courses and Learning Sources

Types of Courses Learning Sources
Compulsory Core (CC) Parent Department (PD)
Professional Elective (PE) PD,/Ponline
PD / OD
Ability Enhancement Course (AEC) PD / OD / online / Univ.
Open Elective (OE) PD / OD / online / Univ.
Extension Activity (EA) PD, OD, Univ.
Note: PD = Parent Department; OD = Other Departments / Institutions /
Universities

3. Duration of Program

3.1. A student is normally expected to complete the Program in four academic

years (8 Semesters) but in any case not more than 8 years (including break of
study for personal reasons or suspension/ detention due to disciplinary action,
etc.).

3.2. Each semester shall normally consist of 90 working days (excluding end
semester examination days).

3.3. Gap Year: A student may be permitted to take a break of study for one
academic year for starting an enterprise or for any personal or medical reason
with prior approval. In exceptional cases, this may be extended to another year
after an appraisal process approved by the State Govt. / University. In such
cases also the student will be eligible for award of First Class with Distinction/
other awards. Rules of re-admission will apply to such cases.

3
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

4. Registration for choice of Electives:

4.1. Each student shall be deemed to have registered for all the compulsory core
and other mandatory (AEC) courses of every semester that he/she is
admitted to / promoted to, on the payment of the requisite fees.

4.2. However, in the case of electives (as per the course structure), students shall
submit their preferences from the list of electives on offer (including approved
online courses), and after allotment of the elective course, register for elective
courses of their choice – both professional and open electives.
4.3. The information on the list of all the courses offered in every department
specifying the course code, course title, credits, prerequisites, the timetable
slots and the registration process with the time schedules will be made available
on the University website. Every student is expected to go through the above
information, consult the faculty members, understand the choices and select
their choice of elective courses.

4.4. Every student shall submit their preferences from the list of electives on offer
(including approved online courses), register / re-register as per the registration
process and the schedule notified.

4.5. The departments shall put up the list of electives allotted to the students, using
their (departments’) discretion based on physical and other capacities, with first
preference given to the students from the parent department and later,
considering a first come first and/or SGPA basis for students from other
departments. However, students who have registered for elective courses
previously are allowed to re-register for courses in which they have failed.

4.6. In case none of the student’s preferred choices is allotted, or even otherwise,
the student may propose an alternative choice from among the available ones
after due consultation with the respective faculty. In any case, the students shall
register (which is effected only on their choice of elective being approved) for
the courses within the given schedule/ deadline.

4.6 After registering for a course, a student shall attend the classes, satisfy the
attendance requirements, earn Internal Assessment marks and appear for the
End Semester Examinations.

4.7 A student is permitted to cancel his/her registration for the elective courses,
within two weeks of starting of the semester.

4.8 To enable the students to choose electives from across the departments, the
DAP shall in consultation with all the departments, facilitate the announcement
of a common time-slot for the elective periods in the individual time tables of the
departments.

4.9 No elective course shall be commenced unless a minimum number of students

are registered (this number may be different for different courses and Programs
and may be decided by the Departments / College/ University every semester).

4
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

5. Attendance Requirements

5.1 A student has to put in a minimum of 75% of attendance, in aggregate of all the
courses registered in the semester (excluding approved online elective
courses) for becoming eligible to register for the end examinations and for
acquiring credits in each semester.

5.2 Shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and above, and below
75%) in each semester may be condoned by the College Academic Committee
on genuine and valid (including medical grounds), based on the student’s
representation with supporting evidence.
5.3 Condonation of shortage of attendance as stipulated above, shall not be
automatic but on the merits of the case to the satisfaction of the College
Academic Committee.

5.4 A stipulated fee shall be payable along with the application for condonation.

5.5 Shortage of attendance below 65% in aggregate (including medical grounds)

shall in no case be condoned.

5.6 A student will not be promoted to the next semester unless the attendance
requirement of the present semester is satisfied. In case of such detention the
student is not eligible to take the End Examination of that semester and the
course registration shall stand cancelled. The student shall seek re admission
for that semester when offered next.

5.7 In the case of re-registration (clauses 10.4 to 10.7) for a course/s, the
attendance requirement is not applicable.

6. Assessment

6.1 Distribution of Internal Assessment and End Exam Marks: Performance in

each course shall be evaluated as prescribed in the respective Program’s
course structure and syllabus. As a general pattern, 50% of the marks in a
course are through internal assessment and 50% through end semester
examinations. A few courses may have 100% of the assessment purely
through internal assessment. The thesis, the internship courses and many of
the studio courses are assessed through a jury and viva-voce for the end
semester examination.

6.2 Schedule for Internal Assessment: The students shall diligently follow the
given internal assessment schedule for the semester including submissions
and tests.

6.3 The compiled cumulative internal assessment marks and attendance of the
students will be displayed periodically at least twice during the Semester, for
information to the students. 50% of the marks allotted for the internal
assessment courses shall be submitted before the 12th week. All internal
assessment marks have to be finalized and uploaded / submitted in the
prescribed format, on or before the last day of End Semester Examinations of
the semester.

5
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

6.4 Assessment for Online Courses: In case of credits earned through approved
online modes, the credits and grades shall be assigned by a committee
consisting of Head of the Department or a teacher nominated by the HoD and a
senior faculty member nominated by the DAP/ Principal (in case the credits or
grades are not included by the online course faculty).

6.5 Non-Credit, Mandatory Courses / Activity: Assessment in these courses or

activity will be only in terms of “Satisfactory” or “Not Satisfactory”. A
‘Satisfactory’ grade in these listed courses/ activities is compulsory for the
award of degree.

6.5.1 Co-Curricular Activity / Extension Activity (EA) (for all round

development) : Every student has to participate in any one of the
following activities like NCC/ NSS/ Sports/ FSAI University’s Pro-bono
project activity/ any national or international student camp /any other
community development activity listed by the University and acquire a
”Satisfactory” grade to be considered eligible for award of a degree.
6.5.1.1 The student’s performance shall be examined by the faculty
in-charge of the relevant extension activity along with the
Head/ Coordinator of the Department/ activity.
6.5.1.2 Physically challenged students who are unable to participate
in any of the above activities shall be required to take an
appropriate test in the relevant area of any one of the above
activities and be graded and certified accordingly.

6.5.2 Any other course or activity as specified (including the mode of

assessment) in the respective course structure or syllabus.

7. Award of Letter Grades

7.1 The performance of a student will be reported using letter grades, each carrying
certain points as detailed below:
S. % of Marks Letter Grade
No. Minimum Maximum Grade Points
1. 90.00 100.00 A+ 10
2. 80.00 89.99 A 9
3. 70.00 79.99 B 8
4. 60.00 69.99 C 7
5. 50.00 59.99 D 6
6. 40.00 49.99 E 5
7. 00.00 39.99 F 0
8. Shortage of attendance and hence prevented SA 0
from writing end semester examination
9. Absent for End semester Ab 0
10. examination*
Satisfactory Satisfactory 0
Note: * Satisfactory grade will be given only for the non-credit courses/ activity such as
mentioned in clause 6.5. A ‘Satisfactory’ grade in these listed course/ activities is
compulsory for the award of degree.

6
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Example of assignment of letter grade and grade points for marks:

Total Grade Grade point
Course Title Int. Marks End Exam (GP)
Course X1 22 25 47 E 5
Course X2 39 41 80 A 9
Course X3 37 34 71 B 8
Course X4 29 30 59 D 6
Course X5 25 24 49 E 5

7.2. A student who earns at least an E grade in a course is declared to have

successfully completed the course, and is deemed to have earned the credits
assigned to that course. A course successfully completed cannot be repeated.

7.3. Students who fail to appear for end semester examinations will be marked as
‘Ab’ (Absent) and should register for supplementary examination by paying the
prescribed fees.

8. Academic Requirements: The following academic requirements have to be satisfied,

in addition to the attendance requirements mentioned in clause 5.

8.1 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and
earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course, if the student secures not
less than 40% marks in the semester end examination, and a minimum of 40%
of marks in the sum total or aggregate of the Internal Assessment and Semester
End Examination taken together; in terms of letter grades, this implies securing
‘E’ grade or above in that subject/ course.

8.2 A student eligible to appear in the end semester examination for any course, but
absent from it or failed (thereby failing to secure ‘E’ grade or above) may
reappear for that course in the supplementary examination as and when
conducted. In such cases, the internal marks obtained earlier for that course will
be retained, and added to the marks obtained in the end semester
supplementary examination for evaluating performance in that course.

9. Promotion between Semesters:

9.1. A student shall be promoted from odd to even semester if the minimum
requirement of attendance as in clause 5 is fulfilled.

9.2. A student shall be promoted from even to odd semester, if the minimum
requirement of attendance as in clause 5 is fulfilled and as per the other
requirements specified in the following table.

7
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

9.3. Table indicating promotion requirements from even to odd semesters:

From 2nd sem. to 3rd If the student does not have more than three
sem. backlog courses in the 1st semester.
th th
From 4 sem. to 5 Secured all the credits upto 2nd semester and
sem. does not have more than three backlog courses
in the 3rd semester
From 6th sem. to 7th Secured all the credits upto 4th semester and
sem. does not have more than three backlog courses
in the 5th semester

10. Re-admission and Re-registration

10.1 A student may be detained in a semester either due to shortage of

attendance, or due to having more than the permissible number of backlog
courses. Students detained due to shortage of attendance may be re-
admitted when the same semester is offered in the next academic year for
fulfillment of academic requirements.

10.2 A student detained due to not having enough credits or having more than
the permissible number of backlog courses, shall be promoted to the next
academic semester only after fulfilling the requirements as per Table 9.3.

10.3 No grade allotments or SGPA/ CGPA calculations will be done for the entire
semester in which student has been detained.

10.4 The academic regulations under which a student has been first admitted
shall be applicable in all cases of re-admission.

10.5 If a student fails in a Professional Elective or an Open Elective, the student

may re-register for the same or register afresh for any other Professional
Elective or Open Elective course respectively in the subsequent semesters.
In case of re-registration in the same courses, attendance is not mandatory,
whereas registration for any other elective course/s requires the student to
attend the classes and fulfill the attendance requirements as per Clause 5.

10.6 A student who fails in any course may be permitted the option of re-
registering in that subject only if the internal assessment marks are less
than 30%, so as to enable him/her to improve/redo and resubmit the work
for internal evaluation. In such cases of re-registration, the student’s
previous performance both in the internal evaluation and end evaluation in
the particular subject/s shall stand cancelled and he/she shall be required to
appear for the end semester evaluation again (end examination and /or
external jury as the case may be).

10.7 The maximum number of courses a student may be permitted for ‘re-
registration’ in a semester, is limited to three. Re- registration of any course
should be done within 7 days from the date of declaration of the relevant
results. A stipulated fee shall be payable towards re registration in any
subject.

8
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

10.8 The student may attend classes in the case of the re-registered courses, if
the student wishes. However, the attendance requirement is not compulsory
for such courses.

11. Grade Points, SGPA and CGPA Calculation

11.1. After the results are declared, Grade Sheets will be issued to each student
which will contain the list of courses registered during the semester and the
performance in each with details of whether passing or failing, credits earned
in that semester, promoted or not, letter grades, grade points, etc.

11.2. Grade Points: The grade points obtained in a subject multiplied by the
credits for that subject will be the weighted grade points.

Weighted Grade Points (WGP) = C x GP

Where ‘C’ is the number of credits assigned for the subject and ‘GP’ is the
Grade Point obtained as per the Table in clause 7.1 above.

11.3. SGPA: The sum of the weighted grade points divided by the total number of
credits in a semester will give the Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA).

SGPA = ∑CiGPi / ∑Ci i = 1 to n

Where n is the number of courses the student registered for in the

semester, ‘C’ is the number of credits allotted to each of the courses, and
‘GP’ is the grade-point obtained by the student in the respective courses.
An example follows:
Weighted
Credits Grade Grade Points
Course Title (C) (GP) (WGP)
Course X1 3 7 21
Course X2 8 8 64
Course X3 8 7 56
Course X4 7 7 49
Course X5 2 6 12
Course X6 2 6 12
Total 30 214
Semester Grade Point Average
(SGPA) = Total WGP/ Total
credits = 7.13

11.4. CGPA: The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) will be computed for
every student as:

CGPA = ∑CiGPi / ∑Ci i = 1 to m

9
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Where ‘m’ is the number of subjects registered for in all the semesters from
the 1st semester onwards. ‘C’ is the number of credits allotted to each of the
courses, and ‘GP’ is the grade-point obtained by the student in the
respective courses.

11.5. The CGPA and SGPA will be rounded off to the second decimal place and
recorded as such.

11.6. For the purpose of computation of the final CGPA, award of degree, award
of the class as in clause 14, and other honours if any, including medals, the
performance in the best MTC (Minimum Total Credits) only, as specified in
Table in clause 12.2, will be taken into account.

12. Eligibility for the Award of Degree: A student shall be eligible for the award of the
“B.F.A.” Degree in the specific discipline into which he/she was admitted, if the
following academic regulations are fulfilled:

12.1. Has pursued the program of study for not less than four academic years and
not more than eight academic years. Students, who fail to fulfill all the
academic requirements for the award of the degree within eight academic
years from the year of their admission, shall forfeit their seat in the program
and their seat shall stand cancelled.

12.2. Successfully secured the Minimum Total Credits required for the respective
Programs.

Table : B.F.A. Programs and Credits

S.No. B.F.A. Program Total Credits Minimum Total

Credits (MTC)
1 Applied Arts& Visual 240 225
Communication
2 Painting& Visual 240 225
Communication
3 Sculpture& Visual 240 222
Communication
4 Photography & Visual 240 228
Communication
5 Animation 240 225

12.3. Successfully secured “Satisfactory” grades in all the mandatory non-credit

courses/ activity.

12.4. Has secured a minimum of 5.0 CGPA

12.5. No disciplinary action is pending against the student.

13. Withholding of the results: The results of a student may be withheld if:
13.1. He/she has not cleared any dues to the University/Institution/Hostel.

10
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

13.2. A case of disciplinary action against the student is pending disposal.

14. Classification of the Degree Awarded

After a student has satisfied the requirements prescribed for the completion of the
program and is eligible for the award of the B.F.A. Degree in the Program to which
he/she was admitted, he/she shall be placed in one of the four classes as shown in
the Table.

1. 8.0 and above of CGPA.

First Class with 2. Should have passed the examination in all the courses of
Distinction all the eight semesters within five years, which includes any
authorized break of study of one year (clause 3.3).
3. Should NOT have been prevented from writing end semester
examination due to lack of attendance in any of the courses.

First Class Below 8.0 but not less than 7.0 of CGPA and
Second Class Below 7.0 CGPA but not less than 6.0
Pass Class Below 6.0 CGPA but not less than 5.0
Note : In all the above cases CGPA shall be calculated from the Grade Points
secured for the best MTC (Minimum Total Credits) (Refer Table in Clause
12.2)

15. Malpractice: If a student indulges in malpractice in any of the examinations, he/she

shall be liable for punitive action as prescribed by the University from time to
time.

16. General

16.1 In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the academic

regulations, the decision of the Vice-Chancellor is final.

16.2 The University may from time to time revise, amend or change the
Regulations, Curriculum, Syllabus and Scheme of Assessment.

11
JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

12
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

JNAFAU College of Fine Arts BFA Animation (4 years)

CBSE COURSE STRUCTURE

Semester – I
W
P /
Pre- S Cr
/T Tot Tot S
S.No Course Code Course Title requi L / edi Int. Ext
/ al al /J
sites F ts
O /
P
1 AN17B1.1C Basic Drawing Nil 1 6 P 7 7 50 50 100 P
Story
2 Nil 4 T 4 4 50 50 100 W
AN17B1.2C Development
3 AN17B1.3C Modeling Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P

4 FA17B1.2C Colour Design Nil 1 6 P 7 7 50 50 100 P

History of Art &
5 Nil 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W
FA17B1.3C Aesthetics
6 GN17B1.1A English Nil 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W
Environmental
7 Nil 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W
GN17B1.2A Studies
30 30 350 350 700

Semester – II
W
P /
Pre- S Cr
/T Tot Tot S
S.No Course Title requi L / edi Int. Ext.
/ al al /J
sites F ts
O /
Course Code P
Character
1 Nil 1 7 P 8 8 50 50 100 P
AN17B2.1C Design
Principles of
2 Nil 1 7 P 8 8 50 50 100 P
AN17B2.2C Animation
3 AN17B2.3C Story Boarding Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P

4 AN17B2.4C Script Writing Nil 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W

History of
5 Nil 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W
AN17B2.5C Animation
Communication
6 Nil 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W
GN17B2.1A Skills
Value
7 Nil 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W
GN17B2.2A Education
30 30 350 350 700

13
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Semester – III
Pre- S P/ Cr
S. Tot Tota W/S
Course Course Title requi L / T/ edi Int. Ext
No al l /J/P
Code sites F O ts
AN17
1 AN17B3.1C Layout Design B1.1C
1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
Digital
2 Background Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
AN17B3.2C Design
Acting for
3 Nil 2 4 P 6 6 50 50 100 J
AN17B3.3C Animators
Effects
4 Animation - Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
AN17B3.4C Compositing
5 AN17B3.xE Elective - 1 Nil 1 2 P 3 3 50 50 100 P
Open Elective
6 Nil *
-1
30 30 250 250 500

Semester – IV
Pre- S P/ Cr
S. Tot Tota W/S
Course Course Title requi L / T/ edi Int. Ext.
No al l /J/P
Code sites F O ts
Character AN17
1 B3.3C
1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
AN17B4.1C Animation
2D - Digital
2 Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
AN17B4.2C Compositing
Digital
3 Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
AN17B4.3C Photography
4 AN17B4.4C Portfolio-2D Nil 1 5 O 6 6 50 50 100 J

5 AN17B4.xE Elective - 2 Nil 1 2 P 3 3 50 50 100 P

Open Elective
6 Nil *
-2
30 30 250 250 500

14
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Semester – V
P W/
Pre- Cr
S. S /T Tot Tota S/
Course Title requi L edi Int. Ext.
No Course /F / al l J/
sites ts
Code O P
3D Props &
1 Sets Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
AN17B5.1C Modeling
3D Character AN17
2 B2.1C
1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
AN17B5.2C Modeling
FA17
3 Texturing B1.2 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
AN17B5.3C C
4 AN17B5.4C Rigging Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P

5 AN17B5.xE Elective - 3 Nil 1 2 T 3 3 50 50 100 P

Open
6 Nil *
Elective - 3
27 27 250 250 500

Semester – VI
P W/
Pre- Cr
S. S /T Tot Tota S/
Course Title requi L edi Int. Ext.
No Course /F / al l J/
sites ts
Code O P
FA17
1 Lighting B1.2 1 6 P 7 7 50 50 100 P
AN17B6.1C C
3D Character AN17
2 B4.1C
1 6 P 7 7 50 50 100 P
AN17B6.2C Animation
3 AN17B6.3C Roto Prep Nil 1 4 P 5 5 50 50 100 P
3D Camera
4 Techniques Nil 1 4 P 5 5 50 50 100 P
AN17B6.4C & Rendering
5 AN17B6.xE Elective - 4 Nil 3 P 3 3 50 50 100 P
Open
6 Nil *
Elective - 4
27 27 250 250 500

Semester – VII

15
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

P W/
Pre- Cr
S. Course S /T Tot Tota S/
Course Title requi L edi Int. Ext.
No Code /F / al l J/
sites ts
O P
AN17
1 Dynamics B5.1 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
AN17B7.1C C
AN17
VFX
2 B6.3 2 4 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
Compositing
AN17B7.2C C
AN17
3D Facial
3 B6.2 1 4 P 5 5 50 50 100 P
Animation
AN17B7.3C C
Seminar on
4 Animation & Nil 2 3 O 5 5 50 50 100 J
AN17B7.4C VFX
Video
5 Shooting & Nil 1 4 P 5 5 50 50 100 P
AN17B7.5C Editing
6 AN17B7.1E Elective - 5 Nil 1 2 P 3 3 50 50 100 P

30 30 300 300 600

Semester – VIII
P W/
Pre- Cr
S. S /T Tot Tota S/
Course Title requi L edi Int. Ext.
No Course /F / al l J/
sites ts
Code O P
1 AN17B8.1C Internship Nil 8 O 8 8 50 50 100 J

2 AN17B8.2C Dissertation 7 O 7 7 100 100 200 J

1
3 Final Project O 15 15 100 200 300 J
AN17B8.3C 5
30 30 250 350 600
* Note: The total credits are based on the assumption that the
open elective will be of 3 credits

16
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

3rd Semester

1 AN17B3.1E Conceptual Art

2 AN17B3.2E Dynamic figure drawing

4th Semester

1 AN17B4.1E Comic Art

2 AN17B4.2E Illustration

5th Semester

1 AN17B5.1E Advanced Character Animation

2 AN17B5.2E Advanced Modeling

6th Semester

1 AN17B6.1E 3D Virtual Animation

2 AN17B6.2E Digital Sculpting

7th Semester

1 AN17B7.1E Camera Tracking / Match Move

2 AN17B7.2E Paint Finalizing

17
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

I Semester

Code: AN17B1.1C
BASIC DRAWING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 6 P 7 7 50 50 100 P
The course is designed to give students understand the form by learning to see and utilize
light, shadow, and basic perspective. And to build the ability to focus and analyze
complex subject matter through long, in-depth, sustained drawing projects rendered in
different black and white media. The subjects considered will be still-life, drapery, and
plaster casts.
Unit-1: STUDY OF FIGURES CASTED FROM BASIC FORMS (PLASTER/ CLAY/
CARD BOARD/ WOOD ETC.)
Basic shapes
Four Basic shapes in value
Basic composition & light
Unit-2: HEAD STUDY
Study of Head Shapes like oval, hexagonal, squarish & round
Study of different views like front, three quarter, side; Draw eyes, nose, ears & Lips,
Unit-3: STUDY OF SHAPE
Masses of the Head,
Study of Torso
Column Forms of the Arms and Legs
Masses of the Figure
Perspective projection of the Figure - Foreshortening
Unit-4: STUDY FROM NATURE
Insects, Birds and Animals
Ponds, Rocks, Trees, Plants, Flowers, etc,
Unit-5: ANATOMY TRADITIONAL AND REALISTIC APPROACH
Basic human figure proportions of various age group (male/female)
Fundamental postures (sitting, standing, walking) etc,
Unit-6: INTRODUCTIONS TO BASIC PRESPECTIVE
Simple perspective explanation
One and two point perspectives
ASSIGNMENT:
Submit a minimum of 10 sketches as each of the above topics in the medium mentioned
in the class.
Explore to create 5 Realistic & Traditional drawings of people in situations (including all
types and ages engaged in a variety of actions & poses where in costumes of today &
previous era regardless of medium is incorporated) Perspective assignments

Code: AN17B1.2C
STORY DEVELOPMENT
18
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 4 T 4 4 50 50 100 W
Narrative Story development is a required writing class, where the students share their
fiction through workshops.
The course is designed to learn the elements of narrative storytelling: dialogue, point of
view, character development, plot, setting and variations in narrative genre. Students learn
to visualize and dramatize, using the written word as their artistic medium, and to choose
effective and grammatically correct language. Emphasis is placed on the value of
revision.

Unit -1 NARRATIVE ELEMENTS AND TOOLS NARRATIVE GENRES, STORY

SOURCE: Required a writing on a topic, share fiction through workshop
Unit -2 IDENTIFYING CHARACTER, STORY BEGINNINGS: Understand, identify,
and use the elements to use the tools for story telling techniques using effective
Language.
Unit -3 IDENTIFYING VOICE, POINT OF VIEW NARRATORS: Dialogue, point of
view, character development, plot setting, variations and gain exposure to alternative
narrative genres.
Unit -4 Work Shop

Code: AN17B1.3C
MODELLING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 6 P 7 7 50 50 100 P
Enables the student to understand the geometrical shapes its construction, Characteristics
in 3D form. Construct these shapes by using clay, mount board, thermo coal etc.

Unit -1: Understanding the geometrical forms and construction of the above mentioned
by using clays, and mount board.
Unit -2: Intersection and overlapping of different geometrical shapes
Unit -3: Creating spaces inside the different geometrical shapes
Unit -4: Working with still life objects like fruits, vegetables, vases, human body
parts etc.

Code: FA17B1.2C
COLOUR DESIGN
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

19
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Nil 1 6 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
Enable the students to produce successful visuals through an in-depth study of the
elements, principles, concepts of colour and design. Principles will include contrast,
balance, unity, rhythm, symmetry/ asymmetry, and visual emphasis to gain the ability to
harmonise colour through colour schemes, and understanding the influence of light on
forms.All projects incorporate colour principles covered to emphasize craftsmanship and
clean presentation.
Unit -1 COLOUR BASICS: Light color, components of colours. contrast and value
principles, pigment colours and light theory, tints
and shades color tones ,Key of Colors in primary and secondary colors.
Unit -2 COLOUR IN NATURE: Study of different color combinations with the help of
nature.
Unit -3 COLOUR WHEEL: 24 steps color wheel
Unit-4: An in depth study of elements, principles, concepts.
ASSIGNMENTS:
Submit 2 assignments on each of the above topic.

Code: FA17B1.3C
HISTORY OF ART & AESTHITICS
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W
HISTORY OF ART
Art History - Survey of the western heritage of Art and Architecture. The course
introduces to the language of the Arts, Artistic Techniques, the materials, and the creative
processes that give rise to the important stylistic developmental look at the art of the past
cultures within the context of the social, historical, religious, and political circumstances
that produced it. The methodology analyzes stylistic characteristics of each major period
as well as the original milieu and function of works of art. Thus, historical context will be
equally important as style in our analysis of the visual culture of the western world.
THE STYLISTIC PERIODS ARE:
Unit -1 Primitive Art-: Introduction to Primitive Art, features and influence of
Primitivism. Primitive style Paintings and Sculptures are to be discussed
Unit -2 Ancient Greece: A brief introduction on Ancient Greek along with Architecture,
Sculptures and Paintings
Unit -3 Ancient Rome: Numerous key concepts of Ancient Rome with reference to Art
and Architecture.
Unit -4 The Medieval Art –: Early Christian Art and Byzantine- Rise of Christianity and
significant changes in representation of images are to be discussed.
Romanesque and Gothic-: Significant stylistic changes in both periods are to be discussed
Unit -5 The Early Italian Renaissance, the Early Northern Renaissance-: Introduction to
Renaissance art with reference to the major artists and artworks.
ASSIGNMENT:

20
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Identify important works of art from the major stylistic periods of the western world
(emphasis to the Stylistic trends artistic preferences of different cultures across time.
Major artists & their works that best exemplify particular stylistic period.
Make connections between different stylistic periods & perceive the various cultural &
intellectual influences that determine the particular style & function of works of art in a
given time & place.

Code: GN17B1.1A
ENGLISH
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W
Unit 1 Listening: In this unit you will learn to distinguish the different stages of listening,
to listen effectively. Phonology, Stress-marking, Homophones
Unit-2 Terminology (subject-enabled): In this unit, one can learn the vocabulary that is
specific the stream/industry (terminology) and the overall usage of a word in syntax
(sentence). Commonly confused words
Unit-3 Functional Grammar: In this unit, learning of the importance of parts of speech
and other aspects of grammar, learning of syntax formation, phrases & clauses, subject-
verb agreement, direct vs indirect speech, active vs passive voice, question tags.
Unit-4 Reading: Reading helps us to discover new things. Books, magazines and even the
internet are great learning tools which require the ability to read and understand what is
read. In this unit, one can develop to skill of reference: Dictionary, Thesaurus,
Encyclopedia, and Book reading.

Code: GN17B1.2A
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W
Unit-1: The Multi disciplinary nature of environmental studies Definition, scope and
importance need for public awareness.

Unit -2: NATURAL RESOURCES:

RENEWABLE AND NON-RENEWABLE:
NATURAL RESOURCES AND ASSOCIATED PROBLEMS.
a) Forest resources: Use and over-exploitation, deforestation, case studies. Timber
extraction, mining, dams and their effects on forests and tribal people.
Water resources: Use and over-utilization of surface and ground water, floods, drought,
conflicts over water, dams-benefits and problems.
b) Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and
using mineral resources, case studies

21
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

c) Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and

overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging,
salinity, case studies.
e) Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non renewable energy
sources, use of alternate energy sources. case studies.
f) Land resources: Land as a resource, and degradation, man Induced landslides, soil
erosion and desertification.
Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources.
Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles. (8 lectures)
Unit - 3 ECOSYSTEMS
Concept of an ecosystem, Structure and function of an ecosystem, Producers, consumers
and decomposers,
Energy flow in the ecosystem, Ecological succession, Food chains, food webs and
ecological pyramids.
• Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the following
ecosystem:-
Forest ecosystem
Grassland ecosystem
Desert ecosystem
d) Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, Estuaries)
(6 lectures)
Unit - 4 BIODIVERSITY AND ITS CONSERVATION
• Introduction — Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity.
• Biogeographically classification of India Value of biodiversity: consumptive use,
productive use social,ethical, aesthetic and option values. Biodiversity at global, National
and local levels,
• Hot-spots of biodiversity.
• Threats to biodiversity : habit loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts.
• Endangered and endemic species of India. Conservation of biodiversity: In --situ and
Ex—situ conservation of biodiversity.
Unit - 5 ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION:
Definition and Causes, effects and control measures of: -
• Air pollution
• Water pollution
• Soil pollution
• Marine pollution
• Noise pollution
• Thermal pollution
• Nuclear hazards
Solid waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial
wastes.
• Role of individual in prevention of pollution.
• Pollution case studies.
Disaster management: floods, earthquake,. cyclone and landslides. (8 lectures)
Unit - 6 SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT

22
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

• From Unsustainable to Sustainable development Urban problems related

to energy
• Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management
• Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns case
studies.
• Environmental ethics : Issues and possibi~ solutions.
• Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear
accidents and holocaust, case studies.
• Wasteland reclamation.
• Consumerism and waste products.
• Environment protection Act.
• Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act.
• Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act. Wildlife Protection Act.
Forest Conservation Act.
Issues involved in Enforcement of Environmental legislation. Public awareness. (7
lectures)
Unit - 7 HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT
• Population growth , variation among nations. Population explosion —
Family Welfare Programme.
• Environment and Human Health.
• Human Rights.
• Value Education.
• HIV/AIDS.
• Women and child welfare.
• Role of information Technology in Environment and Human Health Case studies
(6 lectures)
Unit - 8 FIELD WORK
• Visit to a local area to document environmental assets-river / forest / grassland / hill /
mountain
• Visit to a local polluted site — Urban / rural / industrial / agricultural
• Study of common plants, insects, birds
• Study of simple ecosystems - pond, river, hill slopes, etc. (Field work Equal to 5 lecture
hours

II Semester

Code: AN17B2.1C
CHARACTER DESIGN
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 7 P 8 8 50 50 100 P

23
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

A beginning course for 2D animation character design this course provides students the
fundamental skills required to develop character design that is considered appealing as per
animation Industry standard leading up to the portfolio. Skills are applied in core areas
including traditional and digital generated animation, they learn the importance of
construction of the character, rotations and full body gestures, by creating a production
model sheets (turnarounds) of drawing in various poses and expressions

Unit-1: BASIC SHAPES FOR CARTOONS

Line of action, headlines, eye line (head rotations), head proportions.
Unit-2: CHARACTER CONSTRUCTION AND DETAIL STUDY
Study of character as per head ratio/ proportions
Reference for nature (trees, birds and animals)
Reference from objects around us (table lamp, pencil, book, house hold- items,
vessels..etc)
Unit-3: DEVELOPING OF EXISTING AND EXAGGERATED CHARACTER
By using the existing characters, model sheets, exaggerating the characters /
developing a new character modifying relist human features like hand and feet
etc., Creating stylized characters
Unit-4: CHARACTER MODEL SHEETS
Model sheet, Line-up of characters
Lip/ Mouth expressions, Gestures and attitude sheets
ASSIGNMENT:
1. Create 5 Characters based on above based units mentioned above
2. Create 3 stylized characters – 2 & 4 legged

Code: AN17B2.2C
PRINCIPLES OF ANIMATION
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 7 P 8 8 50 50 100 P
Intended to develop the skills necessary to implement and bring life to the drawings
through the principles of animation. To explore the effect of volume, weight, inertia,
gravity, air and material through step by step exercises designed to simplify the figure
into a variety of narrative situations.
Unit-1: BASIC ANIMATION PRINCIPLES
Concepts of 12 animation principles & their importance.
Unit-2: KEY DRAWING AND ASSISTANCE ANIMATION
From story boarding to poses (layout staging), In-betweens and Cleanups
Unit-3: LINE OF ACTING, PATH OF ACTION, SLOW IN/SLOW OUT,
ANTICIPATION, ARC, STRETCH AND SQUASH
Pendulum action, Hand action throwing a ball, cannon ball, rubber ball, balloon,
ball rolling on a ramp/ flat floor. Action before a main action, follow an arc to

24
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

make a smooth pleasing motion on an action, to create feeling of weight in a

character.
Unit-4: FOLLOW THROUGH AND OVERLAPPING ACTION, WAVE ACTION
AND APPEAL
To give action to all the flexible and loosely wavy objects, rhythm of animation
is through wave action, cuteness is based on the basic proportion of a character.
ASSINGMENTS: Draw key drawing with in-betweens for the given assignments using
the appropriate principles.

Code: AN17B2.3C
STORY BOARDING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
An introduction to pre-production planning. A storyboard is a further definition of the
script. The focus will be on learning to communicate the drama of the movements and
special effects through effective design and pacing. The panels are laid out in order
according to the script to give a visual and linear explanation of the story. Storyboards are
useful for planning camera angles (framing a shot), position of characters, lighting, etc.
Unit -1: CREATING THE VISUAL STORY: composed of consecutive story sketch
panels that depict the action and staging of the script. The storyboard is the basic game
plan, the vision of continuity that will drive the entire production. Storyboarding involves
working from a film script to set a story down in picture or illustration form. The
storyboard functions as the blueprint of an animated picture.
Unit -2: A SEQUENCE: consists of a series of Scene which follow a particular event
from beginning to conclusion. In live action, a sequence is generally termed a scene,
while what we call a scene is a shot.
Unit -3: CREATING FINAL STORYBOARD: along with the refined characters and
with full technical details.
ASSIGNMENT: Any three assignments unit wise.
Code: AN17B2.4C
SCRIPT WRITING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W
Script writing involves creating an outline of all of the events taking place in an animation
scenario. This means detailing all the audio such as dialogue, sound effects and music
score. It also details all of the visual events or features appearing or taking place
throughout such as fades, transitions from one scene to another, characters appearing,
descriptions of the landscape etc.
Unit -1: CONCEIVING

25
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

• Story planning & producing for media production

Unit -2: DEVELOP REALISTIC CRITIQUING SKILLS
• Concepts & techniques need for animation scripting
• Evaluating & creating emotional connection with the audience
• Skills for their own visual stories
Unit -3: DEVELOP, RECOGNIZABLE VERBAL LANGUAGE
• Study of narrative story telling
• Dialogue
• Point of view
• Character development
Unit -4: TALES OF HEROES (LEGEND & RELIGIOUS)
• Infuse story & develop emotional connection
• Writing scene by scene
• Joseph Canbell ‘Hero’s Journey ‘
ASSIGNMENT: Prepare a mini story with script & dialogue for a dramatic presentation.

Code: AN17B2.5C
HISTORY OF ANIMATION
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 2 T 2 2 50 50 100 W
History of animation a survey of the Heritage of Art & Architecture the methodology to
analyze the language of the creative process and the principles of design, as well as
techniques and materials. Examining the major monuments and artwork in a
chronological sequence, focusing on those from each period, which give the essence of
their time, place, function, intent, and the aspirations of the culture and artist, In short,
historical context will be equally as important as style.
Unit-1: INTRODUCTION TO ANIMATION
TYPES OF ANIMATION
• Clay animation, Traditional animation, 3Danimation, Puppet/ toy animation,
material animation. Why animation?
• To get rewarding careers in Entertainment Media, Feature Film, Television
Episodes, Gaming , Web Animation , Ad agencies, E-Learning (Education)
Unit-2: HISTORY OF ANIMATION
DRAWING IN TIME – HISTORY

26
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

• History of early man / cave man. Ancient Animation

• In Egypt, Greek – Wheel of Life, kricher’smagic lantern, Flip book Invention of
Animation
• Blackton - Human faces& Funny faces, Mc.Cay-“Gertie the Dinosaur”-
Disney’ “Steamboat Wille”
Unit-3: ANIMATION STANDARDS
DEFINITION
• Film theory – Definition
• Frame rate, NTSE / PAL/Film speed/Conversion & calculation as per scene.
• Visual transition Devices
• Cut, Fade In /Fade out Cross Dissolve, Wipe
Unit-4: AUDIO- VISUAL SESSION
History of Walt Disney studios and in depth study of its characters. Study of International
and Indian animation films. Animation Movie show which should include making of the
movie

ASSIGNMENT
• Collect data on each type of animation
• Ex: Name/Title, Director, Style, Country.
• Create a Zoetrope of your own
• Create a flip book/Cardboard disc

Code: GN17B2.6A
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 2 T 2 2 50 0 50 S
Unit-1: Speaking: In this unit, learning of the importance of oral communication, ways to
improve one’s spoken English, the presentation techniques, the ability to debate, how to
participate in group discussions, how to make public speeches, how to develop dialogues,
and how to face interviews.
Unit-2: Vocabulary building: In this unit, one can learn the importance of vocabulary in
day-to-day activities by learning idioms, proverbs, collocation, foreign vocabulary
influence in English, numbers in English, one-word substitutes, - nyms, affixes, phrasal
verbs, abbreviations vs acronyms.

27
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Unit-3: Writing:In this unit, one can learn Skills of different aspects of writing such as
paragraph writing, creative writing, report writing, Review writing, essay writing, precise
writing.
Unit-4: Business communication: The advent of the computer, and the internet, the
importance of art of letter writing has changed completely. In this unit, one learns how to
letter write, email, resume writing, fax, punctuation and capitalization.

Proposed & Recommended Text Books:

1. Communication Skills for Technical Students – T M Farhathullah

2. Essential English – E. Suresh, P. Sreehari, J. Savithri

Code: GN17B2.7A
VALUE EDUCATION
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 2 T 2 2 50 - 50 W
Course Overview: To provide guiding principles and tools for the development of the
whole person, recognizing that the Individual is comprised of Physical, Intellectual,
Emotional and Spiritual dimensions.
Knowledge Transfer /Expected Skills:
• To help individuals think about and reflect on different values.
• To deepen understanding, motivation and responsibility with regard to making
personal and social choices and the practical implications in relation to
themselves and others, the community and the world at large
• To inspire individuals to choose their own personal, social, moral and spiritual
values and be aware of practical methods for developing and deepening them.
Unit-1: Value Education—Introduction – Definition of values – Why values? – Need for
Inculcation of values – Object of Value Education – Sources of Values – Types of
Values: i) Personal values ii) Social values iii) Professional values iv) Moral and spiritual
values) Behavioral (common) values
Unit-2: Personal values – Definition of person – Self confidence – Relative and absolute
confidence, being self-determined, swatantrata (loosely equivalent to freedom).
Self discipline – Self Assessment – Self restraint –Self motivation –
Determination – Ambition – Contentment. Self-respect and respect to others;
expression of respect
Unit-3: Social values – Units of Society - Individual, family, different groups –
Community – Social consciousness – Equality and Brotherhood – Dialogue –
Tolerance – Sharing – Honesty-Responsibility – Cooperation; Freedom –
Repentance and Magnanimity.

28
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Peer Pressure – Ragging - examples - making one’s own choices

Unit-4: Professional values – Definition – Competence – Confidence – Devotion to duty
–Efficiency – Accountability.
– Respect for learning /learned – Willingness to learn-Open and balanced mind –
Team spirit – Professional. Ethics – Willingness for Discussion; Difference
between understanding and assuming
Time Management: Issues of planning, as well as concentration (and aligning
with self goals). Expectations from yourself. Excellence and competition, coping
with stress, Identifying one’s interests as well as strengths.
Unit-5: Behavioral values – Individual values and group values. Anger: Investigation of
reasons, watching one’s own anger; Understanding anger as: a sign of power or
helplessness, distinction between response and reaction. Right utilization of
physical facilities. Determining one’s needs, needs of the self and of the body,
cycle of nature. Relationship with teachers. Inside the class, and outside the
class, interacting with teachers.
Unit-6: Complimentary nature of skills and values. Distinction between information &
knowledge. Goals: Short term goals and long term goals; How to set goals; How
to handle responsibilities which have to be fulfilled while working for goals.

Reference Books:

1. Ramancharla Pradeep Kumar. Compiled Reading Material IIIT - Hyderabad

2. Dr. S. Ignacimuthu S. J., Values for life, Better yourself Books, Bandra
Mumbai-600 050 (1999).
3. Values (Collection of Essays)., Published by : Sri Ramakrishna Math.,
Chennai—4.,(1996)
4. Prof. R.P.Dhokalia., Eternal Human Values NCRT –Campus Sri
Aurobindo Marg., New Delhi
5. Swami Vivekananda., Education., Sri Ramakrishna Math., Chennai-
4(1957)
6. Holy Books of all religions

III Semester

Code: AN17B3.1C

29
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

LAYOUT DESIGN
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
AN17B1.1C 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
Layout is the art of background for animation. Designs are executed in pencil on punched
animation paper of various sizes with light box, depending on the requirements of the
scene. Is to determine how to construct the scene technically for the camera in order to
capture the intentions of the story sketch (as per storyboard)
Unit-1: STUDY OF PERSPECTIVE:
Design, understanding the character animation, effect animation, inking and
background painting, they must also have the ability to draw a wide variety of
subject matter in many different styles.
Unit-2: SHADOW PERSPECTIVE:
Render the rough layout, defining lines and shapes and gradations and shading to
create dimension. Character registration lines are generally indicated with red
pencil. While the rest of the drawing is in black pencil.
Unit-3: PERSPECTIVE: How can we best give the illusion that the characters are in a
three – Dimensional environment than a flat drawing.
Unit-4 : INTRODUCTION TO LAYER SEPARATION IN LAYOUTS:
Layouts intro, pencil shadings for layouts perspective study of character as per
layouts. Indoor/Outdoor and various styles of layouts. Layer separation – UL,
OL, held cell.
SETTING/ STAGGING:
Create a living world for the characters, and what props and elements would best
fit thE world (Scene/Shot).
ASSIGNMENT:
1. Create a perspective view of any object with a 3 point perspective.
2. Create a layout showing with a shadow in perspective from a given scene
according to the requirement of the story board.
3. Prepare three types of elements & effects from either wood, sand, soil, glass,
cloth, metal, sky.

Code: AN17B3.2C
DIGITAL BACKGROUND DESIGN
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
Digital painting and color composition for animation, movies and Gaming with an
emphasis on studying the works of old masters. Students will discover the process of how

30
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

to reconstruct the picture plane through animated movie studies, industry standard
technique of ‘Photo bashing’. Course work will cover color theory, perspective, and the
use of brushes & textures as per Software (this includes: creating images of environments,
props, or vehicles using photo overlays in digital Painting software).
Unit-1: Interface using Digital Paint applications.
Unit-2: Drawing in Silhouette with Digital Pen Tablet, Toning in grayscale, Tones and
Values.
Unit-3: Setting of Layers.
Setting back ground as per the pencil layout (storyboard).
Environment Painting, Concept art.
Unit-4: Rendering in Light and Shadow.
Creating the mood of environments, Day and Night light.
Outdoor and Indoor lighting.

ASSIGNMENT: Draw and paint digitally an environment (Forest, Space ships, Fantasy
world). Prepare collections up to 20 illustrations.

Code: AN17B3.3C
ACTING FOR ANIMATION
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 2 4 P 6 6 50 50 100 J
Enable students to understand the need for acting, to make the characters perform on
screen. Encourage to understand the difference between role play and action. Students
will be exposed to observe the body language, attitude in performance, emotions etc.,
Unit-1: STUDY OF ACTION SEQUENCES: Study of some of the key sequences in
feature and animated movies by observing them repeatedly. Analyzing and understanding
the character style, behavior, body language, body dynamics, anticipation, follow-through
and weight shifts.
Unit-2: ACT AND OBSERVE: Working with short takes not less than 30 seconds.
Preparing the characters in terms of their mannerisms, emotions, and character traits.
Acting and recording some of the action sequences, including drama, comedy by critical
observation.
Unit-3: CHANGE THE ACTION INTO PERFORMANCE: Develop the rhythm in
action. Understand the tense and relax situations, drama, comedy, attitude and emotions.
Unit-4: PERFORMING A SCENE: Study the scene, rehearse and enact with the scene
partners under the supervision of a director in front of the audience.
ASSIGNMENT: Workshop based assessment.

31
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Code: AN17B3.4C
EFFECTS ANIMATION – COMPOSITING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
Unit-1: Classical animation, Special effects, Highlight and shadows.
Unit-2: Element - Liquid
Splash Water, Rain, tap water, water falls, Ocean wave.etc
Unit-3: Element - Fire and smoke
Lighting a fire-torch, Match stick
Explosion, smoke and dust.
Unit-4: Element – Air, Magic spill and Wind.
ASSIGNMENT: 5 different elements, FX animation.

ELECTIVE - 1
Code: AN17B 3.1E
CONCEPTUAL ART
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 2 P 3 3 50 50 100 P
Conceptual Art, the idea behind a particular work produced is more important than the
finished art work.
Unit -1: Create an effective visual solution for character and background scene
• Fantasy characters
• Mythological characters
Unit -2: Design characters for historical, stylized, realistic creatures, robots which
includes costumes, weapons and accessories
Unit -3: Environments/ settings, Interior and exterior, Using appropriate perspective.
Unit -4: Point of view, mood, camera angles, gestures and facial expressions
ASSIGNMENT: Five assignments covering from all the above topics / Units.

Or
Code: AN17B 3.2E
DYNAMIC FIGURE DRAWING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

32
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Nil 1 2 P 3 3 50 50 100 P
Dynamic drawing of a human figure based on observation of organic relationship, gesture
action, motion and rhythm. Basic anatomy is the focus, while exploring different elements
of the human body and their relation.
Unit-1: Block Shapes for Easy Posing and Perspective
Muscle Tone, Proportions, Balance, Posture and Gesture
Differences between Male and Female.
Unit-2: Measuring and proportion
Basic Structure balance, Line Weights, Weight shift
Muscle Tone and Proportions.
Units-3: Force drawing
Drawing with scale and proportion of Human and animal anatomy.
Unit-4: Rapid sketching:Quick action drawing for animation approach.

Submit the final project along with the resume (portfolio) on storage devices.

IV Semester

Code: AN17B4.1C
CHARACTER ANIMATION
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

AN17B3.3C 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
The process of creating the key poses and animation blocks in order to complete the scene
or shot without “in-betweens and breakdowns”, Demonstrate the essence of an animated
action so as to make the drawing complete to show the sequence ie Sequential drawing.
Unit-1: Creating straight ahead & pose to pose animation for biped characters.
Creating straight ahead & pose to pose animation for quadruped characters.
Unit-2: Creating straight ahead & pose to pose animation for octopod characters.
Creating a single character animation in flip book animation.
Unit-3: The secondary action such as the movement of hair or cloth etc.
Unit-4: Dope sheet, exposer sheet / x-sheet.
ASSIGNMENT: Any three assignments covering the above mentioned topics.

Code: AN17B4.2C
2D - DIGITAL COMPOSITING

33
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
Assemble different elements and backgrounds into single frame / sequence to see the
animation as intended for the final audience.
Unit-1: Introduction to 2D digital animation software’s.

Unit-2: VECTOR ANIMATION

X-sheet creation, scanning, vectorising.
Unit-3: SIGNIFICANCE OF COLOUR IN ANIMATION
Creating color models: ink paint and palette creation.
Unit-4: ANIMATION SEQUENCE
Scene planning, EFX, resolution setting, aspect ratio, field of view and playback.
ASSIGNMENT: Four assignments covering the above mentioned topics.
Code: AN17B4.3C
DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P

Unit-1: BASICS OF PHOTOGRAPHY

Camera and its parts, controls and equipment required for shooting.
Unit-2: LIGHTING
Study of key light, fill light, back ground light and Hair/Rim light etc.
Unit-3: COLOUR, SHADE and SHADOWS
Lighting and color importance. Study of day and night light. Utilization of
natural and artificial lights. Soft and hard shadows.
Unit-4: STOP MOTION
Stop motion techniques and equipment required for shooting. Transforming or
editing a photograph using various methods and techniques to achieve desired
results using digital applications/software.

Code: AN17B4.4C
PORTFOLIO-2D
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 5 O 6 6 50 50 100 J

34
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Analyze the work produced during the first two years of their program. Do a case study
on the current industry standards and create a portfolio using the skills and strength
acquired in the last two years as per the current standards of the industry.
ASSIGNMENT:
Each student has to complete at least 5 scenes from concept to final compositing from
utilizing the knowledge gained from the past semesters.

ELECTIVE – 2
Code: AN17B4.1E
COMIC ART
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 2 P 3 3 50 50 100 P
Create comics or graphic novels for print and digital delivery, using traditional or digital
imaging techniques. The comic book design should demonstrate the process of script
writing, character design, layout design, inking and colouring of a comic.
Unit -1: Drawing from inspiration and life.
Go over various tools for illustrating comic and cartoons.
Create thumbnails and gesture drawings.
Unit -2: Define the human form.
Using shapes
Posing characters
Foreshortening
Draw a few body builds in different poses.
Unit-3: Convey hero and villains.
Costume design with different equipment.
Unit -4: Create A page layout for comics or a few different compositions for
fantasy illustration. Draw character at various angles.

OR

Code: AN17B4.2E

35
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

ILLUSTRATION
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 2 P 3 3 50 50 100 P
This program is designed to the real-world scenarios and explore career in the art and
design. Students create portfolio-ready work through the use of traditional materials
(charcoal, watercolor, pastel, etc.) in combination with technology (computers, digital
cameras and scanner, electronic drawing tablets) using industry-recognized software. The
program culminates with a professional-ready, physical, 'hard copy' portfolio and a
web presence.
Unit-1:
Introduction to Illustration
Types of Illustration
Step by step process of Illustration

Unit-2:
• Books illustration
• Fashion illustration
• Illustrations for Advertising and Web
Unit-3: Advanced illustration
• Product Illustration
• Industrial Illustration
ASSIGNMENTS:
Presentation of individual work
Presentation Hard copy/ Softcopy of Portfolio ready

V Semester

Code: AN17B5.1C
3D PROPS & SETS MODELING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
Focuses on using 3d software to build sets and props. Digital modeling concepts required
to develop their own 3d scenes/environment. Modeling interior and exterior sets based on
a designed layout using reference.

Unit -1: INTRODUCTION TO NURBS MODELING: Create a simple props using

36
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

NURBS primitive objects, NURBS curves, attaching and detaching curves, NURBS
components, Editing NURBS surfaces.

Unit -2: CREATING NURBS SURFACES: Create organic environments using

revolving, lofting and extruding curves to create surfaces, attaching and detaching
surfaces, socking, stitching surfaces.
Unit -3: POLYGON MODELING: Create props using polygon primitive objects,
polygon components, editing polygon surfaces, combining and separating polygons.
Create vehicles using polygon modeling.
Unit -4: UV LAYOUT: Unwrapping the polygon models

ASSIGNMENT: Design one set with minimum of three props and one environment.

Code: AN17B5.2C
3D CHARACTER MODELING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
AN17B2.1C 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P

Digital modeling with emphasis on organic and inorganic characters Use reference images
to build characters based on character designs. Encouraged to build cartoony, fantasy,
alien, realistic human and animal characters.

Unit-1: LOW POLY CHARACTER MODELING

Polygon based character with emphasis on the poly count to achieve the desired detail
using normal mapping.
Unit-2: HIGH POLY CHARACTER MODELING
Model a 3D character in line with character anatomy, volume and proportion, surface
subdivision and mesh smooth.
Unit-3: FACIAL MODELING
Using various deformers and modifiers to add expressions on the characters.

Unit-4: REFINING THE TOPOLOGY

Maintain the proper flow of edges, mesh, resolution, cleaning up character models,
and understanding surface normals.

Note:Visit a facility to understand the workflow of 3D scanning and 3D printing.

Code: AN17B5.3C

37
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

TEXTURING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
FA17B1.2C 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
Focuses on creating textures and shaders. Study the surface features of the various objects
and create texture maps accordingly. This section includes the workflow in texturing the
characters, props and environments.

Unit -1: SHADERS AND MATERIALS: Understanding shader attributes, Creating

shading networks, connecting nodes in work area, using 2d and 3d texture nodes,
applying maps to various material attributes like transparency maps, bump maps etc.,

Unit -2: UV MAPPING TECHNIQUES: Understanding UV’s, editing UV’s and using
mapping projections on polygon surfaces, planer mapping, cylindrical mapping, spherical
mapping, automatic mapping, working with UV texture editor window.
Unit -3: CREATING AND PAINTING TEXTURES: Painting texture maps, 3d painting,
creating PSD networks, Paint Effects, painting diffuse maps, bump maps, specular maps
and reflection maps.
Unit -4: CHARACTER SHADING: Develop character shading using concepts of
translucence subsurface, opacity, light scattering and hard surface reflections.

ASSIGNMENT: Assignment submitted under Character Modeling to be Textured.

Code: AN17B5.4C
RIGGING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
Focus on creating character setups. Create skeleton and attach them to character meshes,
to create animation friendly rigs as per the character animation requirements.

Unit -1: CONSTRAINS

Parenting and grouping objects, hierarchy, using point, orient, creating
controllers, set driven keys etc.
Unit -2: CREATING SKELETONS
Create joints, editing joints, parenting joints, orienting joints, creating
hierarchical structures and skeletons for biped and quadruped characters.
Unit -3: KINEMATICS
Understanding forward kinematics and inverse kinematics, Using IK solvers on
skeletons, blend FK and IK, creating controllers and adding custom attributes,
creating facial setups, blend shape deformers.
Unit -4: SKINNING

38
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Understanding rigid and smooth binding, painting skin weights, editing skin
weights using component editor, mirroring skin weights, adding influence
objects and muscles as per the character’s anatomy.

ELECTIVE - 3
Code: AN17B5.1E
ADVANCED CHARACTER ANIMATION
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 1 2 T 3 3 50 50 100 P

Key Frame Animation (Light box - Computer with web camera)

Key frame animation is a technique that works a little like storyboarding (a comic strip
series of images illustrating a sequence of events). It enables us to choreograph and build
an animation by arranging objects and taking snapshots of them at key moments during a
sequence of movement or change. These key moments or key frames become the fixed
points in time through which the animation passes. Animation between these key frames
is calculated by the application.
Unit -1: Storyboarding to Extreme Key Poses (Layout Staging), in between, breakdowns,
clean-ups, Layers, Registration, Time chart Exposer sheet and Lip-sync.
Unit -2: Character Poses with strong gestures with line of action. Action movement
with path of action.
Unit -3: Body Mechanics, Character Action, Principles involved in animation with
Volume and weight, characterization, run, jump walk push pull etc.,
Unit -4: Action Analysis, In-betweening techniques, cleanup techniques, time grid,
registration, trace back, breakdown drawings, line quality, line consistency etc.,

ASSIGNMENT:
Movements using birds in flight and animal in motion.
5 actions with a single character.

OR

Code: AN17B5.2E

39
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

ADVANCED MODELING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 2 T 3 3 50 50 100 P
Focus on tradition sculpting techniques using various modeling material. Traditional
sculpts used to improve visualization while modeling 3d characters. Traditional sculpting
helps in understanding the anatomy, proportions, volume and depth of the model.

Unit -1: TYPES OF MATERIAL

Use of plasticine, polymer, POP, other non-hardening plastic clay, wax,
various types of water based clay etc.,
Unit -2: TOOLS USED FOR CLAY MODELLING
Tools like cutter, scraper, curver, ribbon cutter etc. made of polished hardwood,
wire end modeling tools, metal etc.,
Unit -3: MODELLING CHARACTERS WITH CLAY
Understanding proportions, maintaining scale proportions while modeling
miniature prototypes, finishing touches, painting models with different types of
paints.
Unit -4: 3D SCANNING
3D scanning of the models or sculptures using digital scanning applications.

VI Semester

Code: AN17B6.1C
LIGHTING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
FA17B1.2C 1 6 P 7 7 50 50 100 P
Understanding light properties, shadow properties and visual impact of lighting on CG
objects. Observe and study real world lighting and simulate the same with CG
environment.

Unit -1: CREATING LIGHTS : Create various types of lights, light properties,
understanding light attributes, direct and indirect lighting, using maps on light attributes,
break light links, make light links.

Unit -2: WORKING WITH SHADOWS : Understand visual functions of shadow,

shadow algorithms, depth-map shadow, ray traced shadow, soft shadows, hard shadows,

40
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

faking shadows etc.,

Unit -3: CHARACTER LIGHTING : 3-point lighting, key light, fill light, rim light and
back light. Creating character mood, using light and colour theory.
Unit -4: ENVIRNOMENT LIGHTING: Illuminate scenes in day/night lighting adding
environment elements like fog, smoke, light glow and diffuse lighting.

Code: AN17B6.2C
3D CHARACTER ANIMATION
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
AN17B4.1C 1 6 P 7 7 50 50 100 P
Focus on developing skills necessary to bring life to characters using principles of
animation. Explore the effect of volume, weight, inertia, gravity through step by step
exercises.
Unit -1: INTRODUCTION to 3D ANIMATION TECHNIQUES
Using a simple prop like a bouncing ball, demonstrate weight and timing by
learning animation tools, motion path animation, ghosting, play blasting, setting
key frames, copying and pasting key frames, Graph editor, tangents, dope sheet,
playback speed.
Unit -2 : ANIMATING CHARACTERS
Using a simple biped character create poses and silhouette to demonstrate
principals of animation like weight, line of action, Create simple walk and
running cycles to demonstrate timing, squash- stretch and characterization.
Unit -3 : BODY MECHANICS
Animating small actions to familiarize body weight, volume, gravity etc., lifting
heavy objects, pushing and pulling objects, character interaction with objects
ASSIGNMENT: 10 sec submission of any animated character.

Code: AN17B6.3C
ROTO PREP
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 4 P 5 5 50 50 100 P

Unit 1: History and principles of Rotoscoping.

Unit 2: Techniques of rotoscopy using application software. Articulate and split the
subject into multiple shapes

41
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Unit 3: Creating roto for complex scenes and elements like motion blurred characters,
hair etc.,
Unit 4: Concepts of rotoscopy for stereoscopic conversion (2D to 3D)

Reference Software’s: Nuke, Mocha, Silhouette

Code: AN17B6.4C
3D CAMERA TECHNIQUES AND RENDERING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 1 4 P 5 5 50 50 100 P
Based on the knowledge gained regarding live action cameras and light setup replicate the
cameras in the virtual 3D layout application. Learning rendering techniques to give the
final output as per the industry required formats and resolutions.
Unit -1: CAMERA LAYOUT
Principles of videography, long shot, medium shot, close-up shot, extreme close-
up shot, establishing shot, rule of thirds and camera speeds (frame rates).
Unit -2: CAMERA ATTRIBUTES
Introduction to cameras, camera attributes, camera tools, pan camera, dolly
camera, truck camera, depth of field and motion blur in a 3D application.
Unit -3: RENDERING CONCEPTS
Understanding global illuminations, GI photons, photon maps, final gathering,
combining GI and FG, HDRI images, caustics, sub surfaces, scattering, creating
physical sun and sky.
Unit -4: RENDERING IN LAYERS
Rendering a scene in different layers and passes as per the requirement for the
final compositing.

ELECTIVE - 4

Code: AN17B6.1E
3D VIRTUAL ANIMATION
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 3 P 3 3 50 50 100 P
Understanding of virtual reality concepts using AR and VR applications and equipment
for animation.
Unit -1: Introduction to concepts of AR and VR.

42
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Unit -2: Developing simple a AR - VR content using existing application software.

Unit -3: Creating VR camera rigs stitching of imagery using existing application
software.

OR
Code: AN17B6.2E
DIGITAL SCULPTING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 3 P 3 3 50 50 100 P

Horned skills in creating digital sculptures in 3D application software based on the

principles of sculpting.

Unit -1: Introduction to sculpting applications and tool sets.

Unit -2: Create digital sculptures of characters and props
Unit -3: Painting and projecting the textures. Import and export normal maps and
displacement maps to 3D animation applications

VII Semester

Code: AN17B7.1C
DYNAMICS
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
AN17B5.1C 1 5 P 6 6 50 50 100 P
Learning the concepts of secondary animation like cloth and hair dynamics. Replicating
physical elements like fire, water, smoke and destruction.

Unit -1: EFFECTS USING PARTICLE SYSTEMS

Understanding particles, emitters, particle goals, creating smoke, fire, explosion
effects using particle effects, instancing particles, crowd simulation
Unit -2: RIGID AND SOFT BODY DYNAMICS
Understanding rigid bodies, active rigid body, passive rigid body, rigid body
solver, applying forces on rigid bodies, breaking rigid bodies, creating effects
using soft bodies.

43
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Unit -3: FLUID EFFECTS


Creating clouds, water, oceans, ponds using fluid effects
Unit -4: NPARTICLES, NCLOTH, NHAIR.

Code: AN17B7.2C
VFX COMPOSITING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

AN17B6.3C 2 4 P 6 6 50 50 100 P

Unit -1: CONCEPTS OF 3D COMPOSITING

Introduction to image layers, 3D render passes, depth of field and blending.
Unit -2: KEYING
Green/blue matt removal, green spill and color separation.
Unit -3: COLOUR CORRECTION
Colour grades and vignettes, composting in node based software
Unit -4: TRACKING & STABLISING
Concepts of 2D Tracking for 3D, perspective matching, Nodal plane shot, focal
length shot.

Code: AN17B7.3C
3D FACIAL ANIMATION
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
AN17B6.2C 1 4 P 5 5 50 50 100 P
Focus on creating realistic and natural expressions and emotions. To learn the important
mouth shapes used during dialogues and sync them with audio.
Unit -1: ANATOMY OF FACE
Studying anatomy of the face, understanding how muscles work together to
create expressions and emotions.
Unit -2: BLENDER SHAPES AND DEFORMERS
Creating blend shapes and deformers as per the emotion and dialogue.
Unit -3: CREATING FACIAL EXPRESSIONS
Creating all important emotions like happy, sad, shocked, smiling, crying,
laughing etc.,. Eye brow movements, eye blinks, head turn etc.,
Unit -4: IMPORTING SOUND AND LIP SYNCHING

44
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Importing supported audio files into the timeline, using X-sheets, Synchronize
expressions and mouth shapes to the audio.
ASSIGNMENT: 10 clips of synchronization of facial expression with sound.
Code: AN17B7.4C
SEMINAR ON ANIMATION & VFX
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

Nil 2 3 O 5 5 50 50 100 J

Select a topic pertaining to animation / VFX and collect relevant data and give a
presentation with audio and video reference not less than 20 minutes of duration.

Code: AN17B7.5C
VIDEO SHOOTING & EDITING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 4 P 5 5 50 50 100 P
Learn techniques of video shooting, editing and audio syncing for post production
process. Correction, sound mixing.

Unit -1: SHOOTING VIDEO FOOTAGE

Shoot a video for relevant topic including green screen / chorma key shot.
Unit -2 : VIDEO EDITING and TIME CODING
Assembling the video footage in timeline using a non linear application.
Unit–3: ADDING DIGITAL ELEMENTS
Importing and integrating any digital elements or stock footage.
Unit -4: INTRODUCTION TO SOUND EDITING
Understanding sound editing fundamentals, recording audio.
Unit -5 : FINAL OUTPUT
Colour correction - colour grading. Rendering the final output in desired file format
and resolution.

ELECTIVE – 5

Code: AN17B7.1E
CAMERA TRACKING / MATCH MOVE
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P

45
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

Nil 1 2 P 3 3 50 50 100 P
Learn to create a virtual camera in a 3D application to match a live action camera, virtual
camera will be used as the proxy element to render out all digital assets meant for the
scene. Tracking the live action character / props to integrate with the digital
assets/animation.

Unit-I: 2D TRACK POINTS

Preparing the video footage for tracking and match moving – Auto tracking and
manual tracking - Usage of track one, two, and four - Creating 2D Tracks.
Unit-II: MATCHING THE PERSPECTIVE
Create a virtual set as per the live action scene. Matching the perspective as per
the background image.

Unit-III: SOLVING THE CAMERA

Using the 2D track point data and the perspective match to the background
solving the camera using any 3D tracking application
Unit-IV: MATCH MOVE / ROTO MATION
After the virtual camera is created, match moving any characters or props
required to be integrated with any digital assets for animation.

OR
Code: AN17B7.2E
PAINT FINALIZING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil 1 2 P 3 3 50 50 100 P

Based on the raw footage certain elements need to be removed, replicated or enhanced to
match the background to achieve the required final output.

Unit-1: Techniques and tools for paint used in the digital applications.
Unit-2: Rig and wire removal by classical layer based tools
Unit-3: Rig and wire removal by node based tools
Unit-4: Stereo paint work flow for stereo scopic conversion (from 2D to 3D)

46
 JNAFAU_CBCS for B.F.A. Programs, effective from 2017-18

VIII Semester

Code: AN17B8.1C
INTERNSHIP & PRACTICAL TRAINING
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil - 8 O 8 8 50 50 100 J
Students have to undergo practical training for a period of 12 weeks in any of the reputed
animation studios anywhere in India of their own choice. The student has to submit a brief
report of the training undergone duly attested by the facilitator to the department for the
assessment. The final evaluation is done through viva voce.

Code: AN17B8.2C
DISSERTATION
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil - 7 O 7 7 100 100 200 J
The student need to do a detailed study on the topic selected under the guidance of a
guide/supervisor. He/she need to do a proper analysis and submit a detailed report in the
standard format of the university/college. The final submission of the thesis should be
his/her own contribution and should give a declaration accordingly. The thesis must have
clear objectives, methodology and conclusion with necessary reference bibliography.

Code: AN17B8.3C
FINAL PROJECT
Pre-requisites L S/F P/T/O Total Credits Int. Ext. Total W/S/J/P
Nil - 15 O 15 15 100 200 300 J
Preparing a final project on the Traditional / 3D / VFX animation on a chosen subject
with guidance of a concerned faculty. Each student must execute and submit individual
projects in particular a subject elective area. The duration of the final project should be
not less than 60 seconds of duration. For every student a guide will be allotted by the co-
ordinator/head of the department.
Note: No group / team work shall not be assessed.

47
 DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE
JNAFAU, SCHOOL OF PLANNING & ARCHITECTURE
MAHAVEER MARG, HYDERABAD – 500 028.

Course Structure for

Master Degree in Architecture (Interior Design)

1
 DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE
JNAFAU, SCHOOL OF PLANNING & ARCHITECTURE
MAHAVEER MARG, HYDERABAD – 500 028.

Course Structure for Master Degree in Architecture (Interior Design)

FIRST SEMESTER_
Course Course Title Marks
No Periods Per Week
Lectures Tutorials Studios Internal External Total
I D 1.1. Theory of Aesthetics 3 -- -- 40 60 100
and Design
I D 1.2 Interior Design 2 -- -- 40 60 100
Materials
& Construction – I
I D 1.3 Environmental 2 40 60 100
science for Interiors
_______________________________________________________________________

I D 1.4 CAD and Visualization 1 3 -- 40 60 100

I D 1.5 Seminar 2 2 -- 100 00 100
1 D 1.6 Interior Design Studio – I -- -- 9 80 120 200
I D 1.7 Workshop – I 1 2 -- 100 100
________________________________________________________________________

Total 11 8 11 440 360 800

________________________________________________________________________

SECOND SEMESTER
________________________________________________________________________
Course Course Title Periods Per Week Marks
No. Lectures Tutorials/Lab Studios Internal External Total
_______________________________________________________________________
I D 2.1 Theory and History 3 -- -- 40 60 100
of Design
I D 2.2 Interior Design Materials 2 -- -- 40 60 100
& Construction
I D 2.3 Building Service systems 3 -- -- 40 60 100
for Interiors
I D 2.4 Furniture Design 2 -- 2 40 60 100
& Detailing
I D 2.5 Critical Research 2 2 -- 100 00 100
Seminars
I D 2.6 Interior Design -- -- 9 80 120 200
Studio – II
I D 2.7 Workshop – II 1 2 100 00 100
________________________________________________________________________

2
 Total 13 4 13 440 360 800
________________________________________________________________________

THIRD SEMESTER

________________________________________________________________________

Course Course Title Periods Per Week Marks

No. Lectures Tutorials/Lab Studios Internal External Total
________________________________________________________________________

I D 3.1 Practical Training -- -- -- 80 120* 200

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

FOURTH SEMESTER
________________________________________________________________________
Course Course Title Periods Per Week Marks
No. Lectures Tutorials/Lab Studios Internal External Total
________________________________________________________________________

I D 4.1 Design Presentation 2 4 -- 100 100

Through multi-media
I D 4.2 Interior Project 4 -- -- 40 60 100
Management & practice
I D 4.3 Elective 4 -- -- 40 60 100

I D 4.4 Interior Design project Dissertation -- 16 200 300 500

________________________________________________________________________

Total 10 4 16 380 420 800

________________________________________________________________________


Practical Examination.

Viva - voce

3
 M.Arch (Interior Design)

FIRST SEMESTER

I D 1.1 Theory of Aesthetics & Design

- Defining design & aesthetics

- The purpose of design, various fields of design
- The nature of good design Discussion on the theoretical basis to all present day design
disciplines
- Principles and vocabulary of design – Balance, symmetry, contrast , rhythm, harmony,
unity, scale, proportion etc,
Space : elements of space making and their combinative principles
Form : elements of form and the resultant configurations
Scale : Human scale & its manifestations. Qualifiers of space & form: light, colour,
material & texture.

Issues of idea & theme as ordering mechanisms – of space, material, form, colour & light.
Perception and response to visual phenomena. Gestalts principles.

Design related cognitive learning. Colour theory & application to the interior environment,
principal colour systems, methods of colour harmony.
Appreciation of various arts; painting, murals sculpture, architecture etc. Interior Design in
the context of other arts.

I D 1.2 Interior Design Materials & Construction

Physical, behavioural and visual properties of the following materials and their use in the
construction of floor, walls, ceilings, doors, windows, staircase, built in furniture and other
components of interior architecture

Wood – Soft, hard, panelling, plywood, boarding

Metals – Steel, iron, aluminum, bronze, brass, copper
Masonry – Stone, concrete, brick, tiles, gypsum, plaster

Market surveys, case studies and site visits to understand the system of construction & details.
Study of material application in the form of a portfolio.

I D 1.3 Environmental Science for Interiors

 Thermal Comfort:

4
Importance of human comfort in interior spaces. Heat flow within buildings. Thermal
properties of materials. Climate and material choices for interior spaces Human response to
the thermal environment.

 Lighting
Lighting in interiors. Lighting levels & criteria. Natural & artificial lighting. Selection of
lighting. Lighting devices available in the market and their characteristics. Economic issues.
Fixture selection and placement – floor, table, desk, wall & ceiling units.
Psychological impact on human moods & emotions.

 Acoustics:
Behaviour of sound in enclosed spaces.
Understanding acoustics and its integration with interior design. Sound absorbents – porous
materials, panel or membrane absorbers, resonators.
Absorption coefficient of various acoustical materials.
Human responses to the sensation of sound.

I D 1.4 CAD and Visualization

A brief review of computer hardware and software required for interior architectural
applications. Working in AUTOCAD for preparing drawings including plans, elevations and
sections. Construction of models: working in 3D to construct wireframe modeling, surface
modeling, solid modeling etc.
Introduction to rendering
Hidden surface removal, assigning shades, limited to simple exercises.

I D 1.5 Seminar

This subject is intended to equip the students with some knowledge in areas which are not
covered otherwise in the curriculum, but topics which are of interest or currently significant.
Some possible subjects are:

- Role of an interior designer in a project

- Relation of an interior designer with other consultants
- Interiors as a response to social and technological forces
- User participation in design
- Decorative accessories in interiors
- Occupant health & safety in interiors
- Signage & Graphics
- Optical Illusions
- Modular Co-ordinations
- Kitchen & bath design
- Storage design
- New materials
- Basic structural systems

Each student would be required to select one or more of the above subjects and present a
written paper and a seminar at the end of the semester for final assessment. This should be

5
based on extensive literature reviews, cast studies (wherever possible), interviews, market
surveys etc.
Based on the expertise available in the field, colloquiums will be organized. Student will be
required to submit a report based on the inputs received for assessment.
I D 1.6 Interior Design Studio – I

The Design exercise should reflect the inputs from other subjects. The design process may
involve literature studies, case studies, site visits, data collections and analysis eventually
resulting in a interior scheme where theme based design is emphasized. Two interior schemes
of different functional types viz residential, commercial, banks, restaurants, café etc. and
institutional (relating to education & health) will form the major design assignments.
The design exercise should address issues such as institution character through interior
environment, corporate image, economic factors & behavioural patterns; integration of
commercial activity etc.
Design portfolio should include furniture layout, electrical layout, false ceiling plan, partition
designs & details, flooring plan, design of doors & windows, colour schemes etc, specifying
materials usage and the related technical knowledge.
Two time problems to be included on specialized product display systems, show case
windows at street levels, graphic & signage design etc

I D 1.7 Workshop – I

Wood & cane workshop.

Working with wood & wood products to understand material parameters. Wood joinery
details, which are commonly used in timber construction in interiors.
Application of veneers / laminates on different types of timber surfaces i.e teak and
commercial woods. Engraving and carving. Wood polishing, painting and other finishes.
Types of canes – its properties cane joinery and its strength finishes – colour and surface
quality.

SECOND SEMESTER

I D 2.1 Theory and History of Interior Design

Land mark events in the history of International design movement. Historical development of
artifact
Overview of the major styles like Regency, colonial, Art & crafts, Romanticism, Art
Nouveau, Electicism, Art-Deco, Cubism, Post modernism, Late modernism and
Deconstructivism
Industrialisation : changes in technology and production systems. Impact on life style and
interiors.
The modern movement and its impact on India.
Shift from historical to modern methods of building spaces, change in the interior elements of
design and interior architecture. Various schools of thought and design emphasis. Study of
Interior Design in the Indian context, contemporary styles with particular reference to India.
Elements of Interior Design including floors, walls, ceiling, lighting, furniture, furnishings
and indoor landscape. Indian elements of space making.

6
 Anthropometrics, Ergonmiscs, Proxemics, and behavioural issues. Metaphor as a tool in the
design process. Graphics & signage and its applications.

I D 2. 2 Interior Design Materials & Construction – II

Physical, behavioural and visual properties of the following materials and their use in the
construction of floor, walls, ceilings, doors, windows, stairs, built in furniture, fixtures and
other components of interior architecture.

Glass – Window, plate, tempered, mirror, block etc.

Plastics – Transparent, laminate, tile etc.
Textiles – Drapery, upholstery, wall covering, carpets, durries etc.
Miscellaneous materials such as linoleum, asphalt, cork, rubber, leather, paper, rexine, paints
& finishes.
Market survey, case studies and site visits to understand the system of construction. Study of
material application in the form of a portfolio.

I D 2. 3 Building Service Systems for Interiors

- Plumbing and drainage, implications on interior layouts

- Indian electricity rules, relevant provisions of N.B.C. Preparation of electrical layout
scheme for a interior using standard electrical symbols
- HVAC – Air-conditioning, methods and equipment. Air distribution systems – ducts, air
inlets. Calculation of AC loads, zoning – purpose & advantage Elevators & Escalators;
Definition, application, location & arrangement conveyor belts.
- Fine safety; Role of an interior designer in ensuring fine safety. Study of fire safety
regulations of NBC
- Provisions made for services like cable TV, PABX, burglar alarm, other security systems

I D 2.4 Furniture Design & Detailing

Analysis of the form, function & technical aspects of existing furniture.

Measured drawing of existing furniture – plan, elevations and details.
History of furniture from early days to industrial resolution. Study of various styles, systems
and products available in market. Scientific way of designing any two types of furniture
systems based on ergonomics, materials, working parameters and visual perception.
Drawings details and models.
Cost criteria of design & mass production of furniture forms. Knowing and understanding of
modern furniture designers such as Ward Bennet, Alvar Aalto, Owen Jones, Florence Knoll,
Mies van der Rohe, George Nelson, Henri van de velde, Hans Wegner etc.

I D 2.5 Critical Research Seminars

Research Methods:
Introduction to the nature & purpose of research and its role in problem solving and theory in
the field of interiors. Discussion of various principles & approaches to research.

7
Suggested areas for research
1. Studies of Indian art & craft. Influence of location, tradition, culture and socio-economic
development on art & craft in rural & urban India. Visit to traditional craft pockets,
documenting people, life, culture & craft and understand the materials, tools, technology,
processes and forms. Suggest suitable changes in technology to improve the products so
as to make it acceptable in today’s context.

2. Studies of the work of different interior designers through observation, interview and
research. Understanding of the concepts of space, structure, organisation, symbolism,
form, colour, modes of presentation etc.

3. The student may chose any other area of interest in consultation with the concerned
faculty for research. The study would be presented as a term paper with supporting
illustrations. It will be periodically reviewed and presented as a seminar for final
assessment.

I D 2.6 Interior Design Studio – II

The design exercise should reflect the assimilation of knowledge of various streams and
follows the design process of data collection, analysis, review & study. Two interior schemes
of different functional types viz commercial (shopping malls), recreational, (theatres, clubs
etc). and public use complexes (airports, bus terminals, railways stations). The design exercise
should address issues like design language, visual coordination, culture, traditions and
behaviour patterns in the use of space.
Design portfolio should include furniture layout, electrical layout, false ceiling plan, partition
design, flooring plans, design of doors & windows, colour schemes, surface treatments etc.
Time problems may be based on exhibition display or special purpose interiors such as barrier
free interiors of public areas; interiors for children or the elderly

I D 2.7 Workshop – II

 Ceramic, metal & plastics workshop. Understanding of ceramic products for interior
spaces. Processes and techniques of forming & decorating ceramics slab work, throwing,
pinching, coil work and firing. Colour figments and design qualities. Making ceramic
tiles, plaster slab and carving

 Types of metals, properties, methods of working with metals, fixing and joinery in metals,
finishing and treatment of metals. Metal products & furniture forms used in interiors

 Plastic, F.R.P and acrylic products – design process, tools & technology Development of
innovative forms for interiors elements with colour variations.

THIRD SEMESTER

I D 3.1 PRACTICAL TRAINING

Periods:20 /Wks, Int:100, Ext:100, Tot:200, End exam: Viva-voce

8
Every student must work in an Architect’s Office as a full-time trainee for a period of 20
calendar weeks (excluding Viva-voce) from the date of commencement of training. The
Chief Architect in the firm should be registered with the Council of Architecture and have a
minimum of five years of practical/professional experience after her/his graduation. The
student should involve herself/himself in various aspects of work in an office like working
drawings, presentation drawings, presentation drawings, quantity estimating, site supervision,
municipal drawings, etc. Detailed instructions regarding the training will be issued at the end
of the Ninth Semester, regarding the frequency of reporting to the department, etc., which the
student must strictly follow.

After completion of training, every student will have to submit a detailed report with a set of
drawings on at least two projects on which she/he has worked during the twenty two calendar
weeks of the practical training period. This report will be evaluated at a viva-voce by a jury.
After submission of the report the department at its convenience will arrange for the conduct
of the viva-voce examination.

FOURTH SEMESTER

I D 4.1 Design Presentation through Multi-Media

Computers for documentation and presentation including graphic design, 3D modelling, color
rendering, lighting effects, animation, image editing, video editing, sound editing, interactive
simulation and web design.
Introduction to interactive multi-media technology and its use in interior architecture.
Use of suitable applications such as:-
- 3 D studio, Alias & character studio for modelling, rendering and animation
- Adobe photopshop & Adobe illustrator for graphic design & touch-ups
- Aldus photostyle, Adobe premiere, sound forge, Director & Razor pro for image editing,
Audio-Video editing
- Power point for computer stills & slides.
- Alternative software applications such as Accu Render, Artisan, spotlight ray tracer &
model view etc may also be used.
References:
1. Hyper realistic Computer Generated Architectural Renderings – Oscar Riera Ojeda
Lucastt Guerre
2. Virtual architecture – Giuliano Zampi Conway Lloyd Morgan
I D 4.2 Interior project Management & Practice
Introduction to interior project management, its objectives, resources and team.
Client contacts and relationship issues, Design development stage and co-ordination with
various agencies. Execution of work – Planning, scheduling and control. Project monitoring,
programming of works. Tools & techniques for project management; bar charts, network
techniques.

9
Project cost analysis – methods of estimating, total budgeting and schedule of payment of
various agencies.
Interior Design profession : Survey of various interior designers, working procedures. Fee
systems, Professional Interior Design Societies; Licensing and Registering
I D 4. 3 Elective
I D 4.3.1 Interior Landscaping
- Elements of interior landscape
- Types of indoor plants, plant characteristics; size, biology, soil, moisture, light, nutrient,
atmospheric conditions, growing medium, pests & diseases. Market survey & costs.
- Flowers, its colours, texture and its visual perception in various indoor spaces. Science of
flower arrangement.
- Manual versions automatic irrigation costing and installation of micro irrigation systems.
- Interior landscape application for residential, commercial and other public use spaces.

Ref: Building interiors, Plants and automation

I D 4.3.2 Ergonomics and Product Design

Introduction to ergonomics – its basic theory and relationship with human comfort criteria.
Ergonomic principles in design process and product design. Principles of product

design – user centric, theme, metaphor, contemporary trends – Fabrication and proto typing
techniques, material & processes employed as per industry standards.

Computer aided product design – scope, areas of application, software available.

Creative engineering design - principle mechanisms & linkages.

Ref: Product Design: Tucker Veimeistu

Product Design & Manufacturing- John R Lindbeck

I D 4.3.3 Psychology & Human Behaviour

Analysis of human mind & his / her image world. Human being and social behaviour patterns
in various public and private areas.
Human behaviour in a group of two, three and more. Activities and its relationship with
grouping of people. Privacy, Territoriality & defensible space.
Modernization, charge in society, change in thought process and behaviour patterns.
Behaviour patterns and its correlation to design elements.
Reflection of behaviour patterns of human being in space planning for public areas like
theatre lounge, waiting rooms, hotel foyer, café and other spaces.

I D 4.4 Interior Design Project

Interior Design project is intended to evaluate the students maturity in the design of interiors
and should reflect the knowledge gained from all the courses undertaken by the student in the
previous semesters. The student is expected to submit a proposal for a project of his choice for

10
approval, to the project co-ordinator. The proposal must clearly indicate the scope of work,
methodology, objectives and case studies. Live projects should be taken up, wherever
possible.
Periodic submissions must be made for review by the guide and a panel of internal examiners
as per the schedule given by the co-ordinator. The final portfolio must contain comprehensive
proposals for the interior supported by drawings, illustrations and models, which will be
evaluated by a panel of external examiners. The client may also participate as an examiner in
case of real projects.

I D 4.5 Dissertation

Each student is expected to prepare a dissertation under a department approved guide /

adviser. The topic chosen should preferably relate to the design project and may involve the
following areas of study:

 An in-depth investigation into any aspect of the chosen area

 Analysis of data, inferences to establish underlying principles
 Evaluation of existing theory in new concepts
 Establishment of a hypothesis and its substantiation.

The particulars of schedule, content presentation, format etc, as decided by the

department from time to time, shall be strictly followed. The progress will be periodically
reviewed by internal jury memblers.

11
JAWAHARLAL NEHURU ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY
HYDERABAD.
(Syllabus – 2017)
MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE in Environmental Design 2017-18

M.Arch. (Environmental Design)

ED 1.1 Environmental Design Studio-I

ED 1.2 Energy Simulations E.C.B.C – I

ED 1.3 Building Physics

ED 1.4 Resources Management and Ecology

ED 1. 5 Sustainable Development and Planning

ED 1.6 Seminar

ED 2.1 Environmental Design Studio – II

ED 2.2 Energy Simulations E.C.B.C – II

ED 2.3 Research Methods - I

ED 2.4 Building Energy Management

ED 2.5 Environmental laws

ED 2.6 Sustainable Site planning and landscape design

ED 3.1 Advanced Environmental Design / Studio

ED 3.2 Environmental Impact Assessment

ED 3.3 Environmental Rating Systems

ED 3.4 Sustainable practices in Waste Management

ED 3.5 Environmental Infrastructure

ED 3.6 Research Methods -II

ED 4.1 Environmental Economic feasibility

ED 4.2 Environmental Design Thesis
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY, HYDERABAD.

Course Structure for Master of Architecture Environmental Design

(New Regulations – 2017)

FIRST SEMESTER:

No.of Hours Marks

Course
Course Title Credits Total
No.
Lecturers Tutors Studios Internal External

ED 1.1 Environmental Design Studio-I - - 12 24 100 100 200

ED 1.2 Energy Simulations E.C.B.C – I 6 - - 6 50 50 100

ED 1.3 Building Physics 3 - - 12 50 50 100

ED 1.4
Environmental laws 3 - - 6 50 50 100
ED 1.5 Sustainable Development and Planning 3 - - 6 50 50 100
ED1.6 Seminar-I - 3 - 6 100 -- 100

Total: 15 3 12 60 400 300 700

 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY, HYDERABAD.
Course Structure for Master of Architecture Environmental Design
(New Regulations – 2017)

SECOND SEMESTER

No.of Hours Marks

Course Title Credits Total

Lecturers Tutors Studios Internal External

ED 2.1 Environmental Design Studio – II - - 12 24 150 150 300

ED 2.2 Energy Simulations E.C.B.C – I 3 - - 6 50 50 100

ED 2.3 Research Method - I 6 - - 12 50 50 100

ED 2.4 Building Energy Management 3 - - 6 50 50 100

ED 2.5 Resources Management and Ecology 3 - - 6 50 50 100

ED 2.6 Sustainable Site planning and landscape design - 3 - 6 100 -- 100

Total: 15 3 12 60 450 350 800

 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY, HYDERABAD.
Course Structure for Master of Architecture Environmental Design
(New Regulations – 2017)

Third Semester:

No.of Hours Marks

Course No. Course Title Credits Total

Lecturers Tutors Studios Internal External

ED 3.1 Advanced Environmental Design lab/Studio - - 12 24 150 150 200

ED 3.2 Environmental Impact Assessment 3 - - 6 50 50 100

ED 3.3 Environmental Rating Systems 6 - - 12 50 50 100

ED 3.4 Sustainable practices in Waste Management 3 - - 6 50 50 100

ED 3.5 Environmental Infrastructure 3 - - 6 50 50 100

ED 3.6 Research Method -II - 3 - 6 100 -- 100

Total: 15 3 12 60 450 350 800

 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY, HYDERABAD.
Course Structure for Master of Architecture Environmental Design
(New Regulations – 2017)
FOURTHSEMESTER

No.of Hours Marks

Course No. Course Title Credits Total
Lecturers Tutors Studios Internal External

ED 4.1 Environmental Economic feasibility 3 - 3 12 50 50 100

ED 4.2 Environmental Design Thesis 4 - 20 48 250 250 500

Total: 7 - 23 60 300 300 600

Grand Total (All Semesters): 52 9 59 240 1600 1300 2900

 SYLLABUS FOR I SEM M.ARCH.
Environmental Design (New Regulations -2017)
FIRST SEMESTER
ED 1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN STUDIO–I

Objective
To understand and analyze, climate and its elements at both micro and macro level and design
project s of varied scales with passive strategies.
Course contents
Macro level
Climatic Design of Neighbourhood which includes designing group of buildings, clusters with
total understanding of interaction of Built Environment and ambient environment. Application
of site level strategies to create built mass to achieve positive influence on micro climate.
Micro level
Climatic design of unit with understanding of thermal behavior of walls, facade roof etc., and
fenestration design.
Design demonstration shall necessarily include the optimization of shadow mask to harness the
advantages of mutual shading and to understand the wind pattern generated.
A report to be prepared on the Thermal calculations and qualitative and quantitative passive
cooling/heating techniques used .
Sessional/Term Work Design outcome for both projects will be assessed as per the project brief
References
1. G.K.Brown and Mark DeKay ; Sun,Wind and Light, John Wiley and Sons, INC
2. O.H.Koenigsberger; Manual of Tropical Housing & Building, University Press
3. Arvind Krishnan: Climate Responsive Architecture
4. Bansal. N; Passive building design, London
5. Givoni; Man, Climate and Architecture

ED 1.2 ENERGY SIMULATIONS E.C.B.C - I

ECBC objective Compliance and approach: Energy efficiency performance levels, building
systems, precedence, building classifications, energy performance index, compliance
approaches and requirements, approved analytical tools, administrative requirements,
compliance documents, Benchmarking and StarLabelling.
Course Content
ECBC Building Envelope: Mandatory requirements-fenestration, opaque construction,
daylighting, building envelope sealing, Prescriptive requirements-roof, opaque external walls,
vertical fenestration, skylights.
Shading Equivalent Factor (SEF), Building Envelope trade- off method ,Understanding
refrigeration cycle, and overview of HVAC components - Pumps, Chiller, Piping, Ducting, Air
Handing Units (AHU), Cooling tower ,Packaged and Central HVAC systems ,Comfort
Systems and Controls: Mandatory requirements-ventilation,minimum space conditioning
equipment efficiencies, controls, additional controls for ECBC + and super ECBC, additional
controls for super ECBC buildings, piping and duct work, system balancing, ondensers, service
water heating ,Prescriptive requirements-pumps, cooling towers, conomisers, variable flow
hydronic systems, boilers, energy recovery. Total system efficiency-alternate compliance
approach. Low energy comfort systems.Lighting and Controls: Mandatory requirements-
lighting controls.
Exit signs.
Prescriptive requirements- interior lighting power, building area method, space function
method, Installed interior lighting power, Exterior lighting power, Electrical and renewable
systems: Mandatory Requirements-Transformers, energy efficient motors, Diesel generators
sets, check metering and monitoring, power factor correction, power distribution systems,
uninterruptible power supply, renewable energy systems
Whole building performance method -General, Scope, compliance, annual energy use, trade-off
limited to building permit, documentation requirements, Mandatory requirements,
Simulation requirements-energy simulation program, climate data, compliance calculations,
Calculating energy consumption of proposed design and standard design-energy simulation
model, HVAC systems, compliance thresholds for ECBC Compliant, ECBC+ and super ECBC
Buildings, Maximum allowed EPI ratios, Schedules.
Practical Sessions : How simulation software works, geometry of buildings, Material and
construction, Openings and shading, lighting and controls. Daylight Simulation, Heating and
cooling design, Unitary HVAC Systems, Central HVAC System, Building energy code
compliance, project: small office, Building energy code compliance, project large office

References
1. Steven V Szokolay. Introduction to Architectural Science: The Basics of Sustainable
Design. Architectural Press, Second Edition. 2010.
 2. Vishal Garg, JyothirmayMathur, SurekhaTetali, Aviruch Bhatia. Building Energy
Simulation: A workbook using DesignBuilder. CRC Press. 2017
3. Energy Conservation Building Code 2017. Bureau of Energy Efficiency. New Delhi.
2017
4. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and air conditioning Engineers, Inc.
Standards (ANSI/ASHRAE) 90.1-Energy Standards for Buildings except Low-rise
residential buildings.2016
5. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and air conditioning Engineers, Inc.
Standards (ANSI/ASHRAE) 90.2-Energy Standards for Low-rise residential
buildings.2016
6. Jens Lausts. Energy Efficiency Requirements in Building Codes, Energy Efficiency
Policies for New Buildings. International Energy Agency (IEA) Information paper.
March 2008
7. Reddy T.A., et al. Heating and Cooling of Buildings: Principles and Practice of
Energy Efficient Design, Third Edition, CRC Press

ED. 1.3 BUILDING PHYSICS

Objective
The aim of the course is to introduce climatic parameters and to understand in depth the factors
affecting comfort and strategies that lead to around/outside and inside the built space.
Course contents
Climate Analysis
Earth-Sun relationship, Global Climate, Elements of Climate, Climatic zones in India, Analysis
of macro & micro climate. Interpretation of climatic data through Climate Data, Solar Path
Charts, Psycho metric Charts, Bioclimatic charts.
Principles of Thermal Design Thermal quantities, Heat exchange in buildings, balance point
temperature and periodic heat flow , in terms of live examples and calculations of
heating/cooling loads based on the building materials typologies , calculation of U value for
various combination of building materials and contemporary construction methods.
Vernacular and Contemporary Case Studies & Appraisal to be done with the analytical studies
made pertaining to the above mentioned calculations.
Design Strategies (Outdoor and Indoor) Modifications of Architectural elements for thermal
comfort-orientation, Open spaces, built spaces, building envelope, fenestrations, shading
devices, roofs, walls etc. Natural ventilation, Cross ventilation, stack ventilation etc.
Acoustics
Terminologies, measurement and transmission, noise, reverberation time, passive and active
noise control, design strategies for classroom, auditorium and amphitheatre acoustics.
Instruments:
Use of instruments like data loggers/ anemometer for thermal/ wind data recording and
carrying out related studies/exercises.
Sessional/Term Work
Journal with exercises to elaborate the above mentioned theories and concepts.
References
1. G.K.Brown and Mark DeKay ; Sun,Wind and Light, John Wiley and Sons, INC
2. O.H.Koenigsberger; Manual of Tropical Housing & Building, University Press
3. Arvind Krishnan: Climate Responsive Architecture
4. Bansal. N; Passive building design, London
5. Givoni; Man, Climate and Architecture

ED 1.4 RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND ECOLOGY

Objective
Evaluation of Ecology, Man and Ecosphere, Components of nature and some basic concepts,
process of ecology, flow of material, water, energy, invasion, succession, predictim,
regulatory forces, adoption, tropic levels, food chain, food web, ecological pyramids.
Eco-system and their relevance to environment, causes and consequences. Impact of advance
architectural methods, urbanization and industrialization on nature. Pollution: Types, sources,
remedies.
Urban eco-system approach, evolution and significance.
Introduction to quantitative ecology:
Identification of ecological parameters for planning at different levels, site planning,
settlement planning, regional planning.
Data needs, formats for data collection. Types of analyses required to evolve ecological
parameters.
Environmentally compatible regional development ; An approach.
Ecological awareness in India; traditional, indigenous methods, contemporary trends.
Endowments and resources, definition and classification according to different criteria,
renewable, non-renewable energy sources, etc.
Human welfare and development as functions of resurces in terms of physical environment,
way of living and technology. Space bound and flow resources. Preparation and analysis of
inventories and resource materials. Finiteness of resources, examples of transfer from one
resources to another in history at different parts of the world, development, utilization and
 conservation of resources planning, integrated planning approach to resources development
management, traditional and contemporary approaches to resource development in India,
some selected case studies.
Physical Environment
Air Environment – Air resources, Atmospheric systems, climate, Emission standards, global
warming, ozone depletion, nuclear wars, problems,
Water Environment – Water resources – types, water resources- renewal, use, Drinking water
standard, Health Aspects, water pollution, sanitation, disposal standards of Treated
wastewater.
Soil environment – soil types, soil yield, soil pollution.

ED 1.5 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND PLANNING

Objective
To introduce the scale of macro planning and its relationship with micro level planning (site
planning). To develop an understanding to mitigate climate change issues at neighbourhood
level and to expose to the steps involved in sustainable urban design projects.
To expose the students with the cross sectoral relationship between various components of
urban planning, viz. transportation planning, land suitability analysis, infrastructure planning
and socioeconomic planning. Introduce the concept of environmental planning and expose to
the emerging concepts in sustainable planning like, smart city concept, eco-city concept, etc.
Course contents
Introduction to the theory of social planning and study various examples of socially inclusive
planning projects, community participation in planning process, etc.
Study examples / case studies of social infrastructure planning (Chandigarh, Ghandinagar,
Naya Raipur, Navi Mumbai, etc.) Principles of urban planning, classifications of human
settlements (Indian context) and study
national planning standards like UDPFI guidelines,Broad Theory of transportation planning
and road network theory and principles,Environmental policies and initiatives – national and
international, Housing theory and policies in India, Theory and principles of sustainable
planning, Issues and tools of sustainable urban design and neighbourhood planning, Case study
analysis of smart cities, eco=cities (national and international) , Formulating sustainable
strategies for an existing city at macro level (city level) and at micro level (neighborhood
level). Group submission based on above exercise, Seminar / presentation of various aspects,
issues of sustainable development (individual assignment).
References
1. Stephen Wheeler; Planning for Sustainability,
2. Simon Presner, Principles for Sustainability
3. Cecilia Tacoli; Urban Linkages
4. Monto & Ganesh; Sustainability by human settlements
5. Sampson; The WTO and sustainable development
6. Achieving sustainable cities in SE Asia region
7. Antonio Layards; Planning for Sustainable future
8. D Farr; Sustainable Urbanism
9. Tifiin J; Transport communications
10. Brain; Transport in Cities
11. K.Lynch; The Image of the City, MIT Press
12. Edington John; Ecology and Environmental Planning
13. Alexander Christopher; A pattern Language The Environment ,Public Health and Human Ecology
consideration for Economic Development.

ED 1.6 SEMINAR:
Objective :
To understand the basics of technical paper presentation, investigation and research.
Course Contents:
Due to changes in the social, economic and technological variables, areas of interest and
concerns keep emerging in the field of environmental design. Individually every student
should present a seminar and a term paper at the end of the semester, for the final
assessment. This should be based on extensive literature reviews, site visits, and interviews
with experts. Topics shall be green architecture multistoried development, intelligent
architecture, sustainable development, sustainable urban design and conservation strategies,
sustainable housing etc.
 SECOND SEMESTER
ED 2.1 ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN STUDIO–II

Objective
The purpose of this Studio is to involve the students in small urban / environmental planning
projects where they will be able to apply the theoretical knowledge of environmental &
sustainability planning to a specific project. The Studio will look at urban development and
evolve an exercise that will address environmental issues arising in urban areas and search for
solutions under urban environmental planning.
Course contents
Urban Environmental Assessments, Environmental Status Reporting and identification of
environmental issues in urban areas. Conceptual master planning for Sustainable
Development of neighborhoods, eco-sensitive are as etc.
Detailed Micro planning for specific projects under the theme of Urban Environmental Planni
ng, which may include River front development, ecological restoration projects, sustainable
urban blocks, Heritage conservation for sustainability, Sustainable City Development
Strategies etc. Sessional/Term Work
Identification of area of intervention, Concept presentations for the same, technical drawing
portfolio and report to elaborate the sustainable design scheme.
References
1. Kevin Lynch, Image of the CityED

ED 2.2 ENERGY SIMULATIONS ECBC – II

Objective
Simulation in early design stage – Orientation, Window to Wall (WWR) ratio, Overhang and
Fins, Glass type, Overhang, Roof and wall insulation. Daylighting design and controls -
Electrochromic glazing, Dynamic facades, Glare analysis and control, Annual solar
exposure, Spatial daylight autonomy.
Course contents
Introduction to Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) system selection, Concept
of thermal storage, radiant cooling systems, and Under Floor Air Distribution (UFAD).
Introduction to HVAC controls, Overview of Demand Control Ventilation (DCV),VAV
Control, VFD controls on AHU, VFD control on pumps, Energyrecovery controls,and
Economiser controls. Interior lighting design and performance evaluation using steady state
simulation , Exterior lighting design and performance evaluation. Designing for reducing
light pollution and trespass. Natural ventilation and mixed mode ventilation, Passive features
– Earth air tunnel, Stack ventilation, Cool roof. Renewable energy systems, Sizing
Photovoltaics and Wind energy systems. Advance simulation parameters, Weather data,
Life Cycle Costing Analysis (LCCA).
Parametric simulation for envelop design optimization, Designing and evaluating daylighting
strategies,
Simulating mixed mode building, Designing and evaluating passive features
Simulation of interior and exterior lighting design,Designing roof top photovoltaic system,
Design a Net Zero small office

References

1. Steven V Szokolay. Introduction to Architectural Science: The Basics of Sustainable

Design. Architectural Press, Second Edition. 2010.
2. Vishal Garg, JyothirmayMathur, SurekhaTetali, Aviruch Bhatia. Building Energy
Simulation: A workbook using DesignBuilder. CRC Press. 2017
3. Reddy T.A., et al. Heating and Cooling of Buildings: Principles and Practice of
Energy Efficient Design, Third Edition, CRC Press
4. ISHRAE IEQ Standard. 2017

ED. 2.3 RESEARCH METHOD - I

Objective
To introduce methods and process of research in order to understand the significance of the
same with reference to environmental architecture.
Course contents
Introduction to the types of research and the process of formulating a research project
Introduction to research design, sampling types and methods etc.
Introduction to various methods of research, their relative advantages and disadvantages and
their applications , Introduction to methods of data collection, analysis and presentation
Introduction to technical writing and presenting a research paper ,
Development of research writing and presentation skills
To undertake a focused study based upon a research question and to present it in form of a
research paper, compilation of study material, along with brief assignments demonstrating the
steps in the research process.
References
1. Creswell, J. W. Research Design: Qualitaitve, quantitative and mixed methods approaches,
2nd Ed., Thousand Oaks: Sage. 2003.
2. De Vaus, D. A. Surveys in Social Research, Jaipur :Rawat Publications. 2003
3. Groat, L. & Wang, D. Architectural Research Methods, NY: John Wiley and Sons Inc.
2002.
4. Kothari, C.R. Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques, New Delhi:
WishwaPrakashan.2005.
5. Sanoff, H. Methods of Architectural Programming, Dowden Hutchinson and Ross, Inc.
Vol. 29, Community Development Series. 1977.

ED. 2.4 BUILDING ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Objective

To introduce the supply side of energy and its integration with planning and design of
buildings.The purpose of this subject is to introduce the students, global energy scenario and
various alternative in renewable sources. It aims at introducing the options of renewable
resources and appropriate technologies for harnessing them for our benefit. To improve the
energy security and ensure environment protection, these technologies are gaining importance
in our day to day applicative lifestyle.
Course contents
Energy Scenario
Current global scenario, Global meets ,Need at global, country, state and city level.
Identification of resources at country and state level.
Conventional Source – limitations
The renewable comparative advantages, Renewable large scale production.
Solar Energy/ Wind Energy/ Bio Mass
Potential, Technology, Limitations,Applications on generic level,Building integration
applications
Other resources
Geothermal, Tidal, Mechanical Nuclear Energy, Cogeneration
Bio fuels
Alternative Fuels, CNG & LPG
Energy Efficient HVAC Systems
Air Cycle, Refrigerant cycle, Basics of Cooling load estimation. Types of systems to include
unitary, central, CAV, VAC, VRF etc. air cooled, water cooled, and ducting design. Air
conditioning system and components. Energy conservation measures and technologies.
Plumbing for Green Buildings Pump types, factors affecting pump performance, efficient pump
operation systems, flow control strategies. Energy conservation opportunities in pumping
systems. Energy Efficient Electrical Utilities
Electrical Energy basics, Electricity billing, Electrical load management and maximum demand
control, Power factor improvement and its benefit.
Sessional/Term Work
Studies taken up by students individually and/or in groups will be presented and submitted
along with compilation of study material in the form of reports/ notes/ assignments.
References
1. R.K. Narang; Cleaner is cheaper, TERI
2. VV Kishore ;Renewable energy, engineering and technology,TERI
3. Sophia and Stefen Behling; Solar Power
4. Martin Kalstchmitt; Renewable Energy
5. Ursula Eicher; Solar technology and buildings
6. Falk Antony; Photovoltaic for Professionals
7. Paul Gipe; Wind Power
8. Renewable energy and Environment, CEE Publication
9. Renewable energy technology development and implications, TERI
10. Sustainable building Manual, Vol 1 and 2, TERI
11.Turner and Doty; Energy Management Handbook.
12.Martin Greenwald; Residential energy systems and climate control technology.
13. Jan Kreider; Solar heating design.
14. Hegger and Fuchsen;. Energy Manual
15. Green awareness, Ferris State University.

ED 2.5 RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND ECOLOGY

Objective
Evaluation of Ecology, Man and Ecosphere, Components of nature and some basic concepts,
process of ecology, flow of material, water, energy, invasion, succession, predictim,
regulatory forces, adoption, tropic levels, food chain, food web, ecological pyramids.
Eco-system and their relevance to environment, causes and consequences. Impact of advance
architectural methods, urbanization and industrialization on nature. Pollution: Types, sources,
remedies.
Urban eco-system approach, evolution and significance .
Introduction to quantitative ecology:
Identification of ecological parameters for planning at different levels, site planning,
settlement planning, regional planning.
Data needs, formats for data collection. Types of analyses required to evolve ecological
parameters.
Environmental impact assessment, Methods and their appraisal.
Environmentally compatible regional development ; An approach.
Ecological awareness in India; traditional, indigenous methods, contemporary trends.
Endowments and resources, definition and classification according to different criteria,
renewable, non-renewable energy sources, etc.
Human welfare and development as functions of resurces in terms of physical environment,
way of living and technology. Space bound and flow resources. Preparation and analysis of
inventories and resource materials. Finiteness of resources, examples of transfer from one
resources to another in history at different parts of the world, development, utilization and
conservation of resources planning, integrated planning approach to resources development
management, traditional and contemporary approaches to resource development in India,
some selected case studies.
Environmental Planning:
Planning and Environment – Planning, planning contexts, types of planning, planning process
and tools, definition of environment, types of environment, population, resources,
environmental degradation and pollution, pollutants and their effects and control,
environmental planning – types.
Physical Environment
Air Environment – Air resources, Atmospheric systems, climate, Emission standards, global
warming, ozone depletion, nuclear wars, problems,
Water Environment – Water resources – types, water resources- renewal, use, Drinking water
standard, Health Aspects, water pollution, sanitation, disposal standards of Treated
wastewater.
Soil environment – soil types, soil yield, soil pollution.
Energy – Evaluation of Energy Resources, Types of Energy Sources – Renewable, Non-
Renewable, Conventional and Non – conventional.
Environmental policies, protocols and regulatory mechanisms – fundamentals of
Environmental Acts, Rio Earth Summit, Stockholm conference, Kyoto protocol, Copenhagen
conference 2009 and after.
Environmental Technology
Technology options for mitigation of environmental pollution, Environment by “End of pipe
Treatment systems”. Like effluent treatment plants, use of scrubbers to minimize air pollution
load. Versus combating environmental pollution, through “waste minimization”, “Re-use”
and “Recycle”.
Different aspects of “End of pipe Treatment Options”, their environmental and financial
implications, need for waste reductions and the concept of waste Minimization at source
through case studies, Energy planning and management and conservation issues.
Domestic waste water, industrial waste water, solid and hazardous wastes, Environmental,
economic and financial implications of “End of pipe Treatment systems”)
Need of “In-Process waste reduction/Minimization (Concept of cleaner production and
cleaner Technologies, Environmental benefits environmentally sound Technologies” case
study) Concept of End of pipe 3-Rs; “Recycle – Reuse and Recovery”. (Towards sustainable
Development – Development – concepts of industrial symbiosis and ecology, case study of
waste recycling, it’s cost effectiveness and options).
Environment Management systems, ISO – 14001 and its planning implications, why do we
need ISO. Case study of a ISO certified industry, environmental and financial benefits of
ISO.
Principles of Energy (Energy-Environment-Pollution linkages, Energy Demand and supply
planning Management, Energy Conservation Issues and Need of Energy Audit.)
Sustainable development
The basic objective of the course is to get through the issues of sustainable development and
bio-diversity management. The course aims to give holistic approach for bio-diversity
management and also gives broad view of various national and international policies and
instruments of bio-diversity. Systems Diversity. Species Concept & Inventory. Habitats &
Systems change. Use of Bioresources. Valving Biodiversity, Conservation, National and
international policies and instruments. Assistance and Aid. Biodiversity convention,
Associated inputs, Biodiversity Planning, costing Targets, Agro and Forestry Systems/Forests
Interface. Monitoring Systems, Biosphere World views.

ED 2.6 SUSTAINABLE SITE PLANNING AND LANDSCAPE DESIGN

Review of Landscape Elements and principles of Landscape Design of Landscape
Architecture as a profession.
Study of various styles of Landscape Design and their relevance to the current pattern of
development.
Landscape Design with particular reference to housing and community developments, parks
and playgrounds, industrial landscape recreational areas, etc.
Aspect of urban design – creation of elements of spatial interest, vistas, other spatial
definitions.
Contemporary attitudes to development and design of open spaces, urban landscape, park,
rural landscape etc.,
Sustainable site planning concepts
Introduction to concept of green architecture and micro climate planning. The rock as
landscape component in modifying micro climate with respect to temperature, humidity,
participatation and percolation.
 THIRD SEMESTER
ED 3.1: ENVIRONMENT DESIGN STUDIO-III:
Objective
To develop creative skills, abilities, judgment and control in the design of built environment.
The student should be able to have a whole building design approach for energy efficiency.
Course contents
Design/Retrofitting of buildings/campuses for energy efficiency. Focus should be on
buildings/campuses which are conventionally energy guzzlers.
Sessional/Term Work
Concept presentations, technical drawing portfolio and report to elaborate the design scheme
as per the project brief.
Case Studies and Other recommended reading based on the topic selected for the year and the
project brief.

ED 3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Introduction to Environmental Impact Assessment: Defining the role of impact assessment ---
Rational for EIA --- Phases of impact assessment.
Impact Identification Techniques: Various methods used in impact identification --- detailed
techniques of using these techniques --- strengths and weaknesses of the various techniques
used as impact identification process.
Impact Evaluation Techniques: Techniques used in impact evaluation --- Weighting-
Scaling techniques, ecological rating systems --- Goals-achievement matrix, priority-trade-
off-scanning matrix.
Predicting Impact on the Physical Environment: Land --- indicators for land suitability
and vulnerability --- Landscape characteristics and indicators of landscape process ---
Mapping landscape characteristics --- Techniques for evaluating alternative land use plans.
Air --- calculating pollutant emission --- predicting ambient concentration --- predicting
ecological response to air pollutant --- predicting human health risks.
Water --- categorisation of pollutants --- pollution dispersion --- water quality.
Predicting Impact on Biota: Ecosystem process and impact assessment --- energy fixation and
flow.
Lead Rating, Griha Rating, (Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment)
 Energy Efficient Buildings, intelligent buildings, energy audit, National Mission on
sustainable Habitat, Jawaharlal Nehru Urban Renewal Mission, issued in Urban and
Environmental conservation.

ED 3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL RATING SYSTEMS

Objective
To introduce the various tools and methods associated with the field of environment and to
prepare students for new skills and upcoming trends in the field of environment.
Course contents
1. Energy Audit
2. Life Cycle Assessment
3. Carbon Footprint and Mapping
4. Green Building Rating Systems
5. GRIHA
6. LEED Ratings
* This list is not exhaustive and further topics could be added if required over time.
Sessional/Term Work
Assignment will be in the form of notes/ assignments covering all the topics mentioned above
with suitable examples, sketches and supportive material.
References
GRIHA; Griha Manual, Vol 1 to 5,TERI Publication
IGBC Manuals, CII Publication
LEED Manuals
ECBC Manual
ECBC User Manual

ED 3.4. SUSTAINABLE PRACTICES IN WASTE MANAGEMENT

The primary goal is to provide a comprehensive understanding of waste management from an
environmental public health perspective. Identify and discuss the public health, regulatory,
planning, technical and economic principles that influence the solid waste management system.
Describe appropriate methods to minimize the impact on the public’s health from solid waste
related activities. Analysis of an integrated solid waste handling system including source
reduction, recycling and reuse, composting, land filling and combustion. Develop a more
 informed opinion on a variety of waste related issues such as electronic waste, industrial waste,
medical waste and C&D (construction and demolition) waste etc. Sustainable techniques in
municipal solid waste management and others: Introduction, Segregation, Sorting, Composting,
Vermi composting, Home composting, Recycling and Reuse. Incineration method, Scientific
Land filling, Energy development and Management of urban waste services.
Solid waste disposal and management:

Resource recovery, technology options and determination of type and choice of systems as
related to land use, density, economic levels and location of urban industrial and commercial
activity areas.

Quantity of sewage, quantity of storm water, run off, time of concentration, design of sewers,
flow diagrams, laying of sewers, sewer appurtenances. Design and layout of sewerage system.
Project Management (Need Assessment, Structure, MIS, Project Management Packages (Brief
Introduction to MSPROJ/WINPROJ).
Integrated Infrastructure Planning: Case Studies in India.
Reference Books:
1. Constitutional Law of India – J.N. Pandey 1997 (31st Edition.) Central Law Agency,
Allahabad.
2. Administrative Law U.P.D. Kesari 1998. Universal Book Trade, Delhi.
3. Environmental Law H.N. Tiwari, Allahabad Law Agency, 1997.
4. Environmental, A., Divan and Noble M. Environmental Law and Policy in India (cases,
Materials and Statutes) 1991 Tripathi, Bombay.
5. Environmental Policy. Forest Policy. Bare Acts – Government Gazette notification.
6. Environmental Laws of India-C.P.R. Environmental Education Centre
7. DEWATS, Auroville.
8. Publications by Vastu Shilpa Foundation, Environmental Sanitation Institute, Ahmedabad.

ED 3.5 ENVIRONMENTAL INFRASTRUCTURE:

Objectives
This course is designed to provide a general understanding of various issues and approaches
to planning, designing, and maintenance of Infrastructure. The major emphasis in this course
will be on water supply, sewerage, storm water drainage, roads and solid water management.
Introduction:
Concepts of basic needs, formation of objectives and standards. Data requirements for
programme planning of urban networks and service; feasibility planning studies for structure
the infrastructure systemsGeneral Introduction to Infrastructure and its components and
overview of the course contents.
Water Supply:
Planning water supply; resource analysis quality of water system design; technological
choices of alternatives – Issues related to the choice of centralized city water supply versus
decentralized systems.

Water demand (Context, Need Assessment and Planning requirements ) - data to be collected,
rate of demand, variations in rate of demand and effects of variations on design.
Measurements of water qualities, forecasting demand. Conveyance and distribution system -
General considerations, methods of distribution, service reservoirs, systems of supply,
methods of lay out distribution pipes, wastage of water and permissible factors. Maintenance
of distribution system. Filtration, disinfection, storage and distribution and their building
complexes.

Sewerage and Storm Water Drains (Need Assessent in the context of Urbanisation, Planning
Considerations and Norms, Basic Design Parameters and Appurtenances). Waste generation
process in cities. Waste water disposal systems including storm water drainage, system
designs, nodal facilities, technological and environmental considerations. Issues related to
hydrological and geographical and development parameters – eutrophication. Biological
concepts in environmental sanitation.

Sanitation technologies, their relevance to incremental growth of urban areas. Low cost
sanitation technologies and concepts as related to Indian and third world country contexts
Sewage Treatment Plant and Water Treatment Plant (Components, Planning Considerations,
Basic Design Parameters).
Urban Roads (Planning Considerations, Road Categories, Design Parameters/Cross Sections,
Transportation).
Other Infrastructure:

Concepts and theories for design and operation of electricity networks, power generation
(conventional and non-conventional) communication networks like telephone facilities,
WLL, cable TV, Fibre optic and other broadband communications networks, etc.
 ED 3.6 SEMINAR -II:

The candidates will present two term papers on any of the areas of environmental design to
employ effectively the methods of research in environmental design. The subjects of papers
may be selected in consultation with the faculty to contribute substantiality to the major area
of investigation and candidate opts of the Master Thesis / Dissertation.
 FOURTH SEMESTER
ED 4.1 ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMIC FEASIBILITY
Introduction to Project finance & Management. Project Management: Construction projects,
Project development process, project management, main causes of project failure. . Project
formulation: Generation and Screening of Project Ideas - Project identification – Preliminary
Analysis, Market, Technical, Financial, Economic and Ecological - Pre-Feasibility Report
and its Clearance, Project Estimates and Techno-Economic Feasibility Report, Detailed
Project Report. Project Planning Process: Plan development process, time planning process,
work scheduling process, resource planning process, Importance of planning, scheduling and
controlling projects. Project Finance: Introduction to project finance, Means of financing,
Costs associated with projects, estimates, Economic analysis of project, economic studies,
sensitivity analysis. Cost estimating principles. Detailed estimates, cost concepts,
classification of costs, elements of costs, Private sector participation in Infrastructure
Development Projects - BOT, BOLT, BOOT Working Capital Management: Concept, Need
and types of Working Capital; Determination of Working Capital; Estimation of Working
Capital Needs; Financing of current assets – Matching, Conservative Approach, Aggressive
Approach (Problem and Theory) .
Reference Books
1. Gupta, B.L. and Gupta, Amit., Construction Management, Machinery and Accounts, 3rd
ed. Standard Pub, 2005.
2. Loraine, R.K, Construction Management in Developing Countries. Thomas Telford,
London, 1993
3. Srinath, L.S., PERT and CPM Principles and Applications, 3rd ed. Affiliated East-West
Press, New Delhi, 2003.
4. Singh, Harpal., Construction Management and Accounts 14th ed. Tata McGraw-Hill Pub.,
New Delhi, 1981
5. Gould, E.Frederick and Joyce, E.Nancy., Construction Project Management. Prentice Hall,
New Jersey, 2000
6. Shrvastava, U.K., Construction Planning and Management, 3rd ed. Galgotia Pub., New
Delhi, 2004
7. Chitkara, K.K, Construction Project management: Planning. Scheduling and Controllling.
Tata McGraw-Hill Pub., New Delhi. 1999. 8. Sharma, S.C, Construction Equipment and its
Management, 4th ed. Khanna Pub., New Delhi, 2004

ED 4.2 THESIS / PROJECT / DISSERTATION:

Each student is required to prepare a Project on a subject approved by the department. The
general format and guidelines shall be as laid down by the department.
The topic should be on current research and professional planning interests and the work
contained shall be the students, original work.
Each student has to choose / formulate and work on a Environmental Design project
independently. The project may be related to any sector and be of any scale , but it is
desirable that the approach be multidisciplinary and preferably relate to ‘live’ and current
contexts.
The main thrust of the project should be to identify an Environmental design project
addressing a current or immediately future context, review related theoretical approaches,
collect, document and analyze relevant data and formulate proposals to address the problems
identified.
The key word is ‘project’ in terms of definable program of actions, implementation strategy
and mechanism, beneficiaries etc. Research may be limited to literature review case studies
and analysis of readily available data with limited primary data focused on the immediate
demands of the ‘project’

Selection of Guide:
Students are suggested to consult internal faculty members based on their own areas of
interest. It is also possible for students to consult external faculty actively participating in
academic programme. To know the research interests of internal faculty students can meet
them individually. Taking up academicians of other Institute/Research Organizations, as
External Guide is permitted. However, in that case, a Core Faculty should be chosen as
Internal Guide.
 A 10% short of aggregate attendance in any semester upon production of
satisfactory reasons may be condoned by Way on condonation fee as
Grams: jnafaucfa Ph: +91-40-23314282 prescribed by the college academic committee.
E-mail: jnafaucfaprincipal@ gmail.com Fax: +91-40-23391296
Any student whose aggregate attendance is below 65% shall not be eligible to
appear for end semester examination.
JNAFAU COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
MAHAVEER MARG, MASAB TANK, HYDERABAD - 500 028, A.P., INDIA. Any student who is declared ineligible for shortage of required percentage of
attendance shall repeat the semester subject to availability but has no matter of
right for demanding commencement of the respective semester and
PROPOSED ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR MFA (APPLIED ART)
accordingly no future claims of what so ever nature in this regard.
(with effect from the academic year 2008-09)
A student can be conditionally promoted from first semester to second
I.COURSES OFFERED: semester if he/she has not more than two backlogs either theory or practical.

The following courses of study are offered for the award of MFA programme. A student cannot be promoted from first semester to second semester if he/she
has not more than two backlogs either theory or practical.
APPLIED ART AND VISUAL COMMUNICATON
PweNE

PHOTOGRAPHY AND MEDIA COMMUNICATON Regular and supplementary examinations shall be conducted at the end of
PAINTING AND VISUAL COMMUNICATON each semester to facilitate the students to fulfill the academic requirements
SCULPTURE AND VISUAL COMMUNICATON including backlogs.

IL. ELIGIBILITY FOR ADMISSION: EVALUATION:

1. The performance of the candidate in each semester shall be evaluated subject-

1. Admission will be made on the entrance test conducted by the JNA&FAU
wise with a maximum of 100 marks for the theory and 100 marks for the
College of Fine Arts, Hyderabad for those who have fulfilled eligible
practicals, on the basis of internal evaluation and End Semester Examination.
qualifications, subject to reservations prescribed by the University.

The theory subjects 60 marks shall be awarded based on the performance on

2. Candidates seeking admission to these programs shall be working in and
the End Semester Examination. 40 marks shall be awarded based on the
around Hyderabad.
Internal Evaluation. The Internal Evaluation shall be made based on the better
Til. COURSE DETAILS: of the marks secured in the two-midterm examination (in case of theory
subjects) conducted in the middle of the Semester and the other immediately
1. MFA Programme is of 2 years with 4 semesters. after the completion of instruction.

For practical subjects, 60 marks shall be awarded based on the performance in

2. Subjects are classified as Theory, Practicals, Project Work, Internship (Gf
the End Semester Examinations, 40 marks shall be awarded based on the day-
necessary), Practical training and Viva-voce.
to-day performance as Internal Marks.

3. Each semester will have a minimum of 20 weeks of instruction including

A candidate shall be deemed to have secured the minimum academic
examination period (with 90 clear instruction days) and 6 days per week.
requirement in a subject of he secures a minimum of 40% of marks in the End
Examination and a minimum aggregate of 50% of marks in the total marks in
Iv. MINIMUM ACADEMIC REQUIREMENT: the End Semester Examination and Internal Evaluation taken together.

1. A student has to put in a minimum of 75% attendance in aggregate of all the

In case the candidate does not secure the minimum academic requirement in
subjects to be eligible for end examination.
any subject he has to reappear for the End Examination in that subject.
 6. Incase the student secures less than he required attendance in the Examination X. GENERAL:
in that subject(s), he shall not be permitted to appear for the End Examination
in that subjects. He shall re-register the subject when next offered. 1. The academic regulations should be read as a whole for purpose of any
interpretation.
VI. AWARD OF DEGREE:
. In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules, the
1. A student shall be declared eligible for the award of MFA degree if he/she decision of the Vice-Chancellor is final.
completes it successfully for not less than 2 academic years and not more than
4 academic years. 3. The University may change or amend the academic regulations and syllabus at
any time and the changes and amendments made shall be applicable to all the
2. A student who fail to fulfill all the above academic requirements for the award students with effect from the date notified by the University.
of the MFA degree within 4 academic years from the year of his/her
admission shall forfeit his/her seat in MFA course. 4. When ever the word he/him or his occur, it will also include she/her and hers.

VII. AWARD OF CLASS:

A student upon successful completion of requirements prescribed by the

Academic Regulations and the Course Structure governing the respective
Discipline is eligible for award of M.F.A. Degree Certificate in the concerned
discipline. He/She shall be awarded. One of the following Four Classes
calculated on the aggregate marks secured in the entire programme.

Class Awarded % of marks secured

First Class with distinction |75% and above

First Class Below 75% but notless than 60%

Second Class Belbw 60% but notless than 50%

VIL. TRANSITORY REGULATIONS:

Candidate who have discontinued or have been detained for want of attendance or
who have failed after having undergone the course are eligible for admission to the
same or equivalent subjects as and when subjects are offered.

IX. WITHHOLDING OF RESULTS:

The results of any student shall be withheld if:

1. He/She has not cleared the dues to the Institution/Department.

2. A case of disciplinary action is pending against him/her.
 MASTER OF FINE ARTS (MFA) (REGULAR) 38° SEMESTER
Code Name Of The Perio | Intern | External | Total | Duration
APPLIED ART & VISUAL COMMUNICATION
Subject ds al Evaluati | Mark Of End
In4 | Evalu on s Semester
COURSE STRUCTURE Weeks| ation Exams
15T SEMESTER THEORY
The Legal Aspects
Code Name Of The Periods | Intern | Exter | Tota | Duration MFA A 31 T Of Advertising 18 40 60 100 3 HRS
Subject In4 al nal l Of End (TH)
Weeks Evalu | Evalu | Mar | Semester PRACTICALS
ation | ation Ks Exams
Specialization In
THEORY
MFA A 32P Illustration 3 Or 30 40 60 100 15 HRS
MFA A11T | HISTORY OF
Graphic Design 2
GRAPHIC
DESIGN 18 40 60 100 3 HRS
MFA A33P | Specializationin
Visualization 3
| 34 40 60 100 15 HRS
PRACTICALS
MFA A 12P VISUALIZATION 30 40 60 100 15 HRS
MFA A34P | Mini Project 3 30 | 40 60 109 | SUBMISSI
MFA A13P | ILLUSTRATION 1 30 40 60 100 15 HRS
MFA A 14P | MINI PROJECT 1 30 40 60 100 SUBMISS
ION 4™ SEMESTER

Code Name Of The Duratio| Inter | External | Total | Duration

2NP SEMESTER Subject nin nal Evaluati | Marks} Of End
Weeks| Evalu on Semester
Code Name Of The Periods |Internal|External] Total |Duration Of ation Exams
Subject In 4 Weeks|Evaluati| Evaluati] Marks End MFA A 41 P | Final Project SUBMISS
on on Semester Work 08 100 200 300 ION
Exams (Campaign)
THEORY MFA A 42 T | Thesis 04 40 60 100 SUBMISS
Advertising And ION
MFA A 21 T | Market Research 18 40 60 100 3 HRS MFA A 43 P | Viva Voce 40 60 100
(TH)
PRACTICALS
MFA A 22P Visualization 2 30 40 60 100 15 HRS
Graphic Design 1
MFA A 23 P Or Illustration 2 30 40 60 100 15 HRS

MFA A24P | Mini Project 2 30 40 | 60 | 100 eN

 MASTER OF FINE ARTS (MFA) (REGULAR) MFA A 12
APPLIED ART & VISUAL COMMUNICATION SYLLABUS Visualization
Creative Visualization is the Key to Success.... . Remez Sasson
Visualization and conceptualization of ideas for problem solving activity of visual
18° SEMESTER communication through expressive typography. Advanced study of corporate identity
program for corporate firms, Products and events. Exploring media / formats for
MFA A 11: History of Graphic Design instructional design and other promotional activities. Basic concepts of ad films.
Pre-Historic graphic communications: Paleolithic, Monolithic and Neolithic times.
UNIT 1: Corporate identity for various firms i.e., logo & stationary
UNIT 1: Kinds of Graphic images: Petroglyphs, Pictographs, Ideographs and their
definitions. UNIT2 : poster design — indoor and outdoor

Graphic communications from ancient river valley civilizations. | Mesopotamian UNIT3: Sinages and instructional manuals for various activities like package design,
civilization: Important contributions of the civilization to human development and also to railways, airports etc.
the progress in communication systems such as invention of writing, development of
writing from pictorial to abstract characters, formation of ‘ownership’ patterns and hence UNIT4: Publication design like magazine news paper
of ‘Trade marks’. No: of works to be submitted --- 4 works

UNIT 2: Egyptian civilizations: Their method of pictorial writing, Understanding the MFA A 13
Hieroglyphs: Important discoveries, Invention of paper: Making of paper from Papyrus and ILLUSTRATION
“There is no greater instrument for understanding the visual world than the hand and a
its usage.
pencil." ~ Milton Glaser
UNIT 3: The Chinese contribution: Invention of paper & printing, logograms,
Basic principles of making illustrations, process of making illustrations. Students creating
calligraphy 1800 BC onwards. The different styles of writing, Bone and Shell script,
ability, self expression and visual communication skills are stressed to create individual
Bronze script, small scale bronze script — 200 BC Kai-shu regular.
studying Illustrations.

The development of Alphabet, Getan alphabet, Minion civilization, Phoenician alphabet,

UNIT 1: Control drawings to convey characters. Advanced study of human figure, gesture
Greek alphabet, Roman alphabet. The medieval manuscript, Origins of painting and
and manmade objects in different mediums and techniques.
typography in Europe.
UNIT 2: Illustrations for Various Sports Magazines
UNIT 4: Italian renaissance of Graphic design, salient features of German renaissance,
Epoch of typographic excellence: particular focus on Rococo period.
UNIT 3: Thematic Illustration

Typography in Industrial age: Innovations in typography, wood type poster. Popular

UNIT 4: Creative Illustrations
graphics of Victorian era, Lithography and Chromo-lithography, the raise of editorial and
advertising design. Mechanization of typography.
No: of works to be submitted --- 4 works
The arts and crafts movement (i) the century guild (11) the Kelmscott presses, (iii) the
MFA A 14
private press movement, (iv) Book design, Art Noveau & the turn of the century: French
art Noveau, English art Noveau, American art Noveau.
MINI PROJECT
A Student has to select a Topic / Subject on any Social Cause in Selected Mediums
Reference: (1) “A HISTORY OF GRAPHIC DESIGN” by Phillip B. Meggs,
(Minimum 6 Nos. to be submitted)
Published by Viking Penguin Inc., 40 west 23" street, New York, 10010, USA.

Identify the cause and its understanding the media, importance and relevance in view of the
target audience.
 28? SEMESTER visual representation of ideas and messages. A graphic designer may utilize typography,
MFA A 21 visual arts and page layout techniques in varying degrees to produce the final result.

Advertising and Market Research (Th) Graphic design often refers to both the process (designing) by which the communication is
created and the products (designs) which are generated.
UNIT 1: Social and economic aspects of advertising
Unit 1: Symbols, images and/or words to create a visuals
UNIT 2: Legal aspects of advertising
Unit 2 : Designing sinages
UNIT 3: Selection of media planning
Unit 3 : Book cover and book jacket designs
UNIT 4: Marketing and market research
Unit 4 : Expressive typography
REFERENCE: ADVERTISING ART AND IDEAS -G.M. REGE
No. of works to be submitted --- 4 works
MFA A 22
Illustration
Visualization
“There is no greater instrument for understanding the visual world than the hand and a
From Imagination to Reality - Making Creative Visualization Work .... Remez Sasson pencil." Milton Glaser
Visualization and conceptualization of ideas for problem solving activity of visual
communication for various Medias like corporate identity, Products and events. Identify UNIT 1: Traditional Illustrations, Graphic Illustrations
the cause and its understanding the media, importance and relevance in view of the target
audience. UNIT 2 : Fashion Illustrations, Fantasy Illustrations, Sequential Art and Comic Book Art

UNIT 1: Concepts of ad films UNIT 3 : Wildlife Illustrations (Creature Design) , Character Illustrations

UNIT 2: Exploring media / formats UNIT 4 : Combination Of The Above Using Vector Graphics

UNIT 3: Promotional activities. (kiosks, mailers, danglers etc.) No. of works to be submitted --- 4 works

UNIT 4: Road shows MFA A 24

No: of works to be submitted --- 4 works Mini Project

MFA A 23 Students should choose their own topic in discussion with the concerned faculty (Guide) in
executing the project. Creativity with good design skills and illustrative skills will be
GRAPHIC DESIGN OR ILLUSTRATION credited.

GRAPHIC DESIGN (Minimum 6 Nos. works)

The term graphic design can refer to a number of artistic and professional disciplines which
focus on visual communication and presentation.

Various methods are used to create and combine symbols, images and/or words to create a
 38? SEMESTER Graphic Design

MFA A 31 Graphic Designers create books, websites, magazines, film titles, catalogs, typefaces,
signage systems, television graphics, posters and postcards. From complex identity
The Legal Aspects of Advertising (TH) programs to single logos, graphic designers give a face and a “visual voice” to retail and
cultural enterprises, to entertainment, manufacturing and service industries, governmental
Status of advertising agents, outdoor advertising — advertisements in newspapers and and political interests. Simply put, graphic designers give meaningful visual form to
magazines — radio and television advertising — advertising contracts — consequences of content in all media: from print to screen; business cards to billboards; computer interfaces
advertising — defamation — slander of goods — passing off — copyright — trademarks other to movie screens. But the most critical skill graphic designers’ offer is their unique ability
laws affecting advertising — indecent advertisements. to communicate specific messages through the artful manipulation of typography and
images, systems and structures. Their work promotes, educates, directs, informs, exposes,
UNIT 1: Advertisements in newspapers and magazines clarifies, beautifies and delights.

UNIT 2: Radio and television advertising — advertising contracts Designing on various public related topics using.....

UNIT 3 : Consequences of advertising — defamation, slander of goods — passing off- UNIT 1: Typographic, Print & Package Design,
copyright
UNIT 2: Publication Design, Branding and Identity Design,
UNIT 4: Trade marks other laws affecting advertising — indecent advertisements.
UNIT 3: Corporate Communications Design
REFERENCE: ADVERTISING ART AND IDEAS —G.M. REGE
UNIT 4: Communication Design.
MFA A 32
No: of works to be submitted --- 4 works
Visualization
From Imagination to Reality - Making Creative Visualization Work .... Remez Sasson Illustration

Visualization - A mastery of technical and conceptual abilities and involves intensive

Illustrations can give faces to characters in a story.....
education in the formulation of ideas, problem solving and artistic skill. Students are asked UNIT 1: Fantasy Illustration, Sequential Art and Comic Book Art
to stretch their talents and refine the skills that will enhance their art, broadening the
opportunities for their work. Development of the individual's style and viewpoint. UNIT 2: Wildlife Illustration. Illustrations through Caricatures, Character Design
(Character Drawing, Cartooning)
UNIT 1: Social services
UNIT 3: Product Illustrations, Thematic Illustrations, Medical Illustrations
UNIT 2 : Electronic media
Unit 4: Digital Illustrations using Adobe Illustrator / Coral Draw and Adobe Photoshop on
UNIT 3 : Web design- home page with links any topic chosen.

UNIT 4 : Product layouts No: of works to be submitted --- 4 works

No: of works to be submitted --- 4 works MEA A 34

Mini Project
MFA A 33
Students should choose their own topic in discussion with the concerned faculty (Guide) in
GRAPHIC DESIGN OR ILLUSTRATION executing the project.
 4™ SEMESTER
MFA A 41 P
Final project work (campaign)

Students should choose their own topic in discussion with the concerned faculty (Guide) in
executing the final project (campaign)

MEA A 42 T

Thesis

Students should choose their own topic in discussion with the concerned faculty (Guide) in
executing the thesis.

Thesis should be in accordance with the following:

Title, acknowledgement, certification, content, content review Chapters, conclusion,

glossary and bibliography

MFA A43 P

VIVA VOCE

ok
ok ck
 MASTER OF FINE ARTS ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR
MFA (PHOTOGRAPHY & MEDIA COMMUNICATION)
IN (with effect from the academic year 2011-12)
PHOTOGRAPHY I. COURSES OFFERED:
(2011-2012) The following courses of study are offered for the award of MFA
programme.

1. APPLIED ART AND VISUAL COMMUNICATON

2. PHOTOGRAPHY AND MEDIA COMMUNICATON
3. PAINTING AND VISUAL COMMUNICATON
4. SCULPTURE AND VISUAL COMMUNICATON

II. ELIGIBILITY FOR ADMISSION:

Admission will be made on the entrance test conducted by the

Academic Regulations JNA&FAU, College of Fine Arts, Hyderabad for those who
have fulfilled eligible qualifications, subject to reservations
Course Structure prescribed by the University.
Syllabus
III. COURSE DETAILS:

1. MFA Programme is of 2 years with 4 semesters.

2. Subjects are classified as Theory, Practicals, Project Work,

Internship (if necessary), Practical training and Viva-voce.

3. Each semester will have a minimum of 20 weeks of instruction

including examination period (with 90 clear instruction days)
and 5 days per week.

IV. MINIMUM ACADEMIC REQUIREMENT:

1. A student has to put in a minimum of 75% attendance in

College of Fine Arts aggregate of all the subjects to be eligible for end examination.
Jawaharlal Nehru Architecture and Fine Arts
University 2. A 10% short of aggregate attendance in any semester upon
production of satisfactory reasons may be condoned by way of
Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad – condonation fee as prescribed by the college academic
500 028. committee.
 3. Any student whose aggregate attendance is below 65% shall academic requirement in a subject of he secures a minimum of
not be eligible to appear for end semester examination. 40% of marks in the End Examination and a minimum
aggregate of 50% of marks in the total marks in the End
4. Any student who is declared ineligible for shortage of required Semester Examination and Internal Evaluation taken together.
percentage of attendance shall repeat the semester subject to
availability but has no matter of right for demanding 5. In case the candidate does not secure the minimum academic
commencement of the respective semester and accordingly no requirement in any subject he has to reappear for the End
future claims of what so ever nature in this regard. Examination in that subject.

5. A student can be conditionally promoted from first semester to 6. In case the student secures less than he required attendance in
second semester if he/she has not more than two backlogs the Examination in that subject(s), he shall not be permitted to
either theory or practical. appear for the End Examination in that subjects. He shall re-
register the subject when next offered.
6. A student cannot be promoted from first semester to second
semester if he/she has not more than two backlogs either theory VI. AWARD OF DEGREE:
or practical.
1. A student shall be declared eligible for the award of MFA
7. Regular and supplementary examinations shall be conducted at degree if he/she completes it successfully for not less than 2
the end of each semester to facilitate the students to fulfill the academic years and not more than 4 academic years.
academic requirements including backlogs.
2. A student who fail to fulfill all the above academic
V. EVALUATION: requirements for the award of the MFA degree within 4
academic years from the year of his/her admission shall forfeit
1. The performance of the candidate in each semester shall be his/her seat in MFA course.
evaluated subject-wise with a maximum of 100 marks for the
theory and 100 marks for the practicals, on the basis of internal VII. AWARD OF CLASS:
evaluation and End Semester Examination. A student upon successful completion of requirements
prescribed by the Academic Regulations and the Course
2. The theory subjects 60 marks shall be awarded based on the Structure governing the respective Discipline is eligible for
performance on the End Semester Examination. 40 marks shall award of M.F.A. Degree Certificate in the concerned discipline.
be awarded based on the Internal Evaluation. The Internal He/She shall be awarded. One of the following Four Classes
Evaluation shall be made based on the better of the marks calculated on the aggregate marks secured in the entire
secured in the two-mid term examination (in case of theory programme.
subjects) conducted in the middle of the Semester and the other
immediately after the completion of instruction. Class Awarded % of marks secured
2. For practical subjects, 60 marks shall be awarded based on the First Class with distinction 75% and above
performance in the End Semester Examinations, 40 marks First Class Below 75% but not than 60%
shall be awarded based on the day-to-day performance as
less
Internal Marks.
Second Class Below 60% but not than 50%
4. A candidate shall be deemed to have secured the minimum less
VIII. TRANSITORY REGULATIONS: COURSE STRUCTURE
M.F.A. (Photography and Media Communication)
Candidate who have discontinued or have been detained for want
of attendance or who have failed after having undergone the course I Year / I Semester
are eligible for admission to the same or equivalent subjects as and
Period Internal Extern Total
when subjects are offered. Subject
Name of the Subject s in a Evaluati al marks
Code
Weeks on Exam
IX. WITHHOLDING OF RESULTS:
THEORY
The results of any student shall be withheld if: 111T. Digital Photography 4 40 60 100

1. He/She has not cleared the dues to the Institution/Department. Media & 4 40 60 100
112T.
2. A case of disciplinary action is pending against him/her. Communication
PRACTICALS
X. GENERAL:
Digital Photography 10 40 60 100
1. The academic regulations should be read as a whole for 113P.
Tech
purpose of any interpretation.
Media & 12 40 60 100
114P.
2. In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the Communication Tech.
above rules, the decision of the Vice-Chancellor is final.
Total 30 160 240 400
3. The University may change or amend the academic regulations
and syllabus at any time and the changes and amendments
made shall be applicable to all the students with effect from the I Year / II Semester
date notified by the University. Periods Internal External Total
Subject
Name of the Subject in a Evalu- Exam marks
4. When ever the word he/him or his occur, it will also include Code
Weeks ation
she/her and hers. THEORY
121T Television Production 4 40 60 100

122T Video Post Production 4 40 60 100

PRACTICALS
Television 12
123P 40 60 100
ProductionTech
Video Post Production
124P 10 40 60 100
Tech
Total 30 160 240 400
 II Year / I Semester SYLLABUS
I YEAR – I SEM.
Periods Internal External Total SUB : DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY
Subject Name of the
in Evalua- Exam marks
Code Subject
Weeks tion Code : 111 T
THEORY
UNIT – I Digital Basics - Introduction to Concept of Digital Imagin-Color
Electronic Media &
211T 4 40 60 100 management.
Communication
212P Project Work 6 40 60 100 UNIT – II The digital Camera – Components of Digital Camera – Sensor –
Sensor Characteristics & Configuration – LCD
PRACTICALS
Display – Menu & Operations.
Electronic Media &
213P
Communication 10 40 60 100
UNIT – III Digital Camera Lenses – Digital Zoom – Auto Focus systems.
Tech
214P Short Film Making 10 40 60 100 UNIT – IV Image Formation – color formation Characteristic of Digital
Image
Total 30 160 240 400 – ISO & Resolution – Dynamic Range – Histogram - Noise -
Aliasing
Moiré - Remedial measures - Camera firmware – EXIF
II Year / II Semester Mechanism.

UNIT – V Storage – Functioning Technology – Capacities types of

No. of Interna Externa Total Storage –
Subject Name of the Weeks l l Exam marks Storage Devices – CD – DVD – BLUE RAY DISCS.
Code Subject Evalu- Advantages & Disadvantages.
ation
PRACTICALS
Media and Communication (Theory)
Practical Training / 15
221P Internship & weeks 150 150 300 112 T
Thesis Submission
Unit-I Critical Media Theory-Communication Development
222P Viva-Voce 50 50 100
Unit-Ii Emerging Trends In Television, Print Journalism, Radio And
Total 15 200 200 400 New Media.
Unit-Iii Evolution Of Mass Media In India.
Unit-Iv Analyzing Media Texts- Advertising, Television And Film
Unit-V International Communication, Information And
Communication Technology Revolution And Mass Nmedia.
Globalization And Media.
Media and communication tech
Books Recommended
1. Danis Mc Quail-Mass Communication Theory
114 P
2. Television Production By Alan Wurtzel. Documentary screening and analysis
3. Media Communication And Photo Journalism By Krishna
Documentary film making-choosing the theme-production design-
Menon planning-research-script writing-production-postproduction.
4. Understanding Digital Media And Web Long Journalism By
Presentation of a NEWS feature in Images–POLITICAL –
Anil K.Rai.
CULTURAL – SPORTS – Matters of public
5. Modern News Structure In Print Media Nad Electronicmedia Importance.
By Jp Aluwaliya
6. Documentary Story Telling For Video And Film Making By Photo documentary on Important Public issue in 15 pages.
Sheila Curran Bernard. Advertisement lay out for magazine.
7. Documentary In Digital Age By Maxine Baker.

DIGITIAL PHOTO TECH - (PRACTICAL)

113 P
Unit-I
1. Set up of Digital Studio - Lab.
2. Digital camera operation.
3. Shooting with different light sources.

Unit-II
1. Portrait.
2. Product.
3. Food.

Unit-III Introduction to Adobe Photoshop. Working with tools.

Unit – IV Storing in different files formats. Set up of Image

Resolution / Working with Resolutions. Image editing -
using Adobe Photoshop.

Unit-V Photo stitching in Photoshop -Panoramic images –

Photomontages – Photo - Collages.
I YEAR – II SEM. 1. Video Recording
Helical scan Recording - control track - Videotape Recording
formats -Compatibility - Types of Video cassette Recorders -
Television Production(Theory) Videotape - Video Recording Devices.
121 T
2. Operating systems of Video Camcorder
The basic systems - Camcorder Camera section control VCR
Unit -1 Section controls and input/outputs - power and Videotape -
Introduction - 1. Nature of Video Production - Communication & Camcorder system Setup - Audio and Video connectors -
Video - Medium -Technical & Aesthetic Factors. monitoring the Recording -Camera - mounting equipment - carrying
the equipment.
Unit – II
Unit –IV Lighting - Aims of lighting - Light intensity - color
Video equipment for Production: quality of light -light dispersion - direction of light -Controlling the
1. Handling your Camera – intensity of light-power requirements - setting lamps - Lighting
Studio working condition preparing for rehearsals - standard equipment –Base Illumination - Contrast Range - Color - Modeling
shots - Remembering the shot - checking the shot - Focusing - light - Three Point Lighting - Lighting a flat surface - lighting an
object - Lighting people - Lighting areas — Lighting on
Moving people - Camera moves - Raising and levering the
Location -Lighting problems.
Camera - Camera shadows.
Unit –V
1. Sound - Technical Factors - Sound in Video field production -
2. The persuasive Camera – Microphone characteristics - Camera mounted
Shooting style - screen size selecting the shot - very long shot microphones - External Microphones - wired and
- long shot- medium shot - Close up - Deep focus technique - wireless microphones - Recording sound on a Portable
Shallow - focus technique panning - Tilting -Moving the camcorder - Mixers - Recording procedure monitoring
camera & head Camera height - Subjective treatment -Zoom sound -Improving sound quality - Adding sound to
lens. prerecorded Videotape -Additional sound Recording and
play back Devices.
Lenses and Visualization
2. Sound Aesthetics: - Types of sound - sound perspective and
Types of lenses & functions - Zoom lens components - Zoom lens sound Presence - Constructing the Audio portion of programs - the
operation - Aperture control and depth of field Digital Optical Zoom. Visual Impact of microphones.
3. Visualization and Composition
Aesthetic of visual composition - Camera movement - shooting SUB : VIDEO POST PRODUCTION
edit subject - Camera Relationships.
122 T
Unit - III
Unit –I -Creating sequence - moving camera - expanding the action
Production – Overview – Editing Modes – On line – Offline. - Assembled sequence.

Unit –II Unit -IV Lighting Techniques of lighting - lighting sources -lighting
Basic Editing Systems – Linear – NoN Linear – Linear Editing control -Setting lamps - Problems of lighting - Lighting in
Systems – Features – Techniques –Control Tract – Time Code – indoor - Lighting on Location.
Editing.
Unit - V Production - Approach directors job - Production practices -
Unit –III Production organizations outdoor production - In door
Non – Linear Editing Systems – Desktop Systems – Desktop High production.
Capacity Systems – NoN linear editing Features – techniques –
Book: - The Complete book of Video. Author: David
Unit –IV Cheshire.
Visual Effects – Television Graphics – Audio systems - Book: - Television Production. Author: - Gerald Millers.
Configurations –

Unit –V
Television Production Tech (Practical)
Audio& Video Synchronization – Rendering – Out put. 123 P
Television Production Tech (Practical) Unit -1 Introduction
Studio - Studio in action - the production control room -
122 P master control services and support areas. Video
tape -Formats -VCR — Camcorders — Advanced
Unit -1 Introduction Camcorders - Camcorder features -Light & exposure
Studio - Studio in action - the production control room - color temperature - Color correction - Power batteries
master control services and support areas. Video and Chargers - Basic shots - Language of movies.
tape -Formats -VCR — Camcorders — Advanced
Camcorders - Camcorder features -Light & exposure Unit - II Script writing technique - The story board - Simple scripted
color temperature - Color correction - Power batteries movie – Roll of the director
and Chargers - Basic shots - Language of movies.
Unit – III Camera operating - Focusing techniques -Camera
Unit - II Script writing technique - The story board - Simple scripted movements - Long shot - Medium shot - Close -up -
movie – Roll of the director Panning - Tilting - Moving the camera - Using Zoom lens
- Practical composition - Composition Principles -
Unit - III Camera operating - Focusing techniques -Camera Farming - Pictorial balance - Unifying interest - Continuity
movements - Long shot - Medium shot - Close -up - a center of interest dynamic - Composition - Shooting
Panning - Tilting - Moving the camera - Using Zoom lens - techniques - Line -Creating sequence - moving camera -
Practical composition - Composition Principles - Farming - expanding the action - Assembled sequence.
Pictorial balance - Unifying interest - Continuity a center of
interest dynamic - Composition - Shooting techniques - Line Unit -IV Lighting Techniques of lighting - lighting sources -lighting
 control -Setting lamps - Problems of lighting - Lighting in II YEAR – I SEM.
indoor - Lighting on Location.
Electronic Media & Communication TH
Unit - V Production - Approach directors job - Production practices -
Production organizations outdoor production - In door 211 T
production.
UNIT – I: Electronic Mass Media – Broadcasting Media – Streaming
Book: - The Complete book of Video. Author: David Media – Internet. - Electronic Record keeping – Digital
Cheshire. television – Electronic Publishing - Broad casting Media in
Book: - Television Production. Author: - Gerald Millers. India an overview – Prasar Bharati – Broad casting
Agencies –

Unit - II
SUB:VIDEO POST PRODUCTION TECH Television – Satellite Broad Casting in India – Digital; Video Broad
casting in India – Understanding the place of Television in Mass
124 P communication –

Unit - III
Unit – 1 Radio as Broadcasting media – AIR Networking systems – Overview
Understanding NoN linear FCP Equipment& Controls. – Radio as Communication Media – Types OF Network – AIR – AM
– INTERNET Radio – Short wave – FM.
Unit – II
Understanding User Interface of FCP Software. – Various Unit - IV
Commands. Ethical issues in Media - Understanding Copyright laws – Exclusive rights –
Copyright Act of India – Period of copyright – registration of copyright – Trade
Unit – III mark and copyright – Civil remedies – International copyright.
Creation of Files – opening of Files – Capturing – Types of Capturing
– Preview for EDL. Unit - V
Electronic Media – Norms & Regulations – Press Council of India –
Unit – IV Defamation – Libel – Slander and damages - Media Associations – Press
Editing – Editing Methods & Techniques imports – Storage –Selection Identity Cards.
–Synchronization.
Books Recommended
UNIT – V 1. Electronic Media Law and Regulation By Kenneth C. Creech.
Creation of Titiles – Special Effects – Rendering – Output. 2. Photography Law By Arunachalam.
3. Copy Right laws Media Law by Law Publications.
Books Recommended
1. FCP Catalogue
2. Web Resources.
3. Amazon Publishers on FCP
4. Peach pit Publications on FCP
Electronic Media & Communication Tech
213 P
Unit-I News stories:-Soft news story making with research,
investigative news story

Unit-II making a theme for promos, script writing and story board.
Budget plan, promos for events, social message promos

Unit-III choosing a product for advertisement for television creating

the theme, script writing, story board, budget plan, making a
advertisement

SHORT FILM MAKING

214 P
Unit-I Concept developing:-choosing a theme-research-pros and
corns in developing and implementation of the theme.

Unit-II Script writing-story board for 1 minute and 10 minutes short

films

Unit-III Shooting short film with a minimum budget.

*****
 Ph.: +91-40-
23314282,
Fax: +91-40-23391296,

COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE & FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY,
MAHAVEER MARG, MASAB TANK, HYDERABAD -500 028. A.P. INDIA.

Regular M.F. A. Programme Sculpture 2 Years Duration

Award for Master of Fine Arts (MFA Sculpture)

Eligibility Diploma in Sculpture, Painting, and

Applied Art with 4 years of teaching
or Professional experience
Or
BFA Degree in Sculpture, painting, or
Applied Art

Duration 2 years or 4 Semesters (Regular Course)

Intake 10 Candidates

Admission Criteria Common entrance Examination

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE & FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY,

MAHAVEER MARG, MASAB TANK, HYDERABAD -500 028. A.P. INDIA.

Regular M.F. A. Programme Sculpture 2 Years Duration

COURSE STRUCTURE
 1st Year /1st Semester

Course Name of the Subject Internal End Total Duration Periods in

Code Marks Exam Marks of End 4 weeks
Marks Semester
Exam

Theory

History of visual Arts& 40 60 100 3 hours 24 Periods

111T
Aesthetics-I

Practical

Practical Specialization
(any one of the below)
40 60 100 35 Hours 120 periods
112P Creative Sculpture-I

Metal Casting-I

Ceramic Sculpture-I

Note: Semester works to be display at end of the semester

COURSE STRUCTURE

1st Year / 2nd Semester

Course Name of the Subject Internal End Total Duration Periods in

Code Marks Exam Marks of End 4 weeks
Marks Semester
 Exam

Theory

History of visual Arts& 40 60 100 3 hours 24 Periods

121T
Aesthetics-II

Practical

Practical Specialization
(any one of the below)
40 60 100 35 Hours 120 periods
122P Creative Sculpture-II

Metal Casting-II

Ceramic Sculpture-II

Note: Semester works to be display at end of the semester

COURSE STRUCTURE

IInd Year /Ist Semester

Course Name of the Subject Internal End Total Duration Periods in

Code Marks Exam Mark of End 4 weeks
Marks s Semester
Exam

Theory

History of visual Arts& 40 60 100 3 hours 24 Periods

211T
Aesthetics-III

Practical 40 60 100 35 Hours 120 periods

 Practical Specialization
(any one of the below)

212P Creative Sculpture-III

Metal Casting-III

Ceramic Sculpture-III

Note: Semester works to be display at end of the semester

COURSE STRUCTURE

IInd Year / IInd Semester

Course Name of the Subject Internal End Total Duration Periods in

code Marks Exam Marks of End 4 weeks
Marks Semester
Exam

Theory
40 60 100 3 hour 18 Periods
221T History of visual Arts&
Aesthetics-IV
Practical
 Practical Specialization
(any one of the below)

Creative Sculpture-IV 40 60 100 35 Hours 120 Periods

222P
Metal Casting-IV

Ceramic Sculpture-IV

Dissertation Thesis 40 60 100 --------- 6 Periods

223T Submission &
viva voce

Note: Internal marks are based on the progress and class presentation of the students.

External marks are based on the final finishing, proper completion and viva voce.

Proposed Academic Regulations for Regular MFA Two Year Degree Course
effective from 2008-2009

Preamble: The 2 year MFA Degree course is offered for the first time. The
course is exclusively designed on regular self finance basis.

1. Award of Master of Fine Arts Degree

The MFA degree shall be awarded to the student who fulfills the following academic
regulations:

I. A student who has successfully pursued a course on a semester

pattern for two academic years.

II A Student who successfully fulfills stipulated minimum academic

requirements

III Students who fail to fulfill the academic requirements within two years
shall not be eligible for the award of the degree and their admissions
lapses unconditionally without any claims whatsoever nature.

2. Courses offered:
Four distinct courses are offered under this regular MFA degree programmes that are as
follows:
1. Applied Art & Visual Communication.
2. Painting & Visual Communication.
3. Photography & Visual Communication.
 4. Sculpture & Visual Communication.

3. Courses Structure:
A) The two-year course is formatted semester wise and the subjects are
classified as theory, practical, project, internship, practical training
and viva voce.

b) The marks are prescribed under course structure for each subject
respectively and the students are awarded marks according to their
individual performances under internal evaluation and end examination in
the following ratio:
1. Internal evaluation 40%
2. End examination 60%

4. Minimum Academic Requirement:

(Course duration and attendance)

A) Each semester shall have a minimum of 90 days instruction. Classes will be of 6 hours
duration to be held in a day.

b) A student has to put in a minimum of 75% of the attendance in aggregate of all subjects to
be eligible for end examinations.
c) A 10% shortage of aggregate attendance in any semester upon production
of satisfactory reasons may be condo nation fee as prescribed CAC.

d) Any student whose aggregate attendance in below 65% shall not be

eligible end examination.

e) Any student who is declared ineligible for shortage of required

percentage of attendance shall repeat the semester subject to availability but has no matter
of right demanding commencement of the respective semester and accordingly no future
claims of what so ever nature in this regard.

f) A student can be conditionally promoted from first semester to second

semester if he/she has four backlogs either theory or practical.

g) A student can be promoted from second semester to next semesters in any year if he/she
has four backlogs either theory or practical.

h) Regular and supplementary examinations shall be conducted at the end of each semester to
facilitate students to fulfill the academic requirements including backlogs.

5. Withholding of results:
1. The results of any student shall be withheld if:

• He /She not cleared the dues to institution/Department.

• A case of disciplinary action is pending against him/her.

6. Award of Class:

A Students upon successful completion of the respective course of study according to

Academic Regulations and course structure governing the MFA course shall be awarded one
of the following four classes calculated on the aggregate marks secured in the entire
programme.

First Class with Distinction 70% and above

First Class Between 70% - 60%
Second Class Between 60% - 50%
Third Class Between 50% - 40%
 PROPOSED SYLLABUS M.F.A (SCULPTURE)
1st year / 1st semester Duration: 90 days

111T. HISTORY OF VISUAL ART & AESTHETICS-I (Theory)-I:

THEORY: 20 hours/4 weeks Marks Marks Marks
Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100

Modern Indian art:

Unit I

It would be ideal to provide a comprehensive understanding of Modernism with an emphasis on Indian

modernism and other Colonial modernisms. And an understanding towards historiography and Art
Historiography giving and understanding of structure and problems of Art History in general and also in
Indian context.

Unit II
• Company Painting; socio-economic changes in the colonial period with a critical analysis.
• British Artists in India (Johann Zofanny, Telly Kettle, Daniel Brothers, William Hodges, etc.)
• Bazaar Painting; Indian painters who worked for Company officials.

Unit III
• Kalighat Painting, Open Bazaar Artists, Bat Tala Printing Presses.
• Fine Art Schools established by British.

Unit IV
British Art education policy, Curriculum, and its ideological implications, Art School Artists – Ananda
Prosad Bagchi, Banapada Banerjee, G.K. Mahthre, Dhurandhar…

Unit V
Raja Ravi Verma – discuss his work through the concepts of Artist’s individuality and self expression
and his notions of ‘Indianess’ in his works; how he tried to invoke the consciousness of nationalism in
Art.
MODERN WESTERN ART:

Unit I

Introduction to certain key concepts like ‘Modern’, ‘Modernity’, ‘Modernization’ in the context of
Western Art; general discussion about the changing ideas of Art, Artist and the Artist’s individuality and
self expression in the context of modernization.
Note: Each period or ‘ism’ should be discussed through the socio-historical, and politico-cultural
situations of the contemporary times and how the form undergoes change(s) under such conditions in
the hands of certain artists who established shifts from the ‘past’ or ‘existing’ in the course of history of
Art

Unit II

Neoclassicism – Discuss the impact of ‘Enlightenment’ philosophy; the aesthetic theory of Johann
Winkelmann and its influence on the contemporary art through the works of some prominent artists of
the times (Jacques Louis David, August Dominique Ingres, Antonio Canova, Bertel Thorwaldson,
Horato Greenogh)

Romanticism – Discuss the philosophy of Jean Jacques Rousseau and its impact on Art; discuss also
the rise in the notions of nationalism; and the coinage of the term ‘Romantic’ and Romanticism. These
issues can be discussed through the works of Theodore Gericault, Eugene Delacroix, and Anne Girodet
Troison from France; Casper David Fredrich, Otto Runge from Germany; J.M.W Turner, John
Constable, and William Blake from England; French sculptors like Francois Rude and Jean Baptiste
Carpeaux.
• The rise of Landscape Painting – Discuss about the changing notions of landscape and its
development into a separate genre and also the emergence of the notions of picturesque in
the context of landscape.
• Barbizon School – Discuss the conditions for and the development of Barbizon School
through the kind of landscapes that were produced by its members – Theodore Rousseau,
Jean Francois Millet, etc.
Unit III
Pre-Raphaelites – Discuss the emergence of Pre-Raphaelite brotherhood and its context through the
works of Dante Gabriel Rossetti, Holman Hunt, and Millais.
Realism - Discuss the context of ‘Realism’ through the contemporary historical developments and
political conditions as well as the scientific and technological innovations like the invention of camera.
Discuss the tendencies of social realism in contrast to the ‘Art for Art’s Sake’ movement.

Unit IV
Impressionism – Introducing to the movement by giving the important developments in the field of
art, influence of Charles Baudelaire’s writings; development of colour theories and light theories. The
impact of changing city-scape as well as the changing lifestyle of the society those reflect in the
impressionist paintings of – Edward Manet, Claude Monet, Camille Pissaro, Auguste Renoir, Mary
Cassatt, Berthe Morisot, Alfred Sissily, Edgar Degas and others.

Post Impressionism – Explaining the term, its coinage and Roger Fry, and Clive Bell’s aesthetic ideas.
Discuss its significance analyzing the works of Vincent Vangogh, Paul Cezanne, Paul Gauguin, Georges
Seurat, and Henry De Toulouse–Lautrec.
Discuss the works of Henry Rousseau and the ‘Naïve Art’.
Discuss The Nabis – Emile Bernard, Edouard Vuillard, and Pierre Bonnard in the context of the Post
Impressionist developments.
1st Year / Ist Semester (PRACTICALS) Duration: 90 days

Any one of subject from the group.

An explanation about the significance of MFA course in sculpture differing from the BFA is needed. At
the same time a general introduction to the contemporary practices of sculpture worldwide and a focus
on Indian trends of sculpture making.

112P.Creative Sculpture-I:
PRACTICLES : 120 hours/4 weeks Marks Marks Marks
Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100

Objective: In this particular category students can explore a sort of freedom in expression using any
material chosen by them and exploring it in multiple ways developing a direction to their thought.

Insisting on drawings and exercises in any chosen material and medium, clarifying, and developing
methods and modes of expressions.
From this experience arriving at a sculptural form of their own.

Metal Casting-I:
PRACTICLES : 120 hours/4 weeks Marks Marks Marks
Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
Objective: Casting is intended to provide knowledge about the traditional mediums of expressions and
how we can use those mediums for our contemporary experiments and expressions.
Introduction to Sand Casting method: Green sand Casting, CO2 process. Visit & Study of local Sand
Casting and Box casting foundries. Documentation and journal on the visited.

Drawings and Macquettes in any chosen material generating and developing ideas and concepts.

Ceramic Sculpture-1:
PRACTICLES : 120 hours/4 weeks Marks Marks Marks
Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
Objective: Traditionally ceramics played an important role in the production of artifacts worldwide. It
also preserved the history and culture of the past generation that we can study through. Thus in this
course that knowledge of ceramic technique could be implicated to the contemporary artistic
production.
Preparing various bodies of clay and selecting three out of these bodies for sculpture. Executing
sculpture by slip, slab and hand built method. Preparation of stains, low and high temperature glazes.
Documentation of the process in studio journal.
Assignments: Submission of Four Works each.
Drawings and studies.
1st year / IInd semester Duration: 90 days
121T HISTORY OF VISUAL ART & AESTHETICS-I (Theory)-II:
THEORY: 20 hours/4 weeks Marks Marks Marks
Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
Modern Indian art :

Unit I
Nationalist Movement and Art – Bengal Revivalism – the ideological constructs around the notion
Nation and its pictorial imaginations.
• The influences of Nationalist consciousness in Art particularly in the works of Abanindranath
Tagore, Gaganendranath Tagore and some followers.
• The Pan-Asian political and cultural consciousness.
• Discuss the influence of Far East on art and thought of the times with the writings of
Coomaraswamy, Sister Nivedeta etc.

Unit II
Santiniketan School – Rabindranath Tagore and his alternative educational project. Discuss the
importance of Santiniketan and the ideas and Art of Rabindranath that contributed to Kala Bahvan.
• Discuss in detail the contributions Nandalal Bose, Benode Behari and Ramkinkar. Also
extending the discussion to some significant artists of Santiniketan and its decline after the death
of Tagore.
Unit III
• Discussing the works of Jamini Roy and his market strategies and mass production.
• Discussing the works of Amrita Sher Gill and East West dilemma.

Unit IV
An outline of sculpture produced within the parameters of Modern Indian Art.
Modern Western Art:
Unit I
Symbolism – discuss the influences that developed Symbolism and the works of Odilon Redon,
Gustave Moreau.
Art Nouveau – Discuss the impact of ‘Craft’s Movement’ and the writings of William Morris and his
followers/associates. Discuss the works of Gustav Klimt, and later Egon Scheille and Aubrey Beardsley.
Discuss Art Nouveau in architecture the works of Antonio Gaudi.
Fauvism – Discuss the coinage of the term and its significance in the context of Modern Western
Painting. Discuss the works of Fauvists and their aftermath through the works of Henry Matisse, Andre
Derain, Maurice De Vlaminck, Georges Rouault etc.

Unit II
Expressionism – Discuss the influence of Eduard Munch. In the contemporary socio-political context
and the historical conditions, discuss Expressionism through the works of the artists of ‘The Bridge’ and
‘The Blue Rider’ groups. Also discuss the individual artists like Paula Modersohn – Becker, Kathe
Kollwitz and the transformation of the movement at a later stage like the works of Max Beckman.
Abstraction – Discuss the development of Abstraction as a visual language and its relation with music
in the context of Kandinsky and also the significance of Piet Mondrian and Paul Klee. Also discuss
about Bauhaus School, De Stijl.

Unit III
Cubism – Discuss the emergence and significance of Cubism and its influence on the European Art
afterwards. Discuss the works of Pablo Picasso, Georges Braque, Juan Gris and certain Post cubist
tendencies. Discuss also the cubist developments in sculpture.
Early 20th Century Sculpture – Discuss the influence of Rodin and the works of some of the sculptors
– Aristide Maillol, Ernst Barlach, George Minne, Wilhelm Lehmbruck, Raymond Duchamp-Villon
Broudille and Archipenko.
1st Year - IInd Semester (PRACTICALS) Duration: 90 days
Any one of subjects given below.

122P. Creative Sculpture-II:

PRACTICLES : 120 hours/4 weeks Marks Marks Marks
Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
Discussing the developments of sculpture and particularly Modern Indian and Western sculptural
achievements provides a historical understanding to the students. At the same time it also gives a
direction to the student to choose any of the artists from the past to be inspired. from his/her own work.

Metal Casting-II:
PRACTICLES : 120 hours/4 weeks Marks Marks Marks
Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
Introduction to Indian Lost-Wax methods – South Indian and Baster / Orissa methods. Visit to the
artisan studio. Documentation in a foundry journal. Drawings and Macquettes in any chosen material
generating and developing ideas and concepts.
Drawings and Macquettes in any chosen material generating and developing ideas and concepts.

Ceramic Sculpture-II:
PRACTICLES : 120 hours/4 weeks Marks Marks Marks
Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
Making piece mould. Slip casting and surface made with various methods used in ceramics.

- Visit to various places of indigenous baking and preparing terracotta.

- Study of their methods of preparing body, surface treatment and baking.

- Executing original sculpture based on the above studies. Relief composition with various
techniques. Drawings and Macquettes of their concepts. Documentation of the process in
studio journal.

ASSIGNMENTS : Submission of Four Works each.

Drawings and studies.
2nd year / Ist semester Duration: 90 days

211T. HISTORY OF VISUAL ART & AESTHETICS-I (Theory)-III:

THEORY: 20 hours/4 weeks Marks Marks Marks
Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100

Modern Indian art:

Unit I
• Movements of 1940’s Bengal, Calcutta Group of 1942.
• Bengal Famine and the reactions of the artists particularly – Somnath Hore, Chittoprosad, Zainul
Abeddin etc.
• Bombay Progressive Group – 1947

Unit II
• Madras Progressive Group.
• Developments in Sculpture through out contemporary India
• Delhi Shilpa Chakra and the artists associated with it.

Unit III
• Conditions of Post Independent India and the socialist/humanist/communist artists.
‘Partition’, ‘Migration’ and ‘Relocation’ in works of particular artists ( Jogen Choudhury,
Bikash Bhattacharya, Ganesh Payne, Satish Gujral, M.F.Hussain, Swaminathan etc.)
• Re-emergence of indigenous tendencies; Probing the inception of International Trends in Indian
Art
Unit IV
Art since 1970’s
• The Group 1890 in Baroda and figurative and narrative trends.
Indigenism and works of KCS Pannikar, J Swaminathan and K. G. Subramanyan and appropriation of
so-called folk art, tribal art, minor art, tantric art, bazzar art, mass art in various artists’ works. Influence
of the notion “Living Traditions” on number of artists and their works.
Modern Western Art:

Unit I

Futurism – Discuss the political scenario of Europe in the contemporary times and its relation to
Futurism. Discuss the works of Carlo Carra, Giacomo Balla, and Umberto Boccioni. Also discuss about
Futurist sculpture.
Suprematism and Constructivism – Discuss the works of Suprematism and its significance with the
works of Kasmir Malevich. Discuss the formation of Constructivism as a Russian movement that
differed from French movements and the works of Vladimir Tatlin, El Lissitzky etc.

Unit II

Dada – Discuss the historical conditions and the condition of the artists in the contemporary times of
the emergence of the movement and how it spread from Berlin to New York, Zurich etc. discuss the
artists – Marcel Duchamp, Hugo Ball, Hans Arp, Francis Picabia, Man Ray, Schwitters.
Surrealism – Discuss Surrealist Manifesto by Andre Breton, its emergence and the various reasons for
its emergence. Discuss the works of the artists like De Chirico, Salvador Dali, Rene Magritte, Ernst
Max, Joan Miro, etc through their specific contexts.
20th Century Sculpture – Discuss the important individual sculptors like Henry Moore, Alberto
Giacometti, and kinetic sculptors – Naum Gabo, Alexander Calder etc.

Unit III

Photography – Discuss the development and aesthetics of photography and its emergence as a
language in itself that played a role between two world wars. Discuss how and why photography though
is been practiced parallel to Mainstream Art never enjoyed a status of a painting or art in general.
Through an itinerary of important photographers, discuss the changes in the language of photography in
respect to the changes in the times as well as the influence of art.
American Art Scene – Discuss the contributions of the artists between two world wars Edward Hopper,
Charles Sheeler in the context of American Art between the world wars.
Mexican Muralists and painters – Discuss the works of one of the most important politically
committed artist Diego Rivera and the other artists influenced by Mexican nationalism – Jose Clemente
Orozco and David Alfaro Siqueiros. Apart from these muralists, one of the most ingenious woman
painters Frida Kahlo also needs to be discussed.
2nd year – Ist Semester (PRACTICALS) Duration: 90 days

Any one of subject from the group.

212P. Creative Sculpture-III:

PRACTICLES : 120 hours/4 weeks Marks Marks Marks
Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
In this semester Internship is introduced to the students. Guidance is given in choosing the topic for
internship as well as certain practical assistance. A written report on their chosen internship area has to
be submitted and a work or a practical assignment in the form of sculpture has to be conceptualized.
These practical assignments are intended to translate their experience of the internship fieldwork finally
into a work of art.

Drawings and Macquettes developing their own sculptures have to be submitted, incase the student has
not taken internship.
Metal Casting-III:
PRACTICLES : 120 hours/4 weeks Marks Marks Marks
Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
Introduction to Western Methods of Metal Casting (Italian). Piece Mould techniques can be applied to
their works and Flexible mould techniques can also be used to make sculptures. These techniques have
to be applied into developing their own visual language.
- Metal sheet embossing techniques can be applied on their work. Documentation in
foundry journal.

- Make drawings and macquettes in any chosen material developing their own individual
concepts.

Ceramic Sculpture-III:
PRACTICLES : 120 hours/4 weeks Marks Marks Marks
Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
- Preparation of Semi-Stoneware and Stoneware clay bodies.
- Preparation of low and high temperature glazes.
- Executing original sculpture based on the above studies. Documentation in studio
journal.
- Make drawings and macquettes in any chosen material developing their own individual
concepts.

Assignments: Submission of Four Works each.

 Drawings and studies.

2nd year / IInd semester Duration: 90 days

221T. HISTORY OF VISUAL ART & AESTHETICS-I (Theory)-IV:

THEORY: 20 hours/4 weeks Marks Marks Marks
Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100

Modern Indian art:

Unit I

An introduction to the concept of Post-Modernism and its criticism towards Modernism; Post
Colonialism and other critical concepts like Feminism etc and the emergence of Feminist Art; a critical
analysis of the Modernist Art, and Art as a discourse in general in the context of contemporary artistic
practices.

Unit II
• Incorporation of the elements from varied denomination in the works of prominent individual
artists, such as Bhupen Khakar, Jahangir Jani etc
• The ideology and the ‘movement’ of the Indian Radical Painters and Sculptors Association
• Contemporary Indian Art in the context of international art scene

Unit III

Women Artists
Emergence of the category of women Artists and a historical outline of the women artists earlier to the
category. Feminist engagements of some of the women artists. Why do we study women artists
separately? Why do we deal their works more specifically with the transactions, on gender terms,
between private sphere and public concern?
Discussing the contemporary women artists, like Meera Mukherjee, Arpita Singh, Mrinalini
Mukherjee, N. Pushpamala, Nilima Sheikh, Navjot Altaf, Nalini Malani, Anita Dube, Sheela Gowda,
Anupam Sud, Anju Dodiya, Rekha Rodwitya, etc

Unit IV

A brief history of Print Making in India and the development of graphic art in contemporary Indian with
reference to the works of major print-makers in various techniques.
Modern Western Art:

Abstract Expressionism – Discuss the theory of Formalism in the context of Abstract Expressionism
by Clement Greenberg’s. Also discuss the shift of the centre of art from Europe to America in respect to
the post war political and socio-cultural situation. Discuss the works of Jackson Pollock, Franz Kline,
Robert Motherwell, Mark Rothko, William de Kooning, Barnett Newman and others.
Pop Art – Discuss the reaction of Pop Art to Abstract Expressionism through the works of Jasper Johns,
Robert Rauschenberg, Roy Lichtenstein, Richard Hamilton, Claes Oldenburg, Andy Warhol etc.
OP Art – Discuss the works of Bridget Riley in the context of Op Art.
Minimal and Conceptual Art – Discuss the works of Frank Stella, Robert Morris, Carl Andre and Eva
Hesse in the context of Minimal Art; discuss the works of the Land Artists – Christo, Robert Smithson
and James Turrell..
Photo Realism and New Image Painting – Discuss the works of Balthus and David Hockney who
reacted to the extreme formalism of Minimalism.
In the context of Photo Realism discuss the phenomenon of Simulacra as discussed by Baudrillard and
some of the Photo realists – Richard Estes, Chuck Close etc.
Postmodernism and Art – Discuss the concept of Postmodernism and post- modernity generally as
well as its impact on art. Discuss the multiplicity of visual languages practiced through the politics of
Postmodernism, identity etc.
2nd year – IInd Semester (PRACTICALS) Duration: 90 days

Any one of subjects given below.

222P. Creative Sculpture-IV:

PRACTICLES : 120 hours/4 weeks Marks Marks Marks
Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
Guidance of the teacher is extended after the development of the student from the first year. Assessing
the course and direction of those works the student is helped with the conceptual and mediumistic
possibilities for the future course of work. At the same time an introduction to the New Media art,
Public Art and Community Art, Site Specific Art as well as Political dimensions of Art that are prevalent
in the contemporary art ‘Field’

Dissertation is introduced explaining the scope and significance of it in the context of their own work. A
respective guidance to each student is provided regarding the topic as well as the process of completion
of it.

Metal Casting-IV:
PRACTICLES : 120 hours/4 weeks Marks Marks Marks
Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
One compositional work of their own in metal, cast in parts and joined.
Documentation of the process in visual and writing. Applying any or all of the different methods on
their works by assembling, fabricating, or welding methods.

Make drawings and macquettes in any chosen material developing their own individual concepts.

Ceramic Sculpture-IV:
PRACTICLES : 120 hours/4 weeks Marks Marks Marks
Internal: 40 External: 60 Total: 100
Relate the knowledge gained during the previous years on their own creative works and conceptualize
the future possibilities of that particular works. Help them in developing their individual along with
their art practice.

Assignments: Submission of Four Works each.

Drawings and studies.
223T. Dissertation :

The idea of dissertation is to develop articulation skills and the better understanding of their own works
by the students. Here the students would be explaining their experience with a particular medium and
the kind of language that they arrive at the end of the course. They are expected to submit their
dissertation thesis of about thirty five pages along with the plates of their works. The project also should
address the kind of influences or inspiration(s) that the student would experience, both through writing
and including the visual examples.

Final Display/Assessment:

The Final Display is to be held at the end of the two year MFA course, i.e. at the end of the fourth
semester. The students are expected to display their works in a given space (or chosen by the students in
certain specific cases where space forms and important element of display) at the end of the fourth
semester on the date provided by the University and these works are assessed and marked on their two
year development and achievement.

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

MFA SCULPTURE & VISUAL COMMUNICATION

 1st Sem. end Exam, Feb/Mar – 2009

CREATIVE SCULPTURE

Time: 75 hours Max Marks: 60

Create a work of art in any chosen material relating to your concept.

Submit minimum 10 drawings showing the development of your concept.

Size: Not to exceed 3 feet

Note: Not to take help from others

****

JNA & FAU COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS

MASAB TANK , HYDERABAD-500 028

LIST OF EXPERTS IN SCULPTURE

Name &Address Contact No.

1) Mr. ALEX MATHEW.
Reader. S.N SCHOOL OF PA, FA, & Comm. +91 9440304307

Hyderabad Central University. Hyd.

2) Mr. DLN. REDDY

Hyderabad +91 9490700777

3) Ms. RAKHI PESWANI

Visiting Faculty, SN SCHOOL OF PA, FA, & Comm. +91 9949405814

Hyderabad Central University. Hyd.

COURSE OUTLINE   (Mas
( ACADEMIC REGULATIONS, COURSE STRUCTURE AND SYLLABUS )
( with effect from academic year 2011 – 12 )
ter
of
Tech
nolo
gy)
PLA
NNI
NG )

DEPARTMENT OF URBAN & REGIONAL PLANNING
J.N.A.F.A.U SCHOOL OF PLANNING AND 
ARCHITECTURE
MAHAVIR  MARG,       HYDERABAD ­ 500 028,           INDIA
  
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 3 ­
  
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 4 ­
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY
 Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad 
COMMON ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 
for 4 semester Masters Degree Programmes
(Effective from the Academic Year 2011 – 2012  )
(Approved by the University Adhoc Academic Committee on 09‐08‐2011)
1.0 COURSE WORK:

1.1 A Candidate after securing admission must pursue the prescribed course of study for 
four semesters.

1.2 Each  semester  shall  be  of  90  working  days  duration  excluding  preparation  holidays 
and examinations.

1.3 A candidate admitted to a program should complete it within a period equal to twice 
the prescribed duration of the program.

2.0 CREDIT STRUCTURE:

2.1 The program is offered on a unit basis with each subject being considered a unit.

2.2 A candidate shall be deemed to have successfully completed a subject if he has put in 
at least 75% of attendance; and secured the minimum academic requirement in that 
subject.

2.3 In order to qualify for the award of the Post‐Graduate Degree, the candidate shall have 
completed the academic requirements in all the subjects, as per the course structure.

3.0 EVALUATION:

The performance of the candidate in each semester shall be evaluated subject wise, with a 
maximum  of  100  marks  for  theory,  100  marks  for  practicals  or  as  specified  in  the  course 
structure.

3.1 In all the subjects, except where specifically mentioned, 50% of the marks will be for 
the  End  Semester  Examination,  50%  of  the  marks  will  be  for  Internal  Evaluation, 
based on the assignments, term papers, seminars, debates, etc.

3.2 Mode of Internal Evaluation

Internal  evaluation  shall  be  based  on  assignments  /  tests  /  term  papers  / 
seminars/general  participation  of  the  student  in  seminars  / 
debates/exhibitions/presentations etc.

However  in  the  case  of  practical  subjects,  evaluation  may  be  on  the  basis  of 
performance based on projects or assignments 

3.3 A candidate shall be deemed to have secured the minimum academic requirement in a 
subject if he /she secures a minimum of 50% of marks in the End Examination and a 
minimum  aggregate  of  50  %  in  the  End  Examination  and  Internal  Evaluation  taken 
together.

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 5 ­
 3.4 In  case  the  candidate  does  not  secure  the  minimum  academic  requirement  in  any 
subject (as specified in 4.3.)  he has to reappear  for  the End Semester  Examination, 
in  that  subject,  or  re‐register  the  course  when  next  offered.  A  candidate  shall  be 
permitted  to  register  for  a  maximum  of  2  subjects  at  a  time  in  addition  to  the  other 
subjects  in  the  regular  semester.  In  case  of  such  re‐registration  the  new  internal 
evaluation marks shall be taken into account. 

3.5 A  candidate  shall  be  allowed  to  take  the  Viva‐Voce  Examination  of  the  thesis  / 
dissertation project only if he has no more than 2 backlogs of all semesters.

4.0 EVALUATION OF PROJECT WORKS:

Every  candidate  shall  be  required  to  submit  thesis  or  dissertation  after  undertaking 
project work and on a topic approved by the college level committee.

4.1 Each  student  should  be  allotted  a  supervisor  and  periodic  internal  review  shall  be 
conducted which is evaluated by panel of examiners. In final end evaluation, Internal 
Examiner  shall  award  25%  of  the  prescribed  marks,  and  75%  of  marks  shall  be 
assessed by the appointed External Examiner.   

4.2 Three  copies  of  the  Thesis  /  Dissertation,  certified  in  the  prescribed  form  by  the 
supervisor shall be presented to the University.

4.3 The End Examination (Viva‐Voce) of the Thesis / Dissertation shall be evaluated by at 
least two member jury, in which one of the members shall be an External Examiner.  

4.4 If  the  candidate  does  not  perform  satisfactorily  in  the  Viva‐Voce  evaluation  he/she 
shall re‐submit and take the Viva‐Voce Examination again after three months.

5.0 ATTENDANCE:

The Candidate shall put in a minimum of 75% in aggregate in a semester. 

5.1 Condonation  of  shortage  of  attendance  up  to  10%  in  i.e.  from  65%  to  74%  may  be 
given by the College Academic Committee.

5.2 Condonation  of  shortage  of  attendance  shall  be  granted  only  on  genuine  and  valid 
reasons on representation by the candidate with supporting evidence.

6.0 AWARD OF DEGREE AND CLASS:

A candidate shall be eligible for the award of respective degree if he satisfies the minimum 
academic requirements in every subject.

6.1 A  candidate  who  becomes  eligible  for  the  award  of  the  respective  degree  shall  be 
placed  in  the  following  three  divisions  based  on  the  combined  aggregated  of  marks 
secured by the candidate in the subjects’ taker for credit.

First Class with Distinction :   70% or More

First Class  :   Below 70% but not less than 60%

Second Class :   Below 60% but not less than 50%

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 6 ­
7.0 WITH­HOLDING OF RESULTS:

If the candidate has not paid dues to the University or if any case of indiscipline   is pending 
against him the result of the candidate may be withheld and he will not be allowed into the 
next higher semester.  

The issue of degree is liable to be withheld in such cases.

8.0 TRANSITORY REGULATIONS:

Candidate  who  have  discontinued  or  have  been  detained  for  want  of  attendance    or    who 
have  failed  after  having  undergone  the  course  are  eligible  for  admission  to    the  same  or 
equivalent subjects as and when such subjects are offered.

9.0 GENERAL:

          The academic regulations should be read as a whole for purpose of any interpretation.

9.1 The  University  reserves  the  right  of  altering  the  regulations  as  and  when  necessary. 
The regulations altered may be applicable to all the candidates on rolls.

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 7 ­
  
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 8 ­
 9.2 Wherever the word he, him, his, occur, it will also include she, her, hers.

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 9 ­
  
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 10 ­
  
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 11 ­
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS UNIVERSITY
 Mahaveer Marg, Masab Tank, Hyderabad 
COMMON ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 
for 4 semester Masters Degree Programmes
(Effective from the Academic Year 2011 – 2012  )
(Approved by the University Adhoc Academic Committee on 09‐08‐2011)
Course structure corrected on 02‐07‐2013

S.No. Code Subject Peri Marks End 

ods Exam
/wk Int. End Total Hrs.

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 12 ­
 FIRST SEMESTER

i.ex

1 URP 1.1 Settlement Evolution And Planning  4 50 50 100 3

Theory
2 URP 1.2 Planning Analysis & Techniques 4 50 50 100 3
3 URP 1.3 Computer Applications &  3 50 50 100 Pract
Information Systems
4 URP 1.4 Housing and Community Planning 4 50 50 100 3
5 URP 1.5 Economics and Sociology for  4 50 50 100 3
Settlement Planning
 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 13 ­
 6 URP 1.6 Infrastructure Planning 4 50 50 100 3
7 URP 1.7 Planning Lab – I  12 200 200 400 Viva
35 1000
8 URP 1.8 Habitat Study ­ Report During 2 weeks  pass Viva
vacation

SECOND  SEMESTER
1 URP 2.1 Metropolitan & Regional Planning  4 50 50 100 3
2 URP 2.2 Traffic & Transportation Planning 4 50 50 100 3
3 URP 2.3 Information Technology in Planning 4 50 50 100 Pract.
4 URP 2.4 Ecology and Environmental  4 50 50 100 3
Planning.
5 URP 2.5 Planning for Rural Development 4 50 50 100 3
6 URP 2.6 Planning Lab –II 15 250 250 500 Viva
35 1000
7 URP 2.7 Planning Organization – Appraisal /  During 6 weeks  pass Viva
Training Report vacation
THIRD  SEMESTER
1 URP 3.1 Urban Development Management 4 50 50 100 3
2 URP 3.2 Planning Legislation  4 50 50 100 3
3 URP 3.3 Urban Design, Conservation &  4 50 50 100 3
Landscape
4 URP 3.4 Planning Colloquium and Seminar 4 100 Nil 100 Nil
5 URP 3.5 Project  Planning,    Appraisal  &  4 50 50 100 3
Management 
6 URP 3.6 Planning Lab ­III 15 250 250 500 Viva
35 1000
FOURTH  SEMESTER
1 URP 4.1 Planning Thesis 500 500 1000 Viva

      

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 14 ­
 FIRST SEMESTER

URP 1.1  SETTLEMENT EVOLUTION AND PLANNNG THEORY
Periods per week  : 4 Internal Marks  : 50 End Exam marks  : 50 End Exam :  3 Hours

SETTLEMENT EVOLUTION    :

Objectives:
Achieve an overview and general understanding of the main factors involved in and the many changes 
during the evolution of settlements around the world during different time periods.  The main basis of 
the course can best be captured in words of Peter Hall;
“As  elsewhere  in  human  affairs,  we  too  often  fail  to  realize  that  our  ideas  and  actions  have  been 
thought and done by others, long ago; and that we should be conscious of our roots” (Hall, 1988).

Introduction  ­  Need  to  study  history  of  planning.  Relevance  of  evolution  of  human  settlements  in 
modern  context.    Historic  determinants  of  settlement  evolution:  ­  mobility,  souci­cultural,  benefits, 
climate, technology, political power, geographical location etc.
Cities  in  History  ­  Settlement  types  and  patterns  in  the  ancient,  medieval,  renaissance,  industrial, 
colonial eras. Historical background of planning
The Post­industrial City ­Changes in society and settlements following industrial revolution. ­ Political 
and ideological basis of planning in different contexts. Contribution of Ebenezer Howard, Geddes, 
Mumford, Corbusier, Doxiadis and others to city plannning ­Garden City idea and new towns , Regional 
Planning – ideas and practices
Settlements  in  India  :  Pre­colonial  Town  and  Cities  in  India  ­  Ancient  texts  and  treatises  on 
settlements  and  area  planning  in  India.­  Pre­colonial  Planning  ­  The  Colonial  City  ­  Effects  of 
colonization  on  the  third­world  urban  pattern  and  city  structure  ­  Planning  under  the  colonial  rule. 
Garden  –  Regional  City  in  India  ­New  Towns  and  IDSMT,  Regional  contexts  of  metropolitan  plans, 
Proposals of National Commission on Urbanization
The City of Neighbourhoods and Communities ­ Neighbourhoods in planning, Birth and 
development of the neighbourhood idea, The Indian neighbourhood,  Urban renewal and its aftermath
Advocacy Planning and NGOs in Planning ­ Rise of advocacy planning, Changing role of NGOs in 
India, Urban social movement ­ India
Post­war Developments in Britain, America and India ­ Master plan to structure plan and beyond, 
Urban modelling and empiricism,  Political influences and planning
International Agencies and Privatisation ­ Nature of urban programmes by World Bank,UNCHS, 
etc. Concept of privatization and its relevance
Informal City of the Poor ­ Concept of the informal sector, Concern for urban poverty
Other Emerging Issues ­ Gender issues in planning, Human rights and empowerment, Vulnerable 
groups – pavement dwellers, street kids,  Social and communal conflicts in urban area, Environmental 
issues in planning

PLANNING  THEORY

Objectives
The  basic  objective  of  this  course  is  to  introduce  to  the  students  of  planning  the  various  theories  of 
planning  and  city  design  along  with  necessary  details  in  terms  formulation  of  activity  structure, 
formulation  of  goals  and  objectives  for  any  planning  work  to  be  carried  out.  The  course  also  tries  to 
expose  the  students  to  the  importance  of  transportation  planning  and  its  interface  with  land  use 
planning.  This  course  is  also  aimed  at  students  getting  enough  theoretical  background  to  carry 
concurrent laboratory exercise in area planning and city planning. 

Theories And Concepts : An Overview – Introduction, Definition of planning; the necessity and 
rationale of planning; the characteristics of planning., The planning process; Normative planning, 
positive planning and ameliorative planning.
Aims and objectives of physical planning.  Levels of planning in India and their broad inter­relationships, 
components of settlements. 
Urban/RuralSettlements and their classification, Theories of Urban Structure, Urban Sub­systems
Concepts of land  Location attributes and land uses, Determinants of Land use and relationship to the 
Planning  Process,  Demand  and  supply  of  land  for  urban  use  ­  means  and  mechanisms  ­  impact  on 
urban structure.  General goals of land policy.

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 15 ­
Rationales for land use planning, Approach to land use planning. Land use and transportation planning. 
Transport Network classification and standards, elements, etc., planning principles Land use planning 
information  system.  Activity  systems  and  choice  of  space  qualities;  Systems  approach  and  physical 
planning.
Urban Planning in India – An Overview. Development plan ­ types, scope and objectives, local/area, 
city and regional levels, ­ Overview of Town Planning Process ­  Case studies in Urban Planning And 
Design Practice ­ 
Other alternative approaches to planning ­ disjointed incremental; structure planning; blue print 
planning; process or adaptive planning; rational ­ comprehensive planning; mixed scanning approach;  
Choice theory and advocacy planning and their relevance. Action planning and its applications in Indian 
context.
Brief overview of techniques ­ Urban Economics Analysis (Economic base, input­output, shift share, 
etc.) ­ Population studies and forecasting, Land use allocation models, (Lowry/gravity/LP), Planning 
norms and standards..

URP 1.2   PLANNING ANALYSIS & TECHNQUIES
Periods per week  :  4   Internal Marks : 50 End Exam Marks  : 50 End Exam  Hours  :   3

Objectives
The  primary  objective  of  this  course  is  to  provide  understanding  of  the  application  of  quantitative 
research methods and techniques to analysis of planning problems.  

Introduction  and  Overview  ­  An  overview  of  planning  practice  in  India,  scope  and  methods  of   
analysis and techniques  and their application to spatial planning.
Data Collection ­ Primary and Secondary sources of data, Survey design, Observational methods;  
Triangulation, Types of observation, controlled observation. Mail questionnaire, personal and telephone 
interview.
Qualitative research., Secondary data, limitations and search process; Census ­ A  brief introduction 
and nature of organization., Sampling; sample designs, size, types., Sources of various data in India
Data Presentation – Tabulation, Classification, Graphical methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation ­ Coding and its construction..
Simple Descriptive Statistics – Measurement, Univariate analysis  ­ Frequency tables and graphs, 
Central Tendency, Dispersion, Distribution, Bivariate analysis ­ concepts of relationship; Nominal, 
ordinal and interval measures of relationship
Correlation and Regression ­ Linear and nonlinear
Multiple Regression and Correlation ­ Linear and nonlinear, Partial correlation and regression
Probability  and  Sampling  ­  Types  of  probability,  Why  Sample?,  The  Population,  Sampling  Unit  and 
Frame
Sample  Size,  Sample  Design,  Non­response  errors  Probability  and  normal  distribution  ­  binomial  and 
Poisson distribution
Time Series Data Analysis ­ Time­series analysis; trend, variation, business cycles.
Index  Numbers  ­  Price  index,  Quantitative  index,    construction,  tests,  types,  problems  and  specific 
uses
Linear Programming ­ General introduction to Linear programming Methods for maximizing, Methods 
for minimizing, Transport problem
Measures of Association and Hypothesis Testing  ­ Percentage difference, Nominal () and ordinal 
() measure, The Chi (2) Test,  The Z­Score Test, The T­Test, Test for Proportion
Demographic Analysis : Population Projection  ­ Simplex population  forecasting models ­ The linear 
model, Exponential curves.,   modified exponential,  Gompertz growth curve, comparative method, ratio 
method.
Composite population forecasting models ­ The cohort­ survival model, Migration model.
Economic Analysis :­ Multipliers, Input­Output Analysis, Brief introduction to projection techniques like 
ratio and econometric methods, .Analysis of labour force; sectoral shifts and employment.
Spatial Analysis : Comparative analysis techniques ­ Specialization, Concentration and Independence 
association Gini coefficients and Lorenz curves., Spatial  distribution analysis using centrography 
techniques, Rent and Gradient models.,  Location equilibrium of the firm ­ transport and labour 
orientation., Market and supply area analysis and thresholds,  Pure gravity model, Reilly's law and 
mapping of  trade areas ­ constrained and unconstrained gravity model ­ methods for parameter 
estimation.
Land Use and Transportation Models : General approaches to land use and transportation 
forecasting.
 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 16 ­
Basic sector land use models., Residential  distribution models, Retail and local service activity location 
models.
Decision making Models : General introduction to various decisions making models.

URP 1.3   COMPUTER APPLICATIONS & INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Periods per week  :  3        Internal Marks : 50       End Exam Marks  : 50 ( Practical and Viva­voce )
 
Review of computer systems, networks and languages, computer peripherals,  software/hardware.
Principles of digital computer,  machine languages, higher level language and its advantages – flow 
charts and algorithm writing. 
Brief introduction to programming languages like C, C+, VISUAL BASIC,  JAVA, SQL, ORACLE, etc.
Concepts and general knowledge of currently popular and widely used application  software for word 
processing, spread sheets, database, presentation etc. ( for example – MS OFFICE ) with particular 
application in planning tasks
Introduction to drawing and drafting packages like AUTOCAD particularly to AUTOCAD MAP and to 
GIS enabling software like ARCINFO. Simple exercises in updating / preparing  base maps by scanning 
/ vectorizing Survey of India Topo sheets or existing Aerial photo based city maps.
Information systems:­ Introductory concepts for information systems – data and information, cost and 
value of information, general system theory.  System approach, MIS as a system, MIS  for land use 
planning and development control.

URP 1.4   HOUSING & COMMUNITY PLANNING
Periods per week  :  4    Internal Marks : 50    End Exam Marks  : 50 End Exam  Hours  :   3

Objectives
Objective of this course is to provide theoretical understanding and relevant techniques for formulating 
urban housing strategies

Housing as a basic need.  Role of Housing in social and economic development.  Housing in relation to 
stages  of  development,  particularly  in  relation  to  developing  economy.  Introduction  to  the  subject  of 
housing  in  Planning  Programme  ­  relevance  and  scope  of  the  subject.  Essential  components  and 
issues  in  Housing    situation  in  India  quantitative  and  qualitative  terms,    housing  statistics.    Micro  and 
macro economic views of housing sector.  Role of private, co­operative and public sectors in housing.  
Problems and issues of housing in India and emerging priorities in Urban and Rural housing.  Housing 
finance­institutions, constraints and merging trends.  Housing programmes in Five Year Plans of India, 
Social Housing programme, National Housing Policy, Housing in informal sector.
Housing stress areas. Slums and squatter settlement in urban areas.  Process of settling in urban 
slums and in low income settlements ­­­ case studies – planning and design issues in slum upgrading 
and slum reconstruction projects. Participatory design process (The concept of planner builder. Peoples  
involvement in layout and building  design and construction., Merits over conventional housing 
development.)
 Methods of assessing housing stress conditions in an urban area.  Building construction, nature of 
utility services, tenureship of land and other social amenities,  Housing the poor. Strategies and 
programs tried at various metropolitan cities
Quantification of housing needs. Estimating and forecasting housing requirements.
Financial  aspect  of  housing.    Concept  of  household  affordability  ­­­  production  cost  of  housing  ­­­ 
economic rent in housing ­­­ amortisation and equated monthly instalments.

Land development process.  Land development control and regulation and housing question
Housing standards, and housing designs in relation to economic, social and climate aspects.
Housing form as shaped by physical technological, socio­economic, demographic and political factors.
Housing  and  its  relation  to  non­residential  components  of  the  settlement.    Mixed  residential 
development.
Socio­cultural  perspective of housing, housing and family life,  Community organisation, Social aspects 
of residential satisfaction.
Urban Housing Strategy.  A methodology for formulating urban housing strategy
Housing  policy  and  perspective  at  the  national  level.  Review  of  past  policies  and  the  new  National 
Housing Bill.

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 17 ­
Brief review of the historical development of housing typologies in various contexts ­ The pre­urban 
house., Transient dwellings., Temporary dwellings., Semi­permanent and permanent dwellings., The 
oriental urban house.(Mesopotamia., The Indus., Egypt., China., The Greek and the Romans.))
Evolution  of    Housing  ­  The  urban  house  ­  history  of  modern  housing  typologies.  (The  age  of  the 
Renaissance., The industrial revolution., Current practices various design approaches 
Issues in rural housing, housing technology and landscape design. 
Sire planning for residential  lay outs.  Review  of different types of residential lay outs.
Lay out  of various services in residential lay outs ( for a maximum of 5000 population).

Code for humane habitat ­ issues in habitat planning and design. (Goals and objectives., Performance 
criteria.,  Quantity  versus  quality.,  Issues  at  various  scales  of  planning  and  design  .) Project 
formulation ­ requirements, standards, costs and affordability ­ introduction to site planning software like 
Bertaud’s  model,  Design  guidelines  for  housing  layouts  and  for  house  extensions.,  neighbourhood 
streets., small shops, trees, landscape elements and public spaces. Infrastructure design for housing.

URP 1.5   ECONOMICS AND SOCIOLOGY FOR SETTLEMENT PLANNING
Periods per week  :  4    Internal Marks: 50 End Exam Marks  : 50    End Exam  Hours  :   3

Development Theory

Concepts and definition of development. Indicators of development. Factors influencing development. 
Efficiency versus equality. Theories of development (Trickle down, Bottoms up ) Settlements systems / 
secondary cities.
Broad introduction to main stream, classical and market theories of development and under 
development.
Dependency, imperialism as an hegemonic influence of developed over the under developed 
Dichotomy of North­South, Rich­Poor in relation to development. Regional disparities in development. 
Surplus generation of primary sector and its influence on development. Investment, public policy and 
development. Development as defined and implied in Indian planning and related development 
programmes. Development planning as distinct from other types of planning.

Economics:
The  economy  of  urban  areas;  urban  resources,  activities­  types  and  extent  –  and  factors  governing 
them.    Economic  base  of  cities  and  regions,  Basic  concepts  of  economic  resources  and  resource 
economic.    Basic  concepts  in  macro­economic  and  economic  analysis.    Economics  of  scale,  external 
economics.
National and State five year plans – brief appraisal.  Economic development in relation to regional plans 
– balanced regional development.
Fiscal  programming  and  budgeting.  National  and  regional  accounts;  Income  and  Product  Account; 
economics of Central, State and Local Governments.
Introductory concepts of macro economics – supply, demand and equilibrium conditions.
Economic concept of land; economic principles of land use; economic rent – land use  pattern and land 
values; location economics.
Development  of  land  and  real  property  in  India  and  its  trend.;  financial  balance  sheet  of  land 
development; land and real estate market; Different kind of land and its uses ­ Nature of land ­ contract 
purchase and transaction of land ­ registration of land and land record procedure. Concepts and factors 
of  land  value  and  its  prices,  Assessment  and  prediction  of  land  value  and  its  prices.  Real  estate 
business  set  up  ­  market  and  demand  analysis.  (Field  based  assignments  are  for  generating  case 
studies on land and real estate business.) Private ownership and social of land.
Economics  of  Town  Planning  decisions;  effects  of  legislation  on  land  development  and  urban  land 
economics.

Environmental Economics
Objectives
The  intent  of  the  course  is  at  understanding  the  interrelation  of  economic  processes  and  the 
environment.    that  economic  process  take  place  in  the  physical  world  and  are  subject  to  the  same 
physical  laws  that  operate  on  or  constrain  other  physical,  chemical  and  biotic  processes,  is  to  be 
accepted, though late, in the mainstream of economic theories.  

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 18 ­
Evolution  of  environmental  economics.  Environmental  economics  as  a  sub­discipline  of  mainstream 
economics. The body of environmental economics today.
Economics, Environment Interrelationship ­ .Economics and Ecology, Material/ Energy Balance, 
Application of Physical Principles to Economics (The Laws of Thermodynamics), Technology and 
Negantropy, v.Emerging Issues).
Environmental Externalities : .Definition, conditions for externalities, Significant types, .Externalities and 
property rights, The case of small and large numbers, Nature of pollution (securing optimum levels?)).
The Question of Allocative Efficiency : Neoclassical Approach ( .Marginal utility, consumer surplus and 
indeifference map,  Pareto optimality, Compensation tests (Hicks­Kaldor), iv.Pigouvian Taxes).
Environmental  Valuation  :  Approaches  to  Pricing  (  Prices  and  decision­making,  Valuation  methods) 
(.Based  on  Demand  and  WTP,  *    Contingent  valuation,  *Travel­cost  method,  *Game  theory  models, 
*Hedonic  prices,  *Isoquants  involving  EQ)  (.Based  on  opportunity  cost  ­  *Direct  OCS,  *Replacement 
costs, *Cost savings)
Environmental Policy : Some Issues ­ .Perfections and priorities in environmental policy, Standards for 
environmental policy .
The  Range  of  Policy  Instruments,  Administrative  mechanisms,    .Direct  control  versus  the  pricing 
system, ­­ Pricing techniques).

Sociology:

Introduction  ­  Definition  and  scope  of  sociology;  relationship  between  sociology  and  town  planning 
Relative  significance  of  social,  geographical,  biological  and  economic  factors  in  shaping  the  total 
environment.  
Basic  Concepts  of  Society  ­  Basic  concepts,  social  groups,  social  institutions,  social  stratification’s, 
orders and changes and changes and social control
Introduction  to  the  sociological  concepts  of    Marx,  Talcot  Parsons,  Weber,  Durkheim,  Riesman,  Jane 
Jacobs, Gans, Castells, David Harvey, etc.
Sociology of India ­ Culture, language, religion, caste, rural community and its relationship with urban 
community,  social  division  of  urban  and  rural  poor.  Rural­Urban  continuum  and  dichotomy  –  physical 
and social setting, peasant society and industrial, post industrial society.
World  Urbanization  and  Urbanization  in  India  ­  Urban  revolution;  its  preconditions  brief  history  of 
urbanization  in  the  world  leading  to  the  industrial  cities,  related  problems,  concepts  of  urbanism  and 
urbanization; brief history of urbanization in India; Mughal and British influences of Indian cities; post­
independence  urbanization;  urbanization  process  as  influences  by  socio­cultural,  political,  economic 
and administrative factors;.
Spatial and social aspects of village community.  Urbanization in India­trends and social characteristics.  
Urban social structure and stratification, dynamics of growth and change.
Migration, population growth and its impact on policies of Urban development.
Urban and Industrial Sociology ­ Urbanization and urbanism ; social aspects of urban­rural migration; 
concepts  of  industrial  society;  social  aspects  of  industrialization;  social  problems  of  urban  community 
crime  delinquency  and  violence.  The  Chicago  school  of  sociological  thought,  sociation,  social 
organization  and  space  in  the  city  –  urban  space  and  segregation,  labour  markets  and  housing 
markets, suburnaizationand gentrification, changing inequalities.
Perspectives  on  Urban  Culture  –  Louis  Wirth  and  the  urban  way  of  life,  Simmel  and  metropolitan 
culture,  the  culture  of  modernity,  the  social  construction  of  urban  meaning,  urban  culture  and  post 
modernity.
Social  problems  of  urban  community  –  crime,  delinquency,  blight  and  obsolescence;  old  age 
incompatibility and disabilities etc.
Personal  space,  territoriality;  the  influence  of  environment  on  behavior;  perception;  attitudes  and 
behavior; preferences and satisfactions.
Neighborhood Concept ­ Implications and limitations in India context.

URP 1.6  INFRASTRUCTURE PLANNING
Periods per week  :   4 Internal Marks  : 50 End Exam Marks  : 50     End Exam  Hours  :   3

Objectives

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 19 ­
This  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  general  understanding  of  various  issues  and  approaches  to 
planning, designing, and maintenance of Infrastructure.  The major emphasis in this course will be on 
water supply, sewerage, storm water drainage, roads and solid water management.

Introduction:
Concepts  of  basic  needs,  formation  of  objectives  and  standards.  Data  requirements  for  programme 
planning  of  urban  networks  and  service;  feasibility  planning  studies  for  structure  the  infrastructure 
systemsGeneral Introduction to Infrastructure and its components and overview of the course contents.  
Water Supply:
Planning  water  supply;  resource  analysis  quality  of  water  system  design;  technological  choices  of 
alternatives  –  Issues  related  to  the  choice  of  centralized  city  water  supply  versus  decentralized 
systems.
Water demand (Context, Need Assessment and Planning requirements ) ­ data to be collected, rate of 
demand,  variations  in  rate  of  demand  and  effects  of  variations  on  design.  Measurements  of  water 
qualities, forecasting demand.  Conveyance and distribution system ­ General considerations, methods 
of distribution, service reservoirs, systems of supply, methods of lay out distribution pipes, wastage of 
water  and  permissible  factors.  Maintenance  of  distribution  system.  Filtration,  disinfection,  storage  and 
distribution and their building complexes. 
Sewerage  and  Storm  Water  Drains  (Need  Assessent  in  the  context  of  Urbanisation,  Planning 
Considerations and Norms, Basic Design Parameters and Appurtenances). Waste generation process 
in cities. Waste water disposal systems including storm water drainage, system designs, nodal facilities, 
technological  and  environmental  considerations.  Issues  related  to  hydrological  and  geographical  and 
development parameters – eutrophication.
Biological concepts in environmental sanitation.
Sanitation  technologies,  their  relevance  to  incremental  growth  of  urban  areas.  Low  cost  sanitation 
technologies and concepts as related to Indian and third world country contexts
Sewage  Treatment  Plant  and  Water  Treatment  Plant  (Components,  Planning  Considerations,  Basic 
Design Parameters).
Urban  Roads  (Planning  Considerations,  Road  Categories,  Design  Parameters/Cross  Sections, 
Transportation).
Solid waste disposal and management:
Resource recovery, technology options and determination of type and choice of systems as related to 
land use, density, economic levels and location of urban industrial and commercial activity areas.
Quantity  of  sewage,  quantity  of  storm  water,  run  off,  time  of  concentration,  design  of  sewers,  flow 
diagrams, laying of sewers, sewer appurtenances. Design and lay out of sewerage system.
Project  Management  (Need  Assessment,  Structure,  MIS,  Project  Management  Packages  (Brief 
Introduction to MSPROJ/WINPROJ).
Integrated Infrastructure Planning: Case Studies in India..
Fire Fighting:
Planning  for  fire  protection,  services  and  space  standards.  Prevention  fire  requirements,  fire 
classification  of  construction,  fire  fighting,  fittings  and  fixtures  and  design  for  tall  building  and 
neighbourhood lay out fire hazards, water demand calculations.
Other Infrastructure:
Concepts and theories for design and operation of electricity networks, power generation (conventional 
and non­conventional) communication networks like telephone facilities, WLL, cable TV, Fibre optic and 
other broadband communications networks, etc.
Critical Issues in Infrastructure planning:
Economics  of  urban  services  and  networks.  Socio­cultural  aspects,  community  participation  in  the 
delivery  of  services  and  networks,  problems  of  operation  and  maintenance;  Environmental  issues 
related  to  quality  and  level  of  network  and  services,  impacts  of  choice  of  technology,  system  design, 
costs benefits to the urban community. Effects of land use and density.

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 20 ­
URP 1.7   PLANNING LAB ­ I
Periods per week  :   12    Internal Marks : 200 End Evaluation & Viva­Voce Exam  : 200

Planning  surveys  and  analysis  at  the  neighborhood  level.    Understanding  local  problems  through 
planning  surveys  and  analysis,  Area  planning  exercise  for  different  areas;  residential  lay  outs;   
commercial  areas;  recreational  areas;  industrial  estates;  mixed  use  development;  old  city  cores  etc.   
Including  detailed  site  planning  for  part  of  the  areas.    Use  of  physical  standards  and  socio­economic 
surveys;  Application of widely used software packages for the processing and presentation of the data, 
maps and reports.

Area Planning
Introduction
Exercises to build awareness of design issues related to planning of small areas within a city, ­ to 
understand the implication of socio­economic and demographic characteristics of the population on the 
physical plan.  Issues related to provision of infrastructure services, its costing, financing and 
implementation strategies especially defining the role of various agencies in realising the plan need to 
be addressed. 
Stage­1: Perception Studies (One and half weeks to two weeks)
In  this  stage  students  will  work  in  very  small  groups  of  only  two  to  three  students  or  individually,  and 
undertake  quick  perception  studies  of  various  components  of  existing  urban  areas  (eg,  housing 
typology  and  layouts,  building  and  population  densities,  streets,  junctions,  open  spaces  and  its 
hierarchy, heritage buildings, etc).  After field visits, the students will be required to present the status of 
the  existing  situation  in  form  of  sketches,  photographs,  drawings,  small  write­ups,  flow  charts,  etc. 
Based  on  the  analyses,  this  study  would  terminate  with  identification  of  problems  and  possible 
solutions.  Undertaking this stage of the lab exercise, the students will get exposed to urban areas in a 
technical manner and the experience of the perception study would equip them better in understanding 
and  analyzing  various  design  issues  in  urban  areas  while  dealing  with  subsequent  stage­2  of  the  lab 
exercise.  Two assignments would be given to each group.

Stage­2: Area Planning Problem (eight to ten weeks)
In  stage­2  of  the  lab  exercise  students  would  be  divided  into  multidisciplinary  group  of  not  more  than 
five students in each group to facilitate better interaction.  A study area from any of the urban areas in 
the Hyderabad Metropolitan Region would be identified for each group.  After the study area for each 
group is announced, stage­2 would proceed as per the following phases.

[a] Data Collection (one to two weeks)
In  this  phase,  each  group  would  have  to  undertake  a  field  visit  of  the  study  area  over  one  week.   
Various  data  such  as  demographic  and  socio,  status  of  physical  and  social  infrastructure,  economic 
activity,  etc  would  have  to  be  collected.    On  return  form  the  field  visits,  each  group  would  make  a 
presentation.

[b]Analysis, Identification of Problems and Design Issues (one to two weeks)
Each  group  after  thorough  analysis  of  data  collected  would  be  required  to  describe  the  existing 
situation.  In addition, after describing the existing situations, the problems therein would be identified 
and based on which design issues would be identified that would need to be addressed in planning for 
the  area.    This  phase  will  terminate  in  a  presentation  by  each  group  to  a  small  group  of  faculty 
members.

[c] Conceptual Plan (one to two weeks)
Each group after through analysis of data, identification of the problems and design issues would start 
work on the conceptual plan for their study area.  The proposed concept plan for the study area should 
contain the following components: 

 Objectives and design parameters of the proposed development
 Site analysis
 Linkages of the study area with the city
 Physical  layout  plan  indicating  the  broad  land  use  (residential,  commercial,  open  spaces, 
industrial, institutional, etc)
 Circulation plan
 Major infrastructure services
 Supporting data tables and charts for arriving at various decisions
The conceptual plan would be presented by each group and will be evaluated an  all faculty jury.
 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 21 ­
[d]  Master Plan (one to two weeks)
After receiving feedback on the conceptual plan each group would start working towards a master plan 
for  the  study  area  and  further  refine  and  substantiate  each  development  proposal  with  appropriate 
numbers.  The master plan would include the following components:

 Detailed land use
 Detailed circulation plan with all levels of roads
 Detailed infrastructure plan
 Block cost estimates
 Options of implementation strategy

This phase will terminate in a presentation by each group to a small group of faculty members.

[e] Final Plan (one to two weeks )
During  this  phase,  the  master  plan  would  be  further  refined  in  all  aspects  governing  the  physical 
character of the plan followed by the organisational arrangements for development.  A phasing plan for 
the  proposed  development  with  supporting  financial  analysis  is  required.    The  lab  exercise  will 
terminate in a submission of the report and presentation to faculty members and external experts.  To 
the external jury members, each groups will submit an executive summary of their proposal three days 
prior to the date of final presentation will be given to the invited external jury member to facilitate better 
understanding.  Each group along with the final drawings is required to submit a brief report (minimum 
30 pages) on their proposals.  The chapter outline would mostly follow the phases of stage­2 of the lab 
exercise.

Rural Area Planning
Introduction:
The academic objective of this exercise is to get a first hand experience about the life and living of rural 
people.  Students will undertake study of a particular village for a group of five students and conduct a 
detailed  primary  survey.    The  primary  survey  is  also  expected  to  give  them  an  exposure  to  research 
methodology and techniques of data collection.

The main objective is to identify the problems of rural life and evolve a strategy for the overall short and 
long term development of the village.

Life and living of the rural people will be explained in terms of:
Demography ­ Population, literacy, sex ratio, etc., for the year 1981, 1991, 2001.
Employment and Asset Structure ­ Nature of employment, land ownership, tenancy.
Agriculture  and  Allied  Activities  ­  Total  area,  landuse,  Cropping  pattern,  irrigation,  finance, 
marketing, Agriculture­labour, etc.
Social  and  Cultural  Issues  ­  Caste  system,  stratification,  housing,  settlement  pattern,  location  of 
facilities, etc.
Institutions ­ Panchayat, Mahila Mandal, Credit Co­operative, Bank, Schools, Medical, NGOs, etc.
Government Programmes ­ Rural Development programmes like IRDP, JRY, rural housing schemes, 
road and drinking water related schemes. Peoples perception about different schemes and its impacts.
Village Level Amenities and Linkage ­ List of existing amenities, distance for non­available amenities, 
transportation and related issues.
Energy utilization pattern ­ Source of energy, future prospect.
Recent changes and development in the village and surrounding area.

Data Collection:
Village  level  information  will  be  collected  from  the  Panchayat  Office,  Census  handbook  and  other 
secondary sources. Primary survey will be conducted by taking about 50 households for detailed study. 
Household selection will be done either by using the caste group, settlement pattern or land holding.  A 
detailed interview schedule will be prepared for this purpose.
Time:
The total exercise will be for five weeks.
Week One and Two  ­ Literature survey, collection of secondary data, preparation of the   
  interview schedule.
Week Three ­ Field visit for primary survey.
Week Four and Five ­ Data processing and data analysis, preparation for the final jury.

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 22 ­
URP  1.8  HABITAT STUDY REPORT
Periods per week  :  Nil ( to be done during the two week vacation )        Internal Marks  : Nil End 
Exam Marks  : Nil  ( Only pass / satisfactory result ) End Exam  :  Viva

Each student has to visit a town or city as identified by the faculty in charge of the studio.  The students 
will have to submit a report on the urban settlement that they have visited and this should be based on 
a review of published literature, discussion with the development authorities, town planning officers, 
municipal officers, and other planning and development agencies.  The actual format and content of the 
report has to comply with the guidelines formulated by the faculty in charge.

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 23 ­
 SECOND SEMESTER

URP  2.1  METROPOLITAN & REGIONAL PLANNING 
Periods per week  :  4        Internal Marks  : 50 End Exam Marks  : 50 End Exam  Hours  :   3

Metropolitan Growth: Scale and Complexity and its impact on national development.
Past and future of metropolitan growth and related characteristics problems and issues in India and the 
world.  Primary and polarisation as process of metropolitan growth: case of India.
National settlement policies.
Structure of a metroplitan, socio­economic and political issues in metropolitan growth.
Unintended  growth  in  metropolitan  areas,  multi­nuclei  development  and  functional  inter­linkages; 
Dynapolis, Megalopolis and Ecumenopolis; concepts and their applicability to India cities.
Issues in metropolitan management; institution development/financing and land management.
Inner  city  problems  and  approach  to  development.  Urban  redevelopment  and  renewal;  Goals  and 
objectives;  costs  and  benefits,  methods  of  plan  preparation  implementation,  Administration,  legal  and 
fiscal  framework.  Alternative  strategies  to  metropolitan  growth  planning  for  new  towns­  type  design 
criteria, development process and issues.

Urban informal sector

Dimensions  of  urban  poverty.  Magnitude  of  the  problems  and  major  characteristics  of  spontaneous 
growth.
Basic need and their provision for various target groups and informal sectors.
Concepts and causes of spontaneous growth: Regional inadequacies and the settlements systems.
Identification  of  migratory  impulses,  characteristics  of  migrants  and  their  significance  in  development 
socio­economic deprivation and informal sector. Development of informal sector concept.
Consequences  of  spontaneous  growth:  study  of  major  aspects­spontaneous  living  and  working,  their 
characteristics  and  function  in  urban  context.  Actions  for  improvement:  Appraisal  of  the  role  of 
government, private and voluntary organisation. Existing management and organisational set up, their 
limitations.  Possible  approaches  such  as  labour  recognition  and  integration  into  organised  market 
structure,  resource  generation.  Provisions  of  buildings  and  equipment,  infrastructure  development, 
appropriate  regulatory  control  and  standards  for  basic  needs,  flexibility  in  bye­laws  and  organisation 
through self­help and community development. Policies for assistance and implications for promotion.
Planning  and  development  of  urban  settlement  in  terms  of  employment,  shelter  services  and 
management for the informal sector at all levels.

Regional Development

Objectives
The  Regional  Planning  course  attempts  to  understand  the  theoretical  basis  for  various  concepts  and 
analytical  tools  borrowed  from  social  science  and  regional  science  and  learn  the  practice  of  regional 
planning in the Indian context. 
The course tries to provide an in­depth understanding of the issues of regional disparity and the need 
for  balanced  regional  development  in  the  country.    The  spatio  economic  basis  of  regional  planning  is 
supplemented by detailed discussion of sectoral issues like agriculture, industry, etc.  Regional policies 
and sectoral policies are also discussed.  Effort is made to focus on macro economic policies and its 
impact  of  regional  development  process  and  the  issues  of  decentralization,  multi­level  planing  in  the 
context  of  current  debate  on  Centre  State  relation  .    The  political  economic  perspective  is  also 
highlighted.    Besides  theories,  and  issues,the  tools  and  techniques  of  regional  analysis  is  also 
discussed.    The  Regional  Planning  machinery  and  plan  implementation  is  discussed  through  case 
studies.

Definition, scope and content of Regional Planning. (Need for Regional Planning and basis for Regional 
Planning.  Concepts of spatial organisation and region.  Types of region.)
Methods and purpose of regionalisation.(Delineation of regions in India.)
Concept of regional growth processes : (Some approaches of Rostow, Hirschman, Myrdal, Concept of 
core and periphery.)
Concept of growth centres, growth pole, service centre and agropolitan district district concept and their 
approaches in India and other countries. 
Spatial growth process.(Settlement structure and distribution.  Theories ­ Christaller, Losch ­ Rank size 
rule, primacy spatial innovation diffusion, etc.)

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 24 ­
Introduction to regional/economic industrial location theories.(Weber, Isard, Alomso., Changing trends 
in  location  analysis.,  Methods  of  analysing  regional  industrial  structure  ­  regional  cycle  and  multiplier 
analysis and economic base analysis, co­efficient of localisation, shift share analysis.)
Spatial theory and market areas inter­regional and regional accounting methods including preliminaries 
of input output analysis. 
Regional  imbalances  and  inequalities  in  India.  (Policies  ­  its  impact  on  regional  imbalances  and 
planning  imperatives,  industrial  location  policies,  agricultural  development  policies  and  structural 
adjustment policies., Urbanisation and urban systems in India. ,Spatial variation ­ reasons, factors and 
implications for planning., IDSMT and metro regional planning approaches.)

Population growth, distribution and regional development in India. (Population distribution and resource 
base.  Migration in India, causes, flows and impacts.)
Backward  area  development.  (Identification  and  development  policies  and  approaches  in  India., 
Regional basis of decentralised and multi­level planning in India., Decentralised planning approaches, 
district  planning,  and  block  level  planning.,  Sectoral  basis  of  decentralised  planning  ­  a  case  of 
integrated  rural  energy  planning  in  India.,  Decentralised  resource  management  planning  ­  a  case  of 
watershed management planning, with respect to concepts of common property resources, community 
based resource management systems, traditional knowledge and institutional systems.)

Institutional  framework  for  regional  planning  ­  case  of  Maharashtra  and  North­east.  (Centre,  state, 
regional  planning  authorities  and  the  issue  of  resource  transfers  in  India.,  Case  studies,  Damodar 
Valley  Corporation,  National  Capital  Region,  Narmada  Command  Area  Development  Plan,  Regional 
Planning in Rihand, etc.)

URP 2.2  TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION PLANNING
Periods per week  :  4 Internal Marks  : 50 End Exam Marks  : 50 End Exam  Hours  :   3

Objectives
The course strives to give students the basic skills and knowledge base about transportation planning 
practice.  After  discussing  basic  terminologies  and  concepts,  transportation  problems  etc.,  the  course 
will  focus  on  the  transportation  planning  methodologies  and  techniques  available  to  planners.  In 
particular,  the  four  step  transportation  planning  models  will  be  discussed  in  detail.  This  includes  data 
collection, trip­generation, trip­distribution, Modal Choice and assignment. Students will be required to 
undertake four exercises designed for the purpose. Exposure to relevant policies and programmes will 
be given.

Evaluation of Urban Structure:
Transportation  systems  Infrastructure  and  management  .  Transportation  systems  and  their  types, 
design  and  operating  characteristics,  urban  road  hierarchy  planning,  engineering  and  management; 
criteria for road and junction improvements  arterial improvement techniques.
Transportation Survey and studies:
Study area definitions surveys and their types, sampling methods, survey techniques; Designing O­D & 
other Traffic & Transportation surveys.programming and scheduling processing of travel data, analysis 
and interpretation of traffic studies.
Analytical Techniques:
Techniques for urban structure analysis; urban travel characteristics, urban transport planning process, 
land use transport inter­relationship and models, Travel Demand Analysis (overview). Introduction to 
TRIPS., Trip Generation models, Trip distribution models, Study Models, Modal Split Models, Trip 
Assignment Models.
Assessment  of  Model  Choices,  aggregation  and  other  issues,  Application  using  TRIPS,  Developing 
Transport  Plans/Options,    scenario  building  and  their  analysis.  Network  Based  Models  :­Concept  of 
optimisation,  system  versus  individual  optimisation  , Graph  theoretic  concepts,  Shortest­path 
algorithm, Transportation Problem.
Management of Transport System:
Existing  organisational  and  legal  framework,  traffic  and  environmental  management  techniques. 
Management techniques review of existing traffic management schemes. Framework for Evaluation of 
System Options/Plan Preparation
Regional Transport System:
Importance  of  accessibility  in  regional  transport  planning.  Role  of  road,  rail,  air  and  water  transport 
systems.  Regional Transport Systems planning, road network planning for micro regions.
 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 25 ­
Transport and Environment:
Traffic  noise,  factors  affecting  noise,  noise  abatement  measures,  standards.  Air  pollution  standards, 
traffic safety, accident reporting and recording systems, factors affecting road safety, transport planning 
for  target  groups;  children,  adults,  handicapped  and  women.  Norms  and  guidelines  for  highway 
landscape; street lighting types, standards and design considerations. Transport & Environment, EIA of 
Transport Project
Economic Evaluation:
Pricing  and  funding  of  transport  service  and  systems,  economic  appraisal  of  highway  and  transport 
projects.  Techniques for estimating direct and indirect road user costs and benefits value of time.
Transport Policies:
Review of national, state and local level transport policies and their relevance in spatial and economic 
planning,  pricing  and  funding  of  transport  systems,  transport  technology  energy  and  environmental 
implication in transport planning in developing countries; planning for public transportation; planning for 
bicyclists and pedestrians.
Regional road network planning, Highway Project Planning & Financing
Public transportation planning :
Overviews of system technologies, Technological options, characteristics. Choice of technology, 
Corridor Analysis, Integrated System Plan Concept, System selection, Legal & Institutional Provisions, 
Pricing & Financing of Public Transport Service

URP 2.3   INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY IN PLANNING 
Periods per week  :   4 Internal Marks  : 50 End Exam Marks : 50 ( Practical exam and Viva­voce )

GIS ( Geographic Information Systems )

Objectives
To teach Computer based Geographical Information System as a tool used as decision support system 
involving    integration  and  co­ordination  of  natural  resources  management  or  urban  development 
planning or disaster management programme which require accurate and timely spatial information on 
natural resources, urban form or current events..

Introduction – Definition,  Components of GIS,  Organizational Aspects of GIS
Data  Structure  For  Spatial  Data    ­  Nature  of  Spatial  Data,  Spatial  Data  Models  and  Data  Structure,   
Vector  Data  Model,  Grid  Data  Model,  Irregular  Grid  Models,  Scan  Line  Models,  Hybrid  Vector/Grid 
Models
Database  Creation  And  Organization  ­  Techniques  of  Database  Creation,  Steps  Involved  in 
Database  Creation,  Database  Organisation  and  Management,  Conventional  Techniques  of  Database 
Management, Spatial Database Management Requirements, Spatial Database Management in Current 
Day GIS
Two Dimensional Data Analysis And Manipulation ­ Techniques of Data Analysis and Manipulation, 
Generation of Planning Views
Generation Of Map Outputs From Gis ­  Elements of Cartographic Maps, Making Cartographic Map 
Layouts in GIS 
Making On­Screen Query From Gis Database ­ Typical Querries in GIS, Modes of Making Querries 
Three Dimensional Data In Gis ­ Inputs of Surface Modelling, Generation of 3­D Model in GIS, 
Outputs from 3­D Module
Data Quality, Errors And Natural Variation ­ Obvious Source of Error,  Errors Resulting from Natural 
Variation or from Original Measurements, Errors Arising through Processing
Network Analysis In GIS ­  Elements and Attributes of Network, Analysis of Networks, Application of 
Networks in GIS
Customizing GIS ­   Guiding Factor for Customization,  Essential Features of Customization

GIS Application 
Various Applications,  Applications in India, Issues related to applications,  GIS Applications Design 
and Implementation

Five topics are selected to undertake group projects. These projects would then use different modules 
of GIS software. The groups are as follows:
1. Watershed Management 
2. District Development Plan 
3. Urban Sustenance – Decision Support System

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 26 ­
 4. Environmental Monitoring 
5. Urbanisation Process – A case study of A.P. State.

Preparation of base map, Census information and other data collection, Literature review on GIS and 
district planning.
Finalisation of base map and copies made thereof, Compilation of statistical data and analysis, Write up 
on literature review.
Satellite  data  interpretation,  Interpretation  of  Survey  of  India  toposheets  of  the  district,  Evaluation  of 
Government policies and programmes through interaction and discussions.
Theme­wise  map  preparation  through  satellite  data,  Theme­wise  map  preparation  from  toposheets, 
Write­up on above.
Identification  of  secondary  data,  Mapping  of  other  developed/undeveloped  villages  in  district., 
Identification of resource utilisation and future scenario.
Preparation  of  GRID  map,  Matrix  preparation  and  assignment  of  weightages,  Principle  component 
analysis.
Report 

URP 2.4  ECOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING
Periods per week  :   4 Internal Marks  : 50 End Exam Marks  : 50 End Exam  Hours  :   3

Evolution of ecology. Man and Ecosphere, Components of nature and some basic concepts, process of 
ecology;  flow  of  material,  water,  energy,  invasion,  succession,  perdition,  regulatory  forces,  adoption, 
tropic levels, food chain, food web, ecological pyramids.
Eco­system  and  their  relevance  to  environment,  causes  and  consequences.  Impact  of  advance 
agricultural methods, urbanisation and industrialisation on nature.
Pollution: Types, sources, remedies.
Urban eco­system approach, evolution and significance.
Introduction to quantitative ecology:
Identification  of  ecological  parameters  for  planning  at  different  levels;  Site  planning,  Settlement 
planning, regional planning.
Data needs, formats for data collection. Types of analyses required to evolve ecological parameters.
Environmental Impact Assessment: Methods and their appraisal.
Environmentally compatible regional development: An approach.
Ecological awareness in India: traditional, indigenous methods, contemporary trends.
Endowments and resources, definition and classification according to different criteria ends, renewable, 
non­renewable etc.
Human Welfare and development as functions of resources in terms of physical environment , way of 
living and technology. Space bound and flow  resources. Preparation and analysis of inventories and 
resource  matrices.  Finiteness  of  resources,  examples  of  transfer  from  one  resources  to  another  in 
history at different parts of the world development, utilisation and conservation of resources planning, 
integrated  resources  planning  approach  resources  management,  traditional  and  contemporary 
approaches, Resource development in India some selected Case studies.

Environmental Planning
Planning and Environment ­ Planning, Planning Contexts, Types of Planning, Planning Process and 
Tools, Definition of Environment, Types of Environment,  Population, Resources, Environmental 
Degradation and Pollution, Pollutants and their effects and control, Environmental Planning – Type
Ecosystem­ Types and Components of Ecosystem, Bio­diversity,  Energy Flow in Ecosystems, 
Matter Recycling, Interactions in Ecosystem
Physical Environment
Air Environment ­ Air Resources, Atmospheric systems, Climate, Emission standards, Global warning, 
Ozone depletion, Nuclear Wars, Problems
Water Environment ­  Water Resources – Types, Water Resources – Renewal, Use, Drinking Water 
Standards, Health Aspects, Water Pollution, Sanitation, Disposal Standards of Treated Wastewater
Soil Environment ­ Soil Types, Soil Yield, Soil Pollution
Energy ­ Evaluation of Energy Resources , Types of Energy Sources – Renewable, Non­Renewable, 
Conventional and Non­conventional
Environmental Policies, Protocols and Regulatory Mechanisms ­  Fundamentals of Environmental 
Acts, Rio Earth Summit, Stockholm Conference, Kyoto Protocol
 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 27 ­
Environmental Technology

Technology  options  for  mitigation  of  environmental  pollution  Environment  by  “End  of  Pipe  Treatment 
Systems”,  like  Effluent  Treatment  Plants,  Use  of  Scrubbers  to  minimise  air  pollution  load.    Versus 
combating environmental pollution, through  “Waste Minimisation”, “Re­use” and “Recycle”.

Different  aspects  of  “End  of  Pipe  Treatment  Options,  their  environmental  and  financial  implications, 
need  for  waste  reductions  and  the  concept  of  Waste  Minimisation  at  Source  through  case  studies, 
Energy Planning and Management and Conservation issues.
End  of  Pipe  Treatment  System/Pollution  Control  Measures  for:  (Air  Pollutants  (SPM/Sox/Nox), 
Domestic  Waste  Water,  Industrial  Waste  Water,  Solid  and  Hazardous  Wastes.,  Environmental, 
Economic and Financial Implications of “End­of­Pipe Treatment Systems”)
Need  of  “In­Process  Waste  Reduction/  Minimisation  (Concept  of  Cleaner  Production  and  Cleaner 
Technologies, Environmental benefits of “Environmentally Sound Technologies”, Case Study  )
Concept  of  End  of  Pipe  3­Rs:  “Recycle­Reuse  and  Recovery”.  (Towards  Sustainable  Development  ­ 
Concepts of Industrial Symbiosis and Ecology, Case Study of Waste Recycling, it’s cost effectiveness 
and options.)
Environment Management Systems (ISO­14001 and its Planning Implications, Why do we need ISO ?, 
Case Study of a ISO certified industry, Environmental and Financial Benefits of ISO.)
Principles  of  Energy,  (Energy­Environment­Pollution  Linkages.,  Energy  Demand  and  Supply  Planning 
Management, Energy Conservation Issues and Need of Energy Audit., )

Sustainable development

The basic objective of the course is to get through the issues of sustainable development and bio­
diversity management. The course aims to give holistic approach for bio­diversity management and 
also gives broad view of various national and international policies and instruments of bio­diversity. 
Systems Diversity. Species Concept & Inventory. Habitats & Systems Change. Use Of Bioresources.
Valving Biodiversity. Conservation. National & International Policies & Instruments. Assistance & Aid.
Biodiversity  Convention.,  Associated  Inputs,  Biodiversity  Planning,  Costing  Targets,  Agro  &  Forestry 
Systems/Forests Interface, Monitoring Systems, Biosphere World Views.   

EIA
Introduction to Environmental Impact Assessment: Defining the role of impact assessment ­­­ Rational 
for EIA ­­­ Phases of impact assessment.
Impact Identification Techniques: Various methods used in impact identification ­­­ detailed techniques 
of using these techniques ­­­ strengths and weaknesses of the various techniques used as impact 
identification process.
Impact  Evaluation  Techniques:  Techniques  used  in  impact  evaluation  ­­­  Weighting­Scaling 
techniques, ecological rating systems ­­­ Goals­achievement matrix, priority­trade­off­scanning matrix.
Predicting Impact on the Physical Environment: Land ­­­ indicators for land suitability and vulnerability ­
­­ Landscape characteristics and indicators of landscape process ­­­ Mapping landscape characteristics 
­­­ Techniques for evaluating alternative land use plans.
Air  ­­­  calculating  pollutant  emission  ­­­  predicting  ambient  concentration  ­­­  predicting  ecological 
response to air pollutant ­­­ predicting human health risks.
Water ­­­ categorisation of pollutants ­­­ pollution dispersion ­­­ water quality.
 Predicting Impact on Biota: Ecosystem process and impact assessment ­­­ energy fixation and flow.    

URP 2.5   PLANNING FOR RURAL DEVELOPMENT
Periods per week :  4     Internal Marks:  50  End Exam Marks:    50   End Exam duration :  3 Hours

Objectives
To help students to understand rural society within the context of rural development and change In the 
post­independence period and be able to contribute positively in planning for overall development of the 
social institutions, human behaviour and economy of the rural population.  

Rural    Situation  in  India,    Indian  Village  from  the  Pre­British  Period  to  1947,  Social  Stratification 
Changes and Modernisation
National Planning and rural development. Concepts of planning for rural settlements.
Regional Development and urban rural partnerships, related inputs and infrastructure development.

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 28 ­
Agricultural development allied activities, Agriculture Under Five Year Plans, Marketable Surplus and 
Cropping Pattern.  Patterns of rural linkages, communication and marketing facilities, community 
development, institutions and delivery of social services.
Rural settlements, typology, structure, Spatial significance in metro regions and interior areas. Planning 
principles of village planning and community norms.
Area,  district  and  block  level  development  planning  and  implementations,  public  participation  in  rural 
development process, role of voluntary organisations.
Rural energy issues, renewable and alternative sources of energy.
Ecological and environmental considerations in rural development and village planning.
Land Reforms in India: Need and Scope of Reforms, Tenancy Reforms., Rural Credit.
Community  Development  and  Panchayati  Raj,  Area  Development  and  Target  Group  Based 
Development.
Green  Revolution,  Rural  Poverty  and  Poverty  Studies.,  Anti­poverty  Programmes  and  Their 
Performances.
Non­government Experimentation of Rural Development, Milk Co­operative in India.

URP 2.6   PLANNING  LAB –II
Periods per week  :   15         Internal Marks  : 250       End –Exam (Viva­Voce)  Marks : 250

Development Plan for a town / city ( ten to twelve weeks )
Elaboration  of  principles  and  techniques  adopted  in  planning  projects.  Application  of  theories  and 
techniques  of  urban  regional  planning  in  the  preparation  of  development  plans  for  new  towns, 
metropolitan  areas  and  various  types  of  development,  settlement  structure  ,  environmental  protection 
and institutional development . Evaluation techniques in the choice of strategies.
Background
The  rate  of  urbanisation  has  been  rapid.  Basic  problems  such  as  poverty,  inequality,  unemployment, 
migration, industrialization and associated effects, rapid rate of urbanization, unregulated development, 
widening  infrastructure  gaps,  inadequate  and  inelastic  resource  base  of  the  local  governments, 
environmental deterioration, etc., continue to predominate the action agenda of planners. 

Due to rapid change, these problems have grown in intensity and complexity. In the past, growth and its 
impacts  were  not  as  severe  as  observed  in  the  present  day  context.  If,  planners,  as  ‘Managers  of 
change’ have to succeed, they need to keep pace with this rapid change. Four relevant manifestations 
of recent changes have significantly altered the ground rules of the profession. They are Liberalisation/ 
Macro  Economic  Reforms,  Information  Technology  Revolution,  the  Democratisation  and 
Decentralisation, initiatives and the emergence of Environment as major area of concern.

Incorporating  these  dimensions  within  the  planning  framework  made  available  by  the  urban 
development legislation is the challenge, present day urban planers are faced with. 

Objective
The proposed laboratory exercise attempts to enable the planners to understand the complex nature of 
urban  development,  legislative  tools  available  for  achieving  sustainable  development,  methods  and 
models of planning through hands on experience.

Framework
The plan process used should be a strategic planning framework ­ the process adopted “general goals / 
specific objectives / actions” approach 
The plan process may be evolved in terms of following stages.

Understanding  Legal  Framework  ­  Review  of  legal  framework  (Urban  Development  Acts),  Review  of 
Development Plans

Identification of Urban Developmental Planning Issues ­ Review of literature

Methodology for data collection is to be evolved.

Town assessment:­ A ten day visit to the town to prepare existing land use (Broad), collect necessary 
secondary information, discuss/survey public about the problems, vision etc.,

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 29 ­
Setting Goals, Objectives
1.Broad, long­term goals, meant to be very general, that speak to the basic human and environmental 
needs that are to be addressed.
2.Long­term objectives to achieve a sustainable development
3.Objectives  for  the  year  2011,  describing  the  proposed  state  of  the  City  within  10  years.  These 
objectives are quantified and meant to be feasible within two five­year time­frame.
4.Specific actions to be taken to achieve the objectives.
5.Converting actions into physical plan

Studies  to  cover  topics  that  span  many  issues  such  as  Economy  and  Economic  Development, 
Population trends, land use, infrastructure status, Municipal Expenditure, regional factors, etc., 

Regional Plan ( four to six weeks ) 
Formulation of a Regional Plan for a region within the state – may be as small as a mandal or as large 
as an entire district or a resource region.
Efforts should be taken to look into the region holistically. For example, people engaged in agriculture,  
horticulture,  industries,  construction  activities  are  not  concerned  about  water  availability  and 
environmental  quality.  What  will  be  the  impact  of  such  activities  on  existing  water  resources, 
environment and human resources? What is the nature and extent of effect on the local economy and 
livelihood of the people? How to democratize the development process? What are the constraints and 
the opportunities to address long­standing development issues of the region ? The impact of resources 
( or lack of ) or some predominant activity on all the different sectors of the district should be viewed as 
a  whole  in  order  to  bring  about  a  holistic  development  to  the  region.  The  plan  should  be  based  on  a 
study of the ecological and environmental features of the region, in order to assist in the development 
activities. ­ a study of the demographic and economic characteristics of the population and plan for the 
economic revival of the region, both short term and long term. ­  an analysis of the existing settlement 
patterns and identification of  locations for siting various activities in the wake of the potentials and the 
constraints and threats.

 URP  2.7  PLANNING ORGANIZATION  ­ APPRAISAL/ TRAINING REPORT
Periods per week  :  Nil ( to be done during the six week vacation )        Internal Marks  : Nil End 
Exam Marks  : Nil  ( Only pass / satisfactory result ) End Exam  :  Viva

Each  student  has  to  select  a  planning  organization  and  has  to  undergo  training  in  that  organization 
during the 6 week summer vacation.  The students will have to submit a report of the work done during 
their  training  and  also  which  should  include  an  appraisal  of  the  planning  organization,  based  on 
discussion  with  the  development  authorities,  town  planning  officers,  municipal  officers,  and  other 
planning and development agencies.  The actual format and content of the report has to comply with 
the guidelines formulated by the faculty in charge

THIRD SESMESTER

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 30 ­
URP 3.1  URBAN  DEVELOPMENT MANAGEMENT
Periods per week    :    4      Internal Marks  :  50     End Exam Marks    :  50   End Exam duration :  3 
Hours

Objectives
To understand the administration, planning and implementation process of urban local government; the 
basic concepts of, and actual practises of public finance, issues related to sustainability of urban local 
bodies and also equip the students with key management techniques.

Introduction to Urban Management ­ concepts, planning and management of urban government.
Issues in Urban Management, Need for urban local government.
Evolution of ULBs., organisational structure, functions and management practices of urban local bodies 
in India.
An overview of Municipal Act­ its Structure, Functions and Delegation of Powers to administrators and 
executives.
Decentralisation  of  Work  System:  Departmental  procedures,  Authority  and  Responsibilities, 
Departmental Communications and co­ordinations.  Need for decentralisation strategy.  Case study on 
Town Development Department, Health and Education Department.
Metropolitan  government  system  in  India:  A  review  of  major  development  authorities  and  a  few  small 
development  authorities  in  terms  of  institutional  and  legal  framework  (Functions,  Responsibilities, 
Funding and Planning).
Financial Planning and techniques.  Public finance and resource mobilization: Some basic principles.
Review  of  State  Local  Financial  relationship,  policies  and  procedures,  functions  and  financial 
relationships  in  urban  local  government,  Issues  in  financing  urban  government,  local  finances, 
management and scheme sectioning: A case in Experiences of Ahmedabad Municipal Corporation.
Review of accounting practises, budgetary procedures for capital works and maintenance methods of 
funds allocation for services: Existing practices prevailing in urban local government.
Budgeting Techniques: A tool for better financial planning for urban governmen
Municipal tax structure for resource mobilization, main sources of revenue for local authorities: Property 
tax, issues and imperatives.
Emergence of New Financial System: A review of Calcutta Revised Grant Structure and cases of other 
local governments.
Policies  and  procedure  for  raising  financial  resources  and  commercial  accounting  system,  capital 
financing debt management.
Organizational management techniques.
Application  of  management  techniques  used  in  urban  local  bodies  for  improvement  of  organizational 
capabilities.
Management by objectives, MIS, PPBS, Zero Base Budgeting.

Development Management
Development management aspects. Nation goals and political economic system effecting development 
management  and  development  process.  Planning  administration:  Systems  of  local  Government  in 
India,  Development  administration  at  National,  State,  District  and  local  level,  and  the  process  of 
decision making in development and management. Functions, powers, structure and resources of local 
government, possibilities of qualitative improvement in plan administration   Public relations and citizen 
participation in development, personnel management, man power    
planning,  performance  appraisal,  motivation  and  morale..    Organisational  behaviour­  organisation 
theory, authority and conflict, administration communication, leadership in administration, organisational 
changes. Organisational structure and plan implementing agencies.

Development Financing:
Local  financial  system  in  India­  local  taxation  and  fees,  state  and  local  fiscal  relations,  financing  local 
services,  local  expenditure,  capital  budgeting  and  performance  budgeting.  Financial  resource 
mobilisation.  Policies  and  programmes  of  related  institutions,  administrative  aspects  of  investment. 
Land management practices and policies.
Strategies:  Tools  and  Techniques  for  development  management,  classical  persuasive  and  non­
persuasive strategies and techniques. New techniques of management by objectives (MBO). Integrated 
reporting system, flow diagrams, bar, charts, milestone charts, CPM and PERT, LOB.. Techniques of 
monitoring  of  development  works­standard  oriented  costs  control,  turnkey  system,  vertical  production 
method, inventory cost control techniques, and unified status, index techniques..

Seminar Topics
 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 31 ­
Urban Governance – Evolutionary Study
Urban Administration – Cross country and across States Comparison
Urban Finance – Budget
Urban Infrastructure – An Evolutionary Study 
Urban Sustainability: Issues against urban Governance
‘High rate of Urbanisation is a problem for Urban Government to govern’ discuss.
Constitutional Changes in Urban Governance
Impact of Liberalisation on Urban Governance
Participatory Government – Evaluation
Professional Ethics in Urban Administration is a key for the success for Urban Government
Privatisation is a tool to achieve administrative Efficiency
A debate on Private Public and People’s Participation
Evaluation of BOO, BOT etc.
Crisil Rating for Local Government – Reality or Illusion? Is there a need to change the approach?
Municipal Bond – a tool for Resource Mobilisation
Alternate Mechanism for Financial Resource Mobilisation.
Narrate Difference between Public Enterprises and Urban Government 
Best Practices for Urban Governance – a feasible solution
Urban Poverty­ a detailed and quantative analysis
Multi agency and multiple window approach with respect to urban government programmes and policy
Role of Urban Development Authority in Urban Governance 
Public Finance Approach for evaluation of criteria for financial allocation under urban development 
programmes

URP 3.2   PLANNING LEGISLATION 
Periods per week  :   4      Internal Marks  :  50  End Exam Marks  :  50   End Exam duration :  3 Hours

Objectives
The main objectives of this course are to familiarize the students with both the use of legislation as a 
planning tool in general as well as the details of important planning, housing and environment related 
legislation.

Legislation
Introduction to laws, concepts ­ sources of law (i.e. custom, legislation and precedent), meaning of 
terms of law, legislation, ordinance bill, act, regulations and bye­laws.
Doctrine of separation of powers. Judiciary, legislature and executive – rule of law ­ significance of law 
and its relationship to urban planning. Provisions regarding property rights. Legislative competence of 
state and central governments to enact town planning legislation.
History,  Indian  constitution  and  its  main  features  articles  14,21,31.–  legislative  process  –  division  of 
subjects between center and states.Legislation, sub­ordinate legislation, precedents.  Power to legislate 
and issues ordinated judicial systems in India.  History of legislation in U.K. and India.

Legislation related to use and control of land.  Concept of eminent domain LAND ACQUISITION ACT of 
1894.    Its  use  in  planning,  implementation  and  limitations.    Betterment  charges  and  compensation 
provisions in various planning laws; and judicial precedents.
Valuation of real estate ­ approach to value, concept of ownership ­ bundle of rights ­ possession, rent 
premium, depreciation and easement rights.
Legislation controlling use of land parcels like non­agricultural permissions, NOC, building permission, 
building bye­laws and use of permissions, etc.
Significance  of  land  development  control  –  objectives  and  legal  tools  ,  critical  evaluation  of  zoning, 
subdivision  regulations,  building  regulations  and  bye­laws.  Development  code.  Zoning  law  relating  to 
slum clearance, housing, landscape and traffic. Approach for formulating rules and bye­laws
Policies, laws, acts pertaining to urban land, ceiling on urban land and property, Urban land (ceiling and 
regulations) act, 1976: objectives, contents and planning implications,.etc.
Rent control legislation ­ variations over the states and important provision, problems.
Housing co­operatives related legislation and other forms like non­trading corporations.
Slums  related  legislation  ­  variations  over  the  states,  important  sections,  their  implications,  etc., 
problems with actual use.
Legislation on related to property transactions (Transfer of Property Act, Income Tax related, etc.).
Model bills on town and country planning, urban development corporations, etc., status of the Institute 
of Town Planners, India and overview of framework of rules and provisions made in the ITPI chapter.

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 32 ­
Evolution  of  planning  legislation.  An  overview  of  legal  tools  connected  with  urban  planning  and 
development,  Town  and  country  planning  act.  Improvement  Trusts  Act,  Urban  Planning  and 
Development Authorities Acts – objectives, contents, procedures for preparation and implementation of 
regional  plans.  Master  plans  and  town  planning  schemes.  Concepts  of  arbitration,  betterment  levy, 
development charges and public participation in Statutory planning process. Concept of structure plan, 
local  plan  under  the    English  law.Review  of  selected  town  and  country  planning  Acts  in  India  and 
abroad including recent trends in planning legislation and tracing the common roots inherent therein ­ 
town planning legislation in India ­ problems and prospects.
.
Planning law and the poor.
State­Central and local institutions in relation to planning laws.
Legislation  relating  to  urban  conservation  and  restoration,  historical  movements,  archaeological  sites 
and remains of National importance. 
Environmental Law
Introduction to Law (Indian Constitution., Evolution of Environmental Laws in India.)
Law of Torts, the first Environmental Law.
National  Environmental  Policy  Act  –  Pollution  Control  Acts  ­  Air,  Water  and  EP  Acts.  (A  critical 
appraisal.)
Seminar on Forest and Wildlife Act.
PILs and Writs as a tool of pollution control.
Some important international environmental laws.
From Stockholm to Rio ­ History of environmental policy in world and in India.
Environment versus Development (Different approaches and analysis.)
Alternative development paradigms for environment friendly and sustainable growth. 

URP 3.3  URBAN DESIGN CONSERVATION AND LANDSCAPE
Periods per week  :   4       Internal Marks : 50   End Exam Marks  : 50     End Exam    :   3 Hours

Urban Design:
Role  of  urban  design  in  the  planning  process.  Principles  of  structuring  urban  spaces,  locational 
parameters of activities and urban uses.
Study of evolution of the concepts in Urban Design through history 
Imageability of the city.
Determinants  of  urban  patterns  and  forms:  land  use  density  and  networks.  Energy  and  urban  form; 
Impact of Technology and construction techniques; Standards and implications of regulatory control on 
urban form and design; Design in relation to renewal and re­development of central areas.
Issues related to changing practices of planning human settlements as applied to spatial design. Urban 
design  projects;  Identification  of  scope  and  relationship  with  development  plan­planning  and  design 
parameters for new towns.
Urban Conservation:
Problems  of  conservation  in  developing  countries.  The  need  for  resolving  conflicts  between 
development  and  preservation  and  to  evolve  methods  which  will  reduce  the  costs  of  preservation  by 
sensitive utilisation.
a) Conservation and urban renewal: Conflicts and compatibility, changing values, obsolescence, land 
blight.
b) Physical restoration, causes of physical deterioration, selection of construction methods, Materials 
specification.
c) Role of community in Conservation: Regulation, legislative and revenue aspects. How to minimise 
costs of preservation and community participation.
Concepts of urban decay social, economic and physical factors affecting urban maintenance.
Concept  of  nature  cities­determinants,  approaches  and  strategies  for  urban  regeneration,  urban 
redevelopment  and  requirements  and  costs.  Potentials  and  limitations  in  the  Indian  context.  Urban 
regeneration  as  a  process  for  environmental  planning  and  management.  Feed  back  for  policy  frame 
work relevant to urban and metropolitan growth.
Urban Landscape:
Man  and  his  surrounding  ,  Co­ordination  between  Architecture,  Town  planning  and  Landscape 
planning.
Study of Landscape design in history with particular emphasis to India and its contribution.
Elements of Landscape design.
Plants in relation to urban ecology and planning design and their types­tropical related conditions.
Theories and principles of landscape planning.

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 33 ­
Organisation of open spaces, recreational areas and water front development.
Introduction to Environmental Impact Assessment. of urban projects
Case studies of selected examples.

URP 3.4  PLANNING COLLOQUIUM AND SEMINAR
Periods per week    :   4   Internal Marks  : 100 End Exam   : Nil

Essentially aims to introduce the students to the issues in / of  planning or related to planning as seen 
colloquially by the stake holders, decision makers, urban managers and advocates – all of whom may 
not necessarily be professionally trained in planning. 
The  students  will  be  exposed  to  colloquial  arguments  and  issues  raised  by  politicians,  bureaucrats, 
NGO’s,  citizens,  user  groups,  advocates,  other  technocrats,  urbanists,  etc..  Each  student  has  to 
compile  a  report  on  his  perception  of  the  arguments  and  issues,  not  only  reporting  the  arguments 
offered by the participants in the colloquium, but also extending the same or relating them to form an 
overall, comprehensive picture drawing from all the sessions through the semester. 
The  colloquium  will  be  organized  on  a  fortnightly  basis  with  the  intervening  week  to  be  used  for  a 
debate / seminar by the students to clarify and extend the arguments and stances raised in the previous 
colloquium and also by making use of related press reports / articles.
The students shall participate in organizing the colloquiums, organizing background material, identifying 
potential  participants  and  recording  the  minutes.  Evaluation  will  be  wholly  based  on  internal  marks 
given on the basis of the participation of the students in the colloquiums and in the internal seminars / 
debates and the reports submitted by the students on the colloquiums. 

URP 3.5   PROJECT PLANNING, APPRAISAL AND MANAGEMENT
Periods per week    :   4        Internal Marks  :  50         End Exam Marks  :50     End Exam   : 3 hours

Objectives
To introduce various principles, methods and techniques of undertaking project appraisal, and project 
management principles going through financial and economic analysis of the project, from the stage of 
inception to implementing the project. 

Project Objectives And Components ­ Project Life Cycle, 4 Stages In Project Development – 
Identification, Approval, Implementation, Operation, Evaluation
Project Appraisal Techniques ­ Technical/Financial/Organisational criteria, Appraisal Criteria 
(NPV/B/C. Ratio/I.R.R. ­ Financial Analysis ­ Capital Costs, Financing plans, Operation costs, 
Projections of costs and revenues, Financial viability, Debt servicing, Tariff and revenues, Income and 
expenditure statements, Project balance sheets, Rate of returns
Social Cost Benefits Analysis ­ Rationale for SCBA, UNIDO Approach
Project Management ­ Planning and control, Human aspects, Development of project network, Critical 
path, PERT & CPM, Project organisation, Contracting, Procurement And Recruitment budget and fund 
flow statement, Stabilisation and finish
Project Monitoring ­Management information systems, Environmental care, Safety

URP 3.6  PLANNING LABORATORY ­ III
Periods per week    :   15 Internal Marks  :  250 End Exam (Viva­voce ) marks   : 250

Each student has to choose / formulate and work on a planning project independently. The project may 
be related to any sector and be of any scale , but it is desirable that the approach be multidisciplinary 
and preferably relate to ‘live’ and current contexts.
The  main  thrust  of  the  project  should  be  to  identify  a  planning  project  addressing  a  current    or 
immedeatly  future  context,  review  related  theoretical  approaches,  collect,  document  and  analyze 
relevant data and formulate proposals to address the problems identified.
The key word is ‘project’ in terms of definable program of actions, budgets. Implementation strategy and 
mechanism,  beneficiaries,  etc.  Research  may  be  limited  to  literature  review  and  analysis  of  readily 
available data with limited primary data focused on the immediate demands of the ‘project’

FOURTH  SESMESTER

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 34 ­
URP 4.1    PLANNING THESIS
No coursework   Internal Marks  :  500 End Exam (Viva­voce ) 500 marks  
 
Each student is required to prepare a thesis on a subject approved by the department.
The general format and guidelines shall be as laid down by the department .
The topics should be on current research and professional planning interests and the work contained 
shall be the students, original work.

Objectives Of The Dissertation Programme

To  enable  the  students  to  select  and  handle  relevant  research  topic  on  an  individual  basis  from  the 
conception  of  the  idea  through  conduct  of  the  research  to  the  preparation  of  a  final  report  and 
presentation;
To  enable  the  student  to  develop  abilities  in  different  techniques  of  communication  inclusive  of  both 
written reports and visual­oral presentations.

Structure Of The Dissertation Programme

The  dissertation  programme  includes  the  following  three  major  stages  in  view  of  the  objectives  listed 
above.  These stages may be overlapping to a certain extent as the entire exercise is to be viewed as a 
process.

Stage­1 Development of a Research Proposal
Stage­2  The process of conducting the Research
Stage­3 The  documentation  and  presentation  of  the  research,  its  findings  and  their 
implementation.

Criteria For Evaluation

The  criteria  for  evaluation  of  the  Dissertation  need  to  be  evolved  matching  with  the  individual  stages 
identified above and the objectives of the programme stated earlier.

Development for Evaluation
 Level of understanding and awareness of the conceptual development and the literature in the 
broad area of study chosen;
 Coverage and synthesis of available and accessible research in the area;
 Clarity and precision in the statement of the problem;
 Ability  to  focus  the  research  and  a  proper  definition  of  the  objectives,  scope  of  study  and  the 
conceptual framework of the research;
 Appropriate development of the research design and the analytical framework;
 Level of originality of ideas and approaches.

Process of Conducting the Research
 Appropriateness  and  efficiency  of  the  methodology  ion  the  process  of  data  collection  and 
analysis;
 Judgement in data use – relevance and reliability;
 Ability  to  modify  and  adapt  the  research  objectives  and  the  scope  in  situations  of  practical 
limitations in data;
 Degree of analytical consistency including appropriate use of techniques;
 Ability to modify and adapt the research objectives, scope and analytical frame in response to 
feedbacks received through review;
 Overall  consistency  in  the  understanding  and  applications  of  the  concepts,  methodology  and 
analysis;
 Extent of efforts put to accomplish good quality research.

Documentation and Presentation of the Research, its Findings and Implications
 Organization of the report in terms of logical continuity and consistency;
 Ability to present the findings and implications with both precision and punch;
 Quality of the report in terms of language, style, editing, referencing;
 Articulation  in  visual­oral  presentation  including  precision  in  presenting  findings  –  implications 
and the defence of the work.
 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 35 ­
Selection Of Guide
Students  are  suggested  to  consult  internal  faculty  members  based  on  their  own  areas  of 
interest.    It  is  also  possible  for  students  to  consult  external  faculty  actively  participating  in 
academic programme.  To know the research interests of internal faculty students can meet 
them  individually.    Taking  up  academicians  of  other  Institute/Research  Organizations,  as 
External  Guide  is  permitted.    However,  in  that  case,  a  a  Core  Faculty  should  be  chosen  as 
Internal Guide.

 
Dept. of Urban & Regional Planning,  JNAFAU School  of Planning & Architecture, Hyderabad . ­ 36 ­
 2. A 10% short of aggregate attendance in any semester upon production of
Grams: jnafaucfa Ph: +91-40-23314282 satisfactory reasons may be condoned by Way on condonation fee as
prescribed by the college academic committee.
E-mail: [email protected] Fax: +91-40-23391296
3. Any student whose aggregate attendance is below 65% shall not be eligible to
JNAFAU COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS appear for end semester examination.
MAHAVEER MARG, MASAB TANK, HYDERABAD - 500 028, INDIA.
4. Any student who is declared ineligible for shortage of required percentage of
attendance shall repeat the semester subject to availability but has no matter of
PROPOSED ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR MFA (PAINTING)
right for demanding commencement of the respective semester and
(with effect from the academic year 2008-09) accordingly no future claims of what so ever nature in this regard.

I. COURSES OFFERED: 5. A student can be conditionally promoted from first semester to second
semester if he/she has not more than two backlogs either theory or practical.
The following courses of study are offered for the award of MFA programme.
6. A student cannot be promoted from first semester to second semester if he/she
1. APPLIED ART AND VISUAL COMMUNICATON has not more than two backlogs either theory or practical.
2. PHOTOGRAPHY AND MEDIA COMMUNICATON
3. PAINTING AND VISUAL COMMUNICATON 7. Regular and supplementary examinations shall be conducted at the end of
4. SCULPTURE AND VISUAL COMMUNICATON each semester to facilitate the students to fulfill the academic requirements
including backlogs.
II. ELIGIBILITY FOR ADMISSION:
V. EVALUATION:
1. Admission will be made on the entrance test conducted by the JNAFAU
College of Fine Arts, Hyderabad for those who have fulfilled eligible 1. The performance of the candidate in each semester shall be evaluated subject-
qualifications, subject to reservations prescribed by the University. wise with a maximum of 100 marks for the theory and 100 marks for the
practicals, on the basis of internal evaluation and End Semester Examination.
2. Candidates seeking admission to these programs shall be working in and
2. The theory subjects 60 marks shall be awarded based on the performance on
around Hyderabad.
the End Semester Examination. 40 marks shall be awarded based on the
Internal Evaluation. The Internal Evaluation shall be made based on the better
III. COURSE DETAILS:
of the marks secured in the two-mid term examination (in case of theory
subjects) conducted in the middle of the Semester and the other immediately
1. MFA Programme is of 2 years with 4 semesters.
after the completion of instruction.
2. Subjects are classified as Theory, Practicals, Project Work, Internship (if 3. For practical subjects, 60 marks shall be awarded based on the performance in
necessary), Practical training and Viva-voce. the End Semester Examinations, 40 marks shall be awarded based on the day-
to-day performance as Internal Marks.
3. Each semester will have a minimum of 20 weeks of instruction including
examination period (with 90 clear instruction days) and 6 days per week. 4. A candidate shall be deemed to have secured the minimum academic
requirement in a subject of he secures a minimum of 40% of marks in the End
IV. MINIMUM ACADEMIC REQUIREMENT: Examination and a minimum aggregate of 50% of marks in the total marks in
the End Semester Examination and Internal Evaluation taken together.
1. A student has to put in a minimum of 75% attendance in aggregate of all the 5. In case the candidate does not secure the minimum academic requirement in
subjects to be eligible for end examination. any subject he has to reappear for the End Examination in that subject.
 6. In case the student secures less than he required attendance in the Examination X. GENERAL:
in that subject(s), he shall not be permitted to appear for the End Examination
in that subjects. He shall re-register the subject when next offered. 1. The academic regulations should be read as a whole for purpose of any
interpretation.
VI. AWARD OF DEGREE:
2. In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules, the
1. A student shall be declared eligible for the award of MFA degree if he/she decision of the Vice-Chancellor is final.
completes it successfully for not less than 2 academic years and not more than
4 academic years. 3. The University may change or amend the academic regulations and syllabus at
any time and the changes and amendments made shall be applicable to all the
2. A student who fail to fulfill all the above academic requirements for the award students with effect from the date notified by the University.
of the MFA degree within 4 academic years from the year of his/her
admission shall forfeit his/her seat in MFA course. 4. When ever the word he/him or his occur, it will also include she/her and
hers.
VII. AWARD OF CLASS:

A student upon successful completion of requirements prescribed by the

Academic Regulations and the Course Structure governing the respective
Discipline is eligible for award of M.F.A. Degree Certificate in the concerned
discipline. He/She shall be awarded. One of the following Four Classes
calculated on the aggregate marks secured in the entire programme.

Class Awarded % of marks secured

First Class with distinction 75% and above

First Class Below 75% but not less than 60%

Second Class Below 60% but not less than 50%

VIII. TRANSITORY REGULATIONS:

Candidate who have discontinued or have been detained for want of attendance or
who have failed after having undergone the course are eligible for admission to
the same or equivalent subjects as and when subjects are offered.

IX. WITHHOLDING OF RESULTS:

The results of any student shall be withheld if:

1. He/She has not cleared the dues to the Institution/Department.

2. A case of disciplinary action is pending against him/her.

 Regular MFA Programme-Painting 2 years Duration Semester – III

Code Name of the Subject Internal End Total Duration Period

COURSE STRUCTURE
Marks Exam Marks of End in a
Semester – I Marks Sem. month
Code Name of the Subject Intern End Total Duration of Period Exam.
al Exam Marks End Sem. in a MP3 1.1 T History of Visual art & 111
Marks Marks Exam. month Aesthetics 40 60 100 03 Hrs 20
MP1 1.1 T History of Visual art & Painting - III
Aesthetics 40 60 100 03 Hrs 20 MP3 1.2 Practical Specialization
Painting - I (Any one below) 40 60 100 25 Hrs. 120
MP1 1.2 Practical Specialization 112 Creative Painting / Other
(Any one below) 40 60 100 25 Hrs. 120 Medium
Creative Painting/ Other
Medium
Note: Project Presentation at end of the Semester from any given topic
Total Periods in a Month 140
Note: Project Presentation at end of the Semester from any given topic
Total Periods in a Month 140
Semester – IV
Semester – II
Code Name of the Subject Intern End Total Duration of Period Code Name of the Subject Internal End Total Duration Period
al Exam Marks End Sem. in a Marks Exam Marks of End in a
Marks Marks Exam. month Marks Sem. month
MP2 1.1 T History of Visual art & 111 Exam.
Aesthetics 40 60 100 03 Hrs 20 MP4 1.1 T History of Visual art & 111
Painting - II Aesthetics 40 60 100 03 Hrs 20
MP2 1.2 Practical Specialization Painting - IV
(Any one below) 40 60 100 25 Hrs. 120 MP4 1.2 Practical Specialization
Creative Painting/ / Other (Any one below) 40 60 100 25 Hrs. 120
Medium Creative Painting/ / Other
Medium

Note: Project Presentation at end of the Semester from any given topic Note: Project Presentation at end of the Semester from any given topic
Total Periods in a Month 140 Total Periods in a Month 140
 PROPOSED SYLLABUS for M.F.A PAINTING ‘existing’ in the course of history of Art.
Unit II
Neoclassicism – Discuss the impact of ‘Enlightenment’ philosophy; the aesthetic theory of
Ist SEMESTER Johann Winkelmann and its influence on the contemporary art through the works of some
Duration: 90 days prominent artists of the times (Jacques Louis David, August Dominique Ingres, Antonio
Canova, Bertel Thorwaldson, Horato Greenogh)
MP1 1.1 T- HISTORY OF VISUAL ART & AESTHETICS-I:
Romanticism – Discuss the philosophy of Jean Jacques Rousseau and its impact on Art;
THEORY Modern Indian art: discuss also the rise in the notions of nationalism; and the coinage of the term ‘Romantic’
Unit I and Romanticism. These issues can be discussed through the works of Theodore Gericault,
It would be ideal to provide a comprehensive understanding of Modernism with an Eugene Delacroix, and Anne Girodet Troison from France; Casper David Fredrich, Otto
emphasis on Indian modernism and other Colonial modernisms. And an understanding Runge from Germany; J.M.W Turner, John Constable, and William Blake from England;
towards historiography and Art Historiography giving and understanding of structure and French sculptors like Francois Rude and Jean Baptiste Carpeaux.
problems of Art History in general and also in Indian context.
 The rise of Landscape Painting – Discuss about the changing notions of
Unit II landscape and its development into a separate genre and also the emergence of the
 Company Painting; socio-economic changes in the colonial period with a notions of picturesque in the context of landscape.
critical analysis.
 Barbizon School – Discuss the conditions for and the development of Barbizon
 British Artists in India (Johann Zofanny, Telly Kettle, Daniel Brothers, William
School through the kind of landscapes that were produced by its members –
Hodges, etc.)
Theodore Rousseau, Jean Francois Millet, etc.
 Bazaar Painting; Indian painters who worked for Company officials.
Unit III
Unit III Pre-Raphaelites – Discuss the emergence of Pre-Raphaelite brotherhood and its context
 Kalighat Painting, Open Bazaar Artists, Bat Tala Printing Presses. through the works of Dante Gabriel Rossetti, Holman Hunt, and Millais.
 Fine Art Schools established by British.
Realism - Discuss the context of ‘Realism’ through the contemporary historical
Unit IV developments and political conditions as well as the scientific and technological
British Art education policy, Curriculum, and its ideological implications, Art School innovations like the invention of camera.
Artists – Ananda Prosad Bagchi, Banapada Banerjee, G.K. Mahthre, Dhurandhar…
Discuss the tendencies of social realism in contrast to the ‘Art for Art’s Sake’ movement.
Unit V
Raja Ravi Verma – discuss his work through the concepts of Artist’s individuality and self Unit IV
expression and his notions of ‘Indianness’ in his works; how he tried to invoke the Impressionism – Introducing to the movement by giving the important developments in
consciousness of nationalism in Art the field of art, influence of Charles Baudelaire’s writings; development of colour theories
and light theories. The impact of changing city-scape as well as the changing lifestyle of
MODERN WESTERN ART: the society those reflect in the impressionist paintings of – Edward Manet, Claude Monet,
Camille Pissaro, Auguste Renoir, Mary Cassatt, Berthe Morisot, Alfred Sissily, Edgar
Unit -I Degas and others.
Introduction to certain key concepts like ‘Modern’, ‘Modernity’, ‘Modernization’ in the
Post Impressionism – Explaining the term, its coinage and Roger Fry, and Clive Bell’s
context of Western Art; general discussion about the changing ideas of Art, Artist and the
aesthetic ideas. Discuss its significance analyzing the works of Vincent Vangogh, Paul
Artist’s individuality and self expression in the context of modernization.
Cezanne, Paul Gauguin, Georges Seurat, and Henry De Toulouse–Lautrec.
Note: Each period or ‘ism’ should be discussed through the socio-historical, and politico- Discuss the works of Henry Rousseau and the ‘Naïve Art’.
cultural situations of the contemporary times and how the form undergoes change(s) under
such conditions in the hands of certain artists who established shifts from the ‘past’ or
Discuss The Nabis – Emile Bernard, Edouard Vuillard, and Pierre Bonnard in the context  Frequent visits to museums for study and self-represent explored in studio work also
of the Post Impressionist developments. with reference of contemporary artist works/author books.
PRACTICALS:
B) TEACHING AIDS:
MP 1 1.2
 Studio practice with life study.
Sub: Creative Painting
 Work with a life model in standing/seated, or recycling poses.
Insisting on Drawing and exercises in any one of chosen material and medium, clarifying
and developing methods and modes of expressions.  The work practice with short warm-up poses/free hand drawing, using a medium such
as (charcoal/pastel/ink/water color/mixed medium) imposed by themselves.
From this experience arriving at a Painting form of their-own.
C) EXPERIENCE AND EVOLUTION:
Objective:
 Students will be able to develop self-disciplinary skills and inherent to their studio
 To self introduce and way of seeing and doing, thus acquiring a vocabulary, which practice via, individual directed research.
could be useful in describing their own professional way language and its art practice.
D) ASSESSMENT:
 This will be enable student to establish as a professional practice by achieving a firm
sense of direction for creative painting.  Completion of work by students, appropriate display in the provided studio-space.

 As part of an orientation to this course students expected to present a statement of  Presentation of works by student.
purpose (study proposal).
 Written statement about their work
 Emphasis would be place on individual studio practice.
 Minimum four completed (with quality) final works has to be submitted along with
 Subject creative painting art practice experimented from pictures to remind related studies/Practice Projects.
themselves and what quality is and work will be explore on developing by theme of
imagination, and its medium.
 Scribble book maintenance and practice of drawings in creative manner.
 An orientation of this course the students should be expected to present his/her
slides/softcopies of early practiced work.
 In the open class period/weekend life study by live reference/model (creative
methods)
 (Creative methods=particular medium x individual style, techniques and medium
quality understanding
 In every end of III rd week any art film screening/lecture by art history faculty

A) DISCIPLINE:
 Gaudi.
IInd SEMESTER
Duration: 90 days Fauvism – Discuss the coinage of the term and its significance in the context of Modern
Western Painting. Discuss the works of Fauvists and their aftermath through the works of
MP2 1.1 T - HISTORY OF VISUAL ART & AESTHETICS-II: Henry Matisse, Andre Derain, Maurice De Vlaminck, Georges Rouault etc.

THEORY: Modern Indian art: Unit II

Expressionism – Discuss the influence of Eduard Munch. In the contemporary socio-
Unit I political context and the historical conditions, discuss Expressionism through the works of
Nationalist Movement and Art – Bengal Revivalism – the ideological constructs around the artists of ‘The Bridge’ and ‘The Blue Rider’ groups. Also discuss the individual artists
the notion Nation and its pictorial imaginations. like Paula Modersohn – Becker, Kathe Kollwitz and the transformation of the movement at
 The influences of Nationalist consciousness in Art particularly in the works of a later stage like the works of Max Beckman.
Abanindranath Tagore, Gaganendranath Tagore and some followers.
 The Pan-Asian political and cultural consciousness. Abstraction – Discuss the development of Abstraction as a visual language and its relation
with music in the context of Kandinsky and also the significance of Piet Mondrian and
 Discuss the influence of Far East on art and thought of the times with the writings Paul Klee. Also discuss about Bauhaus School, De Stijl.
of Coomaraswamy, Sister Nivedeta etc.
Unit III
Unit II Cubism – Discuss the emergence and significance of Cubism and its influence on the
Santiniketan School – Rabindranath Tagore and his alternative educational project. European Art afterwards. Discuss the works of Pablo Picasso, Georges Braque, Juan Gris
Discuss the importance of Santiniketan and the ideas and Art of Rabindranath that and certain Post cubist tendencies. Discuss also the cubist developments in sculpture.
contributed to Kala Bahvan.
Early 20th Century Sculpture – Discuss the influence of Rodin and the works of some of
 Discuss in detail the contributions Nandalal Bose, Benode Behari and Ramkinkar. the sculptors – Aristide Maillol, Ernst Barlach, George Minne, Wilhelm Lehmbruck,
Also extending the discussion to some significant artists of Santiniketan and its Raymond Duchamp-Villon Broudille and Archipenko.
decline after the death of Tagore.
PRACTICALS:
Unit III MP 2 1.2
 Discussing the works of Jamini Roy and his market strategies and mass Creative Painting:
production. Discussing the developments of Painting and particularly Modern Indian and Western
Painting achievements provides a historical understanding to the students. At the same time
 Discussing the works of Amrita Sher Gill and East West dilemma.
it also gives a direction to the student to choose any of the artists from the past to be
Unit IV inspired for his/her own work
An outline of sculpture produced within the parameters of Modern Indian Art.
- Continued emphasis on student practice
Modern Western Art: - Review of study proposal
Unit I - One practice oriented workshop/seminar involving exposure to and training in local
Symbolism – discuss the influences that developed Symbolism and the works of Odilon
painting practices such as wasli, tempera painting, wash painting, pat painting, Nirmal
Redon, Gustave Moreau.
painting and Kalamkari painting, Tanjore Painting, Kondapalli toys, laser painting.
Art Nouveau – Discuss the impact of ‘Craft’s Movement’ and the writings of William - This could be continued for the remaining semesters.
Morris and his followers/associates. Discuss the works of Gustav Klimt, and later Egon
Scheille and Aubrey Beardsley. Discuss Art Nouveau in architecture the works of Antonio
  Executing original Painting based on the above studies. Color composition with Futurism – Discuss the political scenario of Europe in the contemporary times and its
various Techniques, Drawings and their concepts, Documentation of the process in relation to Futurism. Discuss the works of Carlo Carra, Giacomo Balla, and Umberto
studio journal along with related studies/Practice Projects. Boccioni. Also discuss about Futurist sculpture.

Suprematism and Constructivism – Discuss the works of Suprematism and its

IIIrd SEMESTER Duration: 90 days significance with the works of Kasmir Malevich. Discuss the formation of Constructivism
as a Russian movement that differed from French movements and the works of Vladimir
MP3 1.1 T- HISTORY OF VISUAL ART & AESTHETICS-III: Tatlin, El Lissitzky etc.
THEORY: Modern Indian art: Unit II
Dada – Discuss the historical conditions and the condition of the artists in the
Unit I contemporary times of the emergence of the movement and how it spread from Berlin to
 Movements of 1940’s Bengal, Calcutta Group of 1942. New York, Zurich etc. discuss the artists – Marcel Duchamp, Hugo Ball, Hans Arp, Francis
 Bengal Famine and the reactions of the artists particularly – Somnath Hore, Picabia, Man Ray, Schwitters.
Chittoprosad, Zainul Abeddin etc.
Surrealism – Discuss Surrealist Manifesto by Andre Breton, its emergence and the various
 Bombay Progressive Group – 1947
reasons for its emergence. Discuss the works of the artists like De Chirico, Salvador Dali,
Rene Magritte, Ernst Max, Joan Miro, etc through their specific contexts.
Unit II
 Madras Progressive Group.
20th Century Sculpture – Discuss the important individual sculptors like Henry Moore,
 Developments in Sculpture through out contemporary India Alberto Giacometti, and kinetic sculptors – Naum Gabo, Alexander Calder etc.
 Delhi Shilpa Chakra and the artists associated with it.
Unit III
Unit III Photography – Discuss the development and aesthetics of photography and its emergence
 Conditions of Post Independent India and the socialist/humanist/communist as a language in itself that played a role between two world wars. Discuss how and why
artists. photography though is been practiced parallel to Mainstream Art never enjoyed a status of
a painting or art in general. Through an itinerary of important photographers, discuss the
‘Partition’, ‘Migration’ and ‘Relocation’ in works of particular artists ( Jogen changes in the language of photography in respect to the changes in the times as well as the
Choudhury, Bikash Bhattacharya, Ganesh Payne, Satish Gujral, M.F.Hussain, influence of art.
Swaminathan etc.)
 Re-emergence of indigenous tendencies; Probing the inception of International American Art Scene – Discuss the contributions of the artists between two world wars
Edward Hopper, Charles Sheeler in the context of American Art between the world wars.
Trends in Indian Art
Mexican Muralists and painters – Discuss the works of one of the most important
Unit IV politically committed artist Diego Rivera and the other artists influenced by Mexican
Art since 1970’s nationalism – Jose Clemente Orozco and David Alfaro Siqueiros. Apart from these
 The Group 1890 in Baroda and figurative and narrative trends. muralists, one of the most ingenious woman painters Frida Kahlo also needs to be
Indigenism and works of KCS Pannikar, J Swaminathan and K. G. Subramanyan discussed.
and appropriation of so-called folk art, tribal art, minor art, tantric art, bazzar art,
mass art in various artists’ works. Influence of the notion “Living Traditions” on
number of artists and their works. PRACTICALS:

Modern Western Art: MP 3 1.2

Creative Painting:
Unit I
In this semester Internship is introduced to the students. Guidance is given in choosing the
topic for internship as well as certain practical assistance. A report on their chosen
IVth SEMESTER
internship area has to be submitted and a work or a practical assignment in the form of
Duration: 90 days
Painting theme has to be conceptualized. The practical assignment is intended to translate
their experience in the internship into a visual form MP4 1.1 T - HISTORY OF VISUAL ART & AESTHETICS-IV:
- In studio practice, Painting with marked individual and innovative approach in any THEORY: Modern Indian art:
particular media
Unit I
- Continuation of studio practice An introduction to the concept of Post-Modernism and its criticism towards Modernism;
Post Colonialism and other critical concepts like Feminism etc and the emergence of
- Submission of dissertation topic and outline plan Feminist Art; a critical analysis of the Modernist Art, and Art as a discourse in general in
the context of contemporary artistic practices.
- Exposure to new media practices, involving slide show, group discussion and demo
of works Unit II
 Incorporation of the elements from varied denomination in the works of prominent
- Submission of one work in new media individual artists, such as Bhupen Khakar, Jahangir Jani etc
- Elective subject (Sculpture/Photography/Print-making) according to the student  The ideology and the ‘movement’ of the Indian Radical Painters and Sculptors
choice along with related studies/Practice Projects. Association
 Contemporary Indian Art in the context of international art scene

Unit III
Women Artists
Emergence of the category of women Artists and a historical outline of the women artists
earlier to the category. Feminist engagements of some of the women artists. Why do we
study women artists separately? Why do we deal their works more specifically with the
transactions, on gender terms, between private sphere and public concern?

Discussing the contemporary women artists, like Meera Mukherjee, Arpita Singh,
Mrinalini Mukherjee, N. Pushpamala, Nilima Sheikh, Navjot Altaf, Nalini Malani, Anita
Dube, Sheela Gowda, Anupam Sud, Anju Dodiya, Rekha Rodwitya, etc

Unit IV
A brief history of Print Making in India and the development of graphic art in
contemporary Indian with reference to the works of major print-makers in various
techniques.

Modern Western Art:

Abstract Expressionism – Discuss the theory of Formalism in the context of Abstract

Expressionism by Clement Greenberg’s. Also discuss the shift of the centre of art from
Europe to America in respect to the post war political and socio-cultural situation. Discuss
the works of Jackson Pollock, Franz Kline, Robert Motherwell, Mark Rothko, William de
Kooning, Barnett Newman and others.

Pop Art – Discuss the reaction of Pop Art to Abstract Expressionism through the works of
Jasper Johns, Robert Rauschenberg, Roy Lichtenstein, Richard Hamilton, Claes Oldenburg,
Andy Warhol etc.

OP Art – Discuss the works of Bridget Riley in the context of Op Art.

Minimal and Conceptual Art – Discuss the works of Frank Stella, Robert Morris, Carl
Andre and Eva Hesse in the context of Minimal Art; discuss the works of the Land Artists
– Christo, Robert Smithson and James Turrell..

Photo Realism and New Image Painting – Discuss the works of Balthus and David
Hockney who reacted to the extreme formalism of Minimalism.

In the context of Photo Realism discuss the phenomenon of Simulacra as discussed by

Baudrillard and some of the Photo realists – Richard Estes, Chuck Close etc.

Postmodernism and Art – Discuss the concept of Postmodernism and post- modernity
generally as well as its impact on art. Discuss the multiplicity of visual languages practiced
through the politics of Post modernism, identity etc.

PRACTICALS:
MP 4 1.2
Creative Painting:

Guidance of the teacher is extended after the development of the student from the first
year. Assessing the course and direction of those works the student is helped with the
conceptual and mediumistic possibilities for the future course of work. At the same time an
introduction to the New Media art, Public Art and Community Art, Site Specific Art as
well as Political dimensions of Art that are prevalent in the contemporary art ‘Field

Dissertation is introduced explaining the scope and significance of it in the context of their
own work. A respective guidance to each student is provided regarding the topic as well as
the process of completion of it.

- submission of dissertation /portfolio

- production of a coherent body of work for final display/exhibition

***